In the aftermath of apocalyptic event, a man rises above the others to lead an era.
With threat beyond the stars, as Supreme Beings of otherworldly watches over as Destiny and Fate work their way, an era of Gods descended upon Earth
And in his rise, lies a terrifying secret.
With all of this, could the Fate that was written be overturned? And will he truly rise to the top and...
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
301 HOME IS WHERE THE HEART IS 1
'What is it?' she asked herself, her thoughts echoes in this nothingness of space.
What is this unfeelingness? She didn't know what she is now and in what form. It was like was a strand of something
She knows who she is….or a fragment of it. It felt like she was forgetting something. But she didn't know where she is.
She knows she falls unconscious before she was here. But now that she has awoken all she could see was this…..nothingness.
She thinks to herself.
Is she floating? Or is she standing? No she is not standing. Because if she is, she must feel something solid beneath his feet. But she felt nothing.
She did not feel pain. But she did not feel at ease either. She didn't know what she is doing here.
It was like a punishment but it doesn't feel like it. It was like she spends eternity here in this darkness of nothingness.
Then a green light flashed her by and with an image formed in her mind.
It was just a flash of light but for some reason she could see it and understand it even though it just passes her by in just a span of a fraction of a second.
In that image she saw Time Energy in chaos; she saw reality breaking apart like a picture breaking off into puzzle pieces and slowly crumbling.
And in that image she saw an eye, one of it was blue the other is hazel.
That eye seems to emit a light that encompasses all creation and it was like that eye could see everything in the entire Universe.
And then she saw something else. She saw someone running so fast that Time is reversed and the barrier of reality weakened.
That person who was running even though she could not see who it was she could see that person turning into a bolt of green lightning piercing Time and Space
The Time Continuum shakes unstably and at the edge of collapsing, lightning arcs shines over all the Universe and realities with each step that person takes.
It was like that person is lightning itself, a lightning that could pierce Time and Space and at the same time wreaking havoc in the rules of the Universe.
And then in that image she saw herself, once again, giving one of her eyes to that black robe man with one ring in each finger.
That man hold out his hand and she offered him her eyes. And then like the flash of green light the image disappeared and she was again surrounded by nothingness
Then silence. Just darkness and nothingness once again. Silence and nothingness accompanied her for what felt like a lifetime.
She continue…existing in this form.
She waited for another green flashes to happen.
It was like she was here, existing here to wait for these flashes so that she could see more and understands more
It was like these green flashes is her way back home.
'Home' She spoke and in the darkness of this nothingness her voice echoes endlessly. This is the first word she spoke in this darkness.
She thinks to herself about the concept of home. Where is her home? And what is a home? She pondered about this matter.
She is trying to understand what the words means. It was like if she could understand this, her path is clear.
She is trying to remember. Trying to awaken something about herself. She knows her name is Erika.
She knows what she could do. She could see the future. But other than that….it is blank. Nothingness.
Then she felt something hurting. She felt her heart hurting. And that her heart longs for something or someone.
Then she remembers a face. Then an image appeared inside her mind, unveiling something that is in her mind.
It was her, in a shaking carriage. She seems to be going somewhere. She saw hills and trees and she saw the ocean not too far away from the road.
She was smiling as she looks at a man. Then slowly she leaned down and kisses a sleeping young man.
The young man stirred and she immediately acted like nothing happened. But her heart beats wildly and there is a trace of innocent smile on her usually solemn face.
She looks carefree and unburdened for that one moment. The young man stirred but did not wake up, his body is still lean on the side of the carriage.
'Little Anthony' the one in the vision said and just like that light exploded in this darkness of nothingness.
And almost immediately she gains a corporeal body, no longer in that non-existence form that resembles more like a thought or a will.
But while she now possesses a corporeal body she could not move at all. She was swept by the current of a force in this nothingness to endlessly remain drifting
She is floating not in the darkness anymore but sea of stars. It was beautiful, fascinating enchanting and bedazzling.
It was such a grand spectacle.
It was the most beautiful images and scenery she had ever seen in her entire life. It takes her breath away.
For a moment she forgets to think of who she is and where she is. For that one moment she just enjoys the vastness of this space.
And as she drifted she remembers who she is. And she knows where her home is. But….she is still there.
Still existing…still is drifting. And she is floating without direction pushed by whatever force that exist in this sea of stars.
So she waited again.
This time while she is still floating she is not at as feeling unease as before. As she drifts in this space all she saw is the stars.
And even when she didn't know when this would end, she knows she have a home. A person she needs to meet, a person she needs to get back to.
A person she called Little Anthony.
She still didn't remember much about herself but she remember these two things.
And as the feeling that she would spend eternity in this place strengthened, it was this memory that kept her from losing hope.
And then as she drifts like she always did another green light flashes her by and another image enter her mind.
Her eyes turn cloudy white and she saw another scene. She first heard songs of joys, trumpets, pianos.
It was the song of a wedding and the cheer of a union. It was a wedding scene and she appeared there in a translucent form.
No one could see her and no one could sense her. It was like she did not exist there but she could see everything, hear everything and feel everything.
But then as people were celebrating and laughter could be heard all over the wedding area, she heard screaming.
The faces of the people in the wedding were all of a blur. But she did saw a few things. She saw a burnt off human skins on the ground and white bandage.
She saw an arrow of fire. She saw space distortions and she saw a pool of water in the ground when she was running out from the ceremony.
She acted like the people in the image. She ran away from the scene as fast as her feet could get her
As she was running out she look up in the sky and saw an eagle flying high. She saw the arrow of fire being broken by a white holy arrow.
And then she saw a shadow. It is a large shadow that envelops the entire place and with it descends an aura full of killing intent.
She saw bones and she saw a gleam of a light.
She saw black flames that seem capable of burning everything in existence.
And then the dark shadows dissipated.
The arrow of fire has stopped emitting fire like it was being extinguished; a swirling dark aura is swirling around the arrow.
The pool of water turned into gas and merge with the clouds.
The brunt off skins have been cleaned, the white bandage is nowhere to be seen and the space no longer distorts
And the white holy arrow is now blown by the wind and went to the direction of the black flame.
Like a moth going to the fire. It was like that holy arrow wanted to be consumed by the fire
Then the image changed and she was at another place looking at herself.
She saw herself….waiting for someone in Athens.
'Athens? What is Athens and where is it?' she asked herself. How did she know Athens? She asks herself again.
And then the vision stopped and she was again floating existing and drifting in this space, in this sea of stars.
As she thinks and thinks in this place where time is uncountable and has no meaning she slowly remembers.
She is Erika the Oracle. And Athens is where she comes from. And her home is Little Anthony.
She remembers all of this and with that realization she understand what kind of force that kept her floating in this sea of stars.
The force that pushes her in this sea is none other than Time. And the image is Space with a bit of essence of Time. She is watching things that would be happening.
But not all vision makes sense and were shown to her obviously. It was like a puzzle she needs to rearrange. It was shown in symbolism with image she could understand.
She is pushed by Time to see things.
What thing? Even she didn't understand what she has too se and what it means. But it was her job to witness it.
And maybe when it ended it will make sense.
Now that she knows why she is here she waited again. She once again floated and drifts in space.
But this time she was not as anxious as before. She waited patiently, ready to see whatever she is supposed to.
And she muttered in the presence of brightly lit stars and the vast emptiness of space.
'My name is Erika. I am the Oracle. I come from Athens. My home is Little Anthony' She chanted these words like it was a prayer.
She chanted it so she would not forget. No matter what she sees, she didn't want to forget this words and what it means for her.
Then another image entered her mind as another flash of green light passed her by.
She was in another vision.
She saw a hunter, she saw colorful vials and large explosions and she saw green dark red smoke.
And then when the explosion ended, when the dust settles she saw a hat. And coming out from that hat is a rabbit.
The hat looks like a magician hat. She saw a green land fertile and prosperous being covered by snow.
In the white expanse of the snow, she saw red snows filling half of the white expanse.
'Blood' she thought to herself. Like before this vision is rife with symbolism.
But more than what she sees it was the thing she felt that left the most impression on her. She felt hatred…such a powerful hatred that it threaten to suck all the good in her heart.
She saw an explosion and heard the screaming like an entire planet being pulverized into ashes. She could see only a blur of the people responsible for such horrendous thing.
She then heard a laugh.
And then she heard a growl that causes her entire body to shiver in fear.
The first chapter this week. There will probably be five or four parts. Anyway a lot of things will be foreshadowed in this chapter
Anyway, someone was asking me about the Path of Perfection in the comment section. I wanted to compile what I have already written about the Path of Perfection and explain as best as I can without spoiling the ending. But because i was too busy editing Age of Adventure I had never got the chance.
I will probably explain it in another afterword later. Anyway this is Erika the Oracle story and a few parts of the chapter is dedicated to her,. there will also be a revelation which connect to what Loki said about Erika in the previous chapter.
Anyway I have been busy watching a girl group IZONE. And Endgame ( I don't know what the big deal about spoiling it. There is an article about this spoiling thing being blown out of proportions)
And game of Thrones ( only two more episode left. Still hope George RR Martin will not follow the TV. Because I still don't like episode 3 of season 8)
Anyway hope you enjoy the story and a new chapter will be posted tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
302 HOME IS WHERE THE HEART IS 2
And amidst all of this chaos and the screaming and howling, there is a green eyed raven looking at all this thing.
The green eyed raven blinks for a while and then it flies away and then vision stopped
Erika is now slowly gaining her memory. She now remembers why she fainted. And she no longer chanted
'Death Monarch' she said her voice is now clear and now she could move her finger. This time she would no longer wait.
She shouted in the emptiness of this space.
'Come to me!' She shouted and like an order this space obeys her words. The entire space distorted and it seems to emit the power of Space and Time
Another green light emerged from out of nothingness and this time instead of passing by the Oracle it struck her in her forehead.
Her entire being was envelop in that green light that has turned into mist that swirls around her entire body
And then an image appeared in Erika mind.
She saw a monster in that vision, horrendous and seems to possess no mind whatsoever. The monster seems to be destroying anything on its path, devouring life wherever it trails.
She saw a green sand hourglass in an abandoned island beside a crystal coffin. Weirdly the sand in the hourglass did not fall down.
It was like Time was unmoving in that island.
She saw a snake trapped in a sturdy cage.
She saw a white snow expanse being melted by a green acid rain as it turned into water and flow endlessly creating a water trail and pooling to become a river.
She saw a tiger and a dragon sailing through a mist, weakening at every moment.
And then she saw an owl. The won was at first looking at everything with its eyes. Then when it is time the owl hoot and then it flies off and fought the monster, clawing it with its claws.
The vision then stopped and then Erika was back again in the space of stars. This time she is standing.
She is no longer drifting aimlessly like before. Instead she now could control herself and felt that she could direct the force that has been pushing her all this time.
When she wanted to go forward the force of Time push her forward. When she wants to go back, the force of Time pushes her back.
Then she saw a green light in the distance emanating the same aura as the other green light that have passed her by.
It is a little bit further but Erika knows there must be a reason for that green light to be so far away.
'Forward' she thought in her mind and then like lightning, the force pushes her forward.
It was like she was light embodiment as she travels so fast that she should have been melted by the heat of the friction force or crushed by the pressure of the speed.
She then in a matter of moment arrived in front of the green light.
She cautiously approached the green light and could feel the immense power of Time surrounding this green light.
This green light looks like a strand, a thread of yarn
She then takes a deep breath and said
'I need to try it. I need to at least try to see it' Then decisively she grabbed that green light and the space around her distorted and the Time that is around her also distorts and then she was in another vision
This time she was in space surrounded by a dark galaxy as seven godly beings face off each other on a large table that was three times as big as Earth.
Each time they raised their voice thunder boomed, lightning strikes and the land shakes
Erika was stunned. Not because of the power of these seven godly beings but because she recognize this vision.
'This is that vision' she thought to herself.
She once again saw the seven godly being that is gigantic as they dwarfed the planets and the stars. By now Erika had already determine who some of them are.
Of course most of it is just her assumption .They all have their colors and all were shrouded by lights so Erika couldn't really see them all clearly
One particularly was shrouded by dark red lights that seem to choke the life out of Erika but this time Erika could see him a little bit clearly.
She drew her gasp as she finally verifies her assumption.
The man wearing the rings in each finger, the black robed man that haunts her dreams is none other than the Death Monarch.
However this Death Monarch is colder and even more powerful than the Death Monarch that she knows.
The aura he emanated was like he was the source of destruction and Death aura around him was so thick that anyone who is close to him would have their lifespans reduced.
But that is probably because he was angry.
He disagrees with the other Six Gods and the other Six Gods keeps trying to persuade him. It seems he was the leader or at least the most powerful one of the seven.
Then he went away.
Then there is one other that is surrounded by green light holding a staff. Even though she could not see that person face Erika felt like she was familiar with this aura
Unconsciously she takes a step closer and then the scene changed as Erika tries to go closer to see the other faces
She saw fire. It was a great fire that devours the world from end to end.
And she sighed. Because she knows what she is seeing right now. She has seen it many times in her nightmares. This is the War of the Gods
She once again saw the Great War, millions of humans fighting to kill each other and hurling magic and clashing their weapons.
Millions dead, bodies filled the battlefield piling up to form a horrendous sight of hills of dead bodies all over the battlefield, sea of blood was formed and the soil were thick with red soils.
She watched over the battlefield and she saw the green snake, its eyes vicious and poison it's spit out from its mouth.
Green mist swirls around that snake
A golden lightning then strike the land like a hammer striking a glass, breaking off a large chunk of the earth as a golden eagle could be seen in the sky, lightning spewing out from its feathers, showering the battlefield with thunderstorms, taking more lives.
Then she looks up. Because she already knows what she is going to see. And once she looks up she saw it.
Then on the skies, appears a large brown eye the size of the moon. No, to be exact, the eye is the moon.
She saw the Moon that was formed from the eyes of a person.
It was an illusion that rendered every mortals and human immobile and their eyes dazed like they were trapped in an illusion.
They all looked happy like they are seeing paradise, like all their dreams were being fulfilled.
She then saw the earth quake like it was angry. She saw fissures appearing without rhyme or reason.
Sinkholes were formed and then from the crack of the Earth emerged a gigantic tree with its roots deep in the Earth, biding everything.
The screaming and the killing continued and Erika wanted to close her eyes. But she endures. She keeps looking. Like a witness.
Then something falls down on top of her head. It was cold. Cold air comes from the north as she shivers and then snowflake falls down.
In a matter of second the snowstorm suppressed the thunder storm created from the flapping of the golden eagle.
She knows what she is about to see next.
She is supposed to see the sand hourglass which reminds him of the green sand hourglass she saw before and then she would see the black scythe.
But suddenly there is a cold voice ringing in her ears
'Who's there?' Erika immediately almost jumps in fright. She remembers this voice when she saw the face of Paulette in one of her vision.
It was the man she could not identify that asked her this question. One of the Seven Gods
'Who is trying to peek through Time?' This time the voice was booming and full of majesty. Time swirls around the sound wave.
There is also a hostile feeling from Time itself against Erika.
And immediately Erika felt like her entire body is about to explode and then she immediately went out from the vision.
She coughed up blood and her face turns pale, her vitality and lifespan was harmed in that brief moments. With a few words, that voice renders her useless
She was about to faint and once again drifts in this sea of stars when someone holds her from behind, preventing her from lying down in this floating space.
The moment that hand touches her, her entire body was rejuvenated.
That terrifies her more than hearing that voice because she should have been the only one here.
She quickly pushed herself forward and then turned to look at the person who is holding her from behind.
When she looks at that face shock was one of the emotions running in her mind But most of all it was disbelief.
She saw herself....an older version of her with One Eye.
Now there will be some answer about why Erika didn't wake up from her sleep. And there is a lot of foreshadowing in Erika vision. It always has been so many foreshadowing when Erika is involved. And there is a lot of hint each time Erika appears
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
Anyway, this is it for today. Wait a few days before I post a new chapter though maybe by this time I am already finished with the new chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
303 HOME IS WHERE THE HEART IS 3
'Ah, I didn't know I was so easy to be spooked when I was younger. I have forgotten' Then looking at her the older version of her said
'Young Erika, we have much to talk about'
Erika looks at the older version of her and she was speechless.
'You could call me One Eyed Erika'
And the One Eyed Erika smiles
What would you need to talk to me about? Then One Eyed Erika smiles.
'You see, that Trickster always thinks he is always one step ahead of everyone. He calculates, but I see. And I see everything. From the beginning until the end. A witness to the End of Times.'
If Loki could hear the One Eyed Erika words right now he would have surely be angered.
Because he is falling to the same trap like he did to Morgana. The moment Morgana seek Giselle it spell her demise causing Loki to return her to her origin.
But the moment Loki try to mess with Erika mind, the seal her future self has planted in herself kick back. Existence like the Oracles who could foresee the future has a very peculiar trait
And one of those traits is that they are not really constrained by Time.
'Trickster?' Erika said, her voice echoing in this space.
Then slowly understanding dawned on her
'Loki the Trickster!' The One Eyed Erika smiles and nodded. This is the reason why Erika is still unconscious even though there is nothing wrong with her body.
One part of it is because of Azief Heaven Sundering Finger but the other is because her future self has chosen to self-manifest in her consciousness.
It is just a wisp of will and would disappear in a moment time but it is enough
But this meeting would not happen unless there is a traumatic shock to Erika body.
But how could the One Eyed Erika foreseen this moment?
For others they might need planning but for an Oracle, the explanation is self-explanatory.
They see it. They see everything in the long passage of Time.
'There is not much time, little one. I must tell you something. Something very important. We must rectify our mistakes. Such tragedy must not befall the Universe since again'
Then One Eyed Erika takes a step forward and she appears almost instantly in front of Erika.
'There will be a little bit of pain but you must not let go of the connection' she said and then she touches Erika forehead with one finger and then information and images streamed directly into Erika mind.
She was almost overwhelmed with all the images, visions and knowledge she is imparted with. She felt pain assaulting her mind, like her head is being split open by an axe.
But she endures it.
She did not let go of that connection.
The more the older version of her transfer her knowledge and the more vision swimming in Erika mind, the more her older version of her becomes weak.
Her body becomes translucent like every image took away her life force
Then slowly she turns into green motes of light that scattered in the vast space like dandelion seeds.
But her words echoes forlornly in Erika consciousness.
'Do not forget. Remember. Please remember!'
And then a Song could be heard echoing inside this space like a tune that comes from a flute. And then she wakes up. She opens her eyes and saw the white ceiling.
Her body felt energized and her mind is clear. The voice still echoes in her ears. Like a pleading. Like a prayer.
She immediately knows where she is. She is in the hospital. She could smell the herbs from a distance and heard the people being rushed to the emergency room below her.
Her cloudy eyes turn normal the moment she wakes up.
She was about to get up from the bed when she felt something warm holding her hands. She looks at her right hand and there she sees him.
And a smile bloom on her face like the beautiful spring dawn in the morning driving away the darkness.
It is him. Her home. Her eyes are gentle and there is a trace of more than just gratitude hidden in those gentle eyes.
Antonius is holding her hand, sleeping peacefully, his face on the edge of her bed; his body slumped on the chair.
He seems exhausted
Erika smiles a bit and then said
'Little Anthony' and she caressed his hair.
'It seems I have returned home. And there seems to be many more adventure we have to pass' Antonius is sleeping deeply.
It was like looking at a beautiful painting.
Leaning down she kissed his cheek and then smiles bitterly and continue sleeping.
Nobody needs to know she has woken up right now. She wanted to rest. She wanted to sleep without being drifted into darkness and nothingness.
She just wanted to sleep. Because right now she is tired and weary. She has learned too many things in a short period of time.
There are things she forgot in the vision she saw in that darkness but there is also things she remembers she must do.
But…..let that be later. For now, she just wanted to take that nap. So she closed her eyes and she drifted to sleep almost immediately
Outside the hospital room, on the edge of the window sill looking at all this is a green eyed raven.
The moment Erika closed her eyes and went back to sleep that raven flies off its green eyed has now return back to normal.
It seems Loki is not the only one with a plan. Erika is never to be underestimated. Anyone notice that most of Loki enemies is woman?
he really had bad luck with woman, don't you think? Another chapter tomorrow. Hope you enjoy it and try to see the hint.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
Anyway, this is it for today. Wait a few days before I post a new chapter though maybe by this time I am already finished with the new chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
304 HOME IS WHERE THE HEART IS 4
PANDEMONIUM
It was night.
Azief is back on his residence. He was sitting by the window, looking outside in his large living room.
He was looking at the Garden of Pandemonium. Even at night the Garden is beautiful. It makes one heart calm just by seeing it
Today a lot of things had happened. Not all of it was pleasant of course. But everything was important.
He took a sip of the cold drink on the table beside him. He sighed. He notices that while he becomes stronger, the threats he had to face also become stronger.
There is always a higher mountain to climb. He wanted to stand on top of the mountain. It might be lonely but he wanted to see it and verify it for himself.
The view from the top. Is it really lonely? Is it really grand?
He won't know until he experience it by himself.
The Path he has to walk is still long. There were many times he wanted to stop walking down this path but he knows that was just him being sometime discouraged.
It was a time where he is tired and felt small. But, he never gives up.
At least if there is one thing he had learned from all of his experience after the Fall, he must never give up.
Even if he was slow…as long as he does not give up…. there is still a chance.
So, he has never stopped taking a step in his Path. At times he runs smoothly, other times he struggled but his steps never stops.
It is because of that he reached where he is now. But he knows the road is still long.
Other than his forming a new Disk today which alarmed many other factions he also learns that Sofia did not yet enter the Palace.
He did not send any Shadow Guard to look over Sofia because he felt that would be disrespectful.
Of all the news he could pay more attention today it was the fact that Sofia is here in Pandemonium that rattles him the most.
Sofia….don't know how much she affect him because he never let it show. He never let anyone in on that.
Azief was not a man that let on his feeling very much. When he was talking with Sofia the last time, he was speechless.
As he took another sip it was like he was back there on that night.
He didn't know what to say. When she was gone, he looked back on that moment a hundred times over.
And each time…he felt the same pain he did that night. He thought to himself…is there any words that could make her stay?
He was never a talker. But at that moment he wished he knew all the words in the world. He wanted to say the right words, the right words to make her stay beside him.
Maybe that word wasn't invented yet. Maybe it doesn't exist.
In the end he simply didn't know what to say…so he let her go. Because he didn't know the right words.
He doesn't know anything.
He didn't know what to feel and he didn't know how to turn off this feeling that he had. But letting her go….letting her go that day was a mistake that he keeps thinking about.
It was painful and it was hard. And that pain just stay in place.
Maybe this makes him selfish. He could lie of course. That was always an option. Azief shakes his head.
He could lie to anyone in the world, he could even lie to the entire world…and he wouldn't blink an eye.
But he would never lie to her. He promised her that. He would lie. Not matter what. Because he knows her pain and knows her past.
So he would not lie to her….no matter how much it hurts.
But he was also prepared to have his heart broken.
To be mocked and be slapped on the face. He wouldn't even mind if Sofia wanted to hit him until she was satisfied.
Because he knew he was selfish.
The only thing he wasn't expecting is that she wouldn't stay.
Because that possibility terrifies him so much he did not even think of it and the moment she went away…he didn't know what to do.
People all over the world cultivate to increase their strength as their priority but Azief is using cultivation to run away from his problem.
When he was living Azul life…for a moment, he could forget how badly he screws up in real life. When he is back on Earth and now that he is truly back, he was reminded of it.
He didn't know Katarina answer. And he didn't know what his relationship with Sofia is right now.
All of this contributed to him trying to run away from it by training in seclusion.
He didn't want to hurt any of them. And that is where his selfishness lies. He didn't know if it was possible to love two women at the same time but that is what he felt.
He would not mind people calling him names.
After the Fall many powerful people took concubines simply because they could. Even woman who are powerful could take multiple men if they are capable.
But…not many did that even if they can.
Not because they can't, or because monogamy is the only way, it is because somehow human's emotions are heightened the more they become stronger.
Love and hate become heightened
Some people could accept it….but Azief could not accept it and he knows Sofia couldn't accept it just like him.
But he just didn't want to hurt any of them. So, he loved them both. It looks like the solution but he knows it is not.
In the matters of the hearts, the simple solution might not be the right solution.
So, when Sofia asked about his feeling he did not lied.
He sighed.
Azief don't know whether she already knew that he knew she was here or not. But the fact she is still not here….there must be something holding her back.
But…what is holding him back right now to get out of this Palace to come and get her?
Because he doesn't know. He doesn't know what to do. Because nothing that he would say would excuse him that he love two girls.
Two beautiful great girls. And it was hard because he doesn't know who to choose. It was like an impossible question.
Whatever he does, he would hurt one of them. Not matter what he chooses both of them will get hurt.
And that hurts him more than both of them know.
He sighed.
'Brother, you are sighing too much' the voice makes Azief smiles bitterly.
'You don't have as many problem like me that is why you are not sighing' On the opposite side of the room is Will the Purple Speedster.
Arcs of lightning are coursing inside his body even while he is sitting doing nothing.
He is also relaxing in the room and he told Azief about the Oracle visit but that she was rendered unconscious before Azief returned to the Palace.
The fact that the Oracle travel from God knows where just too meet him raise alarms for both Will and Azief.
It is why Will escorted her inside the Palace. He tries to see if anything was wrong. He checked everything about her from her facial expression to her bodyguard.
Nothing seems out of the ordinary. Will could not really rid of her since she didn't intend to do anything harmful.
But maybe the harm would come later. Will knows that the Oracle was never a fighter. In a way she is like Sina.
Both of them are equally influential but both of them have no fighting skills whatsoever.
If Sina is influential because of her ability to create pills and alchemical solutions that helps people, then the Oracle is influential because of her precise prophecy.
But as there are people that were helped by her prophecy there are also people who have been ruined because of her prophecy.
It is one thing if he seeks for the Oracle; it is another matter entirely for her to seek him. It also raises some suspicion about this Oracle.
Azief have always been cautious.
'The Oracle, huh' Azief muttered inaudibly.
Azief never like The Oracle even though he never met her in person. It was like a feeling. Like she is someone that he needs to avoid.
He could never explain this distaste he felt for the Oracle so he didn't bother explaining it to his people.
After all since he is the sole decision maker what he says goes.
Since the Fall so many people try to meet the Oracle and ask her to divine their fates but not once Azief was even tempted to meet her.
Azief don't think it is good to catch the attention of the Oracle. But Azief is curious why the Oracle would travel thousands of miles just to meet him.
Since she is unconscious right now even Azief could only wait until she is woken up to ask her purpose.
Not to mention Azief is not that interested in knowing his own future.
It is not because he did not believe in the Oracle it is just that he heard what Alsurt said about Oracles and Norn's before.
Their prophecy and their vision could not be trusted literally and completely. It will come true eventually it is just not the way you think it is.
That is the thing about prophecy.
And sometimes listening to the prophecy would actually make the prophecy to become true like a self-fulfilling prophecy.
For example if a man knows that he would die because of some other people, in an effort of trying to save his life he would try to kill the person that is supposed to be responsible for his killing.
And then somehow fate would dictate that the person that man is trying to kill would survive by some stroke of fortune.
Angered at the fact someone is trying to him without any reason, the person prophesied to kill the man would then kill the man.
It is a cause and effect. It could also be considered to be Karma. It could also be called Destiny and Fate.
Would the Effect really happen if the man did not hear the whispers of the Oracles and become the cause of the Karma?
If he didn't listen to the words of the oracle and did not know his fate would he still offend that person? Or would he lives a good life until he is old and die on his deathbed happy?
Of course this is just an example. But it remains true. Listening to the whispers of the oracle is a very dangerous thing.
It is better to avoid it if one can
It could lead one astray from one own heart because of the fear of the future. Azief shakes his head and let that out of his mind and then he turns to Will and ask
'How is Lily, you think? Azief ask. Will just smiles and said
'Hopefully good. Since I left her there, I think she would be safe' Azief nodded in agreement. Thinking about it is a perfect plan minus opening a portal in Earth Prime that could lead to otherworldly invasion force to come from the breach.
Thankfully Azief managed to close the breach before it became bigger
But Azief have always been forgiving of his friends. In a way that is his flaw.
The last time they split off against each other is because of the fact that Will needed to protect his younger sister, Lily.
It was why he opened a portal to another world and how Azief ended up in Earth 39.
Thankfully everything ends well in that world and Azief even find a fragment of the All Source using it as a base for him to form the All Source Disk.
Now, even when he is at Earth he could use variety of energy that would baffle and pressure any other Disk Formation leveler who mostly derives their Disk from the elements and the surrounding energy of the world.
Will was drinking whiskey. But no matter how much he drink he could never get drunk. His fast metabolism makes it impossible for him to be drunk or intoxicated.
He put down his glass and then his face turns a bits serious he ask
'Loki was spotted. In Svalbard. He was seen helping Raymond, Hikigaya and Oreki fighting Sithulran. It seems he is also now Disk Formation' Azief also put down his glass and nodded.
'I know'
'Don't you think you should do something?' Azief did not say anything. Will clicked his tongue and then said
'I know you think he knows who tried to kill you that day. You should seek answer. Ask him.'
Azief frowned. Then looking once again outside the window he sighed.
'I don't think he knows. I know he knows'
Will sighed.
'You share with me everything brother. But you never shared anything about Loki to me' Azief just shakes his head.
Azief did not know how to responds other than his usual sighing.
Will shake his head.
Then sincerely he said
'But just because you don't share anything about him with me it doesn't mean that I don't notice anything. I am a Speedster. If there is one thing I am most sensitive about it is Time Energy. And I sense that from Loki. It is not the same kind of Time Energy that exist in the Speed Source but it is of a different kind'
Will continue
'I don't know how to explain it. There is nothing incongruous about him being in this time which means he is of the person that exist and have been existing in this timeline yet there is a swirl of Time energy that I could not recognize around him. It was like a different Laws of Time around him
Azief did not say anything g but it is a good as confirming some of Will doubt. Will think a bit before he ask the next question
Heavily Will asked.
'What is his purpose? Does he mean harm against you brother?' Will ask Azief. There is a gleam of killing intent in his eyes.
Azief then look at Will and said with a tone he always uses when he is giving an ultimatum to someone.
'You will do nothing to him, Will' then he did not speak another word. There is a heavy silence in the room.
Will knows there is no use arguing about it now so he just nodded his head.
They both take a soup of their choice of drink before Will once again ask him
'There is still Sithulran. She is getting stronger and a much bigger problem than before'
Azief ears perked up
'Raymond, Oreki, Hikigaya almost lost in battle with her before Loki slays her with a staff. But we already knew that is just a temporary solution she will come back and probably stronger than before. The Orvanians bait didn't interest her. It was like she suddenly lost interest. She is turning to be more than just a headache. The World government and the Republic will surely ask for your cooperation in this matter'
If there is one person that knows why Sithulran didn't take the bait it is probably Loki.
Of course the whole world did not know the secret war being waged between Loki and Yewa Hafar on the background, setting up chess pieces and moving them all across the globe and even beyond this world.
Even Azief did not know about Yewa Hafar interference.
This delicious bait that is being dangled by the Orvanians would have normally brought Sithulran biting but Yewa Hafar has spoiled their bait.
It is why Loki personally interfered, showing himself to the world once again.
Azief on the other hand hearing about Sithulran, his eyes gleams with excitement and battle intent around him is trying hard to break out from his own suppression.
After he has refined the Demonic energy to become his Ancient Demonic Disk, he has been itching of using one of the spells Azul taught him.
Now that he has formed the Ancient Demonic Disk, he could use that spell. He wanted to know whether Sithulran could really break through that spell.
Is the Creator simple curse is more powerful than Azul spell? That is a question Azief is dying to find out.
And he wanted to quickly open up the Supremacy Stairway.
He did not forget his oath and his promise.
He has given his word. And he still remembers the third rule he learns from Alsurt.
'Never swore an oath carelessly for an oath is a binding covenant' and he also remembers the fifth rule
'Never promise something you could not do' he promises Alsurt that he would free him from his prison.
He was weak then. But now he is a lot stronger. It would not be long now before he has the capabilities to free Alsurt.
Azief then smile as he said
'That is good'
'Good?' Hearing this Will is puzzled. Why was it good that Sithulran is getting stronger? If anything isn't that worse?
Azief did not explain anything to Will. Instead he ask Will
'Do you know where she is now?'
'Who?' Will ask
'Sithulran' Azief answered
'I could run around the world and try to seek him but why do you want to know?' Azief smiles and then filled with confidence he said
Azief is ready to take his next steps. but there is still a lot of problem on Earth he needs to solve. The battle between Sithulran and Azief is about to begin. Want to bet the Time Crisis happens before or after Azief completed his thirteen Disk.
Hope you like the chapter and thanks for the support. Hope you voted for the story and give me some gifts if you like it. And I will be editing the previous chapter which has many spelling mistakes.
Though i would surely miss a few of them. And I think it will mess up the reading order. But i will try to do kit anyway.
Other than that, tomorrow will be the last part for this chapter.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
Anyway, this is it for today. Wait a few days before I post a new chapter though maybe by this time I am already finished with the new chapter
And will be posting Age of Heroes after I finished editing the story. this time I will finish it since I have got the permission.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
305 HOME IS WHERE THE HEART IS 5
CENTER PALACE FRONT GATE
It was night in Pandemonium.
In the Centre Region while the night has descended and the sun no longer shows it face unlike the other regions in the world, the city is still lively.
Lights filled the tiled streets.
People are still drinking in taverns, others visited smiths and armorer and hunters are trading battles stories while some builders are building some houses in the distance.
The sound of hammering could be heard all over the city, new houses and new cities rose up almost every day.
Pandemonium is regarded as one of the safest place to shelter oneself from monster in the world.
Most of the damage that happens in Pandemonium usually resulted from the owner of Pandemonium, Death Monarch.
Some people even grumbled when they are drunk that the Death Monarch should go to some uninhabited island when he wanted to breakthrough because every time he breakthrough there seems to some damage that happens.
Thankfully nothing bad happens today.
But who wasn't afraid after seeing dark black flames gathering in the clouds and the bleeding sky?
But other than that Pandemonium is a great place to live.
This continent undergoes transformation everyday with people building cities and villages all around the continent because of the potential for growth.
The continent of Australia after the Fall become a forbidden zone, full of monster until the Death Monarch came and cleared most of it away and created a lush fertile land for people to live in.
Pandemonium is vast and lands are plentiful. As long as one has the approval of the Central government they could found a village or a city.
People are happy and relaxed. If there is a monster invasion then there is the Three Army.
If there is an enemy attack then they have the world strongest person in the world protecting them.
In the world the safest place is Pandemonium. This is the words circulated among the people of the world.
Even the White Owl newspapers rated Pandemonium as one of the most safest place to live and have a lot of room for improvement and a trove for treasures and rare herbs and minerals ores.
And the city patrol did their job diligently.
If even the city patrol did their job diligently how can the Center Palace Gate Guardians could slack off.
Especially when the person living in the Center Palace is the Death Monarch.
The Death Monarch might not be afraid of anyone but that doesn't mean he would like it if people managed to infiltrate his palace.
The Keepers of the palace fears if such matter did occur many people heads would roll.
There are not many people in the world that have such guts to try to enter the Center palace without permission. After all waiting for them is that person
No one would knowingly put themselves as a target of Death Monarch. That is as good as a death sentence
The Gate Guardians is even more so diligent with their job.
They are strict like something is stuck up on their assholes and people without proper identification or without permission would not be allowed to take even one step inside the Center Palace.
There is also a rule in the Center Palace. That when night descended and day ended, the Center Palace gate could never be opened under any circumstances.
However, tonight that rule was broken.
All the spies that saw this scene from the distance and in the nearby inns quickly contact their intelligence agency and reported it.
The Palace gate was opened.
Usually if the gate Guardians did such thing they would be surely be sentenced to death. They do not even need to wait for trials.
The Palace Guard inside the Palace would surely storm out and lop off all the Gate Guardian in patrol on the walls.
But tonight not only the Gate Guardians try to open the gate with such haste, even the Palace Guard that guards the inside of the Palace moves from their post and hastily helped the Gate Guardian to quickly opens the gate and undo all the protection barrier, the restrictive talisman for this person that dares knock the Palace gate of Center Palace at night.
Standing there below the walls of the high Palace walls with a bow and arrow on her back, she waited.
This person is none other than the Divine Archer Sofia.
'I have come home' she said as she takes a step inside the Center Palace
Sofia is back. Azief is preparing to fight Sithulran. the oracle knows a few important things that is still not revealed.
The Time Crisis has been foreshadowed since the very beginning and only now finally that it seems that it is closer than before.
And below the promo ad I did for my other stories. Hope you could tell about my story to other people
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
Anyway, this is it for today. Wait a few days before I post a new chapter though maybe by this time I am already finished with the new chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
306 HEART IS A TROUBLESOME THING 1
"O, here
Will I set up my everlasting rest,
And shake the yoke of inauspicious stars
From this world-wearied flesh. Eyes, look your last!
Arms, take your last embrace! and, lips, O you
The doors of breath, seal with a righteous kiss
A dateless bargain to engrossing death!"
- William Shakespeare, Romeo and Juliet
PANDEMONIUM FRONT GATE
The moment the door was opened and she takes a step inside the Center Palace she saw a few familiar faces.
She smiles. But not all of the people waiting for her were smiling in happiness. Some of them are frowning. And some of them are expressionless
The Gate Guardians that opens the gate all stand in attention on top of the garrison walls. The moment Sofia enter the Centre Palace ground the Gate Guardian immediately push the door closed shut once gain.
The protection barrier was set up once again.
Sofia was looking at a man. She expected him to be here. Because he was her teacher.
'Teacher' she shouted in happiness
'I don't deserve to be called teacher' This man is none other than General Wang Jian. Then they hugged. Wang Jian smiles proudly
'You have returned. It took you long enough'
'Hmm. I just needed a reason to return home' she nodded as she breaks the hugs. Then she looks at the other few people waiting for her. There is Sasha.
Her face is expressionless. Sofia doesn't know where she picked up this habit but maybe she picked it up from Azief.
It was always a running joke in their group.
Azief expressionless face. Thinking about the face she is about to meet later, she doesn't know how she should feel.
And then she remembers why she came back. She would never tell the truth to other people, but at least she will not lie to her own heart.
'You knew I have come back?' Sofia asked puzzled at Sasha appearance here. She knew Azief did not put anyone on her tail even though she was here for a couple of days already.
She was thinking about what she is feeling and what she should talk about when she meets him again.
That is what takes her so long to return.
'Sina informed me. So, I was prepared to bring down the protection barrier.' Sasha replies curtly.
Sofia looks at Sasha and then said
'She could never hide anything from you. Still her best friend I guess?' Sasha only rolled back her eyes.
She sighed.
Azief never treated Sasha more than just his subordinate and Sasha never minded.
Because there is bad blood between them in the Fake World and the Death Monarch could hold quite a grudge.
It has been good enough that the Death Monarch did not kill her back then
But Sina has always treated her good. They were friends. Maybe it is because the secret they shared in their journey back then in the Forest Region but they are close.
In the tight knit group of Azief, Loki, Sina and Sofia there is not space for her. But Sina always has a space for her.
And Sasha knows about Sofia problem with her getting close with Sina.
Sofia is jealous because she is no longer the only best friend. If there is one thing that held the group together it is Sina ability to embrace other people.
'To your dismay, I still am' Sasha reply back.
Sofia just shakes her head. She never likes Sasha. There is the fact that she kidnaps Sina in the past but the other reason was because she could never get a read on her.
So, she could only say these kinds of things. There is also a few Palace Maidens she knew that is waving to her happily but she also does not see a couple of people she expected to see.
And then she ask
'Where are Freya and Athena?' Sofia asks.
'As you can see with your own eyes, they are not here' Sasha replied unenthusiastically. Sofia rolled back her eyes and shakes her head.
'Are they still mad about the Pegasus incident? Is that it?' Sasha did not nod but she did not shake her head either.
She just remains silence on the matter. She will not be a mouthpiece for the two generals because she did not need to be.
Her job is only to make sure there is no chaos in Pandemonium, no funny business of trying to assassinate the Death Monarch or anything like that
Her job is to maintain the safety of Death Monarch and to act in his interest.
She did not need to concern herself with court politics or the responsibility of other division or department.
She only needs to be faithful to her job description and faithful to her employer. As long as she do that, she is safe no matter how many times the officials in the court throws accusation at her.
As long as Death Monarch trusts her, her position is as stable as an unmoving mountain.
Sofia question is like putting her in the middle of a minefield.
She has no intention to step on that minefield. It has long been known that Athena and Sofia clash frequently during their stay on Fake World.
At the time Sofia was not as powerful as she is now and while she says she never loses, in other people eyes, she did lose.
And for a time during the Ice Mountain who at that time stand erect and the whole world thinks that Katarina sacrificed her life to die with Death Monarch, Sofia was dubbed as the strongest woman in the world.
But the only reason she was dubbed as such is because no one challenges her for that title. In Sasha estimation Athena is perfectly capable of taking down Sofia at the time.
The moment the battle turns into a short distance battle, Sofia would be overwhelmed with Athena ever changing attacks.
Of course now that Katarina is back, that title was returned to her and no one seems to be stupid enough to challenge her for that title.
Her name itself is deterrence just as Death Monarch name is enough to deter his enemies.
Then Sofia looks back at Wang Jian and asks
'Loki?' It was a question and Wang Jian understands it. He shakes his head
She only creased her eyebrows but other than that she did not comment much. Then smiling she said
'Well, if I know him and I think I do, I would bet he would return unexpectedly later.'
Wang Jian only smiles bitterly.
Many people outside Pandemonium and even some people in Pandemonium believe that Loki had a falling out with Death Monarch.
That Loki by saving Hirate in the Massacre of Island of Peace, Loki had break relations with Pandemonium and Azief.
But Wang Jian knows.
How could this matter easily be concluded?
Those people outside don't know Azief and Loki as he did.
They might have a falling out but for them to be enemies, unless Loki really did something unforgivable Wang Jian doesn't think this matter would stay as it is.
Loki would return and like always Azief would accept him.
Because Wang Jian knows better than most about what connect those two men together.
They are family. Wang Jian has seen it enough to know the only reason Loki could escape from Azief is because Azief did not give his all.
Azief let Loki go.
That is obvious to Wang Jian and people in the know. But it clearly doesn't seem like so in the eyes of the world.
To them Loki and Azief both had a great falling out. And since Azief did nothing to dispel such rumors it grew and now has a life of its own.
Maybe it is because Azief knows this he did not bother to say anything about it.
Since he never care about what the world thinks about him anyways so why should he lose his time trying to convince the world what he knew.
Sofia did not know what Wang Jian is thinking because she is looking at the direction of the throne room.
There is something in her eyes. Wang Jian could see it too. There is longing in her eyes.
Sasha did not say anything but she melded with the moonlight and disappeared in sparkling light.
But Sofia still does not bother to see Sasha. She trained her gaze at the throne room, there, near the top structure of the Center Palace and then she said
'Is he here? Today?' she asked Wang Jian. Wang Jian immediately knows who she is talking about
Wang Jian nodded. There is a bitter smile on Sofia face as she nodded
'Good. There is a lot we need to talk about' Sighing she added
'And there is a lot I want to say to him'
Wang Jian nodded and then he was hesitating before he finally made up his mind. He then said to Sofia
'Whatever you decide, you know you could always come to your teacher. And Sina is always there' Sofia hearing Wang Jian words nodded
Then Wang Jian jumps on his Pegasus and stride out the Gate. He did what he was supposed to do. The other Army are all camping in the wilderness and clearing out the monster.
Only he was ordered back to the Palace. He was ordered by Death Monarch himself to accept Sofia when she returned to the Palace.
So, he has been waiting for days.
The Death Monarch …..way of doing thing is quite frustrating. He shakes his head and muttered to himself
'It is their business. I have no say in it. I just hope whatever they chose would make both of them happy in the long run' he said before sighing and rode away from the Palace ground.
Sofia looks at the entrance gate and then she pushed it and the creaking sound of the gate opening sounded out through the large Monarch Road.
On each side of the roads is the Keep of the Palace and the Palace Maiden all bowing slightly toward her.
She smiles a bit and then she walked and enters the palace.
Ok, this arc is nearly at its end. For people who knows about me you all knew that after an Arc I will always take a break.
When this Arc ends I will probably stop updating Lord Shadow in about three weeks. In that time I will updated my other stories like Age of Adventure or Song of Heroes.
Anyway, this part of the story pick up from the last chapter.
this chapter have five parts. And people who is in ******* would have seen all five parts tomorrow because I scheduled it for tomorrow
If you want to support me you can vote for my story or become a patron.
My website is w3 ******* com/keikokumars. w is three times and there is a dot in the space. I did not post the link because I think it would be censored by Webnovel.
Anyway be prepared to be hot and bothered in this chapter
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
Anyway, this is it for today. Wait a few days before I post a new chapter though maybe by this time I am already finished with the new chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
307 HEART IS A TROUBLESOME THING 2
TRISTAN DA CUNHA
Tristan Da Cunha is a remote group of volcanic group in the south Atlantic Ocean. It is the most remote inhabited archipelago in the world.
At least it was inhabited before the Fall. After the Fall however a tragic event happened in this island.
A few years ago during the Weronian Occupation, a Seed Formation expert was stranded into that island when he fought off a sea monster.
The Seed Formation expert wanders around the island after he woke up from his unconsciousness and not before long he found a settlement.
He wanted to shelter himself in one of the settlement
However he was attacked and almost dies. And the people there don't know what calamity they invited upon themselves.
Maybe because he was injured he did not look like an expert but at the time Seed Formation levelers were rare and only a few people in the world had reached that level during that particular time.
Outside of that island he was always respected and feared.
At least, even if the people of the island did not respect him at least they shouldn't have tried to kill him. He was angry.
No he was beyond angry. He was full of wrath. And a wrath of a Seed Formation expert could level a city.
Not to mention some no-name island that is populated with low level levelers that at most in the Orb Condensing levels.
He promised himself that he would make all of them pay with blood.
He hides in a forest and when he regained his strength he massacre the entire island.
All human in the island was wiped out, their skulls could be found buried under some avalanches or soils and the traces of their battles could still be seen today.
'At least it solves the inbreeding problem in the island' That man said after finishing massacring every single human in the island.
Loki remembers this particular story as he dragged himself to the shore. He knows this story because he sent his ravens here to scout people.
It is not something unusual for Loki. He has always sent his ravens to faraway place in the world.
To seek information. Information he could use or sell.
Loki is after all a VIP customer of the Broker. He plopped to the ground as the waves crashed toward his body pushing back and forth.
He was panting and there is a wound in his stomach. The smell of the sea did not overpower the smell of his blood.
'Ugh. Fuck. This Sithulran is really powerful. I didn't think he could break out of my Will Suppression.'
Loki did not underestimate his enemy. But he clearly didn't expect that Sithulran is that powerful. He did slay that alien woman slash mad scientist but he also pay a heavy price.
He gritted his teeth as he could feel the pain in his stomach each time the sea breeze blew by the island.
The moment he slays that alien woman Loki quickly teleported out of Svalbard. He did not want the World Government to know he was injured.
When he left, Raymond was half beaten to death, Hikigaya was unconscious and Oreki like always had already turns into a lightning bolt and return to his dominion.
He is faster than before… and stronger than before
Fighting with them Loki could see the improvement of Hikigaya and Raymond. Hikigaya attainment in his illusion magics has increased.
Loki knows what Hikigaya is capable off in the future. Turning the fake into real, the real into an illusion.
That is a terrifying ability. In one way, Hikigaya could neutralize his Karma.
He could even trap that woman for three seconds. It might not look much but that alien woman could even break out from Loki Will Suppression which has a trace of Sovereign aura.
For Hikigaya to trap Sithulran for three second with just his Disk Formation realm cultivation, that was already impressive enough.
Raymond on the other hand was the one who deals the most damage toward Sithulran. Yes, he was half beaten to death.
But Sithulran did not get off easy either. Most of her bones was broken at that point, her internal organs concaved and her right arms was smashed into pieces.
Oreki….well, one might call him a coward for running but it was a strategic retreat. He knows what to do in a heated situation, when to go forward and when to retreat
It is why he always profited even when he is clashing with his enemies.
In the two times Azief went to war with the World Government, Oreki forces have never experienced a decline in power.
And it is also a fact that without Oreki, Raymond and Hikigaya would have already been beaten.
His lightning based attack stuns Sithulran many times and help Raymond hit her in place. Loki? He did the finishing move.
One could even say he kill-steal.
But who would have thought at her last moment before she dies, she executed a palm strike onto his stomach, causing his entire energy to flare up and become in chaos.
The moment he cut off her head he immediately crushes the Teleportation Crystal, an item more effective than the teleportation Stone.
He teleported himself around this island. This island like his other islands is a safe place for him.
The waves crashed against him again, and the salt water drenched his wounds, feeling a little stinging on his skin.
If not for his injury and the discomfort he is feeling right now Loki would treat this like any other day and would be enjoying the beauty of the island and the sea.
He breathes heavily and even though the sea water should be cold, he is sweating. His entire internal organs are heating up way more than it supposed to.
Like his other island, this island is also surrounded by array formation that could heal him. If there is one thing Loki did the most after he arrived on this timeline it was to prepare.
Far away from the eyes of Death Monarch and his other companions, he planned and he calculated and prepared.
But the thing he did the most was wait. Today, he could no longer wait. Someone is trying to make a gambit move with Sithulran.
He could not allow one alien woman mess up his plans. The waves lapped around the shores once again and struck Loki body once again.
By now, he is used top it.
He spread out his hand and let the sea water washed over him.
With all the pain he felt in his body, he is tempted to let his body be taken away by the sea, to drift aimlessly in the vast sea.
But then he grins bitterly. He had done so much. And there is still many things he could do and must do.
He did not forget what he had to do. There is too much at stake here for him to give up. So many things have been sacrificed.
There is still time. And there is still a task he must do.
'Yewa Hafar' he muttered
And his eyes turn cold.
Fighting Sithulran this time he is sure of his assumption. Yewa Hafar is behind this.
From what he gathered from the Orvanians reports, the World orb is bait that should have lure Sithulran perfectly.
So, the World Government, the Republic and many other factions cooperated and spread out that the World Orb is found in Svalbard under an underground tunnel.
It should have been enough to lure Sithulran from her hiding spot.
It did lure her out but she was prepared. It was like she somehow suspected that whatever it is in that underground tunnel is not really the World Orb.
To be honest no one knows where the World Orb is. And no one is really interested in searching for it.
It is because the people that are qualified enough to seek it knows the secret about the World Orb.
It is not someone could touch. Even the League of Freedom knows this. How they know this? No one knows.
But Loki is glad because no one is stupid enough to try to seek it. But the fact that the whole world does not know where the World Orb is not supposed to be known by Sithulran.
Who would have thought she was prepared during the attack?
In the beginning the World Government forces fought with Sithulran unground before they all broke out from the ground creating a sinkhole one hundred kilometer long and one hundred and forty kilometer wide.
Yewa Hafar must have told her something. Loki takes a deep breath and then he strengthened himself as he put his hand on the sandy shore, pushing himself upwards.
Then slowly he walks himself out of the watery shore and into the sand. He walked to the center of island, blood dripping form his mouth and his eyes.
The waves come and bring it away, each time it reaches the shore
Not once he winced in pain. Not once he grunted in pain. Because to him this pain is nothing. He had experienced more painful things than this.
Then now approaching the center of the island, Loki smiles.
He closes his eyes and then he whistles.
Slowly from the depths of the forest, serpent emerges out from bushes, from deep holes and from damp and dark places.
Their hissing could be heard all over the area, filling the entire forest. It could make one have goosebumps just by hearing it.
Then from the forest, the sound of cawing could be heard.
Black crows flew out from their nest and flying in circle above Loki head, creating something that look like a magic formation if one look it from above.
Loki smirked
'I really overtaxed myself this time' He said to himself.
Loki had already uses his Willpower when he made a deal with Azul. Now, he uses it again to deals with Sithulran.
This Will of Sovereign is not unlimited. The reason was because the density of energy in the world does not yet reach that level.
It is the reason why he uses it sparingly. But the closer it is to the Time Crisis, the more Loki felt that the Universe is conspiring against him.
It was like they were forcing him to use it to make sure he couldn't do much during the Time Crisis.
To felt the world is against you is usually the ramblings of a crazy person but Loki knows such thing exists.
The Universe does have a Will and when that Will is stirred it will try to move the entire Universe to follow that path.
It is because Loki knows this that he fears that he could not do much during the Time Crisis.
As Loki was thinking of all this matter, a few serpents comes to Loki and slither around his feet and the moment they touched Loki feet, they burst into an explosion of blood, turning into a red mist.
And one of the small wound on Loki body is healed.
Yet, even after seeing their brethren exploded into red mist, the other serpents still comes and try to touch Loki.
Slowly red mist followed everywhere Loki steps. Red mist swirling around him enveloping his wound and healing it.
And with each steps he is getting better.
There is color on his face now and he looks more composed. He is no longer panting and there is no longer blood dripping from his eyeballs.
When he finally reached the center of the array formation, he heaved a sigh of relief. He place an array formation in the center of the island
By now he is already partially healed. At least his physical parts.
Behind him is red mist that is thick as blood.
On top of his head. Up there on the clouds, is still the circling of black crows.
Even now in the center of the island he could hear the sea breeze. He smiles bitterly. The sea breeze always helps him focus more.
Then he sits in meditation in the eye of the formation and then gathering energy of the world, the arrays formation lit up and he is slowly absorbing the world energy.
It is the same array he set up in that other island.
It is the Array of Gathering Chaotic Energy. One could see that many of the injuries he had now is being healed.
Even his energy is stabilized now.
He then closes his eyes and then as he was about to concentrate on his recovery he heard a sound.
Startled, he almost threw his hidden dagger before realizing he almost kill an innocent person
In front of him is a woman with a Demon Mask covering her face and her yes is looking at Loki like she was shocked at the flustered expression of Loki on seeing her popping out from the shadows. Loki face turns red.
He almost had a heart attack. He thought that it was Yewa Hafar again.
The last time that guy appeared in front of him has spooked him enough. Yewa Hafar is not an enemy he would ever underestimate.
Loki then exasperatedly said
'I ask you again, Trisha. Are you addicted on appearing like that?' Loki said as he massage his chest.
Trisha did not say anything, but Loki could see her worries reflected in her eyes.
'My lord, are you alright? I saw….the battle'
Loki sighed.
'It is a little bit dangerous than usual. But as you can see, I am quite alive.' Loki said smiling. But the woman beneath the Demon Mask doesn't seem to share the same feeling like Loki.
She has no mood to joke around right now.
'It is a close call. My lord should ask Lord Azief to help. Then-'Loki held up his finger and glare at Trisha
'I have my reasons. Trisha, you have followed me for years. What I have done….don't you think there is a reason to each and every one of them?'
'But-'
Loki shakes his head.
And Trisha only sighed.
'Why did you come? If you come to protect me, don't worry. The moment I teleported here, the barrier have been automatically activated. Other than me, you and your two sisters, no one will be able to enter this island.'
'No, that is not the reason I came'
'Hmm. Then what is the reason you come here. Don't tell me you want to spook me to death??' Loki asks.
'Lord Loki, did you remember that you ask us to tail on the Inventor because he has the Merchant King Key?'
'Yes' Loki nodded
'Well...I don't know how to say it but he found it'
The reason why she is feeling awkward to say it to Loki is because Loki once said the Inventor might never find the Merchant King treasury until he dies.
So, she and her ravens did not watch over him too closely. Fortunately, one of the ravens assigned to the Inventor caught the image of the Inventor finding the entrance of the Merchant King treasury.
'He found…what? Wait, you mean he found the Merchant King Treasury?'
Trisha nodded
But then Loki excitement died down.
Even if he found the Merchant King treasury at most there is a few blueprint and plans and gold.
In the case of blueprint in Loki minds there is hundred maybe even thousands of blueprints of weapons and inventions.
Gold?
He could just do without it. After all what use gold to him when he could just take it from other people?
'It is good for him but I don't think it concerns me very much'
Trisha shakes her head.
'I don't think you should dismiss this matter so easily my lord'
'What do you mean?' This time Loki is even more puzzled
'My lord you remember that you once shows us a painting of an orb with weird design and you said that if we found it we should tell you about it?'
'Yes' Loki did remember showing them such painting.
But as years passed, Loki had given up of trying seeking that thing. Because it seems that thing will only show itself during the War of the Sovereigns.
So, he did not focus so much on finding that thing.
'Yes. I remember' Loki replied. Then Trisha said
'I found it' and this time hearing what Trisha said, Loki nearly jumped out in fright. He almost didn't believe what he is hearing.
'You found it?' This time Loki got up from the array and he no longer cared about healing his body.
'You're sure?'
Trisha nodded
'I'm sure'
Loki gulped and then there is a smile on his face.
'I thought today is my unlucky day. Who thought this is actually my lucky day.'
'What should we do now, Lord Loki?' Trisha asked asking for an order. Loki got up and said, with a grin on his face
'Well, we need to pay my old friend the Inventor a visit don't you think?'
In this part it shows Loki after the battle in Svalbard with Sithulran. He knows that Yewa Hafar is behind the failure of the World Government baiting the Orvanian woman.
And finally the Merchant King key finally come into play, This matter was mentioned before in many chapters ago when the Inventor have finally help Loki completing something for him.
Hope you like this chapter.
If you want to support me you can vote for my story or become a patron.
My website is w3 ******* com/keikokumars. w is three times and there is a dot in the space. I did not post the link because I think it would be censored by Webnovel.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
308 HEART IS A TROUBLESOME THING 3
PANDEMONIUM CENTER PALACE
The moonlight illuminated a lonely figure standing in this large room. It illuminated a lonely figure dressed in black
Light gleamed from the rings on his fingers. This person is none other than the Death Monarch
Azief was in his throne room.
There was a commotion in front of the gate a couple of hours ago. He saw it happen. Everything. And he saw her. And heard her. Every word.
And just like that….all of it came crashing down on him.
He sighed and he takes a deep breath.
If he could he would forbid her from leaving him ever again. If he could, he would make her stay beside him forever.
But he knows he can't.
If there is one thing he can't do with his might or spell it is that he couldn't force someone to stay.
Even if the body stays here, if the heart is elsewhere, then forever that heart will remain elsewhere.
Probably that is the hardest thing to do. Azief always wanted to know the answer to that question?
How do you make love stay?
He saw that some powerful being could bring back the dead, but he never saw someone uses spell to make other people love them.
Maybe it is not because they can't do it. But maybe it is because the Price of such magic will be sky high.
Or probably, because whoever cast such spell knows that whatever they received from the people they cursed is not true love.
There are many who would never understand why he loves Sofia. He still remembers the very first time he saw her after the fall.
All skinny arms, tired and fearful…..but yet, incredibly and amazingly there is still hope in her eyes.
Probably that is the reason why he saved her. Not because she was someone he knows but because he saw hope in those eyes.
And he needed that. He needed that at the time. To know that there is still hope in this world. Truth be told, he wanted to break down many times in the beginning.
He wanted to fall on his knees and give up.
All he saw at the time was death and the more he walked the more death he saw and the more he grew in despair.
It was a hellish scene to see and hellish scene to live through.
He saw corpses lying on the street, corpses that will rises up by dawn, he saw monsters and undead roaming the city he used to live, trampling anything that is beautiful and alive.
At that time he just lost his first companion. He did not show it but he is also shaken.
Thinking about it, it is because he needs to survive he suppressed his fears and memories of that time.
After all, he did forget that he kills his family at that time even though they have turned into Mutated Sapiens
And then he met her in that broken mall.
And he saw her eyes. There is fear, yes. There is also uncertainty. But there is also hope. It was like she is the last thing left in Pandora Box.
And when Pandora opens the box, there is only hope left in that box.
And Azief needed that.
He needed a lamp to guide his dark shrouded path at the time. Sofia never felt that he helped him enough.
But just being by his side at the time, it helped him tremendously. It help him remembers that there is still hope.
And then they travelled together. They fought for each other, they protected each other.
And when he knew her life story, he saw more than just a broken woman. He saw a woman that got the world gunning for her and still she got up.
Yes, she got beaten. Beaten badly and brutally. Bloodied and beaten and knockdown by life at every single turn
But each time, no matter what, she got up. Even when she was broken, she got up. Even when she is bloodied, she got up.
And she braves it all. She was stronger than him. And because she was broken she became even more beautiful.
Some people, when they break, they couldn't be put together again. But….some heals even stronger. Sofia is the latter
'People don't understand' he muttered to himself.
No one understands why he loves her.
It is truly fascinating. In his life before the Fall he would never have the courage to talk to her. There were so many words he saved for her that only lingers in his mind.
Because he is a coward.
When life punches him in the face and he got down…he stays down.
He always gives up…because in his life before the Fall, there was nothing…nothing for him to fight for.
It is sad really but he never loves anything, not the way Sofia loves thing before the Fall. And it is a sad thing to not know love and to feel like you are not loved.
He was alone. Terribly, horribly alone.
He had no love for his family; he had no friends to talk to. His life is always about, in a way, it was always about survival.
He needs to find money to eat. And when he eats after that he goes to sleep. In the morning, he wakes up to the alarm and goes to work.
And in between?
He waste his time…waiting for the day to die. It is funny thinking about it now. He used to wish the world would just blow up someday.
Or that his country got nuked by mistake.
He wanted to die in the most painless way possible.
Azief once read in a book somewhere that if a nuclear bomb falls into a place, one would only see a bright light before being evaporated to dust.
'That doesn't seem a bad way to die' he once remarked
Life….was torture for him. There is nothing for him to fight for. Nothing he desires other than to just live for the day.
He is poor with no money. And in his country, if you are poor, you are nothing. He never harbors any intention to marry like any other normal person around him.
There is the fact that the dowry for marriage in Malaysia is sky high. But even if there is a woman that would not mind him being poor, he minded.
He wanted to treat the one he loves like a princess. He wanted to treat his unborn children like they were princes or princesses.
He wanted to give them the world.
But he couldn't. If he couldn't do that, if he couldn't give the life that the woman she loved deserved, it is better for him to not start at all.
It is better not to have it all and make other people daughter suffers because of him.
Because he already knew how life like that will turn out.
Life is full of suffering.
That is not an opinion, it is a fact. But at least, if he married someone, married someone he loved, he wanted to lessen that suffering.
He wanted to share the burden at least. But, a poor young man like him…even if there is a young lady that loved him, he would never ever married her if he knew in his heart he could not give her the life she deserves.
He was born in a family where his father is a guard that doesn't care much about his family, and an apathetic mother with a psycho younger brother.
It is a fortunate event that he did not turn to be some bad kid.
He was denied most things in life not because he is disabled or something but merely because he is poor.
There were a lot of thing he wanted to be, wanted to pursue but he never could.
People said money is not important.
Those people never lived his life.
Money is important.
You would understand how money is important when you have nothing to eat. When you have to beg your friend a few bucks to buy some food.
But he never asks from his parent. Azief even in his darkest moment could never let go of his pride.
Money couldn't buy everything? That is because you are buying it at the wrong place.
When he looks at his friend with their wife and their life sometime he felt what is wrong with him that he couldn't have the life like other people?
And then when he searched deep in his heart he got the answer.
He lacks courage. To love and to fail. He had failed in everything in his life. He never had a girlfriend not because he can't.
There is always chance during his high school time. But he always thinks too much. And what he feared the most is rejection.
People who were never rejected before don't know how painful it is to be rejected. Azief on the other hand knows exactly how rejection felt.
He felt it every day with his family.
And it is painful. At least it was painful in the beginning. But then after a while, you get used to it.
You get used to the fact that when you got home from work, instead of a smile from your mother all you get is silence and judging glare.
You get used to the fact that your own existence is ignored. It took him some time but he got used to it. But no one should ever get used to it.
No one.
Rejection hurts…especially if it's someone you love. So, the unsaid words remain unsaid. And the feeling that is bottled up, keep being in the bottle.
When you have lived your whole life being rejected, you could never believe yourself that you would be accepted.
It was like you are some broken thing that could not be loved.
When the Fall happens, it was like he was reborn. Instinct takes over. When you see death staring at you in the face, you either succumb…or you fight back.
Azief did not do any of that.
Because at that moment, when he almost died, when he felt like his whole life flashed in his mind, he got a revelation.
He is sick and tired of always giving up. He is tired of always succumbing to his fate.
He has always been a pessimistic guy.
Why?
Because pessimists have everything to gain, whereas optimists have a fifty-fifty chance of being disappointed.
It is easy to be pessimistic. It is harder to become optimistic because there is always a chance of failing.
The Fall gives him more than just a new start. It gave him a new life. An equal start with everyone else in the world.
And so, this time Azief choose differently. Azief did not succumb…no, he could succumb no longer.
He did not fight. He goes beyond that. He betted it all. He betted his life on the line. He jumps into the jaw of Death and each time he comes back stronger and more powerful.
The strongest man in the world!
The apex existence in the world.
With one stomp of his feet the whole world trembles and with his palm he could cover the heavens, commanding winds and clouds.
But now, now that he reached where he is now, people even say that she does not deserve him.
What a load of bullshit.
Love is not about who deserves who. Even a beggar could love a princess and even a princess could love a beggar.
Love is free. You could buy anything in this world except love. You could buy pretend love, true, but true love?
True love is free. Any person is poor and desolate, if love passes them by.
And if it stays, even the poorest person with the poorest hovel is radiant with warmth, with life and color.
Love….has the power to make of a beggar a king. Love is free because it can dwell in no other atmosphere.
In freedom it gives itself unreservedly, abundantly, completely. And that is why Azief loves Sofia.
He loves her because what she brought in his life in his darkest moment. It brought him direction, beauty and meaning.
And even when she went away, he always had faith that she will return.
Because no matter what happens, whether she returns to him and accept him or not he knows one undeniable truth that he could never erase in his heart.
Azief is getting a little personal as he remember how he was before the Fall. before the man becomes the legend.
To the world he was the world strongest person and to reconcile the image of a coward and the current him would be almost impossible. But he himself remembers who he is and in some way, he is and still have that part in him.
That timidness he has when dealing with the matters of the hearts. In this chapter one could understand why he could not really reject Katarina or why he is so timid with love.
Anyway next chapter would probably be a little mature for some people. So....ehem.
If you want to support me you can vote for my story or become a patron.
My website is w3 ******* com/keikokumars. w is three times and there is a dot in the space. I did not post the link because I think it would be censored by Webnovel.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
309 HEART IS A TROUBLESOME THING 4
So he waits here in this throne room waiting for her here. He looks outside and saw the Gate Guardian patrolling the walls and one hours passed.
But he still waited. He stands there on the balcony, overlooking the Gate.
Another hour passes but he still waited. He did not even think of leaving. Because he realizes in their relationships he never waited for her. It was always her that waits for him.
It was always her that chases over him
And it was always her waiting for him. So he would wait here. He would wait forever here if he has to.
The keeper of the Palace today all knows something going to happen today so no one is being dense.
They all return to their residence early.
Now in this large Palace, there are probably only two people that are still awake.
On the outside the sound of owl could be heard. The moon shines brightly and the wind blows gently, rustling the leaves.
Then he heard footsteps.
Then he heard the throne room entrance door being opened. Then he heard that footsteps again. It was hesitant but it was also determined.
Azief slowly turns his body from the window and look in front of him. Standing there not far away from him is a beautiful woman.
She had a bow and arrow in her back, her black long hair is as beautiful as the day she left. Her hazel eyes like always is full of hope.
Looking at her figure illuminated by the moonlight that slips through from the windows, Azief couldn't understand it.
How could she just stand there and look fucking beautiful?
This is why he said nobody understands. To him, she seemed so beautiful that he could not understand why no one was as disturbed as him when he saw her.
Then she said
'Hi' She said. Azief bitterly smiles
'Hi' he replied. There was silence in the room. She looks at him and he looks at her. Nobody seems to know what to say after that simple hi.
Where should they start? What should they say? What is this all about? Is this a new beginning? Or is it the end?
Then she comes closer. Because she knew he never would.
'I…'Azief was about to say something and Sofia comes closer. She was so close that Azief could hear her heart beating.
It is beating wildly. And his heart is also beating as hard as she is. Beating as wildly as a racing warhorse in the plains.
And Azief knows Sofia could see it. See how he wants to take her and press his lips against hers. And she saw it.
He wanted to breathe in her smell. And she saw how beautiful she looks to him in his eyes.
Then he looks away, looking awkward. There were many things about him that he doesn't like. Most of all this feeling.
What could justify him loving two women?
He would not make excuses. But he also didn't want to hurt both of them. Even now, as he saw her, he still didn't know the answer.
He was thinking what Loki once said to him. He once asked Loki what kind of man he was in the future. Loki said he was an asshole.
His exact words were 'You were kind of an ass.' Looking at Sofia, Azief said
'Soph, I'm sorry. I…didn't mean-'
But he was not the only one feeling it. Sofia also is feeling it. She also want to take him and press her lips against his.
She also wanted to breathe in his smell.
So….she put her hand to the back of his neck, and they stare at each other, their chest both heaving up and down, their eyes locked with each other..
Azief was confused
'Sofia-?'
And without letting him finished his word, she pull him towards herself. And she kisses him. Once. Twice. Thrice.
It started tame. But then their tongue interlocked and they both explore each other mouth for lack of a better word.
It was like they were hungry for each other. Azief hand slid down to her waist and as he kisses her he pulls her waist closer to him.
She moans a little and a smile in on her face
They are both heating up as Azief pushed her to the walls and the entire Palace seems to trembles a little as they continue kissing like they were inhaling oxygen after a case of oxygen deprivation.
And with each kiss it was like her entire universe snapped back to focus and it make her head clears and focused.
And it helps when the man kissing her knows what he was doing.
When they first kissed, Azief was bad at it.
At least that is what he said to her. But every time they kissed, she never notices that. She never felt that he is a bad kisser.
Every time they kissed, she felt like she was stargazing. She felt dazzled. And completely unprepared for what she is about to feel.
And every time their eyes meet each other, it was like time stops for them. And Azief kissed her again, their passion which they keep in control is unleashed.
It was like he didn't want to stop this moment. And then Sofia understands why. Azief then said to her in between kisses
'Promise me…this is not a goodbye kiss'
And Sofia smiles a bit and then she broke the kiss, both of them looking at each other, flushed and breathless.
Then she said slowly and gently. Like she is explaining something
'Azief, I missed you. I miss you every day from the moment I left until just now. Do you think I would leave again?'
Azief sighed and then said
'I couldn't give you what you want. I couldn't give you everything'
Sofia smiles bitterly. She is hurt. And she is probably going to keep hurting. But she will endure it until she couldn't endure it any longer.
And when she couldn't endure it any longer, when she is ready to leave him, he will know and she will know it too.
But she couldn't leave him now. Not when she is still so in love with him. Not when separating with him right now is more painful than being with him
Sofia bitterly smiles and then she said
'You see, I had a lot of time to think when I was alone. I am hurt . Truth be told, I am still hurting. I mean who wouldn't? And probably this is the stupidest decision I have ever made in my life.'
But there is one thing that I realize. I would not choose to walk away from you just because I knew that it would never be. I would be the judge of that. When my heart felt more pain being with you than it is not being with you, then I will leave. And when that time comes, if you still did not have an answer, then I got my answer.'
Then she smiles. But for some reason Azief felt his heart in pain seeing that smile.
'But no. This is not a goodbye kiss. If anything it is a prelude'
Azief sighed
Sofia then said
'I couldn't control what you are feeling and I never wanted too. But there is so much that I can endure before I break down. The world might have fallen and it is not like before. But I know what I want. And you know what I want. I couldn't be the second. And I didn't want to be the first. I just want to be the only one. Not because I demanded it. I don't want that kind of love. I wanted it to come from the heart.' And then looking at Azief she put her hand on his heart and said
'I want everything'
And then she drop down her head for a moment before she raises it back up and then said
'But until that moment comes I am going to stay beside you.'
'Until your heart could not take it any longer' Azief said and she nodded
Then she laughs bitterly at herself
'I guess I love you more than you love me. And the one that loves more is always at a disadvantage' Azief did not know what to say. And Sofia did not say anything else.
'I…'
'You don't have to say anything Azief. It is my decision. It is my decision to make and I already made it. So you don't have to say anything'
Then kissing him on the cheek she walk away from the room.
That night she sleeps inside the Center Palace….beside him
You get what i implied right? you all got it right? Anyway, will Azief and Sofia love story turns tragic like it did in Loki timeline? Hmmm.
Hope you like this chapter.
If you want to support me you can vote for my story or become a patron.
My website is w3 ******* com/keikokumars. w is three times and there is a dot in the space. I did not post the link because I think it would be censored by Webnovel.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
310 HEART IS A TROUBLESOME THING 5
REPUBLIC CLAIMED LAND
SEVERNAYA ZEMLYA
That night when Azief was talking with Sofia about their matters, an explosions rocked the archipelago in the Russian high artic in the day that its shockwave reverberated to the nearby lands and island under the control of the Republic.
Since most of Russia territory is claimed by the Republic, an expeditionary mission was sent to investigate.
They all died in that place without making contact. The Republic then detected a powerful energy fluctuations coming from the archipelago.
And then Katarina herself went to check with her Battle Maidens. Then she found out what is killing the expeditionary members.
When she arrived, most of the villages and cities in the archipelago were destroyed, turning into a desert. A desert in a place of ice.
It was highly unnatural and shouldn't have happened. She was enraged
It was there she fought with Sithulran and they both clashed each other creating a powerful clash of power that shakes the entire island surface.
She comes with the snowstorm and his red sword fought a gruelling battle that split the archipelago into two.
Her red sword is like a burning fire contrast with her storms of snows swirling around her. With one slice of her sword she slices the island into two
One part of it drifts to Arctic Ocean, while the other drifts off in the direction of the west which lies the Kara Sea.
This fight force the mad scientist of Orvan who was hiding here to avoid the detection of the World Government to leave Russia.
At the same time that battle was happening Will was running all across the world to seek Sithulran.
He was present in Russia at that time and helps Katarina drives off Sithulran. When Sithulran flew away Will follow her without hesitation.
It is a short part of the chapter. But it told what happened with Katrina, and what is happening with Will and it is close for Death monarch and Sithulran rematch. The Mad Scientis refers to Sithulran of course
Hope you like this chapter.
If you want to support me you can vote for my story or become a patron.
My website is w3 ******* com/keikokumars. w is three times and there is a dot in the space. I did not post the link because I think it would be censored by Webnovel.
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
" Live, then, and be happy, beloved children of my heart, and never forget, that until the day God will deign to reveal the future to man, all human wisdom is contained in these two words, 'Wait and Hope."
The birds swoop down and snatch a few fish as they quickly swallowed the fish. The sea waves ripples as the fish on the bird's mouth struggle to get free
The birds shrieked, the sound does not sound like normal bird
But just right before the birds managed to swallow its prey; an arrow struck the bird on its head and its head exploded as the sailors quickly make sure that the bird's body fall into their small boats.
The birds are called the Devil Birds by the sailors that sail the Pandemonium Sea. It has big black wing that looks like Devil Wings and they are large like a human adult.
Considering many thing after the Fall become big even birds and fishes become birds.
But oddly enough the Devil Birds while have a massive size and terrifying countenance, they are extremely weak and they are easily one shot kill by one arrow to the head.
They are also sailor's most favorite hunt when they sail the sea
Then laughing the sailors that caught the bird continues their journey sailing out from Pandemonium Sea making the birds into their snack in their long journey home.
Not far away from this scenery, one woman is looking at all this matter with clear eyes
She smiles as she looks at this scenery of people living and she smiles looking at the sea. She takes a deep breath. Inhaling and exhaling.
The sound of the sea, the smell of the salty breeze, she takes it all in like she is experiencing it all for the first time.
She stands still in that moment and closes her eyes. And she thinks of him. The sea keep waving and waving, kissing the shores each time.
She then opens her eyes and she smiles again.
After what happened to her she seems to lose something but she also gain something important.
An equivalent price.
She finally understands what is truly important to her and what her heart truly desires.
In front of her eyes is a vast sea but more than that she saw hundreds of ships coming and going from the Port of Newark, a city in the northern part of Pandemonium
This woman is wearing a white robe, her eyes clear and innocent. Her white robe flows gently and her hair smoothly waves back.
Just by standing there she looked otherworldly. Then in the distance she saw Sea monsters are easily being dispatched by the fleet of ships that is coming to the Port.
She admires them and their perseverance to sail the Pandemonium Sea, a sea regarded so treacherous and dangerous that in the past none dares sail it.
Like their leader the Death Monarch, the people of Pandemonium seem to inherit the domineering and confidence of their leader in dealing with anything and everything.
They do not compromise, they are fearless and they all knew how the game is played in Pandemonium.
Only the strong survives.
They were all lions and tigers. The entire continent of Pandemonium is full of crouching tiger and hidden dragons, hidden talents and dangerous people.
Death Monarch while he rarely employs a hands on approach in the administration of Pandemonium, he is undoubtedly the spiritual leader of Pandemonium which makes his position as the leader of Pandemonium unassailable.
She looks at the sea monster, writhing in pain before being hauled up into the ship by the ship captain.
She smiles and she chuckles. There is no longer fear in her eyes this time. Only determination and an unshaken will.
This woman is none other than the famous Oracle Erika. She is at the harbor waiting for her boat.
On the road leading to the port there are many of her believers respectfully waiting for her, leaving her alone in the Port with her bodyguard Antonius.
Antonius feels this is better for him because it would make protecting the Oracle easier as he looks toward the crowds.
His eyes is vigilant not because of the crowd but because of the people hidden inside the crowd.
Mixed with the crowd Antonius notice a few men dressed in black, looking at them. Those people must be the men of Shadow Guards.
Sasha also seems to send a few of her people to ensure nothing bad happens to the Oracle in Pandemonium soil.
She is also like the Death Monarch. Rarely seen but her presence is felt all across Pandemonium.
In Pandemonium itself, Sasha name is kind of a taboo among the officials. No one likes to be under the surveillance of the Shadow Guards for days.
Antonius sighed but he chose to ignore it. As long as Sasha did not try to do some weird things to the Oracle, he could tolerate the eyes of the Shadow Guards.
Then he resumes his duty.
Sometimes he looks toward the Oracle and there is a complicated emotion in his eyes. He sighed.
After Erika woke up from her sleep instead of wanting to return back to the Center Palace she instead asked him to bring her away from Pandemonium.
This shocked Antonius greatly.
After all, Erika from the very beginning wanted to meet Death Monarch but suddenly after she woke up she changed her tone.
And then when he nodded as a sign of agreement she smiled and without warning she kissed him in the mouth.
Then leaving him speechless like that she only smiles before she lays back on her bed and sleep.
And that was it.
Even when they were boarding the carriage this morning she did not say anything and only treats him like usual.
Even until this moment she did not explain anything to him. He didn't know the meaning of that kiss.
Or whether it has any meaning at all.
Erika notices someone is looking at her. She turns around and she saw how Antonius try to avoid her eyes.
She comes toward Antonius and then she chuckles
'What?'
The wind blows by her hair as it waves gently and it only serves to highlight Erika beauty. She usually becomes old after doing her divinations but now she has returned to normal.
Her face is full of youth and there is just something different about her. She seems carefree.
Antonius shakes his head and said
'Nothing' Erika grins and asked
'Really? Nothing?'
The sea breeze passes them by and the sound of the wind sometimes blurred her words.
The sound of ships coming and going also makes their words drowned by the other sound in the Port.
But Antonius clearly heard it. 'No it is not nothing' he wanted to say. But then he swallowed those words.
But then he wanted to blurt it out. He is torn. Then mustering his courage he told himself.
'What is wrong with asking a few question right?'
He come closer to Erika fearing anyone could still hear him even from this distance between him and the crowd and then he said to Erika
'We need to talk about what happen' Antonius said
'Oh'
Erika grins and then with a teasing expression she said
'Specifically about what?'
Antonius knows Erika is teasing him so he said
'The kiss'
'Oh. What about it?' Erika ask back like she was discussing the weather or asking whether you had breakfast
Hesitating Antonius ask Erika
'What does it mean?' Erika touch her chin and smiling she answered
'Does it have to mean something?' Erika once again ask back, but her eyes is full of playfulness
Antonius frowned
'It didn't mean anything?' He asked, his tone slightly rose without meaning to. Erika chuckles and answered.
'No, it does meant something' And Antonius is slowly getting annoyed
'If it means something…..What does it mean?'
'Guess' Erika said and she laughs.
For the first time in a long time she laughs in such a carefree manner. Whatever happens to her in the time she was unconscious changed her drastically.
The Oracle Antonius knew is always solemn and always serious.
It was like someone that is burdened by such a heavy truth that she always seems to slouch because of the weight.
If Erika is the witness of Time Ending, then Antonius has always been the witness of Erika suffering.
He had seen it many times.
How she always pushes herself to see through Time and divine the future for the sake of humanity.
He saw the moment where Erika suffers from backlash of her trying to peer through the Veil; he saw how painful it is for her.
And what is more painful than that is that she keeps going even through the pain.
And that hurts him too, seeing her suffering like that.
So, he had always guarded him. Even though, all of his debts are repaid and he owed her nothing else, he is still beside her, loyally guarding her from all harm.
After all these years he still there.
Always loyally stays beside her.
While his other contemporaries make a name for themselves becoming the Seven Warlords, he rejected fame, fortune and wealth and stays beside her content on becoming only her guardian.
Because he saw how this young fragile little woman suffers so much pain that it would make any man heart weeps with sadness if they could witness what he had witnessed.
Because of that he could not leave her. Because of that, he stays.
And he also stays because he had learned to appreciate the strength of this woman that no other people had managed to see.
So, when he was asked to guess what the kiss means, he is speechless and his mind is blank. There is one meaning he would like but he knew it is not possible.
So, he shuts off that possibility.
So, he only answers with those three words
'I don't know' he replied after a while.
He pondered about the question seriously. He tried to guess but he couldn't think of a reason why.
Truth be told, he could think of a couple of reason.
She might be disoriented, or she might have encountered some nightmares in her unconsciousness but he did not say it.
Because it doesn't seem like it. If it is, Erika would have told him. She said it means something. But what does it means.
Erika only smiles and then she said
'I close my eyes and in that darkness the only thing I think about is my home' she smiles wistfully
'Your home?' Antonius is puzzled
'Yes' she nodded
'In Athens?'
Erika looks at him and then covering her mouth she try to stifle her laugh.
'He is so lovable' she thought silently in her mind
She shakes her head and said
'No, dummy. You.' She pointed at Antonius
'Me?' Antonius was shocked as he pointed at himself
'Yes, my home is you. It has been like that for a long time' then she continued, her face is full of smiles
'I didn't notice it but it seems you have become my everything. I used to walk alone in this path until you accompanied me. I used to dream my dream all alone but you also dreamed it with me. Now, we are walking the same path, dreaming the same dream.'
Then she blushes as she looks at Antonius. It is quite embarrassing to say these words in public. If not because the crowds are far away she would choose another time to say these words.
But she also doesn't waste any more time. Because if there is one thing she doesn't have the luxury of wasting, it is time
On the other hand Antonius was frozen in place before he finally registered the words coming out from Erika mouth in his mind.
'Wa..Wh….at do you mean?' Antonius was like a child stuttering in his word. Either it is because of extreme happiness or extreme shock, his word sound like babbles of a baby.
It was like he accomplished his lifelong dreams.
Erika blushed even harder.
'Idiot. This is a confession'
Then she added like she wants him to understand why she is feeling like this.
'I see the future with my eyes but I realized my Time did not move even one step. I see other people times moving forward but not my Time. I was always afraid what the future holds and I fear to make even one wrong step. I was wrong. Sometimes even when you know how it ends, you still have to have faith. You still have to take that one step forward regardless of the future. Because as long as you don't take that one step forward, nothing would change and nothing would start. I need to step forward and brave it all head on'
Then smiling she said
'So, I don't want to wait another day. When I wake up and I see you beside me I know right away. I know my heart was right all along. You are different from other people in my life.. I think….I'll regret it if I lose you'
'You mean….I mean that…Umm..' Antonius seems to lose any ability to speak another word, like he has forgotten how to speak.
Erika looking at the flustered expression on Antonius face chuckles and she said
'Dummy, I am saying I love you' Smiling she said
'You ask what that kiss means didn't you? That is the meaning. I love you' And then she repeated it again, a little bit slower and with a cute expression on her face
'I love you'
Erika looks at Antonius, and she notices for the first time that his face is really handsome. She never notices it before. He looks like a manly Greek god sculpted to perfection.
It is a perfect balance of beauty and manliness all packaged into one. As she admires him, she hears the Song of the Sea and this time she only smiles.
She enjoys the melody of the Sea, no longer feeling overwhelmed by the secrets she holds now.
Her eyes are green and no longer seem misty with white clouds swirling in her eyes. For she did not need to see the future right now.
Well, she did not have to see the future for a few years until that time comes. She learns that sometime it is alright not to know everything.
Sometimes it is alright for her to enjoy her time. It is a hard lesson for her to learn. But thankfully she learns it now.
And she has a new dream now. And that dream becomes her hope. As long as that hope persists, she will never break down and she will never give up.
They say a person needs just three things to be truly happy in this world: someone to love, something to do, and something to hope for.
Shed had all three. Though the thing she must do is not entirely happy but the thing she hopes for is certainly happy.
Antonius on the other hand was flustered by the confession
'I didn't think… that… hmm…you..I mea- ..I…Hmm…What was I to say what you fee-' Erika laughs cutting off Antonius nonsense babbling.
Antonius now is like a broken robot, his words are not making sense and his face is red but he is smiling happily like an idiot.
Well, he might be an idiot. But he is now her idiot.
'Are you thinking about rejecting my confession?' Erika playfully asked
Antonius hurriedly shakes his head.
'No! That is not what I am saying? I do' And Erika burst into laughter.
'This is not a wedding little Anthony.'
'No..I.. 'Erika only smiles and her hand touch his cheeks and he shivered. That brings a chuckle in Erika
'We have time. We still have a lot of time. After we get out of Pandemonium, let us enjoy a few years of peace.'
Antonius was so happy that she did not truly hear what Erika was saying. There is a hint of finality in her tone when she said let us enjoy a few years of peace.
Like she knows something.
Well, considering she is the Oracle, she always knows something that other people don't know.
She then moves away her hand and then looks forward at the vast horizon of water in front of him
She then takes a deep breath and shakes her head. She still remembers what she needs to remembers but she also forgotten some things.
Not because it is not important, but that memory is unnecessary.
Important but unnecessary memory.
Because if she chooses to remember that important but unnecessary memory she knows she would not have the strength to do what she must do.
This is her destiny.
To witness everything until the bitter end.
Antonius took a little time to calm himself down after Erika bold confession. The winds of the sea bringing the smell of the sea pass them by.
In that short few moments, Antonius becomes the happiest man alive in the world.
The person she loves…loves him back. That is not an easy feat. Finding love is never easy. Sometimes you find it.
Sometime they find you. But sometimes you found someone you love and you know it would never be.
Life…always gets in the way.
Antonius stays beside her all this years, hoping she would feel for him as he felt for her.
He only dares to hope. He never said it to her. Because he did not want to add him as her burden. Because he knows that she did not think of him like that.
He is mistaken.
Because she always loved him, from the first moment he blocked a spear for her.
But she never said it to him too. Because the future she saw….is too terrifying. She has been walking all over the Earth trying to prevent what is going to happens.
She made it her life mission.
So, she never told him. Life like always get in the way
Then she fall unconscious. And she was shown something by her future self. And she learns something from that one eyed version of her.
Time will not wait for her. It is alright for her to want some slice of happiness. It is alright for her to be happy and still do what she must.
She doesn't necessarily have to choose.
It took her that near death experience to realize her home isn't a place. It is a person. And she is finally home.
To say to someone you love them and to hear them reply they loved you too…..what are more joyful words that could rival it in this world?
The wind passes them by again and if not for the crowds looking at them Antonius wanted to jump and shouted to the world how happy he is.
He wanted to hug her and kiss her like she has never been kissed before. He wanted to tell her how much he loves her, and how happy to hear the words she said to him.
Because he could not do that now, he only looks at Erika smiling like he got all of his heart desire.
He stands there beside her, looking at the same direction she is looking.
Part one of the chapter. You all said last time the last part of the chapter is too short right? Well, this time I write a ten thousand word chapter. This is the first part and it is about Erika and Antonius and it is already reaching four thousand words
After all we are near the end of this Arc.
Need to solve this vague relationship between Erika and Antonius. And if by now you couldn't see this coming, then you must have read a different story.
The attraction between them is subtle but it is there each time I wrote about them. And Erika must have seen something in her dreams. There is things she forgotten but there is also things she remembers.
For now it seems her interest seems aligned with Loki plans. Anyway this chapter is not all lovey dovey. If you read the title of this chapter it is Thunder Ready For a Fight. That is hardly a title suitable for a rom com moment.
But hey, i'm not going to spoil the end of this chapter to you all.. hehehe. Anyway if you want to read the entirety of the chapter faster you could be my patron. five bucks and you get unlimited access and for those that have a lot of money and want to support this pitiful author you could cough up ten bucks as a sign of support.
Oh and for this chapter I recommend listening to Huh Gak and Zia - I Need you. Find a video with the translated lyrics. I will post the link in comment section for people who wanted to hear it while reading. It is just a suggestion but if anyone have better suggestion do tell me.
And below is my obligatory promotion time for my story
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
312 THUNDER READY FOR A FIGHT 2
But then he thinks of the many things the Oracle has done to meet the Death Monarch.
Why did she suddenly decided to steer off course and sailed out from Pandemonium without seeing the Death Monarch?
After all everyone knows that the Death Monarch is already in the Palace.
So, hesitatingly he ask
'Great Oracl-' Erika cut him off before he could finish that sentence
'Call me Erika, dummy' Erika said and she smiles at Antonius.
And this time the smile on her face is not the usual painful smile Antonius always sees when she is smiling.
This is a sincere smile. And because it is sincere, it melts his heart
'Er…ika.'
'I think you got to practice that' Erika said chuckling a bit.
'Yeah, I'll start practicing it from today' Antonius replies smiling bashfully.
'Erika.'
'Hmm?'
'Why do you want to go out of Pandemonium right now?' There is a silent for a moment as the wind blows by her and caress her cheeks.
'Why are you curios?' Erika ask
'You still haven't met Death Monarch? He is there inside the Palace right now. You said you have something to tell him'
Erika only smiles a mysterious smile
'It is not yet the time'
Then sighing she added
'I thought it is already the time to told him certain things. But I guess….I am too hasty in my decision. Fear clouded my mind. The timing…is not right.'
Then she sighed and does not speak any other words after that
Antonius did not understand what the Oracle is trying to say but he only nodded.
Then without anything else to talk about they both look at the vast water in front of them as the ships comes and goes.
Then as they wait for their boats, and enjoying the scenery of the sea a slight commotion happened on their backs.
The crowds seem to be noisy all of a sudden.
Antonius quickly responded to the commotion.
Even Erika turns back and looks at the crowd
The crowd is parting to pass one man ahead of them. Most of them bowed slightly to that person.
The black robed men of the Shadow Guard did not look surprised instead they blend in the crowds also looking at the person causing the commotion.
A man appears, standing out from the rest of the crowd.
He is wearing a purple robe that seems to fit him perfectly. His long black hair is tied up neatly and he seems to possess a regal bearing like the whole world is underneath his feet.
He is handsome and his eyes seem to contain an unbreakable will. Erika knows people like that. It is someone who has firm conviction about what they were doing is right.
Many of the people in the crowd are awed and some of them are the citizens of this man organization.
As he walks to the port he is emanating an aura of a Great King.
Around him purple butterfly flapping it wing gently as it stays around the vicinity of the man
This man strode powerfully to the Port when he notices Erika as people parted ways for him not daring to match eyes with him.
Erika eyes turn sharp.
This man in the purple robe is none other than the President of the World Government Ashikaga Hirate.
'Erika, we meet again' Hirate said as he hold out his hand. Erika smiles courteously and shakes his hand.
'It has been a long time since we meet' Erika said. Hirate nodded then he stands not too far away from her. Antonius is also there protecting her.
'Waiting?' He asked
'Hmm' Erika replied.
There was silence in the Port. It was the crowd in the vicinity of the port that seems tense and noisy.
Everyone knows that Hirate was brought to Pandemonium by Death Monarch. Now he is here in this port of Newark safe and sound and doesn't seem to be hurt or stressed out.
There were many speculations saying that he is in Pandemonium Secret prison and some even suggested he is dead.
But here he is standing here on the Port. But disregarding the speculations, something must have happened.
But everyone knows whatever happened between those two men, it must have to do with some world shaking decision that would affect millions.
By now most of the people in the world knows that the race of aliens coming down from the sky a few weeks ago come from a planet called Orvan.
They also knew that they are hunting a fugitive of their planet.
That is the story the World Government and the Republic told the populace. There is no need to tell them about some curse about this fugitive who could not die.
That would only invite panic. The fact that Sithulran could not die already becomes a headache for the World Government and the Republic.
Every time Sithulran causes a problem the most they can do is kill her before she returns back stronger and more adept in her fighting techniques.
The Orvanians that is staying in the World Government is also incensed.
They suggested bringing their warship down on Earth which had the whole Senate of the Republic and the Quorum Council of the World Government to veto that idea.
They would never let a warship of an alien civilization landed on Earth unless it is the last measure.
If they ever bring down their warship down to Earth, imagine the panic that will spread on the world.
The Weronian Invasion is still fresh in everybody mind. Even now, there are some people still hunting Weronians.
And everyone knows about the Great Oracle arrival which is even earlier than the President of the World Government.
And if the Republic and the World Government allowed it, they must also explained to the world the real truth about Orvanians and Sithulran which will only invite more panic.
How do you kill something that can't be killed?
While this is all happening all over the world, news came out from the White Owl that Hirate is at Pandemonium.
Since then people have begun speculating many things and people fearing another war would erupt between the two men
But here they all could see that Hirate is fine. Not only that they also saw the Oracle is going out from Pandemonium.
Today, both of them are going out from Pandemonium.
The discussion between Hirate and the Death Monarch had been concluded. But for some reasons even though Erika did not meet Death Monarch she is also leaving.
Many intelligence agencies have already deduced why the Great oracle would leave the conform of her Temple in Moscow and go to Pandemonium
She wanted to meet the Death Monarch. But suddenly when she had the chance to meet the Death Monarch she is returning home.
The sea breeze once again blew passing the Port. This time, the wind passes these three people.
The butterfly flaps it wings and perched itself onto the left shoulder of Hirate
Erika look at the sea and then she ask
'Did you get what you want from Death Monarch?' Hirate shakes his head regretfully.
'I got some, lose some' he said. Then looking at Erika he said
What about you?
Smiling Erika said
'Like you I got some, lose some. If there is something true about the Death Monarch it is that he is consistent' and she chuckles.
Hirate also chuckles. Then seeing there is no longer any reason to talk to each other, silence descended again.
The relationship between the World government and the Great Oracle Erika is quite iffy to say the least.
She is now under the Republic but while it is so, she is also not the enemy of the World government.
Her Temple is open to all and her believers are many. Some of them are people from the World Government while some of them are from the Republic.
Whether it be for people of the World government, the Republic or even the people of the League of Freedom, her temple do not discriminate.
The fact that Hirate as the President of the World government could still talks to her even after her betrayal shows how much the influence the Great Oracle possesses in the world.
A few minutes pass by in silence and then in the horizon one could see a large ship coming to the Port, the size is gigantic and it emitted emanations of power that parted the waves in front of it.
The crowd was shocked because this doesn't look like normal ship that usually appears in this Port but thinking about it again, there are rarely people as influential as Hirate and Oracle ever come to this humble Port.
Some people in the crowd speculated that the ship belong to either one of them
But then as that large ship slowly coming into views, that and that shocked expression is no longer in their face.
Everyone was gasping in awe.
Because coming into the views of the people in the Port is not a large ship but instead it is a titanic warship with plasma cannons on each of the side of the ship with a hull crafted from an unidentified metal.
And then their expression turns into one of fear.
They do not fear for their safety weirdly enough. Instead they fear for the safety of Hirate. Bringing a warship into Pandemonium.
The last person trying to do that learned a very hard lesson from the Death Monarch.
Hirate might be influential in his dominion and the World Government controlled lands but here in Pandemonium his influence means nothing.
There is the Three Army, the Shadow Guard and most importantly there is the Death Monarch.
It is coming closer and closer but the Shadow Guards and none of the patrol forces in the Port is moving.
This puzzled the crowds. Shouldn't they stop that warship from coming?
Even Erika was perplexed. So she looks toward Hirate and then ask
'He allowed it?' Erika ask
Hirate nodded smiling.
Death Monarch allowed Hirate to summon his warship to sail him back home to the Island Of Peace and prepare for the World Distribution Event.
Azief would never open the protection barrier on his continent to allow teleportation channel to be constructed in his territory.
If one uses teleportation stone in his continent the most they could travel is inside the boundary of Pandemonium.
He will also not allowed air travel so the only mode of transportation left for the President of the World Government is the sea
It is really funny come to think of it. At least it is funny for Hirate. What else he could do other than swallowed this humiliation?
Defy the words of the Death Monarch in his dominion? Even when Death Monarch is in other people dominion, he never cares much.
Hirate is not that sick of life yet that he would seek death purposely.
Erika then looks at that warship and said
'Your ride is big' Hirate only smiles and then he said.
'And pretty too. Want to ride together?' Hirate ask as sign of courtesy. Erika looks at Antonius for a moment before shaking her head.
'I am grateful for the offer but we have a different destination.'
'Ah, that is unfortunate but I understand. Until we meet again then Great Oracle'
The warship slowly approached the dock area and then when they appears that they will sail forward and enter Pandemonium boundary they stopped just outside the Sea Barrier erected by Pandemonium Army.
Hirate was about to jump to the ship from the port when suddenly in the sky, thunder booms. A hole had opened up in the sky and the clear skies before suddenly turns cloudy and dark.
It was like the Heavens are angered.
The winds turns harsh and heavy and storms of lightning and thunders are forming, the waves of the sea are in chaos that it even hit upon the warship, like an old man is beating the ship with a mace made of sea waves.
The Earth also trembles like a man in anger
And who is the Heavens and Earth of Pandemonium?
Death Monarch!
Hirate almost stumbled back in fear. But the he remembered that he already was given permission so this anger is not for him.
But then who?
Then a roar sounded out echoing through the large continent. It was a roar of anger and full of anxiousness.
The shockwave of this roar trembles the earth, and causes the sea to rumble and the waves of the sea to smash around wildly.
'WILL!' He seems too shouted. The source of this sound is from the Centre Palace. His roar spread out to all of Pandemonium.
Like the Heavens are responding to Death Monarch roars, thunder rumbled across the vast continent of Pandemonium.
Endless thunder spread out that it causes the protection barrier in Pandemonium to crack.
Those that cultivated or have thunder energy in their body in Pandemonium all felt their thunder energy trembled.
Even Oreki recuperating somewhere in Japan could feel the calling of Thunder.
His eyes sharpened as he look towards that source of energy feeling complicated in his heart and he only said one word
'Tribulation thunder!' before he closes his eyes and continue healing himself.
It is no doubt the only one that could induce such heaven defying phenomenon is Death Monarch.
He was refined by Tribulation Thunder and that refining causes him to have a trace of tribulation lightning in his body.
So each time he uses thunder based energy, there is the sense of the tribulation thunder.
In Pandemonium arcs of lightning fills the sky and thunder boomed like a war drums.
It was like the thunder is readying for a fight. The ground trembles and the clouds suddenly burst into black flames.
A killing intent spreads out all over the sky. Then the sound of glass breaking could be heard from the Centre Palace, the shockwaves shatters the residence in the Centre palace.
Something black in color shoots out from the balcony of the Centre Palace into the sky in a shape of a blur because of the speed the black blur is moving which warps space and gravity around that black blur.
That black blur is faster than lightning as sonic boom exploded behind that black blur.
Thunder followed that black blur and the area that black blur passed slowly withers and dies.
Hirate saw this. Erika also saw this. The whole of Pandemonium who look up to the sky saw this.
They saw the black blur fly out from Pandemonium with such speed that it causes the sea water to part in two.
By now there is no doubt in anyone heart that the black blur is Death Monarch! Seeing the black blur passes him by Hirate was relieved. At least his target isn't him.
Hirate is still standing on the port and he realizes his hand is shaking. He calms himself down and he then asked Erika
'You know something?' Erika shakes her head
'I don't know. But judging from the way Death Monarch is acting, he is out for blood'
Ok, here is the second part of the chapter. Hope you enjoy it. Like always if you enjoy it share it with the people you love. leave some comments, give me some reviews ( hopefully a good review) and vote.
Anyway this is a long time coming. It is not unexpected and it is hinted before. Will was chasing Sithulran in the past chapters and this is related to that. This chapter also shows that Hirate is out of Pandemonium and Erika too. Whether something happen later that is a secret.
For this chapter I recommend the song The Score - Heat to listen while reading the chapter. It also mentioned Oreki briefly recovering from the injury he got from Sithulran. Next part of the chapter will be about ....hehehe...I got you for a moment didn't you. Not going to give you all spoilers. Meet you all tomorrow.
And below is my obligatory promotion time for my story
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
That's it and thank you for reading.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
313 THUNDER READY FOR A FIGHT 3
PANDEMONIUM CENTRE PALACE
A FEW MINUTES BEFORE
In the secret chamber of the Palace, a person opens his eyes, his eyes is glowing blue and boundless power emanated out of him.
The man then takes a deep breath and inhale and exhale and with him exhaling and inhaling movement the energy inside his body stabilized.
Then he smiles.
This time unlike the time before he forming his Disk did not attract any weird or dangerous phenomenon.
This person is of course Death Monarch. Other than the Death Monarch who else could access this room?
This time the room is fortified with more talisman, and protection barriers and arrays design
Today, he wakes up in quite an awkward position. Beside him was Sofia sleeping peacefully her black hair covering up her left eyes.
He could only look at her and slowly move that hair away from her eyes. Not knowing what to do he kissed her on the forehead.
They did not do anything last night, only sleep beside each other. It is not because they don't want to.
The reason they don't do anything is because they both have a lot to think about.
This morning seeing she is still asleep he wakes up and decided to form his Disk. It took him almost all morning to refine the energy.
While this time there is no weird phenomena the energy that he refines takes much more time to be formed into Disk.
Azief believes this has to do with the fact that energy was extracted from the Rings.
He had been wearing this ring for a long time and the things in the rings and the spell in the rings is all heaven defying.
But even until now he did not know the true origin of this ring. Azul seems to know something about the ring but he was clearly not fond of sharing.
Azief did not immediately go out from this room. He needs to take time. He waves his hand and he could feel the elements that flow around him.
The seventh Disk he forms is the Aether Disk. It is the energy that flows through nearly all existence.
Azief was also shocked when he found this energy inside the ring.
This is why he was always puzzled about this ring. This must be some powerful treasure in the Universe.
But he never found or heard of a powerful rings in his journey across Universes and Dimensions
He still could not control this energy perfectly but he could sense a flow in the Universe. It is a flow of energy that exists in all things.
In some magical world, Aether is called Mana. In the Three Thousand Worlds of the Jade Empire it is Qi.
This elements is highly rare and extremely magical.
Even though Azief uses the energy to form the base of his Seventh Disk, even he could not fathom how powerful it could be if it is cultivated into Laws.
Azief also has his own speculation about Aether energy. He snaps his fingers and then a flower appeared on his hand. A live fresh flower.
Azief smiles for a while before his smile faltered when the rose dissipated into blue motes of light.
'Something that seems to exist between both matter and energy. It can partake in the nature of either substance but it is neither of those things. Hmm' Azief ponder his own understanding of Aether.
He closes his eyes. Aether seems it seems to encompass existence seems to be similar to life force but Azief knows it encompasses more than the essence of living things.
It could also be considered to be divine power.
'The power to create' Azief muttered. Aether also existed in Elemental, Cosmic, spiritual and many others energies.
Azief believes if he could master this energy he will be extremely powerful and essentially….invincible.
If he could combine the energy in Aether and his Death Source…
A new thought sprouted in his mind.
He felt that if he could master this energy and turns it into Laws he could control the cosmological force and maybe even create his own.
Even now Azief could already will the laws of nature to do his biddings. Imagine the force he would be wielding the moment he mastered the Aether energy.
Right now he has seven Disks. The Worldly Disk, the Universal Disk, the Ancient Rune Disk, the Celestial Disk, the All Source Disk, the Ancient Demonic Disk and now the Aether Disk.
'Six more to go' he said to himself. He only needs six more Disks for him to open the Supremacy Stairway.
He then got up and he walked out. Outside nothing seems to change. He should talk to Sofia and ask how she is.
He was about to walk to the Hall when a Keeper of the palace runs to him. Then he bowed and said urgently
'My lord, there is urgent news from the Shadow Guard. Please answer the call' the Keeper of the Palace said as he handed a small flat stone with a round bead in the middle.
Azief knows what it is. Nowadays it seems to replace telephone of the past. It is an invention by the Order of Thinkers and marketed by the Golden Syndicate.
It is powered by monster cores.
Azief took the stone and put his hand on the bead. The beads glows and Azief brought the stone close to his ears. He expected to hear Sasha voice. Instead he heard Katarina voice.
'Azief.' The voice seems unenthusiastic and weak.
'Katarina!' he was shocked. Not because Katarina called him but he could hear the tiredness in her voice.
'What happened?' Azief face immediately turned hard and his eyes are bursting with killing intent.
'Sithulran happened.'
'You fought her?' Azief ask, worries is evident in his tone
'Well, when she comes knocking hard I couldn't really just let her go without any consequences' Katarina said as she coughed up hard.
Azief wanted to fly to Moscow right now to see her. If there is anything he could do to help he would.
With his understanding of his Life Giving Finger he is confident he could heal Katarina with one push of his finger channeling the life force of the world into her.
But for now unconsciously he is mad at Katarina. Hearing that he got injured by Sithulran he worries that her injuries is severe.
He heard what happen to Raymond and the others the last time they clash with Sithulran.
'You…you…idiot. You should have reach out to me. I would've helped you'
Katarina was silent and then scoffed
'I heard the Divine Archer is back.' Azief ponders how to answer this question. And then he said
'Yes. She is back.'
There is another silence.
'Congratulations' she said. Azief face turns complicated and then he said
'What I said that night…..it is not a lie. It is the truth in my heart. It was true then….it is true now.'
Azief don't know how Katarina would have looked right now and that drives him crazy.
Then Azief said
'I will fly to Moscow. Wait for me.'
'No. Don't' Katarina said and Azief face turned dark. The shock of hearing her said that almost make Azief wanted to squeeze the stone phone on his hand into ashes
'What do you mean?'
'There is a reason why I called you using the Shadow Guard.'
'Hmm?'
'Will was there. He is your sworn brother right?' she ask. Azief said
'Yes'
On the other end of the line Katarina hesitate to say
Azief could feel something is wrong
'Tell me. Is there something wrong with him?'
Then she said
'I think he is in trouble'
Azief then quickly remembered the conversation he had with Will before. He said he is dissatisfied with himself running away when he encountered Sithulran the last time
He said he too wants a rematch.
Azief then said to Katarina
'We'll talk later' and he ended the phone call.
Then standing on that same spot, he closes his eyes and his Will pierce the Heavens, his Disk are all resonating and seven energies swirled around him
Then his body slowly turned translucent and then dissipated as he merged with the Will of the World, usurping it.
Azief divine sense spread all across the world. It was then he saw the fierce battle between Will and Sithulran locked in a storm of Time and Space in some island archipelago.
And Will is clearly losing and suffering severe injury.
Azief merged out from the Will of the World and his body appears back in his original position startling the Keeper Of The Palace who is waiting nearby.
'Go!' Azief said to the Keeper of the Palace, his eyes is red like a Demon, killing intent swirls around him. The Keeper of the Palace run away as fast as he can.
It is clear whatever that phone call is about, it makes the Death Monarch angry. In the sky of Pandemonium, thunder booms
Azief is angered. And he is full of wrath. The winds went crazy like a mad monarch.
Storms of lightning are forming all over Pandemonium to reflect the stormy emotions Azief is feeling right now
The people are freaked out but they are not yet panicked. Living in Pandemonium one had to have a strong heart
Then Azief roars, his roar is infused with his Will and superseded the Will of the World, so that his roar could be heard all over the world and mostly where Will is at.
The roar shakes the earth and causes the sea to rumble with great ferocity.
'WILL!' He shouted with his roar as he sees the broken image of his sworn brother, looking like he is about to die
Thunder rumbled across the vast continent of Pandemonium, Death Monarch anger is at the peak right now.
Endless thunder spread out that it causes the protection barrier in Pandemonium to crack.
Those that cultivated or have thunder energy in their body in Pandemonium all felt their thunder energy trembled.
Azief thunder is tribulation thunder, the most destructive type of thunder, containing the might of the Heavens
Arcs of lightning fill the sky and thunder boomed like a war drums. Azief is about to enter to battle.
The clouds in the sky burst into black flames as Azief forms turns into more demonic. He is using the Ancient Demonic Disk to bring out his most brutal side.
His killing intent spreads out all over the sky. Then without hesitation he flies up with the force of his propulsion cracked all the pillars in Pandemonium Centre Palace.
The shockwaves shatters almost half the residence in the Centre palace. Azief shoots out from the balcony of the Centre Palace into the sky in a shape of a blur
His speed warps space and gravity. Sonic boom exploded behind him. Thunder followed him and as he passes the sea, the sea parts into two
Thunder is ready to a fight! This explains Azief bursting out from the Centre palace. There is not much to talk about in this part of the chapter. Anyway, there is that conversation between him and Katarina. And one could see how Azief cares about her in his own way.
Anyway next chapter is about....hahaha...I got you again didn't I? no spoilers this time. Mwahahaha. Wait until tomorrow. And people reading it in ******* please don't give spoilers.
And below is my obligatory promotion time for my story
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
314 THUNDER READY FOR A FIGHT 4
MARTIN VAZ, BRAZIL
Zzzz!
The sound of sizzling electricity that seems so ear deafening in the beginning of the battle now sound so weak.
Weak and lifeless, like it is on the brink of extinguishing
Slumped and leaning onto a half sliced boulder is a man. Swirling around his entire being is purple lightning.
Around him Time and Space distorted but as he grows weaker the distortions around him seem to grow weaker.
He clearly has seen better days. He is on his last breath
'Uhuk, Uhuk!'
Will coughed a lump of blood from his chest; his hand is grabbing his chest because of the pain. Each movement from his body is painful and requires a lot of effort.
His internal organs are all in a mess, and blood is pouring from his eyes and his ears.
His hand and feet is trembling and his face is full of deep scratches and his body is full of terrible wounds and holes.
If not for his speed regeneration he would have long been dead
'Fuck' he cursed as he tries to wipe the blood coming out from his mouth. But he found out that he did not even have the energy to move his hand up.
He laughed bitterly.
The lightning around his body also almost seems to be diminished and does not seems so powerful like in the beginning.
'I should have straight up inform Azief the moment I saw her. I should not have chase her' he coughed for another round and his eyes is slowly losing consciousness.
Not too far away from him he could see a woman in a position just like him. That woman is also slump and is leaning weakly onto another half sliced boulder.
Purple blood streamed down from her wound and her mangled arms. The woman face is full of scars and traces of lightning and time energy that forces the wounds to keep bleeding.
Her eyes is full of images of matrixes, runes of the Asgardians, and hieroglyphics and her body is surrounded by a weird energy
Even though Will had done his utmost and uses even Speed Source to delay the regeneration of that woman, it is clear that is not enough.
She only sneers in disdain looking at him.
'This is the second time we met. Last time you were running from me and had your friend to save you. Now, we are alone, you and me.'
And she laughed. Even when her body is damaged until this point she could still talk and revel in the misery of his enemies.
Will smile bitterly.
After he found the temple he thought his power has increased. Well, he was not wrong. What he didn't expect that she also increased in power.
This woman is none other than Sithulran the most wanted fugitive in the world.
This woman is also the one who beat Raymond, Hikigaya and Oreki to a pulp and force Loki to suffer such a setback.
Then as Will is breathing hardly on the verge of dying, the woman triangle shaped mark in her forehead dimmed.
She smiles confidently and then life force energy burst out from her, healing all of her injuries in matter of seconds.
She slowly got up and cracks her neck. Smiling maliciously she said
'Let us continue! I am still not satisfied' She said and there is killing intent in her voice as she takes her step slowly towards Will.
Will is breathing slowly and slowly, and harder and harder it became. His breathing now almost sounded like a grunt now.
Like a whimper before death
His vision is slowly getting blur and he knows he is about to lose his consciousness.
He smiles bitterly before he was reminded how he arrived here in an island in the middle of nowhere.
He tackles Sithulran. That is what he did when he saw Sithulran is just inches away from piercing Katarina heart.
They tangled in a vortex of space and Time before he punches Sithulran with the speed of sound concentrated in his fist which crack her skulls and force her back.
She nods at him and they both quickly attack Sithulran together.
Katarina then completed the attack with a sword slash energy that frozen anything hit by it. Sithulran barely escaped that slash as she jump just at the last minutes.
But that energy still got a hold of Sithulran left arm. She decisively cut off her own left arm with her right hand
She then flew away. And he? Before he knew it, he pushes his feet forward and the Speed Source fills his body.
And then he became the lightning and chases her.
A purple lightning chases over a golden blur.
One on the sky, the other on the ground, as bolt of lightning sometimes shoots out from the purple lightning targeting the golden blur.
Will when he is running his body inadvertently gather kinetic energy. He uses that to his advantage and transforms it into bolts of lightning.
His bolt of lightning and Oreki bolt of lightning is different in nature. A Speedsters lightning contains the energy of Time and also Space concepts.
It could be employed for many things. But its destructiveness does not pale in comparison to Oreki lightning destructiveness
Behind them is the result of their speed race. Any kind of ground that Will stepped on would disintegrate. Each step was filled with power that depressed the surrounding lands.
The moment he steps on an area almost a second later that area suffers depression of lands but Will was already hundreds of miles away.
If it water area, then the water area would be depressed before it burst upwards. On the sky, the clouds dissipated the moment that golden blur pass by and space and time distorts
In that moment, Will once again feel it. The feeling of becoming a lightning, the feeling of running on Time and jumping through Space.
He felt the Speed Source calling him, helping him as his feet keep running forward, Time and Space folding and unfolding around him.
Gravity bends around him, disobeying any Laws of physics. As he runs the purple lightning that surrounded his body had a tint of green.
He felt Time….if that even makes sense. In that one moment where his lightning almost turns green, he felt like he could freely jump and run toward specific time in the past or future.
And he smiles feeling that feeling like he is alive. The winds, the ground, the air, he revels in each moment it passes him by
The sound barrier has long been broken. He is getting closer and closer as sound quakes shatter a few houses they pass
Force field is generated around him by the Speed energy making him safe from the side effect of traveling with such a high speed movement.
Will smiles feeling the heat from his back and hearing the sound quake as Lord Shadow also broke the speed of sound.
His body right now is like a ball of sun. His body is full of heat and now just by passing a river, that river would condense into gas and rises up into the sky and turns into rains.
The bolts of lightning keeps shooting at the golden blur from below and the golden blur keep dodging perfectly.
Hurricanes are forms and storms of wind ravaged the lands each time Will change his direction in the middle of running.
But Sithulran who is in the sky also becomes anxious as Will is slowly coming closer to her. She did not know how Will is increasing his speed, slowly but surely.
She is still analyzing her opponents so she could not yet employs countermeasures
It was then she notices something.
'This human! You dare!'
She is angered
It turns out that Will is siphoning on her speed. Just when she had this one moment of anger, Will seized it.
In a battle where both people possess hyper speed each movement could change the outcome between victory and defeat.
Will jump and with his feet he uses the kinetic energy to create powerful force that enables him to leap to Sithulran position in the sky.
And then he shouted before punching at Sithulran with the speed of light. The force halted Sithulran speed and punches her out of the sky as she was flying through the air
her face distorted and she grits her teeth, her jaws is broken as she crash land onto Martin Vaz a tiny island on the archipelago of Trindade e Martim Vaz.
She landed on a rugged terrain and the n an explosion sounded as the force of impact causes the entire island to shakes and become unstable.
The few hills around the area were smashed into smithereens.
Thankfully this island is uninhabited. Considering the human population in the world right now that is not especially shocking.
Will then landed almost a second later and the moment his feet landed on the island, the entire island trembles and the entire geography of the island depressed by five feet forcing the island to crack on its seams and cracking.
The island felt like it would break down.
The dust has not yet settled but the moment Will step his foot on the island he went straight to pummel Sithulran.
It was then something shocking happened. The moment Will was about to punch Sithulran she said
[Analysis complete]
[Target is a Speedster]
[Researching weakness]
[Weaknesses found]
[ Turning the physiology of the body to counter speedsters]
[Accessing the Speed Source]
[Analyzing….]
[Accessing the Negative Speed Source]
Then a burst of absolute zero coldness spreads out from her, making Will speed to suddenly experience a drop.
'What!' he was shocked to say the least
Not only that, his Time and Space energy suddenly felt like it is being restricted and just right before that punch is about to land on Sithulran face she smiles.
Then she pushes her palm forward. His punch connected with her face and her palm connected to his chest
BOOM!
The shockwaves ripples out and destroy everything in the vicinity like a bomb was being detonated around them
They were both were thrown back hundreds of miles from each other.
But they quickly get up disregarding their injury and this time Sithulran seems to possess a different air around her.
She seems to also possess Speed akin of Speedster but it felt wrong. Will could feel that it felt wrong and he felt like it is something dangerous.
But she was fast. Just like him.
They then run to each other and then they collided with each other creating another waves of shockwaves that crack the island and shakes it roots and the waves around the sea seems to be reversed.
A storm of Time was formed and in there they traded hundred maybe thousands of strikes and attack and each time Will speed is slowly getting slower.
It felt like whatever energy Sithulran is suing is eating away at his speed. Like it infects and spread in his speed and makes it ill.
And that is not all.
He didn't know what she did but somehow any of his attack could easily be predicted with her eyes.
And then the end result was that they were both injured heavily, leaning on a boulder slice by their wind slice, the unintentional result of their high speed battle.
The difference is she would not truly die. But he will
The next chapter will be a continuation of this chapter. So wait for tomorrow. Anyway, hope you like the chapter . If you like it vote and leave some comments and reviews.
I recommend you hear Barns Courtney-Fire while reading this chapter. See you all tomorrow
And below is my obligatory promotion time for my story
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
315 THUNDER READY FOR A FIGHT 5
PRESENT TIME
The killing intent that is coming off of her is getting stronger with each step she taken.
He is on his last breath. The bitter smile on his face is still there. At first, it was almost like he could have won the battle.
Well, Sithulran is really a tough cookie.
Now she is coming for him and he is about to die. But he is not afraid of death anymore. He could put himself at ease.
Because he knew even if he dies, he knew Sithulran will not be able to escape her fate of suffering.
He wanted to live of course. But even if he did not pass this day, he knows Sithulran will not have any happy endings.
Azief would torture her on his behalf. This thought makes him not that aggrieved in dying. Then his mind wanders to another person.
Lily his sister is safe and he did not to worry about his sworn brother.
As he was about rot lose his consciousness and accept his fate it was then he heard a shout that reverberated all around the world
'WILL!'
Then a soundwave strikes though Sithulran flinging her miles away from him.
Then suddenly without any warning whatsoever on the clear sky thunder booms loudly cracking the entire skyscape.
Lightning followed lighting up the entire skyscape with golden arcs of electricity swirling and coiling around dark clouds.
A hole opened up and then another voice sounded out like it come from above the sky, like it was the divine will of the Heavens
'YOU DARE!'
Will who was about to close his eyes slowly will himself to stay awake
Talking to himself, with his body getting cold he said
'Well, my brother would never forgive me if I give up this easily. Who else going to accompanied him until the end if I die here today'
He smiles slightly
On the slowly broken island the winds turns harsh and heavy like it is about to swallowed everything.
BOOM!
The sound of the thunders and lightning is like a war drum pushing him to try to hold on. It also sounds like a prelude to a battle.
Storms of lightning bolts strikes the land creating large holes and sinkholes, and shaking the island like a tempest that wanted to wreck everything.
The waves of the sea around the island were overturned and walls of water were pushed away from the island hitting the coast of Brazil; creating large damages and brought about a few villages destruction.
The northernmost point of the island crack and could no longer hold on as it slide down unto the sea below as a lightning bolt descended down like a Heaven Punishment killing everything that is alive around there
A roar then sounded out that reverberates through Space and Time to reach this location.
It is a roar of anger, and full of killing intent. If Wargod is here he would feel that this roar is almost identical to his roar.
It is an instinctive roar driven by the most pure emotion of rage. Then killing intent spread out into the island.
Then a demonic aura envelops the entire island. The temperature dropped down and the island was shaking vigorously
Red mist descends down from the clouds and whatever in its path dies. The dark clouds turn red like blood.
The sky above opens up revealing the sky above the sky.
BOOM!
Another sound sounded out in the sky drowning the sound of thunder. It is the sound of howling echoing through in the sky
Translucent bony faces emerge from the clouds as Demonic spiritual energy filled the island. Then a black blur descended down from the sky and that black blur seems to shot toward another part of the island crashing onto Sithulran
The impact of the collision shatters space and created a large explosion cracking that part of the island making it weaker and is about to force this island to sink.
Sithulran was thrown back a couple of miles away with all of her bones in her body break, purple blood erupted from every single orifice in her body because of the pressure of the punch.
Not even a second passes before Sithulran could even bounce back from the fall that black blur once again shoot toward Sithulran and release another punch flinging Sithulran a hundred miles away
Than the black blur then retreated and appears not far away from Will. This black blur is none other than Death Monarch
He comes close to Will and then anxiously he pointed his thumb and pushes his thumb on Will forehead.
It is the Life Giving Finger.
Tremendous life energy shoots out from his thumb and channels itself into Will body, quickly healing him
Even his cracked Disk is repaired. But in the hundred miles radius of where they are sitting, everything withers and dies.
It was like their Life force was stolen and the energy of the world around that radius also shrinked.
Will is healed and he is no longer on the verge of death but he is still not fit to fight. He needs to charge back his Speed. He overtaxed himself in his fight against Sithulran.
He try to get up when he saw Azief is about to clash with Sithulran once again but then before he even got to rise halfway he got a hit on top of his head and fall back down to the ground
'Hey. What's that about?' Azief look at Will with his red eyes and Will gulped.
Azief right now is surrounded by demonic energy, his killing intent is so dense that it materializes in forms of mist and swirls around him like he is some kind of a Demon God that crawls out from the deepest hell
Anyone would feel fear when being stared at by that eye.
'What did I say before? You should have called me the moment you got her location. Fortunately, Katarina told me you went chasing Sithulran. I did not say you should engage her'
Will smiles and laugh it off and said
'I…improvise.'
Azief sighed
'You improvising always lead us on a worse spot then before you improvise' Will tries to get up once again but Azief pushed him back down.
'Stay there and rest' Smiling he said
'This is my rematch. And trust me when I say it is not going to be that long of battle. I'm going to take her down. And this time, she is going to say down'
Smiling Azief then pushes his feet forward and he shoots like lightning towards Sithulran
The rematch battle that the Death Monarch wanted so badly finally happened!
Will hearing this only smiles and then he stay back down leaning on the boulder and scoffed
'Such a show off!' he said with a smile on his face as an explosion rocked the island in the distance.
Azief have arrived! I will get it out of my system now. Try listening to Valley of Wolves Lions Inside while reading this chapter. I have a confession to make. Usually when I write I listen to songs and sometimes that song affect the mood of that chapter.
Anyway, the rematch is coming. next chapter will come tomorrow I think. And it would be the last chapter for the month. And like always thank you for all the support all this time. This arc is about to end. And then there would be Azief journey beyond Earth by opening the Supremacy Stairway.
And like always please vote and leave some reviews
And below is my obligatory promotion time for my story
And guys and gals( Thought I don't think many girls read this kind of story)do check out my other novels Age of Adventure and Song of Heroes. Song of Heroes is kind of stopped for a moment since I am editing Age of Adventure and writing Lord Shadow at the same time.
But do check it out.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
316 SIX PATHS OF REINCARNATION 1
BOOM!
The land beneath his feet exploded and turns into ashes, the shockwave ripples outward as the air and space around him distorted.
Azief is travelling in a speed faster than sound and in less than a second later he appeared just a few inches away from Sithulran.
The force of the sudden stopping crack the air and break the space around him as a booming shockwave originated from him.
He pulls his fist back as energy converges around his fist and then releases it right at Sithulran stomach.
He smiles before he releases it, his smile is full of confidence and his eyes gleams with excitement.
BOOM!
Azief fist is red because it is heated the resulting of the friction force between Azief speed and his sudden stop that force all that accumulated energy to concentrate into one point
The sound of earth shattering space breaking and sizzling sound could be heard as it slice the area and space around the path of his fist
His hand was like the embodiment of flames itself with the heat emanating out from his fist. And then the punch connected even as Sithulran tries to dodge.
For a moment after the punch was released there is silence like all the sound in that area is being absorbed before suddenly the most ear deafening sound broke out
The blue sky above has already turned dark and thunder and lightning have changed the sky of their area into a battlefield of sorts
With this punch the wind around Azief changed direction, the forming storms in the distance dissipated and the sound of the world was drowned by the force of his punch
BOOOM!
The shockwave shocks the entire island like a hammer from the Heavens striking down and the ripples emanated out with Sithulran body as the epicenter of that shockwave.
Her entire body felt the shock and one could see from her facial expression she is not enjoying it. This pain of feeling this punch is best described as an indescribable pain
As that punch impact spread outs many parts of the island are breaking down as all four corners of the island are sliding down into the ocean, dropping down deep into the seabed.
Sithulran body is flung backward but her feet are still stuck on the ground as she dragged an entire area of land to move with her lessening the impact.
But her entire internal organ is burned from inside out. Imagine…..that kind of pain and suffering. Of burning from inside out.
'Uhuk'
She coughed not blood but her internal organs. When she looked at it she realizes that it is charred.
She has an expression of bitter pain on her face and her entire body is trembling in pain, the vibration from her own body shaking produces more pain that reverberates through her entire body.
Around her, the wind dissipated because of the pressure of the punch.
In the distance, Azief is standing arrogantly amidst the smokes and ashes looking at her with the eye of a predator.
His eye is blood red with a mix of black emitting an ancient light and there is a terrifying smile on his face
His black attire clothes make her feel like she is face to face with Death.
And Sithulran could feel the same feeling like she is in front of a Demon. And not just any Demon. It was like he is a Demonic Fiendgod.
Like the great beings that roam the Universe.
'How could this be?' she thought to herself.
This is a planet in the middle of nowhere. Even if the World Orb is a powerful thing that could upgrade a civilization, in the end it is still a weapon.
What did this human experience for him to possess the same aura as a Demonic Fiendgod? How could this human possess the aura like those powerful Supreme Beings?
Sithulran got up weakly; her entire body is bleeding whether it be outside or inside. She did not try to do a metal attack.
Because she felt it would be useless.
No, she knows it would be useless. She did her research on this human before. This physique this human possess is none other than the Eternal Physique.
He is bathed in the Purifying Fires of the Three thousand World. To invade his mind would be a fruitless effort at her current state of power
'There must be more secret to this World Orb than I thought. If it's this powerful it puzzles me why none of the other great powers in the Universe didn't just come down to Earth and snatch it away? And why did the Intergalactic Alliance send it here? There is something else' she thought to herself.
And she gritted her teeth because she could not figure it out.
Even now, with all of her injuries in her body she still could not help but thinking of mystery and secrets
Her body is all mangled, the majority of her bones is broken and she looks like she is about to die with a blow of wind but yet she didn't die.
After she was released from her prison and appeared here there is a lot of thing she now remembers. The memory comes naturally to her.
She remembers she was cursed by the Creator. For what offences she didn't remember. All she remembers is a titanic finger coming to her from the Void
She thought this world is easy. Who would have thought none of the heroes of this world is an easy stick?
Instead they are hard and possess and unbreakable iron will and relentless in pursuing her.
If not for the curse the Creator put on her she would have long become dead. Looking in front of her, Sithulran saw the first mortal in her life she felt fear for.
This time the human did not immediately attack her. Instead he stand there like he is waiting,. Waiting for her to get up and be ready.
The last time she was reduced to atomic particle just by one punch of this human. Rarely there are people who accept Death Monarch punch and live to tell the tale
This time she is a bit stronger and thus she could at least defend herself and not return to nothingness in one punch.
She tried to analyze Azief when she was attacked before. No matter how fast Azief is, it could not escape the grasp of her Eyes.
But even though she sees it she could not understand the analysis. There are too many energies swirling in this mortal body.
It is fortunate enough that the energy did not blow him up but they are even in harmony with each other, separating themselves, never to mix together at the same time.
Sithulran notices that about the people of this world. Somehow they could easily cultivate different energy in their bodies.
But the reason she fears this human is because of the aura and the presence he emitted. It was like he has the aura of True Divinity and Divine Immortals.
Azief on the hand look at Sithulran not too far away from him. With one step he could close the distance and eliminate this menace once and for all.
But even if Azief punched this monster into oblivion she would just revive and revive again. And she kept getting stronger and stronger at a fast pace.
That is the dilemma. How long must he keep fighting this woman?
How could he stay at ease when he knows that she could strike at his friend and his people anytime he went away?
He wanted to walk beyond this Earth. That is why he said to Hirate he did not want this world. Outside this world, there is the vast Universe to explore
So before he goes out he wanted to solve this problem first. And the spell he learned from Azul is the perfect spell to stop this mad alien scientist.
He stand there, thinking and at the same time preparing.
There is red mist swirling around him. The red mist properties are heavy so even though it is just mist, it pressured the very land Azief is standing in.
The land beneath his feet depressed an half an inch over every two seconds.
The energy is also very Demonic in nature. Azief uses anger to as a trigger for him to use the Ancient Demonic energy
His killing intent could be seen with the naked eyes.
His entire demeanor and appearance also turned demonic, his hair is long and his eye color is a mixture of red and black.
His aura is violent and even though he just stand there doing nothing, his aura is making the air and the Laws around the island to be in chaos.
The energy coming out of him is capable of inducing madness and frenzy causing people to be ensnared in bloodlust.
Unfortunately this aura is nothing in front of Sithulran.
She after all sees something that already made her crazy all those eons ago. Even though she did not remember it
But it still gives her pressure as that aura ripples through the entire island.
Azief takes a step and his aura burst out from him causing all the pebble and stones around him to disintegrate and turns into atomic particle
The land beneath his feet depressed and thunder boomed in the sky.
The aura coming out from him right now is domineering and full of ancientness like it is an aura forgotten by Time.
Azief base the foundation of his Ancient Demonic Disk from the Demonic energy he got from Azul, one of the probably oldest creatures to exist in the Universe.
This ancientness feeling appears because of that reason. He is smiling but it did not ease Sithulran heart.
Instead it makes her even more unsettled
It is a ruthless smile
She spit a lump of blood to the ground and the ground melted because of the heat coming out from inside her body.
In that lump of blood there is a piece of her liver.
Sithulran could not give up right now.
She will fight him again and this time she will use her eyes to try to analyze this human weakness so next time when they fight she could kill this disrespectful human.
Part one of the chapter. I will lessen the author notes. Thank you for the suggestion. Like always thank you for reading and like always if you like it please vote and leave some reviews
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
317 SIX PATHS OF REINCARNATION 2
On the sky, the Heaven Will around this area is already usurped by Azief, powerless against him since Azief has already formed seven Disks.
The thunderous rumbling and the golden lighting all changed like it was responding to the call in the heart of their monarch.
The thunder cracks the sky; the space slowly unravels and shakes the Laws of the World so hard that it almost break.
The golden lightning turned red and is full of extermination energy. Once it falls and strikes the land, a large chunk of land is destroyed.
And everything that lives around there no longer could grow or thrive.
It spreads extermination and destruction.
Because the golden lightning is now infused with the killing intent of their monarch, it possesses an energy that desires to exterminate and destroy.
Azief smiles as he sees Sithulran is gathering energy to heal her injury.
'Pointless' he said
Azief took another step forward and the clouds in the sky are burned by a mysterious dark flame
Rains of black flames descend down to the island. Wherever it falls, it burns until there is nothing to burn.
The island of Martin Vaz is breaking and falling down to the bottom of the ocean on some area, full of holes on some parts and if that is not enough, now the entire island is burning with black flames.
Fire in the east, fire in the west, fire in the south, fire in the north.
Fire everywhere
It is a large flame that could be seen hundreds of miles away.
Wherever the droplets of black flames falls from the sky like rain it would melt anything it landed on.
Even if it landed on metals it would melt that metal.
Then he took another step as Sithulran triangle marked shaped once again dimmed and her entire injury regenerated.
With that step Azief entire body swirled with thick demonic energy and the blood red mist around him almost solidified swirling around his body like a tornado swirls, fast and gaining momentum.
The land beneath his feet is burned by demonic flames as his feet emitted demonic flames. But the flames did not hurt him in the slightest.
Then as she just heal up Azief push his feet forward without hesitation, the demonic energy swirling around him and the energy around him is pushed to the brim.
Like lightning he once again appeared in front of Sithulran
He smirks and said
'I am going to take you down. I promise my brother. And I always fulfill my promise' Then he punches Sithulran again. This time he punches her in the face.
BOOOM!
This punch is heaven shattering as the sky above them crack and a hole opened up showing the sky above the sky.
And this heaven shattering punch smashed down upon Sithulran. Even though she would always revive after she is dead, she could still feel pain.
So, she thought she could remain calm even as death is approaching but the moment she felt the impact of the punch, her calm expression distorted and all that replaced it is pain.
And the more shocking thing she realized that this human people called Death Monarch held back some of his power to avoid killing her.
That did not make her feel any happier. Instead it brings chills to her heart.
This time the impact of the punch causes her to be flung outside the island as she landed right in the middle of the South Atlantic Ocean
Her entire energy and life force that just enter her body scatters like ashes and the moment she collided with the sea water a large explosions erupted in the middle of the ocean, scaring the sea monster below, the impact pierce the seabed and destroy many aquatic sea monsters nest below.
The ripples of the shockwave changed the wave of the sea direction in the radius of two hundred miles.
On the island the ripples of the mighty punch spread to the archipelago of the island and it is the last straw for the island.
All around, the burning broken island crack and slide down to the sea creating an eruption of large wave in all direction.
This impact shakes the sea and creates large waves of sea water rising up from the sea.
A tsunami is heading towards Brazil because of the clash between Death Monarch and Sithulran.
Brazil forces have already notices the battle in the island but they did not interfere because of the nature of the battle.
It is fact that they do not have confidence to fight Sithulran else they would bring damage to the cities and maybe even their country and not to mention the casualties of that battle would surely reach a staggering amount.
But they watch closely the battle from the beginning since even when Will was fighting Sithulran.
When they saw the Death Monarch came and traded blows with Sithulran they are even more hesitant to enter the battle.
This is beyond their level to enter a battle between two titanic monster that could destroy countries and kingdoms.
Nobody consider Death Monarch as a normal man. If he is to be classified Death Monarch is a walking nuclear weapon.
A calamity or a disaster. That is why nobody dares provokes him.
They saw Death Monarch punch Sithulran and the result of the punch. To say they were shocked is an understatement
But they quickly mobilize their army and activate their barrier formation, hoping it would stand against the first impact of the tsunami
As long as the first impact is resisted, it is easier to minimize the effect.
The troublesome thing is the sea monster that would surely be washed away to the shore because of the tsunami.
Will who is supposed to be resting is instead being brought away by a woman as Azief is fighting Sithulran.
This woman is wearing white tight clothing, like a different version of Death Monarch black attire and on her waist is a red sword emanating a heaven piercing intent.
Will took a peek and saw her face
Her face is perfect, her eyelashes is beautiful and as that woman is flying across the debris of the broken island and slicing the wall of water that is coming towards her she does not look like some brute that uses strength.
Instead each of her movement is elegant and only seems to complement her beauty.
As the ashes settle around them when the woman fly to the sky, Will could now see the woman more clearly.
She is young and even though her complexion is pale it is a beautiful kind of pale.
Her blue eyes are dazzling and enchanting.
Amidst the dark flame in the clouds that keeps raining down and the dark clouds of red lightning and thunderous sound of the sky, her eyes that is full of determination is even more dazzling than diamonds.
Her lips are tender and full.
Her face seems to form a perfect beautiful painting that symbolizes and embodied the meaning of beauty.
Her long silky bright black hair that collapses like a waterfall on both of her shoulders and the contrast with her delicate facial feature made her appearance even lovelier
Her figure had elegant curves in all the right places, and her figure was far above and beyond the norm.
Her skin color is pale white and soft, full of gloss and shine, full of life and spirit.
This woman must be…Will thought and smiles
'Katarina, you came' Will ask
She did not say anything but she nodded as she flies through the air far away from the site of Azief battle with Sithulran.
Beneath her feet is cold energy that changes the temperature surrounding them and provide Will with protection as a barrier of ice floating and encircling him.
On the sky just beside the red clouds and the red thunder skyscape, another part of the sky seems unaffected.
And instead of raining dark flames it rained down snows like winter has come. Snowflakes falls down and froze part of the sea as the cold takes reigns
Then as they fly a little bit farther Katarina answer Will question
'He needs my help' Katarina simply said.
Meanwhile Azief is still on the broken island and he has long notices Katarina presence. Noticing her presence he sighed
'She should not have come' he said to himself. There is a trace of worry in his face. If Katarina is not injured he will not be worried.
She could handle herself. But she is injured. Azief don't want her to get tangled with his battle. Fortunately she just came and brings Will away.
He sighed as he said
'Return to me' as a familiar energy enters his body and his body bursting with more energy.
Before he initiated the attack with Sithulran he already made a clone of himself. A Shadow Clone to watch over Will if the need arises.
Now, that Katarina has brought Will away from here, Azief no longer has any reservation. He smiles and then he laughed to the sky.
Behind him the island is breaking apart, flames erupted from the earth veins and rains of fires rained down.
He stomp his feet and a powerful force erupted and crack the island and the entire island exploded downwards
The entire island all breaks into pieces as Azief push his feet forward, his speed part the sea water around him as he dives into the sea to clash with Sithulran
Under the sea Sithulran is now prepared for Azief next attack. She touched her triangle shaped mark and then she pointed her finger to Azief.
A powerful force comes from Sithulran finger and turned into a sharp light that cut apart all Laws
The sea monster between the light and Azief are all extinguished like they were flames of a candle being dropped into cold water.
Azief remain calm and there is even a sneer on his face.
He punches again this time even more powerful than before that it causes the sea water around him to turn into gas.
A huge part of the sea suddenly dissipated because they all turned into gas.
He punches forward and his punch smash through the sharp light.
A thunderous rumble echoes across the South Atlantic Ocean
Crackling sound echoed that it reached Brazil and large spatial crack appeared under the sea.
The shockwaves spread because of the impact of the collision and it seems as if space itself is going to be split into half.
By now, the whole world have already sense the battle that is happening in the South Atlantic Ocean.
They all send their surveillance device to witness this battle.
The might of Azief punch was lessened but it was not neutralized as the residual might struck Sithulran and she is push downward into the seabed.
She let out a painful groan and her eyes revealed a hint of madness. It was like this human is playing with her.
He could kill her but he did not. It is like he is waiting for something.
'ARGHH!' She shouted in anger.
'You think I have no other way to deal with you! Take this!' Then she touches her forehead and another triangle shaped mark dimmed.
Azief could feel an indescribable ancient power coming out from her. Azief did not understand that power.
But he is not afraid. Far from it. He sneered in disdain, full of confidence
He is still calm.
His eyes are cold and his killing intent is even sharper.
He is waiting.
Her forehead shined and her injuries once again healed but this time not only her injury healed up she also bring out something from her forehead.
She then punches toward Azief before she crash into the seabed.
Second part of the chapter. This chapter is all about Azief and Sithulran battle and Azief plans. And I am tired right now. I think I am having a fever. Anyway, the end of the arc is near. Check out my other stories and leave some reviews. Hope you enjoy it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
318 SIX PATHS OF REINCARNATION 3
The punch gave off endless desolation and extermination energy and exploded with the power to destroy the world.
The force of that punch causes earthquake in the sea and all over the world mini quake disturbed the world.
The sea of South Atlantic Ocean exploded as walls and walls of water rush off to all directions. The waves swept the entirety of Saint Helena Island bringing it down into the sea.
It then continued until it reached the shores of Namibia, Congo, Angola, Nigeria and Liberia to say some of the nations and kingdom affected by this water waves.
The island of Ascension also drowns as half of the island slide down into the sea.
The explosion widened until it formed a storm that swept across the surrounding area.
The thunderous rumble of the explosion made it seem like the whole world is going to collapse, and space itself was ripped open.
Huge spatial cracks appeared and covered the surrounding. If this storm is to grow then countless creatures would be dead
Azief is still calm and then he pointed his index finger and energy converges on his index finger, his hand shining golden light.
It is the Heaven Sundering Finger. The entire energy of the world converges around Azief as he absorbed it all to power his finger.
All the veins and channels of energy inside Azief body are stimulated.
This time unlike before his energy is not drained easily. He has solidified his foundation and with him absorbing the World Energy his Disk will not be drained in just using one finger.
He then calmly pointed his finger at the forming storms
ROAR!
The moment he pointed his finger a roaring sounded from the sky.
The Heavens roar and the clouds turn blood red, making the entire South Atlantic Ocean look red.
A ferocious aura full of killing intent and defiance reveals it presence like it is raging at the Will of the World and challenging it into a battle
A heaven sundering aura comes out from Azief finger.
And the Will of the World howls in pain, as the might of that finger is sundering it, bringing it down messing with the Laws that governs the world.
The might of the finger created something sharp-like energy that slashes everything around him be it ethereal things or solid thing.
It causes the Laws around them to lose their control over the concept they manage.
The energy around them all seems to be in chaos, in imbalance and messing up the natural order.
Azief until today still did not understand Azul words
'Even in chaos there is some order! Sunder the Heavens so a new heaven could sprout! Sow them and then reap them'
That is the words Azul shouted at him.
But while he remembers the words, he doesn't understand it. But while he did not understand it completely, he understands it slightly.
And that is enough.
As that finger shot out that heaven sundering aura, the sharp like energy slices the Laws that created that storm into nothingness.
He might not understand the Order part of the chaos.
But he understands Chaos.
He might not understand the words Sunder the Heavens so a new heaven could sprout. But he understands how to Sunder the Heavens.
Just as fast as the storm forms, it was erased like it never existed at all.
Not only that, the waves that is about to come again to the coast of the many nations also falls down without resistance like the Laws that forces them to rise up and move according to the concept of force and reaction were rendered useless.
The sea is suddenly calm. But the sky is still red, thunder is still booming and red lightning still covered the Heavens
The battle is not yet over.
Azief is inside the sea looking at Sithulran that is helpless. She is stuck deep in the seabed, breathing hard. Azief eyes look at her like she was an ant.
Then he said, his voice is cold an d his face is expressionless
'Is this all you got? What a disappointment. I thought you would prove to be a challenge. Is this the only thing you could do? If it's not for the fact that you could not die, you are not even worthy to accept my fist' Azief said sneering.
But while Sithulran is at dead end she is not afraid at all. Instead she laughed
They were talking underwater but yet they could hear each other because they manipulate the elements to talk to each other.
'Even if you kill me I would return back. And then I will kill you. And unlike me you couldn't return back to life. I will come back stronger' she said laughing with madness
One could not understand her obsession of course. She wanted to know the things she forgotten.
She saw something. But she couldn't remember what. She couldn't even remember who she really is. It drives her crazy
When she heard that the World Orb is here, she thought she could use it to bring back her memory.
But a man by the name of Rafah told him that the Orvanians is hunting her and is using the World Orb as bait for her.
But she still goes because that is her best shot of gaining back her memory. But like that man told her it was an ambush.
It is good thing that she prepares herself before going there and she did not fall into their trap.
But none of the heroes of this world that she fought gives any pressure of danger like when she is facing this human that is looking at her with a pitiful expression.
Azief hearing Sithulran declaration to kill him was not rattled in the least. Instead he smiles devilishly
'You really think you are truly safe just because you couldn't die? I will prove to you that there are worse thing than dying.'
Then he pointed his palm upward and the entire world shook. This shaking did not only constrained itself to the island.
The entire world felt it.
Somewhere in the Republic a man who is trimming a tree in his study felt a feeling of foreboding.
He waved his hand and he appears outside of his office with an aura of Time swirling around him.
All around him things reverses in growth. The grass that is about to die reversed back to when they are lush and full of life.
The dead soil reverted back to when it is fertile.
This man is Jean, one of the Chancellors of the Senate of the Republic
He looks at the sky and he could feel something is about to descend on Earth. Something that is full of Time entanglement.
Then he began talking to himself
'What is this force? Karma? Does Karma affect Time or Time affect karma? Does Karma gives Time meaning or does Time give Karma meaning? Or is it one of the same? If there is an effect then there must be a cause. But each cause is determined by Time. Since Karma is a cause and effect than Time…is it a neutral force?'
This person asked himself as his eyes is trained at the sky and he is having enlightenment about his Grand Path
Meanwhile in space as Azief pointed his palm upward a destructive force rips apart the space around the Sun.
A large shockwave spread out in the starry skies outside of Earth as Time and Space compressed itself like it is being suppressed.
The seals of the world that is powered by the Will of the World cracks like a glass being struck by a hammer before it shattered almost immediately.
The protection afterward dissipated layer by layer. The force is unstoppable like a heated sword going through butter.
Thunderous rumbles echoed all over the world, shaking the skies and scaring the entire world populace.
Even Hikigaya who is in the World Government is looking at the sky and gained some enlightenment.
He looks at the sky and said
'Which is real? The cause and effect? If one reverses it, if everything is a dream, then what is cause and what is effect? Where is Karma…if everything is just a dream? If everything that is real is turn into unreal and reality is subverted into illusion, then where does Karma exist?'
All around the world some people are having an enlightenment of their Path while some feel the pressure that is descending down is akin of Heavens crashing down to Earth.
Azief is using this spell for the first time since he learned it.
Azief is grinning but sweats are filling his forehead, and three of his Disk is drained all of its energy.
His entire arms and hand is trembling and his body is enduring a powerful pressure that is vast and boundless.
A gigantic vortex appears on the atmosphere of Earth, ripping the Laws that becomes an obstacle for the thing that is about to descend down.
Large ripples of energy appeared on the atmosphere entrance of Earth
Pooping sound echoes all around the world as air pockets in the atmosphere exploded and created air blast and changed the weather all around the world creating storm, tsunamis, earthquakes and floods.
Azief now has used four of his Disk and that thing is still not coming down.
Space all around the world is cracking and being torn apart mercilessly by this enormous pressure.
Third part of the chapter. Tomorrow will be the last part
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
319 SIX PATHS OF REINCARNATION 4
Azief clenched his fist and roar as a powerful energy bursted out from him that causes the seawater around him to spirals upwards piercing the sky.
His roar echoes through the Heaven and shaking the firmament and part away the clouds. His aura break through the sky and opens up the atmosphere
A golden light descended down and shines upon him.
An isolated sky appears above his head. A divine power surpassing any mighty pressure he ever emitted before erupted from him
Azief merge with the world, his body turns to motes of golden light as a titanic golden figures appears in the middle of the South Atlantic Ocean
His feet reached the seabed and the entire height of the sea only covered the area just below his knees
His height reaches an incredible height that his face is beyond the clouds.
All of the sea of the Seven Seas shook in this instant; the seabed seems to be vibrating and tremors fills the entire Sea.
Azief appears to be gigantic with power emanating out of him that breaks space and pressuring it down.
Even the Heavens is temporarily suppressed by the pressure coming out from his body right now.
Almost all of Azief Disks right now is supplying him with energy to support this golden body draining the Disks energy at a terrifying speed
This is Azief Willpower separate from the Will of the World. Right now he is like the King of the World, all eyes on his every move.
His stature right now is striking the fear in people heart. If he is in the presence of the people of the world, they would be pressured to bow down to him.
In this world, they are not many that are worthy to be in his presence at this moment.
Even the strongest people in the World Government would be speechless and unable to say a word in front of such a large figure because of the pressure emanating out of Death Monarch right now.
This is a pressure coming out from seven energies that pressure everything on heaven and Earth
Then he looks upwards into the sky as that thing is coming down. He holds his palm upwards as droning sound fills the whole world.
He smiles.
Everyone in the world could hear the droning sound and everyone in the world could see it because of how gigantic that thing is
That thing already broke the World Seal and its protection.
Azief body now is being pressured by the Will of the World and at the same time he knows that the thing that is coming down will also emitted a pressure that might even surpassed the pressure of the Will of the World.
Then that thing descended with a droning sound that travel around the world six times and halted as Azief gigantic figure hold it forcing it to stop descending.
The downward force pressured Azief gigantic body to expel more force as the seabed where Azief foot is stepping depressed a thousand feet deep and the whole South Atlantic Ocean height decrease a thousand feet
It created even more rumblings deep in the sea as some sea monster were forced out of their nest
But right now the whole world is focusing on that thing.
In Azief hand right now is a gigantic wheel that seems to contain the power of life and death, of creation and destruction, of Time and Karma, of reality and dreams of reality.
The moment it falls onto his hand, he felt his entire body shaking and a world shaking momentum assaulted him.
But he smiles.
Because it worked.
Around that wheel millions of souls could be seen circling it, possessing many forms, some are hideous, some are beautiful, and the wheel itself is containing the power of life and death.
The Wheel in Azief hand is not moving but even so the Laws emanating from it supersedes any of the Laws of the World.
On the sky all over the world, the sky is bleeding because of the fight they have with this wheel when it tries to enter Earth
And the people watching this scene also looked intently at that gigantic wheel that covered up the Heavens and seem unnecessarily titanic
They could see that on the hub of the wheel is a Red Pig, a Rainbow Rooster and a Grey gigantic snake that seems to be chasing each other, each of them poisonous and could bring down an entire galaxy by themselves if they were to be released by the wheel.
They could see it moving like they were sealed there by some powerful sealing magic.
The second layer of the wheel seems to depicts lives of countless of beings, multitudes of aliens races, their lives and connection to each other and their reincarnation that needs to resolve the connection and sever their obsessions
It is a scene of people forming Karma, sowing it and reaping it. And the second layer emanated Laws of Life and Death, Karma and Time and reality.
If anyone is touched by the aura coming out from that second wheel, they would form Karma with it.
The second layer of the wheel have two half circles.
One half of the circle is bright as the sun and shows myriads of beings, races of aliens with content face.
This half circle seems to emanated holy and divine energy
The other half seems to be dark with no suns showing myriads of being in a miserable state being led downwards to down the Wheel
This other half emanated an aura of darkness and demonic, of negative emotions and forces
The third layer of the wheel is divided into six sections that represent the six realms of cyclic existence, the process of cycling through one rebirth after another.
It is the Six Realms of Reincarnation
There is a realm where there are many beings lead long and enjoyable lives full of pleasure and abundance
But because of all the pleasures and abundance, they seem to be dazed with it. There is another realm where jealousy and envy seems to fills the heart of every being.
Then there is a realm where its resident is shackled by passion, desire, doubt and pride.
This realm however has just enough suffering but not too much that it would lead them astray from seeking the truth
Then there is a realm where most of them were like beast and animals. They all struggle to become better and live their short lives.
And then there is a realm where the feeling of possessiveness and desire fills the entire realm. And then there is one realm which is different from the other.
It is a realm full of hatred and resentment.
However if one look closely at each of these realms, instead of the figure of Azul in the wheel this time on the wheel there is the figure of Azief who is always present in every one of these realms, ready to offer guidance and help
One could gains greater insight into the workings of karma; just by looking at this gigantic wheel that seems to be born with the understanding of the Karma of the Universe.
This is the spell Azul taught him
'The Six Path of Reincarnation Spell' Azief shouted and he laughed happily.
He managed to summon the Wheel of Reincarnation even though his gigantic golden figure is slowly cracking because of the pressure of the Wheel
Then looking at Sithulran deep in the seabed, like a human viewing an ant he said
'You said you could not die? Then live always in cycle of existence in an endless rebirth. Unless you let go of your desire and ignorance and settle your Karma you will never be free of the Six Realms of Existence. Try to attain true insight into impermanence!'
With that Azief channel his Ancient Demonic Energy into the Wheel and with that one moment his Ancient Demonic Disk cracked.
Then another sound sounded. It is a sound of creaking that echoes through the world as the Wheel of Reincarnation started rotating as Azief smiles with a winning expression
'You are done!' Azief shouted and he laughed, his laugh reverberates through the sky
I will rest for a week I think. My body is not well right now. Anyway hope you like the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
320 RED HERRING 1
The whole world looks at the sky as they heard the resounding sound that circles the world. Those who look up at the sky would see a Wheel.
Those who could not see the Wheel could hear the sound of the wheel, a droning sound that buzz in one ear endlessly.
To some people the sound of the Wheel, of the creaking movement is merely a droning sound like a buzz of mosquitoes.
But for others, there are some people who could hear a chanting sound of holy enlightenment pertaining to the truth of the Universe enlightening them on their Grand Path if they are ready.
Others would be trapped in the melody of that sound, reliving the moment in their lives they regret the most, tears streaming down their face.
Some remain still, like they were frozen, their eyes seems to be seeing something else, their ears seems to be hearing something else and their mind is blank, like they are a shell of something empty.
It was like they were trapped in the endless cycle of existence and endless rebirth. Azief knows this matter the best.
Seventy years could be only seven seconds, and all of it could be a dream but just because it is a dream doesn't means it doesn't have some truth in it.
Dreams…sometimes contains some truth the eyes could not see
Of course this effect would only be temporary since Azief does not really mastered the Wheel of Reincarnation but this is a terrifying event as his Spell powered by all of his Seven Disk affect the whole world.
Other than some places like the World Government, the Storm Tide of the League of Freedom and Moscow where the Senate is situated where many enchantments, barriers, talismans and protection arrays are situated, the effect of the Wheel in this places is lessened compared to the rest of the world.
But for the rest of the world it is not a pretty sight.
And it does not only affect humans. Even monsters are affected. Some of them devolved, while some of them gained some sentience.
Those monster who devolved stand still blanking in their thoughts before they turned to dust, their energy merged with the Will of the World strengthening the Will of the World and healing the bleeding of the sky
And for those monsters who gain sentience, like a blind man seeing for the first time roams the Earth thinking who and what it is?
The once mindless monsters began to question itself. But only a few monsters out of millions of monster all over the world gained sentience.
It is like Azief when he was the Divine Dragon in one of Azul lives.
In the first few hundred years of his life, he lived as a mindless dragon, destroying anything in his path before he become enlightened and become a True Dragon.
Such monsters and such beast could become a protector and not just a scourge. This is just a few of the effect of the Wheel of Reincarnation.
Azief himself must not have foreseen that by summoning the Wheel, he would set such a chain reaction that affects the entire world.
It is not that Azief is overpowered. It is his spell that is overpowered. Considering that he has Seven Disk right now, in the entire world, he has no match.
He is matchless and peerless under Heaven.
But even as powerful as he is, the moment he summon the Wheel of Reincarnation, his Disk cracked and his Seven Disk is almost drain of power the moment he activated the Wheel.
If not for the regeneration of energy in his body, he would have long been sucked into that Wheel as backlash of the energy rebounding.
For every people that see the Wheel of Reincarnation and heard the sound coming from the creaking of the Wheel moving, they all have different experience based on their understanding of the world and the Universe, and based on the understanding of their own path and their own self.
In Chatham Island in New Zealand, someone is hearing a melody instead of a droning sound. And that melody is unpleasant to his ears.
It is torturing him to be more accurate.
And he is reacting to it in a different manner than any other person.
His soul is desperately yelling, screaming and thrashing about and it was like a different personality is about to come out from his soul.
This is a young man wearing wolf fur with long silver hair that covered his left eyes.
This man is Yewa Hafar. He is in New Zealand because it is near Pandemonium. The reason is none other than to observe Death Monarch.
But then he saw the gigantic golden figure of Death Monarch, the power erupting out of him suppress the Heavens and pressured the Earth, the Will of the World cracked and bleeds as something pressure the World Orb.
At that time Yewa Hafar already had a foreboding sense that something terrible is happening.
It wasn't until that wheel appears in space and descended and then is grabbed by Death Monarch that Yewa Hafar finally accepted it.
Yewa Hafar would not be mistaken. He knows that Wheel. The Wheel of Reincarnation belonging to Great Supremacy Azul of the Vast Universe.
The moment that Wheel moves Yewa Hafar dropped down to the ground, his entire body is shaking and his every nerve is assaulted with mind breaking pain.
It was like each and every strand of his blood vessel is being grinded slowly and leisurely with a grated knife.
The pain was out of this world.
The reason why Yewa Hafar recognizes the Wheel of Reincarnation is because he once met with Great Supremacy Azul when He came to meet his Master.
Seeing that Wheel of Reincarnation on the Death Monarch hand is a shocking sight for him. It is another thing that is out of Yewa Hafar calculations.
In his mind he remembered in the final battle that Azief did not use such thing against the Destroyer. If not he could probably delay the inevitable.
But Azief is not Great Supremacy Azul. Just by possessing the Wheel does not make him Great Supremacy Azul.
But if many more things stacked into Azief, more abilities and more power were given to him, then…..Yewa Hafar could foresee a different future.
And a different future is bad for Yewa Hafar as he would not be able to fulfill the wish of his Master.
In this world there are not many that could pressure his Master but Great Supremacy Azul is one of the few beings that could contend equally with His Master.
There is also the fact that Great Supremacy Azul has Karma with his Master.
This Wheel is a bane to all darkness and life banishing magic.
It contains life, but it also contains death.
It contains the Laws that govern Life and Death, contain the deeds that determine one life and one death, determine destiny and fate.
This Wheel at its full power could change the fate of the Universe and write a new story.
Unless the Supreme Being awakened and decided to interfere, nothing could stop that Wheel at its full power.
But one already knows that the Supreme Being of All, The Only One Being, The Great Source, will never interfere for he is very hands off.
Yewa Hafar on the other hand is having a pain of the soul. And such pain could not be described.
Yewa Hafar comes to this world using a vessel.
This vessel is perfect for him.
But the calling from the Wheel forced that sleeping soul to awaken and now that other part of the soul is awaken it is trying to fight against him, to reclaim back his body.
The fighting of the soul is torturous. And each battle is different for each person so there is no guide in fighting in a soul battle.
As Yewa Hafar is suffering Azief is bearing the brunt of the pressure of the Wheel. If not for the fact that he had already lives six lives in the wheel, he would be assaulted by an even more powerful pressure.
Even though his gigantic figures seem imposing and domineering, he himself knows his own body and his own limits.
With seven Disks he does not fears contending with the Heavens. He might not be able to control the Will of the World but he could usurp it for a few minutes.
But now adding the pressure of the Wheel of Reincarnation, his gigantic body constructed by his Will, he is now at the verge of breaking down.
But he needs to wait until the wheel rotates and goes through the Six Path.
Each of the six lives depicted in the wheel and the part of that lives must rotates perfectly. It must revolve one complete turn to absorb Yewa Hafar into the Wheel.
Meanwhile, below him the pressure coming out from him and the accumulated pressure added from the descent of the Wheel created ripples that turned and underwater storm as it sweeps all sea monster and turns them into shredded meat.
This in turn strengthened the Will of the World. The rest of the world might not have realized or might not have known it but it is different for him.
Azief is standing alone in the highest mountain, standing on that mountaintop looking the farthest.
He is on that lonely top and of course he knows something that other people don't. Because he sees what other people couldn't see from the bottom of the mountain.
He knows some truth about the so called heavens and the Will of the World.
Energy!
Where does the energy that all of humanity absorb come from?
Azief don't think he is the first person to ask this question but he is probably the one person closest to the answer.
If EXP comes from monster death or generated from quest completion from the World Orb then where does it come from?
Part one of the humongous fifteen thousand word chapter. I know this might be adding a little bit to the inkstone you have to use to read but I need to tell this here.
You all can go to my discord if there is any question about releases or plot points. And I have not write for this couple of days because of the holidays and I started around yesterday.
There is a holiday in my country right now and I am posting this at 11.32 pm at night. I could not post it earlier in the day because there is heavy rain and I couldn't go to the cyber cafe.
Anyway, I decided to cut the fifteen thousand word chapter into two which will be probably cut in part around 12 chapters. So, rejoice! And leave some comments, reviews and never forget to vote.
PS: There wuil be chapter tomrorow and hope you enjoy teh story so far. For ******* the chapter will be posted aroudn 8 June. After all patrons coudl read the whoel chapter. And it is a long chapter so buy some eye drops before you read it.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
321 RED HERRING 2
In the beginning there is no such thing as the Will of the World even after the Fall happen.
But then where does it come from and when?
And why does it become stronger and stronger? Where does it get its energy?
The World Orb not only cultivates humans making humanity stronger, but the World Orb is even cultivating and nurturing Earth the same way.
Azief is not the only person that notices that even if some terrains were destroyed after a battle, it would heal in a few weeks.
Trees would grow, grass would sprout and life would bloom. But Azief notices that is not the only thing that the Will of the World does.
It even helps restrict anything that is harmful to it
Azief has had this suspicion a long time ago when Weronian first invaded.
The Weronian is a stronger race than humans. If Azief fought them on a Universe other than Earth he would lose and he would even die.
But Weronians when they reached Earth was suppressed by the World Orb and even had to construct gigantic pillars to suppress the Will of the World.
For each monster that died and give the EXP to levelers, some of them would return back to the origin.
Born by the Earth and the energy of the World Orb, when a monster dies, instead of returning to the World Orb it will instead nurture a Will for the planet.
Like a gardener sowing a seed and showering it with water.
That Will grows and the Will of the World is born.
Heaven and Earth changes and tribulation happens to bless the strong and to sieve out the weak.
A world where the Law of the Jungle prevails.
And Azief is the tiger that rules that jungle. He takes what he want and no one could tell him what he should or not do.
He saw it of course. The deception of Heaven. The one that cultivated the Heavens Path is the levelers.
So why should he follow that path?
If he nurtured Heavens, why should he revere the Heavens?
Have you ever seen a human grow a plant in their house and then worship it like it was a God?
Those that did such act are crazy.
So, he would defy it and supersede it. He would surpass it and take over it. If he had to bow down to such kind of Heaven, he would rather fight.
If that is Heavens then he would spit on it. If that is Heavens, then even he himself could become the Heavens.
That is why the Heavens would pressure him and it would pressure him without mercy. Azief Will is challenging the Will of the World.
But the only reason Azief is challenging the Heavens is because his pride could not take it. How could he bow into a power he himself nurtured?
Of course not all of the people think like this. Some people utilizes the Will of the World, take advantage of it, siphons, manipulate it and some even steal it.
Each one has their own Grand Path. To say who is right and who is wrong….that could only be decided by themselves.
In the end, they could only decide based on what they know about their Grand Path and their comprehension of the Universe and their own personal belief.
This new world that arises after the Fall is not for those with weak conviction. This is not a world for sheep or people who are too gentle to live with wolves.
They would not survive when facing people who would stare Death right at the face and said to Death "Fuck you"
In that one moment Azief has been thinking all of this even as the pressure of that wheel is reverberating all inside his veins and bones.
It was like his body is a golden bell and it is being hammered endlessly by a heavy hammer causing a vibrational shock all over his body
His Disk is drained and regenerating back every second. But that process is taxing even for Azief body right now.
The sky changed colors seven times and each time a different aura and energy comes out from the sky.
The South Atlantic Ocean is in chaotic madness, waves rose up high like a twenty storied building rushing to all the four direction away from Azief gigantic figures.
It brings about a great calamity wherever it passes
It was like the sea is running away from Azief emanation of power, sinking island and destroying cities along the way.
BOOM!
The sound of the creaking from the movement of the Wheel is grating to the ears. As it grinds, it grind away Laws and purify it to it primordial form.
The wheel appears to turn slowly but that is the illusion of the eyes.
It is because it is too gigantic that one sees that the Wheel seems to turns slowly.
One turn of the wheel and a heaven shaking pressure erupted out.
OMMM! OMMM!
It was like a hymn sounded, or a Gospel a melody of holiness and happiness coming from the sound of that creaking
Azief knows where the Wheel stops even without looking. He recognize the aura
The Blissful State trials.
The moment that wheel turns to that image where it depicted the Blissful State trials, golden light encompassed the whole world.
The sky trembles and rumbles and the clouds all looks like golden paradise.
The light shows an image and this image spread out so that the whole world could see it. From north to south, from west to the east, golden light and images of bliss encompass it.
One could see numerous realms in the blissful state trials, each one of those realms is full of pleasure.
It is like heavenly realms of paradise
But Azief knows best that this realm is the most hardest to extricate oneself from. It is pleasurable, full of happiness and one could enjoy all pleasures found in the Universe.
But each pleasure leads to attachment.
And the way it keeps you trapped is not like you think it is. For Azief, his life in the blissful state trials was normal. He had a great parent, loving and caring, and he had great friends.
He had a crush on a girl. And there is frustration in his relationship but in the end it was a happy ending as he dated that girl.
It was a great life. A normal great life. And that is why it was so hard to extricate himself from that trial.
Because deep in his heart he wanted a normal happy life. He lived his whole life, not being loved. He lived his whole life, feeling he is never enough.
So, that life in the Blissful State Trial….that was his paradise.
Sometimes pleasure does not mean a sex filled fest.
Sometimes it is a simple thing. The pleasure realms will create a world where it knows what your heart truly desires.
It is not exactly the way you think it is. It will give you frustration but that is only because it will heighten the happiness when you get what you want.
Azief life in that trials while there is some obstacles, it was those obstacles that made the life in there happy each time he overcome it.
Happiness …too much happiness could bring one farther away from self-actualization.
The moment it perfectly stopped turning, Sithulran which is bound in the bottom of the sea by the pressure coming from the Wheel trembled.
Her eyes are full of pain and defiance.
The pressure of the Wheel is locking on her and preventing her from getting up.
She couldn't even teleport away as the Space around her is being destroyed inch by inch making trying to teleport a sordid affair.
Not to mention that Space has already been sealed by that pressure and she couldn't even move.
Slowly the pressure from the Wheel is taking something away from her. She is slowly losing her health.
Sithulran vitality is all slowly being grinded away as she felt herself getting tired and weary, her skin wrinkled and become dry.
She suddenly developed sickness from all of her internal organs, pus and boils sprouted all over her body like she become an incubator for millions of diseases.
The image was not pretty as yellowish liquid comes out from her fingernails, and red bluish things come out from her nose.
The Wheel has taken her health and with it comes sickness. It was like an omen of death, being sick that is
Azief supplied more energy as his Aether Disk broke and the Wheel turns again. This time the deep sea rumbles before exploding all over the world.
The entire seven seas of the world is trembling and quaking underneath as underwater volcanoes erupted from the bottom of the seas creating new island all over the world.
The moment the Wheel turns again the golden light dissipated, the images of the blissful state realms also dissipated like a mirage.
Azief uses his Disks energy to move the Wheel once again
Then a world shaking pressure descended from the sky. Azief grunted in pain as his wrist crack because of the sudden pressure coming from the Wheel.
The crack from his wrist created a shockwave that dissipated all the clouds around his wrist in a radius of one hundred kilometers
'This is getting taxing. I need to end this fast' Azief thought to himself. This spell is powerful but it is also taxing to his body.
The Six Path Reincarnation Spell is actually using all of his Six Path Finger to activate. It was like he merges all the Six Path fingers into a spell to summon the Wheel of Reincarnation.
It was actually the Wheel of Reincarnation and Rebirth. But with Azief current strength he could only summon a partially complete Wheel which is the Wheel of Reincarnation.
As the Wheel turned, another image appears all over the world.
It was an image of monster-like races filling the skyscape of the world. It looked illusory but at the same time it also felt real.
The Wheel moves again and this time it created a new phenomenon all over the world. The sky all over the world turns red and howling and screaming sounded from all directions.
In some part of the world where it is sunny and is bright, suddenly darkness comes over that place and it reigns.
A malevolent aura spread out all over the world covering the Heavens and the Sun, corrupting the Earth with dark emotions like jealousy, envy, insincerity among others
Only those who have high levels are not that badly affected
Second part of the chapter. Why do you think the title is called red herring? hehehe. Anyway, hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comment, and vote for the story like always. Thank you for reading
I will not talk much this time to avoid you paying more than you need to. Thanks to the reader who told me about this
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
322 RED HERRING 3
As darkness descends all over the world the image of demon-like creatures and monster could be seen in that darkness.
They are ugly, fierce looking and enormous. Their growling is sickening to gear and the smell coming out from them is the scent of human flesh.
It is realm for one to struggle with hardship. Azief smiles even as he is bearing the pain.
As the pain spreads all over his body, his Eternal Physique regenerates and restores back his injury.
It appears like he is not hurt at all by that pressure but that is only because his Eternal Physique could keep up with the destruction being inflicted upon his body.
The Struggling realm might seem easy because he only he needs to do one thing and that is an easy task.
But Azief knows that is not the struggle one had to pass. He was lucky because his struggle is just fulfilling Azul regret.
But for Sithulran which will be trapped in there, her struggle would probably her most painful moment.
And she wouldn't even know it or have a memory about it. She will be in a cycle of endless regret and suffering until she gained enlightenment and gain liberation.
Sithulran on the bottom of the sea surrounded by dead things could not even kill herself at this moment. Her entire movement is being restricted by some space sealing technique.
It was like the moment that Wheel arrived, she could not move. Azief connected the Wheel to her by a simple thought the moment that wheel descended down.
'ARGHHH"
she yelled from the bottom of the sea, her screams created a rippling shockwave that agitates the seabed but she is powerless as she coughed up more blood because of her health.
Her blood makes the water around her to turns into gas but she is still stuck on that seabed. This time not only because it is her crash landing but because of the pressure coming from Death Monarch.
It was like that golden titanic figure that she couldn't even see his face is using his pressure to force her to remain in place.
And when the Wheel turns, that scream sound even more painful. It was like every part of him is being sliced slowly by sharp animal bones.
This time the Wheel once again takes something from Sithulran. Sithulran also notices this. By this time, all of her triangle shaped mark on her forehead is dim.
She is truly powerless. But Azief still didn't kill her. Because he knew it was useless. How could he kill this woman knowing that she would only reform back stronger and better?
He could only seal her in the Wheel of Reincarnation, hoping she would never gain enlightenment.
He himself wanted to know whether Azul spell or the Creator few words that become her curse which one is stronger of the two?
On the sky, that Wheel turns and with its movement it takes another part of Sithulran.
Before, it takes Sithulran health. This time it takes her age. Orvanians could live for eons if they are not engaged in a war or being killed.
They are a long lived race and have long lifespans
They themselves are not a warmongering race and more content of researching things in the vast Universe with its many wonders and mystery.
But now, eons of longevity is being absorbed by the wheel and one could see that Sithulran is more than just losing her health.
She is losing her age too, looking like those old women that full of wrinkles and she is full the scent of death.
All of her meridians and channels of power inside her and source of energy dried up, like she is an ancient being that predates time itself.
But she still didn't die. Azief could not let her die.
And that is not the purpose of the Wheel. It is to take things that make things alive, so that they could enter the endless cycle of beginning and end.
ARGHH!
Sithulran yelled once again, but this time her voice is hoarse and weak. And meanwhile Azief is also suffering the consequences.
The moment that Wheel fully turned, his gigantic figure decreased by a hundred feet. Azief gritted his teeth and said to himself
'This is not enough! Need a few more turn!' He said to himself as he pushed himself again as he used his Worldly Disk this time to move the Wheel to the next trial.
His veins are all bulging and one could see that his golden image is wavering.
BOOOM!
BOOOM!
The sky opens up many holes all over the world, and people all over the world could see the space above, and air and space around the Wheel is slowly being devoured by some invisible energy emanating out from the Wheel.
With this determination by Azief the wheel turns once again. Azief knows he needs to end this today.
This Sithulran while she herself is not powerful is full of tricks.
Azief had no reason to delay dealing with her anymore.
Maybe if he keep delaying in subduing her, Sithulran would become so strong that at that point even he could not beat her or keep her under control.
This is after all an ancient being that have seen the Creator. It is thankful that she still could not remember everything about herself.
Or that might spell disaster to the whole world.
She needs to go. And she needs to go fast
The moment Azief was determined to do that, he pushed his Worldly Disk to the brim supplying all of his energy to the Wheel to move it along.
The force coming out of him is like his entire body is sucked out of energy but his All Source Disk is still supplying him with energy making him still able to stand tall
CREAK!
The Wheel slowly turns as the world stood still.
All over the world people are looking at the sky.
Some people have enlightenment in their eyes; some with pain in their eyes and some other are full of blank look.
The moment the Wheel turns from the Struggling realm trial, the world was relieved of the darkness as a blinding white light encompassed the whole world.
It was like an eraser, erasing all those sounds of howling of monsters and demons. A blank world of beginning, like an empty white canvass without a single speck of paint.
It was like the world is reverting into a blank state. The Wheel stopped at the image of the Wheel that describes the Mortal Trial.
A silence descends upon the whole world, like the world just began to be created. It was like all hate and resentment in the world was waved away, and all worldly affairs is forgotten
With the wind and the breeze of the sea, it was like the whole world was bathed by a purifying light of the beginning primordial source.
This time Azief entire body shrink a thousand feet and his wrist break as he almost accidentally slip holding that Wheel.
CRACK!
The sound of his arm breaking created a soundwave that dissipated the space around his wrist.
But Azief only smiles. He tries to ignore the pain so he smiles. Then he opens his mouth, a gigantic mouth that seems to be able to fit a small mountain into it.
And he roars
ROAR!
Azief roars and his roars shakes the whole world, the wind cracked down and created weather storms all over the skies, the lightning and thunders were pushed away by his roar, the seabed exploded in all of Seven Seas and large earthquakes topples down buildings and cities all over the world.
Large eruption surges up from the exploding seabed and with such explosion it ingurgitates dead monster from the bottom of the sea.
Walls of segmented water erupted out and changing the sea appearance as ships that sails the Seven Sea was greeted by an unbelievable sight.
It was like the sea water is a block of water assembled by some six year old kid as the whole sea water rises up like block
The entire world was shaking and trembling, crumbling and cracking.
With that roar his entire body is sweating but he still managed to hold on to that Wheel.
This time Azief almost invincible body and reputedly have no match on Earth and even in many planets in the Universe is actually broken.
This damage is not inflicted by some physical attack or some physical weight. It is the weight of millions of Laws embedded in the Wheels itself and the many worlds in that Wheel.
A world of trials and sufferings. A world of true and false, of reality and illusions and a world where it is full of trials.
A thousand and a thousand more such worlds in that Wheel
It is the trials where it is easiest for one to gain enlightenment. This time Azief bones in his hand are cracking and the crack reaches all the way to his arm.
Sithulran in the seabed look like she is not breathing and dying already but the Wheel of Reincarnation would never let her die.
There is a trace of life force being supplied to her by the Wheel.
This time the Wheel took her memory. She only grunted before her eyes turns blank and innocent.
She is looking at the sea around her without knowing who she is or what she is or what she is doing there.
She has no memory like she is a newborn baby just being born a second ago. She seems to be babbling incoherently.
But this is far from over. Azief need to turns the Wheel in one complete turn for these changes to be completed.
If not Sithulran would revert to the way she is before the Wheel comes down but he would still retains all the damages done by summoning the Wheel.
Well, no pain, no gain
Azief look on as he saw her memory enters the Mortal trials image and Sithulran body is becoming translucent.
'Oh' he thought to himself.
Azief recognize this form as his eyes narrowed. It was like the translucent form of Meihul before she was revived.
It was then Azief Worldly Disk crack into a hundred lines before breaking.
'ARGH"
Azief grunted and winced in pain, his feet moved in the seabed and great dust from the seabed clouded all over the entire South Atlantic Ocean.
Inside Azief Inner World, it is in chaos, his entire Inner World is at the verge of collapsing. Azief felt his entire body being assaulted by a pain he was never accustomed to.
It was like all the energy in his boy is running amuck.
To put it in his perspective, it was like a thousand dragon flying all over his blood capillaries and breathing fire and ice, poisons and acids.
He felt his body felt cold at one moment, hot in one moment, and then feeling like his entire body is being stabbed inwardly at one moment and then feeling like his internal organs melting at other times.
And sometime, he felt it all of that pain at the same time.
But he did not show anything on his face.
His titanic golden figure is the representation of his will so even that titanic golden figure sweats.
The sweats on his body falls off creating a huge explosion and changing the waves direction on the sea each time it falls down from Azief forehead.
'A few more' he thought to himself. He felt his entire body is pulsing with pain, his vein screams like it was a taut spring that is about to break.
Actually you all should pay attention to this whole chapter. Why I said this? let just say, it is one of my big picture. When Azief first got the Six Extermination Saber, which one of you thought that it would lead Azief to meet Azul,an ancient powerful being.
It was hinted even back then. At that time who would have thought that the Six Sabers represent the Six Path of Reincarnation.
if you read back on that chapter and compare the tribulations of the trials and the ability of the sabers when it was being used by Azief I think you would see some hint.
Why was it important that Loki help Azief in that moment? I am drawing a big picture here, so if you missed a character, missed a sentence, then you are missing a clue of how this story would end.
We are far from the endgame but we are inching closer to it now. And the hint is already being put all over the chapters.
There is Milos that character that always seems to pop up but never that important.
Will it remain that way? nobody thought that Giselle would also play the main character in one of the Arcs but she did.
Anyway, please do try to divine the hint.my fellow readers. I like to hear your speculations but I doubt my ending would change even after reading your speculations. There is actually two endings for Lord Shadow. And I am still undecided on using which one.
Anyway,hope you like it and vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
323 RED HERRING 4
This is the first time Azief had ever had such injury on Earth other than when he was almost assassinated.
So what did he do?
He gritted his teeth and endures the pain.
He used his Celestial Disk and the white light that covered the world just a moment ago dissipated slowly like a cloud being pushed by a great gust of wind.
A holy aura envelops the Wheels, as the souls that float around that wheel feed on that energy.
CREAK!
The wheel slowly turns like a slow rotating wheel, and with each small micro movement, Laws are grinded and rebirthed in that Wheel, emanated out and absorbed inside.
DANG!
DANG!
BOOM!
It was like the moment that wheel began to move the whole world seems to be filled with the sound of a thunderous footsteps.
Then a roar sounded out that crack the Space above the World. The space beyond Earth even slightly distorted
ROAR!!!
With the roar, comes a purple reddish aura.
The world was covered by a purple red color as the images of countless animal appears on the sky roaring to the Heavens, to the Earth, to everything in between, looking like they were some mindless beast bereft of all reason and intelligence.
Looking at the images of the beast would make one have shivers all overs.
All of the beasts that appear in the image in the sky is so colossal that they covered the sky and blotted out the sun and the moon.
Some of them have narrow webbed wings upon its back, while others have large, bulbous pulsating sac and numerous writhing tentacles like some cosmic horrors so hideous to be seen
And that is not even their full size since even the images did not show the entirety of that monsters appearance.
Some was as small as normal human while some have the same size as a large continent. Seeing them could drive a person to madness for those of weak hearts and weak minds.
Azief knows this trial. And he even knows some of those monsters that projected itself on the sky of Earth.
It is the legions of the Demon Race that invaded his world when he was a Holy Dragon in one of Azul lives.
This is without a doubt the Lower Form Trials.
This is one of the hard trials in the Six Path because one had to start in this trial as a mindless beast.
And it is hard to get enlighten when you have no coherent mind and depend on instinct.
Sithulran at this time look more helpless than ever but she is still babbling under the sea speaking like a baby not knowing what is about to happen to her.
She is hideous to look at with glutinous pus coming out from the pus on her wrinkly and dry face and the worms that come out from her flesh because of the nature of the diseases that overtaken her body the moment her health was taken.
But when the Wheel turns it takes another part of Sithulran with it.
This time it takes her consciousness and she became even more translucent as she closes her eyes and seems to drift into sleep.
The pressure suddenly doubled upon Azief
'ARGH!'
Azief screamed in pain as his entire arm is broken, his shout broke apart the sound waves and created explosion in the sky like an air cannon exploded.
This time Azief put the Wheel on his back like the Titan Atlas who is condemned to hold up the celestial heavens.
His back felt all the pain and both of his hand wounded by the weight of the Laws as both of his arms is now broke.
Golden blood drips down from the tips of his fingernails. With each drop of his golden blood, his body shrinks more and more.
But he is still holding up the Wheel of Reincarnation.
Azief could not let it fall.
If that Wheel fall not only his effort would be fruitless, it would also bring about a great destruction all over Earth.
The weight of this Wheel is not something that could be understood by thinking or measuring it with some weight measuring device.
It is because it is composed of myriads Laws in the Universe. Even he himself don't know what would happen if the Wheel falls down to Earth.
But Azief could bet it is nothing good.
It is why he morphed himself to the Willform. Because he knows his body is unable to lift it. It is not a matter of physical prowess. It is about mastery of Laws.
If he is a Divine Comprehension leveler then maybe it will not be that hard.
While Azief is bearing the weight of that Wheel, the whole world is still entranced.
Other than Katarina, Jean, Raymond, Hikigaya, Loki, and Oreki, most of the people are affected the moment they look upon the sky.
Even Sofia who was looking at the sky of Pandemonium could see that Wheel, hundreds and thousands of miles away from the site of the battle
Of course this does not count people who are in captivity deep beneath the Earth or those who lives so deep beneath the Earth that the sun doesn't shine upon them.
But even so they felt the trembling of the world and the shaking of the Heavens. Why was the Earth tremble?
It is because it is afraid.
Why does the Heaven shaking?
Because it is wrathful. But it is unable to fight over with that Wheel unless the World Orb personally reveals itself.
Energy went rampant and in chaos as the Laws around the Wheel distorts energy of the World, throwing it into chaos, sowing and reaping Laws like it is nobody business.
The fact Azief could even reach this point, turning the Wheel to this point is already quite remarkable.
Azul passed his legacy to one crazy son of a bitch.
Usually one would make sure they could move the wheel before summoning it because the backlash is not something to scoff at.
There is nobody that crazy to not even ascertain that matter before summoning it. Well, now there is one
Azief on the other hand while feeling all this pain does not regret even one moment summoning the Wheel.
Even wincing with pain, even with all the pressure on his back, blood dripping from his cracking fingernails, he still smiles defiantly.
It was like he is asking "Is this all you got?"
This is how he always surpassed his limit. By taking risk and overcoming it, by dancing at the edge of life and death.
By surpassing his limits every time….that is how he became the invincible Death Monarch. The pain he felt forged his way forward, taught him like no any other teacher could teach him.
'Two more turns!' He shouted as he laughs even amidst the pain as he lifts the wheel a bit from his back.
The seabed where he is standing from depressed two more inches creating a stormy seas and partitioned sea waves that drop a wall of solid block of water at different interval which only added to the chaos of the sea waves.
Azief channel all the energy from his Universal Disk to the Wheel
The entire energy flow of the world changed direction as the stars and moon in space seems to be responding to Azief call as he absorbed the energy outside from Earth.
For one who could see energy flow they could see a colossal storms of energy rushing through Earth from the stars, moons, the sun and the dead planet all absorbed into Azief body without restrain.
It powered the Universal Disk and in turn powered the Wheel of Reincarnation.
BOOOM!
The Wheel slowly turned and the images of the terrifying creatures and monsters dissipated like a wave of smoke.
Instead it was like the whole world return to normal again. But there is nothing normal about it. All the people in the blank state all were assaulted with an image of their fondest desires in their minds.
The Wheel stopped at the image of the Desire trial. It is a trial based on strong possessiveness and desire
The Wheel once again took something from her and once again that pressure fall down on Azief body and his entire back felt the weight.
And so, Sithulran which is now look like an unliving creatures turns empty, in mind and thoughts
She became nothingness as her body slowly seems to merge with the Wheel. But it is not complete
'One more turn;' he said to himself, his body is looking like it will give out any moment now, but he kept holding on onto that Wheel
Then Azief felt it.
Slowly his Universal Disk crack and then like a glass cup falling down from a table, it broke and Azief felt another wave of attack this time. It felt like he was clawed from inside out.
It felt like all of his flesh being ripped apart again and again.
'TURN!' Azief shouted like he was shouting at the Heavens and the laws that make up this whole world.
By sheer force of his energy, the moment he shouted that the Wheel slowly turns once again.
There is only one trial left.
There is only one path left out of the Six Paths.
'HELL' Azief shouted again and this time an unstoppable dark pressure descend down upon Earth that there were many people who were rendered unconscious all over the world.
last turn. Remember the title you all. Ask yourself why I named the title red herring. Anyway, next chapter tomorrow.
Leave some comments and reviews and please vote.Thank you and hope you enjoy the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
324 RED HERRING 5
The world suddenly experience coldness in one part of the world and heating in other part of the world, the moment that energy descend down
The weird thing is, there are no babies that were affected by the pressure, or the cold and the heat.
The wind blows and all people could feel the shiver coming on from the cold wind, like a thousand winters was packed in that one gust of wind.
The Sea burst in blister-like explosions creating a popping sound as some part of the ocean is frozen off.
At least that is what happens in some of the ocean in the world.
On other part of the world, the sea was boiling, and with it many of the sea monsters and sea creatures below all were being boiled alive
One could also hear sound of regretful lamentation and the sound of chattering teeth could be heard coming from all direction of Heaven and Earth.
Black flames erupted from small holes in the surface of the Earth as it soon devours it and take away any monster around it.
Screams was shouted from some unidentified location that brings with it a hot air that could melt a mountain of steel.
'BE PUNISHED!' Azief shouted, his voice echoing all over the world, reverberating across the soundwave
This is a trial where one is punished for one own deed.
This is where all of her thoughts and memories will be purified before she is sent into one of the Six Path, to repeat the endless cycle of reincarnation and rebirths until she could liberate herself from the attachment she had.
There is no perfect prison than this for such an obsessive person.
Just before Azief smirk, his Ancient Rune Disk broke without warning and all of the rune protection that he tattooed under his skin dimmed
The pain assaulted him more
Azief height decreased until he is now just fifteen feet in height. He looks small like an ant compared to the unchanging size of the Wheel of Reincarnation.
But he is still holding such a gigantic wheel on his back.
That wheel that contain the power of life and death, of creation and destruction, of Time and Karma, of reality and dreams of reality now look like a burden that needs to be carried.
The Wheel then absorbs Sithulran into the Hell trial.
The world shaking momentum coming out from Azief is no longer present and he looks pitifully small compared to the Wheel but his eyes .... his eyes is still full of determination.
It was like he is always and always will be unstoppable. He no longer had that demonic form, looking like the normal appearance of Death Monarch.
His eyes are no longer red and black. He looks up and he saw the countless souls who blanked out for a moment.
The souls that were circling the wheels is no longer flying and floating around it. Instead they all entered the Wheel.
Some of the souls go to the Blissful state trial, some go to the Lower Form trials and some go to the Mortal Form Trials.
They all go to their respective Paths.
Then that Wheel stops. A one full turns of the Wheel. And now it has stopped moving, stationary like before.
Azief smiles even through all the pain. He has one last Disk. One last hand to play. The All Source Disk. In his body all of his Disks have been broken except the All Source Disk.
The pain only he knows. It could not be described and his Inner World is at the verge of breaking down.
But, now he needs to unsummon back the Wheel. And that takes one last push
He takes a deep breath and he could feel his lung and his rib are all broken and experiencing pain. Even his throat is hoarse and full of pain right now.
Blood filling his lungs and energy are rampaging inside him
But he pays no heed to the pain. He use one of his hand to hold up the Wheel and all of his bones is cracking as he shrink even more and return to his original height.
The golden light and the golden gigantic figure is no longer in the sky, his Willform has dissipated into motes of golden bluish light.
In the sky there is only that lone figure. It is only him, holding that gigantic Wheel like it is the burden of the world
'I need to endure this. Not long now' Azief only smirk at the face of adversity.
Then Azief took the Wheel with his right hand, the weight was like he was holding the Heavens as a world shaking momentum emanated from the Wheel.
'ARGHHH '
He screams as he hold out his palm pushing his energy to the brim as the Wheel slowly floats on top of his palm but the pressure on Azief body and energy could not be described.
One could hear the crisp cracking of Azief bones. Cracking and crumbling down under the pressure.
The entire energy in his body is drained like a reservoir that has no water and all of that energy is focused into his palm.
'HYARGH!' he shouted with all of his energy as the Heaven change colors and the winds give way to him
Then from his palm came a powerful suction energy that drained the energy of the World, like a ravenous starving wolf.
All the energy of the World that the Will of the World used to heal itself is being absorbed by that palm hungry vortex.
Storms of black vortex materialize around Azief sucking all the energy and giving a pressure to Azief palm.
Azief hand right now is bursting with rainbow colored bursting veins as energy keep pouring in and channel out to maintain the Wheel position.
Once again, the sky is covered by dark clouds and thunder and lightning as heaven shaking rumble and ear deafening sound covered the whole world as the oceans once again raged on.
All the seven oceans of the world this time heed the call. It rages on and the world wasn't ready for it.
Many people couldn't believe their own eyes when they saw hundred feet wall of water are attacking the shore of their country.
However this time it is not Azief Will or his thunder that causes such phenomenon. Azief eyes narrowed as he had a premonition of danger.
'The heavens' Azief said in disdain.
This time it is the thunder of the Heavens and the entire world heed its call as it is about to punish the most offensive offender to the heavens.
Now ...do you all understand the reason why I named the title Red Herring. This is far from over. No, this is just the beginning of this chapter. The next chapter is actually the continuation of this chapter but I cut it because of the length.
And I write a long comment that answers some of the other readers question for me. So check the comment section
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
325 HEAVEN WRATH 1
SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
Thunder converges, the wind was sharp as blade, and lightning covered the sky and blotted the sun and moon.
Rain falls down on many parts of the world as it heralded storms.
The wind turned hostile, thunderstorm and raging tornadoes swept the seas and coming to the South Atlantic Ocean, ravaging and destroying cities and village along the way
'Che' Azief spitted out a golden bloody lump of blood from his mouth. He felt his lung feeling a little bit more relaxed after he spit that lump out of his body.
He is breathing hard and tiredness could be seen on all parts of his body. It was like his body has been pushed to the brim.
Many of his veins have burst out and many parts of his body are bleeding internally and externally.
Azief right now is very vulnerable. This is the first time his body felt so much pain and had so much damage accumulated.
It is not even inflicted by Sithulran. Instead most of it was inflicted by the Wheel. But Azief have no other faster way to stop Sithulran.
In a way Sithulran is actually his responsibility. When he summons that finger from the Darkness, Sithulran manages to escape out.
It is time for him to fix that mistake.
He focused his energy on that palm and the buzzing on his palm grew louder and louder, that it drowned the sound of the tornadoes and thunder
His palm also emanated out an aura that called for the Destruction of the World.
The space around him distorted, before dissembling like a building block that slowly crumbles. The space around him also slowly was being ripped apart on the edges of its space.
Gully of space is created from the cracking as explosion and rifts appeared that show a vortex of darkness that keep absorbing more energy.
It was then as Azief is about to gather more energy to his palm that a golden lightning strikes down towards him.
Azief saw it but he had no other way available to him right now but to try to endure it.
BOOOM!
The golden lightning strikes him and Azief felt a jolt in his body, like a mini sun was thrown upon him and exploded on his chest.
The impact shakes the Space around him causing it to distort and the air changed direction and become thinner.
Azief coughed a lump of blood fill with arcs of electricity.
'Shit' he cursed under his breath
Usually lightning have no effect on him. And it usually acts as his nourishment. But not at this moment.
Not right now.
The reason why he could ignore lightning based attack was because he had much energy in his body and the trace of the Tribulation Lightning.
He had seven energies of different kind to be exact, each one possess the power to control such trifling thing such as the element of thunder
Not to mention when he form his Seed one of his Seed is the Seed of Elements
But right now, almost all of his Disks are broken and the energy he had in his body right now is the reserve energy and he could not maintain this bombardment of thunderbolt for long.
But he still has slight immunity against thunder even at his current state
As he did usurp the Heavens many times, he is now punished for it.
If he were at his peak…no even if he is at half strength, he would not fear the Heavens and would probably only felt an itch when being struck by the lightning from the Heavens but he is not right now.
'Fuck this shit! Come on!' Azief roars but golden blood spurted out from his mouth as he felt his vitality is getting weaker. If not for his Physique he would have dried up already and could only wait death.
He tries to maintain the Wheel from falling.
The Heavens is choosing at this time to try punishing him, right at the end.
This is what it felt like to be rejected by Heavens and Earth. The energy of the Earth try their hardest best not trying to get absorbed by Azief palm.
And the Heavens send him lightning and thunderbolts to kill him.
'I will push on! You are dreaming if you think you can take me down this easily.'
He shouted as his palm buzzed with more suction force that even the Laws around him weakened and the lightning strike that is slowly coming down in drove to strike him wavered.
BOOOM
BOOOM!
The lightning keep striking him and the injury on his body multiplied. Azief skin is cracking and wound appeared on his body, gold reddish blood drips down from a hole shaped marks.
Arc of electricity slither all across in and outside his body like a slithering serpents
Traces of lightning injury fill Azief entire body as his body slowly turns red and his body creates a heat visible to the naked eyes.
The thunderbolts keep attacking and striking him like he is a human lightning rod
The lightning seems to be feasting upon Azief body as the impact of Azief body and the thunderbolt clashing created a shockwave that shaken the sky and dissipated the clouds and evaporates the large sea water that rises up .
If one looked from below they would see that Azief is like a ball of lightning as the thunderbolt keep striking him like a swordsmith hammering steel to mend it the way they want.
'ARGHH!' Azief shouted to the Heavens. He is still on the sky, holding that Wheel afloat with his Palm.
On the sky, the thunders converge and created a large congregation of gigantic cloud cluster filled with lightning.
BOOM!
The sound shakes the sky as the Heaven rumbled showing it wrath.
Usually the Will of the World were suppressed by Azief but today in Azief battle, as the consequences of summoning the Wheel, all of his Disks is used up.
Azief did not forget about the Will of the World but he miscalculated.
He thought that even if he used up all of his Disks, that the Will of the World at that time would be so powerless after the Wheel descend down that the Will of the World could no longer plans anything against him.
He never would have thought the determination of the Will of the World to exterminate him….that they would launch an all-out attack on him.
Meanwhile this scene drew gasp all over the world. Many people are watching the battle with their own means and methods.
Looking at that tiny figure holding a wheel thousands of times larger than him and at the same time fighting the Will of the World, one could not help but be awed and fearful by Death Monarch
This is the pride of the strongest man in the world, the invincible Death Monarch!
Most people in the world used the Will of the World especially people who are at the Disk Formation levels.
Who else is like the Death Monarch that defies the Heavens and challenged it so much that even the Heavens could no longer tolerate him and tries to exterminate Death Monarch even at the expense of the Will of the World getting weakened?
Azief did not lament, or regret it even when the Heavens are trying to kill him. He only could face it head on.
He looks at the Heavens and he smirk his most arrogant smirk and shouted to the Heavens even as his body is getting bombarded with hundreds of lightning strikes.
'You think I am afraid of you! Bring it on!' He shouted as his shout halted one hundred lightning bolts and dissipated them with one shout.
Another hundred lightning bolts exploded before they attacked him, creating a firework of arcs of lightning vines that strikes the sea below him.
The sky rumbles and roars, as the wind changed direction as gigantic storms forms all over the sea and thunders burst out from the sky.
It is now raining thunderbolt.
The sky turned golden bright as something humongous seems to be sailing the dark clouds. And then Azief saw it and there is a frown on his forehead.
'They even brought that one out' Azief ask himself.
What Azief saw is a red lightning. The whole world also saw the scene as it is easy to see it. One just had to look up and saw a great something hiding under the guise of the dark clouds.
It was like a large snake silhouette moving in the dark clouds.
Meanwhile in Japan, someone was stirred as the red lightning appears on the sky as its energy spread out all over the world.
'This is wrong. It is not Tribulation Lightning. It is that lightning' a voice said this word as he stirred from his meditation. This voice belongs to Oreki.
Oreki come out from his place and look at the sky with a complicated expression.
'This is Extermination Lightning' He said to himself. This time Oreki got up and lightning gather on his feet.
He needs to rescue and protect the Death Monarch. If not the Heavens might really be able to killed Death Monarch.
'Haah' he sighed
Any other day, Oreki would have been fine letting Death Monarch dies. After all Death Monarch is not really his friend.
And he knows that if he is in the same situation, Death Monarch would not really care about his life or death.
But this is a different matter and different situations.
Today, the Death Monarch fights Sithulran.
A scourge of Earth.
Nobody in this world have any means to go against Sithulran other than kill him endlessly which is a stopgap solution that will one day lose its effectiveness.
Looking at the circumstances, it seems Death Monarch sealing is not yet complete.
And Oreki knows that no matter how shameless a person could be, one could not pay such noble deeds with ingratitude.
Today, Death Monarch took the chance, weakening himself to such degree to seal Sithulran for the world
'It is time to pay him the respect he deserved' Oreki said to himself as he push his feet downward as the entire fifteen kilometers radius had arcs of lightning disperse into the ground
Then in a flash of blinding golden light, Oreki turns into a bolt of lightning heading to the South Atlantic Ocean.
Que the Avengers Assemble Soundtrack because next the Avengers will assemble! And i decided to accept Fnezz suggestion and will try to minimize over-explanation. Anyway hope you enjoy this chapter and please vote and leave your comments. And if you want to be more up to date and see previews of chapter you can join my discord.
PS: I finished this chpater early after editing AOA so here it is. A day ahead of schedule.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
326 HEAVEN WRATH 2
He was not the only one that feel that way.
All over the world heroes rises up.
Hikigaya got up from his sleep, his eyes seems to contain the Laws of Reality and Illusions. His body still has some trace of injury he got from his battle with Sithulran.
He got out from his cave and he look at the sky. He sighed.
'The Heavens, huh? I see them already. And I know the truth of its conception. To follow the easy Path or the untrodden path? Which is right and wrong?' He smiles bitterly as he said it.
But he look at the sky and without any shred of hesitation, he pointed his finger into the sky.
A powerful energy shoots out from his finger but there is also a pulsating energy that spirals out from his eyes
The sky of japan opens up and one could see cosmic horrors beyond the opened up Sky.
Tentacles with dark writhing aura and large frame that it could cover ten thousand stars could be seen inside that darkness. Some have sharp razor like edges that replaces its faces.
A red hellish portal appears in the sky from a rift of space.
He closes his eyes and then when he opens it again, that cosmic horrors disappear leaving only one monster inside that portal. He smiles satisfactorily
A large Behemoth monster with two tusks on its mouth and body like a bull come out from the red portal in the sky.
Thorns lined up the outline of its paws and its body seems to emanate destruction and extermination
It is misty and corporeal, translucent and formless. But the Disk in Hikigaya pupils rotates as he looks at the Beast with his gaze.
'Be real!' Hikigaya shouted and thunder and lightning boomed in the distance. Hikigaya eyes seem to be piercing through Laws that make up the Reality of Earth and uses it to observe the beast infusing it with the Law of Reality.
Slowly that beast becomes even more solid and then when the beast arrived a few meters away from Hikigaya it turns solid.
Hikigaya only smiles and then jump onto the back of that monsters. He looks at the distant sky and saw the red thunderbolt.
He could feel the Will of the World determination to exterminate Death Monarch.
'It wouldn't be that easy' He said to no one in particular as he saw the heaven determination
He then laughed as he looks at the Heavens above and declares.
'The one you are trying to kill is Earth strongest human, Death Monarch! Heavens, you did not know who you provoke don't you? He is like a cockroach. If you don't kill him now, then you will forever be suppressed by him!' And then he laughed boisterously.
He then patted the head of the beast and shouted
'Forward, my beast. We need to help the Death Monarch!'
The beat roars as the sea waves of Japan was calmed down and the sky of the Japan archipelago turned to normal, no thunders and lightning, no dark red lightning or thundering sound
Hikigaya only laugh, his laugh reverberates and creates an echo that reaches to the Heaven. It was like he was mocking the Heavens
If Azief see the deception of Heaven and walk in defiance against it, Hikigaya on the other hand decided to deceive the Heaven.
Turning illusion to reality, turning reality to illusion, everything that is real turned to unreal, and everything that is unreal turned into real
Japan just a moment ago was in chaos because of the swirling tornadoes, the earthquake and the coming walls and walls of tsunamis.
If such thing ever reach the shore of Japan, this island might even sunk down to the bottom of the oceans with millions of lives
But using the energy in his Disks, Hikigaya deceive the Heaven to believe that no such thing happened.
He deceived reality and created an illusion of everything remaining normal.
Of course this deceiving act only work because the heavens is so preoccupied with punishing the Death Monarch
Hikigaya look at his country and he closes his eyes. Reality and Illusion is contained in each of his eyes.
The beast flaps its furry wing on his back and they fly into the sky, bringing a gust of gales of storms that forms in the clouds and sweep away all the monsters and the clouds in their path as their speed multiplied.
Like Oreki, Hikigaya also knows to pay his gratitude.
The last time he battled the Death Monarch he was enlightened in some matters and he still didn't have a chance to express his gratitude in that mater.
Today, there is a chance for him to repay that debt so he would surely lend help. After all Sithulran is not some faction enemies or some organization bounty target.
She is the whole world target.
Even as Hikigaya still recovering from his injuries, he went out from his illusion Dreams to repel the Heaven Will.
Meanwhile on the Indian Ocean someone is flying through its sky, its direction is the South Atlantic Ocean
Their speed is incredible considering the energy he is using that envelops his entire body.
'Sharur, are you sure you are leading us in the right direction?' The one speaking is none other than Raymond.
The moment he saw the Will of the World attacking Death Monarch he set off from the Island of Peace to help him.
No one stops him, especially everyone who knows Raymond, knows it would be pointless to try to stop him.
He is known to be honorable and all around nice guy. That is why even Azief found it hard to hate him.
For Raymond, his inability to stop Sithulran has always been weighing on his mind. Raymond saw many casualties of Sithulran indiscriminate killing and destruction and he vowed to himself to stop Sithulran.
So, when the ambush failed, he recuperated in the Island of Peace and train even harder to become stronger.
When he saw Death Monarch summoning the wheel and seal Sithulran, he was probably the one that felt the most relived.
In his heart, he was grateful that the Death Monarch is sealing that abomination.
But then the Will of the World took this chance to attack Death Monarch. Like Azief, Raymond also knows something about the Will of the World
He knows that the Will of the World has sentience. And it respond with hostility those who defied it.
And for someone like Death Monarch who defies the Will of the World at every turn and even usurp its position many times, how cold the Heaven let Death Monarch go now, especially when he is at his most vulnerable moment right now?
'Raymond, left!' Sharur the talking mace directed Raymond in midflight. Raymond snorted and he did not go left but he keep flying straight.
'I said left Raymond. Are you deaf?' The talking mace scolded Raymond. Raymond rolls his eyes and he shouted back to his mace
'Do you have no eyes? The humongous cloud congregation is just in the distance. I could see it from here'
The talking mace grunted and sulk
Then he said with a low tone.
'I am a mace. I don't have eyes, idiot'
Meanwhile in Russia
Jean was also about to get out from the Senate and help the Death Monarch but the circumstances around him preventing him from just flying out of the Senate right now
The Senates is about to crumbles and he is maintaining the frame and the entire Senate building from crashing down using his Time Aura, making sure all of the Senators could evacuate themselves before the inevitable crash falls down.
Azief using the Wheel of Reincarnation created a chain reaction as the monsters all over the world was awakened after the full turn of the Wheel.
One particularly large monster awakened right in the heart of Russia. It dug out from below the Senate and causes it to crumble and then it started rampaging.
At the time Jean was nearby the Senate grounds so he managed to use his Time Disk to slow Time of the structure crumbling as levelers and warriors escorted the Senators out from the Senate.
Boris on the other hand is fighting that gigantic monster on the town square with his legions of monsters.
The fight is bitter and is creating chaos all over the Republic territory.
Loki on the other hand is so far deep underground, hundreds of miles away from the battle in a room lined up with so many protective barrier and talisman protection that even if the Earth exploded today, that room will be intact exploring through the dark galaxy
In Pandemonium, there is one woman riding a bow to sail the clouds heading to the South Atlantic Ocean even though she is still dizzy after seeing the Wheel.
The moment that Wheel finished turning, she gained back her consciousness so she quickly shot her bow into the sky and rides it to help Azief.
The Avengers has assembled! Hahaha. I always wanted to say that. Did not say it in the theaters cause I am shy. Anyway, hope you like the chapter and if you like it please vote for it and leave some comments or reviews.
Thanks for reading like always
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
327 HEAVEN WRATH 3
While all of this is happening all over the world without his knowledge, Azief saw the red lightning in the sky preparing to strike.
His face is pale right now and his hand is trembling nonstop.
Sweat is forming in his forehead, and his heart is beating so fast like it was about to burst out from his chest
The pressure of the Wheel has lessened after finishing the Wheel turning but now, the Heavens is seeking to exterminate him.
He saw the red lightning from the Will of the World forming and he knew what it was. It is the Extermination Lightning.
BOOM!
BOOM!
'Heh' Azief smirk even as he is in this desperate corner. It was like he was fearless even in the face of death.
The sky roars and then the humongous bolt of red lightning charged out. As it passes through space, space was exterminated, creating vortexes of empty void that dissipated as fast as it was formed.
As it passes Time, time was rendered immobile, crack and breaks into motes of fragmented Laws. As it passes matter, matter disintegrated like ashes.
This is extermination at its pinnacle. Or at least the pinnacle of extermination by the current Will of the World.
The Extermination Lightning affected the endless golden thunder in the sky that keep coming down from the Heavens to try and render Azief to dust
'Arghh!' Azief shout as he gritted his teeth. He could not let go of the wheel but he could not die also.
Yet, he could not let go of this Wheel. He controls the energy on his Palm stabilizing the gigantic wheel.
He has his own plan. An effortless battle is now turning dangerous because of the interference of the Will of the World.
But he constructed a new plan the moment the Will of the World comes into play. But…. he needs time for his plan to work.
He is angry of course at the current course of event but he is not flustered. In his battle, there is never such a thing as a perfect battle situation.
He knows that in a battle anything could happen.
He did not forget about it but even if something unexpected happen, the only thing he could do and must do is face it head on….and surpassed it
Surpass himself and break through the limit of what he can do. That is what he always do and that is what he is going to do now.
He is going to do the impossible again.
'ARGHHH!' His shout to the Heavens contains his determination and iron will
The rumbling in the sky intensified and it was like someone is striking the heaven with a hammer and making the sky to collapse upon him.
The pressure is mind blowing as the Will of the World uses all of its energy to exterminate Azief. The Heavens spare no expenses to bring him down this time
Whether the Will of the World succeeds or not, the Will of the World would be passive and unresponsive for a few years after this battle.
But even so, the Will of the World still did not relent even though that would be the conclusion of this battle.
The Heavens still rumbled with wrath and thunders and lightning accompanied it like a heavy hand of a father trying to beat his child into submission.
As Azief shouted to the Heavens the red thunderbolt descended down on Azief as eternal thunder and thousands and millions of lightning bolts is descending down like an arrow shot by some Celestial Gods that ruled the High Heavens.
The sky was lit up that even on some part of the world where it was supposed to be night, it shines bright like day
It was as if the entire sea had turned into a thunder prison and this is where Death Monarch would be entombed, under the seabed of the ocean.
Azief palm is still buzzing with energy as it drains as much energy as it can weakening the Will of the World at the same time.
'Only a little bit more' he said as blood dripping down from his cracked skins and his palm is so badly injured because of the pressure of the Wheel and the Will of the World combined that there is no longer any flesh on Azief palm
One could see the whites of his finger bones.
But Azief needed more time.
This energy he is gathering on his Palm is to execute the last move and it is barely able to keep the Wheel not being moved by the thunder.
The Will of the World knows it is pointless trying to attack the Wheel since it absorbs the thunders and any attack and form Karma with anything it touches.
So, the thunderbolts are only focusing on Azief.
It descended down with a ferocity resembling a crazed army that is about to slaughter anyone that defies them.
'HAHAHA' Azief laugh as he puffed out his chest.
'Fine, let us contend against each other!' Azief shouted to the Heavens. But then an ear shaking sound rips though space and parted all the clouds around fifteen kilometers radius.
ZING!
A red aura sweeps through Space as a large sword energy sweeps through millions of lightning bolt, slicing them into spars of fireworks and destroying them in one clean sweep.
There is no sound of explosion after that ripping sound of space tearing. It was like for a moment the world was in a vacuum state where sound could not travel.
The sword energy is red and domineering and has cold properties embed into it.
'HYARGH!' That voice shouted as another slash was unleashed. This time it was even more domineering than the last time
The sword energy once again sweeps above as the lightning in the sky was frozen and turns into a beautiful sparkles of snow that falls down to the sea.
Kaleidoscope colors created rainbows bridges in a sky infested in lightning and thunders.
SWOOSH!
Appearing in almost a second later beside Azief is Katarina. Azief coughed out blood as he could feel his bones getting hotter.
Katarina hold his chest pushing him backward so he will not fall forward. She was about to say something but Azief beat her to it
'What are you doing here?' Azief almost shouted, his voice is hoarse and nervous; worries are etched on his face.
'You are still injured!' Azief said and Katarina reply back
'Well, you don't look to good either' Azief look at the sky above him and saw the millions of thunderbolts still raring to have a go at him.
Time slowed around him as he is using Speed Thought. All around him is not really slowing down. It is his thoughts that are being speeded up.
Azief shake his head and close his eyes.
In that moment he closes his eyes, he thought of all the argument he could say to make her not participate but he knows the answers the moment he closes his eyes to think.
She will never budge. That is just the way she is.
And because he knows that if Katarina was in this situation, he knew he would also not budge.
So, almost a second later he opens his eyes and sighed.
In the sky he could hear the thundering hooves of thunderbolts like a marching cavalry that will try to ram him until he is exterminated
Then he look at Katarina, and looking at here determination he gives up. Instead he said
'Be ready. This is Extermination Lightning' Katarina only smiles slightly and nodded as she readied her sword in a slashing stance.
Azief look at the sky as blood drips down from his palm. Katarina on the other hand took a sneak glance at Azief and unconsciously she smiles.
For some reason, Katarina always felt that Azief sometimes know her better than even she knew herself.
He did not try to persuade Katarina to go away because he knows whatever he said would never be able to persuade her.
And she likes that. She likes the fact that he knew what she is thinking.
So, if he could not stop her, then the only thing he could do for her is to help her.
Azief felt an endless danger when the lightning descended but oddly enough, now that Katarina is beside him, he felt even calmer.
He still feels danger….but he did not feel cold…or lonely like he always felt in his battle. He never admitted it but he really is afraid of dying alone and he will deny it if you ask him.
His fear is quite normal for someone so eccentric and powerful and somewhat unexpected. But that is what he fears. Not so much the dying part as he fear more the alone part
Azief don't know how he will die. But if he is going to die someday, he wanted to die around the people he loves.
The last time he thought he is going to die Katarina was there. What he said to her back then was not a lie.
Dying on a lap of a beautiful woman….that is not a bad way to go. And now, she is here again. Watching his back, worrying about him, trying to protect him.
It seems kind of absurd to worry about the strongest man in the world and trying to protect someone like that but that is what she did. And he loves her for it
The feeling of having someone having your back is unfamiliar for him. Because he is usually the having someone else back.
Azief grips his other hand tighter as the wind around his hand compressed and condense into a ball of compressed wind that has the power of a thousand bombs.
Azief look at the sky and he knows Katarina could not fight this lightning alone. Azief knows that just with a glance.
He sighed as he look the determine face of Katarina.
It is not a question of capability. It is a simple question of strength. Katarina current power level is insufficient and unsuited for this battle.
Azief knows it. Katarina probably knows it but she was always stubborn girl
Even so, the feeling of being protected is not bad. Azief had already planned an emergency measure the moment Katarina offer her help.
If she looks like she is going to be in danger, Azief would push her away.
Katarina look at Azief, smile and then surprisingly kiss his cheek before flying upward and screams to the Heavens
A surprise kiss before a big battle is usually a death flag in certain stories. Hehehe. And Azief is battling the Will of the World /Heavens Extermination lightning. Anyway hope you enjoy this chapter and please vote and leave some comments. It is not long now before this Arc is ending
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
328 HEAVEN WRATH 4
Azief was dumbfounded for a moment and he almost laughed at that absurdity of the situations. Katarina just kissed her in probably one of the most dangerous battle she would ever encountered in her life.
But Azief did not hate it....not one bit
'HYARGH!'
She screams as her sword was enveloped by frost and cold aura that freezes the very air around her.
The red aura that come out from her famous five feet sword the Red Queen merged together with the ice energy creating a pure reddish aura that seems so sharp that it probably could even cut the Heavens and Earth apart, separating it by freezing the gap between them.
White clouds appears above her head as snows fall down and winter wind started blowing trying to repel the heat of the bombardment of thunderbolts.
She slash her way forward and a large ice energy covered millions of thunder bolts, rendering them frozen and falling to the ocean bed where they exploded underneath the sea when the ice melted.
The sea water surges up to the clouds like a chain bomb was executed below the ocean deep.
Katarina keep slashing at the thunderbolt but even if she slashes a million of them there is million more of thunderbolts coming down.
The whole world was shocked seeing this scene. Narleod seeing this scene on Storm Tide could not help but gulped in fear.
Beside him is Warp. He is also frowning seeing the scene. He has been frowning since the beginning of the battle.
Narleod was thinking of something else. If it was him being subjected to such torturous punishment he would have long turned into ashes and dust long before anyone could come to his rescue
Even Warp could not rescue him if he is in that situation. It is clear to the eyes of experts that the area around the Death Monarch is being sealed.
That prison of thunder is not a figurative statement.
Death Monarch is literally being imprisoned by the thunderbolts and lightning vines that connect the Heaven and Earth
If not the people who wanted to help the Death Monarch could just simply teleport themselves to the area. The space around the area of battle between Death Monarch and the Will of the World is too unstable with space breaking down and vortexes of void space around the battle site making teleportation almost impossible
This sentiment is not only present in Narleod hearts.
Of the many factions that is seeing the development of the battle from Sithulran being attacked until the Will of the World makes it move, each of the Death Monarch action set off storms in their hearts.
Who would have thought Death Monarch could summon such a gigantic Wheel that seems to bleed out the Heavens and pressure the Earth?
Who would have thought that when the Death Monarch decided to move out against Sithulran, the so called scourge of Earth is merely a plaything and unable to even move under Death Monarch suppression
Who would have thought that in the beginning of the battle the true battle was not Sithulran against Death Monarch but Death Monarch against the Heavens?
The whole world sees it and the whole world bear witness to the legend.
This is the man who could contend with the world by his lonesome, Death Monarch, matchless and peerless under the Heavens!
And if he wins today, even the Heavens would fear him!
And the scene of Katarina sweeping clean through millions of thunderbolts reaffirmed the title of the strongest woman in the world.
Azief the Death Monarch. Katarina the Ice Queen. Two of the strongest experts of the world is holding hand together against the Heavens.
If not for the seriousness of the matter one would surely write a book about this matter.
Meanwhile on the sky of South Atlantic Ocean, even though Katarina attack on the lightning bolts was successful but the red lightning itself was unaffected.
No matter how powerful her attack and her ice energy, the moment it touched the red thunderbolt they all collapsed; none of her attack were able to stop it for even a moment!
But Azief did not think much of it.
He only needed time. And now he has it.
His bleeding Palm is buzzing with absorbed energy as vortex of suction appears around him creating a space distortion around him that devours Space and the energy around it.
Azief eyes emit golden light with some faint blue.
The energy of Time seems to swirl around Azief palm and the area around Azief seems to be reverted back to its condition before it is being destroyed.
Space formed back and the wind corrected its course of direction.
'Argh!!!' The shout breaks Azief concentration as he saw Katarina is trying to force her way through amidst the thunderbolts to attack the red thunder bolt.
'NO!' Azief shouted as he uses his other hand to make a grasping motion.
The reserve energy in his body was use as his grasping motion affects the Laws of gravity and pulls Katarina backward to his side.
But the red thunderbolt is still rushing forward speedily and it is about to collide with Katarina
'NO!' Azief roars.
At that time he almost wanted to just let go of the Wheel and damn his own plan.
DONG!!!
A sound reminiscence of a bell being hit by a hammer reverberated across the sky.
Katarina is back on Azief arms, safe and sound and the red lightning is being pushed back. Amidst the scattering thunderbolts that look like fireworks in summer, a silhouette of a person floating in the sky could be seen
Someone is smiling at Azief. Azief frowned and he nodded at that man as a sign of gratitude. That man is Raymond and in his hand is his talking mace Sharur.
At that moment when Katarina is nearly colliding with the red lightning, Raymond who has already nearly arrived saw the dangerous situation from the distance and throws his mace to contend with the red thunderbolt.
He then rushes forward, mustering all of his speed and arrived in front of Katarina almost in a blink of an eye.
He pushes away Katarina towards Azief and then pushes his mace upwards, halting the descent of that red thunderbolt.
Up above in the sky, The Will of the World becomes angrier. It did not yet possess such intelligence to talk or take a form but one knows that it is angry.
The thunder above the sky rumbled loudly as a heaven shaking rumble surrounding the entire world. The Will of the World is going all out this time.
A shocking scene could be seen all over Earth.
A thunder prison caged the entire world and an endless thunder that strikes the Earth like it venting its anger.
The Will of the World is using all of its energy to exterminate Death Monarch. To the people of the world, they think this matter should not have been like this.
After all the Death Monarch summoned the Wheel to seal Sithulran, the enemy of the world, the joint enemy of the tripartite alliance of Pandemonium, World Government and the Republic.
But people forget that while the Will of the World while it is sentient it does not possess human intelligence.
At least the Will of the World did not yet possess such intelligence. To the Will of the World, Death Monarch was hostile to it and even usurps their existence.
The Will of the World does not care whether Death Monarch is apprehending the most dangerous alien in the Universe.
It only desires to exterminate this threat to its existence and power.
The thunderbolts in the sky all roared like an army of Celestial Soldiers that is about to execute demonic creatures.
This time the thunderbolts were summoned even more than before and Azief is no longer its only target.
This time they also attack Katarina and Raymond as explosion of golden light erupted in many parts of the sky, opening up countless of holes in the sky.
Katarina slashes all the thunderbolts coming down to attack Azief as snows fall down upon the ocean and frozen thunderbolts keep falling down like rain.
Raymond on the other hand is using Terraforce to endure the lightning bolts while making sure that the humongous conglomeration of red thunderbolt did not move forward.
The world was full of thunder today and three of the greatest men and woman in the world is right now fighting in a battle that will surely be recorded in history.
Everyone who is someone important and powerful in the world is watching at this battle intently.
Then why didn't they go out and aid Death Monarch?
It is not that there are no heroes among them. It is not that they didn't want to also rush to Death Monarch aid like Katarina and Raymond but they are too weak.
They are not even qualified to help and might even be a burden instead
Even before they reach Death Monarch they would probably be dead being strike upon by the millions of thunderbolts.
That is why the only thing those people could do right now is to cheer on Death Monarch in their hearts.
But as there are heroes that cheers for Death Monarch victory, there is also villains that wished him dead.
This time for real. Most of the crime family even prayed that this time this bane would finally be dead.
While the rest of the world is watching the battle, Azief on the other hand is finally getting the hang of the Wheel.
There is no longer flesh on the palm that is making the Wheel afloat. The pain should have been indescribable as thunder strikes him and the wind whistle by the gaps on his bones
But to Azief this is nothing more than a cut. He experience more terrible pain than this in the past
His palm could not regenerates as fast because the rate of destruction coming from the pressure of the heavens and the Wheels exceed his rate of regeneration.
He needs just a little bit more time.
'Haah, haah' Azief is panting right now but his eyes are still full of life. His body right is pushed to the limits.
This is the first time his body ever reached such a terrible state and when he should be solemn, he is smiling.
He is actually using the World Cleaving Palm to open back the rift in Space to send back the Wheel of Reincarnation.
His palm is now emitting blue aura and the clouds around him were affected as it turns ethereal and surrounded by bluish aura.
And the destruction energy is converging on his palm as the Time energy around his Palm is getting chaotic, reversing cause and effect.
He could feel that the energy is enough to open the rift and seal the Wheel of Reincarnation there.
Que Come Together by Godsmack. Not the Gary Clark Jr
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
329 HEAVEN WRATH 5
Meanwhile on the sky, Raymond and Katarina are still enduring the pain of being hit by thunderbolts.
Azief might have his Eternal Physique body and his Tribulation lightning trace to make him immune by normal tribulation lighting but it is not the same for Raymond and Katarina.
Raymond is using the Terraforce to envelop himself with the energy of the Earth, as it protect him from the sharp energy of thunder and its heat.
Katarina on the other hand is creating a thick armor of ice energy enveloping her body to counteract the burning properties of lightning.
But just because they could block some of the properties of the thunderbolts the impact of the thunderbolts striking them still rattles off their internal organs.
They felt pain coursing all over their energy channel, shaking their Disk and ache all over their body
Especially Raymond who is slowly giving way to the red thunderbolt to move forward as his body is slowly being filled with wound and blood is dripping from his fingernails and his burst out veins.
He is being pushed back by the red thunderbolt
But he still smiles and trying to push back the red thunderbolt.
Another thunderbolt is about to strike Raymond when a voice pierced through the thunderous rumbles and lightning striking
Light spread out from that figures as sound of buzzing spread out all over the sky, a new thundering sound drown the rumbling sound of the Heavens.
'All thunder! OBEY ME! STOP!'
The voice shouted and it echoes like a proclamation from the High heavens itself as ten thousand thunderbolts that is about to fall upon Katarina and Raymond stopped in place.
It was like they were restrained by some invisible force that force them to stop moving
Raymond look toward the direction of that voice and then his smile get even wider.
'Oreki! You're here!' he shouted
Oreki smiles as he walk through the air calmly, thunder beneath his feet and thunder behind him and in front of him.
They all give way like he was the Monarch of all Thunders. With one of his gaze a frozen thunderbolts dissipated into wisp of will that returns back to the Heavens
Then he look upwards and saw millions more of thunderbolts that is about to descend.
'OBEY!' He shouted his voice reverberated and echoes endlessly through the vast expanse of the sky.
He laughed and then he pointed his finger and the endless thunder encircling and attacking Katarina and Raymond gathered on the tips of his finger.
The energy of the Heavens was on these thunderbolts and now it converges on one finger. If Azief have the Six Path Fingers then Oreki have the Nine Primordial Thunder Finger.
He looked coldly at his own finger as he felt the wrath of Heaven embedded deep in these thunderbolts
'Absorb' he said as all of the thunder is absorbed inside Oreki body and his body exploded with an aura comparable to a pinnacle Disk Formation stage.
The wind around him howled before breaking and space around him distorted before being ripped apart by powerful force that opens up rifts in space.
'Hahaha. I too like to contend with the Heavens today. I like to see whether your thunder is better or mine' he declares his challenge to the Heavens
And the thunder and lightning above him rumble seven more roaring like a crazed beast angered to the point of insanity.
Oreki only smiles.
Then he pointed his finger to the red thunderbolts as one large golden thunderbolt, glistening with some unfamiliar essence of unfamiliar lightning shoots out from his finger.
The moment he shoots it, his golden lightning strikes the red thunderbolt. The red thunderbolt is chipped away at its edges, making it one inch smaller.
Oreki smiles grow wider
'It is not impossible' he said to himself. He look at Raymond in the distance, separated by walls and walls of lightning and frozen thunderbolts that buzzed in the air
And Raymond nodded towards him. Azief look at Oreki and he sighed. There is also gratitude in his eyes.
Then Azief shouted to Oreki
'I need just a little more time. Delay it as long as you can.' Azief shouted and Oreki just nodded.
Smiling, Oreki fly upward and he began bombarding the red thunderbolt with his own thunderbolt, chipping away at the re thunderbolt massive frame.
'Let us begin!!' he shouted with a laugh like he was mad as thunders accompanied him into battle arming him from head to toe with thunder armor as he hurls thunderbolts the size of a hill that split of into thousands of powerful thunderbolts.
Oreki is bombarding the Heavens with his own thunder.
'GATHER ALL OF THE THUNDER IN THE SKY AND COME TO ME!' Oreki shouted and his roar reverberated and echoes through the world.
Soundwave ripples as fast as light as it travels the world
Thunder erupted out from all of people who practices thunder based Laws in the world as all of their thunder formed bolts of thunder that shot toward Oreki from all across the world.
It formed a ball of thunder a thousand feet wide. Oreki look at gigantic ball of thunder that seems to engulf the clouds and devour the wind, buzzing sound could be heard rippling in the sky.
'Heh' he smirked and without the slightest hesitation Oreki threw that condensed ball of thunder into the red thunderbolts.
BOOOM!
The most powerful explosion since the battle began erupted in the sky that it cracked all the barriers of the world in the sky.
The World Seal is shaking that one could see for moment its protective dome that envelopes the world
Blinding light filled the sky and all the clouds in a thousand kilometers all dissipated because of the heat, turning into water and fall down into the world as rain of arcs of thunders.
Thunderous rumbles echoed like the world is about to end and the Heaven is about to collapse down.
Oreki sneered as he charged forward as the sky is still full of fire and smoke. He fly through it as he turns into a bolt of destructive lightning, devouring all of the heat around him.
His energy right now even threatens to surpass the red thunderbolts as popping sound echoed from inside his body.
And then he punched the red thunderbolt with his fist as an explosion took a piece of the red thunderbolt scattering it away
Oreki loosened his hand and retreated away as many of the thunderbolts in the vicinity before has dissipated from the explosion.
The stale air of the sky now could be smell. Oreki frowned.
'It is not enough' he said to himself. The red thunderbolt is still coming down and the thunderbolt surrounding it is healing it back.
It was then another sound broke the sky.
Countless golden chains erupted out from the ocean bed and more golden chains also descended from empty void of space.
Its target: the red thunderbolt.
This golden metal is translucent when it first appears but when it binds the red thunderbolts it suddenly becomes real.
Then a voice sounded from all direction, it seems like it was close but it also sounds like it comes from faraway lands.
It echoes and echoes endlessly like a chanting, making people with low levels dizzy and trapped in their minds
'What is reality? What is truth? What is true and what is false? I command the world to obey! Become real!'
Then the smoke in the sky give way and reveal Hikigaya the Illusion Archmage standing on a large terrifying beast, commanding the golden chains ,made from Laws of Reality
Azief look toward Hikigaya and Hikigaya shouted and said
'This is for last time' Azief only smirk hearing Hikigaya words. He knows what Hikigaya is talking about. Their last battle might seem like a loss for Hikigaya in the eyes of the world but for Hikigaya personally it was a win. He found his path.
To deceive the Heavens.
And today he comes to pay back his debt. In the sky all the great characters in the world has shown itself to aid Death Monarch.
This is such a powerful lineup that if all these people decided to unite together there is probably no other forces that could rival them in the world
Death Monarch Azief. Ice Queen Katarina. Raymond the Earthshaker. Thunder Monarch Oreki. Illusion Archmage Hikigaya.
This is the people standing at the apex of the world. Out of the seven people that will become sovereign in the future five of them are here.
And all of them is right now aiding Death Monarch. Probably this is the dividing line between the future Loki knows and the future that is about to be written now.
The Seven Sovereign in the future is the strongest force not only in this galaxy but also in others.
But if they were one thing they are not it is that they were never truly united.
And the event of the War of Sovereign was the straw that broke the camel back as the Sovereign from then on was divided and fought for their own matters
Today, four of them gather to aid Death Monarch. Never in Loki timeline have had such things happened except during the Final Battle
Azief look at this scene and unconsciously he smiles. He didn't know why but he smiles. He saw Katarina sweeping her Red Queen bringing ice and snow into the sky.
He saw Raymond bashing the thunderbolts and absorbs the lightning using his mace which is quite funny considering the mace would complain.
He looks as Oreki gather the thunders and suppress the lightning and Hikigaya chained the red thunderbolt from descending.
Now it is time to open your phone and play that Avengers Assemble theme. Some readers speculated someone would take advantage of Azief weakness. But it is not someone but something. I've been setting this up since the first time Azief usurp the Will of Heaven
Anyway, hope you enjoy the chapter and please vote and leave some comments. And do not forget to rate the chapter too
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
330 HEAVEN WRATH 6
Azief has no flesh anymore on his hand as there is only his bone as blood drops out from the ends of the bones veins, greasy and pungent smell coming out from the blood like it was the smell of Death.
His bone was golden before emanating celestial aura but now after being grinded by the power of the Laws from the Wheel it turns white and traces of the bones crack could be seen all over his bone.
But despite the pain that should have rendered anyone to be crazily screaming he senses that energy and he grins
'GO UP!' He shouted as the Wheel of Reincarnation slowly floated upwards. The clouds all were sucked into it and so does the normal lightning and even the tribulation lightning
Katarina, Oreki, Hikigaya, Raymond all back away as the Wheel rises up to the sky fearing to touch the Wheel even by a little bit
The Laws around the whole world is at the edge of breaking as a huge rift was open in Space. That rift seems to be stationary and did not do anything but if one could see the flow of energy one could see that the Universal Energy is being devoured by that rift.
The essence of stars, of the sun and the moon is slowly being absorbed by that rift.
If one look at that rift one could only see emptiness. A pure emptiness.
On Earth a gigantic palm rises up from the ocean and the whole world experience great shaking.
It is a purple palm as large as the entire surface of the Earth.
It phases through all living things, emitted purple mist that do not harm of benefit anyone.
It was a titanic palm created from Azief using all of of his All Source Disk. The moment it appeared the heavens tremble not of anger but of fear.
The momentum coming out from that palm is suppressing the Heavens and pressuring the energy of the Earth
'ARGH!!'
Azief yelled his eyes bloodshot looking like a madman as he wills that palm to rises up. The entire heaven seems to be howling and screaming as the Palm rises up
All the Laws that created the world is trembling, like something is forcing them to capitulate. A fierce wind that threatened to shred of all Laws that make up reality blows across the world.
The Heavens red thunderbolt seems pitifully small compared to that Palm that is slowly rising up.
Azief wills the Palm to rise even more as his eyes bleed and blood drops down from his ears and nose.
The pressure is crushing him from the inside and pushing him from the outside.
The sound of his bone cracking could be heard that it even drown the sound of the fierce rushing wind around him
The gigantic Palm rises up with a heaven shattering momentum that even below the seabed it is already pushing back the normal thunderbolts and the tribulation thunderbolt.
But the red thunderbolts only move slightly but it swayed left and right as Hikigaya still maintains his golden chain upon the red thunderbolts.
But the Wheel is slowly being pushed outside of Earth atmosphere
Azief knows the reason why that palm only moves the red thunderbolt. It is because this palm is not used to repel the Heaven Punishment but to push the Wheel of Reincarnation away.
And it is also because he wills it so
And not to mention just pushing the Wheel would be enough to drain him of his energy.
All of this action takes a lot of time to describe but not even a second have passes from the moment Azief bring out his palm to all of this happening.
All the life force in the world heed and obeys, all the Laws trembled and a part of them fuse into that Palm as it is speedily ascending.
The Palm thrummed with energy as it slowly condense and become smaller as it converge around the South Atlantic Ocean and speedily rising up.
While the Palm does become smaller, the energy around it become denser and thicker and it becomes more solid.
The entire ocean trembles as that Palm rises up into the sky and becomes smaller and smaller until it merge with Azief palm.
BOOOM!
A powerful energy suddenly erupted from Azief palm but all of the flesh around his arm exploded leaving only his palm that is rejuvenated with flesh.
Azief only winced for a bit as he closes his eyes and takes a deep breath and then he maintain his stoic expression.
This flesh that form on Azief hand is blue and an ancient energy emanated out from it.
That familiar feeling rises up in Azief heart. It was like he was holding the Universe on his grip.
All the Laws that palm absorbed, all the life force it absorbed in the seabed leaving millions of sea creature turning into pure energy that feeds the palm resided in Azief palm right now
It even stopped the bleeding on Azief nose, ears and eyes.
The pressure was so powerful that the moment that palm energy merged with Azief palm, it heal Azief palm but it is also because of the overloading of energy all the flesh in his arm exploded.
Azief look like a skeleton army he used to summon.
The only difference was that he still has flesh in other part of his body.
It is only his right arm that loses all of its flesh, revealing the golden bones that already lost its luster to the world.
Azief sighed a bit.
He could not be like Azul transforming the Universe into a Palm. Right now, this is the only thing he could do now with his level of power.
'But…this is enough' Azief smirk even though the pain he must be experiencing right now must be beyond this world.
On the sky, all of the people coming to help him is shocked looking at this scene.
Raymond was shocked, Hikigaya looked at this with amazement, Oreki frowned showing a complicated expression while Katarina is worried.
The reason they were shock is not only because of the Palm technique but also because the moment that Palm appeared, millions of thunderbolts in the sky self-detonated like they met their bane.
Azief palm is pressuring the Heavens the moment is appears as the clouds of the Extermination Lightning seems to shrink and being suppresses by some resisting energy coming out from the Palm.
Azief look at the sky and he smirk with a mocking expression clearly expressed on his face toward the heavens
And then he shouted
'Will of the World, I am Death Monarch! I rule the Dead and govern Life and Death. You are still unqualified to take me on right now!!' He declares even at his current state
Azief look at the red thunderbolts and his smile got even wider
In his mind a plan formed. This plan has already been birthed the first moment the Will of the World attacked him before.
He still has use for that red thunderbolt.
'Huh. The Extermination Lightning' Azief scoffed
Then looking at the Wheel which is already being pushed slowly upwards by the power of his Palm Azief laughed.
He had a hard time of holding on to this Wheel. Unless he reached a high enough level this will be the last time he would summon this Wheel.
The risk involved is too big. And it made him too vulnerable.
Today, he is lucky that Oreki, Hikigaya and Raymond do not hold any intention of making it harder for him but Azief never like to put himself under the mercy of others.
Next time he probably wouldn't be so lucky.
Of course Azief has also calculated that they would not attack him even if they wanted to. At least not at this moment.
Raymond has always been the honorable one his character could be trusted slightly. Hikigaya owe him and Azief daresay he is a good judge of character.
For Oreki there is no merit for him to make himself the target of the whole world by attacking him.
Azief right now is using all of his power to seal the greatest enemy of the world and if Oreki attacked and take advantage of him at this time, the whole world will not stand still after the Battle concluded.
And even if these people try to interfere, it is still not clear who would win or lose. If they win it would not be bad.
But if they attacked and Azief escaped…..then this time everyone knows that Death Monarch would no longer give any consideration and wiped them out.
As there are villains in the world after the Fall, there are also righteous people that rises up from the fire of chaos and death.
And if they attacked surely there are some people that would rise up to protect him
Then Azief closes his eyes and said the word
The words that come out from his mouth rippled the Laws of the World and even thought it was an ancient word in the Universe because of the World Orb everyone could understand it
The words he uttered is
'The Sky as Chessboards'
And then he pushes his palm upwards as the Wheel jolted upwards and burns the atmosphere away like a powerful force is pushing it upwards that it cracks all the air and broke the stratosphere.
Energy leaves Azief palm as a projection of a purple palm comes out from Azief palm.
That projection emerges out and become a titanic purple palm image that pushes the Wheel upwards as it enters the rift in Space.
The sky was opened up in many regions of the world so people who are high leveled could see far and they could even see the Space beyond Earth
But this time a weird sight shocked all the people that are looking at space from Earth.
They saw a gigantic chessboard in Space. Some people even fly upwards as close as they can to the atmosphere looking at that chessboard.
They saw two titanic beings image that they dwarfed the stars and the planet, playing chess in the vastness of the empty space, and the Universe as the Chessboard.
They are unrecognizable and Azief sighed.
When Azul uses it, the face of the titanic being was so clear.
But when he uses it there is only a projection and could not capture the true immensity or the true size of that titanic being.
To Azief it was not that shocking anymore because he has seen it before but to the rest of the world they were shook to their core.
They saw these two titanic being used stars as their chess pieces
And then the image slowly dissipated in space as the Wheel is pushed fully into the rift and the whole world was silent.
Not much to say this time. Anyway, like always hope you enjoy the chapter and please vote and leave some comments or join the discord to ask me question. I usually answer it faster on discord.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
331 HEAVEN WRATH 7
Even the Heavens were silent as all of the tribulation lightning has disappeared. In the sky all of the people participating in the battle with the Will of the World are wounded.
Katarina is bleeding in her hand as her armor of ice had long been destroyed as there are wound all over her body.
Her wound was temporarily being covered up by ice frost and the frost is spreading all over her body, covering up the many injuries that are spreading into even her internal organs.
Oreki on the other hand was pale in his face his entire body seems to be pushed into the limits and his Thunder Source is almost used up.
Hikigaya on the other hand is bleeding in both eyes as blood rain down from his eyes because of the pressure emanating the illusions.
His beast is also slowly turning translucent and his golden chain is slowly turning to mist.
Raymond is holding it together but all of the old wound in and on his body is opened up by force and all of his internal organs is experiencing injury right now and blood keep dripping from his mouth.
His teeth are chipped because of the impact of the thunderbolts. All of them have fight bravely buying time for Azief to finish what he needed to do. Now, he is ready to face it.
'Whatever that happens next, it depends on me Azief whisper under his weak breath.
His body has already been pushed to the brim and already surpassed the limits.
Then a sound only Azief could hear sounded in his inner world. It broke. It was like the sound of glass breaking in his Inner World as everything crumbled and all of the energy in his body progress to destruction.
It would take a long time to regain back the energy and heal his Disks
Azief Last disk broke and he coughed up blood and he dried up. All the energy in his body is leaving him.
And floating on that patch of empty area on the sky, his hand lie helplessly on his side, his skin full of cracks and wounds, he look at the sky with that still mocking smile.
Blood dripping from his ears, eyes and nose as from the cracks of his skin some of the blood had coagulate
His right hand has no flesh only white bones exposed to the harsh wind. There is still one large dark clouds above Azief head.
Even though Azief is half dead right now, his vitality is still. Katarina, Oreki, Hikigaya and Raymond look at Azief in the distance and there is this disbelief in their eyes.
How can any man endure so much and could still be alive?
Azief then avert his gaze from the Heavens and then look at Katarina in the distance.
She was about to fly toward Azief but then just before she takes one step forward a Divine Sense washed over her and a message enter her mind the moment she let it.
The message was
'Whatever happens, don't interfere. Trust me' Katarina then understanding what Azief is attempting to do lose her calm.
He wanted to challenge the Heaven authority.
To challenge the Extermination Lightning.
If Azief is at full strength Katarina would not be worried since the Will of the World is not that powerful yet.
But he is not. Not after what he had done. His Disks is all broken and it is clear he is half dead. But he told her not to interfere?
This is unacceptable. She was about to take another step forward but then she saw Azief looking at her.
There is a determination in his eyes. And she stopped and did not take the second step.
'Trust me' that word echoes in Katarina ears and she closes her eyes. And the opening up her eyes, she did not say anything as she only nodded at Azief.
Raymond was about to come forward but then Hikigaya grab his arm and shakes his head.
He did not want us to interfere. Azief send the message to only two people to not interfere on what he is about to try do next.
Hikigaya and Katarina. Hikigaya instantly saw what Azief is trying to do. He himself was shocked to come to the conclusion of Azief behavior.
Looking at that floating red thunderbolt that is slowly gaining momentum as it slowly descending down and speedily descending down and knowing what Azief is trying to do he is shocked.
This red thunderbolt is so powerful that even four of them have difficulties just delaying it. And now Azief is about to take it by his lonesome.
At this moment, all the people that come to aid Death Monarch feel admiration for him. Except Katarina which is full of worries about him.
Oreki won't mind that much. He had done the best he could do. Right now even he himself had difficulties of remaining in the sky. His body is screaming to rest.
He shakes his head.
'Why does….he keeps pushing himself?' Oreki ask himself as he looks at Death Monarch
Death Monarch is injured severely but right now he intended to go against the Will of the World. Was he too arrogant or confident to be so crazy? Oreki did not know what pushed Azief to make such decision.
Azief on the other hand still has that look of calmness. He closes his eyes and takes a deep breath and then he opens it and look at the sky.
This time there is no longer that mocking expression. Instead he looks at the sky like a normal human cloud gazing.
'It is a beautiful day' he said to himself. The whole world could not hear it but those that in the sky even though they are far away from Azief, they could hear it with their hearings.
Azief look at the fast approaching red thunderbolt like it had nothing to do with him. Looking at the red thunderbolt descending down like a spear that is about to spear him to death, Azief did not move.
His vitality burst out from his body, the last vestige of his Eternal Physique as the space around him all cracked.
No matter how hard it is he would overcome it. That is how he had been progressing to supremacy. His would be no different. Azief before the Fall and after the Fall look like two different people.
After the Fall, Azief has stared Death so much that he could even dance in the face of Death without fear
Fear, hesitance, tension, unwillingness, doubt and timidity, Azief had abandoned all of this emotion in this moment.
What exist right now in his eyes and in his senses right now is only this moment. Everything else was tuned out.
BOOOM!
With a loud noise, it falls down, flying straight at Azief. That red thunderbolt after gaining its previous momentum rolled over with sharp gale of wind and blistering hot thunder.
And then with a powerful shaking of the sky and the dispersal of the clouds the red thunderbolt struck him.
Amidst the explosive shockwaves and the arcs of lightning that spreads out from the South Atlantic Ocean sky to covered the entire clouds and sky of Earth, Azief smiles and laugh uncontrollably
'HAHAHA" His laugh reverberated and echoes through the entire world like a madman as the world turned red.
Hope you all enjoy thsi chapter. Azief has his own plan on the Extermination Lightning. Anyway, there is not much to say this time and like always thank you for reading and please vote and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
332 WIND OF CHANGE 1
The world is red!
That is what is going on in the mind of all the people in the world when they look at the sky as Death Monarch is fighting the Will of the World around the South Atlantic Ocean.
However the same thing could not be said for a certain someone in Jan Mayen in Denmark
Deep below the surface of the island is a prison. It is a secret prison and one of many belonging to a certain man.
Of the many secret prisons in the world other than the secret prison is Storm Tide that everybody knows exist but never acknowledges this prison in Jan Mayen even exceeding the one in Storm Tide in secretiveness by miles.
The prison interior is made by cementing it with mixture of certain soil found in the Bubble Land.
It is a secret land only known to certain people in the world. This land was found by a certain person from Romania.
And the information of that land was traded to the Broker.
The Broker himself was hesitant to reveal this land to other people but it is his job to trade information so he traded it but only to a select few.
This land is where many of the triads and crime family conduct their meeting.
It is land deep under the sea where it is protected by a fragile bubble and yet at the same time it prevent water from entering it making it a large vast empty land deep underneath the sea.
It prevents any energy from entering in and whoever enters the barrier of bubbles and fall down into the waterless land would be stripped of all of its energy.
Whoever enters the Bubble Land would found themselves to be normal like normal human before the Fall.
It is a mystery in itself. Of how this land was created and formed. It was like this patch of land under the sea did not experience change after the Fall.
Some say it was manmade. Others say it was made naturally by the energy of the world
This Bubble Land secret is not even known to Death Monarch as even with his control over the Will of the World even he could not sense anything and know the existence of this land.
Those who come here could then hide from divine sense no matter how powerful it is.
Other than a few people in the world, one could count in one hand the people that knew about Bubble Land.
And its soil is special. It is because of that someone took the soil and brought it back to shore and uses it as a mixture of cements to construct this special prison in deep underground of Jan Mayen.
Of course only that person knows how to use that soil effectively. On the island itself, hiding behind the masquerade of an empty island it is choke full of spells and formations.
There is concealing spell embedded deep in the ley lines of the island and in the prison grounds and walls itself runes could be seen etched in strategic place that would be activated when someone tries to search this place either by using Divine Sense or some other invention.
Other than that protection arrays and formation also were constructed around the prison entrance
When the whole Seven Seas of the world was rumbling and the sea waves drowned many islands in the world, this island be it tall water that came crashing down or the quaking sea bed trembling, it remains unaffected.
Like this island is maintained by some invisible force that was undeterred and unmoved.
If one could see the island from above one would see that nothing at all is happening to this island like it is an island frozen by time.
It is an idyllic island even though right now the entire sky of the world is red and thunder and lightning keep flashing and roaring.
Deep underground is the prison
It has many paths that lead to many other paths intersecting and intertwining with many levels above and below and thousands of room.
Some of the room is empty but some of them is stuffed full of the most heinous men and women in the world.
This island prison is like purgatory for many of them. And to think no one in the world knows about this prison.
It is probably the most secretive prison in the whole world. No organizations or factions know about it. None of them even knows it exist.
And that is why it is a secret. Because no one knows about it.
Its existence is not even mentioned in any whispers. And no one in this prison has ever had the opportunity to leave.
Even the Broker with all the information he boasted he had, do not know about the existence of this prison.
Breakouts were attempted many times from the people in the prison but none of them ever succeeded.
When they have outlived their resourcefulness then they would be terminated by the Warden.
It sound like a cruel treatment but all of the people in here is not exactly human. They are born human but they grow up to be monsters.
Their evil is indescribable, that no decent person would be able to help but be feeling angry after hearing of their deeds.
In this many paths of this underground but organized Prison all of the door is shut down today with max level security protocol was enacted since last night.
For the master of this prison has come.
It is unusual and had all of the inmates talking since yesterday. The Warden that always wears a Demon Mask has ordered all inmates to stay in their room.
Whoever disobeys would be sent to Aviici.
So, today the sound of footsteps echoes in this illuminated halls and streets of the puzzling maze that is this Prison.
One could even compare it to the Maze in the Prison of the World Government.
For the first time in a long time someone other than the Warden appears from the outside bringing with him the breeze of the sea and the smell of freedom.
The master of this Prison.
TAK! TAK!
His footsteps echoes and those who heard it could felt their heart beating.
No one ever saw the master of this Prison and now just even hearing his footsteps bring fears to the hearts of the Prisoner here.
A man wearing a fedora hat and a suit of impeccable high quality threads with leather shoes walk the many paths, slowly and calmly.
He looks like an elegant man enjoying all the luxury on Earth.
Beside him is a woman wearing a Demon Mask. One could tell that she is a woman from her curve accentuated with her dark tight attire and her cape that is made of darkness that seems to be gathered from the Void.
Her eyes are cold and severe. She is not the warden as her mask is slightly different than the Warden.
But many of the prisoners of this island knew that the Warden is acquainted with other people wearing Demon Mask.
They all wears Demon Mask but each of the design of their Demon Mask is slightly different. The Warden wears a laughing demon mask.
The man however smiles and whistles feeling accustomed and relaxed here. This man is none other than the famous Loki the Trickster. And beside him is Trisha one of Three Demoness.
They walk calmly sometimes commenting on many other things. One of the prisoners wanted to peek. Looking at the curve on Trisha body, that prisoner hoot toward her and his eyes is full of lewd intention.
Loki looks at Trisha as he is clearly amused
That person hooting is a child predator. The reason why he was imprisoned here is because he is not just a normal criminal
He is a child predator but not only that; he is also a serial killer and a cannibal. And he was growing powerful during his killing.
Not many people know of his crime because of how detailed he is in concealing his tracks. And the other powerful heroes of the world have their own wars to fight.
Death Monarch is rarely on Earth and when he does he is always fighting other threats that threaten the whole humanity.
But Loki eyes see through past superficial truth and through even the most well-crafted lies.
This man is called the Warsaw Cannibal. He would violate children boy or girls that he kidnapped from some settlements or villages.
He would them proceed to **** them while relishing hearing their screams and pleading.
He would then laugh and cut each of their fingers. It wasn't until there is no hope left in the eyes of those children, that he will then cut them into bite sized pieces and eat them.
Usually he would boil them first. He did not like them raw. If the children that he caught were not pleasing in his eyes he would even boil them alive in his large cauldron.
His crime remains undetected. It wasn't until Loki who was at that time disguised himself as a young child was mistakenly kidnaped by him.
That was truly a bad luck. Loki knowing then what this man had did capture him and imprisoned him here
If one thought that this prison is to rehabilitate then one is mistaken. This is nothing else but Purgatory.
It is the place where you will wait, get tortured, spills all of your secrets and then after you have nothing left you will be tortured the way you torture people and then you will die, unknown, like you have never existed in the world.
Trisha look at that man and then she smiles. The mask cover her face and no one could see her face but Loki knows just by looking at her eyes.
'You wanted to die don't you….1627? Well, I will not give you that release. Continue to be tortured eternally in here. And Sister' she said to no one in particular but someone in the center room of this Prison open her eyes slowly.
'Scoop out his eyes and slash him a thousand times. Just make sure he doesn't die. We wouldn't want him to go too easy do we?'
That person in the center room of the Prison smiles and then inside the 1627 room a dark sharp tentacle with glutinous pus grabbed him from the darkness of his large room as he was dragged away from the room entrance windows as the entire room turns dark.
Trisha scoffed and Loki just raises his eyebrows for a moment and then continue walking.
He walks through the maze as Trisha show him the way. And then they arrived in a special place.
'Hmm. You keep him here? Surely you should have a better place to keep him right?' Loki ask
'You ask not to torture him. This is the only place. Other rooms are some prisons, or torture rooms or extermination chamber. And we couldn't really put him in the Center Room. After all you know what he is most good at. I am not going to give him the chance'
Loki on the other hand was puzzled on one change.
'Is that what you are calling it these days? Extermination chamber?'
'Yeah. It sound a bit more elegant and a less creepier than the previous name' Trisha answers
'What was the previous name?' Loki asked
'The Killing room'
'Ah' Loki said, finally remembering the name. Trisha added
'The workers there felt like they were butchers and it goes against their mission statement so they request a change of name for their department'
This time Loki was truly surprised
'You have workers?' And even a mission statement though this question he did not ask her out loud. It is weird enough that this prison has workers.
It is even weirder that this prison has Extermination chamber workers with a mission statement.
Trisha nodded seriously
'You think it is easy killing all of those people? You did not think my sister spend all of their time here, killing these animals every day. There are threats to be assessed, threats to be analyzed and observed. I have places to be too, my lord' she said a little bit sarcastic in her tone.
Loki nodded with an apologetic smile. Then changing his subject he ask about that person
'The security is top priority I suppose?' Trisha nodded
'Good. It would be a shame if he somehow escaped even from this. I am not ready for this prison to be revealed. If it is possible I want to keep this prison a secret forever' Trisha only nodded.
Then Loki asks another question.
'You did separate him from the other prisoner right?'
Trisha nodded
'It was like the first thing we did'
Loki nodded and then he uses his finger print to deactivate the entrance door security measure. He peeked a bit from the outside and the inside is large and dark.
Part one of the chapter. All of this event is happening when Azief is fighting Sithulran and stretched out until he fights the Will of the World. need to tie up loose end before the end of the Arc.
It has been a long time since we see Loki haven't we?
Like always he is the guy with the plans and the schemes. To some people they might have already guessed who is imprisoned in the secret prison.
Anyway hope you like the chapter and please vote and check my other stories if you like it. A new chapter tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
333 WIND OF CHANGE 2
The lock opened from the inside and the Laws around the door stopped revolving as Loki enter the room.
One would expect a small room considering the small door. But instead the size of the door is disproportionate from the size inside of the room.
The moment Loki passes the translucent barrier a few feet after the door he is greeted with the large space of darkness of space.
He immediately floated as Trisha followed him from behind and also enters and passes the barrier, floating behind Loki
Loki smiles the moment he is floating.
'This really works' he said as he looks behind her. Trisha nodded
'I send the report to you before didn't I?'
Loki nodded embarrassed. To be honest he only skimmed the reports.
'I did read it but it is different from actually experiencing it.' Trisha only sighs from behind and Loki ignores it.
He embeds Laws into the room core and manipulates the space around it with the help of the Laws.
It was an experimental idea. Even in his timeline he did not try doing this. But that time he was powerful enough to create his own brand of Prison and he was a Sovereign.
While he was always considered to be the weakest out of all the Seven Sovereigns, he is still after all a Sovereign.
Unless it is a Sovereign, all under Sovereigns is just a mere mortals, like an ant that could be squashed any way they wanted.
Loki sighs as he shakes his head trying to shake off the memories.
Each room contains a Law. Most of the time it would appear like this. An empty dark space without an end.
But it does have an end since it is after all a room. But it is still a large area. If one had to say each room have a space of the size of half of Europe.
Of course this large space is created by the embed Laws in the core. It also depends on which room.
Most of the prisoner room only has small space enough for them to do necessary things. But none of the room has this kind of space other than this room.
Loki and Trisha seem to be floating in space and Loki could see that person floating and drifting endlessly on the edges of this space.
'I guess I need to talk to him personally' Trisha nodded
'That would be better. He still didn't know who kidnaped him though I think he had his suspicion'.
'He refuses to say anything to us. Though if you ordered us to torture him…'
Loki held up his hand and said.
'Let's not make that our first solution. And I know him. If he is really stubborn he could find other ways to kills himself. Don't underestimate him just because you manage to catch him. He is very resourceful.'
Trisha nodded.
Loki looks at this empty space and said
'What a bleak and dreary sight to watch. What about a change of scenery?'
'What are you thinking about my lord?' Trisha asked.
Loki smiles widely and then he clicks his finger and the space in this area shrink and then morphed as this entire room turns into an investigation room like those television police investigation room.
Sitting on one side of the room is Loki in a detective long coat and Trisha who no longer have her Demon Mask, covering her beautiful face.
Instead it shows her beautiful white pale face and her long eyelashes and her lush lips.
Instead of her trademark look of dark tight attire and her cape, she is now wearing detective uniforms and jeans with an office shoes.
Trisha immediately blushed red in her cheeks and she look towards Loki with a little bit of anger. Loki only laughed and said
'I am in a mood for some change of scenery. I always wanted to try to be like those detective in those television shows.
'So, I'm the serious but beautiful sidekick?
'Do you want to be? That would really help' Loki said innocently. Trisha was dumbfounded but then she only sighs and just nodded
Loki smirks.
Sitting across them, chained to the table is none other than the person the Three Sisters of Shadows caught.
The Inventor.
He was slightly dizzy from the disorientation of the entire space morphing and takes a few seconds to get a bearing.
He then look at his hand that was chained to the table like he is a criminal and then he look in front of him as he notices a presence.
The Inventor doesn't recognize the person sitting across him but then seeing that woman he immediately know the person in front of him.
The reason why the Inventor did not immediately recognize the person sitting in front of him is because that person once again change his appearance
But seeing that woman beside that person, the Inventor immediately knows who is in front of him, smiling deviously at him
He gritted his teeth and almost shouted with all of his might toward that person. His shout is full of anger.
'It's you! Trickster, you did this?'
Loki nodded
'Whoa…Calm down man. Be chill' Loki said his face look like he was innocent and had nothing to do with anything.
Instead it looks like he was sincerely consoling the Inventor which made the Inventor almost blew the top of his head in anger.
Then he tries to grab Loki throat but because his hand was chained, his hand is just short of his neck. Loki looks at him and then a smile form on his face
That damned rotten smile.
'Why are you doing this Trickster? Are you just now regretting letting me go? Did you too want to know where the Merchant King Treasury location likes the others? You want to kill me and take everything in the treasury?' The Inventor shouted at Loki accusingly
Loki scoffed and then shakes his head
'I am a man of my word, Ezzio. I make deals and people paid the Price. But I never break a promise' Loki said saying the Inventor real name and the Inventor flinched before regaining back his calmness.
But there is still anger in his eyes. Loki then said
'Ezzio, old friend. Let me clarify something for you so you will not misunderstand me. I could've killed you anytime I wanted. And I don't mean just today. I mean every day from the moment I let you go. But I didn't.'
Loki looks straight at Ezzio eyes and shakes his head as he continues.
'Do you know why? Because you have nothing useful to me after you finished building that thing for me. Regardless of what you think of me, I've liked you, Ezzio. You have some questionable quirks that is quite a headache but I liked you'
Ezzio is a bit calm now as Loki continues his words
'Just know this. I could have told your success of finding the treasury to any number of people and they would have gladly done my bidding to kill you. I could even have sold the information to the Broker and let you be hunted by all the crime families who mind you is still scouring the Earth searching for the Treasury'
Then Loki sighed and said with a little bit of reminisce
'But, instead I send my people to take you in the most subtle way that even your enemies would think you just disappear for a few days. Why do you think I did this?'
Loki face goes even closer to Ezzio face and there are just a few inches of space between them. Ezzio could see Loki clear blue eyes.
Loki then said
'It is to make it abundantly clear there is nowhere you can go in this vast Earth, there is nothing you could do to stop me from doing it again, anytime, anywhere. So…..be a good man and cough it up Ezzio. Give me the Orb. Do not force my hand, old friend' Loki said, his back leaning on the cold chair of steel…just like those chairs in those old television cop drama.
Trisha did not interfere and just stand there beside Loki, looking coldly at Ezzio. Ezzio then lean back on his chair and take a deep breath. His mind is thinking about many things.
Ezzio close his eyes and then open it back and he look at Loki and ask him
'All of this...for that?'
Loki nodded
'Just that Orb?' Ezzio asked, clearly there is something bothering him
'Just that orb' Loki reply calmly.
'Nothing else? Not all the treasures in the Treasury, not all the gold, the weapons, the secrets contained within it? Just the orb?' Ezzio ask once again for confirmation. Loki smiles and nodded
'Nothing else' he replied.
Ezzio was thinking what the hell is up with that Orb that Loki would rather take that than any of the other treasures in the Merchant King Treasury?
'I need to try to dig a little deeper' Ezzio think to himself.
Then staring at Loki he asks.
'And what if I don't give it to you?' Trisha eyes turn severe. She was about to do something but Loki shakes his head and she stopped.
Ezzio did not care even one bit. His eyes are staring straight at Loki. Loki grin and then calmly he ask.
'Why won't you give it to me when there is nothing in it for you? I did not ask for the whole Treasury. I did not even ask for even half of it. I ask only for one thing. Out of the millions things that must be within inside that Treasury, I only want one. Then we can go our separate ways' Loki calmly said.
Ezzio shakes his head and said
'That's what you said last time and now here we are' Loki only smiles at Ezzio words.
Ezzio then said
'If it is that important to you, that Orb must not be something ordinary. That you would bring me here to the secretive Nowhere Land is a testament to that secret'
This time Loki is slightly surprised.
'You know the name of this prison?' How did you know?' even Trisha is surprised. Other than a select few and the prisoner inside the prison no one knew the name of this prison.
To the outside world, this is just an uninhabited island left after the Weronian War. Ezzio find it amusing to see Loki in a shocked mode.
Of all the years he is with Loki he rarely saw him surprised. It was like he knows everything that is about to happen so he is rarely surprised or shocked.
'Well, Loki we've been together for years when I was building that thing for you. You don't think I try to pry some information from you for my safety?' Loki hearing this widened his eye and then he laughs.
'It seems I was not as good at keeping secrets as I think I did'
The Inventor appears and the mysterious Orb has come into play. Loki scheme runs deep and he doesn't have much time now
Anyway, hope you like the chapter and please vote and leave some gifts if you can. Though a comment is always appreciated. Thank you.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
334 WIND OF CHANGE 3
'What if I refuse?' he asks once again.
Loki was smiling and then without warning suddenly he slam his hand on the steel table and the sound echoes inside this investigation room and then he stares at Ezzio, his face is so close at him and Ezzio could see the anger and wrath in Loki eyes.
Then Loki said, his voice is cold and severe
'There are a lot of things I could do to you Ezzio. But I know your story. You lost your family. Life….is a burden and death is a release. I get it. But you couldn't kill yourself could you? But you also could not let other kill you. You have too much pride to be killed by your enemies. You wanted revenge. I helped you on that matter.'
Ezzio was not intimidated as he shot back
'And I have paid.'
'You did' Loki said smiling a mysterious smile.
'But this is not about old debts. You ask me what I would do if you refuse right?'
He leaned back backwards, his eyes seems to be looking at Ezzio coldly. There is a cruel smile on his face that would make one shiver in fear.
'I could list one hundred ways to torture a person but I know you. You have e nothing else in the world for me to leverage against you. There is nothing I could threaten you with. You do not value your life and as such I could not use it to threaten you. I could threaten to cut your tongue, to scoop out your eyes, to pour molten metal in your ears but none of that would scare you'
Ezzio scoffed
'You wouldn't do that Trickster' Ezzio said confidently
'Oh. You seem confident' Loki said looking amused at Ezzio confidence. Ezzio then said
'You might be many things Loki, but inelegant isn't one of them. You always considered yourself above the fray even when dealing with criminals and the cartels. You travel in the crime underworld, being chummy with crime lord, selling weapons and buying weapons and do all manners of questionable thing which is odd considering you are one of Death Monarch people. You did so many questionable things that you got everybody convinced that you are one of them. But I know you. You never considered yourself like them. You are not a brute. If not you would not imprison so many people here.'
'Heh' Loki scoffed and then said
'True…I am not inelegant' and then he grins and said
'But if you think I imprisoned them with the intention of reforming them, then you have just made another mistake'
Then smiling Loki said
'You do not fear death and you do not fear your life ending because you have nothing to live for. You have nothing to fight for. So, do you know how I will make you talk? Simple. I will let you go'
Trisha hearing this was shocked
'My lord, I don't think that is a good ide-' Loki held up his hand and then said
'I will let you go Ezzio. And then I will wait.'
'Wait?'
'Yes, I will wait. I will wait until the pain in your heart has settled that the scars in your heart are nothing but a scab. I will wait until you found something to live for. Maybe a woman. And maybe it will be something else. You might even find someone else to love years later. And I will still wait. I will wait until you live happily with that woman, having many children together with all the great joy and blessing the world could possibly give you…..and then I will come'
And there is a certain madness in Loki eyes that is now unconcealed when he is looking at Ezzio.
'I will come like the cold hard winters of Ragnarok and I will reap their lives in the most gruesome and painful way possible for you to watch. I will let you hear their screams and their pain. I will turn your joy into your worst nightmare. I will turn all the blessings into curses. When you were at your happiest, I will be there and turn that happiness into ashes and dust, and the life you built is actually built on pillars of salt and sand'
Hearing this Ezzio turned pale in his face. Even Trisha look at Loki weird.
'And when you ask me why I did it….I will answer…Why do you refuse at that time?'
And then with a malevolent grin Loki said, staring sharply at Ezzio eyes. Ezzio eyes is wavering and shaking.
'You were right about one thing. I am not a brute..….But I can be.'
Gulping Ezzio then said
'Then what if I never fall in love or have nothing to live for? Will you still wait?'
Loki smiles and said
'To vow yourself to never find love or something worth living for?' Smiling Loki said
'Then I did not even have to kill you. You are already dead. For someone like that what is the difference between them and dead people anyway?'
Then sighing Loki got up from his chair and look at Ezzio.
'Final choice, old friend. Will you give the location of that Orb to me and safely went out from this prison without worrying about me coming for you? Or will you still be stubborn and wait for the day that I come to you?'
Loki clicks his finger and the room morphed again. This time the room shrinks before morphing into a different appearance.
It is like a normal room with sofas and tables and books in the bookshelf. Behind Loki is the exit room. Loki grabs the handle and opens the door.
The view outside the door is something unexpected.
The scenery of the outside of the door is not the maze path of the prison instead it is an image of vast grassy plains.
'Choose' Trisha said coldly. Loki releases his hand from the door handle waiting calmly at Ezzio for him to make his choice.
Ezzio look at Loki and he sighed.
'You win' Loki smiles like everything was under his control
'I always do' he replies.
Ezzio opens his palm and there is a paper in his hand. This paper doesn't look like it is made by normal means as it emitted a fluctuation of energy.
'Treinheim Paper. It is a tracing paper. I got it from the Order of Thinkers. This would lead you to the Orb.'
Loki took it and examines it and nodded in satisfaction
'Ah, of course. You are one of their members right?' Ezzio rolled his eyes.
'I think I was pretty clear before that I do not want you to advertise that information so openly'
'Ah, I forgot' Loki said, though he clearly doesn't seem regretful about it
He walks to Loki and said to him.
'You know how to use this right? Don't blame me if you can't find the Orb after you arrive there'
Loki nodded
Ezzio then patted his shirt clearly unsatisfied on how he was treated as he look at Trisha with a disgruntled expression and then he said
'Alright then. This time, let us go our way and hopefully never meet each other again'
Ezzio really hope that he will never meet again with the Trickster. He always lost something each time he met the Trickster.
He was about to step out from the room before he stopped and then he turned back and said to Loki
'And next time if you want something from me, you could send an invitation or something instead of bludgeoning me in the night and kidnapped me to one of your secret prisons. I know you lack social common sense Loki, but you got to do better than this. Trisha, I would have entrusted him to you to take after him and teach him where he is lacking but you are not any better' Then leaving this word he step out from the room and the door automatically shut itself. Loki looks at Trisha and then Loki said
'He sure has a lot to say'
Trisha nodded in agreements. Loki opens back the door and in front of him is the hallways of the prisons.
He and Trisha went out from the room, as Loki holding tightly to the Treinheim Paper.
'So, what do we do now?' Trisha asked
Smiling and feeling elated now that he got the location of the orb, Loki said
'What else? We are going to take it' and he laughed as he walk out from the prison
Loki got the location of the thing that would start the War of the Sovereigns. It is the same thing Yewa Hafar was searching when he met Loki the last time.
If this is found before the War of the Sovereign….then the future would truly be crazy and the future is anyone game now.
Loki has found his Bishop to check the enemy King.
As Loki is exiting the island, there is a smile on his face and he whispers to the wind
'Our game has begun, Yewa Hafar. You wouldn't mind me taking out your Castle would you?' And he smiles as the wind of change is coming.
A momentous disocvery....but will it be that easy? Hehehehe. Anyway, like always thank you for reading and hope you enjoy the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
335 WIND OF CHANGE 4
CHATHAM ISLAND
NEW ZEALAND
The melody has stopped ringing. Like he was released from an eternal torture, he struggles to get up.
He grabs the branches of dead tree beside him and force himself to stand up. His ears and eyes are bleeding red human blood.
'Shit, this human will was awakened. Hmph' he said as he snorted and spits out the blood that gathered in his mouth.
The moment Azief pushes that Wheel outside the world and into that Void Space he summons, the melody stops.
The sky is still red, and the thunder is still roaring and the wind is still raging but at least that melody is no longer playing.
He felt damages have been done to his soul and he could feel he had lost something. He just didn't know what
His silver hair turns white and then the moment he got back control it turned back silver. This man is Yewa Hafar.
He gritted his teeth and felt a foreboding omen that is building in his heart. His premonition is rarely wrong
What happen when I was incapacitated? There must be something he thought to himself. There is this feeling of unease in his heart.
This feeling elicited a dangerous response that is even bigger than the feeling of unease he felt when God of Time Jean decide to alter the Laws of Time of All Universes to send back Loki to the past.
Getting up he felt his knees is about to buckle down as he sit down on the large boulder beside the dead branch.
The pain he felt before sapped all of his vitality and even his soul is damaged. To recover would take a lot of time and delays his plans.
His vessel soul has also awakened somewhat. He is suppressed now but now that one part of himself is able to awake if it is given a chance….and that is a big problem.
'This is troublesome' Yewa Hafar said to himself.
Then talking a deep calm breath, he calms himself down before asking himself a very important question.
'Did…..he found something? Or is he planning something new?' Yewa Hafar asked himself. This feeling of unease…could it be coming from the deeds of The Trickster?
His eyes turn sharp and then he said
'If my feeling of unease comes from you….then I just need to find it out. Did you move a chess piece or are you intending to take one of my chess pieces, Loki?' He smiles like he is enjoying it.
He didn't know whether the feeling of unease he is feeling is because of Loki or someone else but he is quiet confident that the only one that could elicited such a foreboding feeling of danger right now in this world is only Loki.
It is because Loki knows who he is and what he is trying to do.
He looks at the sky and saw the red sky and it reminded him of the days of the Final Battle. Red blood sky and destruction all over the Universe.
A wind blows over him and he felt shivers. Like a premonition of something is about to change. An omen of difficult days ahead.
A tube falls down from the chute. When it is thrown into the chute from one part of the other chute in another country or building it will arrive in this secret building.
TTING!
The tube arrived at the destination as the notification sounded. In this large but dark room there is only one old man.
The old man look toward that chute exit and he seems to be feeling something is wrong.
'Hah' he sighed. An old man wearing a monocle glass got up from his seat slowly holding his back and took the chute.
He opens the tube. Inside that tube is a name. He unfurled the scrolls in that tube and read the name of the new target.
And then his eyes widened.
'Well…is this really the target? Is the HQ going crazy' the old man said to himself. The organization has never had any conflict with that person and it has always been a policy of this organization not to try to stir any conflict with that person.
He tightly holds the scroll in his hand as he rushed to his seat and quickly called HQ.
'Is the Higher up really intending to target this person?' He ask the moment he was connected to one of the higher ups
'Hmm. Hmm. Hmm' The old man nodded his head as he listens to the higher ups. Then he sighed.
'I will relay the orders to the Operatives in the Field. But….this intel better be good. Or we will be sending our operatives to their death'
The old man then enters a chamber. In this chamber there are many new techs and there is a sci-fi feeling just by looking at this room design and the things contained inside it.
The old man went to The Seat. It is somewhat throne looking seat. However instead of being made of marble stone or stone throne seat it is made of wires and electronic devices.
He sits himself on that throne as something from the chair jutted out. It is an electrical cord that looks like a snake as it rises up.
Then it pierced itself onto the hole on top of the old man head as his eyes turns cloudy and he lean down on the throne.
His mind travel the whole world as it connected with all of the announcement device in other secret buildings of the organization that is spread out all over the world.
His voice then announced, as all of the organization devices picked up his announcement
'A new target has been decided. Danger level: SSS+. The organization has decided to accept the job. There is only a limited time window for us to finish this task as the condition of the target is only vulnerable for now. One must departed now after getting the task. The completion reward is posted along with the target location later'
The many operative listening to this announcement was shocked. Is there someone that has designated SSS+ danger level before in their job?
This might be the first time in the organization history. They all perked up their ears to hear the name of the target. This kind of target could not be someone unknown.
'Your new target is Death Monarch' and hearing this all of the operative went silent. They look at each other and slowly they gulped.
Then the announcement ended.
Outside, the world could still even hear the defiant laugh of the Death Monarch towards the Heaven.
While Azief is fighting the whole world di not entirely stops and dark forces are gathering around him without his knowledge. Anyway, next chapter would probably mark the end of this long battle.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
336 HEAVEN PUNISHMEN
MEANWHILE ON THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
The ocean is raging even more and the red thunder arcs slither across the clouds, the winds howled and the sound of all these elements of nature going crazy is heaven deafening.
The Will of the World might not have a mouth and could not speak, but one could still hear the Will of the World in this freak phenomenon that is happening all over the world.
And everyone could understand its feeling. The rumbling, the shakings and the roars that came from the wind and the sky.
It is clear that the Will of Heaven is screaming in anger at the Death Monarch
'HAHAHA"
The Death Monarch laugh is like a declaration of war and also at the same time it also sounds like he was mocking the Will of the World.
His laugh could even drown the sound of the roaring of the thunders and the screaming of nature.
And the Will of the World of course would not let that go unpunished.
The Red Thunderbolts has strikes down
BOOOM!
Red arcs of lightning spread out from Azief body. Azief right now is full of injuries. But even in that vortex of heaven-pressuring red thunderbolts, he laughs.
His body is surrounded by harmful lightning that is burning his flesh like he is some kind of food that is being grilled on fire.
But he is still in there looking fearless and undeterred
Sharp gales of wind assaulted him and blistering hot thunder courses through his already damaged body.
BOOM!
A great light spread out from the Death Monarch as the center
The world was silent for a while as the light blinded all. Even Katarina from the far distance could not help but feel her heart shrinks in fear feeling at the impact of the collision.
Then the light slowly simmers down and to the shock of the world….there he is.
He is still floating in the sky, one third of his body is charred and black blood is seeping through the cracked scorched skin.
One of his eyeballs is also crushed because of the pressure of the thunderbolts. His hand is still on his side, unmoving helplessly, like there is no bone in that arm.
The world has never seen such an injured Death Monarch before. Even during his assassination before, it is only a spear that attacks him.
'Azief!' Katarina shouted and she once again wanted to rush forward but Azief send her another message with his Divine Sense.
"Please do not interfere. Success or failure, this is not your fault"
Azief send the message while grinning at her direction blood is still dripping from his eye hole and Katarina bit her lips and it takes every bit of her trust toward Azief for her to not rush forward.
The thunder is raging in Azief body, destroying his body defensive measure like an all eating worms
Azief body is still intact but it is not complete as he has lost many things in that last clash. Now he is blind in one eye.
His right eyeballs melted.
Have you ever smell the smell of your own eyeballs being cooked? Azief might probably the only person to experience that?
It smells a little bit like a fish grill.
The whole world saw the terrible state of the Death Monarch. Many of the heroes in the world belonging to some factions or organization wanted to help but unable to aid him in battle and could only pray that the Death Monarch will survive this calamity.
Everybody has forgotten about Sithulran. Because right now the true enemy is the Heavens
But there are also people like the crime family of the underworld that pray for Death Monarch defeat, hoping for Death Monarch to die in his battle against the heavens.
All people of the world could only see his suffering but the only thing they could not understand how could the Death Monarch still look at the sky fearlessly and smile?
Did he become crazy after being struck by the red thunderbolts or is he that confident he would win?
In the sky, it is gathering more thunderbolts to exterminate Death Monarch.
But Azief did not move. He is motionless in the sky.
Hot blood is dripping down from the hole that used to be his eyes, searing his skin and created indentation on its dripping path. Blood is also dripping from his ears and his body emitted smokes from the cracks of his skin
There is pain of course.
'Painful' he muttered emotionlessly.
But painful is a gross underestimation of what he is feeling right now. One third of his body is charred like he is some roasted food as he could smell his own flesh burning.
And the wind gale that came with the Extermination Lightning is not helping.
It is sharp and full of extermination essence that it slashes through the molecules bonds that bond together his body.
It is an attack on the atomic level. This kind of pain, even before the Fall, no one could measure the degree of this pain.
But in Death Monarch words, it turns into a trite and insignificant pain. Even if the pain is outside this world, he could only endure it.
Screaming and shouting pain right now would not help him. His mind is focused only on one thing. He is only focused on passing this.
Because while the world sees only his suffering, only Azief himself knows what he is feeling.
While the thunder did damage his body, wandering through his flesh and blood like a bulldozer demolishing buildings after buildings Azief felt his vital force were enhanced every step of the way.
He had never felt such thing before in any of his battle on Earth. After all he knows why he never felt. He knew the problem but he didn't have the solution in the past.
He was never forced to use the entirety of his physical body.
In a good way he was invincible. But in a bad way, he could never test the limit of his own body and as such he never got the chance to truly enhance his body.
Each time his Physique upgraded it took an even larger and more destructive force to make it evolved.
In the sky, thunders form and another gigantic red thunderbolt is once again formed in the sky.
Then like before it strikes against Azief with the wrath of Heaven embedded inside it, as the entire sky shakes and ripples.
BOOOM!
A sparkling light of red thunder lights up the entire sky and illuminated the night in certain countries with red line of red streaking color in their dark night sky and for a moment night becomes day
When the sparkling light of the thunderbolt faded, to the surprise of everyone again, Death Monarch is still there, intact, alive but injured more heavily than before.
His right arm is no longer there and one could see an empty spot where it used to be his arm and his shoulder has a stump of scorched skin.
It was burned by the thunder vicious heat and his arm melted off from his body and its fats falls down to the sea below.
This time the whole world think this matter is getting absurd.
One time could be considered to be luck but the second time….how could the Death Monarch who look like he is just hanging by a thread is still alive?
However the people that came to Azief aid slowly realize something. They were the closest to the scene and they are also very sensitive to energy flow.
Katarina was the first one that notices it because she is the one that pays the most attention to Azief condition.
And she is also now pursuing the Path of perfection like Azief so she is even more sensitive to energy flow and vital force of life.
The second person that notices something is out of ordinary is Oreki. He is the farthest away from Azief, yet he is the second person to notice it.
No one complained because out of all the people that came to help Death Monarch Oreki was the one that used his energy the most to disperse the thunderbolts and took the brunt of the thunderbolts pressure.
Blood is still dripping from his mouth as his eyes widened in shock. He finally realized what Azief is trying to do
'He is crazy!' Oreki think in his heart.
'Is he truly intending to use the Extermination Thunder to do such thing?'
Raymond and Hikigaya is the last person to realize what the Death Monarch is trying to do. The look at each other and at the same time they realizes it.
Katarina back away as she decided to trust Azief.
'I understand what you are doing now' she said to herself as there is a smile on her face.
She has been holding back the injury accumulated in her body so now that she decided to relax her body, the injury all rushed back to her.
She back away and would try to calm the chaotic energy inside her body as blood comes out from her eyes and her nose which is instantly frozen by her ice cold energy.
She looks at that almost dead figure of Death Monarch and she said
'You better succeed or I will beat you to death' she said to no one in particular.
The other three people also now slowly understanding the Death Monarch plans fly even more backward, distancing themselves from the site of the heaven smiting.
They backed away because they could see the clouds in the sky are getting bigger and wider above the head of Death Monarch.
It is clear that the Will of Heavens is getting angrier as it could not kill Death Monarch even after expending two extermination thunderbolts.
Death Monarch did seem to be injured heavily…but he is still alive and breathing.
So, this time whether it be tribulation lightning or extermination lightning it formed and the almost immediately it bombarded Azief again as extermination aura rises up from the Heavens and affect the aura of the Earth
Heaven and Earth are now going crazy to kill Death Monarch.
Stroke after strokes of thunder descended upon the body of the Death Monarch yet even when Death Monarch injuries seem to worsen he still is alive.
The thunder begins to get enhanced and contain more destructive powers as it struck Azief mercilessly and relentlessly.
Azief left arms also melted off and two thirds of his body is charred black; smoke coming out from his charred flesh and one could smell the scent of his flesh from the black blood dripping out from the cracks of his skin.
The sea below Azief was also affected as the area below his feet was dried up creating a terrifying sight.
One part of the sea is dried up that one could see the dry seabed of the sea. But it is only that area. It was like a tunnel was constructed in the middle of the sea that is dry.
Meanwhile any island near the battle site is charred black, no life seems to be thriving and no life seems to be spared.
The entire South Atlantic Ocean on the other hand seemed to become a thunder domain as one could see thunderbolts slithering in the deep sea and arcs of lightning covered the surface of the ocean.
Even with all of this Azief is still on the air.
Both of his eyes are blind now, and he has no hands right now on both of his arms.
He looks like he was amputated in both of his arms by a clumsy surgeon leaving a deformed stump on both of his arms
He has only his shoulders and an ugly stump and even though there is only holes in what use to be his eyeballs, and he has no arms on both of his shoulders, his face is still looking upwards at the direction of the sky and he is laughing with a smile on his face.
The whole world might not understand but the people in the sky all understand why Azief is laughing and smiling.
It is not because he had become crazy. It is because he is growing. Even with all of this pain he is growing. He could feel himself getting stronger.
The four of them could all feel it. Azief vital force is climbing up rapidly.
His vital force seems ready to explode and shock the world.
The new chapter. And I will be polling for opinion from this chapter. Which is more preferred one large chapter for one day with a few days without chapter or a small bite sized chapter but everyday there would be one chapter.
the reason why I cut one chapter to bite sized chapter is because the amount of SS in one read that people have to pay to read it. I actually ask this question before. Anyway, give me your thoughts. And I hope some people would stop spamming the review section
Anyway, this is the first part of the chapter with 2000 words and more. For ******* the full whole chapter will be posted later this evening.
If you enjoy it please vote for it and giving some gifts would also be appreciated.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
337 HEAVEN PUNISHMENT 2
To the people of the world, in their eyes Death Monarch is being punished and receiving heaven tribulations
But to Azief he is actually receiving a baptism and instead of a heaven tribulations to him it is heaven blessing though it is given unintentionally
It is like the more injuries he accumulated and the more pain he endures, the stronger his vital force became.
But to the rest of the world, especially for those enemies of Pandemonium and Death Monarch they are frustrated and is about to rip out their hair in frustration.
How the hell did that damned Death Monarch is still alive after all that? When will he dies!
It is beyond their comprehension that even at this moment, even when Death Monarch seems to have one foot in the grave, he could still contend with the Heavens.
It even seems that even though the Death Monarch is injured heavily he is still holding out against the Heaven.
A new notion sprouted in the minds of the people. Even Death Monarch at his worst moment is stronger than even the Heavens
The Heavens is mighty and many follow its Path and borrow its energy but even that mighty Heavens seems to be unable to end the life of Death Monarch
Such spectacle of course shocked the world.
The Heavens is mighty….but even though it is mighty it seems the Death Monarch is stronger and this fact send warning signs and dread to many people hearts.
If this is how powerful Death Monarch is in his weakest moment, how could anyone handle him in his strongest moment?
Just thinking about this question creates ripples of fears in one heart.
It is the reason why the crime families all duck low when The Death Monarch returns and why they are praying for his death.
BOOOM!
The sky shakes and rumbles, as curtains of Heavens are open and it sucked the energy from space.
The enemies of Pandemonium and Death Monarch are not the only unsatisfied with this conclusion. The Heavens are also unsatisfied.
A new clouds of tribulation and clouds of extermination rolled around inside the sky of the world patching up the open up sky with new clouds.
These clouds were constructed by the energy outside from the world, borrowing the Universal energy that is limited for Earth.
Limitless gray reddish thunder spread in the sky and formed a sea of clouds that seems like a net around Death Monarch.
Azief felt the difference in energy and felt the destructive energy that is about to descend against him but he is unafraid.
He had reached this far after all. So, he is going to keep at it until the end
He only smiles.
The sea of clouds then becomes smaller but the extermination energy emanating out form the clouds of sea is even more potent than the ones before.
And the whole world also feels it. And they were shocked. The pressure from the clouds made all the creatures of Earth eel the end of life and boundless death
With the limitless vital force of destruction and extermination drifting between heaven and Earth, it is not only humanity that felt fear towards it.
Even the monster felt it and they withdrew and fled as far as possible from that source of extermination and destruction.
Sea dragon leaps off from the seabed of the South Atlantic Ocean as it flies to the sky and went running to other seas in the world.
And the sea dragon is not the only monster that is doing that.
Any other creatures near the South Atlantic oceans suddenly migrated to other places as the showdown between the Death Monarch and the Heavens is continuing
The aura of the world turns chaotic and dust rises up from the Earth and water rises up from the sea, creating a spiraling tunnel from the ground to the sky.
A powerful thunderous roars in the sky as the greyish reddish thunder emanated an aura of a divine thunder that is about to destroy everything between Heaven and Earth
It was compressed in this one huge thunderbolts determined to kill the Death Monarch and exterminate his existence from the face of the Earth
The vital force of destruction s[read through everything that it seems to choke the life of everything on Earth.
Heaven is usually nurturing but not today. Today it is angered and in its anger it is gathering the power that exists in the world to create such a powerful destruction aura.
The changes in the clouds and the force of destruction contained in that thunderbolts make all the people in the world watching this scene gasped.
And among them there were also some people taking pleasure in this disaster that is about to take place.
Azief even though he is blind right now, he is able to feel the changes in the energy of the world.
His face turns grim. He could feel the thunder that is about to fall down is different from the thunder before.
In his body however, his vitality is thrumming with power. His blood and vitality is surging as it prepare itself to face off against this new type of thunder.
Katarina even though she is confident of Death Monarch she could not conceal her worries. Oreki on the other hand is watching intently as he is curios how the Death Monarch will surpass this.
He himself could feel the destruction and extermination aura that is around the world. It is like an invisible force that is about to devour all life forms.
It is unseen but it could be felt. It is a hard feeling to describe but everyone could somehow felt it. That feeling of something…..destructive around them, devouring essence of life.
In every wind that blows, in every rustle of the grass, one could feel it.
Then as all the people watched, the thunder strikes down
BOOOM!
The clouds hammer down its thunder, as a stroke of a Divine thunder of Extermination escaped from the thundering sea, turned into a shape of something resembling a sharp spear and came straight at Death Monarch
The space around it disintegrated and the clouds rolled around before it eats itself and destroying their own existence.
This thunder possesses the extermination essence of the world. Azief himself could feel the Laws of Destruction and Extermination wrapped tightly on that thunder.
BOOOM!
The entire area around Azief was broken as void space ripped apart and a suction force comes from that void space before it also disintegrated in a huge blinding light.
The light settled and Azief is still there.
His vitality and life force is flowing wholly in his body protecting all of his body and pushing his life force to the limit.
His eyeballs regenerate almost instantly and from the stumped of the charred shoulders, sprouted a new hand that emanates a powerful life force and as one of tribulation lightning strikes down as it hits Azief arms.
It bounced back and exploded itself.
Azief smiles.
His body is still charred but he had regains back his sight and he has his hand back. He looks at the sky and then he roars
'HAH!' He roars at the Heavens and the space cracks as great gust of wind formed and the clouds rolled upwards as the clouds become solid for one moment and collided with the many descending thunderbolts.
The moment they crashed the clouds shield exploded into mist of water but the lightning were all deflected by the cloud shield.
It should be a good thing but one could not know that if they look at Death Monarch face
Azief is now wearing a twisted look on his face. He felt the pain.
This is because he had used his vitality that he stored. Even though he endures the greyish reddish thunder only he knows that his inside is now burning.
There is only extermination in his body. An endless extermination and destruction aura that ravaging his inside without stopping.
His internal organs, his blood, meridian and skeletons…everything in his body is being devoured by a heat that is comparable to the sun.
But he still endures that pain regardless. A twisted look. That is all the expression of pain he shows to the world.
Because he knows this is his probably the few chances he have to be once again reborn.
The greyish reddish thunder caused all of this pain and destruction in his body but it is also an opportunity for him.
If he could pass though this, he will have new flesh and blood, meridians and skeletons and other thing would be regenerated stronger and more powerful.
It could bring his physique into a new transformation.
And that is what he had planned.
The moment he saw that the Will of the World is attacking him he knew that the pressure of both of the Wheels and the Will of World while it could spell death for him, it could also open a new opportunity for his body to be reborn.
And he had a conjecture of how. The Undying Physique is called Undying for a reason but Azief knew it could be enhanced more. Azief body when beings strike upon by Laws become weak.
Azief wanted his body to be able to crash unto the Laws of the Universe and remains unscathed.
He wanted to reach the pinnacle of his body prowess. Even now, he has the most powerful body in the whole world.
After all if anyone else was the one facing those thunderbolts they will all be extinguished long ago. Azief body possess the trace of tribulation lightning and the fire of the Purifying Fire.
It is why even though his body is subjected to such heat it still did not burn him entirely. It is why he is able to keep fighting
And while his face shows a twisted expression, he could feel his physical body thrumming with power and there is a force of heaven inside his body
The vital force of existence and destruction inside his body is slowly merging inside his every veins and very blood.
It was like his body is born and forged in the essence of the Will of the World. At first Azief notice it before. But he did not realize that it would accumulate.
Now, his entire body began to transform into something like the Will of the World.
His Defiant Will that is always inside him took that energy and created a new heaven inside his Inner World.
His Defiant Will did not reject it because the energy of the Heavens that is entering and destroying Azief body become Azief possession and a part of him.
But Azief is not yet satisfied.
To him, after all the pain he had endured, he deserves more. Azief could feel like his body is undergoing rebirth and rejuvenation.
A new thunder bolts falls down from the clouds.
With each thunder falling into his body, his charred skin slowly falls down as a new glossy powerful skin appeared beneath that charred skin.
Even though in the beginning the thunder had harmed his body, now it is like a tonic of rejuvenation.
When the area settled from the blinding lights and the arcs of lightning dissipated the whole world was shocked to see that the Death Monarch is still at the sky but what shocked them the most is how glossy his skin is.
His robe and cape were all ripped apart in many places, and there are holes in many parts of his attire.
The robe of the Lord Shadow is not some normal clothes made by some threads or leather. It is formed from the energy of the World Orb and class specific attire.
But that cloth is now ripped apart in many places. It is because of that tears and holes in Azief attire that the whole world could see Azief new physique.
The Will of the World pure energy, the energy that the Will of the World gathered from all life forms of Earth that had burn Azief inside is now slowly beginning to mingle inside Azief every being and become a new impulse for his body transformation.
Azief is now emanating a pressure like he was Heaven Incarnation. The pressure coming out of his body is silent but it slowly rises up to become a powerful pressure.
There is this destruction power that is unlike any other inside his body. Azief uses this opportunity to refine one of the other energy he got from Azul.
Second part of the chapter. And the polling is still going on. Azief plan the moment he saw that the Will of the world is about to take advantage of him was to take advantage of the Will of the World. that is why he was never afraid of it since the beginning.
If you like the story please vote for it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
338 HEAVEN PUNISHMENT 3
The Nether energy. With the destruction energy inside his body Azief could easily refine the Nether energy.
It is an energy that flows through the realms of the living and the dead.
If he could form a Disk from that energy he could generate, conjure and manipulate nether, the very essence that flows through the realms of the living and dead
It also relates heavily with his Death Source. One could even say Nether energy is the source of powers from Death Source and other related energy source.
It is also the substance that makes up the underworld. One could think of it as a subterranean dimension where all souls go when they pass on.
Azief has been researching about souls since he created the Creation and Destruction seeds a long time ago.
Nether energy is the opposite of the Aether energy. It is similar but unlike it. It is like the Aether energy in that it is from a Plane that exists between the planes of both matter, and energy.
However, although it can partake in the nature of either substance, Nether energy is neither of these things.
Azief felt the energy of Nether being refined by the power of destruction contained in the Will of the World destructive thunderbolts.
Azief uses that opportunity to channel that destructive energy into one of the energy orbs Azul gave him.
He directed it to the Nether energy. If this succeeds he could create the Underworld in his Inner World.
One day when he could sustain life in his Inner World their souls would have somewhere to go when their physical body dies down.
Azief could feel that if he wills it the Nether energy would turns into his Disk. It is also one of the energy Azief wanted the most.
Nether force….is often misinterpreted as a Death Force but that is not entirely true.
It is more than just the source of what drains life away from living things, it is the destructive aspect of reality, the source and very concept of entropy and destruction, disasters and all degeneration in matter, energy and concepts.
It is the power that makes possible and ensures severing the soul's connection to their mortal body, so they can pass onto the afterlife.
It is also the power that summons and controls the souls of the deceased.
This energy exists in the cosmos as sort of a gateway between the land of the Living and the Dead, stretching out to anywhere where death has potential to occur.
Like Aether, Nether is an unseen element, which means it cannot be perceived by any physical sense.
The only way Nether can be seen is if it were mixed with an Element of the Physical Realm. It is why Azief desires this energy. Aether and Nether energy
Both of them represent creation and destruction. If he wields both in his body, he could create and he could destroy.
Even now even though he did not yet refine it into his Disk Azief could feel he could expertly manipulate the cosmological force.
He felt the essence of souls and he reckons that when he turns this Nether energy into Laws he could bring down absolute destruction, collapse anything and everything into oblivion.
But the reason he wanted Nether energy the most is because by wielding it he could destroy concepts.
Around Azief the particles that makes up reality is degenerating slowly as his Nether energy refining going speedily.
The space below his feet and above his head is also being warped and some of the thunderbolts that are coming towards him becomes moot.
This is not Azief consciously willing it to happen but the power of the Nether energy that is leaked accidentally.
Azief take a deep breath and the whole world seems too thrummed with fear that even the thundering roars of the lightning seems insignificant in front of the mighty pressure emanating from Azief right now.
His body pressure is climbing up and there is many more the scorched and charred skins that is falling down from his body revealing a flawless glossy skins like a newborn baby.
But just because it look like a baby skin doesn't mean it is smooth and easily hurt.
A thunder bolts strikes against Azief and Azief only had to use his fingers to crush that thunderbolt into a beautiful explosion of lights in the sky.
The clouds in the sky gathered again so much so that there is some places in the world that had no clouds in their sky.
Azief before uses his roar to rolled up the cloud above him to act a shield.
This time, his body healed and his pressure is slowly about to rival himself before he wield the Wheel, he no longer had such thoughts.
'It is better to fight face to face and head on charging straight forward now' he said to himself as he suddenly accelerate upwards, a supersonic boom exploded in the sky as the clouds exploded into mist of airs wherever he passes.
With thunders of the world gathering and the dark red sky the scene of Death Monarch flying upwards with craziness in his eyes it look like the Death Monarch is about to slay the Heavens.
Azief did not desire to use nay shield or any artifacts this time to shield himself from the thunder.
He will be charging head on.
He wanted to accelerate his transformation. However to the world, the Death Monarch is crazy. He had already healed himself. Why bother provoking the heavens again?
The whole world is astonished at Death Monarch behavior.
Maybe the reason why he is called the Death Monarch is because he seems to be seeking death for himself.
Azief could not care less about what people think of him at this moment.
Faced with the benefits of this thunder to his body transformation and the refining of the other energy inside his body, he would be crazy if he let this opportunity go.
The entire world and the people looking at this battle could not help but come up with another word other than madman to describe Death Monarch
But not everybody is happy with this development. For many of the people wishing him to be dead, this development is nothing but a face slap to them.
They are all glaring at the screens as they could not believe that even after all that punishment Death Monarch seems to become even stronger. And this is nothing good to them.
The Death Monarch is an already a troublesome and a force no crime families would dare to come in contact with.
But if the Death Monarch passes this incident successfully, then he would become an even more powerful being.
It is the same like Death Monarch is choking them.
The moment they dares shows their face and even accidentally involves Pandemonium in their crime business then Death Monarch will surely interfere.
And if Death Monarch moves the Three Army of Pandemonium will also moves. What is a measly force of a crime family compared to the mighty force of Pandemonium?
Even the Republic and the World Government never once come on top when dealing with Death Monarch not to even talk about them.
They did not believe that even at this moment they still underestimated Death Monarch power. Seeing Death Monarch keeps getting stronger and stronger, all the crime families head had this though in their mind.
There would be no place that the sun could shine upon them as long as Death Monarch exists.
Death Monarch must die.
'How is it that crazy madman is still alive? Even the Heavens are no match against him? This is fucking absurd!'
One of the head of the Corleone family in Italy smashed a precious vase into the Persian carpet he bought and look frustrated.
This scene is the same in many headquarters of crime families and dark forces of the crime underworld.
They did not expect that the Will of the World will act against Death Monarch. But then they prayed that the Will of the World could destroy Death Monarch.
While Death Monarch did not really actively seeks the destruction of the crime families but everyone knows under Pandemonium no such groups thrive.
He kills anyone he wanted or one he believes did a wrong. There is no due process and no one is crazy enough to demand that from Death Monarch.
If you don't like how he governs his dominion, one is always free to leave. But because of his killings and his tough and almost brutally inhuman stance no crime families ever dare to set foot even one step into Pandemonium.
Azief kills them brutally because he knows there is only one thing that these people from the criminal families know and respond to.
Violence and fear.
They could not be persuaded by kind words or some reformation activity.
You could not use the rule of humans to govern monsters.
So, Azief give them only one ultimatum.
For those groups that enter Pandemonium ….the only end for those people is only death. There is no due process and there are no trials to discuss evidence or severity of crime.
There is only his judgment. If he judges you guilty then by law you are guilty. It is this absurd rule that forces the crime family into a dead end.
They did not even dare sails the Pandemonium Sea to transport their products or weapons. They had to go the long way around because of the presence of Death Monarch in Pandemonium.
Meanwhile on the sky, Azief is charging head on to the clouds of thunder.
Another round of thunderbolts falls upon Azief body. Hundreds flashes of lightning like spears hurled down from the skies feeling together to strike the Death Monarch
Azief body surrounded by the vital force of his life grins as booms of supersonic behind him exploded.
Those that saw it was startled by its power. Oreki could feel his thunder source trembling and shaking inside his Inner World and Katarina could feel the patch of snow clouds that she created in the distance disintegrating as even the snows being electrified and condense into gaseous substance that come back to the heavens.
Raymond felt his Terraforce being forcefully ripped apart and Hikigaya felt that if he tries to make an illusion to deceive the Heavens, that force coming form that thunder would break through it like a hammer smashing upon fragile glass.
'HYARGH!' Azief shouted as he pitted his body against the thunder and a gigantic explosion happened up in the sky.
BOOOM!
The sky is fizzing with thunderbolts arcs and stormy thunderous snakes.
When it settled, the whole world sees that there is a patch of black on the Death Monarch hand. But then he smiles as his body quickly recovers.
'HAHAHA!' He laughed.
The necrotic skin on his body all fell down as his body recover almost immediately and the space around him all break.
There is a vital force of creation in his body, a power that would not lose out to the pressure of the Heavens itself.
The Heavens rumbles and one could feel its wrath and for those who sensitive to the energy flow of the world, one could even sense fear
Another round of thunder attacking had fallen again but just like before Azief body turns black for a moment before he rejuvenates himself. It is like he is getting stronger every time.
Azief felt there is a powerful energy thrumming in his every veins, in his every being. It was like he was the Sovereign of all things and the whole world is under his Will
His body were destroyed, reformed and experience rebirth. Like a Phoenix that rises up from the ashes.
His Disks is not yet healed but his Physique is enough to deal with the thunder. It is getting stronger and become even more perfect and flawless.
Azief strength rises sharply that it affects the space around him. And one would notice the more thunder fell on Azief body, there is less and less burn mark on his body
While he seems alright in the surface and his vital force is climbing up, but truthfully with every round of thunder he had to endure, his body recovered but he is also losing lots of energy.
And it is becoming obvious now.
There is also the fact that he has no time to absorb energy or the capability to absorb it right now considering all of his Disk is broken.
It is why he did not form the Nether Disk right now. Doing so would put him in an even more vulnerable position than he is now.
Right now if there is other people that attack him with Laws while it will not kill him because his Physical body has been strengthened it does not mean he would get off scot free.
He himself knows he is at the limit. His vital force is slowly being chipped away by the thunders as the Heaven seems to become angrier and more vicious in its attack.
'Heaven and Earth' Azief muttered to himself
This concept has never been more real than it is now.
When Heaven and Earth try to exterminate someone, not many people could fight until this stage, forcing the Heaven to this step.
For the Heaven wanted t punish him and the Earth want to reject him.
Could you imagine every force of energy in Earth trying to reject you, trying to swallow you and the Heavens wanted to exterminate you?
Such pressure would break many heroes.
A rejection force that came from the very core of Earth. And a destructive pressure from above the sky.
Even Azief the Death Monarch would bleed.
And it is breaking him right now, one step at a time. But he did not despair. He pushed forward. As the chains of Heavens and the shackles of Earth is trying to force him, to oppress him down back into the Earth, Azief would never let that happen to him.
He was never free. He was never free before. But he is free now. And no one is going to put chains and shackles on him.
From the moment the meteorite fall and bring magic and several of other energies that appeared to Earth, Azief was free.
And from that moment, he has been flying in the sky like a blue bird of freedom, traversing the clouds flapping his wings carefreely.
When Azief first could fly he would look at the direction of the sky, close his eyes and take a deep breath.
Then he would open his eyes and he would fly to that sun smiling.
He would then proceed upwards and he would reach the thin wall between Earth and space.
Then he would look down on the Earth from that vantage point. And then he look back at the space and he felt how small he is compared to the Universe and how much he doesn't know.
It is a humbling experience. And that is what he did….always on night where he is lost and confused.
But he also do it to cultivate a humble personality. He is confident but he never forgets to make sure he is humble.
To remind himself that he is not…..always invincible. Because the moment he starts thinking like that, he would surely make a mistake.
He could project the image of invincibility to his enemies, but he himself must not believe himself to be invincible.
Because he knows he is still far from that. And his wish was never to become invincible. He just wishes to be free to live peacefully.
That is all he wants.
To live peacefully and without restraint. Right now even though he is attacked and bombarded by thunderbolts, closing his eyes he could feel it.
The feeling of the cloud between his knees, the exhilarating speed and the sound of the wind. It is hard to describe how euphorically that experience really is.
Being truly free. That is why there is no use putting chains on him.
It will break down. And if it doesn't, he will find a way to break it. The Heavens has always been giving him an ultimatum.
Either he surrenders under Heaven following its Laws and cultivates according to its Will and lives or defies the heavens and run the risk of dying….. but free.
It was a tough choice for him…at least before the Fall. But now he had no hesitation of what he will chose if he is ever presented with such choice.
He would rather being free and die rather than being alive and enslaved.
Azief was not the only one noticing that as the Heaven and Earth gathered its energy against this long war against Death Monarch, his body could no longer heal as fast as the thunder struck.
One could see the vital force of his life slowly being chipped away by red and grey thunderbolts by golden and purple lightning and by spears formed from the stone below the sea.
Heaven is no longer the only attacker of Death Monarch.
The Earth has joined in.
Even Raymond with his Terraforce could feel the surging anger of the Earth, its mighty roar resounded in his ears like a declaration of war.
Form below the sea water rises up creating a sharp blast that attack Azief from below and the dirty, soft mud in the seabed coagulate and gathered together, becoming solid from the compression of energy and then shoot itself up.
One could see millions of stone-like spears shot out from the sea and attack the Death Monarch.
Thunder came, and now rocks and stones appeared. The heaven and Earth united in their killing intent.
Exterminate Death Monarch! This is the Will of the World!
Third part of the chapter. Next chapter the plots sown before will sprout. Anyway, hope you like this chapter and thank you for reading. leave some reviews and comments and vote if you can.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
339 THAT ARROW 1
In the clouds being attacked from the sky and the Earth, Azief body appears to be an indistinct black charcoal figure from the bottom as one could not tear their eyes off seeing this spectacle of destruction.
Thunder cage, stone spears, tribulation clouds and all the energy in the world gathered in one place all to exterminate one person.
If one counted the rounds of thunder that has fallen upon Death Monarch it has been two hundred rounds of attack with infinite thunderbolts.
And from the Earth it has been ten rounds of attack.
While the whole word is worried, Katarina is not. She might be worried before but now in her heart there is only faith.
She had faith that Azief would pass through this.
'Just a little bit longer. You just have to hold out a bit longer' Katarina earnestly prayed in her heart.
While it seems that this attack will be infinite and would be endless until Death Monarch is exterminated Katarina knew that everything has a price.
Though the Heaven Will is mighty and the Will of the World is boundless and immeasurable that is just a figure of speech.
The Heavens isn't really boundless, and the Will of the Word isn't really immeasurable.
Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather it can only be transformed or transferred from one form to another.
It is one of the laws of physics.
But that law is thrown off when magic come into the mix.
The Will of the World could be considered as magic…It could even be called something more divine.
It absorbed, devours and create and destroy energy. But it is also the most mysterious kind of energy.
Life….and Destruction. The will of the World could even use emotions as fuel. It is a concept that seems incompatible and even illogical if taken into the context of modern science that deals with things that could be seen and touched, or measured.
But how does one felt life? How does one person could measure life and emotions and what is their value or energy that comes out from this unmeasurable concept?
And not the medical term for feeling life but felt…life. An essence of creation. How does one feel it?
But the energy exists, and it is used, created and destroyed.
And that is why the Will of the World isn't immeasurable. All this energy that it had taken is being used and destroyed.
It is limited.
Because it is created. And when the rate of consuming it exceeds the rate of producing it, then the energy will be depleted and as such Worlds die.
For world without magic their concern has always bane the death of their star system, or an explosion from a nearby star or just the unfortunate fate of being in the collision course of a gigantic meteor.
Or heat death.
But when magic entered any star system and the planet in that star system developed a will, then the Laws of physic is thrown out.
A new law emerged and those who did not understand it will not survive in that new world. Katarina knows that even the Heavens have limits.
Mighty and powerful as it is, it will run out. And when it runs out, Azief will pass this calamity and become stronger,
Katarina is confident because even though Azief look like his battered and traces of destruction is slowly creeping up on him, his vitality still existed.
Although his body weakened significantly, he is after all still alive. Katarina is praying for another miracle.
On the other hand, Azief no longer felt any pain. He felt no suffering.
He felt nothing even as the attack crack the skin of his body and burning him with the heat equal to that of the sun.
Have you ever focused so much on something that everything is tuned out of your senses?
Nothing...exists and everything is out of your mind. That is what is happening to him right now.
He did not block his mind from pain. He just didn't pay attention to it. In his eyes and in his mind there is only one thing.
The Perfection of his Physique. To reach the penultimate of his Physique prowess. He remembers that Azul said that his body could be improved.
He himself believe that this could be achieved
Before, while his body is powerful that no artifact could scratch him he is still affected by Laws and essence of energy,
But if he perfected his body today, unless someone used the Primordial Laws of the Universe, he could just stand still, and no one could do anything to him.
Of course he could still be affected by other energy and Laws like the Laws coming out from the Divine Will of the World but it will not be able to kill him.
Azief even when his body is being pounded by the stone spear and thunder bolts he could still smirk and grin at the sky.
He could feel the agitation of the Heavens. He could feel its fear. The Heavens feared that Azief would heal.
Because if he does heal then the Will of the Heavens, as it is now, is unable to match up to him when he is at full power.
Of course this result today only happens because of Loki interference in the past. Not once in this new timeline that Azief has been captured by anyone.
Loki remembers that in his timeline it is because of the imprisonment of the Death God that he blooms late among all the great heroes that appear in his era.
One change that had affected the future the most …who would have thought it was that imprisonment matter?
It is because he is not imprisoned that he was not as dark as he is before and realized his Grand Path earlier and he also had been able to reach such height even before he became Sovereign .
Azief in the their dome like cage look at Katarina and nodded
Katarina seeing the nod from Azief had her worries dissipated as she smiles. She understands what Azief is trying to tell her.
It would not be long now. Everything in Azief body has been destroyed but it has also slowly being reformed.
Only a few things inside his body need to be exterminated before it experiencing a new rebirth. This is the power of Eternal Physique regeneration.
Unless one really destroys him thoroughly and used Laws on him then Azief is truly a difficult enemy to kill.
If he succeeds in upgrading his Physique, he would be able to regenerate with even one drop of blood.
BOOM!
A thunder fell and Azief felt his body shaking because of the vibration in the sky. He did not smile.
He is now calm. He could feel his body is now about to undergo transformation.
There is no surprise or fear on the expression of his face. Because he could see beyond the sky. There is a slight frowning but he is not shaken
He could see with his eyes that there is a large gathering of rainbow colored clouds up in space that gathered the power of the stars and all the stones in the sky with its radiation and heat gathered and pressurized the solid and grainy dust into motes of energy.
The matter was transformed into energy
The power was so pressurizing one could see the energy around it curves and bends because of the difference of degree of pressure.
This is the last round. This is the crucial moment. If he passes this attack, his body would have no match on Earth and maybe even outside of Earth.
Whether Oreki could cultivate and mastered his physical refinement or not, it wouldn't matter unless he too invites Heavenly Tribulations and pass it like he did
Azief could just punch him and his body would be a wreck because of the prowess of his physical body.
Azief could not erase this image in his head. He would not have to worry anymore about his friends after this if he succeeds. No one would ever dare provoke him.
All of this is also for the preparations of opening the Supremacy Stairway. He didn't know much about the Supremacy Stairway but Azul fills in the blanks …at least for a bit.
It is a simple test but it could also be considered hard.
Who would have thought that today as he is fighting Sithulran the Will of the world decided to interfere? It is because of that Azief decided to turn calamity into a blessing.
But feeling the energy that is gathering up in space, Azief gulped.
'Fuck the Heaven Will!' he muttered inaudibly
'What grudge the Heavens had with me that it would go this far?'
Azief knows that the last round of this Extermination Thunder would be different than the other and far stronger than all of the tribulation thunder that fall before, combined.
Even if he survives he would be drained of his energy for a few seconds before his body experience rebirth.
For some reason, he is reminded of the battle between him and Purunghasa. Once bitten, twice shy.
There is this premonition that he could not shake off. That there will be a life and death calamity for him after the thunder falls down on him.
But even if so, it is too late to back down now. It is already the last and he had already taken the steps.
Even if he wanted to back down now, the heavens would not just obediently back down.
Azief closed his eyes and then opening it he shouted to the sky as the clouds dissipated and the sky opens up as his roars reaches space and ripples the waves of energy in Space.
Part one of the chapter and the beginning of the end. We are very nearly reaching the end of the arc.
My readers knows that when I reached an arc I will be entering a rest period of about three weeks before resume writing. Anyway, because of the other story in those three weeks I will be updating my other stories.
Song of Heroes look like it is forgotten but it is not. I considered it my most favored child so I am very cautious when writing it. As such I could not write it very much because I am writing both Lord Shadow and Age of Adventure simultaneously. Anyway, if you like the chapter please vote and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
340 THAT ARROW 2
The clouds in space that devours the energy of the Universe began emanating a frightening force of destruction that it ripples through the Universe like a sound wave that will travel through the stars.
All the Disk Formation experts on Earth could feel and they all felt a strong sense of crisis.
One of the reclusive experts in Mount Baekdu in Korea opens his eyes and looks at the sky and said
'This is an unparalleled force of the Heavens? How will you pass through this calamity, Death Monarch? This man is overflowing with the energy of Heaven and Earth like he stands harmonious with the flow of the energy in the world.
A millions people, a million paths. Like Azief who decides to defy the Heavens, there are also people who decide to obey the Heavens.
There is no right and wrong in choosing path.
As the whole world was looking with anticipation and nervousness, a few dark clothed men covering their faces is waiting in rows in a dark half illuminated Hall somewhere in Turkey.
On their hands is a triangular talisman that possesses the energy of Space Time. A man is standing on top of a podium as he address the other man gathered in the Hall
'We all know what we had to do. If you die don't blame us. You all volunteered for this bounty. We all know that this target is not really an easy target. Instead this target is probably the hardest target this organization has ever issued a kill order for.'
The other people nodded
'Anyone who kills the target today would surely become the most famous man in the world though that is not exactly helpful in our profession. Granted we need to succeed first. Anyway, I am not a fan of pep talk so be ready. When the time its right, we go for the kill.
The other people gathered in the Hall nodded and waited in patience as they look at the screen depicting the Death Monarch fighting the Will of the World
Meanwhile on the sky as Azief felt the force of destruction emanating down from Space his pupils contracted slightly.
This is the true might of the Heavens and the Will of myriads beings of the world. The last round truly lives up to its destructiveness.
One could feel that the Will of the World integrate itself with the thunderbolts that is about to descended don and strike him. It is like putting a part of your soul into something and refining it, making it stronger and more dangerous.
But this is also the perfect time to drain everything in his body, to dried up his entire prowess and vitality so that it could be reborn.
The more severe the injury, the more powerful it will be after it is healed. He will not miss this chance now that he is so close that he could taste the sweet joy of victory
'Heh' he smirked as he only had a few drops of vitality blood in his body.
I could die he said to himself but he said it with a smirk like he is not worried at all and like this event is not happening to him and he is a spectator.
He felt it now, that he could truly die if he failed. But he didn't care.
He is stubborn like an ox. If he had the mentality to only fight when he knows he could win, he would never reach this far,
He used to have that mentality but he had grown since then. You could run from a fight but you must not lose faith in your own self.
As long as you believe you could defeat someone that defeated you, as long as that Will burn in you then sooner or later you will surely become stronger and overcome your limit.
He might lose today but he could win tomorrow. But not today. Today, if he missed this chance there will be no other.
Life or death, it depended on whether he would survive this thunderbolts integrated with the Will of the World.
BOOOM! The thunderous sound finally sounded when the thunderbolts break through the stratosphere and enter Earth atmosphere.
Claps of thunders all around the world follow suit as it merged with the thunderbolts. All thunders in the whole wide world had integrated into that thunderbolt.
Like a rainbow colored dragon the thunderbolt rolled in the clouds of tribulations as it passes.
BOOOOOOM!!!!
Another loud sound sounded this time as the whole world could hear it. It was like a huge bell in the sky being hit by a bronze hammer that it created echoing soundwave all over the world, circling the world six times.
The Heavenly Extermination Thunder finally fell which terrified all who saw it. The whole world was stunned seeing it and feeling its might
Even though the Thunder did not fell on them, just a glimpse of its power was enough to scare them into submission.
By this point there is no one near the battle site anymore. Even Katarina has retreated far away, her body being entombed in her artifact the Coffin of Snow.
Oreki on the other hand merged with the thunderbolts on the other side of the sea and appears in a small island far away from the site of battle.
Hikigaya turns into mist and travels between the fine lien of reality and illusion. As for Raymond he burrowed himself into the seabed.
Even they felt a life death calamity when the thunderbolt descended down. Azief right now is basking in a great light of the Heavenly Extermination Thunder.
Which means he is basking in a pain and suffering no one have ever felt before on Earth. Azief could feel his vitality and longevity is constantly weakened.
He felt the destructiveness and the exterminating intent of the heavens. Azief could actually ask help from Katarina right now and he knows Katarina would not refuse him.
He could ask the other great heroes that aid him today to help him tide off this last bolt of thunder but he did not do it either,
Azief could use many other ways but he did not
Why? Because he never planned to retreat from the very beginning. Only this way could his body potential be pushed to the limit and be fulfilled.
His mentality would also change if he from the very beginning intended to ask for help. Azief took a long time to understand how to upgrade his physique.
It took him a long time to understand that the more powerful a physique is, the harder it is to upgrade it.
Why?
Because one had to wring every one last bit of potential in one physique for it be reborn which means he had to push it to the edge of the breaking point.
Only then could the physique be reborn.
BOOM! BOOOM!
The endless sound of thunder crashing and colliding with Azief body shakes the heavens and Earth.
Amidst the Heavenly Extermination Thunder Azief newly formed physical body that is sustained by his vitality exploded and turned back into scorched cracking burning body.
The destructive force of the thunder scurried in his body and insanely burning and destroying everything in his body.
His Inner World once again turns to ashes but Azief could also feel that the nether energy was refined perfectly.
But he did not have time to transform it into a Disk right nw. if he did that his body would be assaulted by another pressure and that is too much for his body to handle right now.
This time his life is at stake. Azief is betting it all this time. If he succeeds he would become like a phoenix rising form the ashes.
All around the world many eyes is looking at this spectacle of Azief contending with the Heavenly Extermination Thunder
The sound of thunder reverberated and resounded to the whole world as the energy between Heaven and Earth all turns chaotic as one could only see lightning and thunders flashing and striking down in the South Atlantic Ocean.
Any creatures around the vicinity of Azief and the Will of the World battle has already either pulverized into atom or burned into dust
Then slowly people look at the sky and saw the clouds of tribulation slowly shrink and shrink and receded as it no longer have anything more to give.
The trials is about to end and everyone could sense it. The Heavens had done all of it could and now it is receding swiftly.
And then the thunder no longer roars and the lightning no longer flashed and the wind turns calms and the world stopped quaking.
The space stabilized and Time dilation around the area slowly synchronized back.
The energy of the World Orb is hard at work repairing and fixing the damage between Death Monarch and the Will of the World
The Heavens whimpers before it dissipated
The Heavens has finished it execution. And around the world the crime families all cheered with great fanfare.
Because they saw from the video a figure is falling down with high speed and is about to collide with the ocean below.
The whole world sees it. When the last of the thunder gradually disappeared, a completely burned black body without any life force is falling down to the ocean
Raymond was shocked and Hikigaya shakes his head. Oreki only sighs. But Katarina, her eyes is sharp and she looks closely.
That figure is none other than the Death Monarch who is falling down from the sky. He had failed and now he is dead.
BOOOM!
The moment he falls down the sea water that collided with his body turned to gaseous substance and condenses into the sky because of the heat from the Death Monarch body.
The heroes of the world sighed looking at this outcome. Even the invincible Death Monarch could not truly defeat the Will of the World.
They all sighed and sometimes also mocked the Heavens because attacking Death Monarch when he is at his weakest.
One the other hand all the crime families and crime organization is delighted.
They were already had a headache with Death Monarch long before he is strong as he is now and if he did pas the punishment of heavens then he would become an even bigger threat.
Death Monarch has always been an unmovable mountain that would choke them of their criminal activity.
Next chapter, wait for it....like always thank you for reading and hope you enjoy the story so far. leave some comments or reviews.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
341 THAT ARROW 3
But….these people are celebrating victory far too early. Katarina was the first one that notices as her eyes beams with pride.
'I know he would succeed' she said. Then Hikigaya and Oreki also look back with Raymond feeling shocked.
They all look at the ocean
Because one could hear a sound that seems to be knocking over something. The Heavens has already retreated as it has used too much power so this time it could not suppress this Will.
'BANG" Like a person knocking a bronze door with a hammer, the sound sounded in Heaven and Earth, shaking the firmaments.
The sound sounded so loud that everyone could hear it regardless where they are in the world. It is like a declaration.
All around the world, the crime families head suddenly felt a bad premonition. Their cheer died down and their smiles faltered.
'This…this …how is this fucking possible? Did he survive the Heavenly Extermination Thunder?' Raymond said.
Raymond was shocked because even as he look and uses his terra force to scan the bottom of the ocean he could not found Azief life force.
Then the sound of a heartbeat resounded across oceans and mountains so that the whole world could hear it
DUP!
DUP!
DUP!
Stronger and stronger it sounded. It is the sound of a pumping heart.
BOOOOOOOOM!
Then a large explosion exploded in the seabed as a figure launched himself off from the ocean as a large pulsating water tornado were formed before dissipating into gas..
Katarina cheers in victory and Hikigaya and Oreki only smiles.
Death Monarch has survived and now his body is transforming as blue aura seems to emanate out from him that is absorbing the energy of the Heavens and refining it.
It was at this moment suddenly the space around Azief distorted. The whole world looks at this and felt something is clenching at their heart.
The roller coaster ride they are on since they look at the battle is unbearable for some.
'Is this not yet over?' Some people said.
The space distorted as a rip in space appeared above, below, right and left of the direction of Azief.
Then coming out of the rip in space is black robe men with the symbol of a scimitar on their back
Raymond instantly recognized these symbols and those black robe men
'People from Kasap!'
Kasap is an organization based in Turkey that specializes in assassination. Who would have though they would appear right after Azief is about to transform.
But Azief is not flustered even a bit
In his heart even though he is vulnerable right now, that doesn't mean he would die under the hands of some two bit killer.
But coming for the lives of Death Monarch is not some two bit killer.
A hundred men come out from that rips in space and what was shocking to the world was that all of these one hundred assassins is that they are all in Disk Formation.
Even Oreki and Hikigaya gasped at this power. No wonder the World Government did their best not to antagonize the assassin organization.
Who would have thought that they have such formidable force hidden?
Azief scoffed.
He might be afraid before but even as vulnerable he is, he could still run away. And when he finished his transformation which is only in a few seconds, they will all be crushed by him
But before he even had a chance to make a move, there is a buzzing sound that sounded. At first the sound was weak and only few people could hear it but then the sound covered the whole world.
Azief instantly recognize the sound. Because he sued to hear it in the grounds of his palace
It is the sound of an arrow being loosened.
A few hundred miles away is Sofia. She is not like Katarina or the other and her speed is slow compared to the other
Even though her arrow is fast with the pressure of the Heaven and Earth it cost her valuable time to reach Azief in the South Atlantic Ocean.
But when she almost arrived she saw from the distance that Azief is about to be attack from all sides.
Without hesitation she brought out her Houyi Arrow. She only had nine arrows of Houyi in her possession.
Each of them is capable of bringing down the sun and stars, destroying them into motes of energy.
When she use the Bow the arrows is formed from the entry of the world so she has always been able to use AOE attack with rains of energy arrows.
But she never used the Houyi Arrow. It is a physical arrow and it is very powerful and has a price for using it.
So, she has always been storing it and never reveals it to the world. But now it is urgent. She could see that Azief is vulnerable right now.
Of course she couldn't possibly have thought that Azief is not unprepared like before. Azief had already expected another ambush.
After all he had many enemies that would be happy if he is dead.
And what better chance then right now when he is vulnerable?
But Sofia didn't know this. She panicked. Because she is reminded of a very painful memory in her past.
She refuses to see the same scene like she saw three years ago.
So without hesitation she brought the arrow out and a powerful divine energy filled her body the moment she touched the arrow
She put the arrow on her bowstrings and she gripped the bow tight and then taking a deep breath and her strike aim true, she loosed the arrow to the enemy.
The moment she loosed the arrow a buzzing sound sounded across the entire world that grew in volume.
However the moment she lose that arrow, a blue light gathered on the bow and Sofia hand that was holding the bow which is field with flesh and blood in an instant began to wither.
Even her vitality and longevity is taken by the bow. Then that withering spreads to her entire body.
She ages almost instantly like her life force was all expended in that one shot of an arrow.
Her longevity left her with only ten years and her potentials is almost being sucked away by that arrow.
The light that gathered in the arrow chase the loose arrow and it merge with the arrow. The arrow turns pure blue.
And then it reached its maximum speed. It broke through all the pulsating water tornados that haven't yet calmed down and any space turbulence around the sea.
Then that buzzing sound turns into a furious and defiant roar.
It is a roar of a Celestial.
Azief was the first that recognize this energy.
Because Azief once become Azul and he also possess Celestial meridians he is sensitive with the aura of Celestials.
The whole world was shaken by this roar. Even the three of the most powerful people in the world, Katarina, Oreki and Hikigaya is shaken by this roar.
Hearing the roar it was like their minds and energy is about to be sucked away by this roar and they could feel their blood flowing backwards, forcing their energy to go crazy.
On the other hand the assassins in the sky all heard the roar and they bleed from their orifices. But that is not all.
Some were injured almost immediately , some had their energy move in reverse as they coughed up blood and some instantly died falling down from the sky like a broken kite.
The roar turns into a howl like a howl of a World Devouring Wolf, injuring many more in the process.
From the very first moment it charged forward the entire world tremble violently. The killing intent around the arrow caused the people locked by it pressure to turn pale.
The world changed greatly as it was like the whole world once again being pressured by the monstrous pressure of the Heavens
This arrow that comes out from Sofia bowstring is like a ray of death that shot out like crazy yet at the same time it is orderly.
Sofia could barely maintain her flying as her entire body is trembling with pain and she showed sign of collapsing because of overexertion.
Her energy is all in the wrong places and nothing she is doing could offset the backlash of one arrow.
Blood flowed out from her eyes, ears and nose and pain wrecked her body. However she stared ahead with a smile.
In her eyes, she could only see Azief, hundreds of miles away from her. It was like right now only she and him exist.
'I'm falling crazily in love with him' she realizes it at that moment. Because even with all of the pain in her body, for one moment her eyes locked with him, everything went away.
She felt seeing him in pain felt more painful than this.
She whispers something to the wind. Azief who was hundreds of miles away from her did not care about the assassin encircling him right now.
His eyes….penetrated the space turbulence, reflecting the light away and all in between as he read Sofia lips.
The assassins and Sofia finally arrived. Anyway hope you like the chapter and if you like it please vote for the story and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
342 THAT ARROW 4
The arrow however had already been loosens and abyss of space was ripped apart and huge crack appeared in the sky
The arrow broke through the heavens and earth as it closed in, creating ripples of monstrous pressure that spread in all directions.
A monstrous killing intent came from the arrow
It was as if at this moment, no person or thing in this world could stop this arrow. This is the might of Houyi Bow.
At this moment the whole world also had one realization. It is true that Lady Sofia is not as powerful as Ice Queen Katarina or the other heroes like Raymond, Hikigaya, Oreki or Jean but if one forces her to a death end and she uses the Houyi Arrow then it is doubtful that anyone in the world could be her match.
And people remembered why she was classified as a dangerous persona non grata in the World Government bounty list before they canceled of the bounty.
It is because she possesses the Houyi Bow.
But because she never uses it people forget that she even has it. Today, the might of her arrow and bow were revealed to the world.
And a new fact emerged in this battle. Katarina is the strongest woman in the world…only if Sofia did not use her bow.
The arrow flashed by like flash of light and every assassins that come out from that rip in space all fell a sting of pain in one part of their body before they all exploded in a fireworks of blood and gore.
And then the whole world was calm again.
BOOOM! Azief body did not finished his transformation but Azief couldn't care right now
And he flew as fast as he is breaking space and ripping the time-space barrier around him as he arrived almost an instant beside Sofia who is about to be unconscious.
His eye sis anxious and there is fear in his eyes.
Death Monarch, the strongest man in the world that did not even show one trace of fear when he was fighting the Heavens and not even when the assassins appeared.
But now, for the first time since the battle begins, he shows fear.
And he grabbed him and hugs her tightly.
While hugging her he transferred Life Force into her. Azief life force right now has increased tenfold as he is as eternal as the Heavens right now.
Life force is thrumming inside his every meridians and veins and it is channeled into Sofia body reforming back her Inner World and healing her injuries.
But her body is dangerously at the breaking point. If not for Azief fast action, she probably would have to spend time in a coma after this , and permanently abolish her hard earned work in forming her Disk
Azief for a moment, wanted to take that Houyi Bow and break it into two because of his rage. But Sofia words bring Azief to a standstill
'I'm not late am I?' Sofia said weakly as she is coughing up blood. Azief face turned hard and he hug her tighter.
He kissed her on her hair and his eyes is red as water is forming around the edges of his eyes
'No, you're not'
'Good. Uhuk' she said as she coughed up another black blood from her lungs as her body slowly regains back its vitality.
But her potential will always be permanently scarred. But she didn't seem to care. Azief body is trembling. That moment just now is probably the most terrifying moment in Azief life.
The thought…..of losing her…just the thought of losing her fill his mind with a future of an endless darkness.
Having her in his arms, hugging her tightly to make sure she is still here calms his heart down. Azief don't know what to say right now, so he only hugs her.
Sofia could not see him because Azief is hugging her. Smiling she tries to move her hand but unfortunately it is withered like a dried rotten plum exposed to the sun.
She couldn't use her hands right now to hold Azief cheeks. To wipe the tears that is slowly coming down from his eyes and falls down onto her shoulders.
So, she lean her face slowly and gently kissed his neck. And she said
'See, I could do what she could do too.' Azief stiffened hearing Sofia words.
Azief did not feel happy hearing it. Instead he felt guilty and his entire body trembles. All fo this….and Azief shakes his head. This is not what he wanted for her.
His words trembling he gently caressed her beautiful smooth silky hair and said
'You didn't have to do it, you know? I never blamed you. I never wanted you…to think you aren't enough. '
Sofia hearing this, in his embraces only smiles bitterly. In her eyes she could see Katarina hundreds of miles away and Katarina is also looking at her.
Sofia closes her eyes before opening it back.
Her eyes are getting lazy and heavy.
The life force Azief channel will save her life but it does not change the fact that Sofia using that arrow expended almost everything in her being.
She would have to rest and even Azief boundless life force must not force Sofia body to accept all of it.
Unless Azief want Sofia body to explode with such massive life force injected into her body. Azief has to take it slow.
'I'm tired' she whispers to Azief
'Lean on me' Azief gently reply. Sofia smiles as she could feel her eyes is slowly about to close. Then she asked
'This is not a dream is it?' Sofia asked.
It has been a long time since she felt him on her. It has been a long time since she could feel this warmth covering her. It is a familiar feeling that she wanted since the day she left.
Azief hug her tighter, tears is about to falls down from his eyes even more
'No, it's not' he answers. Sofia eyes is already half closed and she whispers to Azief ears that almost broke Azief heart with pain
'If it's a dream….don't wake me up' she said as both of her eyes close.
As she drifts into unconsciousness, she felt like she is walking on clouds, free and unrestrained, happy and euphoric.
And she knows at that moment she is fucked. Because she has fallen so deeply, over the heel kind of love for Azief.
She would never say it and she would deny it to death if anyone asks but it is probably since he saved her from the Super croc, her heart has always beats for him.
Though he would never know that. That is her secret. And every time they kiss, his kiss is like sweet cotton candy. It is one of the things that Sofia notice when she kissed him.
When they walk together in the garden or the park, he would hold her hand tightly and she always likes that.
And sometime when he is not looking she would sneak furtive glances on him. She doesn't think Azief knows how handsome he is when you look at him from his right side.
That feeling has always been saved up deep in her hearts.
That why she is falling crazy in love with him. And as she is thinking of this, her eyes closed and she falls unconscious…with a smile on her face.
In the sky, Azief has finished transferring life force inside Sofia body to make sure she will not be in danger after she wakes up. He holds her and then closes his eyes.
Then opening back his eyes, a strong life force burst out from his body that the sky above him changed color to blue.
The red sky is no longer there instead it is replaced by a blue sky. His entire energy recovers like a dry tree revived in spring. His Inner world was constructed as fast as lightning strikes the earth
His body and energy completely recovered. He made a fist and he felt completely transformed. He kissed Sofia forehead and then his body split into two.
His Shadow Clone appears and takes Sofia body as it flew across the South Atlantic Ocean. He looks in the distance and he saw the assassins.
The one that is not yet dead.
He slightly curled his lips and there is maliciousness in his eyes.
He had always pursued the perfect physical body and the powerful force were just the way of Rakshasa that he had always pursued.
The assassins were about to run away in all direction but then even before they could take that one step Azief spoke, his voice is like the decree of the Heavenly Will.
'SEAL!'
BOOM!
Thunder exploded from the blue sky as vines of lightning bolts stretched out forming a thunder cage around the entire sea.
Azief is trapping not only the area but he also at the same time Seal the Space around it.
Unless these people are able to break space and direct it to somewhere else, then they could forget of trying to teleport their way out of this
On the other hand the higher up of Kasap that is watching this scene in their headquarters all felt bitter.
Sithulran, Will of the World, Extermination thunderbolts, and even the Heavenly Thunder of Extermination all fought the Death Monarch in the span of one day.
And all of these forces still aren't enough to bring him down. Kasap organization thought that they would score big after targeting Death Monarch.
Who would have thought they have no made an enemy out of Death Monarch…new and improved.
Azief survived all of this and now he had a flawless perfect physique that could endure Laws altering.
Even before this he was the top notch person in the world. And now he had transformed himself to become even more powerful. The thought itself was terrifying!
Azief look at the sky and he felt that the Heaven is weakening. And as such the rate of the world healing would also be affected and also the spawning of the weak monsters.
Right now, since Azief has fought the Heavens, and survived one way or another the Heavens have no choice but to recognize Azief existence
But to say it recognize Azief it is like under playing down Azief capability. Instead of recognizing it, is more the fact that the heavens is incapable of doing anything to him anymore.
Azief stood in the air valiantly, with his dark black robe fluttering in the wind.
The chilling atmosphere that is emanating from him is flowing between the heaven and earth, and all the people of the world that is watching this scene gulped in awe.
The imminent vibe of death and destruction radiating from him indicated that he was not going to let it end here.
He look at the frightened assassins in the distance and he gave them an eerie smile that would be the last thing they saw as Azief glance at his fist and then look back at those assassin.
Frightened by Azief smile, some of those assassin cried in fear. Then he said
'You people really do not give me any respect? Do you think my reputation is built of hot air? YOU DARE!' His voice is like thunder roaring as the entire sky tremble and shakes.
Then suddenly he disappeared from the eyes of the assassin because his speed was so fast that their eyes could not even perceive it
In an instant he appeared in front of those people. He lift up his hand as the wind around him all condense and exploded as a primordial energy that seems to come from ancient time covered the whole thunder cage.
And then a powerful force of destruction swept the area inside the sealed space of the thunder cage.
And wherever that force of destruction swept by everything was extinguished. One could hear the wailing and screams of those assassins before they turned into dust.
The screaming of their pain make people that were watching sweat buckets of fear. Then Azief look back at the sky and he waved his hand and the thunder cage was dispersed.
He took a long time looking at the Heaven and then he said
'Today, I have something I need to confirm' as he clench his fist and a look of determination appears in his eyes.
Whatever Azief wanted to confirm, it seems today event is about to come to a close.
Hmm..what do you think? last chapter for this month I think. Unless I could finish what I was writing before the end of the month, this is the last chapter for the month
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
343 WHAT IS HEAVEN WILL? 1
INDIA
HAMPI
The forest is vast and the trees are tall and large, and the winds inside this forest is calming and serene. It is a forest that doesn't seems to hide anything sinister or evil.
At night, beast comes out and in the morning they return back.
It is a typical kind of forest in the world after the Fall.
Inside this large forest, there is one small structure that many people would not realize if one just passes by this area in a flash.
On top of that structure, a flock of raven perched themselves on the ledges and the eaves, their eyes seem to be observing all.
While some of the other flock of ravens perched on top of the large and tall trees nearby. On the ground, serpent's slithers around the branches and hides themselves among the leaves
Two person walks surrounded by green mist as they stepped over the veins of dead trees that have envelops the place that they are about to enter.
Their eyes are both excited and their steps are marked with purpose. These two people are a man and a woman.
The man is especially excited, a smile is on his face and his eyes narrowed. The woman on the other hand shows more of an innocent curiosity.
One of the serpent comes out of hiding and coil itself around the man.
The man smiles and took the serpent on his hand and the serpent was enveloped by a green mist and morphed into a staff with a serpent head.
The woman did not seems shocked and was more interested about this structure that remains standing even after the Fall. It even seems like it has not even get scratched.
'Interesting. Very interesting' the woman said. The man nodded in agreement.
They slowly walked inside the structure, vigilant in every step. They already got ambush by a monster horde before arriving here.
The structure that they are entering is an ancient looking temple
The man seems to marvel at the temple structure, his eyes beaming and the woman on the other hand look left and right to make sure there is no threat to the man before once again examining the Temple interior
It is hard to see the Temple because from a distance it is covered by tall hills and tall and high trees.
This Temple was not as ancient looking before the Fall, but after the Fall it was like it is transformed.
Of course before the Fall happens, there is no hills and no tall trees near this temple but after the Fall, the geography and the flora and fauna around this Temple changed as it did on many other place all over the world.
They walk inside the Temple and the man smiles. He even wanted to laugh as he could not contain the happiness inside his heart.
As he walks one could see red blood drips from his dark red robe and the boots he wears leave a blood footprint.
Leaves fallen down from the robes.
The same could be said for the woman that followed that man faithfully from behind.
Outside the temple hundreds of monsters were slaughtered, leaving their gigantic carcass to cover the area around the Temple.
Their bodies were scattered around like a mess and their blood dye the grass and the soil wet and dark
As these two people walked inside the first thing they noticed about the inside of the Temple is pillars. Lots and lots of pillars.
The man knows this pillar is not ordinary pillars. He once read about this Temple. He approached done pillar and then he wondered.
'Is it really true?' he muttered. His question was heard by the woman.
'What is true?' The woman asked, slightly looking puzzled looking at all these pillars.
The man only smiles and then he taps his fingers on the pillars and that simple and gentle tap of his finger created sound of music inside the Temple echoing and reverberating inside it.
It was a pleasant melody. A wind blows by that caresses their cheeks and the summer scent could be smell inside the Temple.
The music did not come from him but from the pillars. The wind and the summer scent is alos probably the work of this pillar.
That man smiles.
'Musical pillars' he said and them he added
'Magical musical pillars'
'Oh' the woman said, closing her eyes and opening her ears as she started to listen to the melody before it fades out.
'That is interesting' she said as she opens her eyes. The man only nodded. Then he said
'Fifty-eight pillars. Not fifty-six. That is the interesting thing' He said to himself. The woman finally understands something. This man knows this Temple more than he let on.
So she asks
'You know this temple, Lord Loki?' A woman that is beside that man said.
'Yes' Though he did not exude confidence when he answers that question. These two people are none other than Loki and Trisha.
Loki nodded.
'I dare not say I know it. But I heard of it.' He added
'All good things I guess'
Loki only smiles and Trisha knows not to go down that rabbit hole. She also did not say anything as she looks around at the temple.
Loki faintly felt a little ease now that they are here.
After knowing the location of that Orb, Loki and Trisha immediately come to the location in the Treinheim paper after finished sending off Ezzio.
The Treasury is another place while the orb is here. Why it appears here and not in the Treasury is also weird.
Because Trisha saw the orb in the Treasury.
But now it is here. Loki doesn't want to see Ezzio again so maybe after this he would ask how that Orb appears here through some other kinds of communication device.
He needs to improve his social skills after all. Loki shakes his head after arriving here.
This area used to be a village.
A poor village but a peaceful village.
Like most villages in the world it is ordinary with a little bit of pain and some small joy of life.
The Fall changes everything
After the Fall, nobody lives around here anymore because there are many beast and monsters that roams around this area.
The village people is probably all eradicated, eaten by monster or killed by other people or by the wars that ravaged all of India during the years where warlord rules over large area.
Though Loki put his bet on monsters.
When Loki arrived here he saw hundreds of monster, all gigantic and many of them the size of a small hill.
Probably only one of them is enough to swallow all of the villagers of this village.
He then immediately kills all of them as they are obstructing him to enter the Temple. After killing all of them and the coast is clear of any ambush he and Trisha finally enter the Temple.
This Temple is the Vittala Temple in Hampi State
Though it might have a different name nowadays considering the many warlords that spring up in India after the Fall.
India in this past couple of years remains largely independent from the two great organization that have begun claiming stakes since they have been organized.
But the influence of the Republic and the World Government is slowly seeping among the warlords.
The benefits of joining them sometime even outweighs the cons
Loki could care less. After all he did not come to the past to care about matter of nation of kingdoms.
He is fighting for the highest stake.
He is fighting for the fate of the entire Universe.
As Loki walk inside the temple, he could recognize the displays of beautiful Dravidian architecture and carvings that truly speaks of those artisans of those times.
Loki grins as he recognized something.
Loki through his sensitive sense also sense some magics imbued in those architecture, in the murals on the walls, on the statue that lined ups on the outside of the temple.
It is everywhere. It is finite, infinitesimal even, but it is there.
Loki knows that many of the stories about gods in many cultures refer to those creatures that visited earth thousands of years ago.
The stories are not just stories and the myths aren't just myths. There is a grain of truth in the old stories and old myths.
Loki look around, his eyes seems to want to burn the image of this Temple inside his mind.
Then he smiled
'India was probably also visited by those creatures' he muttered
To say that those creatures are God is not entirely false. At least to the eyes of those primitive ancestors of humanity they must look like Gods.
After all they could control the weather, predict the movement of the heaven and Earth, moves mountain and direct the waves of the sea with the simple matter of waving their hands.
'It is always a temple' Loki muttered in annoyance. Loki recognizes that after the Fall some Temple were morphed to contain some rare treasures or monster.
'Musical pillars' Trisha muttered in amazement.
Loki nodded and began explaining
'Yes, musical "magical" pillars' He stressed on the magical part and Trisha could only roll her eyes and shakes her head.
But Loki pretend like he did not see what Trisha just did and resume explaining things about the Temple.
'It baffles people of course. From what I know a long time ago a British man tries to unveil the mystery by breaking two of the pillars but they could find nothing inside it. So, it should be fifty-six pillars' and he smiles a knowing smile.
Trisha found this weird.
Then Trisha look again at the Temples and then she realizes something and she look back at Loki.
'But there is fifty-eight pillars' Loki nodded with a mysterious smile.
'It does, doesn't it?' Loki said without explaining any explanation.
'This Temple…. does it have connection with those creatures?' Loki thought to himself.
Anyway, I decided to release two chapter today. Anyway, I think this month every day will have one chapter( Not promising anything. If I fall sick I won't be posting anything)
.And before anyone is confused about why no posting for five days I address some matters on the Age of Heroes page so I am going to copy paste that note on the comment page later.
Anyway, I know I said this arc is about to end but damn it is taking time. At first I tried to skip it but then when I write it I know that if I skip it that later I need to explain some things. I am setting up when Azief becomes Sovereign everyone will get the feeling that they were at least not blindsided why Sovereign are so powerful and why they are the way they are
This chapter in particular delve into it a bit but it is subtle.
The whole chapter also deals and show what influence the Death Monarch really posses all over the world.
Since most of the time we are seeing the world through his eyes and he rarely exercise his influence, the readers might think his influence is not as terrifying but in this chapter it also talk about in the eyes of the world what a terrifying anomaly Death Monarch really is and why the whole world walk on eggshell when there is anything concerning Death Monarch
I could not skip it and instead I was forced by my own characters to write it. I need to explain some thing in details so that if there is a plot hole in mys troy it will not be that much.
I talk quiet a lot this time. Anyway, next chapter in a couple of minutes
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
344 WHAT IS HEAVEN WILL? 2
Loki went to the Main Hall and behind him Trisha followed only to see something that make his eyes narrowed.
An altar.
This altar is weird in that it doesn't seem to originally exist in this Temple before.
The altar was made by some kind of illuminating rocks but the color coming out from the altar is not blinding.
Instead it only glows intermittently with bluish dark glow.
'It is supposed to be there' Loki said, and one could see he is slowly getting angry
Loki looks at what supposed to be the place where that Orb is. He sighed.
'It's not there' Trisha said stating the obvious which only increase Loki irritation
'I have eyes. I could see' Loki said sarcastically, as his eyes turn cold. Trisha clicked her tongue in annoyance and then said
'Could it be Ezzio lied to us?' Loki shakes his head almost immediately
'No. It is not him' Trisha looks questioningly at Loki and asks
'How are you so sure?'
Loki comes closer to the altar where the Orb should be. Then he pointed to the base of the altar
'Look'
Trisha come closer and examines it. There is a scribble. No, she thought as she finally recognizes it.
'It is a painting. Of clouds' Loki nodded
But Trisha doesn't understand.
What does a painting of clouds mean to Loki and why does that makes Loki sure that it is not Ezzio that is lying to them? That is what puzzles Trisha the most
Loki knows Ezzio.
He wouldn't dare do it because Ezzio knows him and he knows Ezzio.
And if he really doesn't want Loki to get the orb he wouldn't even try to negotiate. Since Ezzio doesn't know the use of that orb he didn't even have any motivation to keep it.
Of course if he knew, Loki knows whatever persuasion he said would not be able to let Ezzio give the location of this Orb.
The second reason was because he is sure it is not Ezzio is because of that painting.
He knows of that painting. It is like a calling card. He has seen it a few times on his dealing with the many seedy people in the crime underworld.
At first when he saw the empty altar he thought it is Yewa Hafar work. That he had found it. But no. It is not his work.
There isn't that stench.
At least it is better that this Orb falls into the hands of that person instead of Yewa Hafar. But still, Loki would find his heart more at ease if that thing is in his hand.
'Lord Loki, tell me, what does it mean?' Trisha asked
'The moving clouds high on the heavens. That is his symbol'
'Symbol? Whose symbol?' Loki bitterly smiles as he answers
'I don't expect you to know him. He is quite reclusive and he rarely shows himself to the world. But he had quite a run in with the World Government and the Republic last year. But because they were so many shocking things that happens last year people might have even forgotten about him'
'Who are you talking about, Lord Loki?'
Loki look at that painting, the flourish of that style of painting shows the arrogance of its painter and sighed.
'Ku. Or Sora. It could be translated as the sky or Heaven. But it could also means Void.' Then Loki added
"In the Void is virtue, and no evil. Wisdom has existence. Principle has existence, the Way has existence, spirit is nothingness' Loki suddenly spouts a quote from Miyamoto Musashi in the Book of Five Rings
The moment Trisha heard that name she immediately remembers that person. Void!
'You mean Void stole it. That guy stole it? He didn't seem like a thief' Loki nodded
'Why?' she asked
'I don't know. And it doesn't matter why he stole it. But we must get it back.' Loki frowned. He had to hand it to Time.
It is making him work for it.
Trisha look at Loki frown and then she sighed.
'Will you not tell me what about this Orb that had you all riled up?' Trisha asked, her eyes staring at Loki.
Loki only smiles bitterly but he did not answer.
'Another secret? Or is it another lie? Or both this time?'
Loki did not say anything. So, Trisha also becomes silent. After a few second of awkwardness she said
'The Broker?' she asked
'The Broker' Loki replied.
Trisha walks out from the Temple first while Loki stays inside. He sighed and then he smiles.
Then he slowly tapped his finger on the pillars as a melody sounded from the pillars, the sound carried by the wind of the forest and he smiles a little bit wider
He understands something as he tapped these musical pillars.
Could it be the reason why Yewa Hafar could never find the orb is because it is in this temple?
Could it be this melody that comes out from this Temple is the same kind of melody that comes out from the Wheel of Reincarnation?
Loki heard it of course.
That melody.
But not during Azief summoning of the Wheel. He heard it too but it not quite the same a Azul melody when he make his Wheel rotates.
He heard it a long time ago when he met Azul. It is probably why it doesn't have much effect on him.
He realizes that during the Final battle, that melody could weaken Yewa Hafar.
Of course at that time it is not Yewa Hafar the whole world was fighting. It is his master. And his master has no match in this Universe.
Loki taps his finger on another pillar and another melody sounded.
This Vittala Temple has fifty-eight musical pillars. Could it be if one taped the whole pillars a new melody might come out? Is that the reason why so many beasts roamed around here? And if so, what Melody this is?
And then Loki had a feeling. He closes his eyes as he tries to sort out all the thoughts that is swimming inside his mind right now.
Could somebody have foreseen this thing all those thousands of years ago, and help humans to build this temple by imbuing some magical properties in these pillars to make sure it does not fall into the hands of Yewa Hafar?
Or is it just a happy coincidence that the same melody that could suppress Yewa Hafar is the same temple where that orb is located?
It is hard to believe it is just a coincidence
'Fate?' Loki asks in this empty temple and his voice slowly was drowned out by the sound of music that comes from him tapping the pillars.
'Destiny?' he asked again and he smiles.
Then he laughed.
'I never even believe in those things. Not because I deny its existence. But because I don't want to be chained by it'
Then he added
'My Grand Path is not that different from Azief Grand Path'
Then he laughed even more boisterous as his hand keep touching and tapping the pillars as he walks out from the temple with a joyful mood, the melody rings inside the Temple, resonating and like a bell tolling, sound only certain people could hear
He might lose the Orb but he senses something more important than that. Something or someone have foreseen all of this and that something or someone is probably on his side.
Whether that something is fate or destiny or someone or something else, Loki now have more confidence.
It is just a premonition but Loki premonition is usually scary good. When you once see the secrets of the Universe, Loki premonition is no longer just some normal premonition.
It could even be considered a supernatural premonition.
Is it a Deus Ex Machina? Because Loki kinda need one right now. Nothing is going his way. He always hated reading story that have Deus EX machine in its plot.
But in real life, he desperately wanted some kind of divine help that will help him save this fucking Universe.
He is tired of doing this alone and he is battered by fate and destiny. He is like Sisyphus pushing a rock to the top of a cliff only for the rock to steamrolled him at the top and he had to repeat it again and again.
But he kept going. Probably that is why Time God Jean in the future chose him.
Because he probably knows that no matter how sick and tired, how beaten and broken he is going to get trying to save this Earth and all of the Universe he will not give up.
He just couldn't give up...not when hope is there. It is kind of cruel to have hope sometimes. It makes people unable to let go.
Not until that last moment came. No one understands this obsession and fervent desire unless they experienced the Final Battle. It was hopeless from the very start.
It is why he understood Louise and Morgana in a way. Morgana might not have fought in the Final battle but she also probably lost a few important people in her life in that battle.
Even until the end, Loki still doesn't understand Morgana and what she truly wants. Even now, he is questioning what Morgana told her about her motive.
She always said she wanted to kill Death Monarch but Loki could see there is love in her eyes when looking at Azief.
It is the gaze a daughter gave when they look at their fathers. Loki sighed as he wondered whether this premonition is really right.
Loki then walks out from the Temple and saw Trisha waiting for her.
'You really wanted to see the Broker? Don't you at least wanted to wait a couple of months…you know to let things cool down a bit?' Trisha asked
'What's wrong?'
'I know you don't like seeing him especially after…you know' Trisha said. Loki only bitterly smiles and said
'Desperate times call for a desperate measure.' Trisha only shakes her head. It is not really desperate right now.
But she must admit seeing the Broker and hearing what that person had to say is probably the fastest way to get information on Void.
Void. A reclusive expert like that is hard to find and even harder to trace.
'I don't think the Broker will forget that you sabotage that person plans in Bolivia. The Broker lost a lot of men that day' Trisha said
She looks worried. Loki on the other hand only waved his hand and smile
'I am just worried that if you go to the Broker this time, that there will be a trap waiting for you'
Loki shakes his head.
'Let's just says I have leverage. Just open the portal' Trisha harrumphed in dissatisfaction.
'Fine. If you got trapped there don't blame me later' Loki only chuckles.
Trisha then threw out an octagon shaped metal on the ground as the space around it weakens and a portal to another place emerged out from the octagon shaped metal.
Loki enters the portal and Trisha follows behind as they disappear from the Temple.
The flock of ravens around the temple flaps their wings upwards and disperses and the serpents that slither around the grass and around the branches dissipated into green mist that is carried over by the wind.
The place was quiet and calm after Loki and Trisha left. Half an hour later however something weird seems to be happening. It is the second weird thing to happen in this area today.
The wind change directions and the area felt like it is being compressed and stretched until it reaches its breaking point.
Then a space distortion happened and the space deconstructed itself around the Temple as a person seems to come out from the thin air.
Destruction energy emanated out from him.
That person looks around the area. He saw the destruction left behind by Loki and Trisha and only smiles.
He saw the Temple and he was about to enter the Temple but then he stopped.
Looking at the Temple, his eyes seem to be wavering with feeling of fears.
He looks at the Temple in disgust and backed away from the entrance of the temple. He could hear the ringing of the melody inside the Temple and his face frowned.
'No wonder, no wonder I could never find it. It is here' he said to himself.
That person however did not seem that disappointed as he said
'At least it is not here anymore. It is fair game for anyone now, Trickster' that person said with a malevolent smile on his face.
He then walks back from the Temple and as he takes a step he disappeared from the area. The winds then blow gently and the forest is calm again.
I saw xincerely novel get first place. And then I saw many romance novel taking all over Webnovel and I suddenly get the idea to also write a romance novel. it was then I was reminded of something. Lord Shadow is not yet finished. It hasn't even get past the first threshold which is the Time Crisis.
Then there is Age of Adventure. And Age of Heroes. And Age of Heroes Novus Gaia and I satrted foaming in the mouth. Can I finish all of it before I died?
Huhuhu. I guess I will not be trying to be writing romance. because if I did I will amke sure you would curse me.
Helia and Arial, Azief, Sofia and Katarina, Aero and Amy. My work always had some kind of romance tragedy waiting to happen.
I still remember the spew of curses I had during the Arial Helia Incident.
Anyway double chapter today, Hope you like it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
345 WHAT IS HEAVEN WILL? 3
SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
The thunder no longer roars, the winds on the sky slowly dissipating and the heaven seems to be defeated. But that person still looks at the Heavens like it still had one last thing to do.
His eyes show he is not yet done.
'Not yet' he whispers, his eyes are sharp and severe.
'It is not enough' It is not yet enough for that person. His black robe seems to have given the illusion of the people that is watching, like that black robe could cover the whole world.
Great auras of powers emanated from him, an energy of seven different energies that influence all the energy around him.
This man decided that today is the day. He needs to resolve something in his heart. Only then could he confidently tread his Grand Path
'Today, I have something I need to confirm' he said as he clenches his fist and a look of determination appears in his eyes.
There is only one person in the world that could look at the Heaven this defiantly and without an ounce of fear. He is the legend of the world and the strongest man in the world Death Monarch Azief
His heart is blazing with a willpower to defy the Heavens
And then something happened. Something that he willed to happen. Because right now, what he needed is time.
Right now, he needed time to think and contemplate because the next step is important and he needs to prepare his mind.
Because he could feel it.
That thin barrier between mortal and God…. he is almost grasping it. He is grasping at empty air right now…. but he knows it is there.
Somewhere…. that barrier is there. And when he found it…then and only then he could break that barrier apart and surpass his limit.
Right now, everything else is tuned out of his mind. It is strange and weird. He out of all the heroes of this era is plagued by problems of the emotional kind.
It should have slowed him down in his journey to strength or at least halted his ascend to the peak of power.
Yet it did not and it never has.
One could even say that the problem of his heart become a fuel for him to understand more. When he wanted to run away from his matters, he went cultivating.
Just like right now. As he decided to confirm something and as he gazes upon the clouds and the sky above it, everything faded away.
All of his distracting thoughts flew away like he is waving his hand and the clouds all moved away and all he is thinking about is none of those things.
His eyes seem to be shining with some kind of ancient wisdom and the aura in his body emanated that feeling of an ancient being like it is etched in his bones
And something seems to be formed dep inside him.
It is a kind of willpower that trumps everything. It is desire, a want, a need…yet it surpasses all that and none of that.
It is difficult to explain and even harder to understand.
Nothing could erase it or wore it down once it is formed.
A pure desire of wanting to know…of what binds him and what chains him in this vast Universe, that desire turns into a flame that could not be extinguished
A Will.
In his mind, he asks these questions. Is there truly no free person in this world? Is being a true free person is a curse instead of a blessing?
What is true and false? Azief only wanted to know this question. But the more answers he got, the more question he had to ask.
He didn't want to be the frog that think the sky he saw from the bottom of the well to be his Heavens.
He wanted to know more and see more, feel more and understand more. He wanted to soar on the sky and see what is out there.
He wanted to be...more...more than what he is right now.
He is still looking at the sky, his eyes clear and full of determination. However, this is not the same sky that everybody is seeing right now.
And in their eyes…. Thing are a little bit different than the way Azief sees the world.
Because right now, in Azief mind everything is slowed down and as such his eyes are looking at winds slowly disappears in slow motion, a distant thunder stretched out in almost a snail crawling time span.
To be more accurate his perception is speeded up and everything seems slow. As he looks at the heaven he is thinking of many things.
Today he is about to confirm something. And if he does, then this path that he had taken is correct.
Azief think of all the things that happened since the Fall. There are many things that have happened and there are some things that have passed him by.
He was the same person back then. At least some of that part of him still exists. There is regret a bit in that, and some longing for that past version of him.
But, he embraces it. All of it. The regret and the longing
He is remembering each and every single one of those memories. It is the reason why he becomes whatever he is right now.
As things appears slow in his eyes, Azief could even see some wind that is slowly forming under the perception of his eyes.
He could saw the particle around his body is being pushed away by the emanation of energy coming out from his body
He wanted to sigh and wanted to complain
In this world, no one seems to understand him. Or the things he did. When what he did and what he thoughts of is extremely simple.
There are many opinions regarding him. Some say that he is a Devil not caring about all the lives in the world.
And it is not hard to understand why he got such a reputation. Each time he battles someone, the people that was caught on the crossfire was numerous.
Some of them survive, while others become collateral damage.
If one looks at his battle against the World Government almost a million has died when he attacked that Island of Peace with his Seven Battlestars.
And of course because of his disregard for people when he is in a battle unless that people is the people he knows or have relations with who he saved, other would usually become his unintentional victim and that disregard for lives gained him many enemies.
When he killed so many people in the Island of Peace, those soldiers he fought…did they not have fathers, sons, daughters or wives?
Didn't he fear those people would seek him to avenge their family?
But did he care? He didn't. Because no one could harm him. A person couldn't, and a hundred people couldn't and even a thousand people couldn't.
Those that try such things have already turns to ashes beneath the roads of ashes and dust beneath the Death Monarch boots.
A Devil. That is what some people believe.
However, the people of Pandemonium believe him to be the guardian angel of their lives. Azief did not even have to do anything to gain such reputation among the citizen of Pandemonium.
As long as he sits on that throne is the Centre Palace of Pandemonium, the safety of Pandemonium is guaranteed.
His existence alone is deterrence to those who have ill will.
Everyone who lives under the grace of Pandemonium pray to the Death Monarch and love him even if he doesn't love them
Because Death Monarch did not need their love and nothing would change even if those people didn't love him.
Nonetheless, temples are erected for him to show their love for him. Some even believes the more they love him, the more they would receive the care of the Death Monarch.
He did not discourage it…but he did not encourage it. He did not want to know if people are building a temple for him and he does not care enough to discourage them.
After all, the tragic affair that happens since the Fall could break a person mind. Not everybody is sane these days.
Even Azief sometimes question his own sanity sometimes
The things he did and the things he had try doing and the question is his mind all shows him that he had become a different person.
He did not shy away from killing and when he had an objective he would not mind risking his life to make sure he would accomplish it.
This is nothing like him before the Fall. He is not a cowardly but he is not that brave either.
And probably that is the reason why those insane people built those temples for him.
In a chaotic world, to live as safely as they did in Pandemonium, to prospers and thrive in a world full of dark forces and monsters in the forms of beast and people, is because of the large shadow that the Death Monarch cast all over the world.
It is a large shadow that chills the heart of any criminal and thunder in the hearts of other forces.
His name alone is enough to make sure criminal think ten times before doing something and make large organization and warlord to halt their moves confirming many things before doing anything.
Then there are also some people who believe him to be ambivalent in action and behavior. And this is also hard to dispute. He could be like that sometimes.
And there are people that believe him to be just an eccentric person like those experts that seclude themselves in mountains or secret islands and don't want to enter the world stage.
While some other people believe he is just like other power hungry people that wanted to rule and conquer the world like the World government and the Republic using his brute strength as his weapon to slowly conquer the whole world.
This is a bit short because if I continue I had to stop a little bit further and it will increase the SS count to much. I try to strike a balance between long chapter and amount of SS so that it will not drive away readers too much.
If I posted the whole chapter then in one sitting one had to use fifty SS and that would only made me lose reader. in the end, I am like Azief. greedy and selfish. As a writer, i want my work to be read by other people.
Anyway, I hope you like the chapter and please vote for it. Thank you all for staying until here amidst the horrible grammar in the beginning. I have improved a bit but I am not perfect.
I don't know how to hire a PR and what should I offer them. After all while I am a contracted author I am not on the high tier author like the others so there is not much that I could offer. But I also don't want to offer too little.
After all, there is a lot of chapter one had to PR if they work on my book.
Hmmm. Anyway just ranting a bit. I should have not rant so much. Now, you just waste one SS to hear my ranting. Sorry.
Mwahahaha ( PS: Only this one time I am going to be this cheeky. Next chapter afterword will be pretty dry)
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
346 WHAT IS HEAVEN WILL? 4
If there is one thing he wanted, ruling the world is not one of it. It is too inconvenient and it did not answer the question he had in his heart and in his mind.
If ruling the world would show him the answer, then he might be interested.
It is the reason why the World Government have relaxed against him and why the Republic try their best not to get into conflict with him.
Because they both know that their interest does not align, so why bother making themselves to be enemy with him.
But both of them are also wrong on their perceived reasons of why Death Monarch did not desire the world.
The World government believes he is just being lazy and found it troublesome to have the grand aspiration that they have, to unite humanity and bring peace to the world.
They believe it to be a grand aspiration. To Azief however that grand aspiration is laughable.
The Republic on the other hand believes that the reason why he does not want to rule the world is simply because he is not interested in it.
They were both wrong. Azief himself never like ruling people and was not adept at it but that does not mean he is a wooden statue.
He used to have this thought of also ruling the world, and he also had interest in it in the beginning. Only after knowing some things and understanding some things, he lost interest.
Pandemonium is one of the three great powers in the world and everyone knows that the Death Monarch rules it.
But is he really the one that rules Pandemonium? He created Pandemonium. That is true.
But did he rule it?
No.
That is the truth. He did not rule it. People forgot that while he sits on the throne and his word is law, he never rules Pandemonium directly.
People forget because all of Pandemonium official establish laws according to what they think Death Monarch likes and dislikes.
They know the Death Monarch hated organized crime so they banned them.
They know that the Death Monarch hated slavery, so any slavers that dare to sail the Pandemonium Sea would be executed.
When all of these laws were enacted and written Azief had never spoken anything about it. But the officials were all proud.
Because to those officials the silence of Death Monarch in those issues means his assent and his approval. If he does not agree he would surely say something
These officials all have seen how the people outside Pandemonium. They all acted like beast and monsters.
Without laws and enforcers to enforce those laws, people commit crime when it suits them, killing and even more horrendous crime was committed, and people suffering are as heavy as the weight of Heavens.
But in Pandemonium it is different. Death Monarch sitting on the high Throne is like the most effective deterrence.
No one wanted to be pulverized into atom particles with one punch of Death Monarch
The people that are in Pandemonium court are all volunteers.
Seeing Pandemonium in peace and a good place to live for civilized person, they all believe that they are doing good in the world
They do good things so they believe themselves to be a good person.
They all think that they have read the Death Monarch mind and serve the court in the best interest of Death Monarch.
If they know Azief could care less about the courts and its officials, how sad would it be for them.
He did not decide policy, did not establish laws, did not care much about taxation and one could even say he does not care who comes and who goes in his court.
Those who rule it is his officials. And who is those officials?
It is the people under his friend employed.
The people that Sina trusted, the people that Wang Jian, Athena, Freya, Somi believes and trusted.
They filled the vacancy in the central governance of Pandemonium.
Probably only Loki understand him and probably only Loki could see that while Death Monarch words is like a decree from the Heavens to the people and the officials of Pandemonium, he never directly rule.
When he was offered the throne, he took it.
Why?
Because not taking it will be inconvenient and taking it will be convenient. It is that simple.
The one that created the government was not him.
He never cares for such thing and he never understands why the people after the Fall wanted to establish governments or create some kind of law or governance.
This is probably the attitude that made Azief the first person that touched the barrier between Sovereign which is as lofty as a true God compared to the other stage of cultivation.
To Sovereign, unless you are at least half Sovereign you are no different than a mere mortal.
Even Half Sovereign, if a Sovereign really wanted to kill them even if a Half Sovereign muster all of their strength, they would surely die without a shadow of a doubt.
Azief thoughts was different than the other people of the world and he did not share their belief and their desire to create the old world.
Because that old world has crumbled and so does its way of life. Azief accepted this easily and embrace it wholeheartedly.
But not all of the people in the world is like him.
To Azief he does not understand why the people of the world could not see that it doesn't matter what civilization you created, what kind of organization you form or what kind of conglomerations you create, with sufficient power one could turn it to dust in one swish of one hand.
Azief saw it earlier than the other.
Or probably he is the only one that realizes such things and determinedly survives all those tribulation and life and death situation and become who he is now.
To create all of those thing is easy.
With powers and abilities humanity possesses now, to build a building that reached the sky would probably only take a week and to create a large city would probably only take a month.
But as equally easy it is to create such thing; it is as equally easy to destroy it.
When Azief fought Sithulran, how many island was sunk down to the sea bed and how many hidden villages and lives were taken unintentionally by him?
Without power, all of those things that people created is like building a house that is built upon pillars of salt and sand.
With one gust of a wind, it would crumble down.
Which is why he had always find it weird why people like Hirate, Boris and many others instead of seeking for power waste their time busying themselves with scheming and plotting.
This is not the world before the Fall.
You can scheme and plot to take down people stronger than you…this is still true at least to a point.
But only up to a certain point.
However, when someone reaches a certain level, no matter how many schemes you could hatch and how many plots you had hidden; it would be pointless unless you could kill him.
This is why Azief strive for greater power and strength.
Because he knows when he reaches a certain level, no matter how people plotted against him or try to harm the people he loves, if he is strong enough he could reverse Heaven and Earth and render all such petty schemes and plot useless.
Azief right now could arrogantly and confidently say he is not afraid of schemes or plot. It is not because he is confident in seeing through all plots and scheme.
It is because simply that even if it's the scheme is shown or directed at him; he would just simply break it down.
It is why he did not try to scheme against Loki. It is why he does not scheme against any other people.
Because he doesn't need to and it is pointless to do so.
If he really wanted to kill, for example, if he wanted to kill Hirate do the people in the world believes that he would care even if Hirate is the President of the World government that he, Death Monarch would not dare kill him.
It is simply because it is inconvenient to kill him and Azief had never and interest in killing him. Killing Hirate would invite chaos.
And chaos would not be beneficial for him to seek the answers to those question he had in his mind.
But the most important thing Azief found the man to be…... interesting. To fail two times against him and yet have that steely determination no matter how many times he fails, to Azief, Hirate was a rare talent.
There is a strength inside him.
But it is also a waste. Azief only know one way to reach the top. Forward. He moves his feet forward and he keep walking.
He rarely looks back. He only looks back if by looking back he could move forward. Other than that, his eyes is forward and his feet keep walking.
He did not waste his time trying to build things or create things. Not because he didn't want to or couldn't.
It is simply because he knows he is not yet powerful enough to protect those things he created.
Since that is the case, why bother from the beginning to start such thing and plunge oneself into a world of hurt and pain?
He is strong now. But he knows he is not the strongest. He had climbed all the peaks that this world has to offer
But outside this Heaven, outside these cages many people have put themselves in, Azief knows, there is a Heavens beyond the heavens and there are many more peaks he needs to climb before he is truly on the apex of existence.
People said that the people standing at the top are lonely. They are all powerful old creature unmatched in power and at the same time lonely.
Thank you for reading. Hope you enjoy the story. i said it is going to be pretty dry right. Anyway, this chapter explore many things and maybe serve as a look back at what Azief has achieved all these years.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
347 WHAT IS HEAVEN WILL? 5
Azief…honestly don't know. Is loneliness the price to pay to stand on the top? He could feel it too these past few years.
He had improved by leaps and bound after his meeting with Azul. His eyes were opened to more and more secrets of the Universe.
He felt he is the only one in this road.
When he looks back he could only see a few people that is also walking the same road as he is. But the people he loves and the people he cares about was all behind him, far and almost like a mirage in a desert, unclear, trying to reach him.
Sometime he asked himself. Is he abandoning those people, or are those people abandoning him?
Is he walking too fast and they stopped because they could not follow, or is it because he walked too fast and those people, no longer wanted to follow?
He thought of this matter and he could not help feeling some kind of loneliness. He was used to loneliness. But in the past, that loneliness was not that intense as it is right now.
Because now he knows how to feel. If Sofia problem is that she feels to much then he had the problem of not knowing how he feels until the last moment.
As he walks forward and father than anyone else, he become something else. He is not a wolf. Alsurt once joked that he is Fenrir.
A harbinger of destruction and Enders of All Life. Because at the time Azief was trying to kill his feeling.
Only be being heartless could he survived. And the World Ending Wolf is heartless as it is merciless.
Alsurt once ask him if that kind of path is worth it?
At that time, that was the only path that Azief knows. But now, he knows better.
He is not a wolf. He never wanted to be a wolf.
Azief… was more than a wolf. He is even more than a lion. He is not the dragon that sails the clouds.
He is the heaven because he decides so.
This is the world which only the strong survived. To have the right to do anything in this world, one needed to abandon the feeling of weakness.
One needed to transcend common sense and common feelings. That is what Azief once believed.
But he is no longer.
It is the same reason he hated the World Government. Creating a nest for humanity, restricting their choice to choose who they wanted to be is why Azief despise the World Government.
When someone reached level 10 and if they are the citizens of the World government their growth and development will be decided by the World government.
However, people still flocks to the World Government.
Why? Because they offer protection and a nest. To Azief that protection is a cage.
And the people of the World Government are all birds trapped in a large cage. It is no different that the heavens above Azief head.
No one knows how many times he looks up at the sky and itch to have a battle with the Heavens.
After he saw Azul his desire to contend against the Heaven grew. Each time he looks up at the sky above, his eyes seems to be challenging the Heavens.
The more Azief walk his path, the more he felt that he transcends worldliness. Heartless and merciless.
But it also makes him feel like he is slowly becoming less and less human. It was then he met Azul.
The more he experiences the lives in those sabers that feeling of humanity slowly returns. Six lives and six emotions
It is enough for such a magical experience to evoke feelings and sentiments.
And then he saw Azul. And by talking to him and seeing him executed his spell, a new road had shown itself to him.
So, he jumps lanes.
While the others still following that old lane, he notices something. So he quickly jumps lane. He did not want to follow the path of heaven.
The path of heaven is not like many people believe. It is not merciless. It is looking at all things as equals.
And looking everything as equal it is no wonder that the Heavens views human lives as straw hats and dogs.
Because everything is equal under its eyes. And as such it appears merciless and without compassion.
Azief body is full of the Heavens energy but he himself is not the Heavens and he does not want to contain the Will of the World.
He challenges the Will of the World and he had won. He did not want to usurp the Will of the World.
He only wanted to prove that his Will could take some of the space in this world and show him his Grand Path
His Will could even overpower the Heavens
He defies Heavens because he doesn't want to be merciless and heartless. If he reveals his thought people might be thinking he is spouting abstract nonsense but that is not the case.
He knows it. To cultivate the Path of the Heaven, one had to watch all things as equals.
One had to lose many things. And those things he had to lose, is something he could not do without.
So, he chooses another path. Azul chose his path because of his anger and regrets. Azief chose his path because he doesn't want to lose what he already had.
From the beginning till the end, Azief did not change. He is still greedy as he is before and as selfish as he is before.
He wanted everything and he would never let go the things that is precious to him.
And even though it inconveniences him, it is when that selfishness arises from his heart that he would get up and despite that inconvenience he could even defy the Heavens.
He is as selfish as it gets. Sacrifice someone he loves for the greater good? Fuck that. Give an equal trade for an equal power? Fuck that too.
He will not give anything and he would not be sacrificing shit
He did not care about people mocking him. Because honestly who dare mock him right to his face unless they are tired of living?
He selfishly going to do everything he could to protect everything that he had. He would not even give an inch.
That selfishness turns into an obsessiveness and that obsessiveness turns into a Will.
He wanted to roam freely on the vast earth and laugh at the Heavens, like a carefree immortal traversing the starry rivers of the Universe.
So, today he would confirm one thing. Is the Heavens…truly eternal?
Then as he thought of this, something seems to open itself inside Azief mind.
He could feel some kind of energy in his soul. It is unseen, and could not be sensed but it is there. It is something that seems to grow.
It could be strong but it could also be weak at times. It is Willpower.
And the whole world now moves at the normal pace. Azief broke from his contemplation as he could feel a qualitative change is happening in his soul
And his eyes are glowing with bluish color and seem to contain the vast universe inside it. And he smiles widely
His eyes could see it.
The energy all around the world flowing and ebbing like a wave. In Azief eyes it is manifested as a string. It is connected to everything in this world and bind everyone and everything
It is gentle at times but it can also be hard.
For a fraction of a second Azief was awe in amazement as he sees the world like this for the first time. It was absolutely breathtaking
Then he remembers what he wanted to do. And he began looking, his eyes seem to be searching something, his Divine Sense right now expanded to the whole world as he focused his senses to seek for that energy.
He then senses it and look upwards, his eyes look challenging and his face has a smirk.
And he saw a thin string that seems to want to recede back to space.
That thin string is about to merge with everything, once again encompassing the whole world and act as its Will.
Even though it is thin, Azief could see the enormous energy that thin string possesses. It has a certain divine aura about it that make people wanted to submit.
But Azief could not care less as he felt a little different than the others when it is his turn feeling that energy
His Defiant Heart seems to not care about that aura and even seems to despise and disdain it. It seems to envelop the entire world.
Azief wanted to laugh as he looks at that thin string. It is probably thick in the beginning but after attacking him, it has turn into that thin string.
A thin string that seems to hover in the world that only Azief could see but possessing such bright and powerful energy that it seems to fill the world with colors
'Is that the Will of the World? Is that it?' Azief ask himself, with his tone look like he is mocking the Heavens. And he laughs
It seems that the Will of the World is eager to leave. And an evil smile surfaced on Azief handsome face.
End of this chapter. Next chapter is titled Grand Path. Hope you like the chapter and understand what Azief path is and why he was so obsessed with it and this actually connect what will happen in the future. At least the new changed future.
Ciao for now. See you tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
348 GRAND PATH 1
The energy is strings, tangled and untangling together like it was sew upon the fabric of time and space, of reality and whatever that lies beyond it.
The concepts were sewn upon this knitted designs and the Laws seeps into it
Azief could not help but marvel upon it. One could see many more than just strings.
Sometimes there is some floating globules of light that seems to pass through those strings and sometimes altered the appearance of the strings.
Azief still did not understand what he is seeing and what it all means but at least a new world has opened up to him.
Azief was looking at the sky like he is seeing some kind of exotic delicacies and is eager to quickly eat it
His aura is rising up and the area around him seems to bend out of their way creating blurry image of Death Monarch which only add to the terrifying pressure and his image to the people watching him
On the other hand, the whole world is looking at the Death Monarch imposing stature on the air with trepidation.
They could not help but gulp and felts sweats forming on their forehead. Such raw power and might.
If they have to face Death Monarch in a one on one battle, they are quite sure they would surely be turn into dust in just a few seconds.
To meet Death Monarch and to trade blows with him only a few people in this world are qualified.
Meanwhile on the sky, the energy emanating from Azief pressures the entire ocean as not even the wind dares to ruffles the robes of Death Monarch and the sea waves that exploded out from the sea dare not splash itself to Death Monarch
His body seems to be enveloped by a weird energy that seems to be melded with other energy
The energy around him seems to contain myriad energy of creation and destruction, like he was the source of all energy.
Around him one could still see the effect of the destruction when Death Monarch use his one wave of his hand to shot out a powerful force of destruction that kill all of the assassin.
The whole world saw how wherever that force of destruction swept by everything was extinguished and destroyed.
Just remembering the screams and the wailing of those assassins could bring a chill into one heart.
And Death Monarch appearance at that time truly made everyone who felt him felt dread.
Even after killing so many people, it was like he was just swatting a fly as he did not even change his expression.
However, he still stands there on the air, looking upwards. So the whole world was curios and also perplexed.
What else?
Right now, Death Monarch have finished his transformation and his body has recovered almost immediately.
There are no wounds on his body and nothing at all to suggest he was attacked by the Heavens most powerful arsenal.
The vital force of life that seems to spread out from him as the center is prove of that fact, as the undulating waves energy ripples out.
So, what is he waiting for?
Then the whole world saw Death Monarch said something. To those who bought a high surveillance device they could even hear what Death Monarch was talking about.
And since Azief did not seal the area and he didn't care if people are listening, it is extremely easy for anyone to hear what he is saying
'Since you are already here, why do you want to leave in a hurry? Please stay a little bit longer. I felt it is inappropriate if I didn't repay what you have given me'
That is what they heard.
But not everyone understand who is Death Monarch is talking to.
And on Azief face there is an evil smile
Azief was speaking to the Will of the World. The people of the world could not see the world Azief is seeing but Azief could see it.
And that is the only thing that matters. The other people are still blind but he is awake and he could see it
His guess was right.
The world is becoming sentient and has possessed a Will. This fact, everyone one way or another knows this. They could feel it.
And probably later in the future, that Will could come into the Earth morphing into a corporeal body and possessing intelligence like humans.
However, what he wanted to confirm is that whether the Will of the World could be destroyed. The Will of the World is formed from the Will of the myriad beings that lives and dies on Earth
Azief did not know it but if Loki is here he would answer that it could. After all, in the future this happens before.
After the Six Sovereign was crowned, Raymond and a few other Sovereigns manipulate the Divine Laws and cut the Will of the World, ending the Prohibition of Sovereign.
The Prohibition of Sovereign was ended because the act of cutting the Will of the World cuts the path of anyone for ascending to Sovereign.
'No more new Sovereign' Raymond declares this to the world at the time
The Will of the World at the time was tore apart and the Universal Laws went crazy, as the waves thrashed around the shore and the sky spouts thunder and lightning that could decimate mountains.
Azief on the other hand found the answer by himself today. He seeks and he scour and finally he found the answer.
One of the answers to many of his questions.
He breathes in and then he opens his mouth and he roars to the clouds.
The sky opened up above him and the wind was chased away bringing the clouds with him
ROAR! The sound of the wind tearing apart and space being broken fills the entirety of the sky and sound of explosion exploded out in the broken space.
The undulation of waves coming out from his roar is like a strong waves beating on a small boat in the middle of the sea as it beats the clouds and the wind squalls.
'HAHAHAHA' he laughs.
His laugh seems to echoes through the entire world. It was arrogant and unrestrained, looking down on all creations.
However, to the people who wish the death of Death Monarch that laugh seems like a tolling bell that will only stop on the day of their death.
'He survived' some of the crime family head in some secret location in Earth spoke in resignation.
Then they would sump with a listless expression on their chair
Most of them have betted that Death Monarch would not survive today but who knows like before that bet against Death Monarch is always wrong.
Some of the crime family head seeing this turn of events where Death Monarch survived even slump on his chair looking dejected and wanted to stuff their stomach with wine and forget what happened.
The criminal world all know one thing.
That as long as Death Monarch exist, the crime families have no way of coming into the surface, of seeing the sun and breathing the fresh air.
The Kasap organization who was watching Death Monarch intently using their surveillance device after seeing the failure of their assembled elite force immediately packed up and leave all of them went into hiding.
It was organized and swift.
They don't want to face the wrath of the Death Monarch when he returns back to Pandemonium.
They are all going to lay low.
Only the old man with the monocle still stays in that dark room without a light seemingly oblivious of the failure of the HQ to eliminate Death Monarch.
Even if he knows he would probably not be scared. He only sighed and shakes his head
'I already told the Young Ones not to be too rushed. Death Monarch is not that easy to kill. They should have listened to this old man' Then the old man sighed again as he sits down at his chair and continue carving the wood.
This Old Man did not emanate any fluctuations of energy but he is not afraid of Death Monarch finding him.
If Death Monarch could find him that would truly means it is his fate to die. Because this dark room is not a normal dark room and this Old Man isn't some normal Old Man.
The Old Man keep carving the wood, concentrating fully on the wood he is trying to sculpt. He put the thoughts of killing Death Monarch to the back of his head
Part one of an eleven thousand word chapter. Anyway hope you enjoy it because this chapter will also hints to the next development of the story.
Many of the seeds were planted and it is now time to slowly watch them grow and then reaping it. See you all tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
349 GRAND PATH 2
Meanwhile on the sky of the South Atlantic Ocean, Azief is trying to grab the thin string with his hand.
His hand itself is envelops by seven energies that seems to be able to grab anything in this vast universe.
Wherever it passes, it either absorbs, destroy or break down the concepts and energies they clash with
Even though there is no longer thunder and lightning. The roaring of the wind did not cease and light filled the dark sky
The thin string sensed danger and immediately flashes through clouds as it retreated away as fast as it can.
Azief wanted to clear a doubt in his heart and in his mind and want to take advantage of the crisis to strengthen himself.
That is what he had always done to get stronger. Take advantage of the crisis to become stronger, no matter what. And now there is a chance for him.
His body is now like an empty receptacle.
With his body transformation, he felt he could contain more than just energies of the Universe. He could contain even worlds inside it.
His body alone is powerful enough to smash Laws. What kind of concept is that? To destroy laws just by using the prowess of the body
This kind of terrifying body physique, there is not many in the world that possesses such strength and prowess.
He roars and then he laughed. To the people watching Death Monarch behavior right now, they could not understand.
But some people understand.
Even though Oreki, Hikigaya, Raymond and Katarina are now far away from Azief location, they could still see something and sense something.
They are just not quite sure whether what they are sensing is really what they think it is. It is hard to confirm unless one sees the world through the eyes of Death Monarch
Oreki sighed. And then he turned to look toward Hikigaya and said almost despairingly
'The Wall is getting taller and taller. Can we even climb over it?' He said with a sigh
Hikigaya heard it and there is a faint smile on his face.
His eyes were shining golden colors before but now it has dimmed and the blood that drips down from his eyeballs has also dried up.
There is still some paleness on his face, his back is sweating cold sweat and his hands are still trembling because of the pain but he only smiles and said
'If it is so easy to climb this wall, why would we desire to climb it? If it is that easy, why would we even try to climb it?'
Oreki hearing this was shocked before he laughs joyfully and nodded his head in agreement.
'True' he said and then he turns to look toward Katarina. Katarina look at him and raise her chin.
Oreki only shakes his head and then said
'He is fine now'
Then he added
'He is better than fine. I just hope he remembers old favors' Oreki said looking at Death Monarch trying to grasp at something.
He didn't know what the Death Monarch is trying to grasp but he could sense something that is changing in the energy of the world.
He had a pretty good guess what Death Monarch is trying to do. In the end, his Grand Path is not the same with Death Monarch grand path
So, there is no need to understand his path
Katarina only nodded, understanding Oreki feeling.
She herself felt it and had a guess. But her Grand Path is quite similar to the path of Heavens which is why probably she didn't even try to understand Azief Grand Path.
Freedom.
That is Azief creed. But her creed is to bind. To let thing stay as they are. To froze a moment eternally
In a way her methods are the same like the Heavens.
Oreki look at Katarina lost in thought after nodding at him smiles a bitter smile and then with a flash of thunder he disappeared from the scene.
Hikigaya on the other hand no longer have the beast he had ridden to the battlefield before. Instead under his feet is balls of clouds.
He then said looking at Katarina, his voice is weak and he seems to suffer quite a grievous injury during his battle with the Divine Thunder of Extermination
'My work here is done. Tell him, I have paid my debt. We are even' Katarina nodded and Hikigaya clouds moves away as his figure slowly shrouded by a fog of clouds and disappeared from sight.
Raymond on the other hand look toward that dark clothed figure in the sky and sighed. He looks at Katarina and then he also sighs.
There is only silence on the area between Raymond and Katarina.
Other than the sound of the space breaking and wind roaring in the distance, it was like silence has descended in this part of the sky
'You're not going to say something?' Katarina asked Raymond. Raymond contemplate a bit and he close his eyes as he seems to be thinking of something
'What else is there to say? What is there more to say?' Katarina look at Raymond like he is some kind of a weird person she did not get a grasp on.
'Why did you save him? You didn't need to. And everyone knows that while Hirate try to appear buddy with him, everyone knows Death Monarch hated the World Government ways of doing things. If not for his disdain for dirtying his hand, he would have killed Hirate a long time ago' Katarina asked.
After all she understood why Hikigaya trying to save Death Monarch.
Hikigaya wanted to repay a debt. He must have saw something, a path leading to the trial he should have walked on when they last clashed in Island of Peace.
So, today he come to repay it back so he would not owe anything to Death Monarch in the future
Oreki while is not that close with Death Monarch his presence here can be understood. Oreki had always have vague relationship with Death Monarch but Raymond?
There is not much relation there nor is there a need for Raymond to try to save Death Monarch life
Even if he does not come no one would blame him. Raymond also seems to be thinking of how to answer this question.
He will not talk about Hirate matters since he did not want to talk about politics. After all it is not like the Death Monarch is that fond of the Republic either.
He will only answer why he came today.
There is a shadow of a woman that flashed by his mind when he was thinking the answer to this question and he smiles bitterly
Then Raymond answered Katarina question
'Because he wanted to save the world. He was fighting Sithulran and if no one helped him before, one could surmise they might be more opportunistic villains trying to take his life than just Kasap.'
Katarina shakes her head and decided to accept that explanation. Then she said with a kind of a mocking smile
'You are still that honorable man I know. A good guy' Raymond notice the mocking tone she use
'That is actually a burden' Raymond said.
'What is?'
'Being honorable and good' he said. Katarina was silenced and the she nodded and no longer offer any words.
If Raymond is the typical hero in a story, then Azief is a villain. Because villain is true to their desires.
Everyone have a light and darkness in their hearts. But people always pretend that they don't have that darkness in their hearts
He embraces the dark side and stay true to his desire no matter what people say. But its probably because of that he is lonely
Someone who is true to their desire is usually lonely.
Raymond just shakes his head and asks Katarina, breaking the awkward silence between them with another question that doesn't help to ease that awkwardness
'I always felt that you don't like me' He ask looking straight at Katarina.
'I don't' Katarina answered swiftly
'Why?' He asks calmly.
the answer did not shock him that much. After all he had always expected so. But Raymond didn't think she hated him because he is in the World Government.
It doesn't seem like Katarina care much about the Republic. After all the one ruling in her stead is her brother.
So he was always curios about why Katarina never seems to like him
'Why does it matter?' she asks
Raymond frowned and said
'We never clash swords against each other and I don't think I did anything to make you hate me so I want to know why'
Katarina look at the distance and saw Azief. She smiles a bit and then she answered
'He doesn't like you' Raymond was curios of this and then he also looks toward where Katarina gaze is seeing and he understand
He almost laughs at the reason
'Is that a reason?' he asks
Katarina nodded and answer
'It is a reason for me' Raymond hearing this unexpected answer suddenly chuckles
Then like he couldn't hold it anymore he laughs at the absurdity of it all.
'HAHAHA' he laughs
'So that is the reason' he sighed and then he nodded and added
'Thank you for resolving the knot in my heart. So it was always that simple. I wish I was that simple' he said and then without turning back he fly below the sky and disappeared from sight in almost an instant
Now, only Katarina is there, looking at Death Monarch in the distance.
The other have retreated and only Katarina is still there. Anyway, who do you think best girl? No, don't tell me. I know all of your thoughts. I heard all about it. Anyway, I am not going to make it easy for you all. Like always I am the S author. Mwahahaha.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
350 GRAND PATH 3
Now, only Katarina is there, looking at Death Monarch in the distance.
She herself is feeling weak. Her eyes seem heavy and wanted to close and she could only see a blurry image of Death Monarch in the distance.
Then she falls down unconscious but before she could even fall down a few meters below, someone hold her and carry her down gently.
That person is wearing a black robe that seem to be knit from the darkness of the night and that person channel his life force to Katarina as that person lay her down beside another woman.
This black robe person is none other than the Clone Body of Death Monarch. Beside the unconscious Katarina is the unconscious Sofia.
Azief clone body seems to marvel at this sight and he almost smirk which is uncharacteristic of him
He sighed as he holds both of those women hands and channels his life force slowly and gently so that he wouldn't accidentally burst their body to be wrecked into deviation of energy
Meanwhile, in the sky, Azief instead of emanating an aura of embracing life on the other hand is accumulating killing intent all over his body.
The reddish black aura spreads out from him like he is the source of darkness
'Eternal…'he said and then he grins. He pushed his feet and the air on his feet crack and exploded into a deafening sound of explosion.
The space around him bend and the particles of light around him refracts and seems to waver.
Then in a blink of an eye, he moved faster, as light around him also bend and curves upward and downward at the same time while other time it is bending itself on the opposite direction.
It was silent an d unseen. That was how fast he was moving. With his body getting stronger, his body could handle the pressure of the speed now forced onto him
Azief is chasing the thin string and he would never let it go.
Their chase seems to bend all manner of concepts in this world and throw every path they passed by into a chaos mess of energy
He keeps grasping around the thin air each time he moves and the thing that makes him annoyed is how close he is in grasping it.
It was so close he could almost taste the sweet taste of victory. And Azief eyes became even more determined each time the string managed to get away
Each of his grasp is like a fatal strike as the motion of his grasping movement rips apart space and distort time, creating a weird dilation of time wherever he grasp his hand
The energy that is coming out from his body did not help to minimize the damage he done to an area.
Seven energies that seems to govern all manners of concepts is emanating out of him, an unstoppable momentum of power is slowly building up with each failure
His eye is still on the price. No matter how fast the thin string seems to move Azief is always just one step behind, chasing it with his eyes wide open.
By now they already move away from the South Atlantic Ocean and the collateral damage he left behind is shocking.
Like many people once said about him, Death Monarch is a storm.
If a storm does not move, then it is good and nothing bad happens. But once a storm forms and moves, many things will get decimated by the storm
Azief after his body transformation also increases the speed his body could now exhibit and even now as he is chasing the string with breakneck speed in the eyes of the world, Azief knows deep in his heart he could push it even further.
On the other hand, the whole world was shocked because the Death Monarch seems to be chasing something in the air.
He is not only chasing something; he is chasing it with a speed that surpass the perception of even the most perceptive levelers.
And some people don't understand what Death Monarch said before he disappeared from the South Atlantic Ocean.
'Eternal? What is Eternal?'
But some people of course could understand what he means. Some reclusive experts only smile bitterly.
Death Monarch has always been contending against the Heaven. No one knew Death Monarch Grand Path but they all know that Death Monarch did not really cultivate according to the Will of the World.
One could see it from the way he acts and the way he fights.
Perfection is a taboo and sooner or later the clash between Death Monarch would happen. Those experts know it and so they could somewhat guess Death Monarch intention.
An old person drinking whiskey on some kind of dark room look at the sight and he smiles viciously
'What a person! To try to strangle the Heavens! Bold!' The old man said and he laughs.
Everyone knows Death Monarch name so fame was not the reason he is doing these things. And people like Death Monarch might even disdain such thing as fame.
So, the only reason why Death Monarch despite the pain and difficulties is doing these thing is probably because of something else.
To the old man it seems like there is only one reason why Death Monarch acted like that.
'To seek an answer'
The old man said to no one in particular.
Those who understand was shocked and those who did not could only marvel at the speed the Death Monarch is employing in his chase against some invisible force.
As he grasps the air, Azief could feel the energy of the world seeping into him like he was the sponge and the Will of all living things in the world is water.
His body is gathering divine momentum and a superior force is coming out of him that seems to shake the sky.
As his momentum keep increasing the whole world seems to become pale as dark snows rain down from the sky.
Some places in the world rain down black snow while some other pour down rain and some other places become a thunder land as thunder strikes down the Earth erratically like it was going crazy.
Azief laugh in almost an insane way seeing all of this happens with no care in the world. And it is clear from his eyes and his action he despises the way of the Heavens.
He is ferocious and deadly and the divine momentum that is building up seems to resonate with all the energy in the world.
It almost seems like the world seems to be vibrating as light bends and refract as the chase between Azief and the thing string intensifies.
Unlike before his speed was silent and leave no trace. It was almost like he wasn't there flying around the world chasing invisible things.
It was like he merged with light and then arrived at the point end of that light and then he keeps chasing using this new method.
It was like an instantaneous movement
One could at most see a flash of light before he disappeared almost immediately after.
In the blink of an eye Azief and the Will of the World has raced all across the world and leave their mark all over the world in the sign of space breaking, storms forming and thunder attacking
And the Will of the World is getting even weaker as it used all of its power to defend itself from Azief incessant act of trying to capture it
The thin string seems to have some sort of protective fog surrounding it. It is formed by the Will of all living thing in the world.
It is like an impenetrable shield. But Azief only scoff looking at that last ditch attempt.
His body is now full to the brim with the energy of the world, his momentum is heaven defying and with that he pushed his body to reach the fastest speed it ever reached as it even seems to touch the barrier of Time and Space
And for a fraction of a second Azief saw some bits of an image from the future before he appeared in almost an instant just a few inches from the thin string.
'Now' Azief shouted to himself
Azief smiles confidently as he stretched out his hand and the might of Heaven and Earth erupted out from him almost instantaneously
And with his fast movement and the energy around him that is growing even bigger his might pressure the space around him as it bends as he grabbed the string and the whole world seems to tremble the moment he grabbed it.
BBOOOM!
Volcanoes erupted in some parts of the world, the sea went crazy, the world shakes and the sky roars in pain.
The moment he grabbed that string a counter energy run through Azief body which only helps refine his already powerful body.
Azief laugh in amazement.
It does not hurt at all. Instead it was like he was bathed in cold water on a hot day, feeling refreshed
It is like some nourishment that the Will of the World provided as it tries to struggle free from Azief grasp.
'A Will' Azief said to himself as the thin string seems to struggle and utilizing everything it could tor try to free himself from Azief grasp.
Azief only smirk with satisfaction.
'You attacked me today' And with that sentence it his eyes turns cold. Then he added
'While it did not inconvenience me and instead become an opportunity to me it doesn't change the fact that you attacked me'
He grins and said
'Weakening you is the same as strengthening me. You just attack me and expect me to just relent? That would not be appropriate considering I put myself to be your nemesis. I despise your way and will not follow it. I just wanted to confirm something' he said as he slowly grasps the thin string tighter.
The sky rumbles and one could feel the world roars from all directions. The wind blows by producing roaring sound and thunder and lightning cracked the sky
The defense around the thin string slowly crack before it slowly crumbles and all of the defenses that the thin string has erected against Death Monarch was rendered useless.
Saving girls, defeating the heavens all at the same time. Hehehe. Anyway hope you like the chapter and leave some comments.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
351 GRAND PATH 4
At the sound of the crack a grand explosion erupted in the air above space. It exploded with energy that it seems to parted all the clouds in the southern hemisphere.
It turns out that Azief and the Will of the World fight has gone out from Earth already as they are just a shy away from Earth atmosphere.
The thin string becomes thinner and it gave buzzing weak sound like a whimper.
The energy of the Heavens was breached and a different kind of Will usurped it. No…it is melding into it, taking away some of its specialty and devouring the useless things in that Will.
Light shattered around the thin string.
It was like the thin string was bombarded by the might of a creature that stand in defiance and run contrary to the principle of heavens.
What is the thing that Heaven believe stand on contrary against them?
Perfection!
It is a taboo and an existence that is hated by any Will of the World. Because only the Heavens could be perfect
Azief kind of understand that. It is why he was subjected under such punishment. Perfection is rare.
It is not exaggerated it almost extinct. Such being that pursue perfection either die midway or succeed and become a Supreme Being in the vats Universe.
The reason why it was so hard to pursue Perfection was because of the constant need for more energy to absorb and refine.
But on Earth, Azief knows he could cultivate his Path until the end. Because the world has the World Orb.
The thin string in the grasp of Azief is like a fish being strangled struggling to fight.
But it is useless as the rate of destruction that Azief exhibited is truly shocking.
All over the world dark black snows keep piling down, the birds fly away as the sky keep darkening, the winter wind blows from all directions, the cutting wind split hills and settlements
Azief could sense all this. But it did not make him hesitate at all.
He smiles and then he crushes the thin string with his hand as motes of energy seems to spread out all over the world.
A force spread out all over the world.
It is an invisible force but everyone could feel it. Anyone without missing even one could feel something is changing in the world.
It is a type of premonition and also some kind of instinct
Erika who was halfway across the world is on a small boat. Her head is lying on the chest of Antonius.
She felt cold suddenly like winter wind passes her by and something wet falls down on to her
When the force spread out throughout the world she opens her eyes slowly. Then she looks at the sky and her hand seems to be touching something.
She hears the Song of the Sea, the Song of the Wind, the Song of everything under the Heaven and that lives on top of Earth, their melody melancholic and full of bitterness.
She felt a Will disperses and a new Will was formed.
She shakes her head and smile bitterly.
She looks back at the sky above her and she closes her eyes before opening it back accepting what has happened
It was that droplet of water falling down from the clouds that caused her to be awake.
She saw a droplet about to fall onto Antonius forehead. She waves her hand and that droplet went away.
She did not say anything to wake Antonius. She caresses his cheek and kiss him gently.
Then she only looks at the empty space in front of her and the only thing could see is the vast blue sea and many gigantic sea monster silhouette below it.
She looks at the Sky, felt the Will and then she looks at Antonius and something is building up inside her heart and her eyes felt wet.
She touched her eyes and she almost wanted to laugh and cry at the same time. She hears the Song of everything under the Sky, but she also has her Song that she wanted to sing to the sky
She thought about all of the things that has happened and she doesn't know what to feel.
The years keep going and the time will come. But until that time come she will only see good things and see beautiful things.
She will appreciate the beauty that this new world has to offer
She decided so, so she will do it. She wanted it to be so, so she will fight for it. All the heroes of the world seem to be fight for something.
By fighting for something they see their Grand Path and those that is brave and bold will surely walk that path until the end.
Everyone seems to be fighting for something. She has no grand aspiration to become like those shining heroes that define an era.
She only wants to fight for the things that is precious to her. She takes a deep breath and try to calm herself down.
'It is not time' she said. It was probably to herself, or it might even be to Destiny and Fate.
It is not time she seems to be saying. It almost sounded like a prayer. It is also the same words Loki always said.
Yewa Hafar set up chess pieces and Loki is moving it and they both think that they are the only player in this universal chess game that spans Universes and realities.
Erika dare not say she is a chess player.
But she knows the chess moves ahead of others.
And probably knows more than she lets on. So she sighed as above her head clouds of rains gathered together and rains falls down.
'This rain…when will it stop?' she said and like the clouds is responding it falls down heavily.
She did not know whether to smile or cry at this moment.
Antonius opens his eyes and saw Erika. He groggily was woken from his sleep, but even as the rain keep pouring down, not a drop of rain is around him.
Erika let the rain falls down on her but she did not let it drop on Antonius.
He saw Erika looking at the vast sea, sitting beside him and smiles like an idiot and hug her, as the rain finally drop down on him, his body seems to not care about the rain or about being wet if he could hug Erika.
Erika smiles with a joy she tries to hide. To Antonius the rain is nothing to worry about.
The rain however signifies something quite different for Erika. She could feel that the might of heaven was surpassed and felt that person Will supersede it.
And she knows what this means for her.
'It has begun' she said to herself. The time she has is limited.
Erika being hugged smiles bitterly after remembering about that matter but because Antonius hugged her from behind he could not see Erika face.
She likes the rain. She hates the sea but she likes the rain. Because when it is raining she could hide her tears.
Like any other person in the world she doesn't want to get wet with rain and tremble with a cold.
She could only hope that someday the cold rain could become warm tears. She let herself be hugged as she let the rain disguise her sad tears.
No banquet last forever.
She is crying because goodbye is near. And the rain is not yet stopping. Erika even hope in her heart that it never stops.
She sighed before her eyes close and she fall to Antonius embrace.
They hugged together in that small boat, two people with each of them have different thoughts.
One wanted to live together until he dies, the other wanted to create as much as happy memories before her time comes.
The energy dispersal keeps going.
All over the world people felt that there is a slight change in the energy of the world.
On the other hand, on the edge of Earth and space, the moment Azief crush the thin string it tries to put some resistance.
It erupted with power but the result is as plain as day.
Azief body right now is like some kind of powerful ancient artifact, the aura coming out of him is like he is some kind of supreme primordial existence.
How could the thin string which could be considered the weakest part of the Will of the World could possibly contend against Azief prowess?
From the very first moment Azief grasp the thin string, web like crack patterns has already surfaced back then.
It is a thin string but also at the same time it is just some kind of manifestation of the Wil of the World.
Coming out from Azief hand is a pure aura of Destruction that seems to flow across heaven and Earth and below it.
The Nether Disk is slowly being formed inside Azief Inner World. With that crushing something seems to broke in the world.
The motes of light that exploded out when Azief crush the thin string melded with the world almost immediately, probably it is recuperating again.
A complicated smile formed on Azief face.
'I have finally confirmed it' He sighed and then he said....
'The energy of the world is limited' And there is a frown on Azief face. It seems he finally saw the path he had to take.
Azief was the first that truly confirm that one way or another this pace of humanity fast leveling up will slowly weakened as time passes by.
Because the density of energy needs to be replenished
The energy that has been taken and the energy that has been refined by all the people in the world takes time to gather back and it is no unlimited like some people believes
Azief has been thinking of this since he realizes that as his body is different than the other the consumption of energy that his body required is higher than the other.
When he absorbs the energy of the world, he notices that the thick energy that is around that area seems to become thin.
At first it wasn't that noticeable because he could see that after a few days, the energy around that area return back to being normal
But as his body is getting stronger he realizes it is not as simple as that.
Sometimes, when he finished absorbing the energy he realizes that around the area where he performed such acts, the energy around that area almost seems to be non-existent anymore.
And it takes a longer time to replenish itself. It was then that Azief develop this idea and thoughts about the true state of the Universe.
The energy might be a lot but at certain point of evolution, one might even have had to take all of the world energy and causes the whole world development and evolution to halt.
Azief do not know now it yet but it precisely because of this reason that the Sovereign enacted the Prohibition of Sovereign.
And he was the one who created the Prohibition in the first place.
Sovereign are powerful existence akin of a God with powers and abilities that is beyond mortal comprehension.
The only thing that could kill a Sovereign is other Sovereign or other creatures with the same level of power like Sovereign.
Each of their battle could destabilize the Universe they resided in.
If not for the World Orb, Earth would have been destroyed the moment a Sovereign is born
Azief look on upwards and saw the vast dark space that lies ahead of him. And then he looks down and saw Earth.
He stands there on the edge of Earth and the vast universe beyond, the determination in his eyes is clear and there seems to be wisdom in his gaze
Around him his body is experiencing changes no one could understand. The Nether Disk successfully formed inside his body as his body emanated an aura of the Chthonian element.
He could feel the energy that seems to come from the souls of himself and of others. It is abstract and unexplainable energy
Then he roars at the space as the barrier between Earth and atmosphere seems to be rolled up as an almost powerful energy erupted from Azief.
He is forming another Disk.
This Disk is even more overbearing than the Nether Disk. There is a reason why he grasped the thin string other than to confirm things.
It is to steal its essence.
The Essence of primordial source.
The Universe in its vastness was born of this power.
Thunder does not form and the wind does not blow and the clouds did not gather but the might that is gathering around Azief body and inside him is a bundle of energy that surpassed anything this world has ever seen
Azief just finished forming his eight disk but he didn't even break a sweat. The Nether energy is an energy that flows in almost every Universe.
Because everything that lives, dies and the Nether Disk capitalizes in that energy that flowed between the realms of the living and the dead.
This is a powerful energy to refine and turns into a Disk. As such it should have drained one power and physical body but Azief felt no such thing.
After his transformation, the burden on his body lighten and his movement felt like there is not additional friction with the pressure of the world.
It is not like before that he felt like an oppression from the Heavens.
It was like he is jumping on clouds. That is how light his body is. His speed even if he does not use his maximum speed he would probably be faster than Will in a race of speed now.
It is because of that his body could now form Disk without burden.
His choice to use the Heaven Punishment to refine himself was the right decision.
To form Thirteen Disks would take a long time but today Azief is already about to form his Ninth Disk.
The energy around him form eight colors that seems to meld and refine the energy around him to have his colors dye them and influence them
The energy he got from the thin string is the energy of the primordial. The universe …... in its vastness is born of this power.
He reminded himself of that. In a way primordial source is the power of creation. It is different from the power of destruction.
It might be obvious that of course destruction and creation is different but such difference is actually hard to differentiate.
Destruction birth creation and creation progress to destruction. Where is the line between the two concepts?
And where does one begins and one ends?
When this primordial energy turns into Laws it becomes the ultimate form of existence manipulation. This primordial energy did not only help Azief spells or attacks, it also nourished Azief physiology.
In many mystics teaching this energy have many names. Across the ages and eons of the history of the Universe people called it the Essence of God. T
he God Force.
All in all, in those names and terms they call this power, is because the awe and how powerful this energy is. To born a Universe one need such primordial energy.
Azief wanted to cultivate this Law in the future.
If he mastered it, the primordial force that had generated everything, and origin of every universal concept it would give him the true position of a Supreme Being
This power goes beyond the boundaries of any level or scale and as such, if he could have mastered it he could achieve an almost nigh omnipotence.
Reality, Time, Space, Life, Death, Matter, Energy and every possible and impossible concept existing and non-existing in the omniverse from a single particular to the infinite omniverse it is all originated from primordial force.
This energy connects everything and keep the concepts all over the Omniverse working as they should.
Azief body right now is like a mass of primordial energy. A small mass but it energy sends ripples all across the Universe.
It is a faint fluctuation that seems to ripple even through the Dark Universe where dark titanic monsters seem to reign.
The fluctuation even reached Azul in the Vast Universe and a certain Sorcerer in some of rectangle Universe also sense the fluctuation. The Sorcerer smiles and said
'A new God is being born. A good seed' he said before trying to find ways out from the weird universe he is trapped in.
BOOM!
There is an explosion inside Azief inner world.
A mass of primordial energy seeps through the Inner World deconstructed everything and constructed everything back in a fraction of second.
Even his body in his Inner World was willed into existence inside that world by the Primordial Energy. And Azief takes a deep breath and exhales.
His eyes seem to glow deep dark blue, like his eyes seems to see through the Universe.
He then laughs.
Nine Disks!
He then tries to check his status windows. The last time he saw his status windows it seems to be distorted.
NAME DEATH MONARCH
GENDER MALE
LEVEL 79 CLASS -
RACE Eterna Sacred
FAME CONVERTED INTO EXP POINTS AUTOMATICALLY.
DISK
NINE
[WORLDLY DISK]
[UNIVERSAL DISK]
[ANCIENT RUNE DISK]
[CELESTIAL DISK]
[ALL SOURCE DISK]
[ANCIENT DEMONIC DISK]
[AETHER DISK]
[ NETHER DISK]
[ PRIMORDIAL DISK]
SEEDS
NINE
(TREE OF LIFE)
SEEDS CONCEPT
[DEATH]
[LIFE]
[REBIRTH]
[TIME]
[DARKNESS]
[ELEMENTS]
[DESTRUCTION]
[DESTINY]
[FATE]
BODY REFINEMENT LEVEL
UNDYING BODY
ATTRIBUTES
[DEATH]
[DARKNESS]
[TIME]
[VOID]
[LIFE]
[FEAR]
[CHAOS]
[WAR]
[PESTILENCE]
[LIGHT]
[DEVOUR]
[FATE]
[ORDER]
SKILL
EXPERT PRECISION
GREAT SOUL PERCEPTION
PURE DIVINE SENSE
DEMON BEAST EYE OF NIGHT
GRAND TELEKINESIS
EXPERT WATER ELEMENT MANIPULATION
LARGE GRAND HEALING
SLASHING WIND VORTEX
DEATH ENERGY FIST
AURANITE FLESH
WYRM NERVE
SKY SLASHING SLASH
CLOUDS DISPERSING FIST
EARTHQUAKE STOMP
RED DRAGON TRAMPLING THE HEAVENS
CLASS SKILLS
SHADOW ETERNAL
ABILITIES
INTERGALACTIC FLIGHT
SABER GODLY EXPERT
HYPER STRENGTH
HYPER SPEED
EYES OF FIRE
PENETRATING VISION
MICROSCOPIC VISION
ICE BREATH
WIND BREATH
DEATH BREATH
SIX PATH FINGERS
- HEAVEN SUNDERING FINGER (INDEX)
- LIFE GIVING FINGER (THUMB)
- DIVINE SLAYING FINGER (PINKY)
- STAR SHATTERING FINGER (MIDDLE)
- DESTINY SEVERING FINGER (RING)
- WORLD CLEAVING PALM (PALM)
RACE SKILLS
[LEVEL REPRESSION UNLOCKED]
[RACE SUPERIORITY UNLOCKED]
[PILLAR REPRESSION UNLOCKED]
[BLOCKING SENSES UNLOCKED]
[ELEMENT RESISTANCE UNLOCKED]
[SKILL FUSION UNLOCKED]
EQUIPPED ITEMS
BAG OF HOLDING
BAG OF LARGE HOLDING
ACCESSORIES
RING OF CREATION SONGS
RING OF FORBIDDEN WORDS
RING OF GREAT SUMMONING
RING OF ALL ELEMENTS
RING OF GRAND FORMATION
RING OF ULTIMATE SEALING
RING OF ETERNAL DARKNESS
RING OF PERFECT SYMBOLS
RING OF ANCIENTS
RING OF RUNIC CREATION
BRACELET OF PERFECT REFINEMENT
WEAPONS
HIDDEN REAPER BLADE
REAPER SWORD
HALBERD OF SEVEN HELLS OF ICE
NINE HEAVEN LIGHTNING TRIBULATION BOW
Azief sighed a bit. Now seeing it, it is even more terrible than before.
It was like it is now experiencing a glitch.
Azief expected it.
The stronger one become the status windows slowly become insignificant. In a way, the status windows are like a training wheel for kids.
As one got stronger it slowly distorted. Especially if that person strength has reached to the point it could fight against above his or her level.
He waves his hand and the status window was wiped away.
He stands there on the air smiling, his body emanating an almost otherworldly pressure as his robe flutter proudly in the air. He slowly descended down in a graceful manner.
And then as he descended down he saw the effect of pushing the Heavens until it is almost at the point of destruction.
Hope you like the chapter and thank you for reading. leave some comments and please vote for the story if you can
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
353 GRAND PATH 6
He saw the entire world shaking, mountains fall down, rivers run backward and the sea trashed about wildly.
On the part of the world where it is a bright sunny day, it suddenly rained red blood drops. On other parts, black snow dyes the whole land black.
Sadness seems to fill the Heaven and Earth, as if the world is weeping and morning something.
Seeing this phenomenal signs all the experts of the world seems like they were being awakened from a dream and sighed almost simultaneously.
Death Monarch Azief has won. All of them look at the sky with complicated expression and ask themselves.
Did they deceive themselves? Or are they really that ignorant? The Heaven Way...….is it not the right path?
Defeating the Heavens.
Death Monarch created another legend today.
In the long list that make Azief the number one recognized expert of the world among them is Fighting the World Government and won, fighting Purunghasa the Great Weronian Eight Horn Warrior and ended the Weronian Occupation and then once again fighting the World Government and now this.
Defeating the Heavens.
How ferocious and how bold. All the people of the world is shocked once again by Death Monarch who stood erect and back straight against even the Heavens.
Meanwhile the weak could only run away from the calamity that is happening to Earth right now.
As Azief slowly descended down from the sky, his Clone approached him and melded into him. Everything that the clone did he remembers. He sighed.
While this is happening, the people of the world finally remembers why the Death Monarch is so terrifying.
After he returns people even thought he had mellowed out and was content on staying on Pandemonium without caring about the rest of the world and he probably is not as domineering as before.
Today, those who think such thoughts were all proven wrong
It seems this calamity has never changed. He had always been that terrifying Death Monarch, the name that the whole world feared and respect.
He looks at the empty sky and he look at the direction where Raymond, Hikigaya and Oreki went off.
He was grateful and Azief knows how to repay gratitude.
He said to the wind
'Thank you for your help. I will remember it' Even though he said it to the wind, it does not mean that the message was not delivered.
The wind bolstered by his will travel through all tides and obstacles and reach the ears of these three people.
Right now the Will of the World is heavily depleted.
And Azief Will is paramount and seems to replace the Heaven Will of the World. When it has healed it might not be that easy to do these kind of thing but right now if Azief wanted to he could find anything and anyone in the world.
As long as one is under the heavens and on Earth he could use his Will to scan the entire world.
His eyes are cloudy like the clouds in the sky and seems to be moving like there is a wind inside his eyes, pushing that clouds
his body seems to exude a commanding presence that he almost seems the ruler of all under Heaven, his Will envelop all living things and his Divine Sense is massive as it exploded out and spread out throughout every corner of the world.
His eyes are searching for Kasap assassins and then the clouds in his eyes turns dark and lightning flashed by in his eyes.
The moment that happened inside his eyes, the sky above the world seems to turn dark and lightning and thunder seems to be birthed out from an independent energy full of Death
It is a new Will and a new Source of power.
Half a world away, an assassin from Kasap organization just came out from a teleportation rip after he took all of his valuable away.
The moment he stepped out from that rip in space, thunder erupted from the sky and struck him, exploding him into bits and pieces.
All over the world this scene repeated itself, of thunder descending down and killing people in dark robes and dark clothes
The Old Man in the dark room could see what was happening and he knows why it is happening but he was not concerned.
He only sighed and felt that the HQ did rush into this. Death Monarch is not so easy to kill and he had even confirmed it with the people in HQ.
But he was just an Old Man that send messages. Though his message has reaped of lives but lives after the Fall is cheap.
Just look at Death Monarch and the heroes that light up the era. In their quest of fighting monsters and aliens, no one remembers the casualties they inflicted upon the populace.
The Old Man did not judge them. He is the least qualified person to judge anyone in this world. So, he did not judge them. He just thought of it because it is what he observed
For a person as old as him to survive the Fall, is already a miracle and he could not ask for more. Most old men died in the grueling journey of Earth after the Fall.
But he is still alive. Luck play a large part in his survival. He looks around him and sigh and there is also a bitter smile on his face.
His place is here in this dark room. Now and forever.
Even with the power of Heaven and Earth, the old man was confident that the Death Monarch could not see him.
And he sighed, his sigh echoes in this dark room.
Meanwhile all over the world right now, Kasap assassin felt like there is an eye that is watching them and hurling down heaven punishment.
Not all people possess body like Azief and in this Earth only Azief is the one that reached such Perfection.
The moment the Heaven Punishment fall unto these assassins they were obliterated into oblivion.
But it was not enough.
Azief had another target in his mind that he needs to seek. As the thunders keep falling and punishing people, Azief is multitasking as his mind is stimulated.
His mind seems to be thinking of someone and that image become clear
It is not a face. It is a smile. After all the person he is about to seek has thousands of faces. But that smile remains the same no matter what appearance he uses.
He is seeking Loki. The moment he thinks of it a heavenly divine sense envelops the whole world scanning the entire world.
It should have been easy to find Loki. Then he frowned
'Heh' he scoffed.
He scans the entire world but for some reason, it gave him no results
He sighed and said to himself
'Like always, that kid really knows how to hide himself well. He is probably using that Helmet'
When Azief and Loki first met, Loki once told him he had the Helmet of Invisibility. He said whoever wears it could render himself to be invisible.
But now, Azief think differently. Loki has always been full of tricks. He speaks in half-truth and there is always something in his sleeve.
Cards and cards stacked all inside that sleeve. Azief if not for the circumstances would have felt amused.
Loki after saving Hirate in the Massacre of the Island of Peace seems to disappeared from the face of the Earth.
There are many things he wanted to ask Loki but it seems this would not be an easy task.
Azief knows that Loki had a book where it lists many artifacts.
He is now confident that the Helmets of Invisibility has more to offer than simple invisibility.
'If you're going to hide, make sure you will not get caught by me, little brother' Azief said smirking all the while.
He does not know what Loki is planning but he knows one thing. He could trust the fact that Loki seems to be doing something for him.
Azief still remember what Loki said to him all those years ago. He would be the one to end the Universe.
But even that did not stop him to move forward, to become stronger and stronger. Loki has an arrangement for him. He always knew that from the moment Loki confessed to him that he is a time traveler.
It is just that Azief is not entirely satisfied with his arrangement. Because it always risks the person closest to him.
And Azief could not accept that. He wanted to find Loki not to capture him or beat him into submission. He wanted to persuade him.
If anyone heard this, they must not have believed it. The Death Monarch who was accustomed of taking what he wants, doing whatever he wants, is actually thinking of persuading someone.
No one understand. It is because Loki is family that he will resort to persuading.
Then Azief close his eyes and open it back up. His eyes turn to normal. He then makes an analysis of the condition of the world after his battel with the Will of the World
'The Heaven Will is sapped of power and the energy of the world will probably be lessening for a while. Greedy. Like me the Heaven Will is greedy' he said with a smile on his face.
Azief slowly descended down to the ground. There is a piece of land that is held up together by some magical energy.
Amidst the roaring sea waves, it could not reverse this patch of land.
Azief knows who did this. His Clone uses his energy to bind some of the fractured island into a safe haven to put two of the great heroines of the world.
The world watch as the world turns calm, the sky turns bright, clouds moves gently, the wind blows gracefully and the sea calms down.
Light that came from the stars seems to bathe Death Monarch and as he descends it was like he was a holy being descended down from the Heavens to relieve humanity of its suffering and sins.
The entire world was silent, only the sound of the sea waves hitting that patch of land and the wind that accompanied it could be heard.
The world has turned calm but the fear that Azief has imprinted stuck deeply to all the forces in the world.
Kasap which is no doubt hired by the crime families was easily dispatched by Death Monarch. With the wave of his hand, they were all turned to dust.
Those who fled from Turkey however suffers an even more tragedy as they were struck by lightning and turns into charred meat of bits and pieces that scatters throughout the four direction of the world.
Death Monarch is ruthless…...but he is also a powerful ruthless person, making not many people in the world dares to provoke him.
It is why his position in the world is unshakeable. One sometime even view him higher than the other two great powers.
Azief finally descended down on that patch of land and waved his hand as the sea water around the patch of land all floated into the air forming a shield barrier that protected the patch of land from being showered by the splashes of the sea waves
He walked forward and saw the two beauties lying side by side. Katarina is covered by ice. It is the way her body respond to wounds and injuries.
Sofia on the other hand seems to be emanating as a sharp aura that comes out unconsciously from her body.
He glanced at them and then suddenly he felt that the question in his mind right now is even more confusing than the question he had to ask to the Heavens
In his mind he was thinking who should he pick up first.
It might seem nothing but Azief has spent his time with Katarina and Sofia enough to know that they would surely cares for such matter.
No one could understand what Azief is thinking right now. If the whole world heard his thought, they would surely be shocked.
After all that, the question he had the most difficulties in answering is who he should pick up first?
Azief is thinking intently on this problem
He at least hoped they would wake up by now which would save him from this dilemma. But there is no such luck.
He sighed and then he opens both of his palm
Coming out from his palm is green glittering light that seems to be exuding a gentle life force as it enters Katarina and Sofia body.
'Please wake up' Azief seem to pray in his heart
But they still didn't wake up and Azief out of character click his tongue before realizing what he has done and try to cover it up by coughing a little loud.
'But at least their face color is not pale anymore' Azief thought to himself as he saw colors is returning to their faces.
They seem to have recovered bit by bit.
Azief look at both of them and knows he could not delay anymore. There is also Will but he is not to worry about that sworn brother of his.
When he scanned the world a moment ago, he already saw Will being taken away by Sasha.
It seems Sasha was a bit late to the party but she still comes. After all, there seems to be chaos in Pandemonium. Azief notices it when he scans the world with his Divine Sense.
Something seems to happen when he was fighting the Will of the World. Anyway, he would ask Sasha when he returns back.
Then he turns back to think about his current situation. He looks at Katarina and Sofia again but he was not as in hesitation how to deal with the problem.
In that few seconds he had decided on one thing. This time he did not sigh.
Then he said to himself
'Fuck it! I was never a good person to begin with. I am greedy and selfish. I want everything and don't want to lose anything'
With a determined face he approached the two girls and then he grabs Katarina with his right hand and Sofia with his left hand and slump them over his shoulders.
Then he kicked off the ground and flew away from the small patch of land as it exploded into debris and sunk in to the ocean bed.
In just a few second he disappears from the South Atlantic Ocean leaving only a trails of clouds in the sky
The whole world still stood transfixed looking at their surveillance device and it wasn't until they could truly no longer see Death Monarch figure that they finally regain back their consciousness.
They look at the destruction Death Monarch left behind and they felt themselves feeling weak and powerless.
From the start of his battle with Sithulran and then ending with him defeating the Will of the World, the destruction that Death Monarch wrought in those two battle echoes throughout the world, thus once again proving to the world why he is the strongest person in the world and have no match
Death Monarch Azief is like a deterrent force because he is playing the role of a nuclear weapon like the deterrent force before the Fall.
He is a walking nuclear weapon waiting to detonate. Thinking of such pressure breathing on your neck is not a pleasant experience at all.
Death Monarch battle shows the world, that he is living in an entirely different life than the other levelers.
This level of power that seems to transcend humanity and even entering the realms of Gods would give anyone pause.
Everyone is thinking…...what is the way forward for the world? What should they have focused on?
Many people used to think that Death Monarch was stupid not to create an influence when he was in Seed Formation and think he had let go a great opportunity.
Instead he ignores those whisper and focused on leveling up and was mocked because some people think.... What could one man do?
Today, he proved that those people who mocked him that one man could sometimes change the world.
And in Death Monarch case, he could even destroy it if he ever so wanted. And that is a terrifying thought in many people mind.
They realized today, it was them that focused on the wrong things. Now, they could only try to chase his silhouette.
And to chase after the back of Death Monarch, there is only a few people in the world is qualified to chase it.
Death Monarch.
This name has always been a headache for many people in the world and each year his influence and power grows and at alarming rate at that.
And now he had reached the point where nothing in the world could stop his momentum anymore
And that is something to think about.
With a deep breath and many things to think about all the spectators deactivated their surveillance device.
They all ponder on the impact of this battle to the world already delicate power balance between the Three Great Powers and the other forces of the world.
It is a point of no contention that in the Distribution of the World event, the one with the most speaking right would be Pandemonium.
No one wanted that walking alive nuclear bomb to come to their place if they dare to raise a point of contention.
The World Government because of their bad blood with Death Monarch has had their precious Island of Peace wrecked two times.
One thing those people who watched the battle could all agree on was that in this battle, Death Monarch has truly become a sovereign presence in the world.
Like a true monarch that rules over the world and all the forces in the world is his vassals and subject.
After all, no one dares disobey the word from Pandemonium unless they want Death Monarch to come.
The people of the world and even many experts of the world once believed that Death Monarch is only second to the Will of the World.
But now…Death Monarch truly deserve the title the strongest man that surpasses the Heavens.
The whole world did not know it but they are now about to enter into a new era.
Last part of the chapter. Like I wrote the Era of Sovereign is near.
The Arc is about to end and I need to tie up some loose ends like the Distribution of the World events, Will newfound power after he go to the temple and many others
Anyway, hope you all enjoy it. See you tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
355 HIS FEELINGS 1
PANDEMONIUM
BOOM!
An explosion sounded upon the sky of Pandemonium. This time a lot of people look up and they are vigilant.
It was not like before when they were letting their guard down
Something happened to Pandemonium when Death Monarch was not present. Now, there is a sound of something exploding in the sky.
It made all that participated in the event few hours ago jolted back up. They look at the sky with wariness and ready to leap into action. This is their home and they will defend it.
Even though some of the were injured, that did not stop them from raising their arm and wield their weapons. Those who have magician based class is ready to hurl fireballs or magic.
And among them some were even in Seed Formation. The sky seems to hold such threat. They waited for something, for anything to happen.
The citizens watch with bated breath as seconds turns to minutes and they began lower down their guard as they saw none of the Shadow Guards flew to the air and they release a sigh of relief.
'That explosion was nothing harmful it seems' many of those people were thinking that. That explosion is actually something else.
But some people in the crowd could feel it. It is those people that sit in the back which did not took up arms.
They were the strongest and they were the first to receive the brunt of the attack which means they were also the strongest
And they smile and then they laugh, like the anxiety and nervousness they felt before is nothing but a lie. Because they know, that person have returned.
When the explosion exploded in the sky, a black blur descended down from the sky and landed gently in the Center Palace grounds.
The dust part ways and the small pebbles and rock floated because of the gravitational pull this person emitted unconsciously
All around the area of that person landing everything seems to lost its principle concept. Rocks floats and dust parted away, and the wind changed direction.
All in all, it is like the area where that person descend seems to be going crazy, altering the very Laws that governs these matter.
Many of the Keepers of the Palace who was there in the area is shocked beyond belief.
Some of them were just returning to the Palace after what happened a few hours ago.
Then as they were resting, some of them sitting on the Pavilion while some other stay on artificial lakes in the palace ground was startled by the sound of someone entering the Center Palace.
And not only this intruder enters the Center Palace without going through the front gate instead this person dares flies over Center Palace and descended down from the sky without any permission or announcement.
They were just about to invoke the name of Death Monarch to that intruder but the moment the dust settles, the rock drops down from the sky, the wind calms down and the person face was revealed, the keeper of the Palace quickly prostrated themselves on the ground in fear.
Sweat formed on their forehead, and their hands are trembling in fear.
The reason why there were so bent out of shape is because the one that has just descended is none other than Death Monarch himself.
There is no doubt in the hearts of this Keepers of the Palace that the person standing in front of them is Death Monarch.
This aura that Death Monarch emanated that seems like he was the Overlord of all creation could not be faked.
It is overbearing and domineering. It is almost like his signature move whenever he arrive. A dramatic entrance.
Azief release his breath, his body did not feel tried at all and his eyes is still clear and his mind are sharp.
He looks at the Keepers of the Palace prostrating in front of him. He could see this person have shifty eyes and have a scent of blood.
He only scoffed and that one Keeper of the Palace felt his Orb exploded inside him as he endures it and no daring to roll around on the ground.
Blood is forcing itself out from that Keeper from his ears and eyes.
Azief then no longer pay attention to that Keeper.
His face is expressionless but the aura emanating from him could pressure normal levelers like the Keeper of the Palace with only his gaze.
'Move!' Azief shouted and his voice created a sound wave as the Keepers of the Palace nearest to Death Monarch was hurled backward and smashed into the small boulder
His bones broke in many places as he tries to get up from the rubble. Then he got up and prostrated himself again but he shuts his mouth and did not say even any words of complain.
It is clear to all the Keepers of the Palace that the Death Monarch is now feeling anxious or angry.
Both probably.
It is hard to know what Death Monarch is thinking and the Keeper of the palace that was hurled backward dare not complain when Death Monarch is angry.
Azief ignore that person as he strides forward. His body is full of energy after his transformation.
It was even overflowing
But the people on his shoulder isn't.
Some of the Keeper of the Palace saw the woman on the shoulders of Death Monarch on his left and right and they gasped in shock.
Then their eyes look at each other, they smile and giggle internally like they discovered some big secret.
They also know that they have quite a juicy gossip to share with the other Keeper of the Palace in other different department.
Some of the keeper of the Palace could understand why Sofia is on Death Monarch shoulder since those two are quite crazy in their antics. It would not surprise them.
The relationship between Death Monarch and Divine Archer Sofia has always been rocky and been on and off on and off.
If there is only Sofia on Death Monarch shoulder, then the Keeper of the Palace might explain it away that those two is engaged in some fighting or some kind of lover's quarrel and it goes wrong.
But Katarina?
How do you easily explain that? This is not some normal figure in the world. The High Chancellor of the Republic and the strongest woman in the world.
Could it be Death Monarch kidnapped her and wanted to bed her?
That doesn't seem probable considering Death Monarch personality that seems like he was above the world.
And if he really just wants to fuck Katarina, the keeper of the palace think it would be easier just to ask.
If Azief knew what those Keeper of the palace was thinking they would surely be turned to dust with a wave of his hand by now.
Because the Keeper of the Palace have accustomed themselves living under the safety of the Center Palace under the foot and eye of Death Monarch, their spare time was wasted in idling in gossipy conversation.
Of course not all of the Keeper of the palace is like this. But the Keeper of the Palace that was lazing around in this area is clearly that type.
Some of the Keepers even envied Death Monarch luck with women. To hold two girls in one hand, how bold!
And one of them is even the woman dubbed the most beautiful woman in the world. And judging from her face that reputation is not in vain.
Katarina even in an unconscious state managed to look beautiful. Just seeing her weak, makes men wanted to protect her.
Azief however did not find his position enviable at all. Azief was hoping someone was in the infirmary.
Azief stride forward and as he walks every Keeper that saw him bow and dares not meet his eyes as he keeps walking.
It is not that he could not fly to that area but because he needs a little bit of time to stabilizes the condition of these two girls.
Even Azief did not understand their complication and he doesn't want to do something that might adversely affected them in a negative way
Katarina overexerted herself but her injury is more than just overexerting her energy. The wound is just superficial and is not worthy of great worry.
It is what is going inside her body right now that requires attention.
There is a potent cold energy inside her body that seems to be freezing her body from inside out.
Azief noticed this when he picks up Katarina from the ground after his battle with the Will of the World.
the moment when he touched Katarina felt the cold trying to invade his body. But it turns into some wisp of energy before it even had the chance to try to freeze him.
The pure energy inside Azief body is like a natural enemy for that energy in Katarina body.
Her body seems to emanate a cold that is out of this world. If not for the nine energies in Azief body suppressing it, this cold might spread to every place she is in.
And if not for Azief burning vital force and channeling it to coursing through her body right now, Katarina might suffer even more.
Even now the coldness that is inside her body seems eager to materialize into the real world and try to freeze Katarina and her surroundings.
But how could it truly consume Katarina as long as Azief keep supplying her with his vitality?
And Azief also have to be careful not to supply too much unless he wanted to see Katarina to suffer even more
Azief could now channel energy from each part of his body. Even now, as she is on his shoulders, energy was transferred to her
As long as he did that he could contain the cold energy.
Sofia on the other hand is even weirder.
Her entire energy seems to be sharp in nature and seems to be attacking Sofia body cutting her source of energy and slowly ravaging her internal organs severing arteries and veins like Sofia ins on a butcher block and is being dissected slowly and painfully.
Azief uses the Time energy inside him to reverse the energy that was severed thus restoring it back.
But there is still that sharp cutting storm that is trying to ravage and destroy Sofia body from the inside.
Both of their condition need him to at least tide it first before he could think of a more permanent solution.
Huh. This chapter might seem like Azief recollecting his feeling but it also reveals a few secret of Azief past and also at the same time would relate heavily to the end chapter of this arc.
Huh. I have been talking about writing the end of this chapter from about two months ago. But it is still not ending. I know how it should end but somehow there is always something more that needs to be explained. And this is just one of the true beginning arcs of the story.
I will be explaining the chronology of events in Lord Shadow in the next chapter so you all could refresh your memory of how many arc we must go through before this story ends.
Of course I will only mention events that Loki has already mentions in his monologue and his internal thought that was revealed to the readers already.
And like you all know you should not trust too much of Loki memory considering he is beginning to forgetting things.
Anyway, like always I hope you like the story and please vote for it. Maybe near the end of the chapter there will be a mass release. Anyway, today is a double chapter so give me some gifts if you can.
Azief don't know why these girls sacrificed so much for him. Because his heart couldn't bear it seeing these two girls like this.
His heart ache and his heart hurts. Seeing them get hurts, it hurts him too. He knew they are not going to die. But still his heart is in pain.
Because they shouldn't be in pain. Because he doesn't want them to be in pain. The reason he wanted to be stronger is to protect the people he loves.
But why do they keep trying to protect him? When it is he that wanted to protect them.
As he walks he think of this question and then he arrived at the answer
Probably because looking at me get hurts, hurts them as much. Because we feel the same. He thought in his mind
And he sighed as he gets to the answer.
He is anxious but he is not that worried. After all, the Nine energies he cultivated is the energy that probably could made up anything in the world.
In just a few minutes he then arrived at the infirmary. It seems the infirmary was busy as he could see many soldiers were wheel in and out of the infirmary.
Azief eyes turns cold.
He knows somewhat what happened to Pandemonium. When he scans the world before using his Divine Sense he also saw it.
But at that time he only saw the general situation and not this detailed imagery. He takes a deep breath and he enter the infirmary.
As he enters the infirmary he could see Sina in the distance. He saw Sina wiping her forehead from sweat.
Beside her is her acolyte giving her whatever she needs to concoct more pills.
She is concocting them in a golden cauldron that seems to spread the scent of herbs that fill the entirety of the infirmary.
The cauldron itself glows with a healing aura that seems to speed up the concocting of pills
Azief scans the room with his Divine Sense and he could see many people are still in pain. He snorted and then waved his hand.
An abundant life force spread out as a green aura revitalized and nourish the sick and the wounded.
The entire infirmary seems to glow with green aura. Life seems to flourish and Death seems shy to enter.
The soldiers and patients who are suffering from burns, wounds, or diseases was immediately healed.
Sina look toward his direction and she finally notice him. She stopped concocting her pills and there is a frown on her forehead.
It was a complicated expression.
She took one of her pills and crush it in her hands as a green smoke comes out from that broken pills and was absorbed into her nose as her body immediately free of fatigue.
She saw the person, and then she saw the person on that person shoulders and she sighed.
'He is bringing two beauties to my infirmary' Sina thought to herself.
Sina then approached Azief almost immediately the moment she saw Sofia on his shoulder.
She did not seem happy. But considering the situation it is hard to smile much less enjoying the moment.
The soldiers who was healed with one wave of Azief hand get up from their bed and bowed to Death Monarch. Azief only wave them away with a gesture and they all get out.
Azief decided that Sofia and Katarina condition is more deserving of attention.
The others while also sick and injured with one wave of his hand they were easily healed which is prove that their condition is not severe or as weird as Katarina and Sofia.
Sina arrived beside Azief and seems to marvel at the sight of him towing two unconscious girls on his shoulders.
Azief knows Sina is going to make an inappropriate remark so he beat her inquisition by asking a question
'Is it bad?' Azief ask as he look toward the soldiers exiting the infirmary
'Did you know it was going to happen?' She asks solemnly. There is also a hint of accusation in her voice. Azief could only sighed.
'A little late' Azief reply and Sina also sighed and nodded in understanding. She did not mean to accuse Azief but she felt for this people that had to fight and die
If their death could be prevented, it is better to prevent it
Then Sina explains what she knew of the matter to Azief
'They take advantage of us and attacked when you were gone. They seem to be pretty sure that you are going to die though. Maybe that's why they were so bold in attacking Pandemonium. They must have thought their chance have come' Sina snorted in disdain
Azief nodded, understanding a little how this matter finally happened in Pandemonium.
Then Sina added with a cruel smile
'Now they must be running around the world with their tail tucked in their behind' Azief did not respond. It won't matter if they run. Azief always repay his debts double fold.
Then he was reminded of something and he look at Sina and ask
'Kasap?' He asks. Sina heard the question and understand why Azief was asking her about Kasap. She also watches Azief get ambushed by Kasap.
But Sina shakes her head.
'No, someone else' Azief nodded and he put the matter at the back of his mind.
It means he just have to ask this question to Sasha later.
After all, Sina did not participate in the discussion about foreign enemies. Sina have always been kind of a like doctor existence in Pandemonium
As they were talking Sina acolyte was preparing things
A table was quickly prepped for Katarina and Sofia. Sina look at Azief holding the two girls and just shakes her head.
Azief put Sofia first and then he put Katarina on the other bed. He heaves a breath of relief.
Though the cold energy in Katarina body was potent, with the constant heat his vital force provided, she was not in a critical condition anymore.
Sofia on the other hand has her sharp force dulled by the constant beating it had to suffer trying to breakthrough Azief strand of energy he channels into Sofia body
It is because of that he is no longer worried about the immediate condition of these two but he is not proficient in healing others.
Especially not this kind of affliction.
Azief knew Katarina secret and the technique she cultivated. It is the reasons why she become so fast in leveling but that technique also has a major flaw.
He did think to ask Katarina to stop practicing that technique but how could he do that when he knew that it was her Grand Path.
It is because he understands that he did not ask her to do that. Because if Katarina ask him to abandon his Path right now, he too couldn't do it.
Azief just fear that flaw has flared up when she overexerted herself.
That means she would be in danger for three days.
Sofia on the other hand uses the Houyi Arrow. That Houyi Bow in normal condition did not give any side effect.
It is only when one uses it with Houyi Arrow that it has side effect if the one pulling the string of the bow is not strong enough.
Azief frowned as he looks at these two girls. Sina is already applying herbs on their bodies but Azief stands transfixed in the infirmary looking at those two girls.
He sighed.
Both of these girls have sacrifices so much for him when they didn't need to. He could not call himself human if he is not touched
If he still could not feel he is loved, he is probably the most idiotic man in the world. They both love him. It took him a long time to let that truth sink in.
These amazing girls loves him. They love him. He somehow needed to repeat this truth, so that he would not think he is just dreaming of it.
They love this broken thing.
He was deprived of love for so long that sometimes he couldn't even recognize love even when it smacks him on the back of his head.
It makes him happy but then he became confused. They both love him. But could he love them both? Love them the way they wanted to be love.
Azief is new in this love business. He was experienced in one sided love. He is even a veteran in it. But he was not so experienced when his love is reciprocated.
He doesn't know how to love them without hurting the other. Is there a way to not get hurt? Or does all love hurts?
And if all love hurts, they why do people keep loving other people? It seems love is an even harder subject than the Universe.
These two are probably the most amazing girls that Azief has ever seen and know.
And they love him. If not for the fact that it is out of his character, he wanted to shout it to the world.
Next chapter is tomorrow. Anyway, there is still many things that need to be addressed. Let me just preface this.
This Arc ending will have the most frustrating cliffhanger you would ever read. The first Arc ending was when Azief arrived at Earth two.
Then there is the ending arc of when Azief and Katarina was released from the Ice Mountain.
Let just say the ending of this arc would be more cliffhangery than that. And it all started with this chapter. This chapter is like a prologue to the last chapter of this arc.
I know how it ends in this arc and I apologize in advance. Mwahahaha.
Anyway, I promise you the chorology of the events. I'll put it in next chapter. So, until tomorrow. Ciao.
And they love him. If not for the fact that it is out of his character, he wanted to shout it to the world.
That Katarina, the most beautiful woman in the world loves him. The most beautiful woman in the world. Katarina did not show it and she would not admit it but she does like the title of the most beautiful woman in the world
Who would hate being complimented?
And Sofia, his one sided love that broke his heart by dating some jock when he was in high school now loves him.
Maybe that is why he hates athletic guy like Raymond. It is why he hates seeing Sofia getting close with Raymond.
It is petty, yes. But he never said he was not a petty guy. He does not show this side to Sofia. Because it is his worst side.
And nobody who wanted someone to love them would intentionally show their worst side to the people they like, because they want the person they like to see them the way they wanted it to be seen.
So, the person they like would like them back. It is hypocritical but all love story is alike… at least on some points.
Boy meets girls. Boy likes girl. Boy wanted to impress girl. Boy being honest and boy got dumped.
Thinking about it Azief really didn't know what love really is. True honesty or some lies? There is no manual in love.
Seducing someone have a manual. But falling in love? Being in love? Making that love stay? Making sure it is forever?
There is no manual teaching you that.
All the people in love is muddling through it all and hope for the best.
They are all in a dark tunnel and the light at the end of the tunnel is hope. That is what sometimes sustain a relationship.
The hope that their love stays true. Looking at Sofia he sighed
He never told anyone that. That she was his one sided love for most of his high school life.
Not even Sofia. That she was his one sided love is a secret he never wanted to be exposed. It is a long time ago and he think he would look like a loser if he confesses that fact to her.
Nobody knows this fact. Except him. It is why he was so lenient on her.
Even when it was burdening him and slow down his pace he keeps her close in the initial period of the Fall.
Was he blind to the fact that Sofia slow his march and even endangered his own survival? No. But he let himself to be blind because it is her.
Maybe, he felt for her even then. But he surely didn't think so at that time
He never holds up hope that she would ever feel the same and at the time when they meet during the Fall, there are only feeling of familiarity and no longer that childish feeling of one sided love.
But spending time with her, knowing her on a personal level evoke that long lost feeling of love.
And he could not admit it because he doesn't know whether the feelings he had for her is some lingering emotions when he was in high school…. or it is because he loves the current Sofia.
It is a secret he wished to never tell her. Because the him at high school is quite pathetic to be honest.
He is unconfident, he dresses weird, had a lame hairstyle, doing some stuff he thought was cool but not, and he keep blaming the world for all of the things that went wrong in his life.
Some of it is the world fault…. but most of it is his own fault.
He got nothing going on for him in high school. He was the clown of the class. He never gets bullied but that doesn't mean his high school life was rosy.
And he even at some point of his life trying to act like the other guys and participate in bullying. He regretted the fact later but any apology that comes after that would always seems like an excuse.
He did not punch people or kick people but he just ignores them. Him, the clown of the class trying to be a bully.
Neglect is abuse. It is the unseen wound that hurts the hardest
He is a weak person, always being pushed by the currents of life and never got to decide anything in his life.
Maybe all of that broke him which makes him very different from the kind of guy he was in high school.
He is colder and always seems unhappy. A weak person will always have the mentality of the weak.
He met that guy after high school. Azief was so embarrassed at that time that he had to hide. It is a past he wanted to erase.
He wanted to apologize but he knew whatever he said would sound like a lame excuse. And people never cares about why you did it.
People only cares that you've done it. And the feeling of the victim is not the same as the feeling of the perpetrator.
Azief understand it best.
Just because you were repentant and wanted to say sorry, was Azief naïve enough to think that the person he hurts have to forgive him?
Was he naive enough to think one apology could make it all go away?
It's not. Because Azief knows that what he did was wrong. It is probably why he after the Fall always rooted for the underdog.
It pricks his conscience. It is why he supported Evolver when it would be easier to allied himself with the Normies in Earth Thirty-Nine.
He knows how it feels like to be disregarded and unnoticed which makes his shame even more burdening.
He knows how it feels to be invisible.
Now, maybe he doesn't have the chance to apologize to that person anymore. That person probably dies after the many changes that happen after the Fall
But even if he is still alive, Azief still did not know how to confront that person. He did not know how to make it all go away.
All the pain and the shame and the suffering. He wishes he could take it back.
But regent comes only after the fact. The damage was done.
He tries to be better of course after he got out from that group of friend
It is not that he doesn't try, but trying doesn't seems to be giving him any result. It was easier back then to give up.
To give up on everything and just walk this life motionlessly and follow the crowd. Follow the people.
Live your life as sheep and don't stir any trouble. Don't try…. because everything has been done before. Don't try to surpass your limit because the world has settled.
The rich would always be rich and the poor would always be poor. The weak will always be weak and the strong would always be strong.
And why is the poor always be poor? Because the rich would never let the poor become rich. And why does the weak remains weak? Because the strong have no intention of protecting the weak.
And so the gap grew and while the whole world preaches equality, none of them practices what they preach. They would always be inequality. That is the truth of the world.
But one should not have been unequal on certain things…the things that they preached.
the more Azief grow up the more his head hurts with things he couldn't even understand.
The whole world seems like a mess.
He was born into a normal family who have normal lives living in a normal village near a normal city
Everything about him scream ordinary.
But he wanted to become…. something more. He wanted to aspire to something great. He wanted to be...just more than what he was supposed to be.
But the whole world at every turn and at every corner is telling him, that he couldn't. That he won't able to do it.
What is one man compared to the rest of the world? What could one man do to change the world.
It was the truth. It was reality.
He looks at the world and he felt that every construct of laws and government were all designed to gain the compliance of the people and the people like a blind man walking towards a deep pit, walked blindly to it.
The government which was built because people congregated in one place and created a council among themselves to govern themselves and bring them to prosperity and peace is instead now chaining them with things that shouldn't have chained them
Instead of helping the very people, the citizens that make up a country, they were oppressed. They were manipulated. Exploited and play around with.
Knowing this truth, how could he had hope? Hope was lost. He would always be that normal person that lives in a normal city and probably will also die in that normal city.
Azief felt the whole world was binding him with an unseen chain. It makes him feel suffocated
The chain was strong and he was weak.
Or maybe because he was weak, that the chain become strong.
It felt like his whole life was spent in a prison. A large cage. He knows it is a cage but he was not strong enough to break it. So, he lives his life inside the cage, never truly being alive.
Money, culture, country, people opinions, all of it becomes his chains and weigh him down. One could see from this how many bullshit he was thinking when he left high school.
When he left high school, love is the last thing on his mind. He was preparing to live alone until he died.
Extreme. Yes. But he was always an extreme kind of guy.
Love seems like luxury for him and no one wanted to marry a guy like him. Poor, with no to little background, nothing about him was interesting.
He was a broken and useless thing. But now he is strong.
And he knows he was wrong in a lot of things. The weak always have the mentality of the weak? Then become strong.
It was simple. Love is only for those who are rich? And have background? Then why are there so many poor people with love in their hearts.
Azief thought love have to be some kind of give and take. But he learned that sometime there is people that just wanted to give and there is some people that just wanted to take.
In love, there is always the weak person. The one that loves more is weak. But the one that love more will always be happy.
It is weird, strange and funny. But love is the only game where the weak is the winner.
Azief learned that love is something you really just couldn't understand with logic. Because love doesn't seem logical at all.
And when he became strong he noticed certain things.
It was easy to break through all of that. If only…if only he had the will to fight, back then. He sighed as he looks at Sofi and there is a gentle gaze in his eyes.
Ok, I delay it for long enough. This is the chronology of events (Only the ones that is mentioned by Loki in passing and probably would not or might still happen in the new timelines.)
Frist one is The Time Crisis. It is the first true problems that the world faces in Loki timelines. It is happening also in NT (New Timeline) but it is deviated slightly from the original Time Crisis. I don't know if you get the hints but these changes are most definitely because of Loki and the future Oracle Erika that also foreseen this event.
Then there is the subtle reference that Loki always made about the relationship between Raymond and Sofia. It is because it is connected to the event of Marriage of the Earthshaker and Divine Archer.
There is even one chapter dedicated to that particular event in LS. Then this is another event that mentioned in the latest few previous chapter.
The New World War. Loki did not say much about it other than it is connected to the Magician in Aleppo.
And of course the one that was mentioned in the beginning of the story is the Attack of Yrinia. But Loki also did not provide context for this but some of my readers could deduce why right?
And then there is a passing comment about the event of The World Without the Prince. Not much is said about this by Loki.
And then here we are at the most talked about and referenced about event in LS. The War of the Sovereigns. Of all the events that Loki mentioned, he was thinking about this event the most and anything regarding it put Loki in unease.
On many events, Loki is content of letting it happen naturally not trying to change the event that much. But if there is one event that Loki intent in changing, it is this event.
And then of course the event that leads all of this happening is none other than the Doomsday Event or usually called End of Days Event
And that it all folks. We need to get through all that event to reach the end. Huuu. I know how it ends. The problem is how to get there.
I am crying just thinking of how many words I had to write to reach that end.
Anyway, this went a little bit long but I hope all of this refresh your memory as we are racing to end this arc. Hopefully I would be able to finish it this month.
Katarina on the other hand, she was like …... there is no other way to describe her other than saying that she is like a storm. Inevitable. Unstoppable.
A force of nature. She is terrifying, strange and yet at the same time, beautiful. She is something not everyone knows how to love.
That is Katarina.
The more he knows about her, the more he realized that he keeps looking at her when he can. And looking at her and knowing about her, he couldn't help but love her even more. He will love her more today than yesterday, and tomorrow he will love her more than today.
Before he knew it he falls in love with this strange girl that does not know how to love. It was the first time Azief have become someone else first love.
And the feeling that he felt for her, this overflowing emotion just couldn't stop. It is love. He tried to hide it before. He always struggled with it. An internal dilemma
Because love is always difficult.
And Katarina loves her more than he ever deserves to be loved. Every time she says his name it sounds like she was saying "I love you"
And Azief like the fact that she could never hide her trembling heart when she is in front of him. He likes that honest part about her
It is like that every time. And each time they hold each other hand, Azief had the thought that if time stopped right then and there, that would be good.
It is why he couldn't deny that feeling any longer. The voice in his heart, it is screaming to be heard.
It seems to be screaming 'What is important in your heart!' And each time it screams Azief knew the answer.
He just pretends to be deaf until he could not pretend anymore.
And with that determination he decided to confess to her, in that night full with the light of the moon guiding her….and guiding him.
He was never a talker. He always said this to his friend. He is not someone who is quite adept with words thus he tries to speak less. But there is always a love letter in his heart.
It was probably written in his heart that day he saw her. She was a work of art that he has never seen before. She is beautiful and powerful at the same time
And since then, since that moment, there is always an endless love letter in his heart every time he saw her. An endless love letter that was never delivered to her.
He likes the fact that Katarina always seems to know what he is thinking about. Being with her…...always felt right.
The happy moments, the sad moments, each and every one of them Azief just couldn't seem to forget about it.
Each and every one of them is lighting up his heart, opening his heart bit by bit to accept her love.
In that one moment he looks at Katarina and Sofia these thoughts popped up and that is why it was so hard.
These two woman, these two absolutely amazing, stunning, extraordinary woman are probably the two woman Azief love the most in this whole wide world.
It is the reasons why it was so hard to choose just one.
It is an impossible choice for him.
As Azief finished his pondering, Sina also have finished pouring some herb filled oils on the girls. And then she turned around and look at Azief with an amused face.
Azief was perplexed so he asks
'What?' Sina glance at Sofia and Katarina almost half naked body and ask
'You like what you see? Maybe you like to compare the two?' She asks and there is a naughty smile on her face.
It takes a second for the word and the meaning to register into Azief mind and then he blushed.
'No, I..I'm..not' And Sina laughed as she said
'Your Excellency Death Monarch please excuses yourself from the infirmary. Unless you think both of these girl won't mind you seeing their naked body? I know you've seen Sofia but Katarina….'.and she let her words hang with a mischievous smile on her face.
'She has big assets' Sina said as her eyes linger on Katarina chest. Azief face gets even redder.
'Men' she said and then she chuckles after seeing Azief blushing face. The other Acolytes avert their gaze from seeing Death Monarch face.
They fear only Sina their teacher could make the all-powerful Death Monarch to lose composure and blush like a high school boy
But just because their teacher could see the blushing face of Death Monarch that doesn't mean the other Acolyte would dare to see Death Monarch blushing face
What if Death Monarch was so embarrassed and in his anger kill people?
He surely wouldn't kill Sina, one of his closest friend and considered family in the eyes of Death Monarch but these Acolyte don't think that Death Monarch would mind killing them
After all in the hearts of the Acolytes of Sina, Death Monarch probably wouldn't view their life that importantly
Of course if Azief could hear their thought he would only shakes his head. How could he just kill people just because those people see him blushing?
Azief don't know where he got such reputation for killing people wily nilly
In a way Azief image was exaggerated and there is a good and bad side to it.
Azief on hearing Sina words coughed in embarrassment and quickly excuses himself from the infirmary.
But he did not leave. Instead he floated up above the infirmary and sit on the roof. Then he closes his eyes and waits.
Azief ears perked up as he hears the hooting of the night owl in the distant. The Owls is quite prevalent here in the night.
And the night owls that inhabits Pandemonium is not the night owl like before the Fall. They have silver feathers and their eyes seems to glow in the night.
As long as it is not a White Owl, Azief won't mind it that much.
Pandemonium is one of the most forbidden places in the world and even the White Owl don't want to make Death Monarch their enemies.
After all what benefit is there in courting death. After all, all life in Pandemonium is in the hands of Death Monarch.
The moment you step your foot on Pandemonium, you are under the protection of Death Monarch.
That is a tall and large tree to shelter below. Even the fugitives of the World Government and Republic try to sneak out to Pandemonium.
As long as they did not try to stir trouble for Pandemonium, Pandemonium accept all.
It is why right at the border of Pandemonium Sea there is a lot of patrol ships of the World government and the Republic.
Because they all know that the moment those fugitives enter Pandemonium, even they do not have the guts to enter and meet Death Monarch.
Meeting Death Monarch and asking him to rescind his protection is akin in meeting Death himself.
After all the name and title Death Monarch explains all. Death Monarch. The ruler of Death. Death do no rule Azief, instead it was he that rules over Death
The world did not forget that he once brings an army of skeletons from below the Earth to fight in Poland. To raise the undead and form an army of dead things…...that is a terrifying ability and power.
It is the reason why people regarded Death Monarch as a one-man army. And it is why people felt safe under the large umbrella that is Pandemonium
But for any people who tries to do harm to Pandemonium, once they set their foot on Pandemonium, they would always be dancing under the palm of Death Monarch.
The White Owl is the same. Azief is still sitting on the highest point of the rooftop. People have a theory why Death Monarch always like to sit or stand on high structure.
They think Death Monarch like to brood thing in the dark and in high places. Well, they were not entirely wrong.
But for the people of the world, even that is worth to become news. Because each time Death Monarch broods, the whole world broods.
Because no one knows what he is thinking and he never announces anything he wanted to do in advance.
There are many cases involving Death Monarch when he decided something he would just fly off and deal with the matter without consulting anyone or announcing it to anyone.
Who knows if he is thinking of destroying a faction or to destabilizes a region or killing someone?
To them as long as Death Monarch did not move that is already giving grace and stability to the world.
When he broods, the whole world pays attention and when he moves the entire world watches in trepidation.
But right now, Azief did not think about the world or the general public. It is the farthest thing in his mind right now.
All that he is thinking about is those two girls in the infirmary.
Azief release a long sigh that seems to contain many meanings.
It was night already. Azief slowly opens his eyes. He saw the moon and for a second he looks at it and marvel at it. He looks at the sky and no longer felt the need to challenge.
His Defiant Heart has calmed down. Because he had defied the Heaven and won. He defeated the Will of the World.
There is nothing left here for him.
He then slowly gets up and then descended down from the roof.
He slowly floats down and fly gently to the infirmary. He saw Sina lean herself back on her floating chair.
Azief could hear her sigh and her beating heart with his ears. He could hear it is erratic and worked up.
Azief smile a bitter smile.
Right now the infirmary is no longer full of people like the day and all the other patients were directed to the other wing.
And any soldiers that is not heavily injured, Azief would only wave his hand and they would be healed almost immediately
Azief has been doing that from the time he was on the roof.
It is not hard for him to do and also help him familiarizes himself with the sudden increase of his life vitality.
When the news arrived that Death Monarch is around the infirmary, the Shadow Guards quickly set up another wing for the other patient as Death Monarch occupies the other wing of the infirmary.
The other Acolytes of Sina and some other people who have classes suited to healing work in the other wing of this infirmary while directing all the other outpatient into their wing instead of where Sina is located
Some other patient was directed to the many hospitals in Center Region of Pandemonium so the infirmary is free of patient right now
Sina sat on her floating chair and sighed as she saw Azief is coming towards her. This floating chair is not only special because of the obvious reason.
Yes, it floats but that is not why she likes the chair. Budiman made it for her as a gift. Budiman after the Massacre of the Island of Peace is moving around a lot in Pandemonium and living a happy peaceful life.
The chair is crafted from red jade and it helps in reducing fatigue and increasing experience when she is concocting pills and crafting potions.
She is actually sweating right now and her hand is producing heat visible to the naked eye even as she is resting on her chair.
Azief feet landed on the ground and he approached her. Looking at her Azief is also worried. He then asks
'Do you need my help?' Sina only smiles and shakes her head. Azief was about to channel her energy and she hold him back.
'Your energy is potent…. but it is too violent for my body to handle' she said. Azief frowned. He did not understand
'What do you mean?' Sina sighed and explains to Azief. She knows what Azief is worried about so it is better if she explains it as fast and as clear as possible to him
'To put it simply, your energy is pure. The purest I have ever encountered. Most of the people I met have at least some impurities in their energy. I mean, that is normal. To have impurity in their energy'
Sina is actually saying in a roundabout way that Azief is abnormal. Perfection is abnormal in an imperfect Universe. It is truly breaking the taboo
But Azief does not understand why having pure energy is bad so he asks
'Having a pure energy, how is that bad? Isn't that better?' Sina shakes her head and then said
'It's not. At least not for you' Azief snorted
'And what does that supposed to mean?'
'It means what I mean' Then she sighed and rub her forehead
'Hmm. How do I explain this?' Sina said as she gestures Azief to sit.
'We have a lot of times tonight. The girls are not going to be awake for many hours. I think I have something that you could learn. Please sit'
Azief slowly sit on the seat opposite of her. Then Sina finally found a way to explain to Azief about his energy and why it is not that good of a thing
'Hmm, think of it like this. Instant detox.'
'Instant detox? That is the analogy you're going with?' Sina only smiles and continued
'Only not the good kind of instant detox. We established that your energy is pure. So, when it met impurities it refines it. That is how pure your energy is. For you that is nothing. Because your body have always been pure, free from impurities that is mixed up when absorbing the world energy'
'Why? Because your body is freaking powerful. But to another person that doesn't possess the same kind of prowess your body possesses, that energy you channel to them….it might be more of a torture than healing. The more impurities in their body, the more pain they would receive when your energy is done with them'
Azief then look at Katarina and Sofia lying in their bed and his face turned dark
'Are you saying that what I did to them exacerbate their condition?' Sina smiles but it doesn't seem like what she said happened to them
'No' she shakes her head.
'I'm not talking about them. What you did for them was good. Katarina is like you in a way. She seems to also have pure energy inside her. I guess you taught her the Way'
Azief nodded
'But I think both of you knows that her path is not your path. Her energy is pure but not the same way you are. You understand that right?' Azief nodded in understanding
'But her body energy still shares some similarities with you so that is probably why it was so effective on her'
But then she added
'On Sofia however, the energy inside her comes from the Houyi Arrow. That is an arrow that could bring down planets and stars. If not for the fact Sofia is still considered weak to be pulling the bow with the Houyi Arrow, half of the world would probably be decimated with that one pull of her bowstring'
'Your energy while it helps her contain the sharp energy is not as effective as it is like it was on Katarina. But it still helps. Because the energy of the Houyi Arrow is pure.'
'Celestial energy' Azief said.
Sina nodded
'You knew?' Azief asked
'I guessed' she said.
Azief shakes his head and then ask
'Loki tell you didn't he?'
Sina nodded.
'He told me a long time ago that the energy in the Houyi Bow is reminiscent of a Celestial energy. I didn't understand what that means back then but when I felt that powerful energy covering the Earth, and seeing Sofia arrow penetrated the sky, I know what Loki means'
Azief nodded and release a breath of relief. At least he did not make it worse.
Then he asks
'If not them, who is my energy incompatible with?
'Most of people. And me' Sina said. Then she added
'You want to help me by channeling your energy. But doing so would only make me feel painful all over. I am the Genius Alchemist. You think I only created medicines and useful pills?' Sina asked and there is a helpless expression on her face.
A cut off chapter. Just to make you all anxious of what she is about to say next. Anyway, not many words to say. Hope you like it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
360 THE TRUTH HE DID NOT WANT TO HEAR 2
'You don't think I create poison pills and sometimes get backlash when my pills didn't turn out the way I wanted them to be? That is a motherlode of energy impurities'
She sighed.
In her journey to become the world renowned Genius Alchemist how many cauldrons that she had broken and how many times she was poisoned by her own medicines and pills.
'All of that accidents and incidents all contributed in the impurity of my energy. And because of that I have my own way of dealing with it. Of purifying it. And I would surely not like to be subjected under your pure energy'
Azief chuckles.
'What so funny?' Sina ask
'At least now I know your weakness' Sina hearing this instead of being flustered laugh with him. Azief was a little puzzled.
'Why are you laughing?' Azief ask. Sina answers
'Do you even need to know that weakness of mine? With your prowess even if you don't know my weakness, could I resist? My power and influence come from my ability of concocting magical and wondrous pills. But have you ever cared about that? I could count in one hand the times you ask me for a pill'
Azief laughed. And Sina laughed.
Then there is silence.
They look at each other. And then there is silence between them. Outside, the night own hoots are replied by another night owl.
The breezy wind of Pandemonium blows gently into the infirmary, ruffling Azief hairs and Sina robe.
They look at each other eyes and there is a question in Sina eyes and a guarded expression from Azief eyes.
Azief is a wearing bitter smile. Sina on the other hand, her eyes are full of determination.
Because now, Sina look at Azief seriously and Azief knows the time for joking is at an end. Sina look toward Sofia and Katarina and Azief got a premonition what Sina is about to ask him.
And then as cautiously as possible she asks
'So….hmm…what are you going to do, Azief?' Azief sighed. Truth be told, even he doesn't know what to do.
He knows what Sina is talking about. He tried to avoid this question entirely but it seems Sina is determined to know his answer.
Because the question is not as simple as she thought and the answer is also not that simple.
'About what?' he said
Sina gestured with her finger at the woman behind her floating seat. Azief eyes glance over and he saw Katarina and Sofia. He sighed but Sina did not relent
'Who is it going to be?' she asks.
'Katarina or Sofia?'
'This…I..' Azief like always stuttered when it arrived at this question. Sina shakes her head and let out an exasperated sigh
'You don't think this has been going long enough?' Sina ask. Azief then try to give another excuse
'I just don't-' Sina cut his words and said
'You are the most determined person I know. You did not even fear the Heavens and the world, but why such question make you feel such dread? It always puzzled me'
Sina lean back on her chair and looking at Azief like he is pitiful and she said
'I sometimes just don't understand that part of you. Is love…that terrifying?' Azief was speechless. The night owl keeps making sound in the dark of night.
The wind blows breezily and the moonlight is obscured by the slowly moving clouds.
He thinks to himself. Why? Why did he still not make a choice? He thinks of this question because Sina ask him this question.
Then coming deep from his heart, he knows the truth. He has always known why he could never seem to pick one over the other.
He just never said it out loud. Looking at Sina determined face, he tell her why
'I am always afraid' he said in resignation
Sina let out a breath and ask
'Death Monarch…. afraid? Afraid of what exactly?'
'I am afraid of making the wrong choice. That's what I'm afraid of' he said
Sina look back from her seat as she took a glance at the woman behind her and sighed. She truly felt that both of these girls are good girls.
It is why she sighed.
'Is there any wrong choice…whoever you choose?' she throws this question to Azief. Azief let out a helpless sigh
'There isn't' And with a bitter smile he explained.
'And probably that is the problem. I would always wonder. It would be easier if one of them have some flaws…but they didn't'
Sina thought in her heart. Love truly makes one blind. Both of them have flaws. Everyone have flaws. But in his eyes, this two woman probably have no flaws to speak of.
Love….it is truly crazy
'I know that wishing for them to have some flaws sound petty and selfish' Azief added and Sina chuckles.
'Petty and selfish. You have always been like that. It's nothing new. I think both of them know what they signed up for' Azief could only show a bitter smile. Then he asks Sina
'If I ask you to choose between those two who would you choose?'
Sina unhesitatingly answer
'Sofia' It did not take her even a second to ponder. Azief was shocked with this fast answer. Because he could never make such a decision because how hard it is for him
'Why?' he asks. Sina shakes her head and said
'She's my friend, you idiot. Of course I am going to choose her'
Then she looks at Azief and said
'But, in the end, I am not the one that she loves and I am not the one she wanted to spend her life with. In the end, what I choose never matters. Don't you have the answer already written in your heart, Azief? So why ask me?'
Azief was speechless. It is almost like he couldn't hide anything from Sina.
Sina then look at Azief with her eyes mocking him and she said
'The powerful almighty fearsome Death Monarch…crumbles in front of love. It is ironic really. I guess heroes really do like beauties. And beauties always end heroes'
Azief got up from his seat. He did not want to hear what Sina had to say anymore. It was like he is being pierced where it hurts.
He didn't like that Sina is mocking him.
Since his rise as Death Monarch, he was never disrespected this much but he was also never being subjected to this much face slapping and mockery as it did now.
Sina is not like any other person that would fear the wrath of Death Monarch. Because she knew that Azief would never hurt her.
Only family knows each other this much. Sofia could never say it. Because she is no longer just Azief family.
She is someone who loves him. And love treated everyone the same. It makes Azief blind to her flaws, and as such it also made Sofia blind to Azief flaws.
Everyone in love in one way or another is always blind sometimes.
In this world, there is only a few people in the world that could talk this casually and rudely to Death Monarch and Sina is one of them
Sina laughs not caring about Azief tantrum and then she shouted a bit, her voice tone rises up
'Let's lay it out on the open, Azief. This is the truth you wanted to bury. It is the truth you don't want to face. Are you going to run again? Because you don't like what you hear? Or are you still hesitating?' she asks.
This question attacked at the crux of the problem
'There is no right answer' Azief said as he turns and only his back could be seen.
But he did not yet go out. He wanted to storm out the room but Sina question make him rooted at the spot
Sina scoffed at Azief answer.
'So, because there is no right answer, you didn't want to answer it? Even though the question is right there? I call bullshit' Sina said to Azief, sparing none of his feelings.
Azief remains silent. And that silence is very telling. Sina knows this silence. She always knew if Azief don't want to say something no one could force him
But…that only works when he is with people that he doesn't know. Sina knows better.
Sina sighed and said with an emotion that seems to mirror her own experience
'In love, rarely there is a right answer. At least, that is what I learned' Azief did not respond. He remains silent and Sina remains silent. Azief closes his eyes and then said
'At least…...Love shouldn't have hurt'
Sina hearing Azief answer smiles bitterly and replied
'But it always does. Love seems to always hurt. I guess that is how you knew it is real. It hurts because you care'
Azief hearing this seems to opens his eyes. But he remains silent. Sina sighed. Then she said
'Or could it be that you did not want to make a decision and maintain this status of uncertainty until one of them gives up on you. Because that would be so much easier doesn't it? Because then it would not be your fault. You would feel a little bit better if it happens like that right? Because you're not going to be the bad guy right?'
Azief felt something hot rising up in his heart hearing Sina saying things like that
'Are you testing them? To know who love you more? That is cowardly' Sina said and the sarcasm in her tone is unmistakable. There is even disdain in it. Azief hearing this from Sina get ticked off.
'I am not! I.AM.NOT.TESTING. THEM.!'
Azief shouted as he turns back to look at Sina and there is anger in his eyes. Sina was not scared. If it anyone else, they would have prostrated in front of Death Monarch.
Only people like Sina who is like family to him could look Death Monarch in the eye when he is angry and not being intimidated.
Sina only shakes her head and then she pointed her finger at Azief and ask him with pointed glare
'Then why? Why are you still at the same place you are three years ago?' Azief look at Sina, his chest heaved up and down and he closes his eyes as he tries to calm his raging heart.
Calming down he then said as calmly as he can to Sina
'You…...just don't understand.' Sina snorted in disdain.
'You bet I don't. Seriously, I honestly don't understand. I couldn't speak for Katarina and I don't want to speak for her. It might be biased but I don't know her. But I know Sofia. I knew she grieved you more than anyone when she thought you were dead. But you didn't know that did you?'
Azief somehow was shocked to hear this. Like Sina said, he did not know about this. Because when he was in the Mountain of Ice, she never once visits.
Sina continue
'Many people believe you were dead when you are entombed in that mountain of ice. Even I would have believed it if not because I trusted Loki words. Most of your people also believe in it and some of them even join other factions because of it.'
Sina voice become hoarse and her eyes have some tear son it as she said
'But that idiot girl, she didn't want to believe any of it. She refuses to grieve for you' And Sina shook her head as she declares.
'She was a fool then. She is a fool now. When it is about you, she becomes a fool. I knew what she was feeling. At least I think I understand it pretty well compared to others'
Then she added
'She was never one hundred percent certain that you were alive. Probably in her mind she thinks you were dead. But I know that her heart couldn't accept it…if your death was the truth. So, she refuses to mourn, refuses to grieve and instead she resorted to loving a ghost. A ghost of you. Every memory you have with her is like a curse. Because you weren't there beside her anymore and as such every happy moment, every memory of joy turns into an excruciating pain of longing'
Sina becomes even more emotional as she could remember the Sofia back then
But like a story that needed to be told, Sina continued her story. Because she knows she needs to tell this story. Because Sofia would never tell him this.
She is far from over. Anyway, hope you like the chapter and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
361 THE TRUTH HE DID NOT WANT TO HEAR 3
'She was haunted by you. At every moment of every day of her life without you, a ghost of you lingers. And each time she remembered you and wishing you were with her, it broke her apart. You didn't see it because you were busy shooting a romantic epic with Katarina in the mountain of ice'
And there is a mocking tone in there but Azief did not notice it. Because as he heard the story, he could feel his heart hurting when he imagines how Sofia was feeling at that time.
Sina keep telling him about what happens back then
'But I was there. I was there from the beginning and I saw it all. It was so bad that I had to told her to forget you. And you know how I have always been rooting for you and her. But I had to told her that'
She sighed and a tear escaped from her eyes as it falls down onto her thighs.
'Because I've seen her back then and that is not how a person that is living acts. She walks fine, she eats fine and she looks fine. But she was dead inside. She was always on the verge of breaking down. Do you know hard it is for me to see that? I didn't talk about this with you not even after you were back. We never had the chance. And I never like arguing with you'
She sighed and then she put down her finger and shakes her head and close her eyes to calms herself down.
Then calmly she said
'But this…this got to stop…whatever this is. You have to let go. At least make it clear. I know what you are trying to do after this. It is the same old routine. You intimidate the world because you're about to go somewhere else. Far away I guess. You're going to leave them again without giving an answer'
'All the more reason why you should make it clear. If anything happens to you, at least I want Sofia could live her life without being haunted of what could be. And if you love her and want to be with her, then be with her. Hold her hand, kiss her on her lips and sing her fucking love song. But if you don't, then don't give her false hope
Sina said, as she berated Azief.
Azief was stunned but Sina was not finished, not by a long shot. Since she was determined to say it, she is going to say it all, without regretting a single word.
'You said I don't understand?' she asked, her eyebrows raised up at Azief like she was challenging and calling Azief bullshit
She almost shouted the next word
'Yes, I don't fucking understand you Azief! I don't know what you experienced before the Fall but I know this. After the Fall, let me ask you this question Azief, and answer it honestly in your heart. I ask you, have you ever been lacking?'
Azief look at Sina and it was like he was seeing Sina in a different light than before.
He always knew that Sina and Sofia were close but looking at this they were not just close. Sina thought of herself as Sofia older sister and unconsciously Azief smile.
Because at least he didn't have to worry about Sofia anymore.
Sina added
'You have loyal friends that will follow you to the ends of the earth, loyal subordinates that would die for you and people who loved you. Is it…so fucking hard to open your fucking heart to other people? Is your heart a nuclear bunker?' she shouted
'I'm done and tired of seeing my best friend, a person I thought of as my own sister crying her heart out because of you. It is always because of you. You could call her weak, you could call her emotional, but don't YOU.DARE to ever question her love for you'
She said with her voice tone high and full of emotion.
But, hell, she isn't done.
'So what if she wasn't beside you when you almost died? I saw her die countless of times when she thought you were dead. I saw her die every day missing you like a crazy person'
Then she ended her tirade.
But there is still the last word.
She looks at Azief and said with a disdain in her tone of voice.
'Azief. You always said love is your weakness. I don't think that is really true. I think it is a weapon you use to hurt the people who loves you'
Azief was shook internally as he looks stunned and speechless after hearing what Sina have to say. Every word seems to still ring inside his ears.
And then Sina got up from her floating seat and landed on the ground. She then waved her hand and said
'I said everything I have to say to you. In the end it is always up to you' Then she walked down from her chair and went to look at the other patients.
New acolyte that didn't know the exchange between Sina and Azief is slowly coming to the infirmary to stand guard and watch the patient.
Azief stand there, looking like something is stuck on his mouth. He couldn't say anything as he could only saw Sina ignoring him and is checking the patients.
Azief was stunned. Because some of what she was saying is the truth. From three years ago, he keeps standing still. He stands still while the rest of the world moves away from him.
He realizes how everyone is moving on with their lives. Wang Jian is now with Somi loving each other happily. Sina is with Loki though she denies it.
The Immortal Couple, even without powers and influence seems to live blissfully happy
Even Budiman have some people he is courting. Everyone seems to be moving on, and living their life. Loving and living
He remembers that question he asked himself. He used to ask himself. Is he abandoning the people that he cares about, or are those people abandoning him?
He used to think that maybe he is walking too fast and they stopped following because they could not follow, or maybe is it because he walked too fast and those people, no longer wanted to follow
But…. could it be…it is not that they don't want to follow. It is not because he walked to fast. And maybe it is not because they could not follow.
Maybe the simple truth was because he pushed them away with his self-doubts.
There is too many monster in his head and in his heart that maybe he was too blind of it and pushed everyone he cares about away.
It wasn't because they don't want to follow. It is not because he walked too fast. it is not because they could not follow.
It is because he did not want them to follow.
He was so used to misery and sadness, that he forgotten that there is nothing to be gain from being in sadness and letting misery controls you.
He sighed at this revelation and then he walks out of the room and fly away to his residence.
Sina raises up her head and sigh as she looks at the silhouette of Azief disappears from her sight.
She walks and approached the bed where Katarina and Sofia is lying on. She looks at both of them and a smile formed on her face.
Then she sighed and said
'Its fine now. You both don't have to pretend. I know both of you are awake and heard it'
Sofia and Katarina slowly opens their eyes. They look at the ceiling of the infirmary and then closes their eyes and opens it back as they digest what they just heard.
And then they both look at their sides and saw each other. There is a complicated gaze when they look at each other.
Sina look at them and shakes her head and said
'I told him the words you are not brave enough to say, Sofia' she said to Sofia. Sina then turn to Katarina and said
'And I express your desire for him to choose between her or Sofia for you Katarina. So, don't you dare blame what happens next to me. Girls got to stay together. You have no great enmity or hatred between you. It would be so sad to see both of you battling it out for a man. He is a man. He should act like one. What is this wishy washy way of doing thing?'
Katarina only chuckles and Sofia smiles.
They look at each other and while their gaze when looking at each other is still complicated it is not one of resentment.
This event in the infirmary of Pandemonium would probably one day become a side note in history of how two of the most powerful woman in the world that has always been seen as rivals both in position or love laughed sincerely with each other.
Sian look at both of them and wonder in her heart
'How did that idiot make this two woman fall head over heels over him?' Then thinking about it again Sina smiles
End of this chapter. Next chapter would be about the matter that happened in Pandemonium
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
362 VOID 1
[Death Monarch defeating the Will of the World!]
[Sithulran captured]
[Orvanian retreating?]
[The Heavens Defeated]
[Defying the Heavens!]
This was the news that circulated all over the world after the battle between Death Monarch and the Will of the World.
What started out as Death Monarch simple fight with Sithulran, the fugitive from another planet, turned into a messy royal rumble with the Will of the World sneaks attacking Death Monarch and then even Kasap, the mysterious assassin organization joins in.
In this battle that could be considered a war against Death Monarch from Heaven and Earth Death Monarch shows a lot of fire power and abilities that he had never shown before.
There is his prowess that enable him to part the seas and crack the air. There is the gigantic wheel that affect the entire world population, and then there is his almost invincible body that could withstand Heaven Punishment thunderbolts.
Seeing all of that scene no one have any doubt that this is the era of Death Monarch. There is no other sun that will be able to outshine him.
This is his era and his era alone.
All of that ability were showcased and even when he looks like he is about to die, yet again, defying odds and expectation, and the desperate prayers of his enemies, he emerges unscathed and more powerful.
By now, some people even think he is immortal, unable to die. And that the more adversity thrown to him the more he would become stronger.
Such thought is prevalent now in the minds and hearts of the people.
Why?
There were many times the world thought that they had gotten themselves rid of Death Monarch.
Each time he proves them wrong.
They were the time when he disappeared for about a year in Earth thirty-nine to seek Will the Purple Speedster.
Everyone thought that he is no longer alive and some people even thinks he failed to rescue Will and is now trapped in another Universe.
But he returns and he establish once again his dominance. Then there was the Mountain of Everlasting Love incident where he was speared in an assassination attempt by someone the world still didn't knows.
At that time even though the Trickster tell the world that Death Monarch is still alive, no one really believes him.
They all thought that the Trickster wanted to protect Death Monarch friends and subordinates and so he concocted that lie.
But proving them all wrong once again, he also returns from that.
And at that time, even as the world truly believes that he would die after seeing Death Monarch entire body melted, defying once again the expectation and wishes of the world, he is still being able to reform back his body and become even stronger.
By now, if one said Death Monarch died somewhere, unless they see the body with their own eyes and check it thoroughly no one else would ever dare make the assumption that Death Monarch could die.
All of this achievement and glory were all going to be known to the whole world by the dawn.
The White Owl seagulls and rats and birds all fly to the seven seas and the four corners of the world to announce this news to all the people of the world.
As the whole world was still stunned by the battle between Death Monarch and the Will of the World, the criminal underground and the many factions all over the world have started to move.
Driven by desperation and fear, they all started to move.
They evacuated their areas, they hide in the darkness, and they look at the sky with trepidation. Each sound that the sky makes startled them.
They fear to see red thunderbolts striking the land. Because they fear it might be that man thunderbolts and not the Heavens.
All profit is forgotten.
Now all that matter is their continued survival. They all raises their head up high when Death Monarch was presumed dead.
They rubbed shoulders with the World Government and the Republic, the League of Freedom, the Secret Societies of Third Rome and many others.
They were about to once again enter their glory days.
But the moment that Death Monarch reveal himself in Poland that day, they all knew they had to lay low.
Gone are the days where they could talk to the officials of World Government. Gone are the days where they hunt the people that associate themselves with Death Monarch.
Now, they are the hunted. They are the prey.
And now, they even had to once again return to the darkness, to the land where the sun doesn't shine and the wind are cold like the winter of cold tundra of Siberia.
Why are they so fearful? Because they know more and they see more.
What they saw in the battle is something different than the normal people. They saw a herald that shouted to the world that a new era is coming
His era. It is not theirs. And if it is that man era, then there is no place for them in this new era.
They felt anxious. They felt scared. They were anxious more than they ever before. They were scared more than they were ever scared before.
That battle with Sithulran and the subsequent event where he fought the Wil of the World changes everything.
Death Monarch is no longer just a man that the world has to be wary of. With that battle, he establishes his position as the foremost and the only contender for the seven seas and the four corners of the world.
If not for the fact that everyone knows that Death Monarch is not interested in expanding his land, many people would have had sleepless night tonight
Right now Death Monarch is a sovereign like existence.
In this world, right now, who could ever match him? Even one hundred Disk Formation experts dissipated into dust with one wave of Death Monarch hand.
Which force have an even larger and powerful than that?
The World Government might have their own secret forces but even if so, why would they pick a fight with Death Monarch when they are clearly on the path of reconciliation.
The Republic might also have such force but everyone knows that Katarina would never attack Death Monarch
And it was because of they knew the effect of that battle and what it means for them, that they knew they had to move as quickly as possible and as secretly as possible.
And the crime families are not the only one that is moving that night. Factions that saw the battle also started to act.
One person contacted another, that another person contacted another and so on and on it goes until all of them were contacted and ready to meet.
It is clear that the aftermath of that battle is disturbing to everyone that have a stake in this world.
This is probably the largest meet between factions and crime families, human trafficking cartel, merchants of death, normal merchants, secret societies, not so secret societies and many more.
They were not the level of the Three Great Powers.
In other words, it means that they are not as large as the World Government, not as influential as the Republic or as powerful as Pandemonium
In other words, they are small. But even small things have their abilities. It is because they are small, they are mobile. In other words, they are fast.
A few minutes after the battle they called each other. And a few hours later, all of them have gotten the news.
Everything was organizing pretty quick.
And they all quickly sails the sea to meet each other. They all didn't like each other and they would rarely meet. But now, like any good reunion action story, they have a common goal.
They would not be an idiot and make Death Monarch their common enemy. It is not like they are capable of making Death Monarch their enemy and they still love their life after all.
They would never intentionally try to make themselves an enemy of Death Monarch.
They just wanted to meet to discuss the way moving forward with such an unstable element in the world
The world now has a God. And it is such an impulsive God that it strikes fear in the hearts of everyone.
Azief never saw himself as a God
But just because he didn't see himself like that, doesn't mean people would also see it that way.
To them all of his abilities and all of his power are Godlike. Of course they all knew that they too could possess this power.
But right now, Death Monarch is one hundred step forward and they could not even chase Death Monarch shadows
To shorten the gap, these people are not capable. And so because of such gap, Death Monarch could be considered the strongest force in this world.
In the sea, ships all sailed out from the port. In the sky, flying arks seems to sails the cloud
Such large movement should not go unnoticed.
But these factions all knew what it means if they were discovered openly meeting by the Three Great Powers.
Pandemonium might not care that much since they really didn't interfere much with the governance of the world.
Maybe because they just didn't care what happens outside Pandemonium.
But the World Government and the Republic will surely care. And that is what they are trying to avoid.
Each one of these faction is all small compared to the behemoths that is the Three Great Powers.
But just because they are small didn't mean that they are not capable. Hiding could be considered their abilities.
Some dive into the deep oceans with their special transportations, other brought out their stealth submarine and cloak themselves with invisibility spell.
It will not hide them from powerful divine sense but it will hide any vision of them to be seen by the eye and that is enough.
After all who have the time to keep using their Divine Sense to monitor the entire seven seas of the world.
From the cold tundra of Russia, to the warm coast of the Red Sea, from the controlled seas of Aegean, ships, submarines, flying transportation all sail and fly that night to meet each other.
The four corners of the world, the seven seas around it, the whole faction in the world seem anxious and afraid.
The other chapter will be released in a mass release on the 26th of July with the Age of Adevnture release is also posted that day. So be pateint for two days and binge read it on Friday.
So, hope you like the chapter when it is out in its entirety and pplease some commnets and vote for the stroy if you like it. I bought a new laptop and ist speeling review function is fine so there will be less and less of spelling issues.
Anyway,cioa for today. Meet you all on Friday
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
363 VOID 2
Their movement could no longer be hidden in some places but ironically the World government and the Republic didn't have the time or the manpower to surveil them and they didn't really care for those few weak factions went to sail the sea.
They saw it and determine it to be something that does not require their attention
If they share information and learned that the entire seven seas of the world burst into activity, they would not be so calm.
The World Government is trying to establish contact with Pandemonium sending messages only to be obstructed by Sasha telling the representatives of the World Government that Death Monarch is in seclusion.
There is also the matter of the Orvanian. Sith'venar and Sith'venar express their desire to meet Death Monarch.
After all, Death Monarch did just capture Sithulran. The awkward thing was where did Death Monarch send Sithulran?
They at least need to know so that they could be assure that Sithulran would no longer terrorize the Universe in her incessant search for the truth of the Universe.
The Republic on the other hand is sending their men to Pandemonium to seek their High Chancellor.
Ships and sails fluttered wildly in the night. But the ship is fast like lightning and it did not stop even when encountering storms and squalls of water.
As they passed the South Atlantic Ocean they would glance upward and look at the healing sky and they felt awe and fear.
There is still thunder around the South Atlantic Ocean, like an echoes of the battle between the strongest man in the world and the Will that governs it.
Each time these people sail past it they could not help but feel even more fear.
It is why they must attend these meeting. They need to decide their stance now. Anxious, scared, tired all of these emotions only motivates them to sails faster.
Then from the seven sea of the world, they all gathered in Bubble Land. The Broker did not reveal this land to many people and he only reveals it to a select few.
But circumstances changes.
Right now, even the Broker himself felt fear. No one really knows how he looks like other than a few people. But it did not change the fear he felt about Death Monarch.
That is a force capable of destroying any factions he wanted in the world
Pandemonium is now looking bigger and bigger and more threatening than ever at each passing moment and the shadows of the Death Monarch seems to cover the whole world.
There must be some checks and balance
There must be some countermeasure against such force. The Broker made deals and sell information to the worst of the worst.
Knowing Death Monarch personality that detest criminal to the bones how could the Broker not have his heart chilled to the core?
In his fear and panic, he knows that he needs to host the meeting of the century. He was the first one that answered the call and he pick the place.
Hundreds of factions will gather here tonight in Bubble Land to discuss their next course of actions.
Death Monarch wanted to redistribute the world territory. Everyone knows about this. These factions were all out of the running.
Other than a few famous organizations in the world, the faction that will come here tonight were at most at regional influence
Alone, they are insignificant, but gather them all together however, it became a different story.
It is still not enough to contend with the Three Great Powers but at least now they will have some speaking rights.
It is these matter they wanted to discuss tonight among other things.
The secret land is now crowded with people.
Triads and the crime family arrived the first. Next the factions and mercantile organizations. And then mercenaries, assassins, thieves among many others.
As they enter the sea they could see the fragile bubble and the large vast empty land inside.
All of this is underneath the sea which brought astonishment to many people. The moment they enter they could feel the energy in their body seems empty.
They all heard that the bubble any energy from entering in and whoever enters the barrier of bubbles and fall down into the waterless land would be stripped of all of its energy.
But experiencing it is a different matter entirely.
They do not feel weak. It just felt weird and strange as they could not regulate or move their energies that they know is in their body. It is a hard to describe such feeling.
It was like they are normal human…just like before the Fall. There is also a calmness inside it as one could feel their body returning to how it is without the energy.
This land is truly mystery in itself.
They marvel at it and they look at it.
But then as that marvel and awe settled in, they are once again seized by an anxious look as they walked to the large tent that was put up in the center of this vast empty land underneath the sea.
Inside the tent hundreds of factions is already waiting. Sitting on the large round table are some people that people of the underground world knows.
There is the Corleone family of Italy, the Navarra crime family from Mexico, the Yakuzas from Japan, the Bratva, and many others scary looking dude that all emanated bloodlust and violence.
From the other factions there is The Ghost, Dark Star, The Company, Society of the Light and many others.
Some of them are engaged in dark matter while some of them are engaging in monopolizing trade in their respective country
As another person enter, their eyes would ultimately go to the end of that round table.
There, on the focal point of the round table and who everyone would ask for advice is none other than the Grand Researcher.
The Grand Researcher is a mysterious person who is only known fact is that it is the person who head the Order of Thinkers.
William Woodman, the head of the Order of the Golden World approach the Grand Research and hold out his hand.
'Didn't think you were a woman' That was his first word.
The Grand Researcher who was about to shake his hand frowned.
'Why? Is it such a shocking fact?'
'No, not really. I just wonder why do you want to lead the Order of Thinkers. They are only old men in your organization. So, I am under the assumption that the leader of such organization must be a man'
hearing this the Grand Researcher laughed.
Then she shakes her hand.
Grand Researcher she said.
'Oh, we are doing nicknames? Then he said
'I am Golden Sky' The Grand Researcher laughed.
'My name is Helva'
William smile an innocent smile and responded back by saying
'I'm William, my lady' he then took a seat beside her. All around the tent, people inside the tent are all discussing with each other. They are criminals talking to other criminal and frowned each time the name Death Monarch is mentioned
Lechers talking to other lechers, greedy merchant speak to each other about trade routes and their conquest of business like it is the most interesting in the world when it is numbers and more numbers.
Killers and assassin mingle together I n some secluded corner and speak in hushed tones while looking at some of the people here with predator like eyes.
Thieves comparing notes and their skills in stealth, lock picking and jailbreaking
Not to mention there is many other types of criminals talking with each other. There doesn't seems to be an organization within them but they clearly did not mind it as it suits their needs better
William sat beside the Grand Researcher, look into her eyes and in hushed tone ask Helva.
'So…Death Monarch huh? He got the whole world stirring like someone just lit up a fire under a wasp nest'
Helva nodded with a bitter smile on her face
'Death Monarch is still a problem after all of these years. You thought he would mellow out but No…he just got to stir up some more shit'
'We all never thought that he could grow like that' Helva said as she sighed. William shakes his head and rub his chin
'Nobody thought humans could possess such powers. I guess we are the idiots' William offers.
William looked around and asked. He notices a familiar face that is missing in this gathering
'Where is the League of Freedom? Narleod should be here. Him and that weird Warp and his teleportation ability. I always felt safe when they are here. Are they not invited?'
Helva snorted
They were invited. It took a few second for the words to register it meaning and then something clicked in William mind.
William suddenly widened his eyes.
'Ah, I get it now. It is not that they couldn't come. They were invited but they did not want to come? Is that it?'
Helva nodded
Damn, that burns a little. Then William remembers that he heard news that Narleod and Death Monarch meet a few weeks ago.
'Hmm…did they get something from Death Monarch?' The Grand Researcher only nodded her head
The beginning of the mass chapter release. Hope you could vote for the stories and give me some gift if you like the mass release
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
364 VOID 3
If they were really promised a slot by Death Monarch, their absence in this meeting is understandable
No wonder. They didn't want to be associated with us at this critical juncture. At least they did not tell this place to Death Monarch. Or we are all going to be dead
William then sighed as he looks around the room. All around him are the world worst and greatest criminals that ever walked the face of the Earth
'The Distribution of the World is just around the corner. All the monster in the world is under his rein for now, but once he lifted the prohibition of war, what to stop the monster from ravaging the lands?' William said to no one in particular.
Helva nodded. She frowned when hearing this. Because she knows this is not entirely baseless. It is clear that the Death Monarch did not intend for the Prohibition of War to last permanently.
Even now, the forces of the world are all preparing their soldiers, their arms and weapons. Only Death Monarch prohibition that prevent them from going crazy.
'Who knows what the Death Monarch is thinking?' William suddenly said
At this they both nodded in agreement. They were silent for a while as William sighed and Helva also sighed.
Who would have thought that dynamic of the power structure of the world have to be rearranged once again?
It is already suffocating before to live under the control of the Three Great Powers.
And now, the Three Great Powers seems to be in the verge of breaking down but it will only be changed into another form.
Whatever the conclusion of the distribution of the world, Pandemonium will always be an obstacle.
William then asked Helva
'So, who organize the meeting?' Helva shrugged
'Well, all I know is that the Broker call the others. But I don't know who call him and organize the meeting'
William was thinking for a while and then ask Helva cautiously. William could feel something is very wrong with this gathering
'Is someone making a play to become King of the criminal underworld?' William said. Helva shakes her head.
'Don't know, don't care' Helva replied.
William only smiles mysteriously and then said
'You don't care but here you are'
Helva could not deny William words. Then she offers an explanation
'Death Monarch existence is a game changer for all of us. To say I am not afraid of him would be a lie' then she looked around the room and said with disdain
'Built to lump me in with these killers and criminals would be too insulting. I am researching the truth of the Universe but these people all only care about their interest and wellbeing and nothing for the pursuit of the truth'
William only snorted.
They were about to continue speaking when they saw the Broker appearing from the back curtain behind the room table.
The entire tent which was full of sound before suddenly turns silence. They all looked at the Broker with complicated expression.
Almost two thirds of the people here in the tent have met the Broker either to sell information or buy one.
Some of them even bow slightly towards him as a sign of acknowledgement
The Broker return that bow with anther bow. He looks around the room and he nodded
The Broker is a rotund middle age man with lush hair which is full of white hair on the side. The Broker is an African middle aged man with eyes of wisdom.
He looks like a spiritual guide and a pillar of wisdom, a wise, kind of man. But everyone knows appearances could be deceiving. He is wise but kind…...that he isn't.
The Broker is one of the moist well learned about all the secrets in the world
He had information ranging from where a certain someone is eating, who they are fucking, who they love, who they hated to the big secret that could shake the very foundation of the world.
The Broker notice some people are not here. He didn't see Narleod.
'Hmm, I see many familiar faces today' he said. The other people in the tent all nodded in agreement.
Then sighing he said
'I will cut to the chase. We are all here because of Death Monarch growing influence. I fear if Death Monarch really wanted to eradicate evil in this world he would just send his thunderbolts and turns all of us into dust and ashes'
The other close their eyes as acknowledgement of the truth what the Broker is saying.
The Broker then walk to the center of the tent and look slowly at each and every one of them. He then takes a deep breath and then said.
'Today, more than ever, we need to unite'
'Unite?' one of the people among the crowd asked.
The Broker smiles bitterly and then he continued.
'We don't trust each other and we hated each other guts. I know. We all know. Some of you here try to kill each other behind the other backs, scheme against each other for benefits and more. I will not tell who it is but you all know who you are. And we don't take it personally as long as none of you make it personal. But that is what we are. That is our nature. We are the criminals, the outcast, the rebels...we are misfits of the new world'
Many of the people in the tent nodded. William look at the Broker and there is a mysterious smile on his face
'It is harder to comprehend or even contemplate the idea of uniting. But we must. Death Monarch is not some person who one faction could go up against. The World Government tried and they failed…miserably I might add. And he had the support of Three powerful armies, one Divine Archer, a cunning Trickster, a freaking Alchemist that could call upon hundreds of heroes of the world, a Goddess of War and a Valkyrie of the Battlefield. Not to mention the strongest woman in the world
Then with a sigh and a hopeless look he said
'That, ladies and gentlemen is what we are up against. We are up against a bunch of titanic monsters. Even if only one of them went out, it would not be a problem for them to end any of us.'
'So, what is your suggestion?'
The head of the Corleone family asked from his seat, his eyes are sharp and vicious. He had lost a lot. And now he is in hiding
Because he is one of the few who contacted Kasap to assassinate Death Monarch.
And knowing Death Monarch, his payback will be swift and merciless.
'we need a leader' William who is sitting beside the Grand Researcher smiles and his eyes shined. It seems his intel was right.
The Navarra family then asked
'Who?' Everyone also look at the Broker.
This, here, in this tent, are the unruliest, vicious people in the world. If Death Monarch and his friend are titanic monsters, them they are the evil monsters of the world, destroying everything they touched and taint innocence with darkness.
To rein over them would take a person with powers they could submit themselves to.
The talk of uniting the criminal underworld has been going on for a few years back since the emergence of Death Monarch
But no one could agree on a certain leader.
Today, however the Broker wanted to bring that matter to the surface. Does this mean he had found a suitable person to take that seat?
'He is not here. But you all know him. You even clashed with him a few times'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
The Corleone and the Navarra family frowned
'Don't keep us in suspense old mam' one of the people around the round table said
'It's Void' hearing this the entire tent was silence.
They all looked at each other and it almost seems like they were communicating with each other using on thy their eyes.
They clearly did not raise any objection. Every one of the underground world knows who Void is.
He is a reclusive expert. But he also had a penchant for making trouble. And people knows he had strange ability.
'We need to talk about this and discuss this matter in depth' the crime families raise up their hand and tell the assembly their opinions. They will make their final decision after thinking about it thoroughly.
At least they did not go against the idea.
The merchants and the small mid-sized factions also raises their hand and said
We also need time to discuss. The Broker nodded and said
'discuss away'
William on the other hand went out from the tent. When asked if he is leaving he only said he is talking a walk outside to clear his mind
However, after he went outside and went away far away from the tent he brought out a telecommunication device.
It is a shell of a mollusk. However, this shell is inscribed with runes.
He then breathed his breath into the shell and the runes began to light up. He raises up the shell to his mouth and said
'You got all that…. Loki?'
Half a world away, a person dressed in green and filed with green aura with serpents slithering around his feet, smiles cunningly.
'I got it' he replies. Then he got up from his throne of serpents and walk outside from his dark cave.
'Void….I found you' Loki said before he went out of the cave and disappeared from his island
Every five minutes they will be a chapter which is the part of the mass release. Anyway, please leave some comments and vote for the story if you like it. Anyway, now we begisn to see Loki once again appearing.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
365 VOID 4
PANDEMONIUM
Outside the Pandemonium Throne Room, the sky is thundering, wind seems to form storms and rains falls down hard.
The people of Pandemonium all take rest below some large trees or return home. Some adventurer rented room in the Inn. They all looked at the sky and felt unease.
Because they all knew why the sky is getting crazy like this. It must be because that person is angry
The gaze of the people of Pandemonium all rested on the Center Palace.
In a room inside the Center Palace, a dark silhouette is illuminated by the moonlight. This silhouette is sitting on a throne of black onyx; his entire existence seems to radiate loneliness.
The throne room seems to highlight the singleness of that throne, and the high position it possesses in Pandemonium.
Nobody could sit in that throne other than this man.
Nobody would even dare to. Even though the owner of that throne is always absent no one ever dare disrespect him or even trying to touch the handle of that throne.
The owner of this throne possess the highest position in the hearts of the people living in Pandemonium.
Because the owner of this throne is none other than Death Monarch Azief.
BOOOM!
Thunders roars even louder and a spiral of wind descend down from the turbulent wind from the heavens connecting with the wind that is rising up from ground up, creating a tornado around the Pandemonium SeaFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
The sound of thunders is like a lullaby in Azief ears.
Azief right now is sitting on his throne with his eyes closed, pondering something both in his mind and in his heart.
His heart is full of emotions and as such it is turbulent and the world reflected that on the physical world.
Even just sitting there he emanated an aura of an overlord. Even the storm outside could not force him to care much.
His emotions are stormy and the whole Pandemonium is affected because of it.
Up in the sky, the dark clouds and the thunders and the rain that poured down hard are all because this person is experiencing a stormy emotion.
His Will unconsciously leaks out and in the absence of the Will of the World that is recuperating, Azief Will is affecting the weather
His elbow is on the handle, while his hand is on his chin. His eyes closed but sitting there, nobody would ever dare to disturb him
The Keeper of the Palace was about to clean the throne room a few minutes ago.
When he opened the door and saw that Death Monarch is sitting on his throne with that pose, that Keeper of the Palace nearly fainted in fear.
He closes his mouth preventing himself from screaming out loud and disturb Death Monarch.
He then slowly run himself out from the room, sweating and trembling before he informs the whole Palace crew.
They all vacated all the task near the Throne Room for fearing to disturb Death Monarch.
That is what happens a few minutes ago. Azief of course notice the Keeper of the Palace but he did not say much and instead continue on what he was doing.
He didn't bother explaining and he doesn't need to and everyone knows that. Pandemonium is his land. He opened it up and he could do whatever he wants in it.
A person that could defy Death Monarch in his own land is not yet born.
And what is he doing exactly?
Azief is thinking. There were many things he is pondering about. He is thinking about his decision and he doesn't know what the right answer to the question in his heart
But just because he doesn't know the answer that doesn't mean he will not be thinking of it
But for the Keeper of the Palace they called this Death Monarch brooding session.
Of course they do not dare say it in front of Death Monarch himself but they always talk about it when they are among themselves.
He is thinking things and also at the same time he is waiting or someone to come to him. He sighed and then the clouds in the sky thunder with more lightning
It is already late at night but it is not like he needed sleep anyway. There are many things he wanted to know.
First of all, the question he wanted answer is what happened to Pandemonium when he was fighting Sithulran.
He saw some parts of the continent being ravaged by fire and destruction. Of course it has already been contained but the question remains.
What had happened?
To know such question, he of course summoned Sasha. Azief is waiting for her and at the same time feeling that she is a little late.
Though Azief have no intention of trying to blame her. Today seems to be a tough day for her. It seems to be a tough day for everyone.
Sasha seems preoccupied with many matters. There is the matter of Pandemonium attack. And then there is of course the help she renders in helping Will.
Azief got some of the report when he was sitting on the infirmary rooftop that told him about the condition of Will.
Will right now is inside a quartz capsule that used to belong to Shinji.
Shinji was the warrior Azief saved in Poland. Azief thought highly of that person and his determination and his path of swordsmanship.
He is healed already and he is living well in Pandemonium. He did not accept Azief offer yet but Azief give him freedom to choose. He only asks for Shinji to stay in Pandemonium and make the choice later.
Will with his hyper regeneration and healing and the quartz capsule to help him in his recovery, there is no doubt that he would surely be healed by dawn.
As he was thinking all of this, he opens his eyes.
'You're here?'
His voice is cold and his gaze seems to be able to see the inner workings of the Universe.
There is moving dark clouds in his eyes, thunders flashing every few seconds and a huge spiral inside the image in his eyes that seems to be able to devour anything.
The energy that bursted out for that one moment possess the might of the Heavens
It was only for a split second but the image could be seen in his eyes and the energy could be felt. It could induce horror in anyone to be in front of such massive burst of energy.
If not for him containing the area of that energy, the entire Palace would have cracked in all of its pillars.
Outside the Palace, thunder and lightning started to calms down, and the storm subsided slowly but surely.
From the moonlight that illuminated into the room, a shimmering image appears in a translucent form before slowly solidify itself.
It is a woman that possess a sharp and severe beauty.
This woman wearing a white grayish tight attire, petite and lethal all at the same time.
She then kneels just below the throne, bowing her head to the direction toward the Sovereign of this dominion, Death Monarch
This woman is of course none other than the head of the Shadow Guards, Sasha the Nightingale.
Azief nodded, his eyes lazily look at her and he ask
'You're late' It was a simple statement but that woman knows she needs to explain well. Sasha maintain her courage and then replied
'Matters' she replied shortly. Azief eyes narrowed and then he only said
'Hmm'
Other than the sound of the subsiding storms and the last lingering echoes of the roars of thunder, there is only silence inside the throne room.,
It is dark, cold and silent. And sitting on a dragon throne made of black material is the Death Monarch, who dresses like the night.
He is only illuminated sometime by the flashing of lightning or when the clouds that covers the light of the moon were pushed by the wind and the light approach the tall high throne of Pandemonium.
His face is cold and passive and his eyes seems to be able to see through every lies and every thought.
It was like the throne room is a part of the realm of the Dead where there is no laughter, joy or life.
Anyone would be pressured in such situation.
But Sasha maintain her calm. Because she knows that the man sitting on that throne did not care whether she is calm or not
She only needs to do her job well. And that is enough for her and for him. She did not lose her cool and responded to Death Monarch question with as little word as possible.
It is not her being rude. It is because that is how Death Monarch preferred it.
Many people know this and it is not a secret but they are not many that dares to speak short in front of him fearing that Death Monarch would think that they were slighting him.
They knew that Death Monarch treated his word like gold but just because of that one particular traits doesn't mean that Death Monarch would appreciate the same kind of things from his subordinate.
But Sasha could see that Death Monarch really don't care about such things. At least he doesn't care for such thing on some selected people.
And Sasha is one of those selected people.
Death Monarch rarely speaks unless he needs to and even when he speaks he rarely spoke long.
He did not ask to be understood and he doesn't care if people understand his intention or not.
That is why Death Monarch got the reputation of a person who would do anything he wanted, whenever and wherever he wanted.
In a bad way one could say that he is a person that have no restrains. But put it in another perspective, Death Monarch is probably the freest person in the world.
There is no chain on him. And there is no chain that could hold him
Sasha though of all this internally. But she calms down her thoughts. There is silence from the throne above.
She takes a peek and she was disappointed.
Azief speak. His voice is still cold and expressionless as ever. Sasha bitterly smiles.
Next chapter in a few minutes. Hope you are liking the mass release so far
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
366 VOID 4
Sasha did not bother with formality and walk closer to the throne and then in front of the steps of the throne she kneels once again
She then slowly bowing her head down so that her eyes only stare the ground as she held out her hand and present the report.
Azief wave one of his finger and that report fly up to him.
Inside the report is an octagon information node. Azief did not say anything anymore. He opens the documents and then touch the information node.
Information streamed inside his mind and then almost a second later he sighed
Then he seems to be muttering to himself. Sasha could hear what Death Monarch is saying
'How bold' he said in a faint voice. Then Azief look at Sasha and order her
'Raise your head up. You have done a good job' Azief said as he complimented Sasha.
Sasha obliged and she raises her head up and even though she was just complimented she still did not dare to stare at Death Monarch eyes.
Sasha is not like Loki or Sina. She would not mistake the relationship between her and Death Monarch.
But she also didn't envy the others relationship with Death Monarch.
After all she knew all about being close to Death Monarch isn't necessarily good for one survival and life.
Being Death Monarch friend is not an easy thing.
Out of all the people in the world that called themselves the friends of the Death Monarch, all of them are incredible people and a figure of awe, fear and respect.
Some of them probably would become incredible even without being friend with Death Monarch but it is also true that being Death Monarch friend come with a pressure to at least be able to stand side by side and shoulder to shoulder with him.
Not to mention the fact that each and every one of Death Monarch friend will always become a target to force Death Monarch.
This situation is making those people pressured to increase their fighting prowess or their influence in the world so that they could protect themselves from forces that will try to use them to manipulate Death Monarch
The friends of Death Monarch have no other choice other than to force themselves to become strong and extraordinary.
For example, Loki. Loki is called the Trickster and had a hand in many things all around the world.
Some of his involvement is also hidden very deeply and he is a genius and cunning schemer. He is also a high level target in the World Government
The relationship between the Three Great powers has eased so nobody from the World Government or the Republic is still hunting the Trickster but that doesn't mean that they are not wary of the Trickster.
Then there is Wang Jian.
White Tiger Wang Jian is a genius in leading formation armies and adept in using soldier to create battle formation and battle tactics.
He himself is also very hard to defeat and could fought high level Seed Formation levelers.
Sina while is not a powerful person in terms of strength, she has deep connections and her influence is overwhelming with many great heroes in her debts.
Her ability to create pills and increase a person strength is well acknowledged.
Then there is of course Sofia. Everyone knows when Katarina is presumed dead she was dubbed the strongest woman in the world.
Even now, it is still a point of contention especially after seeing that arrow she release in the South Atlantic Ocean.
Each and every person that is friend with Death Monarch are all powerful and extraordinary people but who knows how much they had to watch over their backs because of their association with Death Monarch.
Only this kind of people would not shame the title of such a legendary character like Dearth Monarch.
Azief sitting on his throne did not know what Sasha is thinking. His mind is till thinking about the information he just got.
It took him a moment of time for him to digest the information he reads. He just couldn't believe how those people are so bold that they even dare attack Pandemonium.
His dominion. The dominion of Death Monarch. If he did not retaliate, then it would be letting down his own reputation.
He did not even let the Will of the World go, how could he let this slight be forgotten that easily?
They must pay double for what they had done to his dominion.
There is a smile forming on his mouth. Sasha peeked a little and when she saw the curved smile of Death Monarch, she gulped and shivered for a second.
Then Azief ask Sasha
'You're sure its them?' Azief ask .
'There is no doubt. They probably believe that Your Excellency will not survive the punishment of the Will of the World and as such blinded by greed'
'Hmph' Azief snorted and the outside suddenly the already clam skies produces a strike of lightning as it flashed by the Center Palace.
'So, all that talk about sincerity of forming a non-aggression pact is a lie? How could I trust their sincerity if they act like this?'
Azief when he uses the information node he had the entirety of the report conveyed to him and he finally knew the culprit of the attack against his dominion.
It is one other than the Syndicate. Azief closes his eyes and sigh, and then he said with a coldness that could cut through bones.
'Just because I tolerated them …do they think I have reservation of destroying them.' He then laughed a bit but Sasha did not find it funny at all.
Instead she could feel her stomach is turning with unease
The more Death Monarch laughs the more Sasha felt something bad is going to happen
and then he continues
'It is because they know their limit and did not interfere in Pandemonium that I give the grace and bestow them peace. I saw them as necessary for some people thus I did not move against them'
Azief said.
Sasha notices something different about Azief. In actuality, Sasha position in the government while not the highest, she is probably the most influential official in Pandemonium.
Why?
Because simply other than her there were never any officials that meet with Death Monarch and talk with him as frequents as her.
It is because of their frequent conversation that Sasha notices something different about Azief. When he talks there seems to be a majesty aura around him.
There is a naturalness about him sitting there on the throne. He is more calm, colder and more composed.
There is no longer the sharpness he used to exude but the gaze of Death Monarch is enough to send a chill down one's spine
Any action seemed to flow like water but hold the power to move mountains and part rivers. And he grows bigger and bigger.
This is the pillar that hold the entire Pandemonium, land of the brave and the powerful
He is sitting there on the throne like it was the most natural thing for him
She did not feel like this before when she is around Death Monarch.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
She always felt fear or apprehension but never this kind of feeling.
The feeling like Death Monarch has been used to ruling. It was like he is a true ruler that ooze with charisma and majesty like a noble personage.
Azief spent his life as an Emperor for seventy years in one of Azul sabers.
Just because he is no longer an Emperor, that did not mean his demeanor and actions and the majesty he had when he was Emperor would just fade away.
Sasha put the feeling away and then explains as delicately as possible to Death Monarch
'It is the Dark Syndicate that orchestrated the attack. The Golden Syndicate had no relations with the matter if Your Excellency wanted to pursue the matter' Sasha added
Azief snorted in disdain
'So what?'
'It is wise Your Excellency not to fight the Golden Syndicate as they would probably retaliate back' Sasha means well but instead her word made Azief even angrier.
He slammed his hand on the handle and the outside weather exploded into a chaotic mess as red thunder covered the skies and the wind roars like a feral beast that was unleashed from its captivity.
If that is not enough storms of red lightning gathered on the dark red clouds that is forming all around Pandemonium.
The people of Pandemonium when seeing this scene could not help but feel fearful and they all look at the Centre Palace with trepidation
The one sitting in that throne is angry and the whole Pandemonium seems to be the first to feel the brunt of that person wrath.
Sasha inside the throne seeing such phenomena happened just because Death Monarch is angry gulped in fear and bowed her head even lower.
The Syndicate is a large organization. They are not like the World Government and the Republic but their influence reaches all over the world.
And the Syndicate is actually divided into two.
The Golden Syndicate is like a merchant association with their importance policy directed into gaining power and money.
They have many safe houses over the world, catered to villains and even people who are running away from their factions or regime.
It is not only villains and evil people that used their service. Refugees and victims of persecution also uses their service.
The Dark Syndicate on the other hand is many things. They could spy for you, arrange assassinations, and even infiltrate a regime and even offer military support in many people who have enough leverage to hire them.
These two division did not interfere with each other but the Syndicate is ruled by one mysterious person.
No one really know what he looks like or even if this person is even a he.
Only him could order the two to mutually support each other. Azief didn't know whether that person ordered the attack on Pandemonium or it was an independent task by the Dark Syndicate but in Azief eyes it didn't matter.
It matters that they attack Pandemonium. It matters that they dare do it.
Even the World Government and The Republic would think ten times before even trying to touch Pandemonium
It is fortunate that they are many great heroes in Pandemonium and contain the attack and some even repel it.
They will be rewarded by the Central government. It would not be exaggerated to say that Pandemonium is a gathering of many talents.
Azief then made his decision swiftly. He looks at Sasha and immediately gave his orders.
'Tomorrow, you go and meet with the Treasurer and ask him how much the Treasury needs to repair all the damages all around Pandemonium and the labor force needed to complete it'
Sasha nodded. But Azief continue.
'Then when you get the figure, double that figure and ask the Golden Syndicate to fork out that amount of gold and labor and provide it to us. They might not be the one attacking but if they think they would get away with it scot free then I am not Death Monarch!' He declares and the thunder outside boomed in the distance, and lighting flashing like these forces of nature is affirming the words of Death Monarch
Hearing this statement from Death Monarch Sasha was shocked and her face turned colors.
Then she hesitantly asked
'What if they refused?' Azief hearing such a question instead of getting angry, he chuckles in delight
'Then tell them I am coming. And warn them, that if I do rise from my throne, I will be merciless. At that time, tell them not to regret their refusal'
They are not many threat he said in those sentences. But the words that he will rise from his throne and "I am coming" are all great threats in the ears of many forces in the world
Sasha gulped in fear. Then Azief wave his finger and the report floats in front of Sasha and Sasha took the report back.
Then Azief gave Sasha another order
'As for the Dark Syndicate, send Wang Jian. Hmmm' Azief seems to be thinking a bit before he said something shocking that chills Sasha hearts.
'Tell him to kill everyone. If he wanted to spare people, tell him to ask them to join him. But remember. If they joined him, they would become his responsibilities. If Wang Jian did not want to spare them, kill them all. If there is one thousand people in Dark Syndicate, then kill one thousand. If there is one hundred thousand, kill one hundred thousand. I have his back so tell him to be fearless. That is all' he said as he gestures for Sasha to exit the throne room.
Sasha nodded and because she is staring at the ground Azief could not see her face. But if he did see her face then one could see that her face right now is pale and her hand is trembling.
Cold sweats are forming on her backs and her knees are becoming weak.
With Death Monarch sentences, all of those people in Dark Syndicate all would be dead.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
She always knows that Death Monarch is a terrifying person. And she never intends to forget that fact as long as she is working for him.
But she never really experienced it so vividly like today
With just a few sentences, maybe thousands of people would have their head rolling, their lives ended because of one wrong decision.
Deciding who lives and who dies seems like a simple matter for Death Monarch and that is what scares Sasha.
By now, Death Monarch influence reaches a terrifying level. He didn't even need to personally act now. With one word, he could condemn an entire force to die without a grave.
It is probably the same feeling of fear that those people who is working under Death Monarch felt each time they stand on attention in this throne room.
It is the reason why his Keeper of the Palace fears him so much.
It is the reason why the officials who all have greed and desires could contain those greed and desire and did not dare to overstep their bounds.
Because Death Monarch words is as good as the word of God. Nobody would ever dare disobey and nobody would ever dare reject.
They all know that their lord, their monarch is not interested in being an enlightened King or an Emperor ruling a vast land.
It is not because he can't.
But because he couldn't be bothered. And for such people who didn't care about their bad reputation and even embraces it, nothing is more fearsome.
Each time Death Monarch seems to made a noise during any of the official's proposal, they all could feel their heart shrink in fear of offending the Death Monarch.
Death Monarch words is the law of the land.
What he said will become the truth and his officials would move heaven and Earth to make sure it will become so.
Tonight he ordered the execution of about three thousand people without even batting an eye. Azief might not know the exact number of the people in Dark Syndicate but she knows.
Three thousand people would surely die under Wang Jian army relentless attack and pursuit. Sasha knows best about Wang Jian capability and his talent.
He is not only talented but he is also loyal.
And if that is not enough of a torture to the Syndicate, Death Monarch also orders that the Golden Syndicate to pay for the damages and provide labor for free.
Thinking about it, would they even dare refuse?
Sasha didn't know it was this easy to get money
It is true that she was too shortsighted. Today she learned something new. If Death Monarch wanted money, he just had to grab it from other people.
What rules? What laws? He is the one that makes the rules and as such the laws are also made by him.
In Azief opinion however, he had already been gracious and merciful enough to the Syndicate. If not, he would not mind also destroying the Golden Syndicate.
After his magnificent feat of Defeating the Heavens who would dare to found problem with Death Monarch right now. There is also the World Distribution Event that would surely be hosted by Death Monarch.
Azief thought to held it in the neutral ground between the Three Great Power but now that he has once again increased in strength Azief changed his mind.
He could feel that the other energy is slowly being refines inside his body. All the four energy is ready to be transformed into a Disk.
Four more energies and he would be able to walk the Stairway of Supremacy.
Azief could feel that the moment he finished refining the four energies that he would have to go away. Probably far away than before.
This premonition grew stronger as days passed.
He could not delay it any longer even if he wanted to. As such, they are many things he needs to solve before he goes.
As he thinks about this, the face of Sofia, Katarina, Loki and many other popped up in his mind.
He need to settle all of it before he goes.
If not, he would be to uneasy to go away. He also need to make his decision.
Azief sighed and the n take a deep breath. Slowly his eyes grew calm and returned to normal and the whole sky of Pandemonium receded back and turns into a calm normal night.
The rain before seems like a lie like nothing ever happened.
'Sasha, when you leave the Palace, activated the Sealing Formation in the Throne Room. I am attempting to breakthrough for this entire night so be prepared for any unforeseen consequence. Though it might not be necessary since I think I could keep it under control and prevent it from leaking out. But nonetheless, precaution is better'
Sasha hearing this nodded, not showing any expression on her face. Azief only nodded and then he gestures with his hand to Sash to goa way now
'You can go now' Azief ordered and he no longer pay any attention to her.
Sasha walk backward without showing his back to Death Monarch and as she arrived at the spot where the moonlight is shining, her body turns into motes of colorful motes of floating light as her body become translucent and then it disintegrated and turns into fireflies that turns to dust and Sasha disappeared.
Azief closes his eyes and sigh.
He leans back on his throne and thinks about the decisions he had to make. Sina was right to rebuke him.
This has been going on for too long.
His forehead creased and he seems to be rubbing his temple.
He really needs to choose.
Even as he was thinking of this matter his body did not even stop refining the energies in his body
Defeating the Heavens look easy to the people of the world but it is not as easy as Azief try to sell the world.
His energy did not deplete, yes, but he felt a drain on his Will.
They all witnessed Death Monarch power, but they did not witness Azief enduring the drain he felt in his Will.
Azief stretched out his hand and energy streamed into his body.
From the world, from the stars and moon, from every blade of grass to even the ocean seabed, energy gathered around him and he is absorbing all of that energy without exploding.
His body seems to be swallowing it to strengthen his body and to refine the energies inside his body into Disk.
His eyes seem to shine with bluish glow.
His Disk is nourished as the All Source Disk purified the energy and turning it into the other types of energy that could support Disk such as the Celestial Disk, Ancient Rune Disk, Ancient Demonic Disk.
They are the types of energy not found of Earth but because of the All Source Disk they could still be nourished.
On the other hand, Aether Disk, Nether Disk and Primordial Disk did not encounter these kind of problem.
It is because of the fact that they are present everywhere even in the emptiness and darkness of space.
It is the essence of creation and destruction itself so it is always ever-present.
Azief body is swallowing these energies crazily but at the same time he was also thinking of his decisions. No one have ever train in such leisure before.
Azief closes his eyes. He takes a deep breath and feel the energy around him
He was about to refine another Disk when suddenly he opens back his eyes. His eyes narrowed and there is a cruel smile on his face
'Who is doing these kind of tricks in front of me?' He could feel the disturbance of space.
Azief had a premonition. He looked outside and then Azief could see the sky formation of the Pandemonium palace seems to shake for a second.
Shaking did not mean destroyed. Usually no one would pay attention for such a slight small shaking.
But Azief have an almost supernatural sense when dealing with energies.
He could feel that whatever that makes the formations to shake for a second there did not do it to break the formation.
'It is a person' Azief thought to himself.
Whoever this person is, he or she is doing it to infiltrate his Palace. Azief chuckles at the boldness.
And Azief did not have to spend time looking or the objective. The moment he saw the shaking of the formation a cracked space rip opens inside his throne room.
Azief get up and is ready to attack when suddenly a kid jumped out from the rip of space and roll on the red carpet of the throne room in pain.
This kid lost his arm, had a deep gash on his back and blood is dripping down from the many cuts on his body.
Azief was shocked. Not because it was a kid. It was because it is a kid that he knows.
'Loki!'
Close the rip! Loki shouted with a childish voice.
Azief waves his hand as he could see someone silhouette is seen on the other side that was about to jump into the rip.
With the wave of his hand nine energies seal the rip of space and stabilizes the area of rip and was strengthened.
The space around the throne was stabilized. Azief take a step and he is in front of Loki. Loki seems to be coughing blood.
Azief put his palm on Loki chest and instantly one could see that Loki felt a little at ease. But it is clear there is an energy that is canceling out Azief energies.
And Loki face turns pale once again
Azief felt this energy counteracting against his energy and he frown in astonishment. There is a force in this world that could neutralize his energies?
It is the reason why he could not immediately heal Loki.
Azief did not even had the time to think about it when Loki said
'Don't let Sina knows. I don't want her to see me like this' there is a pleading tone in his voice. Azief nodded
'I understand. You don't want her to see your true form. A nine-year-old kid.'
Loki smiles bitterly.
'Well, it would only work if I travel to the very beginning' Loki said with a helpless smile as he coughed another ball of blood into the red carpet
Azief shakes his head.
Then Loki coughed blood back up.it is clear what Azief is doing is not helping Loki in the least.
Azief remove his hand and said
'There are others healer. I will ask them to come' Azief was about to go. Loki breathes heavily and he knew he didn't have much time.
he fears something would happen when he is unconscious. His eyes are blurry and his hand is trembling. A kid of nine-year-old is having a deep enough gash that it would make anyone heart felt pity.
As Azief is about to get up Loki grab the ends of Azief robe.
'Be careful' he said weakly as his eyes is getting heavier by the second
Azief is puzzled
'Be careful of what?'
'Ugh.. 'Loki felt that he is about to lose his consciousness as he almost doubles over in pain. But before he loses his consciousness he manages to say
This is the end of the mass release. Anyway, the epilogue of this chapter will be posted tomorrow. Hope you all like it and please vote and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
368 VOID 6
DEEP UNDERGROUND IN THE CENTRE PALACE
In the underground facility of the Centre Palace, there is a special place where there is a hyperbaric chamber and a quartz capsule that accelerate a person self-healing capabilities.
A person is floating inside a quartz capsule. His body is covered with n gelatin like substance that is healing that person body.
The person did not move much.
This person is none other than Will the Purple Speedster. He is supposed to be healed by dawn so there are not many attendants is here. They wait outside.
But then suddenly he moves. He shakes his head; his eyes are still closed.
It was like he is dreaming about something. Everyone knows that he battles Sithulran and was injured grievously.
His finger twitch and green lightning sparks out cutting the gelatin like substance around his finger
Then suddenly he opens his eye wide and his body produces variety of colored lightning that comes out from his entire being.
Golden, red, blue, black, and green color lightning exploded out from him as the quartz capsule exploded into thousands of small pieces before being suck into nothingness as the space around the explosion warp itself inside out producing no sound of explosion at all.
No one knew and heard the quartz capsule exploding. It was like that explosion happen in a vacuum state
Will falls down to the ground with the gelatin like substance spilling out to the tile of the room he was in.
He panted as he felt himself trying to breath.
'Huu. Huu'
He breathed in and he breath out. He closes his eyes and calms down himself. Then he opens it back up and there is lightning in his eyes.
'Erika' he said to himself.
'Sithulran' he said like was reminding himself of something. He then noticed that he is buck naked.
He breathes in and lightning that is inside his body seems to travel across the surface of his skin as it forms a suit made of his lightning.
It is a purple suit with purple lightning that sparks out from the suit every two seconds.
His feet, his hands, his skins are all filed with lightning as he charges his body and the area around him distorted in a spiral like movement making him look blurry and unrecognizable.
Then without notifying anyone, he pushes himself off from the ground and just a spark of lightning exploded out inside the room and Will disappeared from that area without anyone none the wiser.
In that one fraction of a second Wil phases out through the entire formations, arrays, buildings and any solid object in Pandemonium, around Pandemonium, inside and out of Pandemonium as he is to propel himself into a world of speed where Time and Space around him bend and seems to follow no rules at all.
He is seeking someone. There was something he had to find out.
That night, a lot of things happen in Pandemonium that is out of the expectation of Death Monarch.
Loki has returned. Will seems to be searching for something or someone.
And a Universe away, someone arrived at a lifeless universe. With a flash of blinding light suddenly a spaceship appears in a galaxy.
Inside the spaceship is a Yrinian. The last Son of Yrinia.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
Fir Her Waz.
He looks at the starboard of his Battlestar. There is a wound on his shoulders as yellow blood comes out from that wound.
His green skin is full of scars. He looks at the galaxy that he is in and he frowned
'A barred spiral galaxy' he said to himself.
'Yes, master' the AI of the ship reply.
He sighed.
'Is my journey taking much more time?' he asks himself.
He did not ask the AI of the ship whether it is close to the All Source or not because the AI of the ship is malfunctioned on certain parts after they went through the Arkdravrian Clouds.
It is a cosmic turbulence when the sun spewed out coronal mass ejections which are highly charged in particle emission
It gives his Battlestar quite a dent. He moves away from the Starboard and return to his room while making sure that the Battlestar keep on the course to find the All Source energy signature.
What he didn't know is that the galaxy he is on is referred on Earth as NGC 4945. It is a barred spiral galaxy in the Constellation of Centaurus, visible near the star Xi Centauri.
The galaxy houses a supermassive black hole and devouring reams of matter and blasting energy out into space.
It is also one of the brightest galaxies of the Centaurus A/M83 Group, a large, nearby group of galaxies.
The galaxy is the second brightest galaxy in the subgroup centered on Centaurus A.
It is 13 million years away in the constellation of Centaurus so any sky gazers with moderate telecopy could spot this galaxy from Earth.
And in that galaxy now, Fir Her Waz is there. He did not know it but he is so close to Earth.
Outside the Battlestar, the star's shines and the Universe seems calms.
A beast roars to the stars and the space around distorted. The beast is a mindless beast. But last time the beast that does not know fear learns what it felt to feel fear in its heart.
The beast has also evolved even more. It is no longer just a mindless beast. There is an intelligence forming on this beast.
And because of the battle between the beast and that powerful being this beast now has a trace of that person inside it.
The beast roars again and the space around him cracked and that distortion and cracking spread a hundred light years away.
The beast then tries to speak. It then spoke in a throaty voice that sound its vocal cords graze each other and produce sound that is grating to the ears.
'Et…her….nia…n' The beast spoke then it roars again and it jumped off from the stars it was resting on as it propels himself once gain into the darkness of space.
Around the beast destruction and annihilation spreads.
The stars and the galaxy now houses massive powerful calamitous creatures that all came out in the same era.
Earth is not the only planet in the Vast Universe to suffer calamity.
A great period of change will come to the Universe
END of the chapter. Here is the last chapter for the month. See you next month
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
369 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 1
A light opened up on the horizon as the seas around this land is calm and serene.
The sun shows it face finally. After last night rain and thunder, this place needed a good day.
The people open their windows and was greeted by the rising sun as they could smell the fresh breath of air and the gentle wind that slowly blows through the street.
Food stalls were opened since dawn already. Hunters and adventurer crowded the streets, rushing to their favorite food stall before they begin their day.
It is morning. The weather is nice and the sky is blue and calm. The clouds move slowly and the wind is gentle and comforting.
Last night, rain and thunder shook the hearts of the people living in this large continent but today, like any other day before it, those same people went out from their houses and live as resiliently as they did before.
Some of them went hunting while some of them sell their stuff on the large market on the city. Merchants, weapon smith, enchanters, rune crafter all went out and ply their trades on the marketplace.
The entire land seems to be abuzz with activity.
This is Pandemonium. A land of people who were used to extreme conditions. Monsters roams the large continent but at the same time it is also a beacon of stability and peace
The birds fly from their nest and the sun rises up. At least that part still remains the same
While many of the people of Pandemonium start their day someone else is also beginning to open his eyes. In Center Palace, a person slowly opens his eyes as light slowly could be seen reflected in that person eyes
This person is a kid. His eyes are blue, his hair is long blonde and he is short around four feet. Though that is pretty tall for a nine-year-old kid
However, this kid, had wound and scars all over his body. It could break one heart just seeing it
The kid heard the birds chirping outside his room. He heard the sound of people, senses it and his body seems to move. His finger twitched and he slowly awoken himself.
He slowly opens his eyes. As he tried to adjust himself to his surrounding he noticed a man sitting beside his right side of the bed.
He chuckles first because he recognized the man. It was not shock as he sees that person. It was something he expected.
He smiles a bitter smile and cough a little. It is clear that whatever is afflicting him does not yet run its course. He could smell the scent of herbs all around him.
He noticed an amulet on his wrist. He could feel it is counteracting the energy that is ravaging his body and he smiles bitterly.
He takes a deep breath before he addresses the person on the right side of his bed. He is still lying on the bed, his head on the fluffy pillow and his body seems too weak to get up from the comfortable bed.
He sighed and look at the man staring at him and with a smile he greeted that person.
'So, it is you. I do not like the scowling face you make. To see that the moment I open my eyes on the morning, is not welcomed at all'
The person only shakes his head
'That is a bad joke' That person said. The man on the bed chuckles.
'I beg to disagree'
'Enough of the jokes.' The man said.
The person on the bed, even in his tired and exhausted state could still have the energy to shakes his head and chuckles even though he could feel his rib feeling the slight pain.
'You are as impatient as ever, brother. You couldn't even wait for your little brother to at least have the energy to walk before you come here'
The man on the right side of the bed only snorted
Sitting beside the man on the bed is none other than the ruler of this place, the world strongest man, Death Monarch.
And the man on the bed, lying on the fluffy pillow is none other than the famous Trickster that played against the world and scheme against the Universe, Loki.
Azief look at Loki and he does not respond. His eyes seem to analyze him. He did not exert any pressure but only look at Loki. It is quite unnerving
Then sighing he ask
'How are you feeling? Other than your ribs, I think you will not feel so much discomfort around your body'
Loki however quickly replied.
'Well, been feeling better now that I see you' Azief shakes his head
Then Loki try to bring himself up and his neck turn left and right like he is looking for someone. Azief understand the moment he saw Loki looking around.
'Sina is not here' Azief said truly understanding what Loki is concerned about
'I kept my promise'
Loki heaved a sigh of relief as he falls down to his bed. He closes his eyes and breath in and out. And he slowly calms down.
Azief shakes his head and ask Loki
'You still didn't tell her? That is not good. I don't recommend lying to her. I got an earful from her before. And I wouldn't wish that even on you' Azief said.
He still couldn't forget how he was scolded by Sina last time. He was transfixed and was rooted on spot as he could only listen and nodded to Sina words.
That was the first time since the Fall…since a long time that he has been scolded that sincerely.
He remembers a bitter memory of him and his family. He remembers how he has never been scolded by his family.
It is different being scolded for the sake of scolding and being scolded because of the sincere caring feeling.
One could feel it. He was used to the scolding of his mother. Scolding for the sake of scolding. But then, even that stopped. You don't scold and get angry at something you didn't care about.
And that what he is. A thing nobody cares about. That is what he came to believe about himself.
It is why the fact that people could love him, and love him as deeply as Katarina and Sofia love him, scares him a bit
He doesn't know what to do with it and he doesn't want to lose it.
Sina reminded him of the part of family relationship he never had. And he knows all about Sina and Loki relationship.
They were quite good at hiding it but well, when you have super hearing it is not a hard thing to discover that secret.
The last time he saw Sina and Loki together, he could hear both of their heart beating so loud that Azief though someone is pounding a war drum beside his ears.
Each time they look at each other, their heart beats like war drum. How could Azief pretend not to know? He just never brought it up that's all.
And it would be a pity if they broke up because of this. Azief knows how Sina hates lies.
Loki heard Azief telling him this. While he does not ponder at the matter like Azief does, he has his own thoughts and reasons to hide the truth from Sina
And it is a good and valid reason
'There is nothing good that will come out in telling her this. You know that. I don't want this on her mind. It is better if she doesn't know' Loki answer as he sighs.
Somehow Azief understood him a bit and then he asks
'Do you want to make her a pedophile?' Loki glares at Azief.
But doing it in his true form as a nine-year-old kid could not elicit the response and dignity like the usual glare of Loki the Trickster.
It just looks cute in Azief eyes. Loki seeing it did not work as he expected then said.
'My mind and my thought are hundreds of year old apart from her. If anything I could even be her ancestor in terms of thoughts and thinking' Loki argued.
Azief only smiles and shakes his head slowly as he said
'Yet, you still a nine-year-old kid in body' Loki snorted
'But not in thought. And well, I could transform to anything I wanted' Azief only shakes his head and said
'Fine. But let me give you an advice. Keeping secret is not a healthy way to start a relationship.'
Loki scoffed
'Says the man who have more relationship problems than me. I mean do you really want to go down that road, brother? Do you want to compete to see who have the unhealthiest relationship out of the two of us? I put my bet on you'
Azief chuckles at this.
If other people, make fun of him he would surely not react like this. But it is Loki that made fun of him.
It reminded him of the time when they were still innocent and ignorant. It reminded him of the time where everything is a bit simpler.
Then the sound of birds chirps outside again. The wind blows gently and the weather is calm. Azief got up from his seat and open the windows.
He saw a raven on top of the rooftop near this tower.
Azief look at that raven and his eyes seem to shine with a dangerous glint as he looks at the raven. But just before anything could happen, the raven flies off away.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
Azief only smiles, looking at that raven flying away to the cloudless sky
Here is part one of the chapter. I have written two chapters and I coudl say for sure that this month will end this arc. I'm sure....I'm sure....Ok, I am not completely sure baout it but I think it will be done. And for anyoen reading AOA I will be posting a mass release. Thuigh I am not sure whether it will be tonorrow or Thursday. Anywya lok out for it.It might be more than five chapters. Anyway, hope youe njoy teh chapter and leave many comments and vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
370 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 2
Loki get his body up and recline himself on the head of the bed. He takes a deep breath and close his eyes, feeling his energy.
He could feel his energy pulsating in his body but he also could still feel that presence of foreign energy in his body.
He could only sigh. This is probably the first time since he came to the past that he had ever been beaten this terribly.
He then looks at Azief and ask
'Who else knows I am here?' Loki asked. He keeps panting like he has shortness of breath. Azief then replied.
'Other than me and Sasha and the healer, no one else knows' Loki finally cracked a relieved smile. It is clear that he is worried about Sina knows that he is here
'Good'
Azief after opening the window approached the bed once again and take a seat beside it. He sat on the chair he brought and he looked at Loki and asked
'What happened?' Loki shows a bitter expression on his face and for a few second there is his silence between them. Loki is thinking of how to start his story.
Then he decided he would start the story with a name. Loki has always been a bit of a storyteller. What better way to start a story with a name?
'Void' he said. Azief looked puzzled.
'Who's that? Should I know who he is?' Azief asked
'You don't know about him?' This time it is Loki turn to get shocked.
'I expected it was a name but I don't know who he is' Azief confessed. Then he added
'I called Sasha that night to search for anyone named Void in the Wanted list of Pandemonium. But there is no one that have a name, nickname or codename like that'
Loki felt strange. How could Pandemonium not know about Void?
It was then that Loki is reminded of the fact that Pandemonium only cares about Pandemonium matter.
They rarely care about the enemies of other faction. They only cares about the enemy of Pandemonium.
The Pandemonium Wanted List is a list of criminals that is deemed dangerous for Pandemonium
And since there is not many who would dare go against Pandemonium that Wanted List only have five people since the founding of Pandemonium.
And Death Monarch clearly is not interested in killing them unless they came to Pandemonium so, the List have merely stay the same.
Other than that few months where Hirate was put in the list before being taken off back from the list.
Any enemies that warrant Death Monarch attention usually would lead to a large battle that would affect the world.
Maybe it is because of that the spy network of the Nightingales, the spy division of the Shadow Guard did not extend out of Pandemonium
Because they simply didn't care about what happens outside. Loki sigh at this conclusion. Then like someone is hammering his chest, he coughed.
He takes another deep breath and then he asks Azief.
'You did not share info with the World Government or the Republic? I thought since The Three Great Powers seems to be in a period of reconciliation, that you would share your list? Or at least some information?'
Azief was looking outside the window for a second and then he nodded and said
'We do share'
'Well…. but they clearly didn't share that part with me' And he smiles. But Loki could see there is a trace of rage in Azief eyes
Loki sighed as he could quite understand the thinking of Boris and Hirate. Then he offers and explanation on the defense for both the Republic and the World Government
'Void himself is not that much big of a threat to you or Pandemonium. Maybe that is why they didn't share it with you'
'Hmm' Azief said.
Azief Hmm could mean many things. When he said Hmm in the Throne Room many officials would try to divine meaning of that hmm. But Loki just ignore Azief hmm.
Loki then continued
'He was mostly quiet most of the time and did not do much to affect the world matters. There is also the fact that the Republic and the World Government both have something to settle with that person'
'What do you mean?' Azief said as he leans back on his chair and close his eyes. It seems he is tired. Or maybe he is just bored.
Loki could never tell with Azief.
'For this couple of years in your absence, he grew active in the criminal underworld. He sabotages many plans of the World Government as long as someone could pay him and even foil the schemes of the Republic just for the fun of it. So the Two Great Powers have already try to hunt him without much success. Which made him even more famous in the criminal underworld'
'Humph' Azief snorted.
'I never trusted their capabilities which is why I understand how this Void manages to escape from them. But I know you Loki. How did you end up like this unless he is a time traveler like you too?'
Finally, it arrived at that point. Loki knows what Azief is trying to do. He is trying to pry more information about the future for him.
Loki shake his head
'He is not a Time Traveler'
This time Azief raised his eyebrows.
'He is not a time traveler like you but you still lose? Shouldn't you know a few things about him? Like his weaknesses, the choke point you could use to defeat him or something'
Loki only bitterly chuckles when he heard Azief words.
It is not that he didn't try to do that. It is just this Void character never really appears in his timeline and never become something big.
He didn't even know there is someone called Void until now.
Maybe the butterfly that flaps its wing have created many small tornadoes all around the world and this Void is the result of that butterfly flapping its wings.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'He didn't play any part in my timelines. He was not even mentioned' Azief hearing this nodded and a slight smile formed on the edge of his mouth.
But he hidden that smile as fast as he could that even Loki do not see that Azief was smiling a while ago
Because Loki is preoccupied with his own thought. Loki could not tell Azief that he does not know whether that is the truth or not.
Loki used to doubt everything. Now he even has to doubt himself and his memories. In his memories there is no one called Void in his calculations and plans.
He had many plans and scheme and now that he has entered the chess game with Yewa Hafar he need to have all the faculty of his mind.
It would not do that he would become an idiot, not now at this important juncture of defining the history and survival of the Universe.
Is he a bigshot in the future? But there is no Sovereign named Void. if it does he would remember and there must be some notes about him.
After all he even have notes of Will the Speedster and the Seven Fairy. But there is no note about Void.
The moment he knew he is losing his memories; Loki had already compiled everything he remembered about the future.
He also makes sure that his writing will not be able to be read by anyone other than him.
If not, having the future knowledge spreads out in the world would not be a good thing at all.
Azief sighed. There is a lot of thoughts that is swirling in his mind right now. If this Void is also a time traveler it is not a good thing for Azief.
Though he did not experience time travel like Loki he knows something about Time. His attributes are also Time.
Using that attributes enables him to slow Time at certain moment but when the people he fought is someone that at his own level it proves harder for that to work.
When space and Time distorted with each punch it messes with the Time causing Time Dilation and Time Distortion making his attributes of Time could not fully be utilized.
It is why he rarely uses such attributes when fighting someone close to his level.
It does not like being messed around with and the Price that needed to be paid for such thing must be steep.
There seems to be an endless problem that awaited him. He looks at Loki and it is weird, but Azief knows that in this world, other than Katarina, the one that understood him the most….is this boy.
What a weird life he lives!
It is why when he is with Loki he did not mind too much about talking about his plans and his thoughts.
Ending it with a cliffhanger. Anyway, hope you all like the second part of the chapter. Give some votes and leave some comments. Ciao for now.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
371 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 3
'Loki, you know that I am leaving right?'
Loki nodded solemnly. Azief shakes his head and then said with a helpless expression
'You know; I always don't know what to do about you. I have been thinking about this for a long time but I still don't have any answers'
Loki coughed again. Azief eyes shows concern for the kid.
'If you are not my friends, if you are not someone I regarded as my little brother, you know I would have not let you live this long right? It would be impossible considering my personality. You would be dead buried six feet under…or turns into dust'
Loki nodded calmly and then he said
'You do know that your personality sucked right?' Loki said that in matter of factly. Azief only sneered at Loki taunts
'Well, I know that better than you. But that is like pot calling the kettle black' Loki laughed and he felt his rib contracts and he winces in pain but he could not help but to have the last word
'Doesn't change the fact that the pot and the kettle is quite different in design' Azief only sighed seeing that Loki never wanted to lose an argument
Then Azief asked Loki, staring him right at the eyes with a bit of exasperation reflected in his gaze
'Tell me. What should I do with you, little brother?' He sighed again and closes his eyes.
'As the older brother couldn't you just support me?' Loki ask as he smile sincerely. Azief opens his eyes and saw Loki smile.
But Azief knows better.
That is not a sincere smile. That is the smile Loki used when he wanted to persuade someone to do things for him
Azief closes his eyes and thinks about many things. His thoughts went to many places but in the end it swirls around the complex relationship he has with Loki.
He thought Loki as his younger brother and Loki thought of him as his older brother. But that what makes it so hard.
Then after only a second he opens his eyes.
'The thing about you that I felt most disturbing is I never knew about where you stand. I do not know your endgame plan. And that fills me with unease. Like you, I also don't like it when I don't know something'
Loki smirk. It is ironic really. Loki is the one person that understand Azief the most in the world. He might even understand Azief better than Katarina.
But it is also true for Loki. The one that probably understand Loki the most in the world is probably Azief.
Azief continued
'I still remember what you said to me. You said I would destroy this Universe. That word is still stuck on my head. Yet, you still help me. You aid me in my quest for power and strength. It seems contradictory. You said I would end the Universe. The logical and most rational decision is to kill me before I grow. Now, even if you wanted to kill me you can't. Not unless you have any other things inside your sleeve. Which I knew you have a lot hidden in that sleeve of yours. The thing is why did you never use it?'
Loki sighed.
'You do understand why I couldn't reveal the future too much, right?'
'Because it will affect the picture you wanted?' Azief ask. Azief after all understood a few things about the machinations of Time and Destiny and Fate.
He does not understand all of it but he understands enough.
He saw Six lives in the saber and have six fates and destinies. Because of that he got enlightened on a few understanding of Time, Destiny and Fate
Loki only smile weakly. Azief sighed.
Azief is silent as he thinks for a while. He deiced to shelve the discussion for later. Then he asks
'How did Void do this to you? Is he that powerful?' Azief ask.
This is the first time he shows interest in the man called Void. Loki shake his head and there is a bitter expression on his face.
'Truth be told; he is not strong at all. Compared to me and even the other shining heroes of this era, he is weak and not powerful at all. Surprising isn't it?'
This statement made Azief felt perplexed
'If he is weak, how did he be able to fight you. Even though you just entered Disk Formation, you still have many tricks. How could you easily be beaten by him then?'
Loki answered
'His damage output is not something remarkable. But it is his ability that make him almost practically invincible. Especially against people that is stronger than him. The more powerful they are, the more powerful he would become and the weaker his enemies would be'
'What do you mean by that?'
'There is a reason his name is Void. He voids any energy. You have what…. eight or nine Disk right now right?'
Azief nodded. He is not that surprised that Loki could sense how many Disk he has. He did channel his energies inside Loki body so it is not surprising that he could sense that
'All of that Disk is formed from energy right?' Azief nodded again
Loki scoffed and then said
'In front of him that energy is void. Any punch, any bolstering force that powered your attack will be rendered void. In front of him you are nothing but normal mortal. The moment I come into proximity with him I turned into a nine-year-old kid. I nearly got beaten to death while running away'
Azief hearing this was shocked. Then he nodded like he understands something
'No wonder. Now I understand why my force could not heal you' Loki nodded. However, Azief rebuke by sayingFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'But…I still have my physical body'
Loki nodded and said
'True…...but do you want to bet that your physical body is not supplied by the energy of the Universe that made it able to become so invincible. What if you come into contact with him and he activated his abilities and your body returns to normal? I don't think you want to die under a person who could not even kick and punch properly'
Azief however after listening to Void ability seems not that interested anymore.
'It doesn't matter. I know my body the best. I won't lose'
Loki sighed. And Azief take a breath. He seems to be contemplating something and putting the talk about Void on the back of his mind
Looking at Loki, it is like Loki is egging him on to fight Void. It is why he felt weird and strange. If Void is really such a big deal he would have long known about him.
That is why Azief need to make this clear to Loki. What he said to Loki after the Massacre of the Island of Peace is not just some empty words.
He means it.
He could no longer just let Loki do whatever he wanted. Loki wanted to protects the future. Azief however wanted to protect the present.
His present.
After all, if the present does not exist, then the future will also not exist. He would not be someone who sacrifices the present for the sake of some unknown future.
It might sound irresponsible but to move forward without hesitation, without fear, that is how one should live their lives.
If you think about the future and where it ends, or where you might ultimately end, then maybe because fearing of that future, one could not take even a step.
But if one has to high of an expectation for the future, then one would feel to rushed to reach there which would change one future.
The wisest way, is to take one step forward and think only about the now.
Because the now is the accumulation of past decision and the seed for the future path.
'Is this the other reason you came here? I know you came here expecting for protection. I gave that to you. But If you think that I would help you in your scheme, I won't. I know whatever you are doing right now must have relation with your grand cause'
'I won't help you. If you still want to do things your way, don't expect my help in doing it' Azief sternly said. Loki only chuckles
'Helping me is also helping you' Then he shakes his head and corrected his word
'No, helping you might be helping myself. Killing two birds with one stone. Our interest is aligned this time.'
Azief only snorted as he looks at Loki smiles.
'But who would get caught in the crossfire of your plots?' Loki knows Azief is still mad at him for putting Wang Jian and Sofia in his schemes before.
Third part of the chapter. Anyway, hope you all like the chapter and leave some comments and vote for the story. It seems so desolate in the comment section
Hmmm.....
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
372 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 4
'This time, I am not talking metaphorically. This time if you help me, you are truly helping yourself and Pandemonium' Azief seems to think about it and Loki pushed through
'I know what you are planning to do. From what you have been doing this couple of days, you are about to leave again. Everyone could sense it. This routine is getting a bit familiar and all the forces in the world kind of expected it. Forceful declarations, shocking moments and showing your might and prowess to the world is like some kind of warning and reminder to all the factions of the world. They all believes that you will leave and go somewhere else after this'
Loki look at Azief but Azief face is like a stone. His face expression did not even change
Loki sighed and then he continued.
'Why do you think the world seems so calm now? Pirates in the sea hides in their coves and war merchant stopped selling. It is because of that belief that you will be leaving soon many factions and forces are laying low. They close their gates, shut their doors and hide in dark corners of the world. They all waited for you to go away first then reemerge again'
'Why do you think they close their gates and door and hide? Because they know you are trying to tie loose end. And they do not want to become the one that stands out in your eyes. As long as they weather this storm they could still survive. This phenomenon is only possible because it is you.'
'So?' Azief ask nonchalantly
'Well, Void is one of those loose end that you really need to settle' Loki said
'And…. What do you mean by that?'
'It means what I said'
Azief shakes his head. It means he would not take it as an explanation. He needs more information if Loki is to make him target that person.
'Void…well, it is true that he in is my plans' Loki finally confessed
'Thought you could not tell me what that plan is?' Azief said, looking at Loki with a bored expression
'Though I could not tell you what the plan is I know this. Void had just been elected to become the leader of the criminal underworld'
Loki expected a reaction out of Azief. But Azief doesn't seem to care. Loki don't know if Azief is just acting or he is truly do not fear the criminal underworld
Loki continuedFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'And why do you think they chose him as the leader? They needed a figure that they believed could deter you from going after them'
Azief finally cracked a smile on his face.
'Do they want war?' Azief ask to no in particular and he said it so nonchalantly. But if the whole criminal underworld heard this question they would sweat and tremble in fear.
Loki sighed and shake his head
'No one wants to go to war with you. Not even the criminal underworld. They just want to protect their interest. They have no interest or courage to provoke you. They just wanted to hold out until you are gone'
What Loki don't say and what Azief don't point out is that the criminal underworld in his absence would try to concoct way to fight him or even eradicate him in the future.
Unless he is eradicated the criminal underground would always have to hide in the dark, destined to never come out.
The reason why both of them don't say it is because it is too obvious.
They are afraid now but if they find a chance to eliminate him, Azief and Loki both know that those people wouldn't hesitate.
'Doesn't that mean they wanted to go to war with me?' Azief still ask the same question while smiling.
Loki looking at Azief smile and he felt like instead of asking him this question out of curiosity, it seems like Azief is the one that wanted to go to war.
It almost seems like Azief wanted to make more example to the world.
It is true that is what Azief is thinking.
He felt like he need to send out a stronger warning and reminder so that everything would be still peaceful even after he leaves.
Of course there is still time before he leaves since he need to refine the other energy into Disk before he opens the Supremacy Stairway
It is not he is going to leave forever but he needs to be prepared for that possibility.
He is always dancing on the edge of life and death.
So, he was always prepared for death.
At least if he failed somewhere in the vast Universe, the warning and the things he did would at least protect his people for a period of time until they could mature and grow their own power.
Loki then replied to Azief question.
'No. At least for now they just wanted to maintain the status quo. You could do anything you want like before and they would not interfere. They would not even set feet one hundred kilometers from Pandemonium sea'
'For now, huh?' And Azief chuckles
Loki then stares at Azief and said
'You changed everything. They did not fear you in the past because they think you are only one lone man. Even if you are powerful their influence reaches everywhere. But they sure fear you now. There is a reason why they don't show their faces anymore and why they have their meeting in dark corners of the world. There is a reason why they hide from you'
Azief only sigh at this. Loki continued
'You hated them and when you found someone of their gangs or influence in Pandemonium you would sometimes express your dissatisfaction and the officials and the Three Army would eradicate those gangs and influence from the face of the Earth. And while that is only an inconvenience for them in the past, that is no longer the case'
'They now look at you like you are their biggest and most frightening nightmare. The whole world saw what you could do and what you are willing to do. And the whole world was frightened. Especially them. You killed Kasap without blinking. Their entire workforce obliterated in a matter of minutes. No matter where they hide, no matter how far they go, red thunderbolts strikes down from the Heavens and turns them into dust. With each strike of lightning, the more the people of the criminal underworld felt fear and the more they became desperate'
The wind outside blows again, this time it is a little bit colder and Azief waved one of his finger as that windows slightly closed.
Loki did not feel that cold and instead continued his words
'You…. changed the game. You know it and they know it. You are not someone they could buy, negotiate or reasoned with. Everyone knows you do what you want and the most terrifying thing is that no one in the world could stop you from doing whatever it is that you wanted to do. If you are some tyrants or some degenerate man they would not be so worried because you would be of the same cloths as them. But you are not'
Azief scoffed at this
'While you are not some symbol of love and peace but if there is one thing people know about you, you have your own code of justice. It is not about being cruel, it is not about nice and kind, it is about just. And you found them to be an injustice against the world, a corruption and a parasite that suck the life out of people. Right now, you did not move against them. But no one like the feeling that if one day, you found them to be a nuisance, then you could wipe them out whenever you wanted. Weak and powerless and living in borrowed time. Nobody likes feeling like that'
Loki sighs and then said
'Your thoughts itself is dangerous. You could forgive murder. You could forgive stealing. After all there are hard times and there are inevitable circumstances. But you could not tolerate the criminal underworld'
Loki laughed and then said what Azief always said when dealing with people of the criminal underworld.
'To eradicate evil. And you won't mind killing every bad person you find. That is a dangerous thought. Even in a normal person that thought is dangerous. The more terrifying thing it is that it is your thoughts. I know how you feel about them. I know if you could you would eradicate each and every one of them'
Azief hearing the long rant by Loki could only sighed and said
Foruth part of this long chapter between Death Monarch and Loki. Both of them is gauging eha cother. You woudl udnersatdn later what I eman by this. And don't forget that raven. Juts saying.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
373 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 5
Azief answer that question
'I've changed'
'Did you change your thought too?' Loki immediately asked, his glare is sharp and Azief reply
'No. But I do now understand some things about evil'
Loki smiles a bit and then asked.
'And what do you understand about it?'
'As long as human live, there will always be evil. Even if I eradicated a whole batch of evil people in the world right now, one day a new evil will spread. Evil and good is in one hearts. As it took a push to go to evil, it also took a push to become kind. As long as there is evil in one heart, the kind could become evil and if there is light in one heart, it could be a seed for evil people to be kind. The hard thing is, is to know which person that is broken so much that he had no chance of being saved' Azief said with regret.
He then added
'That is the thing. I could not judge whose heart could be turned into being kind and whose heart that couldn't. So I could only judge them based on their deeds. In the end, I punished who I believed is evil based on their deeds and action regardless of who it is and how many there are. If I see there is a sliver chance of hope, of light in that person, I might be thinking of sparing that person. It is not perfect but we live in an imperfect world. As long as I could protect the peace of my family, I will not hesitate to kill and destroy those who try to harm them'
Loki then asked
'Then what has changed?' Azief smiles and then said
'But maybe, because I have grown throughout the years, I learn to empathize with other people pains and as such I don't want people that shouldn't be hurt, get hurt. I couldn't stand that kids after the Fall were sold around in place around the world like they were some objects or some kind of commodity. Do you know what they did to those kids, Loki? I think you could guess. After all, haven't you seen what happens to kid when you were in your old group?'
Loki nodded.
He could imagine what happens to those kids.
If not for being some kind of sex thing, they would be trained to become loyal to those who bought them either becoming assassins or expendables soldiers.
Azief continued his word
'I couldn't stand that people would harvest organs from old people to make dishes for some cannibal's serial killers. It is hard enough to run from man eating monsters, now people had to even be cautious with their fellow men?' Azief look at Loki and saw Loki looked shocked.
'Does that seem hard to believe?' Azief asked. Loki purse his lips. He knows that is true.
There is one cannibal serial killer from Samarkand that is known in the criminal underworld as Shark Jaw a few years ago.
He suddenly disappeared one day.
'Did you kill Shark Jaw?' Loki ask.
'I saw his report, and kill him. Is that wrong?' Azief said like it is just some distant memory
Loki did not say anything.
'I do not mention, the torturer, the cleaners for these criminals, the war merchants, the people who infiltrate these group and incite war, killing more and more people as they profited from their dark deeds. And all these criminals people all hides behind their gangs, their forces. So what do I do?'
'I burned them to the ground with their criminals as an offering for the dead souls, and turns them all to ash and dust. Eradicate evil. Eradicate Evil! Loki, you were not wrong at all. I do not change much. What they did were unspeakable deeds that would be scorned by any normal humans. I do not regret killing them at all. Because I know that by killing them I saved hundreds of people. But I myself never saw myself as a good man'
He sighed and then continued
'Good and evil is not like some kind of numbers games. I killed many people and I also saved many people. But good and evil is not about some kind of check and balance. Just because you save many people the moment you killed an innocent man you could become evil. A doctor that saves a thousand people might be praised as Divine Doctor but once he let his patient die because of some personal selfish intention, then a worm started burrowing in his heart. That is evil. That is evil burrowing in one heart. I dare not say that I am a nice and kind man. And I am not innocent. There is blood in my hands and below my feet are rivers of blood and a road of bones. But my conscience is clear'
Loki laughed hearing Azief words. Outside, the cloud covered the sunlight and for a while around the Palace, there is a dark feeling.
The wind blows coldly and the window is opened slightly ajar.
He then said
'And that is what they are afraid of. Those who is in the criminal underground all commits unspeakable deeds. They are evil but not all of them. But you eradicate evil wherever it passes in front of your eyes. But what if you cast your gaze a little further than that? That is what they are afraid of and in their anxiousness, they turned to someone they should have not'
'Who? Void?' Azief ask raising his eyebrows. It is perplexing that Loki attach so much importance on this person.
Even when Sithulran arrive and even though Azief knows that Loki knows, even back then Loki never came to him to warn him of Sithulran.
But now, for Void, it is clear Loki is anxious about this person called Void. Could it be this Void have another secrets that he doesn't know?
'Is he that dangerous?' Azief asked, looking at Loki eyes trying to discern the truth.
'He is' Loki nodded
'You see…. Void…. this person is just like Rosulka'
Azief ear perked up when he heard Rosulka. He heard of Rosulka before. She is the enemy of Katarina. Yet, even though Katarina is capable of ending her, she never did.
And Katarina never told him about what happens between them
'What do you mean by that Loki?' Loki grins as another fit of cough attacked him. Through the cough, he is still grinning and then he said
'Like Rosulka, Void is just someone who wanted to watch the world burns. They do not want power, influence or wealth. They just like to see the fire they started and see that fire grows until it burns everything. Sometimes they are people like that. Madman'
Azief then asked
'And what are they planning?' Loki shakes his head and reply
'I don't know. I didn't hear until that part before I got detected' Azief notices that Loki is not telling him the entire truth.
Azief was thinking a bit contemplating on Loki words. He knows Loki is not telling him all the truth but at least he knows he got half of the truth.
'How did you get that information?'
'What information?' Loki asked back
'That the criminal underworld has turned to Void?'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'I have a sleeper agent in the criminal underworld' Azief hearing this responded by saying
'Of course you do' Azief said sighing.
It seems Loki dip his hand in a lot of places and his influence is hidden very deeply that even he does not know how long and expansive that reach is.
Azief eyes narrowed. This little brother of his is too incredible.
'So, you found out about his election when you were chasing after him?' Loki nodded unconsciously and Azief smirk
'So, then why were you chasing him? What business you have with him that prompted you to chase him all over the world until even entering the criminal underworld meeting?'
Loki eyes widened for a bit before realizing he falls into a trap. He only smirks and calmly replied
'It is the business you do no approve' Azief scoffed.
'The future?'
'The future' Loki replied back. Azief is clearly displeased with this.
The fifth part is a little short. Anwya, see youa ll tomrorow. Please leave some commenst and hope you like the chapter.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
374 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 6
'You seem to think a lot about the future. Do you not think about the present at all? What about our family? Sofia, Wang Jian, Sina. All of this exist in the present. Or do you think that they are some relics of history compared to you?'
Loki shake his head and gritted his teeth as he answered.
'It is to protect the present that I am planning for the future' Then Loki sighed.
'I hate arguing with you, brother. You thought of me as your bother. Well, me too. I hate the fact that you did not want to support me but I understand why. But at least I hope that you won't stop me from doing what I am supposed to be doing'
'You mean preventing me from destroying the Universe?'
'Yes…that' Loki said with a slightly higher tone.
Then he said
'The stake is high and I am playing a chess game that will determine the fate of the entire Universe. If the stake wasn't so high, if the sacrifice that it will undoubtedly take would not be so fucking terrible, I would not be doing this. Like you, I am selfish. Truth is, I am more selfish than you in my timeline. I am not the responsible one. I am not even the strongest one. But when you saw entire Universe turns to a fucking nothingness, well, that would change any person views and priority. I have no time or desire to be selfish now. I am meant to light a new era. I am meant to see you fulfil your destiny but you are not helping me so at least, the one thing you could do for me is not to hinder me'
Azief was not affected in the least as he looks at Loki lazily and then ask
'You still haven't answer my question' Azief said, as there is a smile on his face. Loki is hiding something from him.
He is sure of it now. The more he talks the more it is clear that Loki is hiding something from him. He could feel the nervousness and the anxiousness that Loki is trying to hide from him.
'What is the question again?' Loki ask
'Will I destroy the Universe?' Azief ask. The way he asks the question is like he is asking for some dinner menu.
He was unaffected and seem calm when he asked that question like he is commenting about whether the weather is good or bad.
Azief wanted to pry more and understand more about this calamity that Loki keep reminding him about.
He wanted to know the reasons behind Loki contradictory words and actions. If Loki did not lie to him then he will be the one that ended the Universe, but if it is so why help him at all.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
Why not kill him or try to assassinate him? That is something that Azief never understand.
'You will' Loki replied. Azief is still calm and the he asked another question. It is like he is trying to pry deeper and deeper into this issue
'And if I did not mistake the words you said to me, you are here to stop me, right?' Loki nodded and replied with
'I am' Azief only smiles
'This is how I am stumped. How would you do that exactly?' Azief asked.
Azief look at Loki, his eyes seem to focus at Loki, trying to see any lies or truth that may be given out, any clues or hint about Loki true intention in doing all this.
'I can't tell you that' Loki replied like he has been practicing that line for a thousand time
But Azief was not disappointed at all. Instead he asks another question.
'But that plans of yours doesn't involve me dying right?' Loki nodded. Seizing the chance, Azief ask another question.
'Would it involve the person I love to suffer?' Loki sighed and he answer as truthfully he could.
'It probably will. No…. I am most certain that they would suffer' Azief forehead creased and he frowned.
Loki on the other hand remembers the final days leading to the Final Battle.
The world was desolate, the sun was red and there is only an aura of Death that covered the whole world.
And they all saw the gigantic eyes that seems to envelopes the entire Omniverse. They could feel how weak they are in front of that destruction filled stare.
Gathering all the wishes of the dead, the dreams of the survivors and the promise of a better future, Loki shoulder that burden to go to the past to execute his plans.
But by now Loki also knows that he is not the only one that have been fighting for the future. There was Morgana. And there might be others.
This is Loki premonition.
However, he and Morgana have different ways of achieving the same result. Even now Loki still do not know whether he is doing the right thing.
But the moment he buried Morgana on the Everest he had already decided to not doubt his path and keep walking forward and follow the plans.
No matter what Azief said to him or do to him, he had no intention of stopping. Loki decided this a long time ago.
He still remembers the moon falling down from the skies, the sun exploding in the dark Universe and the whole Universe being torn apart on the seams.
No one could imagine the hopelessness, and the despair and the uncountable souls that screams and plead for life.
Loki saw the dusk of humanity and he tears up as he looks at red skies and red soil. In the Final Battle everyone was united. But it was too late at that time.
Destruction.
He saw only destruction. This is why he had returned to the past. His only reasons. He would not mind sacrificing himself to make sure that plan succeeded.
This is his grand cause
If it is not because he is crucial to the last stages of the plan, he would not mind risking his life more to aid Azief.
Some people said he is craven and cowardly, only fighting and exploiting those who he could defeat.
Loki could not be blinded by some personal feeling of heroism. Because he needs to survive until the end just like Azief regardless of the cost.
Because the cost and consequences of losing is far more terrible than any personal stake he had in the world.
The only difference now is that Loki fears that even he would forget what he needed to do in the end
He thought that the price would be steep but he never thought that the price of breaking the Laws of Time is to had his memory erased.
When you reach certain points of power, there comes a time when even your memories couldn't be erased even after you died or turns to dust in the passing eons of the Universe
Sometime the memories of such powerful being stays as a source of power in the Universe. Other times it turns into an inheritance of power.
But the Price is different. No matter what you, no matter what power you possessed, the Price will take it away and there is no undoing it.
It is like a system that exist throughout all Universe. As Loki waited Azief question, Azief calmly ask
'Will they die?' he asks.
Loki takes a dep breath and the look toward the windows. He could see migratory birds flying in the sky, the calm cloudless sky and the blue sky above it.
It looked calm and serene but inside Loki heart it is full of chaos.
Sxith par of the chapter as the countdown to the end of the arc begins. leave some commenst and leave some votes too.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
375 THE TRICKSTER AND THE MONARCH 7
Loki takes a dep breath and the look toward the windows. He could see migratory birds flying in the sky, the calm cloudless sky and the blue sky above it.
It looked calm and serene but inside Loki heart it is full of chaos.
There is never one hundred percent certainty in his mission.
He only has one main objective.
That is to make sure all people play their parts. Whether that part needs to be played differently or the same, it is already have been planned.
He just has to push some of them. His power and his most proficient ability have always been about Karma.
It is by Karma that he is able to use it to calculate the probabilities of something happening or someone behavior and guided it to achieve the result he wanted
Of course he did not yet possess his power like he was at the peak but he made calculations before going back to the past and while certain things did go out of his expectations, it is still not outside the boundary lines of the original timeline.
Certain event will still happen and should happen. It is the only way the people that he knew in the future would emerge.
Heroes of the ages could only be forged in pain and suffering. Only then can they be tempered to become something beautiful and strong.
The only difference is whether it is a little early or a little late.
There are some things he had to let pass and there are some things he needs to prevent and fought to make sure it did not happen.
He is making sure his chess pieces are in his hands and making sure it is properly positioned to start a game against Yewa Hafar.
The biggest game and a game with the highest stake in the whole Universe. Azief on the other hand waited for Loki response.
'I don't know' he finally replied. Azief expression turned hard
'Loki…you…Don't you know what they mean to me? What they mean to you. I am your family but so are they'
Loki close his eyes and take a deep breath. He then exhales and then said
'I know. But it will be a war. And in any wars, people die' Azief then said like it means something deeper.
'They are your family. They are OUR family' And Azief almost shouted out the words.
Loki shakes his head and close his eyes.
Then he opens his eyes back and he look at Azief like he was tired of having this same argument with him.
He is tired. And so is Azief. They are both tired of this. But both of them couldn't do anything to each other.
Azief could not hurt Loki who he regarded as his own family, as his own little brother.
So how could he hurt him? But it is clear that Loki plans, whatever that is, run contrary to Azief feelings and decision.
Azief had hope. Even for someone like him, he believes in tomorrow. He believes that there is still hope and that one must not restrict oneself with the knowledge of the future
And Loki? Loki couldn't force Azief to see things as he did. Because Azief did not experience the world he experienced.
That is why they are tired. Both of them trying to persuade each other of following their way when it is clear from the start that they could only walk their own different path.
Loki then shake his head and said
'And how about the others? They don't have families? Trillions and trillions of lives out there that have families, lovers just like you do and you want to condemn them into eternal destruction? Does your selfishness knows no bound? Could you not understand that sacrifices have to be made? You know more than anyone that everything has a price. In your quest for power, have you not felt it yourself. You sacrifice many things to be where you are right now. Why do you think saving the Universe would be any different? That it won't have a Price?'
Loki sighed and then continued
'If our life has a genre it would be fantasy. Only not the unicorn shooting rainbows from their asses kind of fantasy. It is where people die, and the price is not always what you wanted it to be. The fact that the two people you love happens to be two women who is regarded as the strongest woman in the world is lucky. You don't have to worry about them getting eaten by monsters or raped by some bandits.'
'Loki...'
Loki ignored Azief and said
'But out there, the weak and the helpless, die off in millions. I know you don't care much about evil people but what about innocent people. How about kids? Mothers that would never be able to see the child in their belly? Or a father who had to bury their sons? And sons and daughters who would never have the chance to see their parents? What about them? Who would protect them and fight for them?'
'You couldn't save everyone…true. But that was back then. Now…can you still say that you couldn't save everyone? Could you ignore the screams and cries of the people? Do you really don't care about people? Because if you don't, then I judged you wrongly'
'If we don't want to protect them, if we don't even want to save our fellow men, then are we still human. I'm not asking you to become some kind of savior. I'm just asking you to save someone, anyone. Out of your own will. We are humans. And that reality comes with its con. But there are also pros in becoming human. Humans did not create civilization on the back of one man. People banded together. They protected each other. They fought for each other. And that is how they lived and thrive. Protecting each other and loving each other, feeling all of these emotions makes one humans. Or did you forget that feeling ready?'
But Loki was not done.
'You are not kind. Fine. I know that. You know that. The whole world knows that. But…. I know you are not a person evil enough to let the Universe die off with you. At least, not the you right now.'
'I...'
'I know you will not hesitate to save them. But I know that your justice doesn't extend only to your family. You just haven't realized it yet. You just haven't felt what it means to sacrifice for something. But I am from the future. I may not be able to guarantee other thing happening but I know you will one day learn what it means to sacrifice yourself for someone. And that sacrifice will be even more painful than sacrificing your life. Only that kind of pain could be considered a sacrifice. Sacrificing a life is the easiest thing to do. But the kind of sacrifice you would have to do in the future…...now that is hard.
Azief gulped in fear.
'What kind of sacrifice is more painful than sacrificing one life?' Azief asked
Loki bitterly smiles and he look up like he was remembering some old memory and he said wistfully
'Letting go' Azief heard the answer but he does not understand. And he shouldn't have to understand.
At least not now. The time hasn't come so of course he did not understand it yet. But when the moment come, Loki knows Azief would understand it.
It felt like they were talking for a long time but only ten minute have passed in the room. Azief sighed. And Loki sighed.
Azief rub his forehead and Loki coughed on his bed. The energy in his body is chaotic
Azief then look at Loki and he was thinking of saying something.
'Rest' Azief finally said as he got up from his seat. He was about to go out but then he stopped. He looked at Loki and then said
'I wish you would believe in today. I wish you would believe that tomorrow would be a sunny day. I wish you would have believed that we could do this another way'
Loki smiles a bit and then he said
'I am not yet convinced of what tomorrow would bring' and then he looks at the sky outside the windows and then he chuckles
'But I am sure I am living in a brand new world'
'You only look ahead. But I look further than that. Who knows? Maybe the path that you are walking is better. To slowly move forward and experiencing all those things instead of worrying about the consequences. Even if I enjoy this moment, it won't last forever' as he sighed.
Azief wistfully smile and reply
'There is nothing that will last forever. Maybe, that is why it is beautiful'
Loki chuckles.
Azief then shakes his head and leave Loki with a word
'Believe in tomorrow. Believe in my tomorrow'
Loki only lean back on the head of his bed and laughs. He looks outside the window and the sky is still cloudless and a gentle wind blows by inside the room.
He no longer felt the coldness of the wind. The sun illuminated light touch the edges of his bed and Loki smiles.
'Beneath the clouds of despair, I search for the blue clouds through the rift'
And as he said this a raven perched on the windowsill and Loki smiles that devious smile and his eyes if showing that conspiratorial glance and a smirk is on his face
************************************************************************Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
The last part of the chapter. next chapter some things are revealed.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
376 THE THOUGHTS THAT THEY HAVE 1
OUTSIDE THE ROOM
Creak!
The door slowly is being pushed.
Azief comes out of the room as the door closed. He stands outside the room and looks at the closed door with a complicated expression, his eyes seem to be shining with nine different lights.
His black robe and his entire existence seems to absorb darkness wherever it stands and a majestic aura unconsciously emitted from him.
He shakes his head and then he sighed.
'Loki, Loki...still so many secrets. You have your path and I have mine. Since we couldn't persuade each other…then this is the only thing I could do' Azief said to himself
He had many things to handle since last night.
There is also Will matters
He seems to disappears overnight but Azief is not that worried about him
Actually in this world there is not many people could beat him and even less people that could catch him with his speed.
The only reason he loses against Sithulran is because Sithulran weird physiology and her abilities.
Other than that Azief could count in one hand the few people that Will would have trouble escaping or defeating.
But everyone in the world knows that Will the Purple Speedster is his sworn brother. Unless they are all tired of living they would not intentionally find trouble with Azief sworn brother.
Though he would have appreciated a thank you note after all that.
Azief got the report in the morning and then check the underground lab. Azief could also sense something new. There is a Time Dilation distortion in the room where Will disappeared.
Azief could only attribute that towards Will getting stronger.
As Azief walk the corridor, he cast a long shadow that fills the corridor. Then suddenly there is a change to his shadow as it elongated.
And become bigger and bigger like it would envelop the entire wing of the corridor before it slowly reaches into a limit and then contacted back
His shadow seems to be distorted and then something emerged up from his long shadow.
It is a woman clothed in grey emerging from the darkness of his shadows. This woman is wearing a silver suit that is tightly stick to her body.
It was like the suit is made of moonlight.
Azief was not surprised at all even after sensing the woman behind him. He did not even look back as he keeps continue walking.
This woman is none other than Sasha the head of the Shadow Guard
'How was it?' Azief ask without looking backward. He keeps walking through the corridor and Sasha started following Death Monarch from behind
The height difference between the two and the clothes they both wore oddly seems complimenting.
Death Monarch is a man with tall statue almost reaching seven feet and Sasha is around five feet seven.
Death Monarch wear an all-black outfit with his outer black robe that flutters like the dark clouds when the sky is in a bad mood and Sasha wears a white tight attire with an outer white robe that is as beautiful as the moonlight on a calm night
To those who look at them they envy the relationship of these two that trust each other. Many officials of Pandemonium wanted to at least have a fraction of the kind of trust that the Death Monarch had on Sasha the Nightingale.
But the truth is quite different from the assumption of the crowd.
The only reason Azief trusted Sasha is because he knows she would never be able to hurt him and she has no reason to.
And Sasha did her job well because she knows she is expendable. But after years of being around each other, the feelings they had against each other also changed.
It is the same for both Azief and Sasha.
They were not friends but they are also not just merely subordinate and employer either.
It is something in between. Sasha like her life in Pandemonium and her position in it, and Azief find her to be a capable helper and she never had disappointed him before.
'He is lying' she answers. Azief hearing Sasha answer snorted
'Isn't that obvious? Loki is always lying. He would not be called the Trickster if he is someone who always speak the truth would he?' Sasha heard Azief annoyance in his tone but she continued.
Sasha then said
'I got the report'
'And? What did you find out?' Azief ask as he walk through the corridors of his palace and Sasha follow him from behind.
As they passed through the corridor the Keeper of the Palace that sees them quickly bows and exited the area in a hurry.
Death Monarch and his most trusted subordinate is talking to each other about something.
Other than Sasha there is rarely any officials that dares enter the Centre Palace unless they were summoned or it is the general meeting
No keeper of the palace would dare to eavesdrop on them especially if they are talking about matter that would affect the security of Pandemonium.
If they heard it, they might even be implicated if something goes wrong. It is better to never heard such thing in the first place.
Life in the Palace is pretty luxurious but it could also be considered dangerous. After all they are living around a tiger that could eat them when they are hungry
In this Palace they are young boys, the broken, the weak and the useless.
They could not survive the outside world or they are too young to venture outside.
Most young kids that have their parent still alive would be sent to the Ministry of labor and the parent would usually ask for a job in the Palace.
They would be contracted but they are also warned that if they got caught in any Palace intrigue or die under the wrathful wrath of Death Monarch the Central Government will not be responsible for that.
No wonder the Keeper of the Palace is always fearful of Death MonarchFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
It is the reasons why the younger Keeper of the Palace only do their job quietly and only waited for their rewards at the end of the month.
When they reached a high enough level and wanted to go out they could tell the Ministry of Labor and they would process their resignation.
For the young Keeper of the Palace, they maintained the three wise steps in living inside a Palace.
They hear nothing, see nothing and know nothing. The Keeper of the Palace that saw Azief and Sasha quickly scurried away
Meanwhile, as they walked Sasha reported what she had found out after activating her own agent in the criminal underground
'From the grapevine, my agent hears that the Broker organized a meet among the criminal families and the many factions in the world' Sasha reported
'A meet? This is an interesting news. Where?' Azief of course connected this to Loki previous remark about the criminal underworld electing someone to be their representative.
Sasha shakes her head and reply
'No one knows really. Only the participants know and of course the Broker. League of Freedom did not participate. They must have taken your warning seriously' Sasha remarked.
Azief only smiles hearing this.
'They just don't want to lose a sure thing that is why they don't go. You are sure they got an invitation?'
Sasha nodded.
'I do not know what that man in the bandage is thinking about but he surely isn't targeting me. That eyes he shows me….is an eye full of vengeance. But he is not me that he hates. Hmm' He sighed
He is thinking about something else. Another thing that Loki hides for him.
First aprt of the chapter. An dit will reveal Azief thoughts on Loki and his plans and schemes among other things. Will not say too much. Hope youe njoy teh chapter and if you do enjoy it please cosndier voting for the stroy and subscribe to the stroy to support me as an author
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
377 THE THOUGHTS THAT THEY HAVE 2
Considering he clash with Void and considering Void was elected to become the figurehead to resist him, Loki must have known where this place is.
But he did not once spoke about that place when they were together in that room. He could only bitterly smile as he thinks about Loki half-truth statement
'Well, he would not be the trickster if he spoke honestly' Azief thought to himself.
Then Azief turns his head to stare at Sasha face before saying calmly and without any tones of accusation but it still made Sasha almost flinched
'It seems that there are many things we don't know' Sasha nodded in understanding.
'Should we branch out?' Sasha ask. She is trying to probe Death Monarch intention and then she addedFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'Our agents have always been inside Pandemonium and only monitor Pandemonium'
As they are talking they arrived on the lower grounds of the Palace. It is the place where the courtyard of the four seasons is located.
Pandemonium Centre Palace boasted a lot of different things each one of them is beautiful, luxurious and grand.
There is the Gardens of Pandemonium and then there is also the Four Season Courtyard with each courtyard were preserved and is maintained by weather formations and array that kept them in an eternal state of the season of the courtyard.
They have now arrived at one of those courtyard.
Azief has arrived around the courtyard of flowers as rows and rows of peach blossom trees is in front of him.
There is weather spell on top of the ceiling that make sure that those flowers of spring could grow here.
The ceiling look like the sky when in fact it is just illusion spell to hides the dark tiled ceiling.
As he walks through the rows of the peach blossom trees, he finally decided.
'Expand them. I ordered you to supervise it. The hiring of the new agents will depend on your discretion'
Sasha lower her head and nodded, a smirk is on her face. She quickly wipes that smile from her face as she maintained back her expression
They walk through the beautiful spring scene of the flowers blooming and falling petals of one thousand cherry trees blossoming
'Is that the only thing you found out?' Azief ask Sasha. Sasha shake her head and continued her reports
'There is also news that a nine-year-old kid seems to barge through that meeting and try to attack Void'
'And that is Loki' Azief said it as he is trying to reconstruct the event that is happening to Loki and determine which is the truth and which one is the lies.
'Yes' Sasha replied. She is also seeming to think of something.
'Hmm' Azief seems to be thinking of something again. They walk again calmly and slowly as they step on the petals and smell the scent of spring.
It is a good place to sort one thoughts.
He walks again and Sasha followed again
'And there is another piece of interesting new that I got from my agents' Sasha said. Azief did not stop his step. He only said
'Hmm?'
'The nine-year-old kid was not alone. People saw one of the Three Demoness. Probably it is Trisha since the description describe the woman wearing a red smiling demon mask'
Azief nodded and there is a grin on his face. People always thought of the Three Demoness mask under the control of Pandemonium.
Truth was, the three of them have always been Loki people. They are not loyal to Pandemonium or to him, but to Loki.
They always have been and they always will be.
Thinking about it again, Loki hides deeply and have been plotting and even anticipating his fallout with him.
It made him proud and sad all at the same time. He is proud because Loki could contend against him. It made him sad because from the very beginning Loki have always been cautious of him
But thinking back about what Loki said, it is only understandable.
After all the stake is high. A chess game that would affect the fate of the Universe. But who is the players? And who is the pawn pieces?
Azief could not accept if he is just one of the pieces in Loki large chessboard. Why does he defy the Heavens?
Isn't it because he doesn't want to be controlled and restrained.
How could he let himself be just another chess piece in Loki fingers? He could not accept that and his heart could not accept it.
Azief then ask about Trisha
'Where is she right now?' Sasha frowned and then answer
'No one knows. She seems to disappear after she failed in attacking Void. But she did manage to stalled the meet' Azief nodded and once again said
'Hmm' Sasha then went into silence, contemplating something before finally she cautiously asks
'Your Excellency, why hide the fact that you know who Void is?' Azief hearing the question smiles widely.
Azief from the beginning knows who Void is.
It is true that the Nightingales rarely find out about outside threat but Azief notices something when he was meeting the Orvanian last time.
He saw that Oreki seems distracted which isn't possible considering his level. Not to mention he is only doing an easy task.
It wasn't until he saw lightning flashing in Oreki eyes that Azief develops a suspicion.
He sends an order to the Nightingales to comb any news about anything unusual that happens in the world when he was in the meeting
When he returned he got a report that someone matching the depiction of Oreki was seen fighting around Cote D'ivoire.
After few prodding here and there he found out that Oreki lost in that battle. Of course the one that lost is Oreki clone but that is still something impressive.
To defeat Oreki clones there are only a few people in the world that could do that. And most of the people that could defeat him is on his side.
After investigating he found out it is a person codename Void. Since then, the Nightingales have a file for Void in the Pandemonium Intelligence Agency.
Azief look at the path forward and he smiles bitterly. Loki and him...and he thought to himself…. Is this how it ends? He sighed and thought to himself... Or is this how it begins?
'Well, I just want to hear what Loki thought about him. I thought he might reveal something I do not know'
Azief reply.
Sasha nod but she is not completely trusting what Death Monarch said. She of all the officials of Pandemonium knew that Death Monarch, like his little brother, always speak in half truths.
But in the end, it is not a problem she needs to concern herself with. If Death Monarch do not want to tell the truth to her, what could she do?
She could only accept the words and pretend it to be the truth.
'Did your Excellency managed to fool him?' She asked.
She herself was curios of the answer. Loki the Trickster is always known to be very adept at looking through any lies and he himself is good at lying and tricks
Like always if you like teh stroy pelase leave some commenst and some gifts and vote for the story. Thank you and hope you enjoy the chapter.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
378 THE THOUGHTS THAT THEY HAVE 3
'Knowing him, he probably knows I lied about not knowing Void' Azief reply as he keeps walking forward.
Sasha hearing this is perplexed and could not help but asking another question
'But he seems really shocked that Your Excellency don't know about Void.' Azief nodded and then replied with
'He will deduce the truth later. He was disoriented from waking up and he is still weak and feeling fatigued. It was his most vulnerable moments. I am confident when he begins to gain his faculty of mind, he would see something wrong with the way I acted'
Sasha hearing this could only nodes her head. Then she asks cautiously
'Your Excellency…what is it that Your Excellency is aiming to do?' Sasha finally asked.
Azief is on the exit gate of the Peach Blossom Gardens and look at the cloudless sky and sighed
'Loki….is playing a game right now. He could go anywhere he wanted in this world and I know he has a lot of hideout. If he doesn't have such places it would not be so hard for me to seek for him' then Death Monarch sighed.
And he said
'But he came back here'
Sighing Azief continued
'He wants something. I just don't know what it is. And that is what I want you to find out. What is it that he wants?'
Saying this Azief gestures Sasha with his finger to excuse herself.
Sasha understood Azief intention and walk backward from Azief figure and as the blossom leaves falls to the ground and with the blowing of the gentle wind, Sasha disappeared from Azief sight.
Looking at the sky Azief lamented
'Loki, Loki. What it is it you are scheming this time?'
The sound of the door made Loki felt something is string inside his body. It felt like a large pressure is leaving him.
The door slowly is being pushed and Azief finally went out of the room. Loki entire body relaxed as soon as Azief got out
A raven suddenly comes and perched itself on the windowsill. Loki smiles and noddedFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
He closed his eyes and tries to detect the presence of Azief in the room. After making sure there is nothing wrong he opens his eyes and nodded
'Come in' he said.
First, one would have thought he might be suffering from delirium and talking to nothing but it is clear that Loki is sane and is alright.
He seems to be talking toward the direction of the window sill. The raven caw. Loki is talking to the raven.
The raven look at the sky and the distance, blinked its green eyes and then caw again.
Then the raven jumped from the windowsill and enter cautiously into the room.
Then it jumped down from the window to the ground of the room. And as it jumped down it transform into a woman dressed in black red tight attire and emitted a demonic presence.
But that demonic presence is immediately masked. This woman doesn't want anyone to know she is here.
Other than the tight attire, this woman is wearing red smiling demon mask. This woman is none other than Trisha, one of the Three Demoness that wreak havoc in the world under the order of Loki the Trickster.
Trisha took a deep breath and she look at Loki with a worried expression. She is also making sure there is not even a leak of her energy that comes out. She fears that person would notice her.
She looks left and right in the room and only spread her Divine Sense around her, her sensitivity is raised to the maximum as she is trying to ascertain something.
After a few moments she heaved a sigh of relief.
'He is gone' Loki said and he felt a little sad for Trisha. Old habits die hard.
He understands Trisha fears. The title of the strongest made an impact to anyone in the whole world.
And for Trisha who always suffer under the hand of the strong, she is of course the most cautious of the Three Demoness.
Trisha nodded and Loki added
'Well, temporarily at least'
'That was close' she said. She still remembers the nine aura that is almost locked towards her before.
It was when Death Monarch was opening the windows and notice a raven on top of one of the towers.
Azief felt weird at the raven and gaze at the raven.
Before the nine energy in his body could be activated to ascertain what is the raven, the raven flies away and Death Monarch pay it no heed anymore.
But it was a close call for Trisha. Even before Death Monarch activated his nine energy, she could feel a pressure unlike any other when the gaze of Death Monarch rested upon her.
It was like she was staring at the sun and was about to be burned by it. Loki shakes his head and once again reminded Trisha
'I told you to always be cautious especially when around him. He is not like any other person in this world'
She nodded in agreement. She knows she did not have much time here. She doesn't want to be noticed by Sasha or Death Monarch
Or the consequences would be dire. The whole world thought that the Three Demonic Sister is under the protection of Pandemonium and one of Pandemonium forces.
And Sasha and Death Monarch let the whole world believe that. Truth is, Sasha have always been hunting the Three Sisters.
Of course this hunt order is only known among the upper echelons of Pandemonium.
They do not want to torture them or kill them. They just want to capture them because that is what Death Monarch ordered them to.
Azief would not do anything to Loki but at least he thought he could hinder Loki plans if he caught his helper.
'So, what do you think? He bought it?' she asked.
Loki frowned and then replied with uncertainty
'Fifty-fifty. He bought it fifty percent and doubt me fifty percent. Thought that is a great success considering his personality.'
Clearly it is not the answer Trisha was hoping to hear. The expression on her face told Loki everything.
But Trisha don't understand the relationship between Azief and Loki and how tangled and mess up that relationship is.
She is only worried that the brotherly affection that Azief had for Loki would one day get used up.
The only reason Loki could still stand tall in the world is because his tricks, his intelligence and also the fact that everyone knows he is like a little brother to the Overlord of Pandemonium, Death Monarch Azief.
If Death Monarch really made his mind up, ignoring brotherly affection between both of them, Trisha fears Loki would become the enemy of the world.
'We could always go with Plan B' she said. Loki only chuckles like he heard a joke. He knows Trisha is worried about him but he is not that worried.
'Well, Plan A is still in effect so how could I go to Plan B now. It would be too troublesome'
Then he sighed and after thinking for a moment he said
'But just in case contact the Order of Thinkers and tell him we could let them meet the Orvanians.
Trisha nodded and there is a little smile on her face. Then she asked
'Will you not explain to Death Monarch what you are planning? After all you are doing this for him.' Trisha asked
Loki could only weakly smiles.
It is not that Azief don't know that he is doing this for him. It is just the thing he does for him, is not something that Azief wanted him to do.
It is simple really. Loki knows Azief. For a man who wanted freedom above all else, why would he like being another person chess piece?
Now onto Loki part of the story. Hope you enjoy teh stroy and if you pelase vote and leave some comments and if you can please subscribe.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
379 THE THOUGHTS THAT THEY HAVE 4
'It is not that I don't want to tell him. It is that I can't. Sharing my plans will not do him any good after all. Since he doesn't understand why I wanted Void gone and why I wanted him to go against him why would I bother telling him something that he won't understand anyway?'
Sighing Loki then said
'He would definitely investigate thing about Void first and then if he sees Void as a threat he would settle that person. He might not be able to kill Void. Void maybe is not powerful but he is a loach. Divine Sense don't really work on him if he doesn't want to. I just needed time. I needed Time on my side to do some things'
Trisha nodded, though she still doesn't understand many things about what Loki had planned. Loki then said
'Tell one of your sister to come out from Nowhere Land and aid me. Try to find any place where Void might hide that thing. That thing is of the utmost priority. Understand?'
Trisha nodded.
'Is there anything else?' Trisha asked
'What?' Loki ask back looking confused. What else does she expect?
'It must not be only this'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
'What is not?' Loki asked back. Trisha shakes her head and then said
'Do you truly want me to believe that this is the only reason you came back to Pandemonium? There must be other reason right?'
Loki smiles bitterly and he sighed
'I do have another reason'
'And?'
'It is not something you should know' Trisha sighed and just nodded
'Fine, keep your secrets. But someday, you had to tell me' Loki just nodded
'Maybe. If someday comes'
Trisha nodded. Loki then did not forget to said a few words of advice
'Remember, whatever you do outside please be cautious. And don't come to close with Void. He now controls the criminal underworld. If before he demons have eyes and ears all over the world, now he has. Issue a burn notice to any informant that we know is associated with Void. We couldn't use them anymore. Let the World Government and the Republic settle those rats'
There are just turtles hiding in their shells. What do we have to fear?' Trisha said. Like Sasha Trisha is in charge of intelligence in Loki secret organization
Loki bitterly chuckles
'It is a turtle that is desperate. And in desperation people would do stupid things. For the criminal family and the underworld criminal factions, the stupid thing to do right now is being brave. A frightened little turtle hiding in their shell is nothing terrifying for us and even for Pandemonium and the world. But a desperate, fearful turtle might bite you. And once it bites you it will never let go. And if it bites Pandemonium, that would not end well'
'There will be more blood flowing. Humanity needed a break from wars and bloodshed for a few years. We need to pool our energies and cultivate new powers. And Azief also knows this. Why do you think he let the Prohibition of War and desire to distribute the world regions? He too wanted the world to have a moment of peace. But if the criminal underground does not know their place, then in his anger, Azief might disregard all of that and started another massacre. And the second reason is I don't want to waste time trying to save you from whatever secret prisons that the criminals underworld has so be careful. So…do your best and don't get caught doing it'
Trisha smiles and shakes her head. Loki try to sound like he doesn't care but it is clear to her that Loki cares for her…albeit in his own quirky way.
'You are more talkative when you are sick' Trisha said
'I am always talkative. You just don't want to hear insightful thoughts all the time so I restrained myself' Loki said smirking while coughing a bit.
'Yeah, yeah' Trisha said.
'Now go' Loki waved his hand and a green mist comes out from his hand and envelope Trisha as she was transformed into a raven. She then flies out from the room through the window.
Loki look at the raven and then he smiles a bit before he become solemn again.
He has two objective coming back to Pandemonium. First he wanted to use Azief to cope with Void and get the Orb.
That thing would play an important part during the War of Sovereign. The second was because of Yewa Hafar words.
Yewa Hafar words still echoes in his mind
'Hahaha. The game is just beginning Loki. We still have a long journey ahead of us. This is after all a long game. And I intend to turn this pawn into a Queen'
It was those words that make Loki think of something.
Yewa Hafar wanted to turn his pawn into a queen. There is a hint in there. The only way for a pawn to become Queen is to infiltrate the opponent area and make it to the end.
It is only then a pawn could transform itself into a Queen and become a powerful chess piece in the game
That means, the pawn that Yewa Hafar is talking about, is infiltrating Pandemonium, or have already been in Pandemonium from the start and was persuaded to join Yewa Hafar cause.
If he knows Yewa Hafar and he does, Yewa Hafar probably make a deal that no one could refuse to persuade that Pawn
He wanted to find that pawn and break it before it is able to become a Queen and threaten the King and the chess game that he had planned.
To be honest both of the objective is important.
The Orb must be found and the Pawn that probably would put a kink into his plan must also be identified
If not Loki could not be at ease with this hidden chess piece still on the game
He sighed
'Who is it?' he asks himself as the world outside seems as normal as it did yesterday.
Life seems to move on without knowing a grand chess game of plots, intrigues and schemes are going on all around the world.
Chess pieces are being moved as people will moves forward. But to those who are unsuspecting, today is just like any other.
A life full of struggles with a little slice of happiness and sorrow in between.
Death and life coexisted together in a world where Death is winning….and two people putting their chess pieces on a large chessboard.
Around the southern side of Pandemonium there is a large luxurious residence.
Outside that residence is soldier from Wang Jian Army guarding the place with tight security that it rivaled the security in many restricted places in Pandemonium.
It is not only luxurious on the outside, it is also luxurious on the inside.
There is beautiful works of arts on the interior design of the residence, and there are large gardens with small lakes around the large and expansive residence
When it is spring, the flowers in the gardens would bloom and its petal leaves of flowers would fly off from this residence and covered the courtyards and the road in front of the large residence
It is a residence where many people look up with respect and awe. If one looked at the Centre Palace in the middle of Pandemonium one would feel more than just awe and respect.
They would also feel fear.
Because living there is the overlord of the land who determine their lives and death.
But here in the southern side of Pandemonium is the residence of the woman who possessed the hearts of Wang Jian.
Wang Jian, the General Wang Jian of the Southern Suppressing General is well liked by the people. He is honorable, loyal and possess the heart to care for the people.
While it is true that the Central Government could order the other regions in Pandemonium, one knows that each of the General of the Army all held their own courts in their residence
The Southern Court is ruled by Wang Jian and the Western Court is ruled by Athena and her army while the Eastern and Northern part of Pandemonium is control by the Central Government
While the one that controlled the feared Berserker, is the Flying Tiger Cavalry General Freya.
General Freya on the other hand did not establish any courts and instead roams down the eastern and northern part of Pandemonium fighting monster and carousing with her army.
They are like wandering bands of mercenaries as they are even said to empty any taverns they arrived at.
They are a boisterous bunch, sometimes unruly but rarely they did anything that is over the line. They could be considered honest to their nature but since Freya is there, she is holding the reins to this soldiers
There is also the fact that Freya is not as politically acute like Athena or have a caring heart like Wang Jian that enables her to form her own courts. She herself is not interested in forming her own court.
But she also has her own good qualities.
She is a good soldier and an even more a good general and done her job perfectly, protecting the people from monster incursion and executed any bad influence she found in her journey.
With her riding her armored Pegasus, no one would dare to stop her march as she toured the land.
Of course unless there is an extenuating circumstances she is not allowed to let that Pegasus fly in the Central Region.
That is the hallowed ground of Pandemonium. You could teleport to the edges of the Central Region border but not directly to it.
And there are hundreds of measures to make sure that won't happen. As another merchant caravan passed though that large residence in the South, they slowed their carriages.
The merchants only have one carriages but that carriages are fitted with space enchantment making it be able to store a warehouse full of food or any other stuff
As the merchant look at that residence, the merchants felt at ease.
Because the person residing in that residence are in good relationship with all three of the General of the Army and as long as there is nothing bad happening, the southern region would be peaceful.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
The one inside the residence is none other than Somi the Fairy of the Battlefield. On the courtyard full of flower leaves fallings, she is swinging her swords, in a dance like movements.
It is graceful like a swan and the movement of the sword moves fluidly, while her foot movements seems to be calm and orderly creating some kind of harmony between the movement of the sword and the movement of her body.
Wind swirled around her feet, swept the falling leaves into a swirl of mini whirlwind around her feet and energy envelope her entire body, reminiscent of a sharp straight sword ready to pierce the sky and reach the stars.
She is not sweating and she doesn't seem like she is going to stop practicing. It has been hours and she kept swinging her sword, like she gained some enlightenment.
She is practicing something as she could feel more energy of the world and even from beyond it enter her body.
It is an addicting feeling and she felt like she could absorb more and more energy the more she practices.
Her Seven Disks that looks like exploding star in her consciousness expand and keep expanding almost infinitely each time she practices this move, creating a vast universe full of stars in her Inner World
This fact must be shocking if it is revealed to the world.
People always thought that the person who have the most Disks below Death Monarch is the other heroes that fought with Death Monarch in the South Pacific Ocean.
What if they found out that they were wrong?
That this woman who is primarily known as the lover of Wang Jian actually possessed Seven Disks and not only that, she is also able to hide her progress from the world.
In other words, this woman who was overshadowed by the glowing lights of Katarina the Ice Queen and Sofia the Divine Archer might even surpassed those two women in both power and Disks
She looked concentrated and her eyes seems to be glowing as bright as the stars in the sky.
Her movement becomes faster and faster yet each time it becomes even more in line with the energy of the world.
It was like she was merging with the world, but at the same time remaining incongruous with it all at the same time.
If Azief is described as defying the Heavens and reject Heaven Powers, then Somi is stealing the energy of the Heavens
She is not borrowing it, she is stealing it and making it part of her own power, making herself sharper and sharper like a sword being tempered in heat stove.
While she is concentrating in her training in the middle of the courtyard with flower petals falling and leaves that is whirling all over her like some kind of protective swirling shield, the servants that is standing on the edges of the flower courtyard look at their Miss with worried expression.
While the older experienced maid servants are looking worried looking at their lady, the new maidservants who is composed mainly of orphaned children and all young in age, is fascinated by the beautiful nature and gardens in the residence.
They saw the flower filling the garden path and courtyard path, the petals sways in the wind, the bird of various colors perched on the many branches of the many trees in the residence creating a heavenly scene
This place is like a residence for the immortals, being able to make one heart calm and serene.
Some of the young children who have a maidservant uniform too big for her, crouched and as she looks at the older maidservant who is just looking at the lady, and after making sure that the Head Servant would not see her, she touched the water in the river near the courtyard and she smiles and almost laughed.
She saw fishes in the river and thought to herself that at night she would ask her fellow maidservants to accompany her catching some fish.
As Somi keep practicing this new movement and as her sword movement becomes faster and faster and the energy inside her body becomes even more solidified.
Unconsciously she remembers what happens again last night.
She dreams again. Nowadays, each time she slept she would have a dream. And in each of that dreams, she would be visited by that strange man in her dreams.
She didn't like it. But the man gives her this technique as proof of his sincerity. This was not the first time that strange man helped her.
And he said he could help her in reviving back her sisters.
It was an offer she couldn't really reject outright. The moment she practices the technique it resonated with her Disks.
The Seven Disk was also formed because of that strange man help.
She is feeling conflicted. She felt like there is a catch somehow. And she still didn't understand what that strange man means by creating a road.
A road? A road for what? And for whom?
Inside the residence as the servants is worried about their lady, outside the residence the people all prostrated outside the residence and around the path and road leading to the residence.
Somi part this time. trying to tie abow to all the chapters to end this arc by this month. Anyway hope you enjoy it.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
381 THE THOUGHTS THAT THEY HAVE 6
They prostrated but some of the brave among them take a peek at the person in the carriage. From the crest of the carriage everyone knows it is from Centre Palace.
They all prostrated because a Keeper of the Palace have come. It is from the Central Government but it is clear that this Keeper of the Palace did not come by the orders of the Central Government.
The Central Government have learned to keep their eyes closed when it comes to the matter of the Southern and Western Courts.
As long as they did not to do anything detrimental to Pandemonium they could operate like usual and they all came to this understanding a long time ago
But this time a Keeper of the palace comes?
The people around the area all knows that this Keeper of the Palace must not have come because of the Central Government orders.
Because the Keeper of the Palace does not fall under the powers of the Central Government court or any other courts. Even the Generals dares not order the Keeper of the Palace of anything.
Then who could move the Keeper of the Palace who serves inside the Centre Palace to come out from their safe haven?
The answer is obvious. There is only one that is capable of ordering the Keeper of the Palace to move out from the Centre Palace.
Even the officials of the Central Government could not just wily nilly order the Keeper of the Palace. There is a reason why their title is Keeper of the Palace.
They work for the Palace and only for that person.
They do not have to enter politics and must not enter politics and must never entertain the thought of betraying the person that is sitting on that throne.
This Keeper of the Palace could only come here from a direct order from Death Monarch himself.
It is why all the people prostrated in the ground, with their head down and dare not show any disrespect to the Keeper of the Palace that is coming to this residence in the southern region.
The keeper of the palace is sitting inside a carriage and as he arrived in front of the entrance gate of the residence he comes out from his carriage and stand proudly with his back straight looking at the name plate on top of the entrance gate.
'The Residence of Stars. It is a good name and a good residence. It is clear that the General loves this woman very much' he said
The White Tiger army that is stationed outside the entrance gate also does not know how to act and how to receive this guest
The Keeper of the palace also did not want to make it hard for them. The Center Palace is his safe haven and he was forced by his other colleague to send the orders.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
It is true under the protection and halo of Death Monarch authority he could do anything he wanted and no one could say a peep unless they wanted to disrespect Death Monarch in his own dominion.
No matter how generous Death Monarch is he would not tolerate such insubordination especially if that person dares humiliate him in his own lands.
After all Death Monarch has his own reputation to protect.
But as the Keeper of the Palace he also knows that Death Monarch will not always be present.
And in his absence the three General and the Central Government officials would govern in place of Death Monarch.
That has always been the case
It is why he does not dare abuse his power. He doesn't want to have a bad ending later. Everyone just wanted to survive in this world.
Why bother making it hard on each other to live?
He will only give the decree to the one in this residence and then quickly go back to the Centre Palace
'Announce my arrival' he said to the guard. The guard was flustered before he nodded and walk into the residence.
The Keeper of the Palace put his hand behind his back and waited.
Inside the residence, Somi finally stopped practicing her swordsmanship. She heard what the messenger announced to her.
She frowned. This is quite an event she thought to herself.
'A messenger from the Centre Palace? Are you sure? Is it not from the Central Government?'
The guards shake his head.
'My lady it is true. That person is from the Centre Palace and he is one of the Keeper of the Palace'
Somi eyes narrowed and her mind is thinking.
Somi is thinking of many things right now. If it is from the Centre Palace, then there is only one person that could send the Keeper of the Palace.
Somi did not have complicated feeling towards Death Monarch like Sasha even though she once had conflict with Death Monarch.
After all, Death Monarch has helped her and her sister.
Even when they made a mistake and inflicted many mistakes to Death Monarch, the man forgives them and even let them join him and protected her people.
There are still some people of the plains that still regarded the Seven Fairy as the Protector of the Plains and felt grateful to her and her sisters even though they are no longer in the world.
Those people all joined Pandemonium when they heard Somi is living here
And because of Death Monarch, she was treated well, and she found the love of her life because of Death Monarch.
While she is not blindly loyal to Death Monarch like her lover, she always felt gratitude to Death Monarch.
Because of the sacrifices of her sister during the Weronian War Death Monarch also rarely orders her to do anything and rarely gives her any task.
But that is also not that bad. After all, she lives as an honored hero here in Pandemonium after the Weronian War.
She then said to the messenger
'Quickly ask him to come inside' Somi quickly went out from her courtyard and dresses herself to suit the occasion and waited for the Keeper of the Palace in front of her entrance gate
She could not let the Keeper of the Palace felt like she disrespected an envoy that bears a decree from Death Monarch himself.
She rushed to the entrance. At that time the Keeper of the Palace just come inside. She stands and bow to the Keeper of the palace.
The Keeper only smiles faintly.
'Lady Somi, this servant has not seen milady before. It is true what the world said. The Fairy of the Battlefield is deserving of her title. It is an honor for me'
'That is just some underserved compliment' Somi said.
The Keeper seeing that the lady is not interested in engaging in idling chat could only bitterly smile and get right back to business
He too quickly wanted to get this over with. He has other task involving another person that is roaming around the land like General Freya
'Lady Somi, receive the decree'
Hearing this, Somi and all of the servants including the guards in the front courtyard all kneels.
As it is entrusted to me by the ruler of Pandemonium, this decree is given to Lady Somi in full view of witness. This decree could only be read and seen by Lady Somi. Anyone who disobey would be executed' Feeling that his word has been heard he finally said
'I myself did not know what it is written inside but Your Majesty reminded me to say to you these words'
He come closer and he whispers some words to Somi ears and Somi nodded.
He then solemnly handed the decree and then said
'End of decree' Somi rises up and then all of the person behind her also rises up.
'Does Mister want to stop by for some delicacies and snacks? The Southern Region have many foods all around the world.
Somi tried to host the Keeper of the Palace. But the Keeper of the palace shakes his head and said
'I appreciate the sentiment but there are other matters I need to handle so I had to decline' Some nodded in understanding and she ordered
'Escort the keeper to his carriage until he reached the border of the southern region. Make sure nothing happens to him' The soldiers nodded and quickly they escorted the Keeper of the palace out the residence
Somi after the Keeper finally went out from her residence she frowned.
'Hmm' She said, as her eyebrows still frowning
Her maidservants noticed something is wrong with their lady expression.
Somi on the other hand quickly goes to her study and then close all the door, erect anti listening and anti-Divine Sense detection before slowly opening the scroll.
When she opens the scrolls, there is unintelligible words.
Somi knows this is meant for her eyes only an as she looked at the bottom of the scroll there is a fingerprint mark.
She knows what she needs to do. She puts her fingerprint on that fingerprint mark and the words assemble itself and the message is revealed to her.
Reading it Somi don't know how she is supposed to feel.
'So…. that is the message. Now the words of the Keeper make sense'
She then holds the scrolls and a sharp sword energy bursted out from her palm and the decree is turned into dust in the wind.
She deactivated all the anti-listening spells and enchantment and opens the door and went out.
The moment she went out she orders her maidservants to prepare her clothes and ask for the cooperation from the Central Government to allow her fly across Pandemonium.
'My lady where are you going?' One of the maidservants asked as she is packing Lady Somi clothes into the storage bag
Somi showing a helpless expression said
'Island of Peace'
As Somi went out from Pandemonium and is heading to island of Peace, she did not know she just averted a disaster
If both Loki and Yewa Hafar knows this, they would call this the hand of fate and destiny guiding her.
How could it be so coincidental that the moment Loki is here trying to seek the Pawn of Yewa Hafar, that very Pawn is ordered to go somewhere else.
The most terrifying thing is that this is not some machinations by Yewa Hafar or some other person.
Even Yewa Hafar doesn't know that Loki is here in Pandemonium trying to seek his pawn. He is busy of doing other things and planning other things.
And Loki himself didn't know that Somi is the pawn and he just missed her by a beat. Loki don't know it but Time, Destiny and Fate that he scorned so much is fighting back.
Coincidence could sometimes also be called Fate and Destiny.
One should never underestimate such powerful concepts that governs life and its conclusion.
As Somi leaves the continent, Loki begins his search. Isn't this like Fate and Destiny slapping the face of the Trickster?
Meanwhile on some abandoned cave, a pair of eyes is looking at the world coldly and planning and scheming, putting chess pieces and trying to set the tone of the chessboards.
And there is a smirk on his face. An evil and malicious smirk.
Last aprt of the chapter. Hope you all like it and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
382 THE PURPLE SPEEDSTER AND THE ORACLE 1
GREECEFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click for visiting.
ON THE NIGHT OF LOKI RETURN
In the night of the day Loki returned to Pandemonium, another event was happening on the other side of the world that is as equally as important and even have a larger far reaching consequences.
Somewhere on the world, a butterfly is flapping its wind and on the other side of the world a storm is forming
While Loki and Yewa Hafar is putting down their chess pieces, plotting and scheming in the dark, there is one other player hidden in the background that no one knows about.
No one even knows that there is another one that is playing this chess game. And there lies the advantage of this unknown player
That person hides deeply and so secretively that two of the most knowledgeable men of the Universe could not even detect that person
And that person is on Greece, in Santorini.
What does that have to do what happens to the underground lab in Centre palace?
Everything.
Will the Purple Speedster was unconscious after his battle with Sithulran. And he was in a coma.
It was nothing serious. But the blows he traded with Sithulran and the injurie inflicted on him was not a calamity. Instead it was a blessing.
Will…. gained enlightenment at the last moment when his conciseness faded away and his energy aligned with the green lightning energy he got inside the Temple under the Sea.
And in his coma….he saw something…..something that shock him to his very core and even made him doubt certain things in his life and even his sanity.
He was in a coma yet, oddly he is conscious on what is happening to his body. He seems to travel into a vast space of nothingness
Of course…. that is not the only thing he saw.
He knows that barely a day pass on the real world, but in his consciousness he witnesses something that taken a lot more time than that.
It felt like he is spending eternity in this nothingness of darkness and void.
And then he saw someone…...someone he knew. That person floats towards him in his consciousness, shrouded with green and purplish mist and whispered something to him.
The words wake him up.
he opens his eyes, because he seems to see something that transcend his understanding during his unconscious moment.
Immediately green lightning sparks out from him, swirling and coursing through his entire body and when he awoken he did not delay as he exploded into a thunderbolt shape and race out from his sanctuary.
He runs and runs and become like a whirlwind, blowing away anything around him as he keeps running like he is not going to stop.
His eyes are determined and his mind is clear even when he just woken up from an unexplainable coma.
There is a sense of purpose that moves his feet
Lightning covered him and golden, red, blue, black, and green color lightning exploded out from him and envelops him like he is in a protective shell of these colored lightning
He saw something when he was in a coma.
He did not understand a thing about what he sees. He even tries to convince himself that it is probably an illusion or some ridiculous dream.
But his heart keeps telling him…that it is not some illusion or some dream. For some unexplainable reason, he felt like he was there in that dream, experiencing those things.
The feeling he felt in that dream felt to real and raw.
The space around him folded with the green lightning seems to puncture a hole into Time pockets and force Time and Space to fold into itself but at the same Time it was being straightened out.
Will felt for the first time what ability he had gained in the Temple and why his teacher always recommended him to seek the Temple of Speed all across the Universe.
The green lightning, he absorbed in the Temple finally shows it powers.
He was not yet proficient in using that energy when he was fighting Sithulran but the coma made the energy that is dormant and inactivated to truly assimilate itself into the very core of Will power and Disk.
Now that energy enables him to even sense the flow of Time that flows throughout the world. He could feel it.
Could anyone imagine that? Feeling the abstract concept of Time flowing underneath your feet like a gentle wave of the ocean.
He was so acute in sensing the Time and the Space vectors that Will felt he could run on top of those lines of Times and enter into that line.
But he did not try it of course. He and his brother Azief knows the perils and consequences of Time travel is not cheap.
Though because Will is a Speedster the risk is higher on him.
Lightning in his eyes, lightning in his feet and lightning in his entire body and Time and Space warping and breaking down around him
His lightning is not like the lightning of Oreki.
His lightning embodied not the destruction of Oreki the Thunder Monarch or the annihilation power of the Tribulation Thunder of the Heavens.
His lightning is the pure representation of Speed. Of the purest force of Speed. A Speed Source that seems to flow throughout the vast expansive galaxy of the Universe.
He only has one objective right now.
That woman.
Erika...the one the world called The Oracle.
He saw her in his weird dreams. Well….it is not really a dream.
The surface of his skin collided against wind squalls and gravity forces him to slow his speed. But after his visit to the Temple he is no longer like before.
His Speed…. unlike before, felt more calm, more slow, yet at the same time faster.
It is the contradiction of Time. Each time Will move, the essence of speed energy he got from the Temple affect Time flows around him making him feel like he was running slow but because the Time flow around him is different t he was actually moving faster than before.
The kinetic motions of his body is stored inside his suit of lightning which he created from the pure source of Speed.
That kinetic energy could be released and boost Will attack. It is a new ability he unlocked after fully mastering the energy in that Temple.
He breathes in lightning and the kinetic energy around him like he is some kind of devourer of speed.
The places he passes experiences a slower time flow as he uses its speed to boost his speed even more.
His purple suit seems to turn green because of the enveloping lightning
Of course no one could see it since he is moving too fast for the eyes to capture or even reflected the light of his being.
The area around him distorted in a spiral like movement making him look blurry and unrecognizable even if someone managed to follow his speed
He phases through everything like he is the embodiment of speed.
Time and Space around him bend and seems to follow no rules at all. It took him no time at all to finally find Erika.
All of it seems long to describe but only five minutes passed from the moment he breaks out from his quartz capsule and circle the world to seek Erika.
That is who he seeks.
The woman he saw in his dreams. In that dream-like scape, he dreams of something terrible. Of red skies, of dust and rivers of blood.
Of a gigantic eye on the sky that is looking down upon all creation without feelings.
He stopped outside a large house on top of the hill. His entire existence and being is masked by the green lightning that is swirling around him.
It distorts Time and even imitates Time fragments.
The green lightning imitates the Time when Will was not here and envelop Will with it making anyone who uses Divine Sense will sense nothing at all because Will body was masked by the sense of Time when he was not here.
Will found more and more uses of this energy he got from the temple.
It is also probably why he sees that dream.
He is not sure why but he knows if it is true then what he saw in his dreams….is probably something that would happen in the future.
Or probably an alternate timeline and his mind was just unlucky enough to see it.
Will also understand a few things about Time and its Laws.
Considering that he is a Speedster and they are times that they sometimes slipped into a Time Tunnel, which is like the most terrible thing that could happen to Speedster, he made himself pretty knowledgeable about Time and the ideas surrounding it.
Time Tunnel is a phenomenon only Speedster could experience. At least Speedster are more prone of slipping themselves into a Time Tunnel.
He learned all of this from his teacher.
Time Tunnel is not something that is good. It might sound good because you could travel through time.
It only sound good on paper but it is quite terrible.
Anyway this full whole chapter would reveal something very shocking. Thing is this plot pint was conceived since Erika and WIll first appears. You will know what I mean after reading teh full whole chpater later.
And good news or bad news depending on how you take it. I have finished writing the ending of this arc. Only a few more correction on spelling and some grammar mistakes and undobtedly there will be a few typo that I will miss but I finished writing the end of this arc. And like I promsied you it will be frustrating.
And I will be on a break at the end of this arc. thougn I will not entirely stop writing since I will be posting Age of Heroes to webnovel and will also be focusing on Age of Adventure. So check that out if you havent yet check it out
And if you like the story please vote for it. Anyway, see you tommorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
383 THE PURPLE SPEEDSTER AND THE ORACLE 2
Sometime one could even lost himself in there and trapped inside a Time Tunnel.
If you are lucky you would be thrown off into some distant past or some distant futures in one own timeline and dimension.
To those who were not that lucky they might get trapped into a Time Loop without even knowing that they are trapped in a Time loop.
What is terrifying is that if you are transported into a Time which is not of your dimension and on your Timeline.
A Speedsters might even lose their entire source of power and could not return back.
So each Speedster must be careful not to run too fast that it breaks the Time barrier and created a Time Tunnel.
To those who survived the Time Tunnel phenomena or lucky enough to stop before they got into the Time Tunnel, some of them said that the entrance to the Time Tunnel is a door.
While some said it is a gate. His teacher said that probably what each Speedster saw would be different.
To some Speedster it could be a large door. To some other it would be a gate.
The Speedster of the past could run into a Time tunnel and arrived at a time of their choosing. That is probably why they created an imbalance in the Laws of the Universe and was eradicated by the Destroyer.
His teacher told him that he could do it too. But he must have a compass. When asked about what kind of compass…. his teacher never replied.
His Teacher would only say that Speedster speed is akin of magic sometimes.
She would only say that each time he asks about the compass and not before long Will did not ask the question again.
Will shakes his head shaking of his memories and he look at the house and sighed. He doesn't know how to approach that woman.
But the words that Erika said in his dreams still echoes inside his mind and in his ears. It is like a spell somehow.
Will think that the dream-like scape is actually the resonance of the future but it also could be something else.
If it is the resonance of the future trying to resonate with the past then that would probably mean the woman that people called Oracle in the future would meet him and said those words to him, knowing that her words would resonate to the past and reached him
That is quite impossible right? How could one predict such a thing? If it's true, then the world might have underestimated Erika the Oracle too much.
And she might be more terrifying than anyone could imagine. It is for this reason that he had to know for sure.
WHOOSH! WHOOSH!
Will look at the distance and he frowned. The wind blows gently.
Will could hear the sound of the wave slapping in the distance. Around the shores are hunters roasting a large Kraken while singing a festive song and drinking.
Among those hunters are some pirates. Will saw the so called Kraken when he circled the island before.
Though in Will eyes that is not a Kraken. That is just a large squid.
Will knows the real Kraken is not twenty feet high. It is one hundred feet high with tentacle that could wipe out a city.
He remembers he was shaken when he saw it
And that monster is still asleep.
And it is not in Greece. Will when he was at Pandemonium was shown something very shocking by his brother.
Azief shows him the location of the Kraken, northwest side of the Pandemonium Sea, sleeping soundly on the bottom of the sea. It looks like a large island on the bottom of the seasFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Will did ask Azief why he did not kill the Kraken.
He simply said it is his plans.
He already informed this matter to the army and the officials of Pandemonium and instead of killing it they decided to nurture it.
Of course the only reason they were confident of doing this is because Pandemonium has Death Monarch. Even if Death Monarch is gone they still have The Three Generals.
If they could tame it that would be even better.
If they could not, when the Kraken is on a rampage, it would be a time where every low level citizen could at least shoot one bullet or an arrow and when the Three Army go for the kill or the weapons created in Pandemonium deliver the killing shot, his people would instantly rise up in levels making Pandemonium citizens becomes even stronger.
Will of course knows the ideas that Azief had about the distribution of energy.
But it is different for monsters.
Their body seems to be storing a fixed amount of energy that when they died that energy is absorbed by the people killing it.
Whoosh! Whoosh!
The waves sounded again and Will take a deep breath. He is in Greece. Specifically, he is in Santorini.
It is an island in the southern Aegean Sea now ruled by the Seven Warlords of Delphi.
While the Sven Warlords of Delhi is from the World Government people knows that they are trying to leave the World Government.
Erika on the other hand is one for the people of the Republic.
But unlike any of their public figure or enemies, the World Government did not put any restriction on her or any kill order or show her any disrespect.
And even the Republic allowed the Oracle to go wherever they pleased.
Of all the officials, and figures in both organization, other than Raymond and Oracle, nobody else possess such autonomy over their own affairs that would not affect the organization much.
Raymond was given such privileges because he is not worrisome and his influence in World Government could even be considered more influential than Hirate.
The responsible hero of the World Government that is Raymond described to perfection.
The oracle however is like a deity to some people divining futures like some kind of Gods of Fates and Destiny.
Like Death Monarch she has her own cult. She did not lead them but it is clear people believe in her like she is some kind of messenger of God Will.
Will sighed. Erika is not an easy person to talk to. Only Death Monarch would be so nonchalant about the Oracle and not even interested in meeting her.
The other thing that Death Monarch don't have toward her is dread. Will however dread his meeting.
'It is truly beautiful' Will said as he looks at the island.
He circles the island once before he stopped at his current position. While he is moving fast, his mind also becomes fast. It was like his perception matched automatically with his speed.
There is no longer blue roof and white houses in this island like before the Fall.
It was like it returned to the age of antiquity, looking serene and calm… and above all beautiful.
It is quite ironic. The Fall took millions of lives. The Weronian War that comes later takes more lives.
The human population is the lowest it's been since the modern age.
But in the absence of humans, or lack of them, and probably because of the Fall, Earth becomes even more beautiful and not to mention healthier.
Lush, tall trees, clear sparkling river water and a clean ocean. It was like Earth got a reset button
Even the air felt like something heavenly
'Kallístē' he muttered under his breath.
That is the name of this island before it is called Santorini.
Kallístē means the beautiful one.
And it lived up to its name. There are not many people living on these island.
Some of them are either the native people who survived the initial war and the Weronian War after and the other are people who found this island and make a life here.
And pirates. Will did not forget the pirates that hides their treasures around the many coves on the Aegean Sea and the abandoned island all over the world.
They probably wouldn't even know that the All Seeing Oracle lives among them.
Advertisment time for Santorini. I have always been menaing to at least go there before I die but I have one problme that most young people nowadays have....money.Huhuhuhu.
Anyway I hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comments. It has been quite empty these day and you can ask me anything about the story on the comments.
See you all tommroow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
384 THE PURPLE SPEEDSTER AND THE ORACLE 3
Will instead of running again walk slowly. He doesn't know if he walks because he is afraid of the truth or because of something else.
He is not quite excited to find the truth…but at the same time he could not help but keep walking forward.
His breath never let fear dictates his choices. Instead he makes his choice despite the fear. Probably that is why he become that strong.
He keeps reminding himself of the words that his brother told him
'Being fearless…does not mean having no fear. It is charging forward…despite of it. It is bravery…. mixed with the good kind of foolishness. Because things are uncertain, people have fear. And charging through that uncertainty is how one become fearless.'
So, he too would make the same decision. he keeps walking forward…but slowly. Like he is waiting for some sign to make him turn back.
But he could only hear the shrieking of the seagull and the waves slapping the beach. He looked upwards and saw the sparkling stars of the night.
He looks on his left and he could see a river not far away from the house. Someone built that river using their abilities.
Santorini have no rivers and water is usually scarce.
The rain is also rare but after the Fall people have a lot of abilities. Just looked at Death Monarch Azief.
Wherever he goes storms and thunders would follow. Weather manipulation is easy for powerful people.
As he walked to the house, he could saw a tomato garden on the outside. It is intensely red, staining color.
There are also a few white eggplants and katsoúni, a unique local variety of large cucumber which, if left unpicked when green, turn yellow and acquire a sweet taste almost indistinguishable from that of melon
Will used to eat it when he meets one of the Seven Warlords of Delphi. He could see the house is large and is a two story house.
As he come closer he notices something odd about the house and the entire vibe of the area. It is too silent….and too serene.
It was a premonition. Not of a premonition of something gone wrong…it is just an unease and uncomfortableness.
He arrived at the front door and then he knocks it. He waited for a moment but no one answered. Will pushed the door of the house and with a creaking sound it opens.
The windows and the door slowly opened up and Will could see there is no one on the second floor of the house.
At this time the weirdness of this house is raised several levels inside Will heart.
He took a step forward and enter the house
The light is open on the first floor, the chair overlooking the large sea on the veranda is empty. Then Will heard a noise.
He could hear that it comes from upstairs. Will already uses his divine sense before and he knows there is two people in the house.
But yet, in the first floor no one is there. And while it does seem like a trap nothing sprung up at him yet.
Then Will finally understand why he felt unease.
It was like someone is waiting for him to come here. It was like he was always in the calculation of this person.
Is this person Erika or someone else? Will ask himself. If truth be told, the reason he came here tonight is not just because of the vision he saw about his brother.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
But he also came because there is a vison about himself. It is quite a long dream. For some reason, there is also excitement in his heart as he is about to see the Oracle.
But he no longer hesitated.
He slowly climbs the stairs and arrived at the second floor. The second floor is an open area with no ceiling and with the full view of the expansive Aegean Sea.
There is only a tarp like cloth that is attached to the pillars of some wooden pole that would protect anyone from rain.
It is flapping because of the wind
Like the first floor the second floor is illuminated with lights and there is even a dinner table in the middle of the open area.
Sitting there leaning on her chair is a woman. She sighed when she saw Will and said
'I guess, it is true. You came after all.'
Will looked at the woman and he is trying to see whether the woman is shocked at seeing him but he saw no such thing on the face of the woman. Instead he saw only disappointment.
It was then he remembers the message in his dreams
He slowly asks
'You know I would come. Did you also see it?' Will asked even as he tried to deny the truth
Erika sighed.
'I actually hope you would not come. If you did not come tonight…I intend to treat what I saw as nothing more than this woman delusional thoughts'
Will smiles bitterly
The wind blows onto the second floor and Will hair ruffles and lightning sparks from the tip of his hair.
'I came' Will said
Bitterly smiling Erika nodded
'Yeah…. you came…. that is truly unfortunate. I guess it is more than just a dream after all.' Will did not say anything else instead he asks
'Did you send that message in my dreams?'
Erika sighed again. She looks at the stars on the sky and as the wind blows on her face, her hair waves gracefully under the illumination of the light.
'Please sit first' she said gesturing to Will to take a seat.
'Let's eat. I thought you would come so I prepared some dishes. I am quite a good cook.'
This time it is Will turn to be surprised. The matter he is about to speak about is something that is very serious.
Erika saw the expression on Will face and said.
'I know, I know. It is a serious matter. But let's eat first. I am starving'
Will did not immediately take his seat. Instead he asked
'Where is Antonius? I know he is here' By now he could already have deduced who is the other person in the house.
And the way he said the name is like the man is his rival. Erika notices it and she smiles a bit. What a tangled fate…she thought to herself
Erika then raise her eyebrows.
'Wow, paranoid much?' Then Erika shakes her head.
'Death Monarch is rubbing off on you' Will just shrug it off.
'Where is he?' Will asked again
'he is asleep at the moment. So we could have our talk more comfortably' Erika finally answered Will question
'Asleep?'
'Well, technically I drugged him…but he is asleep' Hearing this Will look at Erika incredulously. Erika just raise her shoulder and said
'He doesn't know anything about what we will be talking about. Since you came…. you also wanted to know, right? Or to be more accurate you want me to tell you it is not true right? Or do you want to tell me it's the truth. That is why you had such a face. You are in dilemma of wanting to believe and don't want to believe'
'Well, then...Is it…true?' Will ask, his clear eyes are staring at Erika. Erika only smiles
'Well…. if you want to know, let's eat first' and Erika laughs looking at Will face. He looks like he just swallowed a fly.
'Don't give me that face. This is a rare opportunity to taste my cooking. It is usually people serving me food and not the other way around. Will the famous Speedster…be honored that I am cooking you food'
Will seeing no other reasons to refuse take a seat on the table. Because there are more reasons to eat Erika food than not.
Erika couldn't see it but Will is smiling as he takes the seat but he quickly wipes the smile after he sit down.
On the table there is a lot of food. The is fava, brantada which is fish dish. It is cod fillet coated in a mixture of flour, water, salt and from what Will smell beer.
It is served with garlic salad. The dish in the table is overflowing like Will was invited into a feast. There is Koskosela and Sfougato.
There is also some Omatokeftdes. It is tomato fritter made with cherry sized tomatoes.
For the drink there is Vinsato, the Holy wine. It is a dessert wine made from the best sun-dried Assyrtiko, Athiri, and Aidani grapes, and undergoing long barrel aging
Will don't even know how Erika got his hand on most of them. It is quite amazing when you think about it.
It is like Loki and his carbonated drinks. Even till now Will don't know how Loki got that.
'There is a lot of food on the table' Will remarked. Erika only smiles. Then she answered
'You have been running all around the world searching for me. Correct me if I'm wrong…you speedster need to eat a lot right?'
'We could absorb energy from the world' Will reply
'Ah' And Erika wave her hand like that is something insulting.
'But the world energy doesn't really have a taste right? It could not beat the taste of a good aged wine or a freshly baked bead'
Will nodded
'Well, you are not exactly wrong'
'HAHAHA. I rarely do' Erika laughed. Will was about to take a sip on some of the soup but Erika said before Will had the chance to take a sip
'There is also white wine if you want. It is quite strong and extremely dry. It is citrus scent. Tell me if you want that instead. I got it holed up in my wine cellar and like you could see right now I don't get many visitors here…. other than the pirates. They are a rowdy bunch but they are quiet interesting'
Will just nodded and said
'I think this is quite enough for me'
'Good. Let us eat before Antonius wakes up' Will just nodded and slowly eats his dishes.
He felt weird as he is eating.
He thought he would be having an intense discussion by now, probably frowning and solemnly thinking by the edge of a hill by now after finishing the conversation with Erika.
Who would have thought instead of anything like that he is invited to eat and sit down on her table drinking some aged wine and eating some fish?
For some reason he felt his heart comforted. Since the moment he saw that scene in his dream his heart could not stop beating with anxiousness and fear.
They eat in silence and calmly. Erika sometimes stole a glance at Wil and when she saw Will eating her food with delight, she also unconsciously smiles.
Pay attention to thsi chapter because it hinted at the shcoking revelation in next chapter. Anyway, tehre is not a lot to talk about about thsi chapter other than the hints I spread aroudn in thsi chapte rto hint about the shocking revelations.
Anyway, I will be going ona trip on 24 to 26 so I will schedule a chapter for that day. Anyway, this is the countdown to the end of the Arc
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
385 THE PURPLE SPEEDSTER AND THE ORACLE 4
Even though she said she wished he didn't come, truth was, she was also kind of excited to meet him and nervously waiting for him.
Will is not the only one that sees thing in that vision. She saw it too. It fills her with a contradiction. She wanted to see him but at the same time she doesn't want to.
It is only humans that is this complicated.
In about ten minutes they finished eating. There is a trace of satisfaction on Erika face.
Will put down his spoon as he finished his meal.
'I am finished' he said
'Me too' Erika sighed and then she got up from her seat and walk to the balcony. Will follow her from behind
They look at the sea from their high hills and they saw the waves kissing the beach.
There is a weird silence as they looked ahead. For a moment both of them just enjoyed this night view without saying anything.
And no one wanted to be the first to break this scene. But then anything good must have an end.
There is no banquet that last forever.
Will then asked.
'What I saw…. what is it?'
Erika close her eyes. It was like what she is about to say is very important and could even determine the fate of all creation.
She then slowly opens her eyes back. She already gathered her courage and determination.
She made a promise to herself if the vision in her dreams come true, if the Speedster comes into her home like the dreams she dreams, then she promised that she would see this through the end.
Even at the cost of her eyes. Even at the cost of her life. She would not falter and she would give up.
Because if the Speedster comes, then that means her dreams is true.
'You must have your own assumptions and thoughts about what you see. And I am here to tell you that it is as you thought' Erika said
'My future?' Will ask for confirmation
'One of your future' she said
'What does that supposed to mean?' he asked. Erika look at the distance, sighed and said
'Well…. the future is not yet written. We still have time' she said.
Will thought about it. He looks at Erika and the shakes his head.
'But…...what is that eye? And why did he kill me?' he asks. Erika who is standing beside Will look toward his eyes and stare at it.
Both of them gaze into each other eyes and both of them feel it. That familiarity of feelings. Both of them avert their gaze at the same time.
'Even I only saw glimpses' Erika said while trying to hide the trembling in her tone of voice.
Then Erika turned to look toward Will once again and could not help but notice Will body. She sees more than just the muscular tough body of Will.
She might be taken but that doesn't mean she did not enjoy looking at other men. She notes there is a Time energy swirling around him that could not seen by the naked eye
'You got an upgrade' she said
Will nodded
'I got good luck' he said nonchalantly. Erika just scoffed at his offhanded comment. Then she said
'Time…...is quite weird. It does not have any definite answer and if you think too much about it you could even get crazy. Since you have Time energy you could see some glimpse of future. That is not quite a good ability to have. Everyone think if you have the ability to see the future your life would be smooth sailing. Truth is, nothing come without a Price. You understand why right?'
Will nodded
'Because you would always question yourself whether the decision you made is correct or not. And that fear and uncertainty would surely block your way forward' Erika just nodded solemnly
Then she added
'Yes, unless you have the full knowledge of what is going to happen, a true chronicle of what is about to happen, nothing is quite certain and nothing is quite easy as one would imagine. Unless you could count the factors and the causal effect with absolute precision, one would be always control by Time, Fate and Destiny. And we both don't have that kind of ability. We were only blessed or cursed depending on how you choose to see this ability, to see some glimpses of the future and be wrecked by uncertainty and fear'
Will did not say anything. He instead closes his eyes and let the wind of the island blows over him. He sighed. There is no good answer and there is no true certainty.
He opens his eyes back up.
Erika waited for him and then smiling she said
'We only see glimpses. And we fear that glimpses of the future would change how we would act and instead produced the very result we don't want to happen. Kind of like a self-fulfilled prophecy'
Will nodded. They once again look at each other eyes. It seems like there is still something left unsaid. But both of them doesn't seem to know how to broach the subject.
Will sighed and is about to walk away. Erika tightened her fist as she waist. But Will said nothing. She sighed and then she shouted from behind him
'Is that the only reason you came?' she asked. She tries to sound calm but there is an unmistakable nervousness in her voice. Wil also notice sit. His steps stopped.
Will think for a moment what he is about to say. He has one more question. No, he has a lot of more question. But he fears to break the peace. So, he couldn't let the words come out of his mouth.
So the only thing he could do is he nodded and he is about to go away. But Erika is not going to let him go that easy.
'Wait' Will sighed and turned back
'What?'
'You are not shaken?' Erika asked
'Why would I?' Will ask back. Erika was shocked at how calm Will is being. Instead it was she that is slowly becoming angrier at Will.
Could he not know that she is talking about these to help him avert a disaster? Why would he treat this so easily and so unimportantly?
'You saw that your own sworn bother killing you and turns you into dust. That don't shake you? Wow, you are really a badass' Erika said with a mocking tone and Will expression hardens.
'What do you mean by that?'
'I mean the decision you made now would probably shape that future. So, don't go back there. And don't lie to me that you only came here because of the vision you saw in the dream'
Will did not say anything but his forehead clearly creased.
'I know you saw another vision' she said
'How do you know?' Will said as calmly as he could.
Erika laugh bitterly and said
'All of this has happened before. It is just that is happening again. Maybe not in the right order…and a little bit different but it still happens'
Will sighed.
'We will meet again…right?' Will suddenly asked. No one could understand why Will ask these question suddenly but Erika could understand.
'Probably…. maybe' Erika reply, and there is an accepting expression on Will face after hearing Erika answer
Then he said
'Forgive me when that time comes'
'Don't. There is nothing to forgive. There must be a reason why I did those things. As there must be reason why you will help Death Monarch in that quest. We all have our parts to play. We just don't know what our parts is yet'
Will chuckles bitterly and then ask
'Even you?' Erika nodded and reply
'Even me'
'Hmm. That sucks.' There is a silence again in the second floor of this house. The sound of the waves sounded again and the wind blows on them.
Then Will asked.
'Who did I saw in my dream?' Will asked again.
He could guess but he wanted to make sure. Because what happens and her answer would probably change how he treats this woman…for many reason other than the obvious.
Erika then asked back
'Don't you already know?'
'Still need you to say it' Will reply. Erika only shakes her head but she answered the question
'Probably future me. No…I am quite sure that is the future me' Will scoffed and then said what he remains left unsaid before
By now I think you all could guess what it is about right? Anyway, hope to see your dedcution on the comment section.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
386 THE PURPLE SPEEDSTER AND THE ORACLE 5
'I guess future me and future you…. are quite intimate'
Erika smiles deviously.
'Is that why you came?' Will shakes his head.
'No' Will said.
Erika chuckles.
'It looks like that is why you came' Will look at the teasing expression of Erika and he knew what Erika is implying. He shakes his head and said
'I said no'
But Erika couldn't just stop. She asks
'In that future dreams of yours, am I a good kisser?' Erika ask.
Will blushed.
'I said I am not coming because of that' Erika chuckles for a second. Then she sighed. It seems like there is regret in that sigh but also longing.
What does she regret and what does she longs for?
She then said
'That is a future…...that does not yet happen. And we should pray it never happens' Will hearing this nodded though there is a trace of sadness on his face.
'I agree with you on this' They look at each other and there is now an understanding…. but just like before there is still an unsaid words and feelings.
Before tonight both of these two rarely cross path and the amount they saw each other is even more rare.
But why could their eyes look at each other like they know each other for years and years? How could their eyes look at each other like they were some kind of sweethearts to each other?
The fact that they met now is a miracle. Whether it be coincidence or fate it is a miracle.
Will then is about to go down from the second floor. He walks slowly, while at the same time hesitating to take that step forward.
It is like a personal struggle to walk forward and go down to the first floor.
Erika look at Will back but before he is about to walking down to the first floor Erika stopped him, holding his arm
She spun him around and she look at him straight at the eye. Then she said with a serious face to Will
'Tell me...what will you do? Now you know what is going to happen to you? Don't tell me you are going back to his side? Tell me, you are not that big of an idiot'
Will only smiles bitterly
'Does it worry you?' he asked. There is many meaning in those words and Erika don't know whether she could bear the burden of the meaning behind that word.
Erika nodded and she said
I…do worry about you' she said it hesitantly. Will could quite understand the dilemma she has but he couldn't help himself so he asked.
'Why? Why do you worry about me?' Will knows the answer. But he wants to hears her said it. He wants to know if he still has a chance of happiness.
Erika look down and she sighed.
'I saw in the future…. what we became. What we could have together. And what we are to each other. To say I am not tempted…would be a lie. But in this…...in this time…...I am not with you….and you are not with me'
'You saw it too?' Will ask
Erika bitterly smiles.
'If you saw it, how could I not saw it. There is Karma between us. I don't know whether it is because you are a speedster or because I am an Oracle. Even if Time messed up, it seems there is Karma connecting us. Or maybe it is Fate. Or destiny. Or maybe it is all of that.'
'So…you are worried about me?'
'I am worried about you' She look at him right on his eyes and hold his hand tightly and squeeze it, praying he would heed her advice and said
'You are a good man. You are more than that. You were perfect. The kindest man I ever had the pleasure to love' And then with a hard to say word Erika said
'And a good father to his son'
Will look at Erika with complicated expression. Before tonight, he doesn't know much about Erika the All Seeing oracle.
But one night…and one dream…it was like he has spent an entire life with this woman. It was like one of those long tall tales in One Thousand and One Nights
No wonder, his teacher always said to him that the life of Speedster is very complicated.
In another lifetime he and Erika were lovers. It is why he was so awkward and felt weird all during the dinner
They were more than just some casual lovers.
They married each other during a sunset on Athens. They live a happy life together even through all the hardships.
He was happy with her by his side. Her right hand wrapping his left hand and just to be able to be like that make him feel her love.
Each day together, they found little happiness that could be cherished and must be protected. In a big word and in such harsh condition and tribulations, they found each other amidst all that.
It turns out Azief is not the only one that have an epic love story. It might not be as sensational or dramatic as Azief love story, but Will and Erika love is not that kind of love.
It was a sincere love. Even on days when nothing goes well, or even in the day when everything goes well, just being together makes them happy.
As long as they are together they could forget all sadness and sorrows if they share it together.
In that timeline, Will was not that close with Death Monarch and help him travel to the future only once.
At that time Erika is known as the One Eyed Oracle.
After that matter, Erika disappeared from public eyes and they know each other and started loving each other.
Then they lived together with their son, Antonius, the name was given in memory of her friend and bodyguard.
Until something happened that tore them apart.
Erika and Will both don't know what happened but in the glimpse of the future he saw, Will was howling to the red sky, his son on his arms, dying and bleeding.
And he was crying blood from his eyes. And that son is also Erika son.
But clearly something changed this time.
Antonius did not die in the early days of the Fall and she falls in love with Antonius while Will become sworn brother with Death Monarch and their close friendship and unbreakable bond of brotherhood is known to the world.
Erika was clear and know what she is feeling right now is not her feeling but the feelings of her future self…. but she could not help but somehow reminded her of the gentleness of this man in the future.
In a way it is a resonance of the pastFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The situation they are in is quite fucked up.
'Tell….me. What are you planning to do?' She said squeezing his hand. It is the way the future Erika always used to make Will agree with him.
But they are not those people in their dreams no matter how sweet that dream is.
Will shake his head and said
'I don't know what the future holds. But I know this. I won't betray my brother' Will said without hesitation.
Erika frowned and she almost shouted to him in worry
'He will kill you'
'For what exactly?' Will ask back.
Erika don't know so she said
'I don't know, you idiot. But he will kill you. And I don't want to see that happens to you'
'And what does that have to do with you?' Will asked, like he is trying to make sure Erika feelings for him.
Erika flared up and punch Will on the chest and she said
'Idiot. You…don't know how to appreciate kindness'
Will sighed
'How do you know that this time it would be the same? Maybe he had changed. After all, we are not exactly like we were in the dream' Will said and Erika quickly retorted back
'It is not a dream' Will smirk and nodded
'True. It is not a dream' Will said
'It is just one possible future' he admitted. And Will shakes his head
He looks at Erika with a complicated feeling. If he did not know who she is or what she could become to him, he would not feel this conflicted.
But he knows. In another lifetime, she was the love of his life. And he…. was hers. They were each other moon and sun.
In that dream…yes, there is tragedy, death and all those dark things. But they also had each other.
And that is the most important thing
Will always felt like his life was incomplete. It wasn't until last night after seeing that dream, he knows what he is missing.
Someone that loves him. And that is the true reason he is here to night.
He wanted to ascertain the truth not because he fears Death but because he wanted to confirm whether that love he saw in that dream…...in that possible future is real.
It is the question whether that love is real that is more important to him rather than the threat of Death looming against him.
When he knows that the dream was real, then he knows what he has been waiting for all this time. He was waiting for this woman in front of him.
He doesn't know whether it is because of that glimpse of the future or because it is destiny or fate, but he felt like he belongs with her
And Erika…. who loves another man in this timeline also felt something when she saw him tonight.
When she serves him food she was reminded of a future she secretly wanted. She likes the fact that he even though tried to hide it, he loves her cooking.
It was like all this time…. they were waiting or each other to see each other. It is quite ironic and sad…. that the timing isn't right.
Then suddenly it rains on the sky. Santorini rarely rains. Someone is sad….and it affects the weather.
The rain like tears falls down slowly
'Listen to me, Will. Don't…get near him...Its dangerous'
Will shakes his head. He kind of understand what she is worried about and he could see the plan that Erika have for Azief.
But he could not do what Erika ask of him.
'He is my brother. He had protected me and shelter me and love me like a family. Erika…I will not betray him'
Erika look at him and they share a look. The tarp is blowing wildly and the rain drops falls onto both of them.
It is a downpour. Antonius is still sleeping and Will and Erika is looking at each other, and the rain is like tears from the sky.
Fate is playing with them. A perfect match made in heaven is stopped because of bad timing.
Erika then said
'I am not that strong of a woman'
Will smiles bitterly and answer back
'And I am not that weak of a man. Whatever happens, happens' he said. Erika slowly loosened her grip on him and Will notices it and smiles bitterly.
Erika sighed and knows whatever she is about to say would be useless. Will is a stubborn man. The shadows of these two people look from afar look like they were side by side
Erika don't know what else she could say to persuade Will. Because she knows it is useless to say more, she did not say anything else
Will turns around and was about to run away, as his entire body produces an arc of electricity and the area around him get slightly distorted but he heard what Erika said before he took his run.
'Be careful' when that words reach his ears, he smiles and a second later he already disappeared from Greece and he turns into a flash of light that cut through the rain and the wind.
The rain also stopped and the sky is clear again.
Erika just look at that the dot of lightning that is dashing through the waves of the Aegean Sea and sighed. She did not understand why her future-self choose to show her this.
She didn't understand why Will also was shown glimpses about the future.
It is a hard thing to begins questioning yourself. Fate is a little cruel to her right?
She looked at clear sky and could not help but think that her time is near.
It is not yet time but it is coming closer. The Time Crisis. She will make her choice by then and Will will also have made his. Now, only Death Monarch had to make his choice.
Erika don't see everything even though she acted she saw everything. But she knows some things. This is where Death Monarch would change. This event is the juncture.
She looks at the sea and listened to the waves. She had hope that this peaceful life would continue. She can't rely on a future written on the sand
She need to forge her way forward. And then maybe, a new path will open for her.
She smiles and she laugh and she cried that night. And only the moon as the witness as these two people spoke about these things and think about these things
Finally the revelation of Will and Erika relationship.
Time magic does fuck them all doesnt it? If anything Lord Shadow story is a morale story on how fucked up your life coudl be if you used Time magic
End of thsi chapter. Next chapter will be a long one but also will be the alst chapte rof the month and the last chapter for this Arc. Then I will be resting for a while from writing Lord Shadow and focused on editing the chapters for Age of Adventure and Age of Heroes.
Anyway, hope you enjoy it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
387 ARTICLE OF DISTRIBUTION 1
WORLD GOVERNMENT
ISLAND OF PEACE
The Island of Peace is the most known World Government territory. It is their headquarters and their Capital of power.
It is where all the great experts of their organization lives and commanded the world. It is also the place where Death Monarch attacked many times.
But each time it will bounce back from dead and once again is filled with people. It is quiet incredible come to think of it.
There are not many places in the world that could boast they still survive after being attacked by the Death Monarch
As long as there is people who believes in the ideology of the World Government, the World Government will never truly be destroyed.
After all it is easy to kill a man. It is almost impossible to kill an idea once it takes root in a person mind.
Other than that Island of Peace is usually hidden and they keep moving all around the world, floating just a few meters from the sea or land.
But after President Hirate meet with Death Monarch there seems to be progress of reconciliation.
The World Government is no longer hidden from the world and it floats on the North Atlantic Ocean
Their teleportation portals have also already been opened and their four island that is attached to the Island is also resuming operations
But they still keep a few measure just in case. Their Anti Detection was upgraded they also added more magical array to heal the Island and protect it from outside threats
For the first time since the Island of Peace was upgraded it show itself to the world without fear.
Many people believe this is because the talk President Hirate had with Death Monarch. The two of them must have reached an agreement on certain matters.
It is good for the people living in the island. The Island of Peace might be called an Island but it is not truly look like an island.
It is large and expansive, in a Pangaea shape and divided into four regions, the south region, the east region, the western region and the north region.
It is as large as a country and it is not only large it is also beautiful. If Pandemonium have the Gardens of Pandemonium, then Island of Peace has the Hanging Waterfall.
From the top peak of the Mountain of Peace there is a waterfall.
It flows down from the highest part of the floating island and its water will fall to the sea below creating seven colored rainbows when it is bright and sunny outside.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Ion the morning thousands of birds would fly around the island. And on some regions of the island best roamed freely
There is no rain if the Government decides it would not have rain for that week because the clouds of the island is man-made and its weather is regulated.
Their grass if green and full of life, they have fresh air that just breathing it one would feel their head clearing up.
The Island lives up to its name as an Island of Peace. It is an Island that was like Heaven on Earth.
And on the center of the Island is the Quorum building. It is where the Quorum Council would preside over things and administrate the regions of World Government and adjucate on its matter.
It is truly the center of power for the World Government
After the Purge that Death Monarch did by killing all the Quorum Council members, thirteen new men were selected to enter the Quorum Council by Raymond and President Hirate
They selected from civil officials and military and loyal to them and the World Government.
They are also trying to reform their administration since there is wind of change breezing inside the World Government internal administration.
By now it is no longer a secret that Greece want an out.
The Seven Warlords of Delphi no longer comes to the Island of Peace to meet with the President citing that they are busy with their own matters and holed themselves up in Greece.
President Hirate and Supreme Commander Raymond is the administrator of this large organization but even they are helpless against this kind of tactics.
They couldn't force them to get back in the fold because that would chill the hearts of other warlords and rulers that agree to rest under the banner of the World Government.
Not to mention, if the conflict escalated, it will not be so ludicrous to think that Greece would turn to the Republic or even worse to Pandemonium.
If the Three Great Powers were to clash right now, the World Government would probably not be so lucky like last time.
If Pandemonium enter in to the fray, considering that Death Monarch is about to leave, the most dangerous thing that could happen is for the Death Monarch to be thinking that the World Government would probably be a thorn when he is gone.
If that happens he might decide to wipe out every single life in the World Government and started a larger massacre that would affect the world and reduce the already declining population of humanity
Who knows what that madman would do in his anger?
It is why they try to reform their government. but for now, there is more an even more important pressing matter to think about in the World Government
In a bright lit room there is a man sitting on the end of a long table. This man is wearing a white silvery robe with a tint of purple.
Butterflies fly around him and some even stay on top of his shoulders slowly opening and closing their wings.
This man is none other than the President of the World Government Ashikaga Hirate.
He seems to be thinking intently and crease liens filled his forehead. He also seems to mumble something in silent
In this large room other than him is another person.
Sitting beside him is none other than the Supreme Commander of the World Government Raymond.
He is full of valiant air and the air he emitted shows why he is considered the second in the world after Death Monarch.
Raymond is crossing his arms as he looks at Hirate. He too has his own thoughts; his body is still healing after the battle with the Heavens.
Raymond after all never cared that much about the Heavens. His power comes from something else.
But it is not entirely separated with the energy of the Heavens. There is a reason why it is called Heaven and Earth.
After the battle with the Heaven Will, people already dubbed the one that helped Death Monarch that day as legends.
There is Death Monarch, Raymond, Katarina, Oreki, Hikigaya and Divine Archer that appeared and help Death Monarch to avert the calamity of thunder.
To the world, as long as these six people united together nothing could stop them.
It is a pity all of them belong to other organization or factions.
But to Raymond the opinion of those people does not truly means it is as they thought. Truth rarely could be found in the words of the crowd.
Only the people in the know, knows the truth.
After all, Raymond knows there is someone else that should be in those list of people. There is Jean.
The World Government always wanted to see the true capabilities of Jean the Time Controller. After he joined the Republic he rarely shows his abilities anymore and rather stay cooped up in the Senate building of the Republic.
Instead of making the World Government feeling at ease with his inactivity it instead created more debate in the internal powers of World Government.
Some believes Jean is only biding his time. Everyone knows Jean and Boris is the mastermind of the Republic and controls the Senate opinion.
If those two Chancellors had not hated each other gut so much, they might have taken half of World Government influence in Europe.
Poland fiasco have always been a problem from the World Government but since it is under the protection of Pandemonium, neither World Government or the Republic wanted to bother with that place.
Some believe that Jean have become even more stronger than before and will be planning to severely weakened the World Government hold in Africa and South America
Death Monarch while he is dangerous, his intention and objective have never been more clear and everyone knows it.
As long as no one touches him, and his people, he has no reason to seek problem with you. The World Government had to learn that the hard way.
Hirate plans in the past to frame Death Monarch as the villain and the World Government as the savior would be perfect if not for the fact they underestimated Death Monarch too much during their first clash.
That set the momentum of his rise as Death Monarch. Death Monarch is dangerous but everyone knows now how to deals with him.
Just don't get in his way. That is the only way to deal with such an unstoppable force.
Jean on the other hand is different. He is not a schemer like Hirate or Loki but he is a patient wolf. And no one knows when he will strike.
And his power might be more terrifying than Death Monarch.
To control and master Time. While Hirate is thinking about the things he reads, Raymond is thinking about the threat that is now plaguing the World Government.
It is because of these two figures that the World Government could survive so many waves of problem and still survives and thrive
He crosses his arm and take a deep breath.
Hirate on the other hand is reading an article very intently.
He frowned a few times and sighed a few times as he reads it. But his eyes and his mind is working extra hard to see if there is something that is out of the ordinary in the article.
On his hand is none other than the Distribution of the World Plan. Written on top of that Article is Article of Distribution
Death Monarch has send the plan of the World Distribution to the World Government and to the Republic.
That plans and the names written in it is determining the seven new great power that will rule the world.
Probably in the history of humanity there will be no other Article that could rival its importance to human collective history other than this.
One man is deciding the rulers of the World. Death Monarch right now is could be considered to be the Sovereign of the World.
Part one of the fourteen thousand word chapter and also the last chapter for this Arc. Anyway hope you all enjoy the ride
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
388 ARTICLE OF DISTRIBUTION 2
It is not like the Republic and the World Government could not oust Death Monarch from his seat but there are too many connections involved between them.
Truth be told if the World Government and the Republic truly united, they could truly force Death Monarch to retreat and even capture him and if they truly put their mind to it even killed him
But by a twist of fate or maybe just because of the desire for men and women to have power, the Republic and the World government have divided the strongest powerhouses in the world between them.
The other that is their enemies went to other factions and organization.
And those that do not want to enter the power struggle after the vacuum of power that exist following the Fall recluse themselves on secluded area of the world.
And they have zero trust with each other. In that chaos, Death Monarch rise from its fire. Chaos is a ladder.
Azief saw that, and fucking fly over the ladder and sat on the very top
not to mention the many relations between two of the most powerful organization in the world has with Death Monarch.
The Republic High Chancellor is Katarina the Ice Queen and the strongest woman in the world. And everyone knows she is smitten with Death Monarch
How about the World government? What connection that exist with Death Monarch?
There is news that Raymond like Sofia the Divine Archer. During the absence of Death Monarch, it is that affection that prevented Raymond from truly taking action on the remnants of Death Monarch powers.
One could call it a blessing in hindsight.
After all, if Raymond truly did such thing when Death Monarch comes out from the Mountain of Everlasting Love then Raymond would surely become enemies with Death Monarch.
There is also the fact that Oreki have helped the Death Monarch many times before and Hikigaya owed Death Monarch for showing his path.
Of course Hikigaya and Death Monarch is even now but one could see from this many events and matters that the relationship between the two organization and Death Monarch is not as simple as one would believe.
It is because of that fact that Death Monarch reign supreme right now in the world. Unless the World Government and the Republic really don't mind a full falling out with him, they would at least show him respect and will never directly contradicted his suggestion in front of the world.
After all Pandemonium itself is no longer as it is before. Now, it is a land of crouching tigers and hidden dragons.
Death Monarch desires for the Republic and the World Government to jointly support the article and abide by it and allowing four new power to rise is not only a display of his power and prestige but also a test for both the Republic and the World Government
It is not easy but it is also understandable.
The article is not exactly polished in words and in application but Hirate guessed that is why Death Monarch send it to the Republic and the World Government.
He let them handle the details but the core of the Article is dictated by Death Monarch. And the Article itself does not seems to discriminate against the World Government.
Hirate knew this is in part because of Raymond.
Death Monarch owe him and while he did not pay his debt with this it is true that he did not make it hard for the World Government.
The Three Great Powers for now is in a state of cooperation.
Hirate still remembers what Azief said when he was on Pandemonium.
He desires to split the world in seven part and foster peaceful relationship since the world need a reprieve from any large scale battle or war
They need peace to grow and thrive now. It is not too good to only suffer hardship without any happiness in sight.
It is only after reading the article that he now understands why he wanted to split it into seven parts.
There is a lot of things mention in the Article.
One of them is the rules of engagement of war, the distribution of the territory, the seven factions that is to rule those lands and the exception clause for the seven powers and the restriction against them if they were to breached or violates certain rules that is inscribed and written in the Article.
Everything seems to be considered but there is also loopholes that is present in the Article. Hirate suspected this loopholes were left there by Death Monarch because it allows itself to be interpreted like that.
Probably because he knows that this distribution will also have to place some other factions who was already in other places to stay in their assigned territory.
Of course, the article need to be signed first for it to take effect. Other than the World government which have many territory and the terms in the Article is a little disadvantageous for them, the terms and conditions in the Article would surely please the other four powers.
Death Monarch also send news that he would send an Emissary to act on his behalf and will be arriving in Island of Peace.
It is clear from this that Death Monarch is wanting to leave the world. Where he goes Hirate doesn't know but he had at least an inkling.
After all, he has a trove of information residing in his Island right now.
Hirate finished reading the Article, putting it down and he looked at Raymond.
'What are you thinking?' Hirate noticed that Raymond is looking like he is dozing off.
It is a weird habit of his but Hirate who spends enough time with him knows that Raymond is not relay dozing off.
He is surely thinking of something.
To the girls however, his blank look looks like he is brooding. To men however, it looks like he is dozing off.
And to think that the Supreme Commander would be a timid young man would be hard to believe.
The Fall changed a lot of people. It changed Hirate and it changed Raymond. Like it changed so many others.
Raymond shakes his head and just said
'Nothing'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'There is something on your mind'
Raymond sighed and said
'It is nothing important' He snapped off his doze off look and then look at him back and ask
'The Article. Did he do anything weird with it? Anything that is targeted toward us?' He waits for Hirate answer. Hirate thinks for a while as he sighed.
Hirate shakes his head
'No. But it is nothing advantageous either' Raymond just nodded hearing Hirate answer. It seems Death Monarch is not as heartless as the rumor make him out to be.
'Then that is good'
'Hmm' Hirate said as he put two of his finger on his temple.
'The politics of the world will become even more complicated. It was an already ideal situation with the Three Powers ruling over the world. If Death Monarch agreed at that time, our three organization could rule the world.'
Raymond only smiles bitterly.
The question he did not ask Hirate if such thing was enacted how many more people that would be dead to fight for more power and influence?
The whole world will someday have wanted to be ruled by something else. That is just being humans. They have ambitions and they have their own Will.
How many more would die a senseless death just to keep power.
And all along the Three Great Powers had to kill and wash the world with blood which would only weaken and decrease the already declining population of humanity.
The World is a large place and one have to learn how to share.
Raymond shakes his head and with a sigh he said
'It is not a sustainable plan for long term. You should know that. As long as people have ambition and could attain power and influence, The Three Great Powers will surely face resistance. Death Monarch has never cared about power but ironically he is the one with the most power'
'That is not someone who detest power' Hirate shot back.
His public stance has always been that he has apologized to Death Monarch but just because he apologized doesn't mean he have to like it.
It still hurts his pride every time he thinks about it. Detest power? More like he doesn't care about it because he already possesses so much power that he doesn't know what to do with it.
Raymond just replied with
'Well, at least he does not want this kind of superficial power. At most he sees having the kind of power and influence he had is nothing more than just an assist unit. It is good that he has it but even if he does not have it would only be a slight inconvenience for him'
Raymond then think back to that talk they had in the Fake World about freedom and desire, about the world and the welfare of the people living in it
Freedom or safety. The hardest thing is to balance the two.
Part two of the chapter. Let us just say in thsi chapter tehre will be a lot of flashbakc. Naywya, hope you like the chapter and please vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
389 ARTICLE OF DISTRIBUTION 3
Hirate close his eyes as he seems to be thinking of something. He tries to imagine the world and it is almost like he could see the chaos that will surely to come when everyone settled down.
This is a stopgap measure. And Hirate bet Death Monarch knows it. In other words, Death Monarch needed time that is why he put down such a plan.
Hirate then opened his eyes and said
'Other than our Three Great Powers there will four more factions that will rule the world. We had to tread carefully and once their appointment is given they would rule their land independently and we will not be able to interfere unless they violate any of the rules in the Articles'
Raymond put his hand on his side and then said
'We still have to solve the thing about the Orvanians'
'Yeah, them' Hirate said with a slight exasperation.
The thing is the Orvanians is still staying in a special Quarters in the Northern Region of the Island of Peace.
Their initial objective was to capture back Sithulran. It is their criminal and someone that is quiet dangerous.
Who would have thought that even before they succeed in capturing him Death Monarch has settled that problem?
It is quite absurd when one took time to think all of the fuss Orvanians makes about Sithulran.
How should they know that Azief have the power to create a Reincarnation Wheel to suck Sithulran in there?
But it does not mean the whole thing is over. The Orvanians is still feeling unease unless they know where Sithulran is.
Sithulran is impossible to be killed and that is the truth those in the upper echelons and highly influential people in the world knows.
And while it seems to most of the people in the world like Death Monarch has exterminated the alien, most of the people in the know that Sithulran did not die.
But Death Monarch himself did not want to explain what happens to Sithulran. Did Sithulran was sent into another dimension?
Was she sealed? If she is sent into another dimension, where is that dimension? If she is sealed, how long could Death Monarch seal her.
This is all the question the Orvanians wanted to know.
But they also did not want to meddle in human politics and they would not try to break the rules that were set by Pandemonium.
They are after all in their own words a civilized alien civilization
The thing is Death Monarch is not saying anything or if he did say, he says it vaguely so the Orvanians resorted to extend their stay on planet Earth while using their own intelligence and technology to locate any trace of Sithulran in the entire Multiverse.
The other problem they are facing is because they are many people that wanted to meet the Orvanian. There is the Order of Thinkers.
There is also The Star Explorer and many others sending petitions and request
Even Hirate himself try to coax the Orvanians to teach them high level technologies or knowledge that is higher than they know.
But the Orvanians said they could not teach anything and refuse to teach because they fear to affect the Multiverse, whatever that means.
But that doesn't mean Hirate didn't learn anything. At least he learns from one of the Orvanians, that Death Monarch at least have bene travelling through the Multiverse.
From what he had learned, Death Monarch used to be a superhero in one of the worlds he visited, an avenger of a persecuted race in another and his traces could be traced in many of the worlds that exist in the Multiverse.
And then he also learned that one must never blindly enter the Multiverse.
From what the Orvanians is telling him that each time someone broke that thin, fragile walls between world, a hole in punctured in that area.
The hole is where the barrier between worlds are the weakest. It is where reality, time, and abstract concepts are distorted and some of them loses their effects
That area would then become bigger and bigger. And that is not a good thing. Hirate learned that there is three things that could happen when such hole becomes uncontrollable
First it is the Harmonization of worlds.
The Multiverse is many things and one of them is the version of Earth that is slightly different.
When one travels through the Universe, they would puncture through holes in the already stable reality and space of the world as they traveled into the Multiverse.
The act itself destabilized reality and rips a portion of the Time and Space.
When that happens it created a hole.
While it is a hole metaphorically it is also metaphorically a door.
Usually the one opening the hole comes from a superior civilization or more powerful being. Which also means it is a two-way street.
If you could enter into their world, they could also enter your world.
You will be creating a pathway. And while it is true it is the usually superior civilization that would open the hole in the Multiverse to travel to other world, there is always an exception
Sometimes if you are unlucky you could break into a world where the people are strong but not as smart as your civilization.
And when they breached into your world, and then you will have an invasion to worry ab out.
Orvanians themselves rarely opens the path to the Multiverse in their world instead they would try opening it on neutral ground where it would be easier to repress if any invading force from other point of Multiverse come attacking.
Azief himself had to destroy the World Orb to make sure that the army of Demons would not follow him to his Earth and cut his path to Earth Two.
This is one of the risk associated with journeying to the Multiverse.
But this consequence is not the so called Harmonization of the World.
The Harmonization of the world happens when one of the world breach appeared on a world very similar to the world the Breacher come from.
If the vibration and the Laws are quiets similar it will begin affecting each other and in a weird course of event, they world merge creating a new world.
As long as you have your own counterpart in that world, you might inherit their memories or you might be repressed and their memories would become dominant.
You won't even know what happen to you because your memories have been replaced.
Then there is also the Prime Convergences and the Omega Convergence where one could see the entire Multiverse and when such things happens there might be war between worlds and realities.
It is why it is not recommended to weaken the reality in one own world and must quickly close any breach of Multiverse before it is too late
But these calamity is hard to happen to them unless the Breach is too large.
The Orvanians was helping Hirate closing the many point of breach all over the world when they resided in the Island and when thy have free time from hunting Sithulran.
After all they did called themselves the Protector of the Multiverse
Orvanians is a troublesome guest but they are not without merit.
What Hirate is fuming the most about is the fact that the Republic using the fact that they are now temporarily allied to meet in secret with the Orvanians.
There is also Greece and the other nations and kingdoms that is slowly trying to secede from the World Government.
With the return of Katarina, the Republic is not as disadvantaged as before.
But Raymond action during Death Monarch thunder tribulation also restores back the faith of the kingdoms and rulers that sat under the banner of the World Government.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Now, it is not only the Republic that have relation with Pandemonium. Raymond saved Death Monarch and help him which means Death Monarch also owes him.
Greece however went right to the source.
It seems that they promised Death Monarch something in an exchange for his protection if the World government tries to stop them from seceding.
Death Monarch seem to agree and send a letter to Hirate that if Greece ever wanted to secede from the World Government, there should be no force in the World Government that should stop them.
The reason is very simple. He has given them his word.
In other word this is not the only agenda on Hirate plate.
Hirate lean back on his chair and take a deep breath
This will settle a lot about what will happen in the past and also set up for future plot, If you like teh stroy please vote and subscribe
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
390 ARTICLE OF DISTRIBUTION 4
He likes the Orvanians but in the end they still should have gone away. After the last invasion, humanity is not that big on receiving aliens.
'They don't want to leave and Death Monarch did not want to talk to them and he is in Pandemonium. And he does not allow any forces of World Government to enter.
Raymond think for a while and then ask
'Ask him to rescind the banning. We need to at least talk with him or else the Orvanians would never leave Earth'
'You think I did not try before?
Hirate said.
'That was before. Now is now. It is clear from the Article that Death Monarch is letting bygones be bygones. Unless we are stupid enough to provoke him again in the future, this is the last chance he is giving us'
Hirate look at Raymond and thinking what Death Monarch has done since his return he could not help but scoffed
'How appropriate' And Hirate laugh.
Raymond frown hearing Hirate laughs then he asked
'What do you mean by that laugh. Is there something funny with what I said?' Hirate shakes his head and propose his own question to Raymond
'Why do you think he sent the Article to me and the Republic. He is testing both of us'
'Hmm?'
'He is testing whether we would obey his wishes or not' Raymond frowned
'And if we do not obey?' Raymond asked. Hirate smiles with his eyes.
Hirate laughed again as he looks at the ceiling above.
Then he shakes his head and said
'Everyone know he is about to leave not long from now. Even the criminal underworld knows this matter. Why do you think there is so many people shutting down their door, and closing down their gates, and those criminal family head all hides in dark and remote places in the world? Death Monarch is about to go and leave his people behind just like before'
Raymond nodded. Thinking about it, it is really similar like before when he is about to leave.
'At least this time he wants to make sure there is no foreseeable threat for his family. If we reject his demands right now, I would not be surprised that he would come to the Island of Peace for the third time with all the force Pandemonium could muster and reduced this beautiful island into dust'
Raymond close his eyes and then after a few seconds he nodded. There is nothing wrong with Hirate words.
It will probably happen like that if they dare disobey. Death Monarch would not leave an enemy that could kills his family.
'Then Boris? Would he test him too? After all he is Katarina brother? Would he still do it?'
'Heh. Why not?' Hirate scoffed. He looks at Raymond and shakes his head.
Raymond did not yet read the Article that is why he could have said that. The terms while it is not disadvantageous to the World Government, it is very advantageous to the Republic.
He then said to Raymond
'Boris would accept the demands by Death Monarch with opens arms. Why wouldn't he? It is not disadvantageous to him and instead it is full of benefits for him and his organization. People might forget this but even though the Republic have gained tractions these few years, it still, could not compare to our military power or the experts that we possessed. But now with this Article of Distribution, he would get a claim to the lands he always wanted and be protected by the Article. All the seven powers that exist must abide by the rules and it is enforced by the cooperation of the seven powers. Right now Boris must be laughing in glee'
'Give me that Article' Raymond said as Hirate handed him the Article. Raymond look at one of the rules. It is the rules of war.
Death Monarch once talked this about with Hirate and express his opinions of how war should be fought after the Fall.
He wanted to establish some sort of rules of war so that any war between factions and the organization in the world will not stunt the growth of humanity and harm humanity chances in the future
It is written with the ideas of levels of power dividing the people so that no large scale massacres or mass casualties would happen in an event of a war between two opposing forces.
It has the consideration that the world needs to repopulate before it is too late. There are too many threats from the stars that they need to prepare from now.
It is also to prevent the loss of human fighting force.
Azief and Hirate agreed on this matter. neither of them wanted a repeat of the Weronian Invasion.
There are also provision of maintaining and establishing a lookout facility on the moon for any extraterrestrial activity near Earth and Milky Way galaxy in particular
It is a project that needed to be take jointly by all the Seven Powers in the Article to qualified themselves to become one of the sevens.
They are chosen because of their capabilities and because of their influence.
To create and maintain a facility of military and surveillance in the Moon to become the first detection facility for any invasion force.
Raymond then read further about the division of levels in the army that everyone in the world had to obey and its laws will be upheld by all the seven powers.
There is division from Pillar Forming to Disk Forming and the position they could take in a war and the lines they must not have crossed.
It is true that any Disk Forming experts is an invaluable fighting fore for humanity. Just their ability to wield the energy of the world makes them a powerful force that could move the Heavens and Earth.
Each Disk Formation experts could do thing that is impossible for anyone below them.
Other than the freak Death Monarch that could fight Disk Formation levelers when he is in Seed Formation, such person that could do such thing could be counted in one hand.
Seed Formation which is already a powerful existence in terms of levels and abilities, in front of a Disk Forming experts that ability and power is nothing worth mentioning.
Each of Disk Formation levelers strike is imbued with the energy they cultivated and could manifest as countless of variations of damage to anyone below the Disk Formation.
Raymond also agree on the viewpoint of Death Monarch that the population of the world is too low to fight off an invasion right now and what is important right now is to secure a few years of peace.
And this is the sentiment of the world right now and no one could stop it.
No one wanted to join any war right now. Even the League of Freedom is quiet these days and do not send their people outside their Storm Tide that much.
Other than the few known pirate fleet that is affiliated with Storm Tide, none of their core members could be seen and they turtled up in Storm Tide
The Article explains the division and also stressed consolidation of power among the factions.
The consolidation of power must be based on the numbers and each of the seven powers must concentrate in getting large populations. And in peace, population thrived.
Then he finally read about the distribution part and then Raymond said
'No wonder he said seven. So this is the reason. It would make sure any of the powers and factions ruling these areas have no time to fight each other instead focusing on increasing population and making sure it thrives.' Hirate who finally saw the look of understanding on Raymond face as he reads Death Monarch plans nodded solemnly.
In the Article in front of his eyes Raymond finally understand how Death Monarch intending to distribute the world
Seven parts of the world divided toward seven powers that exist in the world. And how is it divided? One for each continent of the world.
There is the continent of Asia which includes fifty countries before the Fall and one of the most populated continent before the Fall with sixty percent of the population of the Earth live here.
Of course because it is teeming with life it was one of the continent with the highest hit with China taking the brunt and japan remains largely unscathed by such high leveled monsters.
Malaysia where Death Monarch come from was also devastated because of the monster's invasion though he really didn't know much now about what happens there and there is only a few Malaysian that still alive in the world.
It is not surprising. The Fall and the invasion have even wiped out a few race from the world. And no one has any definition of countries anymore.
Small nations like Singapore was taken down into the ocean by some large squid. It is probably the Kraken that is sleeping around Pandemonium.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Teeming with life one minutes and then with one swipe of the Kraken tentacles, life cease to exist. How fragile the things humanity thought was everlasting?
But that does not mean all Singaporean dies. Some of them survives and went to other lands.
These kind of events happens all across the world and some nations even disappeared from the face of the Earth
Now, I am going to list about the new seven powers. Remember it if you can because they would make quite teh imapct and they would run the world
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
391 ARTICLE OF DISTRIBUTION 5
The world is run by the Three Great Powers and their policy. Those who are not under any of the Three Great Power have to fend for themselves with Poland as the exception.
There is a few name thrown around to manage Asia with the Wei dynasty is in the lead. There is also the Lotus Army that is active in the Asian region.
In Asia there is a lot of factions just like any other continent. With the Three Great Powers supporting one faction to rule the land, Death Monarch is actually delegating and easing the burden of the Three Great Powers.
Like Death Monarch said before, just because there is new power rising the Three Great Power is till the Three Great Powers. The more things changed, the more it stayed the same.
There is one name written under the Asia continent.
The Lotus Order.
It seems that Death Monarch has already decided to give the continent of Asia to Lotus Order to manage.
In the Article it said that internal war is allowed but no external war among the Seven Powers. Anything one is dissatisfied about, one must call upon a World Meeting to discuss any issues.
Anyone that declared war to one of the other great powers must be prepared to f ace the wrath of the other six powers.
Then there is Africa continent.
Africa is full with World Government influence and with this Article it would remove any external agents of World Government from the continent.
Death Monarch effectively cut of any powers that the World Government had on Africa.
For the one to rule Africa it seem that it will be ruled by a conglomerations of factions in Africa.
Fifty-four factions decided to unite together or to be more accurate forced to unite together with the pressure of the Three Great Powers breathing on their necks.
Death Monarch wrote on the bottom of the African continent map, African Alliance.
And when Raymond reached North America he smiles a bit.
'So, we control North America. Guess we have to move our island closer to North Pacific Ocean'
Hirate nodded and smiles bitterly
'Probably because he knows that you are an American and once become the King of America. Though we will have to call back our people in the other parts of the world. '
Raymond just scoffed at that old title.
And then when Raymond look at who would control South America he laughed.
'He sure has weird sense of humor, that Death Monarch'
The reasons why Raymond is laughing is because the one that is to be ruling South America which also have the Amazon Forest, the one of the most fertile and dangerous forest in the world right now with unique monsters making it their home is ruled by none other than League of Freedom.
Raymond knows that for some reason known to him and the rest of the upper echelons of the World Government, the League of Freedom hated the World Government.
He could see Death Monarch intention
He wanted to make sure that the World Government will not have time to focused on Pandemonium and instead had to worry about the enemy beside them
It seems from the notes by Death Monarch, League of Freedom have a lot of influence in South America and have been building a base of power there since they were founded.
Antarctica which is the coldest continent in the world, completely covered with ice is no longer like that.
From what news that travelers and ships sailing the seas they told people that there is weird kind of tree that sprouted from the ice.
There are also many other weird things that seems to emerge from the ground of the ice filled lands.
It is a tree of crystals.
It is probably the least inhabited continent in the world. But there is lack of monsters there and the cold is bearable for even Pillar Forming levelers.
Raymond look at the one to be appointed to the ruler of that area and when he saw the name Raymond thinks Death Monarch make the best choice.
Antarctica while that place has little to no threat is also not a great place to attract people to come.
But Death Monarch is giving this continent to the Order of Thinkers.
Those people would not think too much about repopulating the continent but they could surely use their ability to transform the land.
They are also in the dark. Death Monarch probably use this appointment as bait to force them out into the open.
Though Raymond must admit this development is something that even the World Government wants. They always felt uneasy because of these group of secret societies that seems to know more than they do
It could also help to transform Antarctica into a land of knowledge.
Then there is Europe.
And this large continent is given to the Republic. Boris must be laughing in glee right now in Moscow.
While the Republic had to let go of their other influence in the Middle East and India and China, they now have full control of Europe with the exclusion of Poland
Poland will maintain their own rule and could choose to obey or refuse any orders from any of the seven powers except if that orders come from pandemonium.
But Pandemonium have always been known to not care about any other things outside Pandemonium.
And of course the Australia continent is already being renamed to Pandemonium with Death Monarch ruling over it
It is the least populated continent before the Fall but after the Fall droves and droves of people would sails the seas and fly through the sky to reach Pandemonium and live there.
Raymond put down the Articles and just skimmed through the rules about the composition of army allowed in a war.
'So, this is what he is planning. Seven separate powers to rule over the seven continent as guardians and nurturer'
Hirate nodded and then he said
'The continent of Asia will be ruled by the Lotus Order. The African continent will be ruled by the African Alliance. North America will be ruled by the World Government. North America will be ruled by League of Freedom. Antarctica will be ruled by the Order of Thinkers. Europe will be ruled by the Republic. And the Australian continent will be ruled by Pandemonium'
Hirate said closing his eyes
'Seven continent. Seven bloc of power' Raymond nodded and he thought to himself.
'A new world order'
Hirate then lean back on his chair and said without excitementFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'These appointments will be backed by the prestige of the Three Great Powers. And our job is to send these letter of appointment to these factions and become the first line enforcers of these laws. Thinking that Boris would be so happy when he receives these news, makes me feel quite disturbed'
Hirate is clearly not relishing his old rivals feeling happy.
But Raymond smiles
'In the end, the Three Great Power is still the Three Great Powers' Hirate nodded. At least he agreed with this statement.
After all, even if they relocated, their numbers still surpassed the other. The same could be said for Pandemonium and the Republic.
'When will we give this news?' Raymond asked Hirate. Hirate answered
'When the Emissary of Death Monarch arrives then we will talk about this together. I am also curios who Pandemonium send'
There are not many things they had to say after that and they resumed their talk about other matters of the World Government.
The World Government might seem to hold the impression that its directive and decision is hold by the Quorum members.
That is true…. but things changed after the coup by Pandikar. While the Quorum still handles those issue, secretly these two direct it from behind the scene.
It gave them a lot of control but restrict other decision even without them knowing it.
Many times after the coup, that the decision of these two decided the common goals of the World Government.
They debated about the Orvanians and how to handle that issue, the long seclusion of Hikigaya and the suspicious activity of Oreki and then as they talked about this thing inside the room someone announced from the outside of the room
'Announcing the arrival of the Emissary of Pandemonium' The announcer ancient it in such a grand and loud voice that Raymond almost got startled.
Hirate and Raymond hearing this announcement quickly stop their conversation and then Hirate orders the guards outside the room with mental telepathy
'Invite the Emissary in'
Slowly the large and tall door is opened and a woman appeared with a sheathed sword on her right side.
She strides through the long road to the table. She has that trace of a great warrior and yet at the same time she is graceful.
Her white dress and her white sword look extremely fit with each other.
'Ah' Hirate recognized the woman that enter the room. He got up from his seat and began to walk to her.
'An old face' he said as he comes forward to greet her
'It has been a long time since I see you' Even Raymond got up and he started walking to her. he also recognizes the woman.
Raymond walk to that woman and looking at her alone he smiles bitterly. He still remembers when she used to walk with her friends and sisters.
How grand their entrance was.! How heroic!
But the years have not been easy for her. It has been hard on everyone.
When he arrives in front of her, they look at each other and they share a look. They met before. Though it was on a different circumstance.
'It is a pity what happens to your sisters. They were great people and the world will not forget their sacrifice. I know I wouldn't'
The woman only smiles perfunctorily and said
'It has been quite a long time since then. Now, the world is at peace. I know they would be happy to hear you praise them. During the invasion we were all comrades in arms. It is a pity that after the war, thing reverts to be the same'
Hirate chuckles and said
'The more things change, the more they stay the same' The woman nodded.
'Let me introduce myself formally'
The woman said.
'I am Somi the Emissary of Pandemonium on behalf of Death Monarch to make sure the Article of Distribution and its terms and rules is enacted and accomplished.
Raymond and Hirate nodded and then Hirate orders some tea as they all sit down and began talking about the Article that would come to shape the power structure of Earth.
The whole world did not know that their fate is being decided by these three person right now. This is the reason why Death Monarch seek power and strength.
Not to hurt other people with it, not to boast about it, but to be free from any restraints or control.
Only the strong truly lives. If you are weak, then you only even control where you could live and how you die
Only the strong could choose. And those who understand will understand.
That is power.
As the wind blows by the floating Island of Peace and seagulls flying underneath the flowing water of the waterfall that drops from the peak of the Mountain of Peace, everything seems to be the same and it almost seems like nothing would change
But things are changing, like the wind of winter that crept on you in the middle of the night
Next oneis the last chapter for the arc. See you all again
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
392 PAST, PRESENT, FUTURE 1
MOSCOW
REPUBLIC
Tick, Tock
Tick, Tock.
Tick. Tock
The sound of clock sounded in that room on the Western Quarters
This is the Western Quarters. The Senate is a huge building and it has three Quarters. The Western Quarters, Northern Quarters and the Center Quarters.
Living in the Center Quarters is Katarina. Though she rarely resides there and instead feel more comfortable resting in her Ice Palace on top of a hill behind the Senate.
The Northern Quarters is where the Chancellor of the Right Boris lives. And the Western Quarters is where the Chancellor of the Left resides.
It is Jean Quarters. This is a man that used to be the Emperor of Franc and hold Europe in his hand.
He had loyal and powerful generals and conquered land after lands without stopping. He was brutal and relentless.
But that man in the few years since he joined the Republic has been quiet. He seems to be spending time with Paulette and his mother and control many of the Republic inner working instead of going out and planting his banner on the world.
His campaign on Europe had won him glory and a large reputation for him to stand at the same level as Raymond and the other shining heroes of this era.
but at the same time no European nation ever wanted to be under his rule ever again and it is because of that the World Government managed to make the whole European continent to oust him out.
Even Poland don't want him and Sweden still doesn't forget the massacres that he orchestrated. But now Europe is coming back on his hand.
But there is no excitement on his face even when he heard that news. In his room he keeps looking at this one clock. It is a large clock on the wall.
He keeps looking at it and he is excited looking at it. At the sound of tick, tock, of time beginning and time passed.
He is sitting on his bed, half naked with a woman behind him who just opens up her eyes.
That woman is Paulette. There is still sweat on her breast and on her forehead because of the vigorous activity the both of them did.
She was about to say something to Jean when she notices that Jean is once again is looking at the clock.
Jean?' But Jean did not answer her. So she taps him on his shoulder and like broken from an enchanted song, he finally notices Paulette.
'Paulette?'
She looks at Jean and her smile faltered a bit. Then she asked.
'What is with you and clocks? That clock doesn't even show you the right time. It just keeps moving and ticking'
Jean look at Paulette and then he said
"When I do count the clock that tells the time,
And see the brave day sunk in hideous night;
When I behold the violet past prime,
And sable curls all silver'd o'er with white;
When lofty trees I see barren of leaves
Which erst from heat did canopy the herd,
And summer's green all girded up in sheaves
Borne on the bier with white and bristly beard,
Then of thy beauty do I question make,
That thou among the wastes of time must go,
Since sweets and beauties do themselves forsake
And die as fast as they see others grow;
And nothing 'gainst Time's scythe can make defence
Save breed, to brave him when he takes thee hence."
'Ok, what is that?'
Jean laughed.
'When I was in World Government, Hirate had this secretary who keep spouting of Shakespeare. That man is a little cuckoo but well, he is quite interesting'
'Shakespeare?'
'I thought it would deflect the issue' Jean honestly said and then kissed her on his cheek. She took Jean hand and said
'Why do you keep looking at the clock?'
'Why do you think I look at it?' He asks back
'Because it is moving?'
'Moving, huh? Is that how you see it?' And Jean smiles mysteriously, his eyes are shining with green mist
Time is moving because the clock is moving? Truth is Time in itself, absolutely, does not exist; it is always relative to some observer or some object. After the Fall only night and day determine sour Time and not numbers. Without a clock I say 'I do not know the time'. Without matter time itself is unknowable. Time is a function of matter; and matter therefore is the clock that makes infinity real. But there is another thing you got wrong. Let me ask you something? How long did I stare at the clock?
'A few second' Paulette answered. Jean look back at the clock and he smiles bitterly.
'A few second' huh?'
He did not say anything else
'The way we perceive Time and the way we experience it is quite different Paulette' Paulette did not say anything else as she hugs him from behind and Jean could feel the heat and warmth of her body on his back.
'What did you see? What did you experience. Tell me' Paulette said as she kissed his neck and her hand slide down to his abs.
'You won't understand' Jena let her hand go all over him while enjoying the kiss
Paulette only smiles and she stop kissing, and rest her hand on his shoulders and said
'Maybe. Probably I won't. But, we love each other. And I like to know how you see things' Jean smiles. This is why he loves Paulette.
She always has the right words to say.
He sighed and then said.
'I gained enlightenment on Time when I saw that Wheel that Death Monarch summons. That Wheel contains the power of Reincarnation. It is like Time was trapped in that Wheel to move as the owner of that Wheel desires'
Paulette nodded
'I too was surprised when I see that Wheel' Paulette said. It is hard to forget a gigantic Wheel that blotted out the sun and cover the Earth.
Jena look at the clock and saw the pointer moves forward and the sound of tick tock, the sound of time beginning and the sound of Time passes.
He then said with his hand gripping her hand, and giving her a squeeze as a sign that he understands Paulette worries.
'Time…...is very subjective. A clock that is moving through space at a very fast speed does not tick at the same rate as a slow-moving watch gently attached to your wrist when you are strolling on a park. There is no universal Time. There is no godlike clock that could somehow sit outside our universe and measure, in one go, the movement of everything in it, how its evolution unfolds, how old it is and all that - does not exist. I want to find it. I want to find the Laws that underpin this rule of Time. The clock is ticking; the hours are going by. The past increases, the future recedes. Possibilities decreasing, regrets mounting but for me I know I could slow it down and at Time I even stop Time for a few seconds. When I look at the clock, I do not get enchanted by the sound of tick tock but by its pointer. Sometimes when I looked at it and concentrate enough, it stops. It is not because the pointer is stopped by my ability. Time itself stops.'
Paulette then ask
'Isn't that good?'
'Time stopped but I also stopped. You said it has been only a few second since I stare that clock. I felt like I was staring at it for eternity. In a Timeless world, everything felt everlasting and eternal'
Paulette don't understand half the things that Jena is talking about but she knows she love this man. So, she only rest her head on his shoulders and nodded
'I don't understand. But I'll try' Jean nodded and smile.
'Me too. After all we have a great adventure waiting for us'
'Why? You are worried about the new powers that will rise?' Paulette ask.
She of course has read the Article and so she knows about what Death Monarch, President Hirate and the Senate decision.
They all agree to uphold the agreement mentioned in the Article.
Of course they are still negotiating a few key pieces of that Article but fundamentally all the Three Great powers have decided to sign the Article with the other four new powers.
'It will be peace. A t least for a while. There is no doubt about that.' Jean replied
'Hmm? What do you mean?' Paulette said.
It will be peace for a while. This is a stopgap measure. When each of the Seven Powers have amassed enough people, and have enough resources and repopulated the world, then probably a bitter war will begin again. For power and influence, the world will once again ravage by war;'
Paulette close her eyes and hold him tighter and Jean smiles bitterly
I am just preparing for that day. Because it will surely come and we will need to be strong when that moment came'
Paulette then just whisper to his ears and saidFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
As long as we are together….I won't regret anything whatever you decide'
Jean took her hand and kiss her hand and whisper back.
'Me too.'
Then he sighed.
'Hikigaya that Illusionist is always on seclusion. People even said that around the cave he secluded himself, white mist covered the whole area. Those who come into contact with the mist will be trapped into an illusion and might even die if it is not dispel. Oreki on the other hand is running around the world doing God-knows what. Nine of them are running around the world to be exact. There is no doubt that he is practicing a spell'
Jean is mentioning the people that he needs to watch for.
'Loki that sly trickster has always had a hand in many big events in the world but no one sees it. That is even more terrifying. He hides in the background as his dark hand manipulates the events of the world. Raymond is being Raymond. Katarina however, is pursuing Perfection just like Death Monarch. And Death Monarch? He is the strongest of them all and a threat to many faction and organizations. People all over the world are preparing. Without strength, peace couldn't be achieved. But without mercy, there is no life'
Then he sighed after saying all this. Paulette just kiss him on the cheeks and get up from the bed to get some water
Jean has grown from that impetuous brat he was when he started his journey from the slums to Paris and become the overlord of Europe.
He then looks at the clock and like always the sound of tick…. tock sound very enchanting and calming
It is like it is counting down to something.
Tick. Tock
Tick. Tock
Tick. Tock
And Jean just smirk looking at the clock as the pointer stopped.
First aprt of teh chapter. There will be a mass release tomorrow to end thsi arc with a bang. Hope you enjoy it and leave some commenst and vote and susbcribe
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
393 PAST, PRESENT, FUTURE 2
PANDEMONIUM
It is the morning of the next day.
It is a bright morning unlike any other. What people said about storms must be true. That after the storm, then it will be beautiful.
The skies are clear, and the clouds are rare. On trees and the Gardens of Pandemonium, birds chirped delightfully like they were singing a song
On the streets of the Center Region, the Capital of Pandemonium and the seat of power of the Central government, kids went out of their homes playing in the streets and the forest with some hunters and some patrolmen watching over them with their Divine Sense
Lost Boys creep up in the valleys, seeking information and selling them to the highest bidder. Flowers bloom and birds fly in the sky.
It is good. It is a good day. But the better it is, the stronger the premonition in Azief heart.
It was always like that.
He always got the most worse news at the most beautiful day.
Thinking about it, this kind of thing had happened a lot in his life.
When he wanted to send a love letter to Sofia when he was in high school, the day was just like today.
It was beautiful. Students were playing around in the football field and everything seems perfect and ideal for a love confession.
It was the same day he got to know that Sofia had already got a boyfriend. Then he remembers when he almost died. Snow alla round but it was sbeuatfuil,. All around him whiteness covered him and a beautiful woman beside him as he breathed his last.
Both of those things happened in a good day.
Azief has already sent Sasha on a quest to find out Loki true intention and now as he walks through the courtyards of his Palace, he is walking toward Sina infirmary.
As he slowly walks toward the Infirmary, he could see the amount of people going in and out of the infirmary has decreased. Most of the soldiers have healed.
And of course Azief will send them to avenge their injured soldiers. It is incredible that because of the large scale attack by the Dark Syndicate, only ten people die
And those people would be avenged. Pandemonium would not be Pandemonium if they let go such act unpunished.
It is thanks to the Three Great Generals of Pandemonium that the casualty is that little.
Azief is thinking of sending them to hunt Dark Syndicate later after they got proper rest and are healed.
For now, there is another matter that begs his attention.
This is why he prefers the solitude of training in caves or secluded places rather than surfacing and emerging and had to deal with all of this stuff.
HBis heart could not clam down. There is always oen crisis after another. Being in training while it is not quite fun, it could be calming at times.
For Azief it has always been like that. When he is training alone, in the solitude of his own loneliness, it was like he was in a cave without clocks.
When that times comes and that moment arrived, Azief knows that he could not lie. When he is in his own thoughts and in his own cave he himself is the most severe judge of himself. You can't lie to yourself when you are in that moment.
There were many times when he was cultivating that he finally knows who he is and what he wants or what he wants to do.
because in that moment, no matter what, you couldn't lie to yourself. If you do, you would never progress.
But that's the thing that people most afraid of. Not the lies people told them but the truth that even yourself could not acknowledge.
He slowly approached the infirmary. In the distance he could hear the bustle.
He saw Sina in an almost empty infirmary. Sina saw him and smiles. There is a hint of maliciousness in that smile.
Azief premonition is getting stronger and stronger.
Sian gestures to her Acolytes to empty the room.
Since there is not that many patients in the infirmary and most of them are not severe injury patients moving them to other places is easy to do.
Azief enter the room and the Acolytes exited the room in a hurry.
'Yo' Sina said casually
Azief chuckles
'Now, that is an odd way to greet me in the morning'
'Good Mor' she then said
'What?'
'That is how the young kids greet these days'
Azief nearly laughed
'Young kids?'
'Yeah, I treated a young kid from the alley. Probably one of the Lost Boys and he told me the kids created their own way of greeting'
Azief shakes his head and said
'Glad to see you hanging out with people with the same mental age as you.'
Sina only laughed
'Was that meant as an insult?'
Azief nodded
Take the anger away, and the great Death Monarch is not that good of an insulter after all'
And she laughed
Azief ignores her and sit down on one of the chairs and then he looked around.
Sina notices this but she feigned like she did not see it. Instead she took out a pot and pour down tea leaves inside the pot as she slowly started the pot and the aroma of tea could be smelled inside the entire room.
'Tea?' She asked.
Azief after finished surveying the infirmary and not seeing what he is looking for frowned.
Azief nodded but it is clear his mind is preoccupied about other things. Sina notices that and she smiles.
She put down two cups, one for her and one for Azief. She slowly pours the tea from the pot while looking at Azief face that is clearly slightly anxious.
'It seems you did not come to this infirmary to see me after all. I am slightly hurt' Sina said in a teasing tone, as she chuckles.
'After all, I did heal all of your soldiers. No wonder the outside world called you heartless' And she chuckles
Azief hearing this only smiles bitterly.
Sina is just teasing him now.
'Where is Katarina and Sofia?' He asked.
'Are they healed?'
Sina nodded as she sits down on her chair. But it doesn't seem like she is going to tell him where they are
'Then, where are they?'
Sina lean back on her chair and sighed.
'Hmm' she said.
'Why did you come?' She asks.
Azief look at Sina and then he looks at the ceiling, hesitating to say it but then he remembers. He should not lie to himself.
He woke up and the first thing he thought about is the infirmary. There is a reason of course why his first thought is the infirmary. Because those two are there.
The talk he had with Sina…. make him realizes he had become what he used to be.
Indecisive. It is that trait that always made him frustrated with himself. And he lost a lot of things because of that trait
He wanted to talk with Sina.
But he also wanted to talk with Sofia and Katarina. Because he knows deep in his heart, that he needs to make a decision.
If he makes his decision, he would hurt one of them. But by not making a decision, he would always be hurting both of them
Whether that decision is right or wrong, time would tell and his heart would tell.
He doesn't know what he is going to feel later. But he knows he could not keep going like this, hurting both of them as time passes.
If there is someone that should be hurt, it should be him and not them.
Sina take a sip of the tea and then she smiles proudly.
Then she said
'It seems you have been thinking a lot since our last talk. I guess you have figured out something' Azief nodded and took a sip of the tea.
'Good tea' he said
Sina nodded
Then she asked
'Did you make your decision?' Azief try to think of a way of how to reply to that question and then he knows what he is going to do.
He nodded.
'I did.'
Sina stopped sipping her tea and took a glance at Azief. She smiles and then resume sipping her tea and then she said
'Was it the decision that would hurt them or is it a decision that would only hurt one of them? Or is it a decision that would hurt them less?'
Azief take another sip and his heart become calm. Not because he knows whether his decision was right or wrong.
It is simply calm because he already made his decision.
Whether it is right or wrong, one day, his heart would surely tell him.
Then he replies to Sina question with this.
'I don't know whether it is decision that would hurt or not hurt them. All I know, that this decision is an honest one'
'Being honest to one own heart…. there is nothing more to ask in loving people' Sina said and she sighed.
She looks at her infirmary, looking at it empty state and a smile is on her face. Then she looks at Azief.
'You truly would not regret?' She asks
Azief scoffed and he said
'How should I know? I didn't even make the choice yet. But one thing I know is this. I know I would never regret meeting them both….and even loving them. At least, I think I could guarantee that'
Sina chuckles
'Why? You don't believe me?' Azief ask.
'No…. I just think it is quite romantic of you to think of it like that'
Azief just smile bitterly.
'You are not the only one that made a decision'
'Hmm? What do you mean?' Azief ask
'That night, the talk that we had, Katarina and Sofia, they both heard it' Azief listening to what Sina said almost spurted the tea out of his mouth in shock
'What do you mean?'
'They heard it and they too make their own decision. Today, you make your decision. But they made their decision yesterday.'
Azief gulped
And he felt his heart beating faster than he intended it to be.
For the first time in many years, he felt a kind of fear that he never felt before. He felt the fear of death.
He felt the fear of pain. He felt the fear of regret. But this is not that kind of fear. What he felt now is the fear of losing something. The fear of losing something important in his life.
That is what he felt right now and that fear almost choked him dead.
'Tell me. What did they decide?'
Sina smiles.
'Oh, they are not making it easy for you that is for sure. They want for you to choose. They know how hard it would be for you and how hard it is for them. The problem isn't the solution. The problem was always the fact that you never wanted to see the problem'
Azief just sighed at this and then he took a second to calm himself down and then he asks
'Where are they right now?'
This is the third time he asked that same question. But this time his voice tone is cold and one could hear a trace of anxiousness.
Sina is calm and then she smiles bitterly
'They are waiting for you' Sina look at Azief and could see how conflicted he is feeling
'Soph is waiting for you at the Peach tree where you promised her that it will be you and her against the world. She said you will know where that place is' Sina smiles a bit thinking of it.
It was such a long time ago and she herself has memories of that time. It is not fond memories but still.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Then she said
'Katarina is in Spain. She is on the site of the Mountain of Everlasting Love. Both of them are waiting for you. Now….it is time to choose'
Azief listening to Sina closes his eyes put down his tea cup. He already knows what he needs to do.
Azief without a word got up from his seat and with a swish of his robe he disappeared from the room and only gust of wind blows over in the infirmary as some paper charts and some crystal incense was blown over and fall down to the floor.
Sina took another sip of the tea and she shakes her head
I hope you chose Sofia. But the matters of the heart have always been unpredictable. I don't know who you will choose…. but I hope that choice would make you happy.
She said that as she put down her tea cup and went outside the room to take a deep breath of the fresh air outside.
She takes a good long deep breath and then she exhales it.
She looks at the sky and she wonder....why does the weather is like this?
After all, unfortunately, today is a good day with clear skies and kids running around the forest laughing and enjoying themselves.
The first chapter of mass release. This is the end guys. The new chapter will be in a few minutes
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
394 PAST, PRESENT, FUTURE 3
TEMERLOH
FOREST
Sofia is sitting under a peach tree as the sound of monsters could be heard in the far distance. There are no villages or settlement of humans around here after the Fall.
In front of her is vast tall grass and tall trees that almost reached the clouds.
The wind blows and her hair waves gracefully
She smiles as she leans her back onto the tree and rests her body there.
This is where she and Azief truly becomes a comrade.
She still remembers what he said back then
'This is a world of wolfs. The world doesn't care whether you do good or evil! It will still keep moving unceasingly, caring nothing about us, mortals! It does not care a bit about good or evil! The world doesn't judge men by their worth, and it isn't about what just! Evil men can hold power their whole lives and be wept for when they pass. Innocent men can be spent like coins because it's convenient. I will not be like that! IF THE WORLD DOES NOT WANT TO HELP ME, THEN I WILL FIGHT THE WORLD! IF THE WORLD DARE OBSTRUCT, I WILL DESTROY IT! In this new era, I would raise hell, so that in my death, everyone would remember my name! I will carve my name in history! How about it Sofia? Will you follow me?'
At that time, those words sounded like a child dreams. But years has passed and the man that made that declaration has fulfilled all of his declaration.
He fights not only the world but also the Heavens and win.
And he could destroy the Earth and suppressed the Heavens. He raises hell wherever he goes and his name reverberate through the seven continents of the world.
He carved his name as the strongest man in the world. There is no one that does not know the name Death Monarch.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
What a glorious declaration and what a glorious life he had led.
His legendary deeds won him the admiration of all the heroes of the world
That day, she lost her mother and she is on the verge of breaking down. Azief always felt that Sofia kept him from breaking down during those dark days.
But it is also true for Sofia. Azief kept her from breaking down.
Some were even calling her pact with Death Monarch as the Promise beneath the Peach Tree. But there was something else he promised her that day.
He promised her that she and him against the world. That was his promise to her.
"Me and you" he said.'
And Sofia doesn't know if he could keep that promise to her. So, she is giving him a chance right now. A chance to make a new story with either her or Katarina.
She already makes her decision.
She loves him and she knows that he loves her too.
But she doesn't want to be the second woman. Whether it is pride or because she hated that feeling, she couldn't share him with others.
So, she is giving him a chance to let her go and she want to give herself a chance to let go of him.
If he chooses her, then she would at least feel at ease. She hated the woman she is becoming. Paranoid, jealous and envious.
She hated feeling like that so she is here…. waiting for him to make a choice. She knows that she might not like the decision that is to come.
But she must love and she must feel. She could not lock up he heart in some vault and let it die.
And if for some reason, that her heart is broken, or betrayed, or left feeling hurt, she would sit under this peach tree and listen to the wind.
Then she would take one of the peach fruit and eat it, tasting its sweetness and sour taste and console herself that she had dared risk her heart regardless of its cost.
She would tell herself that she did good.
As she looked at the sky, she saw a dot coming towards her and an unreadable expression appears on her face.
It is just a short chapter. You will understand why. I wnated to separate the two
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
395 PAST, PRESENT, FUTURE FINAL PART OF THE CHAPTER
"The power of a glance has been so much abused in love stories, that it has come to be disbelieved in. Few people dare now to say that two beings have fallen in love because they have looked at each other. Yet it is in this way that love begins, and in this way only."
Spain after the Fall was quite temperate in temperature. Sometimes it would be warm but most of the time the temperature is mild.
But today…. today, the land is colored white. Snows falls down from the sky. An energy of coldness swept the entire land.
Cold energy blows from the south to the four direction
Standing on top of the peak of a mountain of ice is the most beautiful woman in the world. She looks like she is a heavenly fairy that descend down from the Heavens.
Her hair is as white a snow and even the flapping of her dress is as elegant as the moon. Her eyes is alive and shines bright like it was the sun.
And there is no word to describe the beauty of her lips that could enchant any man that gaze upon it.
Her lips could be seen in any other woman mouth yet when it is on her face, it looks perfectly crafted.
She looked delicate like a flower leaves of blossom yet there is this sense of untouchable beauty emanating from her very own existence.
She was like a beam of starlight in the darkness of the Universe, resplendently bright and resplendently alive.
Underneath her feet ice energy covered the area, reaching deep into the ground, burrowing like a sharp thorn that dig and dig endlessly, cooling the area and changing the weather.
She is wearing a white dress and laces of snowflakes that floated around her laces.
The spot where she is standing is the spot where she embraces Azief as he falls down almost dying because of an assassination.
She still remembers how scared she was finding him bleeding heavily and she could still hear the dripping of his blood.
She closes her eyes as the winter wind blows and her white dress flaps wildly in the wind. The snow keeps falling and covered the grass and the leaves and the tall trees.
A snow that covers the world!
The coast of Spain is frozen, the ship could not sail and the coldness of the winds is biting to the bones
Azief and her…. they always missed each other…by only a breath. Katarina is not like any other girls.
She never experienced this kind of love. This kind of love between man and a woman. She felt familial love only from her brother. But this? This kind of love she never felt it.
And probably because of that it is so intense.
She remembers the moments they shared when she was in Poland. She almost wished to drown the world with snow as long as he keeps being beside her.
Sofia…...she was envious about one thing about that woman. It is the fact that Sofia met him first.
She loves him. And she is afraid to lose him. Anyone who loves someone and not afraid of losing their loved ones…. they probably never truly loved.
When she is with him, she could not help but opening up her heart.
It is kind of a bittersweet way of looking at love. She had nothing. She is content with nothing. But when she met him she falls in love with him in the most cliché and most classic way of falling in love.
It was love at first sight.
And it was that moment she remembered him the most. His eyes….and her reflection in his eyes.
And how she smiles when she sees him and how he looks at him when he thinks she couldn't see him.
When that happens, Katarina reminded herself of this word
"This is special. I should remember this"
As she looks at the sky and at the snow falling she smiles. Death Monarch! What a glorious and terrifying title.
To many he is the overlord or a generation. A hero for some people. And everybody loves a hero even beauties.
But that is not why Katarina loves him. She does not need a hero in her life. She does not people to save her anymore.
She loves him because she sees him.
Broken thing recognizes other broken thing. With the reputation he built and the hard external appearance and image, he got the world believing shelf to be so tough that he had no weakness.
But Katarina see beyond the false exterior. He is a gentle man…. that had his heart hurt for so many times that it created a wall to make sure he never got hurt again
And one had to break that wall to get the ultimate prize.
His heart.
She knows why Azief find it so hard to let go of his own heart. And why is it so hard for him to realize that he is in love. Because she understands.
To love….to love anything at all….is to be vulnerable. For a person who is used to being invincible, being vulnerable must be terrifying
But when love does come and when it is reciprocated…...there is nothing to describe how wonderful and beautiful that is.
Love is not overrated. There is a reason for all those poems, those stories and songs.
The wind blows again and the snow slowly falls down.
She then senses something
As she looked at the sky, she saw a dot coming towards her and an unreadable expression appears on her face.
This is the end of the Arc and also the begging of my three-week hiatus. I think I have explained this many time. You can check out my other story while you are waiting.
Anyway, this is that cliffhanger...Hehehee. An dI will be resting myself and winding myself upFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Don't curse me too much. And hope you enjoy this chapter and this Arc.
Next Arc would be the Supremacy Trials and Time Crisis.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
396 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 1
Inside here there is only the sound of the water hitting the ground from the hard ceiling of stones.
This is a large cave with tunnels and all kinds of formation in it, around it beside it.
Because there is a person in there and this person is none other than the strongest person in the world, Death Monarch Azief.
It has been four months since he made his decision that day. He is right now at an abandoned large cave secluding himself.
It has been about three weeks he has been in seclusion.
He finally understands why people would seclude themselves when they wanted to find an answer to some of the question plaguing their mind.
He now for the first time since he embarks on his journey of being stronger, he finally had a roadblock, a problem he just could not solve with brute force.
And he now knows why people prefers seclusion.
When you are surrounded by nothingness, by silence and only the sound of your breathing, you began to look past all of the things around you and turned inwards.
Your mind seems to be taking a tangent different than you expect. That is what happen he secluded himself.
Sometimes when he is inside this cave, his mind would wander.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Wander to the most irrelevant thoughts that a person could have. Sometimes his mind wander to when he was child and when eh get his first scrape.
Sometimes his mind wander into an illusion of an imaginary life he had when he was but a child
But all of this thought sometimes help him in relaxing for a while. Outside there are people that maintain the formation.
Today, he thinks he has got it.
He had to make sure this time it would succeed. He doesn't know why but he could feel something bad is coming. This is his premonition.
This time the premonition felt stronger, like destiny and fate is conspiring against him.
He wanders around the cave and then when he finally got bored of that he finally went back to the room he crafted with his own bare hands.
This cave used to be a flat ground. He raises the ground and puncture a hole inside it and morph the entire hole to turn itself into a cave.
He then put sealing marks all over the cave and as a precaution even sent a message to Sasha to send some of her men to guard his cave.
As he sat down on the stone bed he thought about what happen four months ago. He smiles bitterly.
It is a hard decision to make.
Thinking about it, it is still hard to make sure that it is right.
Because like Sina said to him there is no wrong answer and probably because of that the answer would always felt like this no matter who he chooses.
He finally decided who he could share his happiness and sorrow.
He still doesn't know whether he is making the right decision but for the past four months he has been very happy.
And then sad.
And then happy again.
But he didn't show her sadness to her. And he shouldn't. Sometime he thinks it would be better if he could not choose.
He wishes that even as he was flying there someone would attack him and he would be unconscious so he could delay it.
But he knows that is not the answer.
He knew that this is what both of those women wanted from him. To choose and to choose is to hurt one of them.
But they did not complain or trying to make him change his mind.
When he met her that day, he hugs her and kiss her and confesses to her the thing that she already knows.
And he chooses her between the two. He doesn't know why and honestly he still doesn't know it at this moment.
All he knows that when he flies up he knew exactly where he wanted to go. But it still takes time for him.
He even takes a break in a mountain somewhere before he finally musters his courage and go to that place.
It has been four months but a lot of things have changed since then. in the world and in himself.
For the world, the word division between the seven powers have transitioned smoothly and Seven New Great Power have emerged with Pandemonium, the Republic and the World Government still remaining the top three among the seven
Azief after he made that choice like something inside him was unleashed his mind and heart become lighter and clear.
He then quickly went back to meditating and refining the energy that he got from Azul
Four month ago, he had nine Disks inside his Inner World.
While other projected their Disk outwards, he projected it through the force and energy that emanated out of him because of his Inner World.
He created his Inner World since the Baptism by fire from the Heavens. Most inner world would not be as stable as his.
This is also because of the Physique he possesses that could contain such power inside himself. To call himself a superhuman is an understatement.
He had the Worldly Disk, Universal Disk, Ancient Rune Disk, Celestial Disk, All Source Disk, Ancient Demonic Disk, Aether Disk, Nether Disk and Primordial Disk.
All of them possesses energy that make up the creation and destruction essence that made and unmade the Universe.
Azief did not know this but he is embarking in a very different path than he had in the timeline of Loki.
He had become so much stronger and so much more formidable and even more terrifying than before.
One could only imagine the effect he would have in the Universe when he became a Sovereign. It would surely shake the Universe.
A Sovereign that walk the Perfection path is no longer could be called Sovereign. Azief could even become one of the Supreme Beings.
He could probably become someone like Azul to live across epoch without ever dying and possess power to made his entire own Universe
Loki also fears this development while he is planning in the background.
While changing the future is what he wanted, he must at least have a firm footing to plan for his next step.
He needs to have that firm footing because he knows what would happen if he made a mistake.
Four months ago, Azief had nine Disks.
But now he had twelve. The progress is almost unbelievable. He only had one more energy to refine to summon the Supremacy Stairway.
It is so close now. Even he himself don't know what is the Supremacy Stairway does and what it will do. But he knows that whatever it is it would change him fundamentally.
Azul did try to give him a hint but he is not sure he understands the hint
The other three energies that he has managed to refine into his Disk is Soul Disk, Divine Disk and Cosmic Disk
Each of this Disk relates heavily to his Aether and Nether Disk and act like a supplementary to this Two Disk that governs Death and Life.
Soul Disk is a quite a peculiar Disk in terms of the energy it could absorb.
Soul Disk enables him to absorb the energy of the Soul. It is still quite vague because he still doesn't quite really know what soul energy is and where is the soul.
But when direct the energy of this Disk to his eye he could see in people body. But it is not light like the light that signify energy. It is something else.
It is the soul.
At least that is the conclusion that he had found.
The first part of the chapter. And I'm back. Anyway, we will be going over what happen over the past four months and the threats that is still there and Azief quest to walk the Supremacy Stairway. There will be new allies and new enemies.
There will be hints about what happens in the past and what will happen to the future. For nayne paying attention to the hints before I think you all could guess who Azief chose.
I will only give one more hint. the girl he chose relates heavily with the Oracle Time Crisis storyline. If you remember what I wrote about this matter then you coudl even predict where the story is going in the future.. Anyway, part two will be coming in a few minutes.
Hope youe njoy it and please support me by going to my p a t r e o n where I always posted there first. Or chat with me in my discord. Or susbscribe to my chapter and help me buy some conevenicne store fodd for the month. Anyway, don't forget to vote and comment below.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
397 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 2
It is amazing that Azul could extract this from his ring and only proves the mystery of the rings that he had worn since years ago.
Until now he still could not see the limit of this ring. It also makes him curios of whose ring this belong to.
Then the other one is Divine Disk. Azief refine this only a month ago. Divine Disk is quite mysterious. The energy and laws it derives from seems to come from people belief.
And for some reason he could absorb it. It wasn't until later he understands why his Divine Disk could grow and absorb it energy.
The power of Divine Disk is numerous. One of them is to create, shape and manipulate forces of heavenly origin
In a way it is using the Heavens. But at the same time Azief also realizes something else when using it and when he is surrounded by divine energy
It also is affected by Faith. Azief had many people worshipping him and on some places on the Earth, they are people who worshipped him as a God.
And for some reason, that beliefs connected him to them as each prayer, each belief they had on him strengthen his Divine Power.
In a way it is like Karma, but it is of a higher tier than it. It is faith.
The Cosmic Disk enables him to manipulate cosmological forces and absorb it into his body strengthening his already powerful body and strikes.
And now he is forming his Thirteen Disk refining it. He failed a few weeks ago but today he had found the way to proceed with the refining.
At least he thinks he have found the way to refine it.
No wonder people said it is hard to form thirteen disk.
The opportunity to even create thirteen Disk would take years and sometimes it is not even possible because of the massive amount of energy that one had to absorb and one need to tread the Perfection Path from the beginning
If not for the fortuitous encounter with Azul and the fact, he passed the test Azul gave him how could he have such fast progress speed.
It might take him a decade before he could even dream of having Thirteen Disks inside his body
Those who have thirteen Disks and summon the Supremacy Stairways is rare and usually would only appear in every few epochs. Sometimes an epoch passes and not even one could reach thirteen Disk.
Either they were killed first trying to gained those energies that will led them to energy deviation or people did not want them to reach that level and sabotage such individual from ever reaching their true potential
Those kind of thing didn't happen on Earth especially because of the World Orb which eliminates the process of energy deviation that is so common in other Universe.
In the first timeline, Azief didn't even have thirteen Disk but even without it he could contend with the greatest names in the Universe and even throw the Heavenly Palace of Jade Empire into a mess.
'Huh' he sighed
Azief close his eyes as he seats in meditation. He knows what he needs to do. Each time he tries to refine the thirteen Disk something would always obstruct him.
The energy comes from himself and yet it refuses to refine the last energy into something.
His entire Inner World would shake and tremble and started disintegrating.
All the energy that make up a world inside his Inner World were crumbling apart each time he tries to take one step in refining the Thirteen Energy.
The special thing about the thirteen energy that is yet to be refined is the fact that Azief don't know what it is
It is different from the other.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He knows that the other hold some kind of energy and as long as he wills it he could examine the energy and determine what the energy is.
But it is not the same for this last energy he needed to refine.
For some reason, he could not make out what the energy is about.
It wasn't until he ponders upon it for a very long time that he finally got the answer. It is empty. But it is still an energy. It is an energy of emptiness.
An everything that is empty needs to be filled. It is like a blank canvas waiting to be painted upon.
It still has no colors and it is full of white blank emptiness. It was when these realizations struck that Azief know what he needs to do.
It finally makes sense why every time he tries to refine the last energy his inner world would want to crumble.
Because he wanted to absorb emptiness inside his inner world. And as such his Inner World nearly turns into emptiness.
How could his Inner World be not crumbling? Of course it would. Because of this revelation he got the gist of it.
If it is empty, then one just have to fill it and that is what Azief wanted to do.
And how will he fill it? Simple. He needs to combined all the twelve energy inside his Disk to refine the energy,
And that is how to refine it. The variation of his twelve disk will be absorbed into this emptiness energy and the fusion of all of his energies would then decide what his last Disk would be.
Whatever the last Disk is going to be, he knows that he could then open the Supremacy Stairway.
Today, is just an experiment.
He need to make sure that his conclusion is right. If it is right, then he would prepare himself for his eventual departure.
He will spend some time with her before he goes and then he would to find the other one and explains to her why.
At least she deserves that much.
Azief take a deep breath and close his eyes as he began to concentrate. Then energy courses around his entire body as his body is filled with aura rising up from him
He remained motionless still as a calm water but one could sense that his energy is rising up.
Twelve energy is rising up from him as it distorted everything inside the cave and the energy around it.
The energy emanated out from him become tangible and crated a cocoon on him as he is enveloped by the embark of this twelve energy.
At this time all twelve energies all converge into one point of energy.
The Thirteen Energy that Azul extracted from Azief ring is a small dot. No…it is a small point that seems to be unreachable no matter what kind of methods you try.
Around it one could see it is empty and it is situated in a dimension so different than the other dimensions and layers in his Inner World.
It is fake and not real, yet at the same time it is real. The point, this energy that Azul extracted emitted no energy yet at the same time it exists.
Any movement within that dimension is impossible and it exist only where it exists. It could be pulled or pushed away
This is Azief last energy. This would decide his last Disk.
This time as the twelve energies rises up from Azief inner World, he once again appears inside his own Inner World.
He is standing there on the sky of his Inner World, observing what is happening.
He could see the sun in his world is going dark like energy was sucked out of it as coldness started to set in and wind that could freeze the sea blows over his world, toppling mountains and trees.
The moon and the stars above the sky became dim like its light seems to be devour by something and then they are slowly falling down like an object that had their string cut off.
The Ancient Rune that is embedded into everything that exist in Azief Inner Universe slowly faded away as these runes floated out from the grass, from the wind, from the sun and the stars as it turns into dust and blown by the winter wind of the End Days as all of this energy that supported his Inner World is following the energy departure to his Inner Universe.
In space, a Disk was formed out of the Celestial Energy.
The meager Celestial Energy he had follows the Celestial Disk as it traveled away from his Universe joining the other energies as it is lowly melding and went into a fusion state.
The Space and Time around his Inner Universe is tearing at its seams causing the entire Universe to expand and contact and contradiction began to happen.
Vortexes of Time tearing and dimension ripping is slowly occurring all over his Inner Universe. Some small stars were sucked into and like a meat grinder it decimated the stars as it turned into space molecules and emitted dark energy.
This part of the chapter is relaly long and it is just one third of the chapter. I actuallty thought about adding more in this chapter of Waiting for someone but I split it into two because it will serve as an intro of what to expect and waht to look forward to in this arc. This arc will also lead in to the Time Crisis Arc.
Anyway, next chapter will come in a few minutes so enjoy thsi one, and please like always bvote or you can help me and becoem my patron where there is ton of free chapter in there. An done of my reader volunteered to help me edited the chapter but we'll see how it goes.
Because I know this is a huge undertaking so I would understand if that person would not be able to help me.
And this is not the first time. Anyway, hope you like the chapter as Azief explain the type of Disk he have and the chnages that is happening on the energies inside his body as he is trying to form his Thirteen Disk.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
398 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 3
Even the All Source seems to vanish as it turns into a revolving Disk that flies over to the merging fusion of energies.
The All Source Disk is the largest Disk and the core center that supported all of his Disk. It enables him to convert the energy of the world into other energy.
It is like a synthesizers of sorts.
In His Inner Universe the All Source Disk is situated on the center of his Universe. It is titanic in size but when it was formed All Source energies embedded itself into every single creation in his Universe.
But now, that form appears again as it turns back into a large Disk that envelop the other energies causing them to stabilized and not breaking apart.
Planets that is orbiting around the sun slowly break off and exploded in a large explosion that splintered of to create space debris.
He then saw souls, orb of light that flows endlessly from those destroyed planets. It seems without Azief knowledge; life was formed inside his Inner Universe.
Thinking about it, he had a lot of energy that could support life in his Inner Universe
It is probably not a thinking intelligent life but it is still life and its soul seems to join another Disks that look ethereal and translucent.
All those white orb, tiny as a speck of dust revolve around this high velocity Disk that is travelling through Azief Inner Universe to join the other nine energies that is trying to break through a wall, or a barrier of sorts that separates them and the last energy.
It keeps trying to pierce through that barrier. And each time it tries, the entire Universe seems to shake.
'Oh' Azief exclaimed inside his Inner Universe and the entire Inner Universe shakes hearing the voice coming out from its owner and creator.
He did not notice this because his eyes are focused on that Disk as he smiles.
Azief could finally see it.
The Soul Disk. When he formed this Disk, other than the fact he could feel the existence of souls and see souls, he could not see the Disk inside his Inner Universe.
Then he could see some pure white light strayed off from the Soul Disk and instead formed into another Disk with holy aura around it that seems to repel darkness.
Azief nodded as he understands something.
'Divine Disk' he muttered internally.
Then finally the last of the twelve energy finally comes out from all of the Universe, energy rising up and as it was formed, a large explosion wiped out all of the planets in Azief Universe.
With a Big Bang a Disk composed of the purest energy of creation and essence of destruction was formed.
It is the Cosmic Disk and the moment it was formed the energy of the All Source Disk forces it to gravitates to it and then merge with all the other energies.
Then once again it smashes to the invisible barrier as the entire Universe seems to crumble and trembling.
It was then than Azief could see the barrier, this invisible wall that separates his other energies and the last energy slowly cracked.
There is only one centimeter crack but Azief could feel a different energy already.
A few essences of the twelve energies enter and was immediately fused inside that wall and when it was produced even when it is a little Azief could feel the energy.
For one moment, he expanded without limits and his body seems to take infinite forms, existing in many timelines and limitless.
For a moment, in him, there is no end, there is no beginning and there is no middle.
For one moment…. everything is Him and he is everything. It was an odd feeling
then he opens his hand wide and all of that destruction and disintegration like a dream just disappeared.
Everything appears as it is before, the entire Universe restored. With the sun on the sky, the stars on the vast space and the vast Universe with planets that have millions of lives.
Everything that happened before seems like it is nothing more than just an illusion
Azief stand on the center of the Universe as he looked somewhere. He looked where the wall is and he smiles with a shines in his eyes.
He was right. For that one moment when the energy nearly fused and enter into the wall, Azief reverses everything back.
If this is in the real world, to do so would be impossible for him. But this is his Inner Universe. He is the lord and Monarch of everything in here.
In here, he controls life and death, he controls the passage of Time whether it moves forward or backwards. He could determine everything here.
He closes his eyes and then opens it back up and he was in that cave once again. He smiles as he notices his entire body is sweating.
Around him the cave wall seems to be crumbling apart.
Azief waved his hand and his energy quickly stabilizes the caves pillars. He could sense those black clothed men that was tasked on protecting this cave from destroying is tired.
Then they could sense that he had finished training and went away. Azief only smiles and shake his head. He overtaxed them too much.
He got up from his stone bed and slowly went outside. He looks around him and couldn't help but sighed.
'It is truly tiring for them' he muttered underneath his whispers.
The forest in front of him that used to be lush and full of life seems to be struck with some kind of catastrophe with some of the tall huge trees seems to be split into two by thunder and lightning while some of the part were burn scorched by fires and harassed by storms.
Leaves and barks of trees filled the chaotic scenery
This must be the effect of him almost reaching the requirement to summon the Supremacy Stairway.
He himself have never seen the Supremacy Stairway. He knows that it is located in an abandoned dimension called the Supreme Dimension
Thirty-three supreme Beings created that Dimension and could not be accessed other than by summoning the Supremacy Stairway.
Of course each planet has different way of cultivating and absorbing energy.
But the Supremacy Stairway will come only to those who reached Perfection. And what is perfection means for the will of Supremacy Stairway?
Not everyone is quite sure but in the terms of cultivation using the Jade Palace System it is to form Thirteen Disk in the Disk Formation stage.
At least that has been established for the Jade Palace cultivation system. In the Jade Empire to even reach thirteen energies is hard
He knows that each thirty-three steps pf the stairway is forged by each one of the Supreme Beings will and determination.
He knows that the cut off line is at every ten steps. But he doesn't know what will happen when he steps on those steps.
Will it purify his energy further or will it forces him to endure trials in his mind or forces him to endure physical pain for each steps?
He guesses he will know about it when he summons it. For now, there is only speculation filling his mind.
But he still did his research and Will helped him. After all, that teacher of him is quite knowledgeable and relay some message to him through the mouth of Will.
Even now he still could not quite believe what that woman is. An orb of lightning is actually a speedster.
Because she is weak now, she confined herself into a form of lightning. At least that is what Will have told him.
And since he is training at a different dimension when Will is gone, even he using his Divine Sense could not sense him.
She is from the race of the First Speedster that survived the destruction of the Grand Destruction.
The living being of this epoch refers to him as the Great Destroyer but he has many names as he has many forms.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He shakes his head as he tries to clear his mind and focus at his new discovery.
He knows now.
He could attempt to enter Divine Comprehension anytime now. He has waited long enough and he had accumulated enough energy to break through.
Other people would be considered already powerful and an overlord in the world if they could form three Disk.
Even Hikigaya who have formed five Disks is considered by many to be one of the strongest people in the world and one even speculated that he is only below Death Monarch.
But Azief…. he has right now twelve Disks and he could form the Thirteen Disk today. The feeling he felt right now is hard to describe.
There is a sense of accomplishment but also at the same time it increases his resolve to keep going forward.
Hikigaya and Oreki describe Azief as the wall that they need to over but Azief also has his own wall to scale.
Like all the others that rise from the ashes of the destruction that ravaged Earth Azief is standing on top of the peak after overcoming everything that is thrown on his way.
And as he is reaching to another Perfection, he looks up and see that there is still a tall wall he need to climb over. But like Hikigaya said 'If it is so easy to climb this wall, why would we desire to climb it? If it is that easy, why would we even try to climb it?'
That event is still one of the most memorable battle in recent years.
The whole world watches as Death Monarch Azief, Raymond the Earthshaker, Illusion Archmage Hikigaya, Thunder Monarch Oreki, Ice Queen Katarina and Sofia the Divine Archer united together to fight the Heavens and aid Death Monarch in forming his Disks.
It was like the gathering of the most powerful people in the world.
Some people even said if those people could form a league or something to act as Earth Defenders, then they do not have to worry too much about other intergalactic civilization knocking down on Earth.
But that is just a dream.
Because each of those people all had different aspiration and quirks.
Death Monarch is always a loner and like to do thing by his lonesome, Raymond is too good for his own sake, Hikigaya has his own thoughts and set of values he abides, Oreki likes to do thing on his own pace, Katarina only cares about her people, her brother and Death Monarch, and Divine Archer would only be truly strong if she could master her Bow.
Azief when he heard about it knows that it is highly improbable for something like that to happen again.
They all have their own reason for aiding him last time, like Hikigaya who wanted to pay his debts and Raymond who is looking on the big picture of Earth defenses and decided that if he dies, then Earth will lose one of its most powerful people that could defend it when threats come knocking.
He sighed a bit thinking about that day.
He rarely fights in a team but he understand the appeal. Then he thoughts about other things as he tries to shake his wandering mind
He could have break through to Divine Comprehension when he only had seven Disks and he would still be powerful.
But since he walks the Perfection path from the beginning, he would walk through it until the end.
He looks at the sky above him, blue and limitless.
He smiles.
After defeating the Heavens of this world, Azief fears no none in this wide world.
But out there, on the large and vast Universe, there is a lot of more powerful beings. He smiles as his eyes gleam with excitement and determination.
He wanted to reach the top and without stopping he will walk to that top
'I am inevitable' He said looking at the sky but he is actually seeing the stars above it.
'I am coming there!' And he gripped his fist as he makes this promise to himself.
He promised himself that one day he would travel to the stars, see the vast Universe and become like Azul to live freely across the vast Universe.
And nothing is going to stop him.
He heaves a breath of relief as he come out from the cave entrance. Around him is rubbles and broken braches from trees.
Azief notices someone is watching him from a distance. The Shadow Guards situated around the cave have already went away after they finished doing their job.
They must be exhausted of trying to limit the area of destruction Azief thought. He looks in front of him and he could see a woman looking at him
She is leaning at a tree and smiling bitterly at him. Azief took a calm step and smiles as he looks at her as he said
'It has been a long time since we see each other. Let's take a walk' he said as he walks deeper into the slightly destroyed forest.
Some fires is dying and the wind is no longer blowing storms like earlier and The woman sighed as she followed behind him.
It is just beginning. the chapter is long from over. This chapter alone is around 11 to twelve thousand words. And I could not post many chapter of LS for thsi month because I just started writing it and I just finished editing Age of Adventure. thsi month alone I think I wrote more tha 200 thosuand words. Anyway, as long as you guys enjoyed it I guess that it is nt in vain.
Liek always, if you like t support me please suupport me here by susbrcirbing to teh chapter or using your SS or donate to me in pat r o n or leave soem reviews and comments.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
399 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 4
The sound of footsteps was drowned by the sound of the many insect chirping inside this forest.
Sometimes one could hear the sound of some beast roaring or shrieking in the distance.
Two people walk around this dangerous forest like it was a relaxing walk in the park. On the distance away from them one could spot gigantic elephants horde that is moving every few minutes, eating trees that reached the clouds in one mouthful.
But such sight did not scare these two people at all as the man keep on walking and the woman followed him from behind.
The woman is not sacred because there is not more reliable and safest place to be other than beside this man in front of her
The man is Death Monarch and the woman behind him is shrouded in silver hood. The woman walks slowly behind Azief as he keeps looking all around him.
He nodded as she takes a slow deep breath. It has not been long since she landed here and she immediately waited around the cave entrance to see him
'It is a beautiful forest. It is even more beautiful than I expected' The woman nodded in agreement
'It truly is Your Excellency' the woman said. Azief nodded.
'The Amazon forest. It was burned down before. Glad to see it rises back up after the Fall' Azief said remembering the event of the past before the Fall
The woman smiles and nodded.
Azief keep looking around him, his Divine Sense is sensing everything in this forest. He could sense many lives in this forest.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He could sense large monsters hiding under some deep lakes and under the rivers and gigantic snake slithering underneath some caves.
He could sense man eating plants and energy veins all around here. This is a fertile place, teeming with life.
'No one seems to come here to disturb me. This is highly unusual. I thought there would be a few brave but stupid souls that will try to attack me before I could become stronger. It seems I overestimated them'
The woman smiles and then she said
'I have told the League of Freedom not to disturb you. They even take the task to try to protect this forest from any intruders. Though I doubt they do this out of the kindness of their hearts'
'They know I'm here. That is interesting' Azief said smirking a bit
The woman replied yes.
'You don't think that they would do anything to me?' Azief asked the woman
The woman scoffed a bit and then she asks Azief
'Do Your Excellency believe they have the guts?'
Azief chuckles a bit and nodded in agreement. Thinking about it, Narleod had to pay with his arm the last time Narleod displeased him.
While it would not rein in his manic tendencies, Azief knows people who fear him with one glance. And Narleod fears him.
That is enough to know the kind of moves he would do when he is around him. Fear sometimes could serve as an important tool.
Narleod fears him not because only of his might. Because Narleod knew that in the eyes of Death Monarch he is no different than those scumbags he killed.
Making him entirely worthless under the gaze of Death Monarch if not for the information he has about the Temple of Speedsters.
After all, Azief would not get the title of Death Monarch and for it to be his name because he is nice.
He might give that nickname to himself, but his action cemented the nickname to the rest of the world.
Then Azief was reminded of something
'South America Continent is under them right now right? Have they ruled it well since the meeting between the Seven Great Powers?'
The woman frowned a bit and then she reported
'Internal wars are brewing everywhere, Your Excellency, here and everywhere else. The Africa Alliance is the worst of it as they are practically a secret war against each of their own factions. Of course they did not wage war like before but politically they are trying to take down each other. It is a mess there' Azief shake his head.
He still felt quite awkward to be addressed as Your Excellency. He turned towards the woman and shake his head at the woman walking behind him.
'Sasha, it is only two of us here. You can drop the formalities'
Sasha look at Azief for a few seconds and then she nodded
The woman waiting for Death Monarch to come out from his seclusion is none other than the leader of the Shadow Guards, Sasha of the Nightingales.
Then Azief resumes walking.
A large poisonous toad jumped out and tries to attack him. Azief smiles looking at as he only flicks his finger and the air compresses on the edge of his finger as it shoots out towards the toad body as it exploded into an explosion of blood and gore.
The blood did not even reach him and Sasha as he keeps walking calmly.
That monster is the equivalent of Seed Formation Peak realm but Azief only use the edge of his fingertips to kill it.
Sasha seeing this from behind knows that while Death Monarch is not emanating any force or pressure right now, has grown even more stronger.
The feeling as she is walking with him is like she is walking behind nothing.
If she did not know the person she is talking with is Death Monarch, she must have thought that this person in front of her is just a normal person.
It is like all of his energy and power is hidden inside him, exploding only when it is the right moment.
'Why have you come here now? I thought Pandemonium is busy right now?' Azief said as he walks through a bush
'There are some talks that you are going to leave'
Azief smiles bitterly and nodded
'You know this already. It is not exactly a secret' Sasha nodded
'I know. Could you tell me when will you depart?' She clearly did not beat around the bush. Azief steps halted and then he ponders it for a moment and then said
'In a week, probably' Then he keeps on walking again.
'Hmm' Sasha said as she herself began thinking.
Azief did not have to look behind to know she is frowning
'Worrying about Pandemonium?' He asks
'Since the owner doesn't want to worry about it, it falls to this humble servant to worry about it.' Hearing Sasha words Azief chuckles.
'Are they all excited that I am going to leave?' Azief said but his eyes shine with sharpness and killing intent.
Sasha understand what Death Monarch means by saying all. It means those dark forces that fears Death Monarch.
And of course those crime families and not excluding the Republic and the World Government
'Very' Sasha replied shortly. Azief only smiles when listening to this. He could guess that what's would happen.
No one really like someone that keep pressuring them after all.
'They want the storm to stop so they could see the sun once again. While some rats wanted to go to the surface again and breathe the fresh air. You leaving would make them very happy. So happy that they probably would wish you would never return' Sasha added with a snickering smile.
Azief nodded hearing Sasha report
He then resumes his walking and Sasha once again follows him in silence. Then as they are passing through a creek Azief ask
'Loki?' He asks. Sasha knows this is a loaded question.
I am writing the new chapter. Hope to finish it by the 26 so I could at least give youu soemthing to read until the end of the month so finger crossed that I woudl not fall into fever again. Anyway, Azief and Loki cold war is continuing.
And pay attention waht Azief will do at the end of this part of the chapter. And you cna join my discord if you wnat to kno my schedule or anything else you would like to ask there.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
400 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 5
'Other than the rendezvous with Sina that you already know about, I believe he is seeking for something or…. someone in Pandemonium'
Azief close his eyes for a moment, trying to connect the dots, trying to make sense of why Loki come to Pandemonium other than the obvious reason.
He sighed and then opens his eye back up and nodded.
He remembers something else. He met the Orvanians a few months before explaining to them where Sithulran is and they seem to have been satisfied with the explanation at the time
'Anything else? What about the Orvanians in the World Government? Did they leave already or is the World Government still hosting them?'
'They did leave but...'
'But... what?'
'The Order of Thinkers get to see them before they leave. And you have always been wary of them so I noted this information.'
'Hmm? I thought that the World Government forbid them from meeting the Orvanians?
Sasha sighed and then said
'Loki arrange the meeting at Belize'
Hearing this Azief laughed. Then he said, his mouth forms a sneer
'He has been busy, I see. I guess he is not content of just lazing around in Pandemonium after all.'
'Know why he is helping the Order of thinkers?' He asks. Sasha shakes her head but she offers her thought
'I don't know why he is suddenly helping the Order of Thinkers but I know that the Order of Thinkers owes him one now' Azief smirks hearing this
'And Loki never forget a debt' he then said. Then he added
'He is setting up a scheme here' he sighed and then he said
'That is the thing with Loki. You could only know his true plans after it is revealed. The man with the tricks. But he always set it up all of the necessary and essential parts of his plans first. I don't know what he is planning but I know that the Order of Thinkers must play a part in that scheme. Keep monitoring him even after I am gone. And if he targeted any of my friends, you know what to do. Just don't kill him.'
Sasha nodded trying to hide the shock from being shown on her face. Everyone knows Loki and Death Monarch is more than just friends.
They are like brothers.
One could even argue he loved Loki more than Will. Death Monarch might not agree in many things that Loki did but he treated Loki like his younger brother and forgive him of almost anything
After knowing Death Monarch for years, Sasha knows that Death Monarch would never issue such an order unless he thinks it is necessary.
And she knows when to stop being nosy. Since her employer said that she knows better than to push the story.
Then he asked about something else to Sasha
'And what happened to the thing we are talking about?'
'Which one? We talked about a lot of stuff' she asks
'Expansion of the Shadow Guards. I thought you were branching out'
Sasha nodded and then she said.
'The recruitments are going well. I don't like using kids but the Lost Boys is eager to and we assign them on only simple intelligence gathering. And we have some volunteer from the army so that is good. We also have put many of our agents in all the Six Powers.'
Azief hearing this was clearly pleased as there is a smile on his face.
'You managed to put one of your people in the World Government and the Republic? That is quite hard to do'
Sasha just smiles and said
'I planted them a long time ago, long before you gave the order' Azief turns back and then look at Sasha like he finally understand something and then there is a cruel smile on his face for a moment
'It seems you were being cautious of me at that time'
'It was a long time ago. I could not really trust you at that time even with Sina assurance, I always fear you. And our relationship was not as close as it is today'
Azief chuckles.
'True. If it were me, I too would put some precautions' he laughed and the tense moment passes by like a lie as he continued asking
'They are sleepers?'
'Yes'
'The other four. How did you plant it?'
'It is quite easy. They wanted people to enter their organization so it is like the easiest thing to do to infiltrate their organization.
Azief nodded.
'You better inform me of them later. I don't want to accidentally killed them later' Sasha nodded. Knowing Death Monarch, that is not an impossibility.
'And what about Void and those Three Demoness? Is there no news about them?'
Azief walk forward as another beast jumped out of nowhere.
This time Sasha executed a palm attack as the beast were thrown away some kilometers away before it turned into light orbs and then was absorbed into Sasha body.
Azief take his step forward like he didn't even see the beast. They walk together in this dangerous forest.
One in a black outfit that seem to even cover the night and Sasha who wears a white attire that seems to compliment nicely and contrast the two people walking around this forest.
No one seems to be spying on them.
After all the League of Freedom when they find out that Death Monarch went to the Amazon Forest and is entering seclusion there, the League of Freedom sent an order to all of their people to cordon the entire forest.
Nothing is coming in and going that way
They fear that there are some people that is stupid enough to enter the forest and offend that calamity.
Because they fear they too will be swept up in such thing
Not only that, they even guarded the area around the forest fearing anyone would try to disturb Death Monarch seclusion.
Because Narleod the leader of these League knows that the fact that Death Monarch went into seclusion means he is close to break through.
And from what the people and the news and the other faction's speculation, they know that once he breakthrough, he would leave.
To where?
No one knows. And they did not care as long as he leaves
But people are confident that from the behavior that he shows to the world, the moment he achieves breakthrough he would leave
Only some people that have reached some level of power comparable to Death Monarch understand the reason why he will leave.
Raymond may not walk the Perfection path but he knows of it.
When he broke through to Disk Formation the information about the Supremacy Stairway also entered his mind.
The reasons the information was streamed into his mind was because he too had the qualification to pursue the Path of Perfection.
Jean on the other hand does not pursue the Path of Perfection because he is embarking on a different Path and Perfection is the antithesis of the path he is trying to walk through.
Oreki and Hikigaya also knows and Katarina also knows about it since she too is walking the same path.
The moment Death Monarch breakthrough to Divine Comprehension, he would leave. And the League of Freedom is not the only one that is waiting for that moment.
The Crime Alliance is also waiting for that to happen.
That is how the White Owl news dubbed the new criminal organization that have been united under Void.
They still laying low, still hiding and did not do anything big for fear that Death Monarch would use them to send a message.
When the whole world learns that Death Monarch is undergoing seclusion in the Amazon, they all stopped flying over there and even went around it for fearing to disturb him.
Some do it because of respect and awe of the man but most of them do it because they could not wait for Death Monarch to breakthrough and leave Earth.
Sasha jump through a bush and then having her footing answer Azief questionFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'Void is laying low. For a madman, he is pretty smart. But I am sure he is preparing. That is a fact. I have send a few of my people there to monitor him but he is not an easy man to find'
Azief nodded, not paying that much attention to news about voice as he nodded. There is an odd expression on his face and Sasha notices it but she did not pursue it.
And then he asks
'The other one?'
'Three of them all disappeared from public eye. No one have seen them since Loki return to Pandemonium'
'Hmm' Azief thoughts. They then arrived around a clearing and they both look up. Hovering on the center of the forest is a large ship that blotted the entire Amazon forest.
It is a Battlestar Eden. It is one of the earliest prototype of Battlestar developed in Pandemonium.
Its small size enables it to move very fast and its FTL power could be charged using space matter.
It is a proud combination of magic and New Age science.
'I guess this is where we part'
Sasha nodded.
'I just need to make sure when you are leaving, so I could prepare. I will look over the Three Army. I don't worry about Wang Jian, but the other two…. they are people soliciting them with the Seven Warlords of Greece extending an olive branch to Athena and the Norwegian Royal Family seems to send some of their best negotiator to talk with Freya. And they are all handsome.'
'What that's got to do with anything?
'There is rumors that Freya likes handsome men'
Azief chuckles. He didn't think he would hear gossip in the middle of the Amazon forest
Azief only smiles listening to this as he said.
'If they leave…. let them leave. They have served me well and they have paid their penance. However, if they do stay, check them out of the list. I do not distrust the people that kneel to me and serve under me…. except you'
Sasha only chuckles. She understands why and she didn't blame him. It is only reasonable to not trust her that much
Out of all Death Monarch friends and even his subordinates, there is no one that holds more information about him, his plans and his everything other than Sasha.
Death Monarch trusted her giving her access to most of the secretive thing in the world and gave her a much power to execute his will.
That is why even the Central Government of Pandemonium is afraid of Sasha. It is not because her cultivation it is because the will behind her.
Because the action she took represented the will of Death Monarch. She is the only one in the entire Pandemonium that could act as she pleased without any checks or balance.
Because her checks and balance is Death Monarch. As long as she did not displease Death Monarch, then she could practically do anything in Pandemonium.
'That hurts a little' she said chuckling and Azief only smiles.
How unthinkable that after all these years, the enemy that once sought to kill him and the enemy he himself sought to destroy, now become the one beside him offering him help and one of the most capable woman he had ever the pleasure of knowing.
'You take care of yourself well when I am gone. It will be hard searching for your replacement if you died when I am not here'
'I am not like you. When I found the odds are against me, I ran. That is how I survive' she said shamelessly. He laughed listening to this.
'You will return right?' she said as her eyes turns sharp.
Azief bitterly smiles.
'We'll see' Sasha shakes her head and said
'I would prepare for that too' she said as her voice turns solemn.
'That is good to know'
'It is what I should do. We have been beside each other for years. Whatever hatred I had for you, it is long gone. And well, Sina has always been nice to me. So, don't worry. If anything happens to you, I'll will make sure they are safe'
Azief nodded and there is a since smile on his face. She stands there under the hovering Battlestar and she asked.
'You're going back to her?' Azief nodded
'I have only a week left. I should spend it with the people I love. Because the moment I leave this place, I know that my days would not be as relaxed as it is today.
Sasha nodded.
She was about to summon the teleportation formation from the ship when Azief suddenly turned around and said something that is out of character of him
'Investigate Void. Everything from where he is from and who he is. Juts put the report together. And if I come back, I hope that report is ready'
Sasha nodded and then Azief disappeared from Sasha eyes as he soars to the clouds and the leaves around her were all scattered away because of the sudden gust of wind coming from the sudden updraft.
She looks at the tiny dot that is disappearing in the clouds and she frowned.
'What is so special about Void?'
She asks herself as the teleportation formation from the ship suck her into the Battlestar and with one push of the thruster they rip space and disappeared from the Amazon forest and the area once again calmed down.
So, here it is. Still writing that chapter. Huuu. Hope I coudl finish it. Huhuhuhu. Anyway, hope you enjoy it. An ddon't fogret to vote and rate the chapter. Leave some comments and reviews...Enjoy
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
401 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 6
ENGLAND
STONEHENGE
After the Fall, there are some prehistoric monuments that was still intact. The fact that it is still intact is even more stranger because of what happened on other places.
Skyscraper buildings falls down to ashes and all kind of military structure could easily be destroyed by monsters yet all around the world, there are some monuments and wonders of the ancient world that did not fall or destroyed.
It was like the monsters avoided such places and do not dare come near it.
One such cases are the Stonehenge in Wiltshire, England three kilometers west of Amesbury.
The Stonehenge has always been a mystery of sorts for people.
It consists of a ring of standing stones, with each standing stone around thirteen feet high, seven feet wide and weighing around twenty-five tons each.
At least it used to.
After the Fall, the Stonehenge was somehow changed like it finally showing its true form.
The moment the World Orb entered into Earth and emanated out all kind of source of energies that existed in all of the universes the Stones erected itself into its true original position and more stones suddenly appeared, formed by the energy of the world and from universal energies that come from the sun and stars.
Instead of being three kilometers west of Amesbury, it is now only one kilometers away from it with the ring expanded itself to cover a large swath of area.
Around it is a forest that emerged out from the grassy terrain and dark creatures that is like a dark blob that guarded the area around the stones.
The standing stones is no longer thirteen feet high and seven feet wide.
Instead the standing stones new measurement is twenty feet high, fourteen feet wide and weighing around one hundred tons each.
It also seems to glow with blue aura when it is night and red when it is dawn.
They were a few explanatory expeditions around here after the Fall from the reigning King of Britain that is supporting the World Government trying to explore this place but they are always repelled by the dark blob of monsters that live around the forest.
Some of the Neo Druids that survives the Fall believes that this is the true Stonehenge and that the ancient prehistoric man used magic to bring the Stones from other places to England and that maybe it is really true that Merlin did use magic to bring it to Britain.
Truth is, no one really knows.
But regardless of that, today, the undisturbed Stonehenge finally have its first visitor after the Fall.
There is two person coming out of the forest, looking scrawny and exhausted, their outfits have some kind of weird aura.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Behind them is dark blob of darkness that was about to chase them but the moment that these two person step onto the circular ring of stones, the dark blob stopped and after a few second floated away from the area
These two person consisted of a man and a woman.
They look around and the woman smiles.
'Antonius we have finally arrived' the woman exclaimed as she falls down to the ground exhausted and thirsty after all of that running and fighting in the forest.
Antonius stand beside the woman and look at her with worried expression. These two people is none other than Erika the Oracle and her bodyguard and lover Antonius
'Yes, we have arrived. Never thought we really would reach it. But are you sure those thing would not be chasing us anymore?' Erika nodded
'Yes, they won't chase anyone and disturb anyone inside this ring' Erika said as she looked at the center of this circular ring formation.
In any depiction of the Stonehenge the center of the ring formation is that there is nothing other than some rubbles and stones.
But this new Stonehenge that appears after the Fall have something in the center of this circular ring formation.
A tree.
Yes, a tree. It is a thin tree that reached the clouds and its roots are tangled like some kind of twisted thread that have no hope of being unraveled and one of the branches of the lower part of the tree hang a small fruit like cherries, its skin is like the combination of white and gray.
And Erika is looking at that tree right now and she did not know whether to smile or be sad.
'How similar' she thought to herself. She has seen this tree before. She seen this tree for a long time in her dreams. She is finally here.
'Hmm?' Antonius said as he looked at Erika. He could see that Erika seems to be showing a weird expression as she looks at the tree.
'Is everything alright, Erika?'
'Nothing' Erika said.
She then got up and drink the water she brought in her storage bag and slowly energy is coming back to her.
She is here now so she could not delay. Of course she knows she still have a lot of time, but nothing beats now.
She walks to the center of the ring formation and then she sat under the tree and took one of those fruit and eat it.
Antonius who was beside her was shocked to see that Erika suddenly consume something that they didn't know would be poisonous or not.
'Erika?! What are you doing?' He was about to force Erika to puke back what she eaten but she gestured to Antonius not to with her hand.
'I know what I am doing' Erika said as she finishes eating that weird fruit. She then leans on the tree like she is about to go to sleep.
But instead of closing her eyes, she opened her eyes but her eyes turn cloudy white and one could see clouds and skies in her eyes if one looks closely.
The clouds in her yes is moving and the skies inside her eyes is red.
She seems to be experiencing something after eating the fruit that is on this weird branch of tree.
Antonius was anxious but he couldn't do anything then see at Erika and let her do what she needs to do.
That is probably one of the hardest thing he had to do…always. He sat beside her and could only try to understand the burden that she had
That is always what make him want to cry.
The burden of the world carried on her tiny shoulders, and he is the only one who could see it and each time it made him want to cry.
He wanted to share the same pain and even if he could lift even a bit of that burden from her shoulders he would not mind doing it.
But as Erika keep reminding him, it is not his burden to bear and then she said something about Destiny and Fate.
Each time she did this kind of thing, she would always look like she is about to collapse and each time she would say that she is alright.
Those days they have in Santorini, seems like a dream now. He sat beside her and could only accompany her as he recalled the past four months.
They have been traveling in secret from everyone which is why it took them so long to reach here.
They were nearly spotted many times by the Republic forces as they sailed the British Isle. After all Europe belong to him after the World Distribution Event
Of course if the Republic saw it was the Oracle they would not capture her and instead might even hold a feast for her.
But Erika was adamant in saying that they must not be discovered by anyone. That anyone must never know who she is and what she is trying to do.
It was like she was hiding from someone. But from what Antonius knows Erika don't have many enemies.
Even he himself, the closet person to Erika and have stick by her since this journey began don't know what she is trying to do.
All he knows is the place where she wants to go.
Since four months ago, it looks like she is preparing for something as she stops at a few places to grab some things before coming over here
He sighed as he looked the standing stones around him
Antonius heard stories about the Stonehenge before and how it plays a part during the Weronian War.
But he himself never went to go to it, their journey rarely landed them to Britain. But for some reason, four months ago, Erika suddenly wanted to go here.
But since it is Erika it might not have been sudden. She must have seen something in her dreams or her vision or whatever she called it.
It's here. Whatever it is. He sparks a fire as he waited for Erika to wake up.
Erika part fo the chapter. I think I ahve been giving to mnay hinst lately. I think you all coudl guess waht she is doing now right? huhuhu. Is hould stop writing too mnay hinst for my own sake. Anyway, elave soem comments and pelase dont forget to vote for the story and if you like the story please support it.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
402 WAITING FOR SOMEONE 7
After a few hours suddenly Erika opens her eyes and sweat suddenly rushed down from her entire body.
Her eyes are bloodshot and she seems to be freaked out. But she managed to calm herself down almost immediately
But she is still not looking good. Antonius rushed to be beside her and tries to support her and ask her
'Are you alright? Do you need your herbs?' Erika shakes her head weakly and then said
'I am hungry. Get me some food'
Antonius could only smile bitterly. He doesn't like seeing her like this but he listens to her orders as he brought out some food from his storage bag and give it to Erika.
It is hot bread that he bought from some shop near London. She quickly swallowed it and slowly energy returns to her.
Her eyes are slowly healing itself and her eyes is no longer cloudy white and the clouds in her eyes has disappeared
As the night deepens, the stones around them glow in blue and Erika eyes shines. She got up startling Antonius.
'Erika, what are you doing? You are still weak' He thought that Erika will eat the fruit again. He doesn't know what the fruit does but judging from Erika state after eating it, it seems it is able to amplify Erika foresight abilities.
It also takes a toll on her body. Antonius is eyeing the fruits with vigilant eyes worried that Erika will pushed herself again.
'I must do this now'
She said as she brought out something form her storage bag. It is a parchment.
She opens the parchment and one could see the illustration of arrays inside it.
It is complex and seems to correspond to the same design of this circular ring formation of the Stonehenge.
Antonius didn't know that Erika is talented in arrays formation. After all, it is not her class. She could always learn it but to create such array probably require prodigious talent.
Erika did not notice Antonius amazement.
Instead she brought out a knife and the slice her finger lightly as a drop of blood gently drips down to the illustration arrays inside the parchment.
The moment the blood falls down onto that parchment, a buzzing sound like a Song could be heard in Antonius and Erika ears.
Then the array floated up from the parchment paper and expanded as it masked the Stonehenge area and then falls down to the ground like it was layering it with protection.
The moment it merges with the ground and the Stonehenge area, the Song stopped.
And Erika could feel her energy was drained out of her as she almost tumbles down to the ground unconscious.
Antonius who was ready for this slide to Erika and catch her before she could fall down.
In a princess embrace she stares at Antonius face and smiles
'My knight in shining armor' she teased as she chuckles weakly.
'Now….I need the herbs' she said as she smiles. Antonius sighed.
'How many times have I said to not push yourself this hard' she only chuckles weakly listening to him
'I'm serious' he said
She nodded but Antonius knew that this girlfriend of his is very stubborn.
He set her down and spoon fed her the herbs and slowly after a few minutes Erika could feel herself gaining back her strength,
She could move her body now though it is still weak.
At least this time she did not experience instant aging like before.
She leans back on the tree as she took the spoon away from Antonius and slowly sipping the herbs concoctions herself now that she has enough energy.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Erika while chowing down on her herbs look at Antonius and could see from his expression that he clearly did not like what Erika was doing just a moment ago.
'You must have many question' she suddenly said looking at Antonius.
'I do'
'Then ask it' she said. Antonius hesitated for a while but then he decided to ask something from her.
'How did you get so talented in using arrays?'
'That's the question you wanted to ask?'
'Like I said I have many questions. This is one of them'
She chuckles and then nodded.
'The arrays huh? No, I am not talented' she replies nonchalantly
'Not talented?! Your array just masks our existence from the outside world. I might not be the Sensing type class like some people or have high cultivation but I am still a Seed Formation Middle Stage leveler. I could feel the moment that the array was set up our existence and our aura seems to be masked and even our physical appearance would be covered up. I bet anyone that is passing through the sky looking below will only see an empty area around here other than this large tree.'
She chuckles looking at Antonius reaction. She then added
'The reason why I said I was not talented is because I don't know anything g about arrays' she said, no doubt trying to tease him again
Antonius sighed
'Try to explain that to me in a way I could understand'
She smiles and then nodded and explain to him
'This array is not actually crafted by me.'
'What do you mean?'
'Lee Sangmin crafted it for me'
'The Arrays master?'
'That's the one' Hearing this Antonius was shocked. They did not meet the Array master. From what he heard, he is in China, ruling a large area of China.
'When did you meet him?' he asked
'A few months before Death Monarch escape from the Mountain of Everlasting Love. He need to know something and I need his expertise. It is a win-win situation for him and me so he created an array equation for me and I give him the answer he wants. He is a genius in arrays formation. I just need to use my blood to activate the array. I told him to craft a circular ring masking formation on the Stonehenge and he delivered'
It was then Antonius realized something after listening to Erika story.
'You know we would come here even at that time?' Antonius ask as his eyes look deep at Erika.
Erika only smiles, her eyes is as calm as ever
'Any more questions?' she asked
'Why are we here?' Antonius asked as he looked around him. All he could see is large standing stones, a large dark forest and no city around this area.
'Ah, the million-dollar question' she said and then she said as she closes her eyes
'To wait. We are here to wait for someone.' Antonius then knows this must have to do something with her vision.
Someone will come here. At least Antonius knows that much but since Erika did not tell who she is waiting for he will not ask.
Antonius then ask.
'Will it be long?'
'Don't know really' she replies
'It could be a few months or a few years. But until he comes, I will wait here. Because he needs to see something and after that he needs to go somewhere else. And I am his guide.'
After saying that she did not say anything else as she took the last sip of her herb and lean back on the tree. Looking at Antonius she then said
'Until then I will wait' Then she closes her eyes as she drifted off into sleep.
End of teh chapter. Anyway, I schedule this chapter so I don't know if I finished writing the new chapter or not but if I do there will be a chapter tommorrow . If I didnt then there is no chapter tomorrow and I am probably resting. Anyway, enjoy the chapter and please voet and rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
403 SCHEMING IN THE DARK
PANDEMONIUM
The Garden of Pandemonium is one of the most scenic area inside the Centre Palace and it is one of the most relaxing place to unwind
Even Death Monarch usually could be found there in his idle time. It is also one of the rendezvous place for the couples in the Palace.
There were many Keepers of the Palace and the Palace Maiden that met here to express their ardent wish and desires
Of course when Death Monarch is in the Palace, the Keepers of the Palace and the Palace Maiden avoid doing it.
Nobody likes to be caught with their pants down by Death Monarch. He might just pulverize them on the spot.
And while the people of the palace like dating there, nobody even dares to have sex there. After all, it is his garden.
Today, as the sun begins to show his face someone is sitting on a chair inside one of the gardens in the large Garden of Pandemonium.
The person is sipping wine in the morning like it is nobody business.
This person is tall, around six feet five, with brown hair and green eyes.
He is fit and lean, his face is handsome and his demeanor is especially striking.
The few Keeper of the Palace and the woman maids look at this person yet even though his face is strikingly handsome and his demeanor is amiable none of them dare to come near this person.
When they pass the area of this Garden to do their job on the other side of the Centre Palace, they would look down to the ground fearing to make eye contact with this person and they will not speak a word.
It is not they tried to alienate the person. They would not dare to do such a thing. They just following the wisdom of the Palace.
That is to see nothing, to hear nothing and to know nothing.
Because this person background is too high for them to interact with and the rumors surrounding this person is numerous and no one knows which one they should believe.
And not every rumor about this man is good. Which explain the precautions that the Keeper of the Palace took to not communicate with this person.
The man sighed as he looks at the garden.
He come down from his room today to look around the Garden to ease his heart.
While the beauty did take his mind off from his problem for a few minutes, his mind could not just forget it all.
They are too many things that had happened in this past few months that made him unsettled
He got up leaving his unfinished wine on the table.
As he got up and leave the Keeper of the palace that is responsible for the maintenance of the Gardens watch over and saw the unfinished wine and they all quickly cleans it making sure the place is clean as a sparkle almost immediately.
The wind blows gently today in Pandemonium but that Keeper could not help but feel his back is sweating.
That person might not do anything but the pressure around him is truly suffocating
They also released a heave of relieved breath after seeing that person have already gone from this place.
The man walks around the corridor as he looks at the roof of the other towers in this Palace like he is waiting for something or someone.
In the distance, he saw a raven flapping around its wing on top of one of the towers. The man smiles as he walks calmly to his destination
Each time he passes the Keeper of the palace, they would all bow down to him before going on their way.
They did not speak unless spoken to and they did not try to curry favor from him or trying to make his life miserable.
In other words, he felt that they are keeping a comfortable distance from him.
The man sighed bitterly thinking about this matter.
It is not that Azief is making it hard for him. It is because the tense atmosphere in Pandemonium right now.
There is that murder that got everybody talking, then there is the fact that a battle almost erupted in the Court and dye this entire Palace red.
If not for Wang Jian rushing in time to stop the battle, he would not know how Death Monarch would response.
In the time that he steps out of Pandemonium momentarily, chaos seems to rear its ugly head almost like someone is directing this.
Now in Pandemonium, the Three Army, the Central Government and the Shadow Guards seems to be watching each other like predator eyeing each other waiting for some weakness to appears
The Central Government hold the Western Suppressing general Athena to be responsible for the murder of their most esteemed leader of their faction, while Athena herself is incensed because her people were also being assassinated and demand justice.
Wang Jian shut the Southern Region while Freya took up the North and defend her position in case the Central Government is trying to reduce the influence and power of the Three Army.
The populace does not know what truly happens in the Palace, but they could feel the tense atmosphere in Pandemonium right now.
After all, The Three Generals no longer came to the Palace in their monthly court meeting while the Central Government officials set the Court at the Ten Thousand Blessing Pavilion instead of the Centre Palace.
The Head Keeper of the Palace suddenly shut off the gate of the Centre Palace not allowing any officials, or any members of the military to enter the Palace until Death Monarch return.
So, everyone in Pandemonium knows something happens. They just did not know what happened in exact.
But they thought it might have to do with the fact that Death Monarch is leaving.
And everyone expected him to settle a few affairs before he is leaving.
The Central Government, the Three Army, the officials and the people of Pandemonium is all in a state of anxiousness.
For this couple of months, there is no large events. War is rarely waged now as each power is consolidating their powers and trying to attract population to their area and Continent.
Each power is offering a lot of benefits. The only one that did not do such advertisement is Pandemonium.
Yet people still keep sailing the seas to come here.
Pandemonium is large and most of its land is uninhabited.
There is the fact that most of the people of Australia died in the initial Fall that causes it to become uninhabited.
It wasn't until Azief clear the land and formed Pandemonium that the people of the world started migrating here.
The title of the strongest is the most effective advertisement that they have. Everyone like being with the winning side.
This is not the first time that Death Monarch is leaving.
But Pandemonium is not a normal territory like Eden in the Fake World. Many people that is in Pandemonium here now used to live in Eden
But Pandemonium is not Eden.
Eden was not as large as Pandemonium.
And there is the fact that people regarded Pandemonium as their homes and where they belong.
Civilization was started again and the most stable one is in Pandemonium.
People still die of course.
There is still unexplored land and there are monsters everywhere roaming around the land.
But as long as you take precautions there is no dangers.
Pandemonium still have caves with monsters on it but instead of a place of fear those caves were treated like dungeons in a video game where people who are at lower levels could ask for help to help them at least pass the Pillar Forming Stage.
The man walks around the corner as he climbs the stairs to go to the Communication Tower.
As he walks he could see below him people scurrying about in the market place in front of the Centre Palace
Pandemonium is peaceful right now but he could feel the anxiousness in the air. Probably the only one that is not anxious is the Shadow Guards.
No one knows when Death Monarch is living but as weeks and months passes by and seeing Death Monarch entering into seclusion, all the people in the world speculated it will not be long now.
He is going and the question in everyone mind now is who will substitute for him?
Who would rule in his absence?
Everyone knows that Death Monarch doesn't really rule Pandemonium at least this is common knowledge among the Three Army and the Central Government because most of them is the one that is making the policies.
But just because he didn't draft laws or make policy to say he is not the ruler of Pandemonium is ridiculous.
The Shadow Guards is his sharpest blade and his orders are followed to the letter without question.
He is their leader and each of his words is like a decree from the Heavens.
He did not need to say much to express his will because his official knows his will. They created an effective system of bureaucracy that aligned with Death Monarch personality.
There is fear, awe and respect from all over the world of this person called Death Monarch. And the whole world is waiting for him to leave and before he leaves, none of those forces dares to make even a squeak for fearing to attract his attention.
The man sighed as he finally arrived at the Communication Tower and then he opens the room.
This Communication tower is one of the abandoned communications towers in the Palace.
The Three Army and the Research Department of Pandemonium headed by Budiman created new kind of communication center and is inventing many new things like the Orb of Recording and the Stone Disk Player.
They used to communicate using birds but now since that method was scrapped, these tower also were abandoned.
The moment he enters the door he quickly closed the door and then stomp his feet. Energy rushed out from his entire body and gathered at his feet.
The moment that energy comes out it turns into a green aura.
Then it condenses into green mist comes out from the point where he stomps the floor as the green mist turns into runes and embedded itself into every brick of this room.
If anyone Divine Senses were to scan around here, they would discover that no one is inside the room and no noise escape from inside the room to the outside.
The raven on the opposite tower fly over to the open window of the communication tower and then it jumped to the ground and it morphed into a young woman.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The man was not shocked at all. Instead it was almost like he expected it.
It is a woman around six feet four, slender and wearing a red smiling demon mask with horns on each side
This young woman is none other than one of the Three Demoness Trisha the Red Smiling Demoness.
The moment she morphed back to her original form, even as the green mist around her not yet receding. She anxiously reported the information she got
Part one of the last chapter for the month. There will be another chpater tomorrow untuil the 30th if my calculation is correct. Anyway, hope you enjoyed it and leave some commennts, rate the chapter and vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
404 SCHEMING IN THE DARK 2
The man is none other than Loki the Tricksters. Since four months ago, he has been recuperating.
Since then he has been thinking of many things…especially about a certain person. He sighed a bit.
Even though Loki whereabouts is no longer a secret, nobody come to do anything to him and not even his worst enemies is just shutting up, pretending like he doesn't exist.
And considering the thing he had pulled off in the Underworld, and the many mission where he sabotages both on the Republic and the World Government side, some people are surprised why no one is taking a shot at the Trickster.
It is simple really.
It is none other than because Death Monarch is about to leave.,
Instead of being the most dangerous moment, this is the safest moment for any acquaintances of Death Monarch.
Because everyone know Death Monarch is only waiting for an excuse to go on a rampage. Give him any excuse, provoke him in any way and everyone knows they could end up being like the Heavens, wrecked.
And no one wanted to volunteer themselves to become an example to everybody else. No one wanted to be the monkey that warn the chicken
The World Government Quorum even sent out an order to the Agency not to pursue Loki right now and they are just gritting their teeth
The Republic on the other hand do not want to risk a fallout with Pandemonium and decided to just classified any mission that had Loki involved in it.
Trisha look around her as she could felt the existence of runes around her and she ask
'Is this still necessary? I heard he is not here in Pandemonium. Last I heard he is in the Amazon in seclusion'
Loki just sneered.
'There is no harm in being cautious. Who know how many eyes and ears are watching me and listening to me? Sasha have been sending her people to guard me when in fact it is to watch over me. Especially after that stunt I did in Belize'
Loki did not mention about other thing. There is still Wang Jian, Athena, Freya and Will. Of course The Speedster is rarely here, disappearing almost every day and sometimes even months.
Will the Purple Speedster also have change a lot from Loki memory and like his fact was changed
Like Azief he is growing faster than he should be.
In the future where Loki resided, Will nearly became a Sovereign before his life was extinguished by Death Monarch in the Final Battle.
If not for that he would have become the Eight Sovereigns. And he even has a teacher that is still worshipping the Will of Asargan.
Trisha who did not know what Loki is thinking nodded. Then she remembered something and quickly relay the message
'The Order of Thinkers is grateful for your help. The Grand Researcher especially'
'Heh' hearing this Loki snorted.
'They never liked doing business with me and they despise me personally. It was because they were desperate that they finally turned to me. Anyway, they owe me one. And I always come to collect' Loki said as there is a smirk on his handsome face.
Trisha knows her lord so she only bitterly smiles.
She even pities the Order of Thinkers. After all she was there when he made a deal with the Inventor and Loki squeezed that man dry.
Then she brought out something from her storage bag. It is a flat thin stone with circuit like runes.
Loki take it and connect the circuit board with energies and then the information streamed into his mind
He then frowned after he finished digesting the information
'This is…. shocking' he said
'Right? That is what I thought to. '
'Who gave you this information? I know the Broker didn't give you this information. Since he supported Void for the position, any information around him were sealed and since the Broker have the most information about anyone in this world, finding this information would not be easy'
Yes, Loki is worrying about a certain person. And for once that person in not Death Monarch. It is Void.
He has been searching information about Void for the past for months.
And the more he got to know this man, the more it seems he does not seem the generic villain that Azief or he ever faced.
It is not that he is diabolically evil that makes him a threat. It is his power. The more Loki learns about him, the more he felt a premonition of something terrifying.
But it wasn't until last month that feeling become seven stronger.
Last month, there is a news that a giant palm descended down from the Heavens to strike the area around Moscow.
From eyewitness account they said it was a cloudy palm print descending down with a force so mighty, that the entire land caved in seven feet deep even before the palm print could land on the ground.
But just right before it reached the ground and smashed the area it dissipated like it was wind like it encountered something and the palm print could not bear it and burst into nothing
Some people thought some people were attempting to breakthrough and complained that if any of the levelers wanted to breakthrough they should have breakthrough on secluded area or create some protective formation around them so it will not affect the world and the city
But Loki had a contact in the White Owl. That contact told him what happened that day.
Void appeared in Moscow and was heading to the Senate. Even though no one knows why he appears there, they believed that Void was coming to either kill or kidnap Katarina.
Or maybe he wanted to stir chaos in the Republic. Whatever the reason was, he clearly didn't come there with good intention.
The moment he appeared, the Heavens above him turns violent as the sky turns cloudy, thunder roars and lightning fills the entire sky.
The wind was howling and storms was forming.
Then a palm the size of a mountain was shaped from the clouds as it descended down upon him. And Void only uses one finger to destroy that palm.
When Loki ask why the White Owl not reported this, his contact said they got the gag order from the top. Either the Republic don't want people to know or some other people did not want the news that Void attempted to stir chaos in the Republic to come out.
However, Loki knows that in this world there is only a few people that could create such powerful palm technique without breaking a sweat.
And that person is only Death Monarch.
If Loki was there on the Amazon forest, he would understand why Azief was asking Sasha to investigate more about Void and why his expression is weird when Sasha said she could not find the whereabouts of Void.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
That is because Azief have clashed with Void albeit it was an indirect clash.
That palm attack is a warning to not come near the Republic.
Loki could deduce all of this because while the Broker boast he knew all the information; Loki is not too shabby either.
Anyway, now you coudl undersatdn why Azief have a weird expression on his face when he talks with Sasha about Void.
And the chapter for LS this month is not that many sicne I just come out of seclusion and started writing LS back. I am also editing the chapters for Age of Heroes Age of Heroes Chronicle and Age of Adventure. My schedule for LS has always been like this. Two thousand words a day. I know the plot and I know where it should go but I will only write two thousand words a day for LS and sometiems it falls short fo that.
And since it is near the end of the month, you all know I would take a six day break at the beginning of the month to write before I posted it either in the 7th right?
Hope you like the chapter and please support mne by voting for the story and leaving some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
405 SCHEMING IN THE DARK 3
It was after hearing this, that Loki target shifted from the chess pieces that Yewa Hafar has planted in Pandemonium to Void.
The only reason he got interested in Void was because he took the Thing that he wanted. Then he seems to grow be an influential person in the criminal underground after being elected as its leader.
And now as he digested the information he got, he felt that the feeling he felt about Void is slowly becoming true.
The information that he streamed into his mind is about Void condition. He has no power whatsoever.
The teleportation thing he did was not his power. His power is truly apt like his name. It is Void. He is Void of power.
Then how did he teleport. From the information he got, it seems someone crafted a suit for him to amplify and changes the properties of his Void energy so that he voided any Space and concept of Time around him enabling him to teleport wherever in the world.
But because the suit has its limit, it could not pass certain restriction.
But if Void step out of that suit he could use his finger to destroy any restriction since every restriction is powered by an energy source.
But it is the other aspect of Void that made Loki uncomfortable. He sighed as he closes his eyes. Trisha waited as she knows that Loki is thinking right now.
He opens his eyes as he looks outside the window and he sighed again.
In the journey of the rise of Death Monarch until he reaches Sovereign while he has many enemies and rivals, he never truly had anyone that could be considered his nemesis.
His opposite.
But in this timeline…...there is. Void is the very opposite of Death Monarch
And Void is everything that Azief is not. He is his most perfect antithesis of what Azief is not.
Azief is the strongest person in the world while Void had no energy at all. He is no different than a normal human before the Fall.
For some reason Loki could not help but feel like Void is the result of Fate and Destiny fighting back against his decision.
'Hmm' he said.
And how about my brother seclusion? Has he come out yet? Loki ask. Trisha who could only see his back saidFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'Yes. He has come out.'
Loki then laughed.
'I guess he is coming home. He needs to settle a few things anyway'
Loki sighed and then turn back to look at Trisha.
'How are your sisters? They are doing well with what I tasked them to do?'
Trisha nodded.
'Riana and Greisha is doing well. Greisha is with Lee Sangmin now. And even though Lee Sangmin is not as powerful as Death Monarch, his array formation would be enough to mask her presence. And Riana…. well, she is still there'
Loki nodded
'I…...put many of you to work while I am lazing round here.'
'Don't say that….my lord' Loki looked at Trisha and he felt a little guilty. He knew what Trisha felt for him but he did not feel the same and he did not want to give her false hope.
'One day….one day…I'll make it up to you' Trisha only smiles bitterly. Loki had a few objective this time coming back to Pandemonium.
First he wanted to pit Void with Death Monarch. Now, that he knows Void better he thinks that this might not have been a very good idea.
Void is crazy…. but he is also very smart and manipulative. A functional crazy.
He wants chaos, destruction and death and he did not want it because of some specific reason, he just wanted it because it is fun probably.
And from what Loki got form the information, it seems Void is obsessed with Death Monarch. There is also the fact that Void have the Orb.
He might need to think of a way to get that thing away from Void. And then there is Will and the Oracle.
The World Distribution Event has ended and while it happened a little bit differently than before, it has passed.
Now, they are inching closer to the Time Crisis. Even though Loki said it a Time Crisis, it is not that grand as people might have imagined.
Azief saw some things in that future of his and he decided to try to get to the bottom of it. And Will helped him. As they run through Space and time, the fabric of reality was stretched to its limit and the border between the Multiverse and other dimension runs thins.
And all manner of monsters, creatures and people from other Universes could enter. To the outside world, Will and Azief was only gone for three hours.
But who knows how long they were in that limb of time and what they saw when they traveled through and what they experienced
And in that three hours, let say chaos happens to the world.
It is because of that event that from moment on that everybody was forbidden to ever create a Time Bridge and travel through Space and time again fearing that the fabric of reality would be ripped apart and end all the life and even probably throwing the entire Milky Way universe into some kind of a Time Loop nightmare that would never end.
Loki had no intention to stop Azief from looking at his own future. It was because the Time Crisis is his defining moment that he became The God of Death.
It is from that moment he had that determination.
Loki don't quite remember what the memory was about but he knows it is important and that Azief must experience it by himself.
After all, he doesn't have all the memories, especially when it is concerning Azief.
His mind seems to wander away as the gentle breeze of wind bring him back. He looks at Trisha and said
'Keep watching over the Broker. Until Death Monarch leaves, you don't come here no matter what. Now, go on' he said as he turns around and look at the sky above the Palace and then he smiles
'He is coming home' He smiles and leave the communication tower.
Trisha jump out of the window and as she jumped out, green mist covered her as she turned into a black raven and she flies of into the distance.
On the sky, a figure seems to descend down from the clouds to the Palace as Loki calmly walk to the Throne Room of Centre Palace.
Death Monarch is returning. Expect some conevrstaionnbetwen Loki adn Azief as ther eis only a few more things to do in Earth before Azief summons the Supremacy Stairway.
Hope you like it and leave some comemnt and vote for the stories
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
406 SCHEMING IN THE DARK 4
The sky trembles and the wind changed direction as the clouds parted and reveal someone flying on the sky of Pandemonium.
The people on the market that is buying and selling things could hear the sonic boom from the distance and as they look up, they saw a black dot cutting through the clouds as they could see even the air ion the sky seems to become heavier.
Some of them even prostrate themselves and those people coming to the Temple of Death were even more touched.
The airspace of Pandemonium is restricted unless it was an emergency.
There is even an array unground powered by the many energy veins all around Pandemonium to restrict intruders from entering.
But it seems that the array clearly didn't treat the person flying as an enemy.
It is because of that and the aura that is spreading out that all the people of the Pandemonium look up at the sky with awe and a little bit of fear.
Azief descended down upon the Palace Throne Room as the ceiling opened up for him.
His arrival was announced and relayed by Sasha already so the Keepers of the Palace were ready for his arrival.
He slowly descended down as the wind around him calms down and the aura around him slowly dissipated.
But he clearly seems like some kind of an immortal otherworldly being as even when his energy is suppressed the kind of presence he emitted is like he is the light in a dark tunnel
The moment he descended down someone open up the door of the Throne Room and Azief smiles.
His feet touched the ground and the space and Time around it slowly wrinkles and ripples like a stone was thrown into a calm lake.
He then finally landed as the ceiling above his head slowly closed itself back. The clouds above calms down and the wind blows it gentle breeze once again.
Then the door was opened and someone appeared. The man looks at Azief with a smile and Azief look back at him with his own smile.
'It has been a long time brother' the young handsome man said to Azief and Azief nodded. Azief could instantly recognize that this man is none other than Loki
He knew that Loki would not come to greet him unless it was for something important.
He thought to meet her first but he guesses that there is something wrong for Loki to seems so anxious right now.
He sat down on his throne and the moment he sat down one could feel the power that oozes out of him.
It was like there is not one more perfect to sit in that throne other than him. Loki look at Azief and said
'You look good'
Azief smirk, his eye looking down from his high throne
'Well, you don't look too shabby either' Loki laughed.
Then he approached Azief stepping into the step leading to the Throne and then when he is close enough he said
'I need to talk about something with you. There was a lot going on when you went into seclusion. And I don't want you to make a mistake handling it.'
Azief nodded as he gestures for Loki to continue. Then he began recounting some of the matters that
At the same time, movement could be felt all over Pandemonium. The return of Death Monarch is like the shaking of an earthquake.
Everyone is getting ready
All over Pandemonium, officials dressed up, and wear their officials robes to greet the lord of this land.
The Three Generals who are all at their residence and their region all stood up. Azief when he came he spread out his might and aura.
The Heavens tries to resist it but after it terrible loss against him last time his Will occupied some of the Heaven Powers.
For one brief moment, his power swept by and the entire Pandemonium were frozen in shock.
Even the people on the street could felt it and some of them even cheer.
Death Monarch has returned.
The moment he returned, White Owls flies into the clouds as news of his return would surely be relayed to all forces of the world.
Death Monarch has exited his seclusion and this is the final hour. Everyone would like to see what he would do before he leaves.
General Wang Jian wear his armor, and put his Ruyi Jingu Bang behind his back as he flies off into the air with his Cloud Walking Boots.
Somi look at the clouds with worried expression as she only sighed as she returns to her room.
In the Western Mountains Athena was startled when she felt the energy washed over her. She was leaning against a tree resting after a particularly difficult hunt.
Behind her, is her soldiers is skinning the dead meat of a gigantic bird. It is a Three Horned Griffin.
The Griffin ate a Weronian and evolve becoming stronger and becoming a threat.
with each of the flaps of its wing it could create storms. And that monster has been wreaking havoc on the western part of Pandemonium.
The mayor of the city of Rueben send a distress call to the Western Garrison so Athena quickly mobilized her soldiers as she fought the Three Horned Griffin in the sky.
That battle took her three hours.
Most of it is because she had to make sure that the wind did not reach the civilians and the cities and villages nearby.
If not she could have ended the battle faster.
And she was just about to take a nap when this energy swept pass over her. She got up almost immediately and her weird behavior is caught by her commanders
'My lady, what seems to trouble you?' she frowned and said
'Death Monarch has returned' The entire upper echelon of her army was frozen for a second before a frown appeared on their faces.
Death Monarch has returned and nobody knows what is going on in his mind and how would he react if he knows what happened in the past few months.
The Myrmidon Army has been loyal to Death Monarch but they are certainly not loyal to the Central Government.
They just fear that their General would be seen as disloyal. One of the Commander bend his knees and said
'General, since Death Monarch has returned, let us accompany you to meet him' Athena looking at her subordinate smiles bitterly and said
'I know what you are thinking but if Death Monarch want to kill me, he would not have summoned me like this. He purposefully let the whole Pandemonium knows he is returning. I guess maybe Sasha told him what has happened.'
She sighed and then she continues
'I must return to the Court and pay my respects. And if brought you, that means I don't trust him. And if he actually trusts me, then seeing you might change that opinion'
She smiles bitterly and added
'He could get by not playing the game we play but I am weak compared to him so I have to watch my actions. And who knows what he thought about our actions?'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He would certainly not be happy one of the commanders said.
their Army create their own court just like Wang Jian has his own Court on the Southern Part of Pandemonium.
Most of the time the Western Court, the Southern Court and the Central Government stay out of each other business.
But a few months ago, there is an altercation between Athena faction in the court and Sina faction.
To say it is an altercation is an understatement
There was a murder in the Capital City and it shocked the entire Central Government.
In the absence of Death Monarhc tehre seems tyo be something that happaend that rock the politicla balance in Pandemonium. Anwya, by the end of thsi chapter this case is solved.
And tehre might be alot of chapter in the 30th so look forward to that
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
407 SCHEMING IN THE DARK 5
The day before the murder happened, that official was seen arguing with one of the commander in Athena army about unfair distribution resources and the Athena commander was accusing the official to be channeling the resources to other secret project without consulting Death Monarch and the other factions in the court.
And the Sina faction accuses that Athena faction orchestrated the murder in the Palace.
The one that was murdered was an old man with only Orb Condensing realm but he was the leading figure form the political faction in the Central Government.
Athena of course did not order such thing.
She might be upset having to deal with unfair distribution but she would not have resorted to murdering her political rivals.
Not to mention she was not desperate for the resources since she takes over the West. She was prepared to investigate the claims when something else happen that push both parties into hostile position.
The event escalated so quickly that both parties have no choice but to duke it out.
As the delegation of Athena was waiting for Athena response in the Capital someone killed all of her men, slaughtering them without mercy.
No doubt that Athena believes the Central Government had betrayed their promise of protection and instead in an act of revenge, slaughter her soldiers.
Like Wang Jian, Athena value her soldiers. The battlefield is her home and her soldiers are her family.
She of course was furioso. She strapped her armor and unsheathe her sword in anger and promise to avenge the death of her men.
She rides her Pegasus with ten thousand soldiers and flies toward the Capital City.
The Shadow Guards saw all of this happening but as long as Death Monarch did not say anything and as long as their war did not reach the people and involve the people, they remain in the shadows, lurking and watching.
It means the array was not activated as Athena charged into the Palace eager to slaughter all of the Central Government people.
Sina was not there at the time. If she was there she could have settled all of this down. Loki at the time was in Belize.
Then there was a battle inside the Centre Palace. Thankfully Wang Jian rushed there in time to make sure that no one kill each other in the Centre palace.
He arrived and reminded everyone what would happen to everyone if Death Monarch knows they are killing each other in his Palace.
The Head Palace Keeper then arrived and shows the Dragon Tally and everyone bowed and kneeled in front of him.
The Head Palace Keeper throws them all out and then closed the Centre Palace and designated the Ten Thousand Blessing Pavilion as the meeting place for the officials to discuss matters of Pandemonium until Death Monarch returns.
The Central Government of course was unsatisfied with this outcome. First they have their people killed and then they were accused of killing Athena soldier when they did nothing.
While Athena did not kill anyone inside the Centre Palace, the entrance gate of the Centre Palace is littered by the dead bodies of officials of Central Government.
The Central Government then summons Athena to the Palace to account for her rebellious action forbidding her to bring her army to the Capital
Athena is not an idiot.
She of course knew that this is a scheme by the Central Government to kill her. How could she obey that order?
She then contacted Freya and make an alliance with her as Freya herself established a court in the Northern Region.
A month ago, the Central Government finally bares its fang. They sent soldiers to force Athena to come to the Capital by trying to terrorize the Western region.
Athena repel them and send them packing back home.
But the Central Government have already branded her as a murderer and a traitor without even giving her the benefit of the doubt, accusing her to try to usurp the power of the Central Government and rule in Death Monarch stead.
Loki did come to her but she never trusted the Trickster anyway so she refuses to meet with him.
She fears that the Trickster has aligned himself with the Central Government.
Wang Jian on the other hand seal himself shut on the Southern Court, and only settle the matters in his region.
The Central Government sent an edict to pit Wang Jian against her but Wang Jian is loyal but he is also not that idiotic like before.
Before he himself was betrayed by the officials of the court so one could imagine his mood when he heard that the Central Government is sending a letter to force him to deal with Athena.
While Wang Jian and Athena had disagreements sometimes and did not always see eye to eye on something they respected each other.
And since Athena said that she did not scheme such a plot against the Central Government, Wang Jian was inclined to believe her.
But he is also very loyal to Death Monarch.
However, that is the mistake that the Central Government makes.
They thought themselves to be Death Monarch. Wang Jian have always hated the officials who for him uses the name of Death Monarch to suppresses people.
It is like a fox borrowing the might of the tiger.
But if the edict arrived at his table, he of course would have to set out and apprehend Athena. When Somi the Fairy of the Battlefield hears this he suggested something.
It is true that if the letter arrived at his residence, with Wang Jian personality he will surely follow the order even though he doesn't like it.
But that is only if the letter arrives.
When the Central Government send out the edict, the letter would either get lost, robbed by some bandits, or get snatched by some beast or monsters and at one point even get ripped apart by two traveling swordsman.
All manners of weird thing happen as long as the letter was sent to the Southern region
Hearing this matter how could the Central Government does not know what Wang Jian is doing?
He is deliberately not wanting to see the edict at all.
He then pretended to be sick and will not be coming to any meetings or join any events other than ordering his men to clean out the Southern region of monster infestation.
He will wait until Death Monarch returns
And nobody in the Central Government like to push Wang Jian too much since his faction is still strong in the Court.
Freya maintains the North, Athena defended her position in the West and Wang Jian pretend like nothing happens in the South.
The Central Government which have control of the central, north and east part of Pandemonium was reduced to only controlling the center part and the eastern part of Pandemonium while the Three Generals controls the other three parts of Pandemonium
But no one is thinking of a full blown out war.
After all, the monarch of this continent has not yet return.
They only fear if they were rash they would be strike by red thunderbolts and perish into dust and ashes.
That is why Wang Jian fly almost immediately to the Centre Palace.
He wanted to address Death Monarch directly before the Central Government officials twisted what happen and why Athena even with the accusation heaped on her must go to the Centre Palace and explain to Death Monarch.
Freya is the same as she burst out from her camp heading to the sky and not before long those three generals meet each other on the sky and they nodded at each other as they sped up their movements.
The Officials on the other hand begun coming out from their residence, climb onto their carriage as they all are heading onto the streets to the Centre palace.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The Head Keeper tied the Dragon tally on his hip and he brought a few Palace keepers with him as his large body slowly and calmly coming down from the towers as he arrived at the entrance gate of the Centre palace and with a cold voice he orders to the Palace Guards
'Open the Palace gate and get ready to accept guest'
All of the while when all of this is happening, Azief finally heard the story from Loki. Loki did not do nothing after he returns from Belize and learn what happened since his departure.
He began investigating all over Pandemonium about this weird case. And the more he investigated the more he felt like this is not some normal kind of case.
He got the news from Sasha before but at that time he is still thinking about how to refine the thirteen energy so he had to delay in judging these matters.
But as Loki told him the story, he realized something from the way Loki talk and the way he is acting.
Azief then look curiously at Loki and then he snickered
'You don't believe none of them responsible right?' Azief ask.
He himself felt weird when he heard what happens. Mostly because he knew Athena and he knew the officials in his court.
'It is as if…someone is planning all this' Loki said, staring at Azief.
Azief nodded. He felt that feeling too.
He had sent Sasha to investigate whether this is a matter of factional strife but when Sasha reported to him that nothing indicates that the Athena faction and the Central Government faction have bad blood before, Azief mind began to think of another possibility.
Azief look at Loki and then said
'I think so too. I know Athena. While she would not hesitate to kill the enemy in the battlefield, she would not do that just because she is angry. It is just not her style'
If the officials hearing what Death Monarch said they would surely be shocked
Since the moment Azief uses his aura to summon all of his people into the Centre palace, he had never once think about punishing Athena.
he felt that this matter is not as simple as it seems.
He is about to leave and he had no time left.
He could not delay too long as that would only put more distance with him and others. Raymond is already preparing to enter to Divine Comprehension
While Azief could fight him even with his Disk Formation, there are certain powers only Divine Comprehension levelers could use.
He continued his reasoning
'And the content of their supposed reason for killing is just ridiculous. I let her have the West and while it is true that the Central Government was unfair in their distribution, if the Central Government explains that most of the resources was diverted back to the Research Department, even Athena would not be so insistent. There were so many things that is wrong in that story. Especially the part where all of Athena delegation all died'
He then looks at Loki, expecting him to already check the scene.
'I confirmed that when I returned. They truly all died. It is not some kind of illusion or some kind of transfiguration tricks. And they are Athena people.'
'I expected it….' He then asked
'Could it be one of your enemies?' Azief ask Loki.
Loki shakes his head and said
'Killing Athena people would damage me in no way whatsoever. If they capture or try to kill people like Trisha and her sister, now that would be different. No, I am pretty sure this is not one of my enemies'
Azief frowned.
He sighed like he expected it but he also didn't want to acknowledge it.
Loki look at Azief and Loki though that probably he is not the only one that have cracked this case that nearly tore apart Pandemonium and send this land into a civil war
Loki did entertain the thought that it was probably Yewa Hafar but then he saw no trace of him.
He even though that the pawn he had in Pandemonium schemed all this but as he investigates it become even more apparent that this is not his style at all.
Yewa Hafar does not care about human lives but that doesn't mean he would destroy everything.
After all his objectives is never to destroy everything. He just wants to follow his master desire.
But, then there is only one other person that could do this.
'This is targeted at you….Or more probably it is targeted at Pandemonium. Someone is sending a warning.'
Azief and Loki look at each other and smile bitterly. They both seem to be agreeing on somethingFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
If they eliminate other possibilities, there is only one person that comes to mind
Who could enter Pandemonium undetected, disable all restriction and precaution, alerting no one like it was nothing, then kill one of the most important political leader of the Central Government and was also one of the most guarded men in Pandemonium, and also be able to leave some clues that it was Athena and then orchestrate a bloody slaughter without even the Shadow Guards and the Palace Guards noticing the commotion in Athena camp and intensify the conflict between Athena and the Central Government?
Who would have the ability and motive to do so?
When they ask themselves this question, they both have only one person that came into mind and the answer come clearly and easy for both of them
Then they said in unison
'Void' Azief smiles bitterly and Loki solemnly nodded. Azief eyes seems to become fierce. He seems to be thinking of something.
'He is beginning to become more than just a pest' Azief said as he tapped his finger on the handle of his throne.
Loki nodded and then he said
'I got some information about him that you would probably like to know' He then handed something to Azief.
Azief touches it and then the information stream into his mind and his expression is weird the moment he finished reviewing the information.
He was silent for a few second, trying to digest the information. He closes his eyes and then open his eyes with clarity in it and then he said
'So…... he is wearing a suit. But his power is the real deal. Nullification of any energy around him. Even Laws will be affected. It is like Emptiness'
Like Loki, the more Azief learns about Void, the more he felt an unease.
By now they could guess what happened and how Void action leads to the current situations. Loki the ask
'Did you try to kill him in Moscow?' Azief nodded. He did not ask how Loki knows about that but he knows that Loki have an extensive intelligence network that is hidden from him.
Loki frowned and then he pondered a bit before he said
'This is probably his payback. Maybe a warning to you' Azief frowned as his mind travel back to that day
Azief was meditating that day but he formed an array on the border of Moscow if anyone decided to seek problem with Katarina.
It was the least he could do.
As he was about to calm himself down and fell deep into his own Inner Universe he could felt something was wrong and he immediately broke himself from his seclusion
He senses that his array was destroyed almost in a second. He then activated his Divine Sense and his Divine Sense envelop the whole world for one second
He immediately discovers Void appearing out of a destabilized space rip.
When he saw that Void is coming to Moscow with evil intention, Azief did not hesitate to use heavenly Power and the clouds above Void gathered and form a gigantic palm with the power to flatten mountains and part the seas
The clouds all were absorbed into that palm, the wind of the four direction all were gathered inside that palm and the worldly energy destroyed as even the Laws of gravity seems to slowly lose its hold.
Storms forms and thunders and lightning follows as the palm was formed in almost a few seconds.
As it descended down Azief still could not forget Void eyes looking at that palm.
When he saw the palm is coming near him he laughed madly and then he pointed his finger.
There is no power in that finger and no aura whatsoever. It is just his finger without any power.
The moment Azief palm met that finger all the energy in that palm strike dissipated like it never existed in the first place.
His clothes all become tattered because of the force of the wind, as it rips apart from his body and Void become exposed to the cold.
By now Azief knows that clothes are not real clothes but a suit disguised as clothes.
No wonder, after his clothes was destroyed, he fell down to the ground as his body shivers like he could not stand the winter wind and the cold atmosphere.
While that cold is quite biting, for any levelers even for Pillar Forming, it would not induce such reactions like it did on Void.
Azief clearly saw it at that time but he did not understand it at that time. How could a man that could withstand his palm strike with one finger could not stand cold?
It wasn't until he got the information from Loki that he understands why
Void possess normal human physiology and as such the cold affected him. He then teleported away like he couldn't stand the cold, no doubt using the suit technology.
Loki did not know all this but he could have guessed accurately that it is Azief attack on Void that causes him to come to Pandemonium and try to disturb the fragile political balance in Pandemonium.
He might have hoped it would break Death Monarch concentration and cause him to be distracted, or he might have hoped that the quarrel between the Central Government and the Three Generals would lead to a war where Death Monarch had no choice but to execute his general and his officials for inciting chaos and havoc in his Continent.
Whatever his reason was he nearly succeeded.
If not for Wang Jian timely interference stopping the battel at the Palace, Azief might have to truly punish his generals and his officials.
After thinking of all this Loki look at Azief and Azief is looking at him and said
'It seems we need to get serious about this'
'You have any plans?' Azief ask. Loki have been thinking about this matter for a long time and the information he got from Trisha enables him to form a plan to stop such thing form happening ever again on pandemonium.
After all, Loki could not allow Void to distract Azief from his breakthrough. After all, how could the Time Crisis be started if Azief did not break through Divine Comprehension
'The only reason he could teleport inside Pandemonium was because we didn't know he was wearing a suit that enables him to transform his Void energy into some other kind of properties that enables him to manipulate Time and Space around him. We could just ask the research department to create Matter Repelling Array. The moment that is achieved, if Void enter Pandemonium, his suit would be rendered useless. The energy he had and his abilities is only ability and energy nullification if one thinks about it calmly. The reason why no one could pin that ability of his before was because of his suit that enable him to teleport and making people to mistake his teleportation as also one of his ability.'
Azief nodded. Now, that he knows what kind of power Void has, he could now plan on how to restrict him.
however, Azief also feel that he should not be near that guy. Judging from what he knew now, if he is near that guy, anyone could assassinate him.
As long as he is out of range, he would be invincible. But the moment he is around Void, all of his energy and Disk would be useless.
He would turn into nothing but mortal.
He doubts Void could kill him even when he has no powers but the people in the distance would no doubt kill him using arrows, stones or even guns.
It is the same kind of thing that happen when he lost his power after the Purifying Fire.
It is his most vulnerable moment so people targeted that moment. Void provide a new challenge for him
He is exactly Azief opposite.
Below his throne, Loki continued his analysis.
'Truth is, only the people around him would lose their ability. That explains how easy it was for him to kill Athena soldiers. They must have felt shock and fear when they find out all of their energy went away and feeling like mortal once again. On the other hand, he must have repaired his suit and while that suit would not stand to pressure it would probably be dangerously powerful in front of normal humans'
Azief nodded as he too came into the same conclusion
'Void came to Athena camp, nullify their powers and kill them all with his suit ability. If not because I clashed with him before I might have thought other people would be responsible'
Loki nodded.
This is Void. It doesn't matter whether you suspect him or not. It doesn't matter whether his scheme was successful or not'
Loki said as he sighs and he continues
'He is a madman. Maybe he did it because he wanted you to execute your own people. Maybe he did it expecting a civil war and to foster distrust between the Central Government and the Three Army. Or…. probably he just wanted to see chaos. The more you try to understand him the more you would be confused. Because you are not crazy like him' Loki said.
Azief fell into deep contemplation.
'What do you suggest I do?'
'Breakthrough' Loki said.
'Then how about all of you? What about Katarina? Sofia? Sina? You? And all of my people?'
'I didn't know you care about your people that much'
Azief smirk bitterly.
'Like you have seen, the people I care about tend to get kidnapped or become leverage. Feelings sometimes should be hidden so it would become an ammunition your enemy use to shoot at you'
Loki nodded agreeing with what Azief saidFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'For now, we could tell them all this information. The Broker will try to suppress this information but we should also hide the fact that Void was the one that orchestrates all of this chaos in Pandemonium. We don't want the people to be panicked and there is no reason to raise the prestige of our enemy. The Republic would not want Katarina to get caught up in all of this and…. I'll take care of the others. You do your thing.'
Loki seems to have already a plan ready. Azief was impressed.
Azief then laughed and he nodded.
'You are always on my side. Sometimes it makes me forget that we don't agree on many things' Loki bitterly smiles and then he said
'You know what I want from you. For you to stay alive. And I'll do anything to make sure of that'
Azief sighed.
'And that is what I am afraid of' Loki could only sighed
Azief then look at Loki and shakes his head.
'Where did we go wrong Loki?'
Loki laughed
'There is nothing going wrong. It is just two people walking different path. Where is wrong and right on that?
Azief hearing this chuckles
'Sometimes, I envy that optimism of yours' Loki shake his head and then he said
'Well, I'm not really rainbow and sunshine type of guy, but when I am beside you, any guy would look like the rainbow and sunshine type of guy.'
Azief laughed for a few second and then he was about to said something when Loki turn his head back and retreated from the throne step
'It seems your Generals and your officials is coming to meet you'
Loki could sense they coming and he is not the only one. Azief also senses them coming and he take a deep breath as he nodded
Loki then could understand how much of a hassle today would be in the Court.
'I guess they all wanted to blame each other and will ask you to redress their grievance. I should go now' Azief nodded as he too could guess what will happen in the Court today but before Loki could come out of the door Azief said
'Tomorrow meet me in the Garden. I need to talk to you about something important.'
Loki heard it but he did not turn back his head as he only halted his steps, nodded and went out from the Throne Room leaving Death Monarch there alone.
As he walks the crowded corridor, he smiles bitterly as he could guess what Azief would like to talk to him about.
He thought to himself and said
'Why are you making this hard on me, brother?'
Meanwhile inside the Throne Room, Death Monarch lean his body onto the cold hard throne and close his eyes.
His mind seems to be thinking of something g and he sighed.
'I guess this is the only way I could imprison you Loki' Azief muttered silently as the door of the throne room was open and the Three General and his officials walk in and then kneel in front of Death Monarch throne.
Azief shows them a cold smile as the throne room was closed by the Keeper of the Palace and the Court meeting began
Last chapter for the month. See you all on the 7th of October. Until then. Oh, and dont forget to vote and leave some comments. I'll answer any question that is not spoiler.
EDIT ( I posted another chapter. There is an addition to this chapter. Wait for five more minutes)
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
410 SCHEMING IN THE DARK 8
SOMEWHERE IN AN UNDISCLOSED LOCATION
A rotund middle age man is looking at something. with his white hair being blown by the wind outside he looks older than he is.
The video display is playing on his table.
There seems to be many things that shocked him contained in the video
His eyes seem to be taking it all in.
He then sighed at each moment. It is shocking what is contained in the video but he doesn't seems shocked. It was almost like he expected it but from the expression on his face, he is clearly displeased.
Behind him is a woman, slender, tall, beautiful and blonde. She is clearly of European descent with piercing blue eyes and strikingly blonde hair.
She did not try to look at the display since she already knows what it is about. The man keeps looking and when it arrived at the important moment he sighed once again
No one could understand what he is sighing about, the woman was unresponsive as she just keeps standing behind him without no reaction.
The video ended and the man lean on his chair. He took a few moment and then he asked.
'What do you think of it?' he turned around and ask the woman.
The woman shakes her head and said
'I don't know. Depends on what you think Mr. Broker. I thought you would be pleased with what happen'
The man sighed and lean back on his chair once again.
Yes, this man is none other than the Broker. Four months ago, he heeds the call against Death Monarch and raised a King of the Criminal Underworld.
They need a leader to make sure the criminal underground did not turn into chaos.
He chooses Void as the leader. He did not like the guy but he had no other choices.
He considered Loki but that guy is always scheming something and The Trickster did sabotage his operation in Bolivia. He did not forget about that.
There is also the fact that Loki is too close with Death Monarch and no one is quite sure where his allegiance really lies.
As for Void, well, he is an unpredictable bastard but he is clearly not in league with the Three Great Powers.
He also choses Void because of his abilities.
Void abilities is something that is very suitable to deal with Death Monarch powers.
But he of course knows the limitation of Void powers. At least from what he has seen he could guess the limitation of that power.
And his plan worked.
For the first few months there were some probing from other forces trying to sow dissent and incite the criminal family to take power and rule the criminal underworld but they remain united.
In front of the same threat they have no choice but to remain united. Talking about trust with criminal is a pointless talk but they all know survival.
And they know if they started to divide themselves, they would be picked off one by one.
And the criminal family have made many concessions to make sure the Criminal Alliance could stay united, reserving their power, waiting for Death Monarch to leave.
The Corleone back off of Italy as the Republic is securing their rules in that part of Europe as they put their navy on the Mediterranean coastline
But they were not spared of punishment.
Since they are one of the factions that conspired against Death Monarch kill order, their crime family were hunted and many of them were killed.
They seem to be hiding somewhere in Mexico joining temporarily with the Navarra crime family.
The Yakuzas on the other hand, take one region in the Bubble Land as the Twin Sages of Japan Oreki and Hikigaya grip on the island nation seems to be solidified with each passing day.
And the Bratva?
Considering the hatred, the Ice queen Katarina had for organized crime, they are lucky that most of their people have not been completely eradicated.
The whole criminal underground seems to go silent.
There is no big deals of weapons or violence. They seem to be retreating with fast speed and trying their best not to stand out from the rest.
And in that early month, Void seem like an amiable man, open to reason. But finally he understands why the Trickster call Void a madman.
He killed one of the generals of Society of the Light before killing them all in a fit of madness. He then laughed and dance amongst their corpses.
It is the act of a madman. He had to do a lot of things to cover up this matter.
But now…this?
The video he just watched was sent by one of his little rats in the White Owl. It shows Void destroying a titanic palm from the skies with only his finger
And he just found out it was the Death Monarch palm. He sighed because this is the last thing he wanted Vid to do.
To have the eyes of Death Monarch trained on them is not a good thing.
He sighed.
The woman behind him then said.
'Void…. does he even listen to you Mr. Broker?'
The Broker sighed and then said
'Does he look like the type of guy that listen to me? What is his obsession with Death Monarch anyway?' He said it out loud.
Actually of the many people in this world while people know him as they guy with all the answer there are some people in this world that he doesn't have a good grasp on.
His ability is Status Reading.
In the beginning of the Fall, his power was just reading the status of the monsters and beast which helps him identify the weakness of monsters
But as he grew in level so does his ability. He could even see the status of a person and then deduce and extract information from the status.
He could deduce someone past. In a way his ability work opposite of the Oracle. The Oracle see the future while he sees the past of a person.
Of course they are some people he could not effectively use it against.
Some of those people are like Raymond the Earthshaker, Illusion Archmage Hikigaya, Thunder Monarch Oreki, Mind Master Hirate, Ice Queen Katarina and of course Death Monarch.
There is also Loki which has some weird aura around him that prevented his information to be extracted.,
Basically anyone that is stronger than him, he could not see their status and their past.
Void on the other hand neutralizes all of his abilities. He could not see anything about him since his eyes would become just a normal eyes the moment he is in proximity of him.
And taking a hair out of him or his clothes didn't help since it is full of his Void aura.
With Void, he had to do research and investigate him using the old fashioned way.
The woman behind him could see that the Broker is frowning so she asked
'Isn't this what you wanted Mr. Broker? To see proof that Void could neutralize Death Monarch attack?'
The Broker sighed.
'Not like this.' He then added
I only wanted him to be a preventive shield. All the criminal underworld wants Death Monarch to die. I don't.'
The woman behind him when she heard the words coming out of the Broker words, her eyebrows was raised for a second before she collected herself back.
'I am not really criminal at least not in the sense that I killed personally. I don't deal New World drugs or developed some kind of poisons or weapons of mass destruction. I am an information peddler.'
Then he continued
'I sell information to anyone who could provide me with equal value of that information. Honestly, I don't want Void to kill Death Monarch. In the past I used to believe that he could not do this. But the more I learned about him, the more I think he could have the chance to kill Death Monarch. And that is a terrifying thought.'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The woman frowned and then she asked.
'Why? Wouldn't that solve the problems for the criminal underworld? Don't tell me that you like Death Monarch?'
He laughs bitterly
'Haven't you seen them? How brutal they are?'
He then said
'I don't like that Death Monarch is rounding up criminal and killing them without even a trial or any proof other than by the judging of his heart and mood but it's not like I want to see this world run by monsters like them either.'
'Imagine if any of the crime families ruled the world. What a bleak world that is don't you think?'
The woman nodded and then she asks
'Then why do all this?'
'Why would weak people band together and fight people that are stronger than them? Fear. I fear that he would seek me and crush me to dust. To him, I am just the same as the rest of them. A scum. He has his own belief and I have mine. To me, this has never been about fighting Death Monarch. To me, this has always bene about survival. Nothing more.'
The woman smiles and nodded
The Broker get up from his chair and walk to the windows.
Outside the windows, one could see an expansive sea and the wind of the seas blows by the curtain and the Broker take a deep breath
'You know I have been thinking about what you said before. About Loki offer to me. You kn-'
Just before he could end that sentence suddenly the entire place is shaking.
The woman was also shocked and her eyes widened. She closes her eyes for a few second and then she opens it back up and she seems to know something
'Someone is attacking'
The Broker eyes was unsettled.
'This place is a secret and no one should have sensed them' His survival instinct kicks up.
He rushed to his table and open the drawers. Inside it is a few teleportation orb could be seen rolling around because of the intense shaking.
The Broker could feel someone is drilling the ground with mighty pressure.
He crushed it immediately but then to his disappointment, nothing happened other than the orb was crushed into dust.
The woman shakes her head and said
'They have sealed the place with a Space Sealing Formation. Unless you are Warp or the Dimensional Traveler, you couldn't teleport from this place.' The Broker look toward the woman and sighed
'It seems you are familiar with them' The Broker could hear it from her words. She is very confident in her assessment
The woman nodded and then she said
'It is the Three Army'
'Three Army? You mean the Three Army of Pandemonium?'
The woman nodded. The Broker look at the woman and his expression turns hostile.
'Did you tell Loki about me? Did you set me up?!' he yelled looking at the woman. The woman shakes her head.
'I didn't. If I did, you wouldn't have been so concealed these past few months.' The woman said
'Riana! Be honest'
This woman is Riana, one of the Three Demoness. She is always wearing a laughing demon mask and the world called her the Laughing Demoness.
Riana look back at the Broker and said
'I said it is not me. If it is me, knowing Loki temperament he would have made me delivered you to him in a silver platter. It would surely not be like this. You think Loki would be comfortable handing you to the forces of Pandemonium? With all the secrets you have on him? Why do you think he didn't force me regarding my matters with you?'
The Broker hearing this close his eyes and calms himself down.
His mind is quickly thinking. He could hear the sound of the drilling and he could feel the mighty pressure bearing down on this rock
Yes, he is on a rock.
The rock is deep and large and on top of the sea it looks like a floating patch of land. But it was an illusion.
It is equipped with Phasing formation and invisibility hex and enchantments among the other protection that this patch of rock has.
If it is not Loki and not Riana, then the only one that would betray him is soemnone that have something to gain with him gone.
'Why is the fuck, the Three Army of Pandemonium is here?' He shouted internally
Riana on the other hand brings out a triangle looking stone with runes written all over it.
The Broker saw it and look at Riana and he asked
'What is that?' She could hear the formation is about to be broken any moment now.
'Our ticket out' she answers.
Then she grabbed The Broker arm and then throw the stone into the ground as the runes that is carved on the stone were released and created colorful rainbows that envelops them as they turned into one of the colors of the rainbows and seems to shoot out from the room as the forces of the Three Army broke through the formation and barge inside the empty room.
As the dusts settles a woman could be seen dismounting her Pegasus and look around her.
'They escaped' Her berserkers' roars as they began scouring the rock for any clues while the Broker and Riana is halfway across the world.
The world was shocked today as Pandemonium after the return of Death Monarch send out his Three Army and began attacking many Criminal Alliance headquarters.
In some of the news, there is even report that General Freya nearly caught the Broker while the criminal family of Navarra and Corleone was slaughtered leaving only a few of their surviving members
Many of the people hearing this news and discussing it in some taverns on inns, they all thought that this is Death Monarch usual way of doing things before leaving.
But to some people that know the inside story, this was not a simple cleanup. This is a warning to someone.
Void gives a warning to Death Monarch by killing one battalion of his subordinate soldiers. Death Monarch responded swiftly by eliminating the Navarra family and the Corleone family and they are still hunting.
While the Three Army is hunting outside of Pandemonium, there sits on the highest throne of Pandemonium, Death Monarch, overlooking all creation like a lofty God.
And as long as he sits there, no force would dare come attacking.
This is Death Monarch answer to Void. Complete and utter suppression. You kill one of his people, then he would take a thousands of his.
The storms are beginning and the whole world waited for it to calm down. It has been three days since Death Monarch come out of his seclusion.
This is actually part of the next chapter but I decided that it will be more fit to enter this chapter. Since next chapter will be dealing of other aspect of Azief life before he is leaving
Anyway, I just finished this part of the chapter yesterday so there is more content today. This si the true last chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
411 THE JOY OF LIFE 1
PANDEMONIUM
Death Monarch action created ripples in the events of the world with all faction is trying to divine what the Death Monarch was doing.
As all of this happens, speculation thrown around and the Six Great Powers ponder on Death Monarch action, the man himself is quite enjoying his morning.
He is walking, enjoying his walk.
The breeze that is blowing through Pandemonium right now is pleasant. It has been a long time since he could enjoy such relaxing walk.
Last night he had already settled most of his affair and he had talked to Loki. Now, there is only one thing left for him to do.
He did not let himself be seen and he had ordered the Shadow Guards not to follow him.
Right now, since Sasha is outside Pandemonium the ruling rights in the Shadow Guards fall to Shinji.
That swordsman finally accepted Azief offer and become the Vice Leader of the Shadow Guard.
Of course nobody knows that he had been appointed to such a powerful position since the appointment matters of the Shadow Guards have always been under the discretion of Death Monarch.
They are the top intelligence organization in the world and with the Shadow Guards expanding outwards, they have many operatives in many organization and factions.
But since Sasha is busy sooner or later, the Central Government would surely know that the Shadow Guard had another public face.
For most people, when they think of the Shadow Guards they think of hooded men with no faces.
Other than Sasha no one knew who is the member of the Shadow Guards.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Probably the only person who knew the identity of the Shadow Guard operatives is only Death Monarch and Sasha.
It is because of the mystery surrounding them that make them appear even more terrifying. And no one ever caught a Shadow Guard.
He hears the chirping birds as he was brought back to the present and saw them flying on the sky searching for food.
'Enough' he said to himself as he forces himself not to think any more about last night event.
High on the clouds a few griffins could be seen on the outline of the clouds when the sun shines just at the right angle.
On the calm sea of Pandemonium, sea anemones with rainbow-like colors hang around the Great Barrier Reef.
Today, nothing is going to spoil his mood. The sky is clear, the clouds are moving gently and the day is perfect.
He walked to a humble residence on one of the empty land around the towers near his Centre Palace.
He walks around and take a deep breath. It has been a long time since he is home. There is a lot of thing in his heart now. Like it has been filled up.
He felt excitement and he felt happiness with each step closer to her. It is unlike him feeling this electrifying feeling in his heart.
He fell in love and he never had the right way to express it. Loki was right about one thing. His love life is complicated.
He smiles and wonder
'Is there anyone on the world is having the same problem like him right now? Isn't this also kind of a blessing? To be loved'
He asks himself internally.
He is a lucky man. For someone that always wanted to be loved, it is ironic how it happened.
Before the Fall, he always refrains from falling in love. Because usually the people he falls in love with is either already taken or have no interest in him.
To be honest, his face is not as handsome as he is now.
But it was not ugly either.
Right now if you look at his face, it was flawless, every proportion, in every angle. Even his coldness only accentuates his beautiful face
It is manly but also have that trace of childishness that give him an appearance of a beautiful man.
He always misses that timing. Sofia was his first love. But she was not only his love. Of course he could not admit to people that he never dated anyone.
When he arrived at the age of twenty, he decided to work, to try to be a writer of sorts. He writes and send his stories to some publisher but all he got is more heartbreak.
It is a normal story not so much of a sob story.
There are millions of aspiring writers that could not get their book published. Then he gives up on that and then he tries other job.
You know...When you find your dream and know that you are not that good at it and decided to give up?
Some people could move on.
But he could not.
No matter what job he did, it never felt the same. It does not compare to the joy of creating worlds.
That is what Azief felt when he writes. When he creates characters and the world they live in, he felt like he was God.
He could make the world disappears in two sentence and could create worlds with one word.
Then when you started giving up, it become easier to give up other things. He gave up finding love because finding love is expensive and probably overrated
At least, that is what he thought before.
Like everyone else, Azief was painfully ignorant of love. He used to think that if only you have money, you could fall in love and live rightfully.
Because that is what people said to him.
In the culture he lived in before, they said to him 'Son, you have to study hard. Then you can go to university, get a good job, and then marry and you can live happily ever after'
But the world he lives in is completely different than that. It doesn't matter if you study hard. Effort doesn't guarantee success.
And good guys will always finish last. You have to be vicious and cruel to succeed. And he didn't want to be like that. But by not being like that, he could only become ordinary.
And the woman he saw all liked people that have money. It made sense. Azief was never angry about that.
He always felt that it is logical. If he had a daughter, would he entrust his daughter to some jobless guy with no prospect?
No father would.
He understands that and he accepted that. So, he gives up.
He decided, who could love a man like him that was so unloved, his own family do not talk to him or treated him like one?
Who could love such a man? It is a hard truth to swallow, but he swallows it without forgetting the taste, bitter.
And when he accepted that truth, instead of feeling sad, he felt liberated by that revelation. He had no expectation of love and so his heart was closed.
But he had learned that love is not as logical as he thought. He saw many great kind of love as he grows to become who he is now. He saw how dep the love Azul had for Meihul.
He saw the kind of love a father would extend to his son when they are in the brink of their death when he was at Earth 39.
He saw more than just love as he traverses through dimension and the vast starry skies.
He saw a Will that could never erased in the Jotnar Alsurt, and he saw many aspects of life and death, of love and hatred in his journey.
Love as he slowly finding out, is not as simple as he thought.
And if the Fall did not happen, he would probably live his life alone, sad and broken.
But the Fall happened, and from that day on, he had great adventures, see things that so many people could not have imagined.
He sees stars on the Vast Universe, beautiful with rainbow like circle ring around it stars, planets exploding, worlds born anew and the myriads of possibilities of life and death all across the Universe and for the first time, he felt not how small he is, but how this Universe is so full of life and stories he never thought possible.
The truth of the world and the Universe did not make him sad, it made him feel excited. Since he became Lord Shadow, he experiences many encounters and those encounters shaped him to become who he is now.
He met Tan. He met Sofia. He met Sina, Loki, even those people, like Hamad and Hatta. He met Athena, Freya, Wang Jian and…. Katarina.
He smiles bitterly as he thinks of that day four months ago
He lost a lot that day when he made his decision.
But he also gained a lot. It is funny now that he thinks about it. It was like he was in high school again dealing with his heart that have a crush.
It is weird, strange and yet it has no trace of that anxiousness and uncertainty of the past.
It is a good kind of weird.
As he enjoys the chirping of the birds and life around him he stopped walking. He thinks back to the past.
And he smiles as he thinks of her. She came into his heart, as something more than just a friend.
In the beginning he had to hid his feeling. No, he thought to himself. It is not that he hid his feeling. At that time, he thought he had no feelings for her.
He still thinks of those days. It is a simpler day.
At that time, he was just Azief. Not Lord Shadow. Or Death Monarch. Just a guy trying to survive. And at that time she was beside him, from the beginning.
He then continued walking
Even after all this time, he couldn't believe that his heart is still nervous. He arrived at the entrance of the house.
This chapter is around eight thosuand words. Anyway, thsic hapter is tying up loose ends on Earth before he went and get ut of Earth. Anyway, in thsi chapter it will be revealed who he chooeses and soem old names will coem up once again. Expect to see the world getting bigger as Azief is slwoly climbing that rank to go to Sovereign. When he enter Divine Comprehension he woudl onlt be left with two more rnaks before he became Sovereign.
And why does my browser did not show red marker on mispelled words? Damn.. Anyway, I am already writing about him summoning the stairways so for now enjoy these little rest
And I will explain alot of things about next chater since some people didnt get the hint about who he choesses. Anyway, until tomorrow. And please vote and leave soem comments.
Ah, and I'm back and it is also the name of your sex tape ( A shout out to Asura cause I just started watching Brooklyn Nine Nine and if I'm late chuirning chapter blame him)
And for patron, next day the whoel chapter will be released so dont give spoilers. Ciao
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
412 THE JOY OF LIFE 2
There is a small patch of flowers around the entrance. The house look nothing like a house Azief ever lived in. She had her own ideas when she made it.
She only seen it in movies but she wanted it. It is a small house with the white picket fence and four bedrooms.
It is a two story house with a staircase leading to the second floor with an attic. It was like those houses in those American TV drama.
She said she used to watch reruns of some show and she said she wanted to live a life like that because they always seem happy.
It is a childish reason but who in this world did not have some childish dreams in their hearts?
Azief understand. After all, her life is not exactly rainbow and sunshine.
In a way, she is like him. But at least she has her mother to help her. He had no one. He did not feel he is being sentimental. As he stopped before the entrance he smiles.
It is as he thought of these past moment of his life, he felt that he is human. People on his level do not need to eat, do not need to drink. They don't even need to sleep.
What does it mean to become human in this new world of change?
But just because he doesn't need to eat doesn't mean he doesn't like to eat. Just because he could keep being awake doesn't mean that he foregoes sleep entirely.
He found there is benefit on doing such human things.
Because when he eats, he remembers what it feels like to be human. When he sleeps, he could dream.
And as he thinks of his past, he remembers who he was.
He is not some kind of God no matter how many people worship him. He was human, mortal and a weak one at that.
Those memories grounded him to the ground. It could be seen as a weakness but it also helps him from being cut off entirely from people.
He slowly opened the door. He wanted to surprise her so he walked slowly and saw her on the kitchen stirring something
Instead of a modern kitchen, the place looks like a witch apothecary with a large pot on the middle of the kitchen with smoke and weird smell filling the entire house.
And she keeps throwing unrecognized stuff that doesn't even look life food ingredient into the pot.
Azief smiles a bit and he slowly come behind her. He then grabs her waist from behind and spun her around.
She was not shocked at all instead she giggles like a little girl as he spun her around
Then he brings her back down and she look at him with a smile. Then she chuckles looking at Azief face.
Azief was not satisfied because this is surely not the reaction he expected and he frowned a bit
'Why are you not shocked? I thought to surprise you? Didn't you think that maybe I am a robber or a kidnapper?'
The woman laughed her waist is still on Azief arm and Azief pouted.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
She then shakes her head and said
'You think someone would dare to rob or kidnaped people in the house where you and me are residing? It is the house of Divine Archer and Death Monarch. Tell me. Who would be such an idiot enough to try to do that? From the moment I heard the door creak I knew it was you'
Yes, the woman that Azief choose four months ago is Sofia.
Many people in the world thought that he would choose Katarina. Even Sina was around sixty percent sure that he would choose Katarina four months ago.
She is younger, stronger and more beautiful.
And Azief love her too.
If he did not love Katarina, he would not do the thing he did.
He would not be putting protection formation around Moscow, and make sure that Pandemonium did not bother the Republic.
Since four months ago, Katarina is in seclusion, refusing to come out unless she could breakthrough.
Younger, stronger and more beautiful.
Even without all that, she is still someone that he loves. But he promised Sofia. And it was promise he knew he could keep. It was a promise he wanted to keep.
It was not about the promise they made under the peach tree.
No…it was a different promise he made her. He promises her before that he would always choose her...no matter how painful it is.
He would always choose her. And he did. Because he wanted to choose her. That promise is not some kind of chain, holding him down.
It was what kept him going during those dark times in the past.
Because pain is the consequence of love, there is no running from it. It is only by facing it together that your love could stand a chance.
She looks at Azief frowning eyebrows and she kissed his eyebrows.
'Now, stop frowning. I am making us dinner' Azief peek behind her and saw the things on the pot.
It doesn't look like food at all.
'You mean…that?'
'I might need more help but I think I follow the recipe right this time' Azief raised his eyebrows and then said
'This time? That doesn't exactly fill my heart with confidence.' She flicked Azief forehead with her finger.
'Ouch' he said as he smiles.
'It would be beneficial for you…and it will be tasty' Azief look at her and there is some kind of meaning in his gaze. He knows why she is cooking for him.
she did not say what it is about but it is clear it is about his impending departure. While he mostly spends his time in seclusion sometime he did come back to check up on her. And sometimes he would catch her sighing
That heavy sigh…how could he possibly understand? Although he won't be able to understand the depth of that sigh, he wanted to at least hold her for this little time he has.
They do not talk about it but Sofia knows Azief don't have a lot of time left.
It could be seen how rushed he was. If he had time it would be him that is attacking many of the headquarters of the crime families instead of assigning it to his Generals.
It is because he wanted to spend time with her.
He only had four days left. And he intends to spend it with her. And she gets the report from Sasha so she already knows that Azief only had a few days with her.
For these past few days she has been remembering what happened four months ago.
After he showed up on the peach tree she remembers how happy she was. She hugged him and kiss him and she knows that this is forever.
And she never felt happier than that day. She still remembers what she said to him that day between the kisses and the tears
She said
'Don't you dare regret this in the future' and he laughed and said
yeah, he chooses Sofia. And before you fill the comment section with curses expletyive, you should all have seen this coming.
Let see of all the things Azief had said over the years.
Remembr in one chapter where he said he woudl always chooses her even when it hurts? That is one breadcrumb.
I have ben hinting at this choice things since that time. And if eevryone of you forget Loki even mentioned this.
He said that after the Time Crisis, the relatiosnhip betwen the Divine Archer and Death Monarch went bad.
And it is even hinted that they breaskup from that moment. They could not have breakup if they are not together right? At least from taht you coudl get the hint that they were together before the event of Time Crisis.
I knwo many of you wanted him to be with katarina. Everyone wnated hiom to be Katarina. I know. because I wrote katarian and I know people would love her.
But I am not going to change the entire plot thatI have been planning because that is just pandering.
And it doesn't mean that I don't listen to my readers. But there are some things I could listen to and change and there are some things I could not. that is because I knew how this end. And I am writing while slowly ticking the box that will lead to the end that I envisioned.
It might not be happy all the time, and it might not have been satisfying all the time but I think the ending will satisfy a lot of people.
And you say you don't like the drama but if Azief is happy jolly boy with no problem at all, I know what you will say. You will say 'Damn, that is a boring character"
And if I make him super smooth, super powerful, super no-obstacle-could-bring-me-down type of character that is a Mary Sue and well it might be fun for the few dozen chapter but after a while it get boring when he could everything easily.
Admit it, y'all. You like bitching about the drama but I know there is some part of you that likes that.
And I know some of you thinking 'Oh, Keikokumars said that they will break up after the Time Crisis. That means Katarina would win!Yeehaw!'
Hate to burst your bubble but maybe I would not go in that direction. Or maybe I am faking all of you and I will go in that direction.
Anyway, about the revelation. You should not have been shocked by it at all. There were so many hints scattered through all the hundred chapters.
That if you read it back you could even guess how this story would end. Though I try not to spread so many breadcrumbs on that revelations.
Anyway, bring on the curses. Just don't curse me too bad. I have a fragile little heart that cries when reading malicious comments and I am a guy.
Ciao. See you tomorrow and I know this is kind of insensitive to say now that you might be promising yourself to drop my novels, but hey, please vote before you leave.
Pretty please. Winky eye emoji. Ok, bye.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
413 THE JOY OF LIFE 3
After that they spend one month together touring the world. As the strongest man in the world there is no place in this world that he did not dare travels.
They dangle on the steep Grand Canyon as they picnic on the ledge while laughing and talking about many things.
Below them, on the canyon bottom was hordes of monster's nest and full with horse like monster but they treated it like nothing as they saw the sunset there and it was beautiful.
Then they went to Plitvice Lakes in Croatia as he kisses her slow when the night came as they slept on a makeshift hanging house surrounded by ancient forest and waterfalls.
They swim on the Great Barrier Reef near Pandemonium, and enjoy each other body like there was no tomorrow.
Even as they are monster of the Deep Sea, they did not dare near her since the aura emanated by Azief repel them away.
They dance on the vast steppe of Mongolia, their bare foot on the grass as the wind blows over them and stars dotted the skies at night.
It was the most magical one month in their life.
In that one month, Azief forget about everything else. As he for the first time enjoy the feeling of being in love.
They disguise themselves while travelling the world like carefree immortals and listen to the song of the nomads in the Arabian deserts that sound like poems, dance with the many tribes on the African wilderness.
In that one month, they experience beauty, life and love like every day was their last. They sing song, dance, kiss and live like they never before.
It was a magical one month.
Then he returned to his seclusion and Sofia knows that he would leave. And she accepted it. She has grown up and things have changed and like her Azief also matures.
She too knows that on the long path of journeying to the peak of power momentary happiness is just that…momentary happiness.
Yet, it was that momentary happiness that keep them going.
Without it what is the point of chasing power?
Azief wanted to realize his grand Path because he wanted to be able to save himself and the people he loves
He did not want to be under the mercy of others. He saw what happen when you rely on the mercy of others.
Other people might have a way to be content with it but since Azief had the chance to embark on a great adventure and there is nothing stopping him, why should he stop?
He would go to the top.
He wanted to be free and unconstrained in the Vast Universe, to see the beginning of the Universe and it end and live to tell its tale.
He did not want a momentary happiness. He wanted an eternal happiness. It is because of that reason he keeps seeking power.
He wanted happiness. He wanted to make sure that the people he loves is safe and happy. It sounds like a simple wish.
But nothing is simple in a Universe filled with godlike being and demonic monsters.
To protect the people, he loved. That intention did not change even after all this time. She also did not want to be left behind.
After he left Sofia has decided to enter into seclusion herself. But her path is different than Azief.
She takes her time slowly, solidifying her foundation. Just because she did not walk the Path of Perfection does not mean she is weak.
Her arrows could pierce anything.
In Loki future, the Divine Archer was not only capable of shooting down planets she was able to pierce through space time and send her arrows to the past to kill people incarnations.
She could even pierce the Heavenly Palace of the Jade Empire if she desires to.
While she was Half Sovereign even until after the last battle, the reason she could not take that last step is because of her affection.
The Saints are heartless.
In ancient text it is recorded as such. Certain affection must be thrown away if one had to take that last step.
Becoming Sovereign does not only mean the changing of some title.
It also means to shedding of the mortal part about oneself. Being heartless does not mean one become devoid of emotion. It is to view all creation as equals.
That is one of the reason why she did not become a Sovereign and the other reason was because the energy of that world was scarce at that time.
Even the World Orb needed time and each time a Sovereign is born, it sometimes takes a little longer time to produce another one.
They look at each other and they both didn't want to touch upon the topic of leaving. He kisses her on the cheek and he hug her a little closer and pull her closer.
She pushed him away and said
'Wait for it. I promise it would be tasty.'Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Azief only shakes his head.
He did not find what Sofia did meaningless. He knows what she is trying to do. She is just trying to make this little time they have to be not so painful.
Azief wanted to say something and Sofia could see that Azief was about to say something and she put her finger on top of Azief lips and said
'Let us leave each other with a smile. That would be better right? Then seeing me crying again?'
Azief was silenced for a while and then he said
'Don't you think it is quite unfair?' He asks, his hand is still on her waist. She smiles and said
'Why would I feel unfair? You were everything I ever wanted' And her hand moves to his chest and she tap it with her palm and said
'And this is mine. I ask you not to feel regret choosing me. How is it fair if I feel regret now?' Azief eyes turns a little sad.
'You could ask me to stay' he offered, she shakes her head slowly and smile bitterly
'Do you want to stay? Why would I ask you of that when I know that is not what you wanted? Azief'
Then she put her hand behind his neck and clasp her finger together, her face is so close to him that he could feel the warmth of her body on his and with a smile she said
'I could be possessive. I could be jealous. I could be one hell of a bitchy woman. But that doesn't mean that I don't know what you want. You see I know what kind of a guy you are after all these years' She then sigh and there is a smile on her face but it was more like a smile of resignation and she added
'You love me…and you love her too. You want to stay and you want to leave too. I always know that you were an indecisive kind of guy. It is not something that I like. But…. I try to learn to accept it. At least I hope you don't meet any other girls while you are exploring the world outside this Universe' She tries to make a joke but Azief is not laughing.
He come closer to her and his eyes stared deep at her hazel eyes and he smiles as he said
Not much to say on this chapter. Azief gushing on Sophia. Things are getting heated. Anyway, please voet and leave some comments below
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
414 THE JOY OF LIFE 4
He come closer to her and his eyes stared deep at her hazel eyes and he smiles as he said
'Did you know?'
'Hmm. What?' she asks
'Every time I kissed you it gives me courage. And yet it also made me a coward. Because every time I kiss you it made me want to come back home before I even make the journey. You were right. I am, probably will always be an indecisive man. But there is a reason because of that indecisiveness. Because it is worth that much, that it is almost impossible to make a choice. And because of that I could not help but halt my step and think about who I am now and who I am without those things.'
'Only then I could make my choice. Because in a world without you, it is like a world without color. I could still live in it, but in a world without color, what a dull life that would be?'
What Azief didn't say was that he didn't know if he could smile if she is not beside him ever again. Just thinking about it make his heart ache.
Every day, every moment he spent together with her shines like the sunshine in spring.
All those moments were dazzling and it was something he never wanted to forget. Even when he is unsure of the future, when she is in his arms, he wishes that it will last forever.
Hearing this, she smiles and kiss him again.
It was like she is compensating for those month that he was not around her.
Isn't this what people in love should be? Together. Kissing and laughing, being happy. Maybe someday they would get tired of this.
Maybe they would get tired of always kissing each other, or tickling each other, blushing in redness every time they wanted to go to bed.
Maybe these fluttering feeling would also slowly turn into a calmer one. A steady sea instead of a rocky wave.
But not now.
Now, it is like a hurricane. Like a storm of passion that doesn't seem to end. They would kiss passionately, and have a love so great that it could consume them whole.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The relationship between them always have that vague feeling. But Azief made his decision four month ago and it change the dynamic of their relationship.
She no longer ask who she is to him. Because the fact that he came answer that question for her
Many people say they do not look good together. And honestly, even Sofia felt like that. But, her heart wanted him.
Sina was right before. When she came back to Pandemonium, she wanted to be with him again. Or as Sina called it, her getting-back Azief face.
They have many disagreement and they don't agree on almost anything. How could they even be together without it ending to be a failure?
She thought about this many times. She even thought that they will never work together.
But in the end, how could she accept that? When she misses him when he is not around, and she keep thinking of him.
And she knows that is love and she knows she had to fight for it. In her life, the fact has proven that she always loses in life.
Azief thought that in his life, he is a loser.
He never got the girl and he could never compare himself to other people because he is at the bottom.
Why?
because he believes himself to be in the bottom.
But Sofia?
She never believed herself to be in the bottom.
She tries to climb up, trying to find that slice of happiness just for her.
But life, and the world keep pushing her back down.
The guy she got is a piece of shit. Her father is an abusive man who made her life and her mother life torturous.
Her family is a mess.
When she is at school she looks like a girl that had it all.
She is active in sport, she had the captain of the football team as her boyfriend but she also knew that happiness was built on a lie.
She was always that little scared girl inside her room that wears her headphone and crank the volume to max to drown out the screaming in her house.
In the end, her life is at the bottom.
The world succeeded in pushing her down and she stayed that way, trying to be content with the life she had built.
It was a shitty life but it is still a life.
then the Fall happened.
At that time, she cursed her life. But now, she is probably a little bit grateful for what happen.
She could start over. Just like everyone else. Earth was not the only thing that got its reset button.
Humanity itself got a chance to start again.
Of course there is bloodshed, death, tragedy and all of that and more but this is also a chance to build a better world.
A boy who believes himself to be a failure and a girl who gave up and become a failure.
That boy become the strongest person in the world, the fearsome and awe inspiring Death Monarch.
And that girl become the Divine Archer, the heroine of a generation. Of all the things she was thankful for in her life, it was him.
As he looks at her, she remembers something. She chuckles a bit and then she said
'Do you know what I did when I misses you?' She asks
Azief shake his head.
'I look at the stars and I pretend one of it is you. That is what I do when I don't know where you are.' Azief smiles and shakes his heart. She laughed.
That is cheesy' Azief said
'Yes, it is. But you like it' Azief laughed and nodded. Then she kisses him on his left cheek slowly like she is savoring it and she smiles with happiness.
She keeps smiling when she looks at him. She could not hide her feeling and it is one of the things that Azief like about her.
The fact that she could not hide her feeling. To him it was her being honest. To other people it might look like she is a bitchy woman.
She looks at Azief and she could tell, he like the kiss. Smiling she added
'You are my home'
Then she pulls him closer and kisses him on his left cheek and added
More gushing. Anyway, next chpater there will be some preety sweet revelations. Anyway, will not giev you too much of a spoiler so see you tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
415 THE JOY OF LIFE 5
Azief smiles. She is reflected in his eyes and he is falling deep. He could see all of her and he likes seeing her smile.
He is relaxed and he is happy. It is a luxury to him. This is what he fought for. For this kind of simple happiness.
He hugged her warmly, tightly and then he kisses her forehead
Then he plants a kiss on top of her nose and then he slowly come down and kisses her on the lips, slowly and passionately.
Then he leans back and look at her face.
She was flushed red.
There is some green flour stuck on her cheek and her hair is slightly messy and she smell a lot like the smoke that the pot behind her is emitting but for some weird reason she looks perfect to him.
And he unconsciously said
'You are perfect' And she heard it and blushes slightly. She releases herself from him and turn back to her pot and then she said
'Now go wait'
Azief chuckles and then he leaves her alone inside the kitchen. He is prepared to taste the worst dish ever made by her as he lounges on the sofa.
This house does not have protection formation or any hex enchantment other than the Anti Surveillance and Anti Divine Sense protection.
Because like Sofia said anyone who dares to breach this place would probably not leave this place alive.
As he sat there waiting for her to finish making that food, he thought to himself.
This is the kind of life he always dreamed off.
It was perfect. It is pure. For one moment, he could forget all the intrigue that is happening inside his dominion, the enemies he had and all the other things.
It is a pity he is not yet truly strong. If he is strong he did not have to worry about anything even after the moment passes.
At least he is not an Emperor again.
He remembers when he became an Emperor when he was living as Azul. How tiring it was to engage in intrigue and schemes.
It is not that Azief couldn't rule, he is just tired of ruling. He was an Emperor in Azul life and he was not an ordinary Emperor.
In that life he is hailed as a wise emperor, ruling fairly and benevolent to his people.
It is hard being the Emperor. But that hardship was rewarded. With it, he got the energies inside the Rings and he could form thirteen energies.
He could take the last step anytime he wanted. But not today. He deserves this bit of time before he takes his feet on the vast world outside again.
He closes his eyes and he could feel that barrier in his Inner Universe is slowly thinning out and he smiles as he slowly opens his eyes.
'There is not much time' he said to himself. He could that a new kind of energy is slowly enveloping his Inner Universe.
This energy is not harming him instead it is giving off energy into his Inner Universe. Probably there is no one like him ion Earth.
To cultivate thirteen energies and turning them into Disk if not for the many fortuitous encounter, it would have taken him probably decades.
Or even hundreds of years. The Eternal Rings have helped him many times in his journey. One could say that his destiny changed the moment he found that ring.
His eyes seem to shine blue for a fragment of a second.
But it is not the kind of blue like the blue eye color. It is a kind of blue that seems to be from the primordial energy.
As it swirls around his pupils.
Even he himself did not notice the change because it was so brief
The reason for his eye color changing for that split second is because the energy in his body is slowly filling to its brim.
The twelve energies inside his body is slowly fusing. Before they are hard to fuse but like anything, once it was performed, it is easier later to perform it again.
Now, even if Azief did not try to fuse, the energies inside his Inner Universe slowly melding with each other, fusing and slowly producing that unknown last energy in his body.
The moment he breaks that barrier inside his Inner Universe, he could summon the Supremacy Stairway.
And then he will be transported into the Supreme Dimension, the dimension that was created by thirteen Supreme Being.
While he was waiting for his food on Earth, somewhere in the vast Universe, in a planet called Belthana the silver door of the Temple of Fates seems to shake with great trembling
Three sisters that is sitting on three thrones made of golden stars seems to stir. They have sat in the throne unresponsive, closing their eyes since they met Fir Her Waz.
There are Three Thrones, all of them is made of golden stars.
The throne sat on the main hall of the Temple of Fates. On the center of the hall, sitting on her throne is the oldest of the sisters, Atropos.
Her eyes seem to open when she senses that energy
She seems to have foreseen this moment. However, she felt that this is too early making her frown.
Her face is stern and somber and beneath her throne is her golden shears shining like the sun in the sea of starry skies.
Her dress is red as blood and her throne is twenty feet high.
Behind her throne is the scenery of death, and her shears cutting the life of warriors, kings, killers, saints, children and the elderly, for death is equal to all.
Sitting on her left side is her other sister, Lachesis. She is clothed in white light, luminous like the color of the sun before dawn is breaking.
Behind her, the scenery of life well lived can be seen.
On her right hand is a rod. There is also the image of many kinds of life forms, humans, animals, other races, like a selection of lives.
Sitting on the right side of Atropos is Clotho who is the youngest of the Fates.
Behind her throne is the scene of void forming and dissipating.
Looking farther behind the void is moving scenery of the Goddess Aphrodite making love with multiple Olympians, the scene of Titan Lord Typhon death, Zeus hurling his lightning bolt to a mortal king and it also depicts a war in which The Three Fates helped the Olympians.
Her appearance is the most pleasing out of the three sisters.
Her hair reached her hip and her clothes is golden light that could shine an entire universe. Her face is beautiful and youthful with vibrancy of life etched in every part of her face.
In her hands is a ball of golden thread
They in unison open their eyes as they sense that energy. Then they look at each other and they all frowned.
'And another one come to being' they spoke in unison.
'A child' Clotho said, her eyes seem to see something other do not.
'A dangerous child' Lachesis added
Atropos replied with
'Hmm'
They sense a familiar energy was about to born in the Universe. It is still not borne but it is slowly existing.
But it is not a new energy. It is an old energy. Ancient even
'Hmm' they all spoke in unison.
The Three Sisters of Fate are familiar with this energy. It reminded them of the Heart of Borgan.
It has the same kind of energy, same kind of scent
'Eterna' they said in unison.
And then they all nodded like they reached an agreement and closes back their eyes. The Temple of Fates seems to be silent
Meanwhile at the same time, on a remote part of the Universe, a broken star is sailing through the stars as one person sitting on a red throne laughed as he looked at the direction of Earth.
The person sitting on the red throne is none other than Wargod.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'It exist. There is still hope!' he shouted to the stars and he laughed.
Many of the top existence in the world sense that momentary burst of energy. It is faint but those powerful beings in the Universe know that energy.
Frigga and Thor is Asgard senses it.
The Jade Emperor Yu Wang was bathing in his Heavenly lake when he senses it and his heart become complicated and he only sighed.
The High Emperor of Asura Vritra who was in his Demonic Palace were angry and began killing little demons around him
Most of them did not react the same way like Wargod did. Most of them frowned as they ask to themselves
'So, their kind still exist. Is this His plan or is it simply a coincidence?' To some they have foreseen this.
As the Universe seems to grasp something, Azief is on Earth trying to eat Sofia dish. Which surprisingly enough, it is delicious.
Etherna connection is slwoly being revealed. Anwya, would not talk much about that because I worry that I would spill the beans. And when I spoil beans, I spoil a lot of beans.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
416 THE JOY OF LIFE 6
As the Universe seems to grasp something, Azief is on Earth trying to eat Sofia dish. Which surprisingly enough, it is delicious.
It is a pleasant dinner.
It is a pleasant night. There is only him and her, and it was like this little house is their own separate worlds.
No one bother them that night with anything even though there must be a lot of report that is coming in to the Capital after the massive mobilization of the army.
Even when the officials of Pandemonium wanted to report their progress, they were obstructed from seeing Death Monarch and it was an inviolable order.
It is a perfect night.
That is what Azief felt as the night goes deeper.
Together, they talk about their dreams and as night descend, Azief brought out a tape and play a slow song as he held out his hand and dance with her under the moonlight.
They laughed as they try to match their steps, their hands held tight. And they felt the love they had for each other as she follows his lead.
Both of their heart was fluttering. Her smile is beautiful and sweet. And his smile is like a smile a man gives when he got all of his heart desire.
He held her small hands and spun her around, their feet moving to the sound.
He grabs her waist and led her to follow his lead as they slowly enjoy their time dancing the night away.
Azief was never a talker. But that doesn't mean she could not know what he is thinking about.
He smiles and he laughs and he shows his affection with those kind of expression. And Sofia understand it.
She could feel his love with every touch and every gaze.
And tonight, there doesn't seem to be something that needs to be said.
She is between his arms as he sweeps her off her feet and spins her around, dancing under the moonlight with their barefoot stepping on the grass with a smile on their faces.
They just enjoy the music, enjoy their time together, as their figures is shined upon by the moonlight.
A picture of happiness
Right now it is like spring for both of them. He holds her closer, and they look at each other eyes.
'What are you looking at?' she asks as he spins her around and pull her back to his chest
He smiles and answer
'You.'
'And how do I look?' she asked as her hand grips tightly with his handFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
'Like you always do. Perfect' she smiles. then she kisses him in his lips
'That is a good answer' she said.
Azief smiles and lift her off the ground, her hands on her neck as he carries her inside the house and they went to the bedroom.
He then throws her into the bed and undress almost immediately. She smiles and throw off her clothes below the bed.
Azief have a perfect physique and as such his body is not only muscly but it was also beautiful like a perfectly crafted body by some godly artisan.
He then jumps into the bed and kiss her neck and she giggles
'That tickles' she said but Azief only smiles and ignore her as his hand went to her breast
'Men' she said as she chuckles. Her breast is perfect. It was not too big or too small. She is quite confident of that.
He kisses her lips as his hand work wonders.
'I could kiss this lips all night long' he whispered to her ears and Sofia felt tingle all over her body
She moans when Azief hand give her pleasure. All that sexual tension released and now that they are having sex it was like the dam was broken and all of it flooded out
Her hand went to Azief body traveling everywhere as she drowns herself in his embrace, in his kisses and in his love.
Both of them enjoy every pleasure, every gesture, every caress, every touch, every glance, every last bit of their bodies.
They admire each other as they traded kisses, as they touched each other, with every desire to be pleasured and giving and receiving pleasure.
Azief don't know how great of a lover he is but he had a lot experience in it. And judging from her reaction, he is not doing too bad
They tumble on the bed for hours and when they are done they admire each other as they hugged together to sleep.
And Azief had two more days left. It is two days he would spend with her. As he drifted to sleep, he knew that he did not have a lot of time left.
Spending two days with the people he loves doesn't seems such a bad thing to do before he is leaving.
He had to leave the other problems to other people. But he shakes his head. Tonight, he is not going to think about any other problems.
As he looks beside him and seeing Sofia face he smiles and then kisses her forehead before he hugged her and slowly closes his eyes and went to sleep.
End of the chapter. And next chapter Supremacy Stairway, I summon thee! Hehehe. It is time. Anyway, I know soem of you will hate this chapter. To those people who hate this chapter why not stick around and maybe we could find the spark back? And for thosewho love it, you guy ( and women) are fine.
And I mena FIIIIINE.
Anyway, please voet for the stroy and leave some comments. Leave the cursing to the minium if you can.
Ciao
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
417 SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 1
The bird chirp happily and on some parts of the continent rooster crowed waking up the villagers.
Many people open their stall as they look out the window and at the sky. The sky is blue and clear and the wind is breezy and pleasant
Seeing that today is going to be a good day, they went out of their shop house and bring out the tables as they pen for business.
The city of Pandemonium is bustling even in the morning. Some inn and large restaurant opens early for hunters that wanted a breakfast.
Unless you are some kind of Disk Formation experts, people still need to eat.
The blacksmith opens their forge and started making the fire and the enchanters and rune smith all ready to do their job for the day.
To those hunters they sometimes look toward the Centre Palace and nodded
To them as long as there is Death Monarch in the Pandemonium, there is no threat that would be able to threaten their family they left in the city. And yesterday the Three Army have come back
They felt secure and safe to leave their family away and with a smile they enter the forest to hunt for monsters and ear some silvers.
Morning has come for Pandemonium and on the port there are many foreign dignitaries that are coming.
They are all coming to see Death Monarch
For it has been two days since Dearth Monarch did not attend the court.
Everyone knows he is spending time on that small humble house not far from the Centre Palace
And today is his last day
So they all come to send him away and probably gaining some inspiration or even better to see Death Monarch fail in his attempt.
The moment they arrived they quickly rent out a carriage to go to the Centre Palace.
Some people did not come but there are many influential people that come.
On the other hand, one the humble hut, a pair of eyes opened up as they sun just begins showing its face to the world.
Azief sleep last night was peaceful. It has been a long time since he sleeps like that. He looks beside him and saw her
And unconsciously he smiles a bit. He approached her and then kisses her on her nose and she moved.
She slowly opens her eyes and look at him. She yawns for a second, then she shows him that smile and then lean on him and kiss him on his forehead.
'Morning' he said
'Morning' she replied
Then he sighs with a smile on his face.
For the first time in a long time Azief just wanted to laze around and stay on this bed. But it is already the last day. For these two days, he had not got off from this house.
He became lazy in a good kind of way
Because this is his only opportunity to become lazy. These past two days he lives like a bum minus the shabby clothes.
No one would ever believe that the cold Death Monarch would also have that kind of side
The lazy, useless bum side. And they both enjoy it. Just lazing around, doing nothing, thinking about nothing other than what to eat tonight and not about some kind of world scheme that could change the humanity fate.
It is not like Azief hate doing things, it is just that it is good to do nothing for sometimes.
He has been running to his goals all of this years and while he is not tired, he did not mind the occasional rest.
These past two days he would woke up in the afternoon and sometimes help Sofia trimming the flowers on the backyard.
Then they cook together, cuddle in the living room as Azief told him about his fiction novel he meant to write but never did, she told him about her fears and her hobby and then they go to their bedroom and they kiss and more kissing and then they fall asleep in each other arms
It was like they were still living in the world before the Fall. All in all, it is a pretty blissful life.
But everything good has its end.
Today, that ends. There is no more resting. He could feel that the energy he accumulated is enough and he could not delay it anymore.
Azief got up from the bed and he summon his attire and shadows envelops him as his appearance turns cold. The aura emanating from his body is that of the unapproachable, cold and mighty Death Monarch.
Sofia also got up and dresses herself.
When she enters back the room and saw the black clothed Azief, she knew that this is the moment of parting.
Sofia look at him and ask
'Is it today?' he nodded and said
'I am summoning it today'
Sofia nodded. She sighed but she smiles anyway. She promises that she will send him with a smile. So that is what she is going to do.
She had said all that she wanted to said to him these past two days and yet, even after all that she is still nervous when she is in front of him. It is funny when she thinks about it.
Her heart is trembling so bad but her face shows no change.
'Will it be hard?' she then asked. Azief look outside the window and look at the skies and turn around and look at Sofia.
He smiles and nodded
'It probably would be' That didn't make Sofia felt happy. Instead it made her even more worried.
She fears what is between her and Azief would happen like the other things in her life that is good and beautiful.
Broken. She always fears when she is too happy. It always felt like there is something just around the corner to jump on her and break her happiness.
'Did you know anything else about the Supremacy Stairway? Any info?' She asks. Smiling he said nonchalantly
'I might die' he said.
Sofia shakes her head, clearly not amused at his attempt at humor and said
'Don't die' she said it with a serious tone. Azief laugh silently hearing this.
He then nodded
'I'll try not to'
'You better' she said
Sofia is actually worried about Azief. No, worried is an understatement of what she is feeling right now. She is feeling all kind of emotions right now.
Anxiousness, dread, longing and fear.
All of that is mixed yet she keeps herself together from shedding a tear or expressing her worries because she knew it would not help and might even burned him even more.
The Perfection Path.
Azief did explain it to her before but she could never understand it. No one in this world seems to be treading the same path like him other than Katarina.
And she didn't like that before. And she still didn't like it now.
But it is clear from her understanding that what he is attempting to do would be difficult and Azief himself don't know what to expect.
That fact did not fill her heart with calmness
Other than the fact that he would be transported to the Supreme Dimension and enduring tempering of his Disk to convert it into Laws, he did not know much what happens after.
And it is the not knowing that Sofia is afraid of.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
And it is not like anyone could teach him. She gave him a kiss on his lips, a long gentle kiss. He had his hand on her waist and pull her closer.
Then they broke their kiss and Azief take a deep breath
Azief then went out of the room and following behind him is Sofia, dressed in her hunter outfit. Her long hair waves as it is being blown by the wind and her bow is behind her back
They went outside the house and Azief stop at the entrance gate of the house.
He looks behind him, looking at the house and the patch of small garden on the side of the house and he sighed
'It is a beautiful dream these past couple of days'
Sofia did not say anything. She just nodded.
'It was a really beautiful dream.' They stand in silence for a few second before Azief turned to Sofia and then said
The first chapter in the beginning of the Supremacy Stairway arc. Anyway see you tomorrow and dont forget to vote.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
418 SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 2
'Will you accompany me to go to the city?'
Sofia was shocked at this request.
'You wish to tour Pandemonium? At this moment?' She asked like she is trying to make sure she did not hear it wrong
Azief nodded.
He looks at the distant sky and he sighed. He had a premonition that something would change when he went into this journey.
He doesn't know what would change but he could feel it.
And there is a reason why he wanted to see his Pandemonium
He had been thinking about this the moment he wanted to leave.
He usually ignores the people of Pandemonium and let them do what they want as long as it did not go beyond his bottom line.
They love him, respect him, in awe in him and worship him.
They treated him like the monarch of this continent.
But he never sees them before. At least not like see them, see them.
As he is slowly approaching more and more toward the area of Laws he understands something very important about humans and himself.
Intentions. Or will. Or determination. To walk to the Grand Path, one need to have unswerving will.
An unbreakable determination. And the guide for walking this path is one intentions.
He wanted to see more. He wanted to see his people and their will. When he became a part of Heaven he saw a Will.
Not his Will. Not the Heaven Will. But a Will that seems stretched and connecting all across living thing.
Like a source that powers Life and give life strength.
Then what is this Will? Azief had been thinking about that question a lot and he came to the conclusion that Will is the Will of humans.
Each human has a soul and each soul has a will. But all those Will could create something tangible if only they knew how.
He once asked what is Heaven Will? He got his answer. He confirmed it. But what is his Will? He knows his intentions but what is his Will?
And what can it do? And can it transform?
He is slowly grasping with that understanding and he knows this is not something he should rush about.
What is his Will? These kind of question could drive one crazy if one had not walk far enough. Azief know he is walking on his own grand Path.
And it is still a long walk to the end.
He did not know that even a she is thinking of this he keeps moving forward, and Sofia silently follows him from behind
He had experienced a lot in this world.
His experience in the Six Life of Azul still give him many benefits and in retrospect enables him to have this kind of fast development.
There is six path of reincarnations in Azul life and he suffer and experience all kinds of blessing and tribulations in there.
To some people he is still young but his soul is old. He lived a long time in those sabers.
His Six Finger Path is derived from the Six Path of Reincarnation and from the experience in those life.
In each of that spell there lies a will in them, corresponding to one reincarnation of Azul life. It is a Will.
Azief in those many lives experience what it feels like to be happy just to see flower blooms in spring, and feeling sad to see flower wither.
He sees the eternal changes of the world, the turn of fortune and misfortune and feel sorrow.
In those lives as he watches the rise and fall of the tide of human life, he felt the impermanence of life.
He embraces all that and accept all those feelings. As Azief is thinking all this he did not know that he had walk quite a long way from the hut.
Behind her Sofia could see that Azief is in a daze but she did not try to interfere.
It is like Azief is gaining some inspiration.
She just keeps walking behind him.
As she saw some of the Shadow Guards in the distance she shakes her head at them and gesture for them to leave and the Shadow Guard melded back into the darkness and disappeared from sight.
Azief is still thinking about all of this matter.
He wanted to reach the realm like Azul. But he knew that such a realm is not reached simply because one wanted to reach it.
Sometimes luck is needed. Sometimes one needed a stroke of inspiration.
By now Azief is slowly reaching to the Pandemonium entrance gate.
When the palace guards saw that it was Death Monarch walking to the gate, they wanted to kneel but then they saw Lady Sofia behind Death Monarch gesturing them to shut up and open up the gate.
So, they do not dare make a sound as they slowly open the entrance gate.
Azief is still walking not realizing what is happening. His foot keep walking forward but his mind is lost in his thought.
Sofia fears that Azief would lose his inspiration or whatever he is doing and cut short his concentration. The only thing she could do is to minimized the distraction.
The Shadow Guard watch in the distance hiding in the darkness of the alleys, blending in with the crowd.
Azief and Sofia is slowly walking out from the Palace and is now entering the most bustling marketplace in front of the Centre Palace.
As they enter, some of the people that is selling and buying, look oddly at this pair of young man and woman.
The Lost Boys in the distance were also feeling weird looking at these two people.
They look oddly incompatible with the scenery here, like they were an entirely different being from them
Not many people knew how Death Monarch appearance since there are not that many that dares to look him in the eyes.
But warriors or people who adventure throughout the seven seas and the four corners of the land of course knows Death Monarch appearance because they got news with his picture (most of it blurry) and could afford to buy footage of Death Monarch.
But to some, the closest they could see to Death Monarch appearance is in his Temple worshipped by some cults.
Most of them were carved by the sculptor that believes in worshipping Death Monarch
And most of those statues depicted him under his hood with a cold face, unsmiling and stern with no details on his face or how he looks like as his face is covered by the black robe
To the Lost Boys who roam across the city alleys and streets, they look at the two people like they were idiots.
These are the marketplace. If the woman did not push a few people away from them that young man would have bump into many people already and might create a conflict
They didn't look like merchants and they didn't look like hunters. Hunters usually would look a little more shabby
And they are not the military considering how they did not carry that aura of military. One of the merchants was about to scold Azief when Sofia notices it.
She snorted, waved her hand and wind gust push the merchant away as the merchant was hurl away, colliding with a large stall, crashing all over the other merchant wares.
Azief did not even notices this commotion.
The merchants were about to call yell for the guards and he himself is slowly standing up amidst the destroyed wooden stall and was about to give that woman a piece of his mind.
but then he saw that the woman brought out a bow and then the merchants eyes shakes and he gulped.
His back sweated and his hand trembles and he went weak on the knees. His eyes look at the woman. She was beautiful but when his eyes landed on the bow, it was then that fear sets in.
He recognizes that bow. Many people wanted the replica of that bow on his shop before so he did make a replica of it for parents to buy for their children.
Because of that he could recognize it even from afar. And he didn't think the bow on that woman hand is a replica.
It is this realization that fills him with fear and dread.
Because if that is the real thing, then this woman is none other than that Archer and the man in front of her, wearing an all back outfit could only be that person.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Ending it with a cliffhanger. Leave some comments and vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
419 SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 3
He went weak and his butt fall down on the cold hard paved road but he was so fearful that his body did not register the pain of falling.
He gulped and shakes his head toward the woman as he closes his own mouth with his own hand.
The other merchants were shocked with this sudden change of attitude.
When they saw all of this happening they also were dissatisfied with the woman conduct and decided to help their fellow merchants.
After all, they did not do anything wrong. Why should they be treated like this?
But looking at their fellow comrade pale face, and his entire body trembling, his eyes shaking, the other merchant slowly lower back their hand down as they could feel that this is not as simple as it looks.
And that woman holding that bow is also not as simple as she looks if she could instill so much fear inside their fellow friend heart
Azief on the other hand did not pay any mind to what is happening around him
It was like he is savoring something. But it is clear what is on his mind is not clear. That look of savoring something has stopped and replaced with a confusion.
He didn't realize anything that is happening around him and seems engross with whatever he is thinking right now.
And nothing could break his concentration right now. Inside his body, he could sense that the barrier over his Inner Universe is so thin that even one energy is enough to shatter it
His body did not emit any fluctuation making him to appear like he is just like normal mortal.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
His aura indicates that he is not even a Pillar Forming leveler. But a normal mortal. There is no energy at all that is coming out of him.
Truth is, his entire energy right now is purifying his entire internal organs and is stored inside his body.
If he released that energy, it would not be an exaggeration to say that the entire Pandemonium would feel like the Heavens is pushing them down to the ground to prostrate in front of him.
Behind however, the originally bustling marketplace is slowly going silent.
As they look at the merchant look of fear when looking at that woman, they too look at that woman.
What could force the merchant to remains silent even after he is treated so unfairly? This question is on everybody mind right now.
Slowly, their gaze shifted to the bow and then slowly realization dawned on them and they gulped in fear.
It was like a puzzle but once they saw the bow, the beautiful woman wielding it and the man in front of her, they slowly felt that this is the only explanation why someone would act so blatantly in the marketplace in front of the Centre Palace
They open a path for him as they slowly understand what the man is doing is not of his own volition.
Some hunter and warriors saw this and they thought it might be some kind of enlightenment. As two person give way, four person give way and as four people give way eight more give way.
Slowly the path that Sofia is walking slowly open up like the seas parting away.
Sofia also didn't like doing this kind of overbearing attitude but she did not understand what is happening to Azief so she could only support him like this by making sure he is not disturbed in any way.
The merchant started to whispers among themselves and even the buyers began avoiding the woman.
They did not avoid her out of fear but out of respect.
Especially for the man in front of her.
There are many emotions when the people of the marketplace look at the man walking slowly around the road, forward with each steps.
There is gratitude, respect, fear and awe among many other emotions that is mixed in.
The Lost Boys that saw this were all startled and quickly slip back into the alley. They were quick in understanding.
They immediately could guess who that woman was seeing the reaction of the merchant after seeing that woman bow.
And if that woman is who they guessed her to be, then that man wearing all black could only be that person.
Just thinking about it send shiver down the spine of these Lost Boys so they quickly run from the scene not daring to meddle in anything related to them.
The matters involving the bigshot names is always like the matters of royalty.
The Lost Boys could not afford to meddle in such thing and they are not really an organization or a powerful faction.
They are just boys who have no homes that depended on each other in the street selling petty information and doing odd jobs.
They disappear among the many corners of the alley, distancing themselves from the marketplace as far as possible
Azief is still walking calmly, one step at a time, but if one looks closely one could see he is sweating.
His body is immune to external extreme cold and extreme heat yet he is sweating. This could only happen because he is thinking about something so much that his mind manifested the symptom onto his body
He then suddenly stopped walking and close his eyes.
It was only a few second but in his mind it was like he is closing his eyes for hundreds of years. He did not think of anything.
He thinks nothing.
He is clearing everything from his mind.
Doubts could gnaw on him so it is time to forget. He is forgetting everything that he thought he knew as he walks from the hut to this marketplace.
One day, he might be thinking of it again and that time the answer he got would probably be different from what he got now.
Since the time hasn't come, he shouldn't have rushed.
He then opens his eyes.
Behind him Sofia no longer follow him as she watches him from a distance. The moment he opens his eyes he immediately knows that he is in the marketplace.
In his heart he was shocked. He thought he just walked a few second and take only a few steps. He did not know that he had walked pass the Centre Palace gate and reached the marketplace already.
He saw Sofia behind him and he nodded in appreciation. She must have done many things to make sure he is not disturbed
She smiles. It was then Azief felt something is wrong.
He looks at the sky. The clouds are clear with no sign of rain, the wind is breezy and pleasant and it is daylight
This kind of time should be liveliest and the marketplace should be bustling.
Considering where he is standing on, merchants should be shouting trying to sell their wares and travelers from far away would congregate around stall that seller weapons and potions, making a clamor.
Considering that there are also many dignitaries coming today to send him off, the marketplace should be full of noise.
Why was it so quiet now? Then he looked at the scene in front of him and unconsciously he took a deep breath
He did not know how to feel right now. He is shocked that is for sure. Even Sofia who notice this earlier than Azief feel shocked.
She had seen such scene before but she thought only those cults that acted like this.
But today, she could affirm what the people of Pandemonium felt toward their Monarch.
There is not a single person on the street in front of him. There are only the paving stones, one by one stretching into the distance
All of the merchants in the marketplace, travelers, and not to mention the officials that was rushing to go to the Palace with their carriage, all climb down from their carriage and join the other, their head were pressed below the eaves on either side of the street.
They kneel on the ground and then they kowtowed to the center of the clean streets and did not move an inch
Hope you like it. No words to say and if you like the chapter dont forget to vote and rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
420 SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 4
Sofia looking at this finally confirm what she heard before about Death Monarch is true.
She herself is rarely at Pandemonium and while people knows her, they rarely thought of her much and she is not thought to contribute to the development of Pandemonium.
That might not be fair but that is the opinion of the people in Pandemonium.
To then, the founder of Pandemonium is Death Monarch Azief and the Three Army is the co-founder of Pandemonium.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
As she looks at this scene she realizes that Azief position in the hearts of Pandemonium is far more venerated than she thought
Even the President of the World Government would not get such respect since not all people living under him agree on all of his policy.
The same could be said for the Republic that sometimes passed laws in their territory that the people did not really agree on.
What is more impressive is that there is no pressure from soldiers or anyone opening the way for Azief.
Everyone had voluntarily knelt to the ground and kowtowed toward Azief. It was like they had seen their god descending from heavenly realms to stain his foot on the mortal realm
Even the merchant that was thrown before kowtowed to the ground respectfully and did not complain at all.
Many people after realizing the identity of the woman immediately guesses who the person in all black outfit is.
The shock in their heart is incomparable so they all open a path by themselves, knelt and then kowtowed to him
Because everyone in Pandemonium knows that since Death Monarch has come out from the Centre Palace, it means he is now leaving.
And with that realization, many emotions are rising up from the resident of Pandemonium
Death Monarch. To people outside Pandemonium, his name symbolizes fear and ultimate might
But to the people of Pandemonium while there is fear in their hearts, there is also the feeling of ultimate respect for him
He is the protector of Pandemonium. Few people in Pandemonium had seen Death Monarch come out from the Centre Palace and went into the streets.
The people of Pandemonium could only gaze on that Palace and express their gratitude by bowing to the area of the Palace.
Why?
Because while the other part of the world is terrified and uneasy with their safety, fearing their uncertain future, leaving the weak on the mercy of the strong, in Pandemonium, it was peaceful and happy.
There is threat of course but most of the time it is one of the safest place in the world right now.
With Death Monarch sitting on his throne, he is like some kind of a Great Guardian that deters all evil people from stepping inside Pandemonium.
Many families settle down here and they were always grateful for the protection he rendered.
Death Monarch rarely come out from his Palace but even that is enough. The fact that he is there fills the heart of the people of Pandemonium with security.
Even his name is enough to terrify people from committing crime in Pandemonium.
They are no internal wars, no warlords vying for powers or two organization using their leaders as some kind of proxy war
There is only one ruler that the people of Pandemonium acknowledges. Even the unruly warriors and powerful people that stay in Pandemonium would follow his order without question.
His might and prestige is the highest. Many times he had saved the world and he had pay the price for such things gaining him the support of heroes all over the world.
Even his enemies respected him and some would even stand in favor of him on certain matters.
Death Monarch Azief.
He is the Great Protector of Pandemonium. He is Pandemonium.
Now, that they saw Death Monarch walking down the streets, there is boundless sorrow in their hearts.
Death Monarch is leaving.
They have lived under his protection for so many years and will probably be continuing live under the protection of his name even after he leaves and this is the only way they knew how to express their gratitude to Death Monarch
In front of him more people lined up from the distance, kneeled and kowtowed to the ground, gratitude filling their hearts and an unwavering devotion.
Some people followed the others and kowtowed to the ground, clearly unfamiliar with such way of showing gratitude but while they look clumsy, their intent and Will and gratitude is carried over to Death Monarch
Everyone seems to be alerted of the presence of Death Monarch in the marketplace and everyone had rushed to come
Shopkeepers jumped out from their counter as they close their business and went to the marketplace and bowed to Death Monarch
They knew that lofty person had finally left the Centre palace and had come among them.
Even the dignitaries that is coming to congratulate Death Monarch were hold up by the traffic of people running to the marketplace as the scene of people rushing and running to the marketplace drew their curiosity
They finally grab one of the people and when they heard that Death Monarch has come out from the Centre Palace they also rushed their carriage to the marketplace.
When they arrived near the marketplace and they saw the sea of people kowtowing to Death Monarch, shock filled their hearts.
Looking all around them they all see countless of people whether it was the old or young they all bowed to that man and fearing that it would look disrespectful they too climbed out of their carriages and also follow the other gesture and kowtowed to Death Monarch
To people of Pandemonium this kowtow and gesture is not just because of gratitude. It is also because they felt sad and a sense of sorrow as they knew this is Death Monarch farewell.
Azief look at this scene and unconsciously there is a smile on his face.
He could feel their intent and he thought that while he did not think much of these people, these people think much of him.
He thought to himself
'Maybe it is not that bad protecting people and being a hero' And he almost laughs at this thought. He never thought of being a hero and his act were more like he was the villain.
But the fear he inspires means hope to some other people.
Under him, people did not have to fear other forces that would force them to become soldiers or being exploited or under the mercy of the powerful.
If one had to be under the mercy of the powerful, then it is better to be under the mercy of a powerful and benevolent dictator.
And what is more benevolent for a dictator than not doing anything? And the sea of people bowing to him all know this.
For titanic figures like Death Monarch once he moves, he would surely step on many ants. So, the most help he can do is by not moving.
Azief look around him and he already wipes the smile out of his face.
But his face looks as emotionless as ever. He looks unperturbed by the scene after he collected himself.
And slowly his aura is rising and he look back up at the sky. His eye is slightly blue.
Somewhere in the Universe, in a closed dimension, a particular dimension seems to be shaken suddenly like it is being stirred to life.
In that dimension there is a large universe.
It is filled with harmful gases and radioactive Universe waste and no life seems to exist here. However, inside this universe there is also three thousand space rips
Three thousand rips that is an oddly specific space rips. And that is not all the odd thing about this Universe of dead stars and poisonous gas.
In that Universe, floating in the epicenter of that universe, is thirteen step of stairs that seems to be made from stars and essence of planets.
It stands still in the epicenter of the Universe like it is being held in place by some heaven defying power.
It emanated an inviolable area and the steps look ancients and at each steps there is a statue. Thirteen statue for thirteen steps.
Each of the statue depicted a different person and their looks and appearance were all different.
The statues were all covered in star dust and yet even after all these eons, it still stands there without showing signs of rotting of crumbling.
On the other hand, the thirteen steps are replescendent with light and seems to contain all energies that could possibly exist in the whole Omniverse.
It shakes, stirs and then white light seems to radiate from the steps.
The dust on its steps were brushed over by some kind of invisible energy and then that white light that is radiating from the steps gathered and solidify in the bottom step of the stairs.
The light spins around for a few second and then it stopped like it found its target
Then suddenly it shot out and pierce the dimensional barrier.
Meanwhile on Earth as Azief look at the sky, he closes his eyes and he is back in his Inner Universe.
He looks down and see stars and planet beneath his feet. He looks up and while he could not see it he could sense that the barrier is in front of him.
End of this chapter. Next chapter.....the breakthrough. If you like the chapter please vote and leave some comments and don't forget to rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
421 THE THIRTEEN DISK 1
The moment he said that he closes his eyes and his aura rises up exponentially.
Azief is in his Inner Universe again as his presence stirred up all the twelve energies present inside it.
He takes a breath and the world stirs and responded like it is heaving and breathing like him
He is floating up in the sky his body is clothed by darkness and the aura around him were divine and full of godly presence that envelop everything.
He smirks as he looks above him. He is the Heaven here and if he wanted to he could travel anywhere in an instant.
It would not take him even a second since the Laws of Space and Time in this world is under his command.
In this world, he is God.
Whatever he desires, whatever he wanted would be realized. He felt his twelve energies that made up this world is eager to be unleashed.
It was like a pet that has gone hungry. It years to be fused again and Azief could not help but be excited.
They wanted to be unleashed from their leash.
He waved his hand and his energy spread out from him and a golden bluish light exploded out from him.
The sky around him changed colors, the sky shakes and rumbles, the land trembles and tremors and it was like an omen of apocalypse that is descending down from the heavens
Azief look at this with no change of expression as he could feel his entire body becoming even more powerful, full of energy and the ability to control everything in here
It was like he is slowly merging with everything. His eyes is shining bluish golden light as it could penetrate anything in this world and he could see even the smallest atom if he wish for it.
He smiles and then he said
'Gather!' he shouted, his word shakes the entire Universe as stars exploded creating a large black hole in some corner of his Universe.
And this word of him turns into a heavenly decree that could not be disobeyed.
The energy of the world heeded his summon like an emperor calling upon his loyal subjects. He looks at the sun and it dimmed and the world goes dark under his gaze.
He breathed and the winter wind set in and freeze the world, as mountains fall and trees wilted. Then he opens his palm, waiting for the energy to came to him
The Worldly energy gathers and turns into a small orb that spin on top of Azief palm.
On the real world, Sofia look worriedly at Azief.
While Azief is standing still on the middle of the marketplace, Sofia could see there is a change in Azief body. He is not the only one that senses it.
The dignitaries peek and could saw that the Death Monarch closes his eyes and his body suddenly emitted a powerful aura.
It was one that could push people hundreds of miles away, and it an absolutely terrifying aura as it seems wildly going off in every direction.
Yet, when that aura passes through the people that is kneeling and kowtowing to the ground, the aura removes their impurities.
The one that is kowtowing feeling this energy passes through them knows that this is the way Death Monarch giving them some blessing.
The sorrowful appearance of the tens of thousands of people kowtowing on either side of the street become even more sorrowful.
The Heaven way is to abandon affection and become heartless. Azief defy this and he won. But who in the world could do things that Death Monarch did?
If everyone could do what he did, then he would not be considered a legend and the hero of the generation.
This is his era. Everyone knows that.
But even though Azief is not heartless that did not mean he is full of affection.
In a way, even though he did not follow Heaven Way, he is infinitely closer to heaven way than anybody else.
He is heartless and he abandon affection for useless things. But being heartless is not to be emotionless.
He might not care much about the people of Pandemonium and this continent when he first founded it but his heart grows fonder of it.
He had affection for this city but he still could appear so indifferent and emotionless and hold the affections people of the world gave him in disdain.
Because while affection is a precious thing…it is also very cheap. He knew that if have affection on something or someone, he must not be controlled by that affection.
And he is bad at doing that. That is why he defied the Heavens. He wanted to be whatever he wanted to be.
He nearly become inhuman.
Not in the way inhuman refers to being cruel but inhuman in the sense that he would not forget his emotion.
Azul had led him to believe that Heaven path is not the only path in this wide vast Universe and it is not necessarily the strongest.
It is the easiest but the easiest path does not mean it is the stronger path.
The moment Azief had his Will acknowledged by the heavens, he broke though something invisible and one could see he is more expressive and his feeling is more human.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
In the past he would not care even a bit about these people kowtowing to them but now he is even giving them the chance of purifying themselves.
And his aura is slowly rising even more.
Inside his inner world, as the Worldly energy gather on top of his palm another energy is gathering and gaining momentum
The gravity in his Universe seems to be disturbed and the moons and the stars became dim like it is being drained.
Things that should have been stationary moved, and things that should move become stills and things that should not float, floated.
BOOOM! A larger explosion created an energy blast that spread out through his Inner Universe.
The stars were drained of its energy.
Energy coming out from this drained stars and moons gathers and turns into an orb of light that shot out to Azief and floated on top of his palm.
It looks like it is still but it is actually spinning so fast that no one could see its motion.
Azief could see it because he could feel its motion and he as the monarch of this Universe could see through it easily.
Azief smiles and then he looks back at his slowly destroyed world as the sea was rising, on one part and some were freezing while mountain collapses on itself and the large land break off into smaller pieces
On one part of his world, it was freezing while on the sea on the other side, it was boiling so hot that the vapors created clouds.
An ancient energy suddenly bursted out from the world.
The breakthrough is coming and the stairway is coming
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
422 THE THIRTEEN DISK 2
Azief laughed as he sees what is coming out. He senses it before but now to see it again, it fills his hear with amazement and awe.
This energy is a gift from an old friend and he rarely uses it. It is the Ancient Runic energy. The moment he felt it runic symbols comes out from everything, from rocks and stones, from grass and water.
And the runic symbols also come from the moon and stars and from Space and Time itself as it destabilized the Inner Universe even further.
The usually stealth and hidden energy of the runes that embedded in everything in his Inner Universe were extracted out and it turned into an orb and floated on top of Azief palm
Each time the energy floated on top of his palm that energy envelop Azief entire being and he appears even more sacred
The runic energy faded away and everything that is embedded by the runic energy and the concept of his worlds turns into dust and blown by the winter wind as it accelerates the destruction of the many worlds inside his Inner Universe.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
His world is crumbling down even more faster as the energies that supported his world is leaving
Then eh look at another direction as he senses another energy that is hard to sense and even harder to see.
He smirked and then he grabs something from the starry skies and like being pull by a mighty force, an orb of energy was forcefully dragged out from the emptiness of nothing of space.
It was scattered at first but the moment he grabbed to the nothingness, that scattered energies were forced to materialize and solidifies itself.
The thing that Azief grabbed is his Celestial Disk.
It is the energy that the Jade Emperor bestowed upon him when he was undergoing the Purification Fire Baptism.
The Celestial energy fills him and his eyes shines white for a moment, appearing like he is some kind of divine holy being.
For that one brief moment, he looks like an inviolable majestic being that descended from the High heavens and each of his words could not be disobeyed.
The four energies floated on top of his palm and they all wanted to fuse with one another. But Azief held them floating in place, not allowing them to fused just yet
With four energies that has prop up his Universe being extracted of course it would create an instability and destruction all over his Universe.
The Space and Time around his Inner Universe is tearing at its seams causing the entire Universe to expand and contact and contradiction began to happen all over the place, messing up the Laws and the concept of his world.
Vortexes of Time tearing and dimension ripping is slowly occurring all over his Inner Universe like it is slowly collapsing on itself.
Stars seems to be deformed as some of them have experienced some kind of Time Reversal and other experience Time Acceleration.
Space molecules scattered all around his Inner Universe and emitted unknown dark matter and unknown energies that bounces off against each other.
Azief then inhale and as he inhales a godly suction force, and stars and planets went into his small mouth.
It was an unbelievable sight that even with his current figure a small human compare to the planets and stars inside his Inner Universe he could swallow it.
The moment he inhales the stars and planets shrinks enabling him to inhale them into his body.
But that is not what he wanted.
He is forcing out the All Source to appears and finally as the energies inside the Inner Universe at an all-time low, it appeared and turned into an orb and flew to him and floated on top of his palm
The All Source is very important in making sure that the energies on top of his palm stabilized.
The moment it appears on top of his palm, the All Source energies envelops the other energies causing them to be stabilized and not breaking apart
By now Azief universe is already crumbling down.
All over his Inner Universe countless planet is walking to their own destruction as the forces that held them in place has been taken away.
Planets that is orbiting around the sun slowly break off and exploded in a large explosion that splintered of to create space debris that fills the starry skies and stars bounces off each other, colliding and creating a supermassive black hole.
He saw souls flow from the destroyed Universe just like last time and he move his finger and the soul gathered and turn into an orb and flew to his palm
It is the Soul energies. With the Soul Disk come the other energies.
The demonic energy that is red and black in its colors floated and spun around on top of his palm and trying to defy his power.
'The Demonic energy and its defiant nature' Azief thought to himself as his pupil now has a tint of dark red
Then the Aether and Nether Disk with both of those energies seems to counteract each other appeared and floated to his palm.
Azief face trend serious now
'Any moment now' he thought to himself.
A few moments later the Primordial energy, Divine energy and Cosmic energy all gathered around his palm
Azief finally looed extremely serious right now.
All twelve energies are floating on top of his palm as behind him his Universe is breaking apart and large explosion happen almost endlessly
With all the energies is on top of his hand a Big Bang explosion happens as it wipes out his Inner Universe.
As it reforms back there is only nothingness in Azief Inner Universe….and that barrier. And him, standing on the darkness of emptiness looking at a direction with nothingness as its backdrop.
The large explosion did not leave him even with a scratch.
Now his entire being have twelve auras that are all overbearing and terrifying. Any of these energies could make one a powerful person in the outside world.
None of the energy that Azief cultivated and turned into his Disk is useless or ordinary.
Then He take a deep breath.
He closes his eyes in what seems like a moment but felt like an eternity passing him by. Then he opens his eyes back up and there is a smile on his face
'I am ready' he said to himself.
Then he closes his palm and the twelve energies all were absorbed into his body and as the twelve energies is fusing inside his body, his body glow with faint blue colors and emitted an ancient aura that seems to predate even Time itself.
His eyes seem to turn blue and seems to contain an entire Universe within it. He then gazes upon the emptiness of the void.
His gaze right now could even identify karmic causes and effect, looked through Life and Death and reverses the cause and effect of time ignoring causality.
That gaze only lingers for a second but it was terrifying enough that one gaze could uncover the entire Universe secret.
Azief did note even realizes it at that time because of how brief that gaze in his eyes could be maintained.
And he did not have that gaze consciously.
In his mind right now, his only priority is to break through this barrier and fuse his twelve energies to create the thirteen Disk and by doing so summons the Supremacy Stairway.
He pointed his finger to the nothingness above him and then he shouted
'Break!'
A twelve colored energy come out of his finger with adorning sound that seems that it could pierce through anything in the vast Universe.
Azief heard the droning sound as the light travels through the emptiness of darkness but it also sounds like it was a Song.
The distance between him and the barrier seems infinitely vats yet when he uses that finger strike composed of twelve energies fusing, it is like that light coming out of his finger ignores the Laws of Time and Space and instantly appear before the barrier and the light penetrate the barrier like a knife slices through butter.
Before the twelve energy smashing to the barrier only cracked it, but now with his body already ready and on the brim of breakthrough and he himself sure of his deduction, one attack is all that it took to break the barrier.
The dark cold universe is suddenly fill with abundant light and life.
The entire barrier with that one penetrating light all crumbles and the energy beyond the barrier merge with Azief body.
The Thirteen Disk is about to be formed. He closes his eyes and he felt that last energy is about to be formed.
And he felt that feeling once again as he expanded limitless, like nothing could constrain and chain him as a different brand energy envelops him
The light forms a protective layer around his body that is thick and large but as he absorbed the energy of that light his eyes turns bluer and his energy is rising in an unprecedented level
In the nothingness of darkness that light around him illuminate his entire Inner Universe.
Usually one would immediately reach Divine Comprehension when one person has reached the limit that they desire.
Raymond for example had already decided to form seven Disk and step to Divine Comprehension when he form his Seventh Disk.
But he had thirteen and he should have rocketed himself through Divine Comprehension probably leveling to the Pinnacle stage of Divine Comprehension realm but there is an invisible energy that is preventing him from immediately breaking through to Divine Comprehension.
Azief knows this must be the suppression of the Stairway.
He knows if he didn't want to summon the Stairway, he could just breakthrough right her and now, fusing all the energy in his body.
But if he does that it would broke the Perfection Path and unless he started from scratch once again he could never walk that path again.
Even if he started from scratch it doesn't guarantee that his luck would be as fortunate like this time.
He met Alsurt and he gave him the Ancient Rune energy.
He survives the Tribulation Fire and the Jade Emperor even gifted him a gift in the form of Celestial Energy.
He passed the Six trials of Azul and Azul extracted the other energies he needed from his Eternal Rings.
These kind of fortuitous encounter has shaped him to become the man he is now. Who knows if he gives up right now he might regret it in the future?
And if at that time he wanted to walk back on the path of perfection, he might not be as lucky as he is right now.
And he never regretted the fact that he walks this path even though he might die pursuing it.
He had thrown away that kind of fear a long time ago.
He had decided and is determined to summon the Stairway and walk this path until he could no longer.
His determination and obsession turned into an unbreakable will.
He let the Thirteen energies revolve inside his body. The light around his body is rapidly being absorbed as the light become thinner.
Even though his form is still his human form, he could still feel that feeling like he could be in an infinite form, existing in all, and like he has cut all of his causes and effect, he seems to be in a timeless dimension where he is eternal.
Like there is no end, there is no beginning and there is no middle. He is everything.
He collected himself as the Disk finally forms and a new brand Universe forms inside his body. This new Universe is teeming with the energy of Life and felt like a true universe.
He looks at this new Universe, created out of nothing as the last Disk materialize into a translucent Disk that towered above all creation.
Then it exploded into a motes of life and shower this universe with life.
And then he opens his eyes slowly.
He opens it and immediately the aura that he leaked out slowly being absorbed back into his body. The blessing he had given to those people that is kowtowing to him is priceless as many of them achieve breakthrough as the energy that passes through them was pure in essence and help them tremendously.
Azief smiles looking at this.
He stands there like nothing had happened to him.
To the outside world he stands still and closes his eyes for only a minute. But in his Inner Universe he felt like he was struggling for eternity.
Sofia in the distance look at the back of Azief and felt a sorrow feeling creeping up into her hearts
He smiles as he could feel the last energy in his body slowly settling in and as ball his fist he could feel the energy around him flowing and waving.
His twelve energy fused together and form a single Disk that had thirteen spectrum of colors and emanated an aura that is conflicting with each other yet because of the Al Source Disk, remains harmonious with each other.
The moment it was formed he knows exactly what the last Disk was.
It is an Omni energy. He felt like he could draw on the energy of matter from all worlds and could unravel even Time if he turns this energy into Laws.
Azief nodded in satisfaction as he looks at the sea of people still kowtowing to him. He sighs and he looked at the sky.
There is a person that look at Death Monarch from a distance, standing on top of a tall large tree that reaches the clouds.
This person wears a cloak and have a hood to prevent people from identifying who this person is.
This person looks at the scene of Death Monarch looking at the sky and this person smiles bitterly under the hood.
'Jean stares at clock, Hikigaya read books and you look at the sky' This person presence is masked and no one could sense this person.
*****************************************************************Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
This chapter is near to its end. And I am out of my cave on 22 and 23. I will probably be writinga lot to compensate for that. Anyway, any thoughts on the person in the hood
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
424 THE THIRTEEN DISK 4
In the marketplace, Azief was not done
He need to at least give some e form of protection for his people and for the people he loves. They are all in this Continent.
He wanted this place to be a home for his family. And a home needs to be safe. His eyes then widened as blue streak flashed in his eyes and he stomp his feet.
There is precession in energy as he lifts his feet and stomp it.
Usually with his mighty prowess, if he stomps the land, the entire marketplace could collapse on itself and created a twenty or thirty feet width crater.
Bu this time he wanted to nurture and not destroy.
The energy around his feet is fine and precise and as his feet landed on the ground, there is nothing like the impact of an explosion.
The land did not even shake even a bit.
Even the tile beneath his feet did not show any signs of being stomp upon.
Some of the dignitaries that is peeking on Death Monarch almost had a heart attack when he saw Death Monarch stomping his foot onto the ground.
They almost jumped out form the crowd and run away fearing an earthquake or a rift to open up in the middle of the road.
This dignitaries action is clearly different than the rest of the people of Pandemonium who even knowing that Death Monarch is about to stomp his feet trusted him and still kowtowing, leaving their life fully to Death Monarch.
But they were also shocked to sense that the stomping of his foot did not even scratch the tile.
Could it be the tile he steps on is some kind of divine artifact? Or could it be that Death Monarch is weak?
Both reason does not make sense but then as they ponder upon these question suddenly above them, the sky glow.
They could not see it but the children that does not understand why their parent kowtow to the man in the middle of the streets is obviously not as devoted or understand common sense as adults does.
When they see something that interest them they look up and when they saw the sky glows they shouted in excitement before closing their mouth with their hands and kowtow back to the ground following their parent's actions.
Azief smiles looking at those children.
Then he said his voice was majestic and deep
'Rise up and look up' The people of Pandemonium lifted their head, rises up and then they look up into the sky. There is glowing lights all around the skies.
The lights look like they are dancing.
There were many colors and there were many auras surrounding the sky of Pandemonium.
Those adults that look up at the sky knows it is no that the sky is glowing. It is the protection formation of Pandemonium that is glowing.
But because that protection formation is translucent it looks like the sky is glowing. They felt a mighty energy is embedded into the formation.
And it is not only one energy. It felt like all the energy in the world was embedded into the protection formation
The Shadow Guards appears in many dark place all over Pandemonium and look up at the sky as they frowned.
Though there are some Shadow Guards that do not look at the sky and only stand motionlessly like the energy is affecting them.
Those Shadow Guards is the Shadow Guards of the Dark Blade Division.
Only their division suddenly stop in unison like the energy that Azief had emanated and embedded into the Pandemonium protection formation affect them.
Azief is not entirely able to control the Omni disk perfectly but doing these kind of thing is easy.
The moment he forms that last Disk he knows he could create, shape and manipulate all feasible and imaginable forms of energy, having practically no limits on the amount or type of energy they can absorb, project or manipulate.
He smiles as one of his weakness have finally been conquered.
He has always bene afraid of spells.
His encounter with Alsurt teaches him that there are wizards in the Universe and their magic most of them does not make sense.
But nonetheless one thing that make sense about magic is that it is still made of energy
In the end it is still energy.
And as long as it is energy he could manipulate it even the magical and esoteric energies which allow him to replicate the effect of magic or spells.
This also at the same time makes him immune to such powers, seeing as how he now can absorb the magical energy powering spells, practically negating it.
But he also knows that is just one ability of his Omni Disk.
If he could create Laws out of this energy, he could even…and he couldn't believe it he is even thinking about it, but he could maybe reach to become Omnipotence.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Of course this is just speculation and it is an absurd speculation. But maybe…. just maybe.
What is more Perfect than being Omnipotent? That thought flashed into his mind for a second but he shakes that thought immediately.
When he stomps his feet a sliver of the thirteen energies in his body fused into the protection formation of Pandemonium.
He gave the key to the protection formation to Shinji and Sasha.
Even though other people couldn't see it Azief could see the faint liens of energy that outline the width and the height of the protection formation.
The moment he fused his energies into the protection formation the formation widened to cover even the Pandemonium Sea and its height increases by three hundred feet
To the child looking at the sky they giggled and laughed.
They find the sight of the sky glowing to be beautiful and laugh in happiness and their eyes is full of curiosity
The adults look at the sky and look at the glowing sky, feeling the abundant energy all over them and they know this is his last gift of Death Monarch before he departed.
Then then look back at Death Monarch.
One of them is about to kowtow to him once again but Azief look through him and shake his head. The young man closes his eyes and nodded.
In the end, this is the only way they could express their gratitude and their sincerity has reached Death Monarch.
Then Azief saw it.
No, to be more accurate he senses it.
He immediately looks back at the sky and then an explosion of light happened on top of Pandemonium.
But this explosion of light covered the entire world skyscape so that everyone in the world that look up all saw this blinding light stretching end to end.
Everyone was shocked at this sudden explosion in the sky without rhyme or reason.
But this explosion produces no sound and inflict no damage. After the initial shock they look back at the sky and see an even more shocking sight.
There are stairs on the sky.
The stairs seem infinite and vast and it seem stretching to the unknown beyond.
And the energy emanating out of the stairs force all the people in the world to prostrate to it. Only some powerful people could resist the pressure.
The pressure lessens in Pandemonium as they could at least maintain some dignity by kneeling on the ground as their body seems to be pressured by thousands of mountains piled on top of them
If not for the protection formation and that is has bene strengthened by Azief energy, they might be in a more terrible form.
This is the suppression power of the Supremacy Stairway. And this is not even the true Supremacy Stairway.
This is just the normal steps leading to the Supremacy dimension where the true Supremacy Stairway await him Azief though.
In the sea of people sweating from their back, their hand and entire body trembling because of the pressure Azief was the only one standing straight.
Even Sofia and that mysterious persons on the branch of the tree had to use their entire power to remain standing.
Sofia buckled down and kneel on the ground, her knees touched the tile and the person on that branch jumped down and kneel.
That person looks at the sky and gritted her teeth in defiance.
The Supremacy Stairway has come for him and only him could resist it. It is not even resist. It felt like a nourishing pressure that strengthened his body even more.
Azief look and s the children and they seem not to be affected by the pressure either. It is probably because they have no energy to suppress or they have no path yet.
The Supremacy Stairways is created from thirteen Supreme Being.
And the fact they would appear when one reached a certain Perfection means they are a generous Supreme Being and wished for the welfare of the Universe.
They suppress but they do not destroy. Or in the case of the stairway suppression, it is that they unintentionally suppress others.
They are after all Supreme Being.
And when they arrived countless of myriads races through the Universes would kneel to show their respect.
The only one that did not have to kneel is those who strive for Perfection.
Azief look behind him and saw Sofia looking at him. He did not say anything, his eyes already told her everything.
He is leaving. He looks at the sea of people prostrating to the ground, struggling to get up and h smiles faintly.
he has done everything he could and mobilize his Shadow Blade and even the Dark Blade Division, He hoped that he himself would survive this tribulation. If he survives then nothing in this world is an obstacle and he could protect everyone.
But if he failed, the measure he had left behind would at least manage to protect them until they grow strong enough to live and slowly forget him.
The only regret he had now is that he couldn't see Katarina before he left.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He then looks back at the sky and look at the stairway, hovering in the air with light coming out of the staircase that seems to even light up the starry dark skies above the skies of Earth.
'I am leaving' he declared as his voice echoes and with his energy slowly fusing with the energy on the steps of the stairway, his voice echoes and reverberated through the entire world.
The whole world hears his declaration that he is leaving and the expression of sorrow could be seen in every face of people of Pandemonium.
On the other hand, some people were rejoiced at this declaration.
There are also fear. Right now even those who rejoiced in the news could not help but prostrate onto the ground or kneeling.
Imagine the feeling of suffocation of having Death Monarch among them. It is like a God walk among them.
And it is not even the nicer God. It is a hard to read, moody and fierce God that inspire fear and death to those who he deemed sinful.
Now that he is leaving, how could those people hiding in the dark not rejoice hearing this news.
Another person did not bow or kneel and that person is Void. He is looking at that stairway somewhere in the Aegean Sea as he laughs maniacally.
Even the monster below the Deep Sea remain still and dare not come out.
The energy emanating from that stairway is ancient and for many of the monster they could sense the primal monstrous energy of those that have step into that stairway and it awaken the fear in their instinctive memories.
Azief take a breath and with a smile he opened up his arms and slowly floated up as one streak of light shot to him from the stairs and envelop his entire body.
Sofia look at his floating figure and smile as she slowly got up. That mysterious person below the tree open up her hood to reveal the most beautiful face.
It is woman and not just any woman. She is the most beautiful woman in the world, Katarina the Ice Queen.
She came to send Death Monarch off and as she saw him floating to the sky, there is a single tear coming out of her eyes.
She wipes the tears away and then look on
Azief did not realizes that Katarina is also looking at him. If he did it might have distracted him. He is just floating as he come closer to the stairway.
The closer he came to the stairways, the more of the pressure lifted off from the world.
And then he stepped on the stairway and the pressure on Earth dissipated. Now he is on the stairway and he could feel the energy roaring from below his feet.
Last chapter for thsi chapter. See you tomorrow if I managed to finish writing the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
426 THE FIRST STEP 1
The sky was white.
The blue sky was replaced with a white expanse. And in the middle of that expanse is a step of stairs that seems to extend infinitely to outer space
It was floating there on the sky and release tremendous pressure.
There are some people in seclusion who already reached Disk Formation that try to fly to the stairway after Death Monarch step on it.
But to their shock and amazement, they found out that no matter how they fly upwards, the stairs seems to be getting further and further away from them.
To their eyes it looks like it was near them but the moment they arrived at that stairway, they would found out that it is farther away.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
It was like an unattainable height.
That stairway only appears in Pandemonium but to some people who have reached high level in their attainment and understanding of the Disk they also see this stairway.
Some people know that this fortune is not for them so they do not fly to the sky to make a fool out of themselves.
Some thought that they could at least bask in the aura of the stairway.
Others thought that there might be a chance for them to get something out of this or maybe get a streak of enlightenment like Hikigaya did when he saw the Wheel of Reincarnation
Hirate who was at the Island of Peace saw the stairway just ten meters in front of him but he did not walk towards it.
Because he knows the moment he did that, the stairway would appear upward and farther and farther away no matter how far he chased it.
It is an illusion created by the stairway
Jean, Oreki, Raymond all the people that have high attainment in their Disk Formation and outside of Pandemonium saw it.
Of course the people in Pandemonium no matter how high their attainment in Disk Formation, they would only see only one stairway.
The reason was because that stairway in Pandemonium is the true stairway that leads to the Supreme Dimension and as such even though Katarina and Sofia is at high level of attainment in their Disk Formation they did not see any other stairway appearing in front of them
The whole world was shocked to see the stairs.
In a cave in Japan, a person waved his hand inside the cave and a projection of his existences appear outside, looking at the stairway.
This person is none other than Hikigaya. He looks at the stairs in the sky calmly, his eyes seem to have six ring circling his pupils.
Supremacy Stairway.
Even though he doesn't know everything about the Path that Death Monarch is embarking he did know a little about the Stairway.
A stairway that only shows itself to those who walk the Perfection Path. Hikigaya only smiles. He looks toward the sea.
'Now that the person that holds the reigns to all the monster in the world is gone, I expect the world will be a more interesting place' he smiles and then he laughs.
His word reveals his true thoughts.
Hikigaya always felt that the deterrence of Death Monarch has kept the world largely at peace. He is a terrifying existence but also a calming existence.
If those criminal could be considered as a monster, then Death Monarch is the granddaddy of them all. He eats small monster for breakfast
No one knows what will set him off so many people just lay low when it is about Death Monarch.
Death Monarch himself rarely express his desire and intention which makes his motivation a mystery and kept people guessing
That unpredictability of his work in his favor which cultivated this personality of Death Monarch that seems to do everything and anything he wanted whenever he wanted it
Like a storm he came and he destroy. Sometimes he did not even give any explanation why he did the things he did.
Raymond was strong but he did not have that aura of deterrence like Death Monarch. Raymond is a nice guy and he could be negotiated with.
Not Death Monarch.
He is resilient in his pursuit of his own justice and of right and wrong. And resilient is just another word for stubborn.
Hirate and many other figures of the world as they saw Death Monarch step on that stairs and about to depart they know that the current condition of the world when he levees will be turbulent.
The article of the world distribution and the continuing cooperation between the Seven Great Powers will be more crucial going forward.
Hikigaya was not the only one looking at this phenomenon.
All over the world, everyone is looking at the stairway glittering with light like it was the stairway to Heaven and they were all in awe
Loki is in the Centre Palace when he saw the Stairway appearing. He himself was awe at the sight.
'I guess one of your regret is resolved' Loki said smiling looking at that tiny figure on top of the steps of the stairway.
He once saw the Supremacy Stairway when he became Sovereign and was stranded on an empty Universe.
He saw the Stairway but he could not step on it.
At that time even though Azief has become Sovereign he had regret of rushing his breakthrough and not perfecting his Disk.
He just said he had no luck
At that time, he was the enemy of the World government and was hunted by the agents of the World government so he had no chance but to abandon the Perfection Path and breakthrough to Disk Formation to defeat those who were sent to kill him
He did not even have the chance to form his Undying Physique and of course the path to Perfection was broken. He was not like the him today.
When he became Death God, Azief seek the Supremacy Stairway.
At that time, he of course could walk the Supremacy Stairway but it had no effect or to be more precise the stairway did not react to him.
Azief told him these when he visited his Heaven.
Today, the future did not go like that.
Not only that, he also was not oppressed by the World Government and was not hunted by them.
Instead it was the World Government that had to fear that they would be hunted by Death Monarch
Clearly the future has changed since not only he had break through that shackle, the future that Loki is treading right now, while certainly have similarity with his own timeline it is slowly changing to become a brand new story
And that is good for him right now. The plan he and Hirate and Sofia of the future concocted are all slowly coming into fruition.
Loki sigh and said to himself
'Whether this change is good or bad…. hmm…Even I am not sure. I just hope you don't die'
First part of this chapter and we will begin exploring those character like Wargod, Yu Wang, Azul( dont forget Azul still owe Azief Three Deeds) and many others that had their Karma asscoaited with Azief.
Azul did not forget hsi promise to Alsurt to release him when he is strong. But hey, I would not spouil too much. Enjoy this chapter first and see you tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
427 THE FIRST STEP 2
Truth be told even Loki don't know what is the tribulation of the Supremacy Stairway.
In his era and the era before him even in the era of The First Sovereign he never met someone who have walked the Supremacy Stairway.
Those that did walk those steps eons ago.
He then thinks about something else
He got the report from Shinji that they spotted Katarina in Pandemonium.
When Loki receive the report he could only sigh.
He too hoped that in this timeline Katarina would survive and probably has her own happy ending.
If there is one thing he wanted to prevent, to change it off course from the determined events, it was none other than the War of Sovereign.
It was a terrible battle. It could be considered a civil war between Sovereigns and in such battle of titanic figures, how many lives become collateral in their fight?
Death God Azief at first did not participate in the battle. He even had advice Katarina to not enter the battle.
There is of course a behind story of why he was late on returning to Earth and miss the opportunity to save Katarina.
And when she died, her essences fuse with the Universe and even her soul fused with it so Death God Azief could not even resurrect her.
Even if he did resurrect her the one that will be revived is not her.
It was her death that prompted Death God Azief to enter the war and with his participation it become a one sided battle with him taking the lives of the Twin Sages of Japan Oreki and Hikigaya.
In that timeline, they rarely interacted with each other.
But in this timelines, how many times have Oreki helped Azief and even in that clash against the Heaven Oreki and Hikigaya both came to his aid.
The relationship between the eventual Death God and the future Twin Sages of Japan is clearly not as distant as in his timeline
The wish of seeing Katarina survive is not wished only by him.
Sofia also hope she survives.
Because after her death Sofia said that no matter how she tried to convince herself that Death Monarch truly loved her, she would never know for sure.
After all, how could she fight with a dead person locked inside his memories.
She also wished that she survives.
He sighed as he walks outside the throne room.
Now that Death Monarch is leaving, he appointed Loki as the Regent.
One might see it as the sign that Death Monarch while did not like what Loki did during the matter of Pandikar he still trusts him to saddle him with such a big responsibility.
Truth is, it is because Azief knows Loki would never do something that would harm him and at the same time he hoped the task of managing Pandemonium would slow down whatever plans Loki had.
Azief did not know what Loki is planning but he knows Loki would do anything to make sure he becomes stronger.
Even now, Azief still didn't understand why Loki is so intent on making him stronger when it was him that was, as Loki said it, destroy the Universe.
And he always knew Loki to be talented in allocating resources.
After all he has his own secret forces all around the world.
Of course Azief just assumes this because of the many secrets that Loki had under his sleeve.
Loki also could guess the real reason why Azief put him in his position. He smiles bitterly and then said
'A good move but nonetheless insufficient' Loki said to himself as he smiles and walk away
As Loki walk out of the room, on the streets of Pandemonium the feeling of the people looking at their Monarch departing fills them with fear and uncertainty, sorrow and sadness.
This phase after he is gone would probably the hardest time that Pandemonium would have since its founding.
But since Azief had strengthened the formation, unless a Pinnacle Divine Comprehension leveler or someone who walks the same path as him come attacking, it would stay unbroken.
That alone could be considered an unbreakable shield. And there is still the agreement on the Article of Distribution.
Many of them kowtowed to that figure on the staircase above the clouds, all feeling this uncertainty of the state of the world.
That is the effect of Death Monarch.
From the moment he was dubbed as the strongest person in the world, the matters of the world revolve around on what he would do.
And the whole world watches in awe at that figure.
Even that person was silent as he looks at the sky. Void look at the sky and the majestic sight of the stairway seems to fill his heart with desolation.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Then he laughs
'I'm going to wreak chaos when you are gone. If you die, then I guess that's that'
While some people hope that the Death Monarch would never leave, many of those that hide in the dark watches at the stairway amidst the cloud and is waiting impatiently for Death Monarch to take his step forward and go away from Earth.
It is their chance to see the sun again and come out to the world again.
Even though the Broker, the one that put together the Crime Alliance is reported missing, the Crime Alliance is stronger than ever.
After all the force that they had to face is none other than Death Monarch and they have no choice other than to band together
Regardless of one intention, wishes and desire, they all look toward that stairway, waiting for that one step forward.
Unknown to the people of Earth, out there in the darkness and the vastness of the Universe there are also many eyes that is looking at Azief.
One of them sit in a red throne on a sailing broken star.
His eyes look nervous as he watches Azief as he wished that he would succeed the tribulation.
This person of course knows about the Supremacy Stairway as he was there when it was first created.
Second part of the chapter. I guess ther eis only character in Lord Shadow that was depicted living in a sailing broken star. Anyway, if you rellay like the tsory and wanted to support me please read it here at Webnovel instead of going to read it at free sites.
I took time writing these and those people juts took it without permsiion...unless...unles...you give me a part of the cut..wink..wink.
Kidding aside, hope you enjoy the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
428 THE FIRST STEP 3
Somewhere on the Three Thousand Worlds, a man who is fishing on the back of his Jade Palace take back the casting line he had cast off and stop what he is doing.
He wears a shabby clothes and have a conical hat on top of his head. He was whistling in relaxation before he sees what is happening
He looks at the clear pond and he saw Azief on the Supremacy Stairway entrance steps
He sighed and shakes his head
'I guess today I had to forget fishing some Fate and Destiny' he got up from his seat and as he got up the shabby clothes he wore and the conical straw hat on top of his hat dissipate like it was dust and his outfit transformed into imperial robe and his eyes turns golden and appears to see through everything.
His entire being radiated an inviolable aura like he alone is divine on Heaven and Earth
He then summons the Sky Dragon and mounted it.
The Sky Dragon roars and then flew with the man to his Three Thousand Rift Platforms.
In matter of second he arrived at the Platform and when he arrives he saw three thousand souls are already waiting for him.
The soul did not look at him, as they all are standing in their position waiting for him. They are expressionless and translucent.
They seem to have no intelligence but only a wisp of will required to do what they were supposed to do.
He sighed once again as he looks at the state of the platform which is full of dust and cobwebs.
After all it has been a long time since anyone walk the steps of the Supremacy Stairway.
He waved his hand and the dust that have been gathering on this Three Thousand Rift Platform all were sweep away by a large gust of wind.
The Three Thousand Rift Platform is connected to the Supremacy Dimension because one of the Thirteen Supreme Being come from The Three Thousand World.
That Supreme Being is not human
It is a monkey.
That monkey had wrecked the First Jade Emperor residence and fight many Gods.
Of course the First Jade Emperor is still him as he was the reincarnation of the First Jade Emperor.
That monkey then breaks the barrier between the Three Realms and then travels the stars and created many legend and also walk the Path of Perfection as his body controls all the Five Elements in its purest sense.
When that monkey met the stairway, he become the Thirteen Supreme Being to add a step alerting the Laws of the Universe that enables people to form until Thirteen Disk as the limits.
And he opened up three thousand rifts that correspond to the three thousand world of the Jade Empire.
Since then the Three Thousand Rifts of space in the Supreme Dimension is connected to The Immortal Realm of the Three Thousand World.
Now, that another person is about to walk the stairway, he also need to impose restriction which would help anyone trying to surpass this tribulation.
After many people contributed to the Stairway, all of them peak level character people thought the test would be hard. Depends on one thought the test could be considered easy or hard.
To this person, he found that the test is not that hard.
Of course this person that is fishing and now wearing an imperial robe is none other than the Jade Emperor.
He walks to the center of the Platform where there is a circle carving in the middle. This entire platform is designed to look like a circle if you look at it from above.
And the position that the Jade Emperor is standing is the epicenter of that circle. His eye is full of determination.
'Who would have thought he really would be able to solve Azul regret? No wonder I sense a disturbance in the energy a few years ago. It seems Azul have managed to revert destiny and fate and alter reality'
The Jade Emperor sit cross legged on that circle as the other soul on the other position also sit down cross legged.
He revolves his energy and sealing script appears in his eyes and the eyes of the Guardian Souls on the platform.
The Jade Emperor closes his eyes and the soul they began to sing
It was a Song that no one could understand yet it created resonance with the many seals and formation embedded in the platform.
It sounds like a chanting of names.
This Song slowly grew louder and creates a synergy with all of the souls here and they turn into a wisp of fire than the wisp of fire flew to the Jade Emperor and enter him.
Energy fills him and then as that energy is reaching its peak the Jade Emperor push his palm together and then slam the ground beneath him.
As he slams his palm, a powerful restriction appears through all the Three Thousand Rifts in the Supreme Dimension and the Jade Emperor lies on the middle of the epicenter of that circle formation, exhausted and sweating.
But he did not complain. It is one of his duty to make sure that the Three Thousand Rift would maintain balance to the Three Realms of the Three Thousand Worlds.
He then said to himself
'Don't know if you are going to succeed or not but since I am not the only one rooting for you, I think you will surely surpass these obstacles too' The Jade Emperor said to no one in particular.
It is slowly coming closer for him to enter seclusion.
In that other timeline, his Empire was thrashed pretty badly by the Death God.
He battled with Death God Azief many times but because of that ten ring on his finger he never had quite the advantage.
This time when he wanted to sabotage Azief perfection path Wargod persuade him instead of increasing the animosity between them on a deed not yet committed in this timeline, why not help the mortal?
Kindness begets kindness and from the moment he helps Azief a karma is formed between them.
He sighed as he closes his eye as he wanted to replenish his energy.
Wargod and the Jade Emperor is the few of the Beings in the Universe that watch over Azief but there is also another Being that is watching all of Azief movement with a calm look.
It is a couple sitting on a throne in a Universe full of beautiful planet and dazzling stars.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
leave some comment, and please vbote for the story. I wrote thsis troy and release it regulalry but I dont think I ever pass the fifth mark. Thta is kind of sad when you think about it. Huhuhu. My depression is kicking in again.
And just saw Joker. I like it. Anyway, ciao.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
429 THE FIRST STEP 4
Wargod and the Jade Emperor is the few of the Beings in the Universe that watch over Azief but there is also another Being that is watching all of Azief movement with a calm look.
It is a couple sitting on a throne in a Universe full of beautiful planet and dazzling stars.
The man is large and gigantic and his entire being and existence is radiating so much energy that it suppresses the energy of the stars around him and distorted the space around him with just slight movement.
Even just looking at him and feeling the energy he emanated, he must be one of the peak level expert in the Universe
He is sitting on a throne of light and he was the Overlord of his Universe. Everything in this Universe happens because he wills it and he reign over the destruction and creation in this Universe
His gaze seems to encompass everything in the Vast Universe.
His eyes are two flaming balls of suns and his skin seems to glitter like twinkling stars
The essence of creation, time and destructions swirls around him and his throne complementing each other as it should be, harmonious and creating a synergy effect.
Behind him there is a wheel.
And in each of the wheels there is countless of souls of the dead.
That spinning wheel that seems to never stop spinning seems to contain the power of life and death, of creation and destruction.
He looks at the projection and smile. his finger is twinkling with an apocalyptic pressure as he moves his finger
'That old friend of yours have escaped' A voice seems to sounded in this large and dark Universe.
There is another gigantic figure beside the man. It is a woman that emanated a very powerful emanation of resonance with the energy of the Universe
The man sits on a white throne with a crown of star son his head and the woman sits on a purple throne beside him, looking regal wearing a dress decorated with the stars of the Universe.
They are a match made in heaven
She has long purple wavy hair, honey blushed skin and on her forehead there is a diadem of the brightest looking crystal in the Universe.
On her waist is small sharp dagger that glints with dangerousness that could split apart Time and Space.
These two being is none other than Azul and Meihul. Azul hearing Meihul reminded him about the chained Destroyer only smiles bitterly.
'My old friend is not in there anymore. At least not yet. And his release is fated. In the end this is His plan. I did not intend to defy Him. After all, that is not my Universe. I just wanted to give the mortal a chance. Though he could not be considered mortal anymore' Azul said with a smile forming on his face.
Meihul nodded
'Will you help him? If I am not mistaken in one of your reincarnation you also walk that stairs'
Azul smiles and shakes his head
'He didn't need my help'
Meihul then said
'I thought you still owe him three deeds.'
Azul nodded as he looks at the direction of Earth.
Even though the distance that separated him and Earth could be considered astronomically far, surpassing dimension, universe and even realities, Azul eyes is able to penetrate through all that obstacle and look at Azief like he was there in front of him
'But this is not yet the time to help him' Meihul look at Azul and then she nodded.
She heard from Azul how complicated that person fate is. She only sighed and then nodded in understanding.
She of course felt gratitude for Azief since he was the one that help her to be revived back with her complete soul and even alter reality.
That is a grand changing cataclysmic magic.
Azul have sacrificed eons just to make sure she could come back to him and she was happy now.
In the altered reality, she was with Azul from the beginning he become the Divinity of Fire until he become this Supreme One of the Vast Universe and sometimes is also known as the Great Supremacy of Vast Universe
'Then I guessed we would only watch' Azul nodded as he holds tightly Meihul hand and Meihul smiles.
'This journey is his journey. It would not be beneficial for me to aid him at this time'
'What about her?' Meihul ask
'Who?'
'Zinar daughter' Azul sighed hearing this and his mood went down a bit. A planet that is floating underneath his feet suddenly cooled down for a hundred years
'I heard she became one the Ten Demonic Demons. Demonic Queen of the Womanly Demonic Nation if I am not mistaken of the Demonic Realm' Azul smiles bitterly
His eyes look past Earth and landed on the Three Thousand World and he sighed again.
Then he said regretfully
'She chooses that path for herself. Something change when I managed to alter reality but something did not'
In the original world before Azief passes Azul trial, Zinar is the one that become the Demonic Queen.
One of the reason was because she was rejected by Azul and wanted to meet him again but was never successful in her searching.
That feeling of love then turn into hate and longing.
But when Sorcerer of All Realm overturn Time, Fate and Destiny, it changes the ending of the story between Zinar and Azul.
Azul in the new altered reality after he breakthrough from the shackle of power he abdicated from the position of Emperor and become the Saint of Ten Thousand Worlds.
As the Saint of Ten Thousand Worlds he seeks Zinar and live a life of bliss and happiness with her.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He lived with her until she died of age.
He then had to return back to the path of reincarnation and his daughter were taught immortal spells but in the end she turned toward the Demonic path and after knowing the truth that her father accepts Death and leave her alone because he wanted to revive another woman, his daughter turns furious and had the misunderstanding that Azul uses her mother.
At that time Azul has already started a different life to complete his Reincarnation Path.
This is what he means by something change but not everything changes.
Before the reality were altered it was Zinar herself that become the Demonic Queen. After the reality was altered it was her daughter that become the Demonic Queen
Azul look on other direction. That daughter of his also called herself Zinar to remember her mother.
Unknown to her Azul could see pass through other dimension to look at her only daughter that survives the passing of eons.
He sighed and then said to Meihul
'She has her own destiny and fate. I have ascertained that when I look at her fate. One day we will meet again and when that time come I hope I could explain the misunderstanding between her and me'
Meihul nodded and then look back at the direction of Earth.
All these bigshots in the Universe are all looking at Azief.
Some of them know the path he would eventually walk while some desire him to walk a different path than before.
Many dark forces stir in the darkest part of the Universe as dark googly eyes seems to open in the recesses of some abandoned Universes.
For eons there have been no one to take that step into the Supremacy Stairway.
Whoever passes the trials of the Supremacy Stairway would be guaranteed to become a powerful figure in the future.
On Earth Azief look in front of him and he could see the infinite space in front of him.
Other people might see clouds but in front of him right now he could see the stars and space gas.
It was like the step in front of him is a rip in space only this rip is stable and seems to conform to the Laws of the Universe.
With determination in his heart he takes that first step forward.
The last part of the chapter. Next chapter Azief is fiannly walking on the step to reach the Supremacy Dimnesion. We will be going out of earth for most part of this Arc but I will say that the stroy will still be grounded in the character.
IJf you like the stroy pelase vote for it and leave some encouraging comments. And I am feeling sad after reaidng news about Sulli death. If it is really is a suicicde it would be too sad
Anyway, like always hope ytou enjoy the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
430 THE GATE 1
The moment he stepped on that stairway, a powerful rejection force suddenly appeared around him trying to push him down.
Azief frowned a little but he is still confident as the pressure passes him by
It was the same pressure that force all the people in the world to prostrate to it before only this time all of that pressure was condensed and directed at him
It is like a test, trying to determine whether this person really could go up the stairway. It is to test whether that person have perfected their body.
If Azief did not perfected his Physique during his Energy Disperse Stage the moment he takes that step, the rejection force would blow him away and the staircase would disappear and never to appear again.
But because he already perfects his Physique the rejection force felt like it was breezing wind to his body.
At first it felt like someone is trying to push him down but as it come into contact with Azief physique it turns into a tame wind, gentle and cool
He finally moves forward as he gently walked up the stairs that is on top of the clouds, his figure and his shadows seems to cover the sun and all living beings on Earth like he was the only figure between Heaven and Earth.
This kind of sight would surely be awe inspiring for anyone that had the goal of actualizing their Grand Path.
Hikigaya returns to his cave, Hirate closes his eyes and that woman below the tree flew up and retreated from Pandemonium, snowflakes falls under her feet.
He walks slowly and calmly on that step.
The more he walks the farther he seems to have travel. It was like one step equals to a million miles.
He took another three step forward and the scenery around him changed. He looks on his left and right and he saw stars and floating space rocks.
He looks behind him and he saw planet Earth.
But the steps he had climb behind him has disappeared. He could stilt run back right now. He could jump from this floating stairs and fly back to Earth. Because if he takes another few steps, Azief got the premonition that at that time there will no longer be turning back.
He smiles like there is nothing to think about. His left foot and his right foot rose and then he walked the step like he was running. He could see from the corner of his eyes that the scenery on his side is changing constantly like he was running through universes and breaking through some pocket dimension to reach the Supreme Dimension
It was exhilarating. There is no fear in his heart. He already was prepared to possibly loses his life here so all he could feel right now is excitement.
After all, how is this any different than before. He seeks power and strength and he always knew that he had to bet his life from the moment he walks this path
If he failed, he died. That would be unfortunate of course but at least he tries.
But if he succeeds than he is getting closer to his goal.
He keeps running and he could see even more sceneries of space passes him by.
He passes a star systems full of gas, and even some Universe that is beginning to be born and at one point he passes through a dark universe that seems to have no light at all.
It was like he was in a dark room and seeing nothing.
If not for the fact that the stairway is made of light and shines his way forward Azief is confident that he would get lost in that Universe.
But he remains calms as his steps become faster and now he is running on the steps. Behind him after he finish a step that stair step would disappear, like an energy that dissipated.
Around him he could see all kinds of planet and stars systems but he had not time to stop as he keeps running and finally he saw the end.
And what he saw shocked him to his core.
He saw a Gate. A gigantic Gate that seems to block all things in front of him and those who are in front of it is unable to see past it.
There is a lot of symbols etched onto the gate and each of the symbols was extremely complete and each of them gave an ancient aura and seems to contains Laws.
Azief was careful as he slowly takes his step to the gate.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He saw no other way than to push through this gate but looking at its size could his strength pushed this door open?
Is this also one of the test?
'Fuck it' he said to himself as he pushes the gate. He expected to be hit by a rejection force but like he is pushing a well-oiled door, the gate door slowly opens.
The ancient aura around the Gate became extremely dense at this moment.
The star systems around him were all effected. Some of the stars around him exploded.
But the force of that explosion did not even have the chance to manifest itself as it was absorbed by the Gate.
Some planets shrink and turns into an orb of light and flew to the Gate merging with the glowing blue symbol on the Gate
Then a new life aura spreads out in this Dark Universe. Azief was struck with a realization. This Gate destroy but also give life.
This Universe he sees around him is nothing but an old Universe.
He saw the wrinkling of stars and planets, saw them withering and was absorbed by the Gate before the Gate nourish life once more.
It was like a farmer cutting off weeds and then throw fertilizer so that new plants could grow.
At this time Azul who was watching Azief progress from the Vast Universe could not help but frown when he saw that Gate appeared.
'Humph' he snorted in displeasure.
************************************************
In thsi arc we will be exploring more on the otherworldy character that is usually only mentioend but rarely do anything in the Universe. Azief is stepping onto the starry skies now
Anyway, hope you like the story and pelae do bote for the story and support me, this penniless author.Huhuhu. See you all tomorow
(And my browser still didnt have auto correct)
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
431 THE GATE 2
He could guess who brought out that Gate. He had not seen that Gate for a very long time.
Meihul also frowned looking at this current scene. She did not think that Gate is part of the test of the Supremacy Stairway.
Even though she herself did not walk the Perfection Path or walk the Supremacy Stairway, that aura coming out from that Gate made even her felt fearful.
It was not like normal fear. It is an instinctive fear and that blue glowing symbol fill her heart with unease.
And looking at her husband expression her guess is correct.
'Someone is trying to further their own agenda taking advantage of him. That ancient thing should have pretend he is dead just like before'
Azul said.
Then looking at the blue aura that is slowly emanating out from the Gate he said
'The Creator and Destroyer have always turns a blind eye on him because he is the last of his kind, that alone is generosity enough…...Now he suddenly summons that Gate. What he is trying to do?' Azul ask himself.
He is pondering but it is clear that he would not let this go on.
Azul did not say much about Supremacy Stairway to Azief because he was confident that Azief would find his own way.
Sometimes, telling oneself where their destination end, is like cutting their Grand Path early.
It is why many Grand Supremacy like him or Supreme Beings did not like divining their own future or ask another about their own future because it could waver their will
Meanwhile on the steps Azief who was looking at the Gate opening slowly could not believe how easy it was to open this Gate.
The moment that he pushes the door of that gate a ray of blue aura solidify and turns into an all-illuminating light.
It was so blinding that Azief could hardly keep his eyes open. It was like the light itself is filled with Laws of the Universe.
That kind of light could even blind him as Azief did not resist and put his hand up to resist the explosion of light
The blue light passes him and for some weird reason Azief senses that his body become even more stronger.
This time the light become more intense and he had no choice but to close his eyes
Because he closes his eyes he could not see that his vein is turning blue.
His vein is being filled by weird symbols and each of his veins right now, if it was extracted from his body could be used as a rope to attach itself into stars and is capable of bringing it down.
The blinding light slowly covers the rest of the Universe and while Azief could not see he is sensing a Will is being awaken.
'This is bizarre' he thought to himself.
Azief could feel his premonition is tingling. It didn't seem like a test. The feeling he is feeling right now is like someone is bestowing an inheritance to him.
But each inheritance of power would always come with a price. Nobody going to give him anything good without expecting something else in return.
Azief right now did not know that the Gate appearing is not part of the test but he instinctively feeling it.
And he did not know how furious Azul was when he sees that Gate.
He knows that there is only one person that could summon that long forgotten Gate.
He stands up for his throne and takes a step as the space around him spirals and he appeared in one Dark Universe.
As he arrived in that Universe, there is a large monster floating on the darkness of this particular Universe.
It has vague anthropoid outline an octopus like head whose face is a mass of feelers.
It had a scaly spike rubbery looking body and a prodigious claw on its hind and fore feet. And in its behind there is a long narrow wings that seems to disintegrate everything it touches
If any humans of any being without sufficient strength and powerful will sees this monster appearance they would be driven insane when they see this entity.
To Azul when he saw that entity, in his eyes it is nothing but a monster. But in many worlds, this entity is a godlike existence with power beyond imagining.
Azul ignore that monster. But that monster seems to be devoid of intelligence as it senses the abundance of life energy that is contained inside Azul.
Like a moth flying to the fire, it sailed through the stars, crushing countless planet in its wake as it charges to Azul. Azul saw that entity behavior and look at it with disdain.
He then snorted and look at the monster with his eyes and in just one gaze that monster dissipated into dust.
All the dark monsters in this area opens their eyes. This is the Dark Universe and in this Universe, these entities are everywhere.
They were sealed here and is unable to physically leave this Universe.
They could appear in other Universe in their Willform but because of the seal they need the faith of those people there to appear strong.
They look at Azul and one of them spoke. It spoke no language but Azul understand it. Azul ignore them and snorted once again and wave his hand.
A thousand of them disintegrated into space dust and the other entity retreated in fear of such unthinkable power.
Azul expanded himself so that his entire body seems to cover a part of this Dark Universe
The light around his body is driving away the darkness of this Universe and when that light covers every inch of this Universe finally that place revealed itself to him.
Azul look at that place and shouted
'Come out! Show yourself in front of me!'
At the same time while this happening, Azief slowly able to open his eyes. The veins on his eyes were slowly turning blue.
However, this change is so subtle that he did not even realize it happening. That aura coming out from the gate is slowly fusing itself inside his body.
Azief saw that the light coming out from the opened gate become larger and slowly spread to cover this entire Universe that he is in
As he looks around him he could see that the stairway around him is slowly getting unstable while the many planets in this Universe seems to be wearing a layer of blue.
Azief slowly felt something wrong.
He could feel that the Stairway did not approve the existence of this Gate and is even hostile to it
At this moment the blue light reached its peak. As that light spread, he could see old planets exploded, new planets appeared and the Laws of the Universe is being altered and erased.
The blue light didn't stop as it continued to expand changing more and more of the Universe Fundamental Laws.
The steps beneath Azief feet turns translucent and then it disappeared but fortunately he did not fall into this unknown Universe.
Instead he was held in place by some invisible energy. Right now in this blue colored Universe, it was he and the gate is the only things that exist.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Everything else was covered with blue light. This terrifying scene caused his heart to shake violently.
Can anyone guess why that Gate apapers and who put it there? is it part fo the test or is it not? And if its not why?
Hehehe. Anyway, hope you like the chapoter nad if you do leave some comments below. I rarely answer commenst these past few days because I had bad health. I just got back from my trip and I had a bad flu.
Anyway, I will try to finsih this part before we offciaily enter the new arc before the end of the month. And those who wanted a dose of LS coudl read the AOA chapter that will come ou on the 31st
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
432 THE GATE 3
Then in one moment all that blue light forms a powerful pressure that pushed the door of the Gate open.
It was only now that Azief suddenly realize that the Gate slowly getting bigger and bigger.
And as he looks at that titanic size door gate. he felt like he was standing upon the Gate of Heavens, feeling insignificant and weak when presented with such power.
It was then he saw something else that make him tremble. Inside that door there is only blue color spirals and it is full of restriction and magical formation.
Just one look and he knows that this formation could never be broken.
Then to his shock he could feel one of the rings in his finger seeks to resonate with the Gate as he felt one of his finger shaking.
Azief look at his finger in shock.
The ring that is reacting to the gate is the Ring of Grand Formation.
A blue wisp of light enters the ring and his ring glows blue. Azief could feel there is another formation in his ring.
It was at this time his curiosity trumps his fear.
He was always wondering about this ring that he has.
It has been with him the longest.
He knows it is a supreme treasure but on Earth he never had to use it that many times.
Each of this ring ability would shock anyone.
And he never uses all ten of them. The ring he used the most in his journey is the Ring of Grand Formation.
After he reached Disk Formation he was concentrating on how to break through and summon the Supremacy Stairway so he tries to stop relying on the ring and instead prefer to use his own prowess to gain understanding and comprehension of his Disk.
However, throughout the years he got a few hints what this ring is and the true owner of this ring.
He knows that this ring in the Seresian world was fought over by all the Demon Kings creating a large war.
Alsurt in his captivity recognize this ring and even Azul admitted that he knows the owner of the ring.
It all suggested that the first bearer of this ring is probably a powerful peak expert in the Universe.
The spell and ability contained in each of this ring could be considered godly and at the same time devilish. Even most of his Disk is formed from the energy inside this Ring.
Today, as he walks through the stairway that would connect him to the Supremacy Stairway, a gate appeared and seems to form resonance with his ring.
'This is unbelievable' he thought to himself. It made him want to believe in Fate and Destiny. Or maybe it is KarmaFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
He looks at his rings and he could see ach one of it glows with blue light. He was excited but then his expression turned pale and darkened
Then he widened his eyes and tries to distance himself from the door.
He distances himself from the Gate but it felt like the Gate is everywhere around him. The feeling he had is pressuring
Even though he is sure he distances himself he felt like he did not even move as the Gate seems to still be in front of him like he had never move.
The more he looks at the Gate the more he felt fear and apprehension. He felt like the sense of something very ancient and something very powerful that exist behind the Gate
This time his excitement was doused almost immediately.
For some reason he felt excitement when he saw the Gate and the moment he realizes that he felt excitement he knows that something is wrong.
The reason is because he felt excitement. For some reason when he should have been feeling fear, he felt excitement.
The fact that this Gate could cause such change in emotion in his heart is in itself very mysterious and elicited deep fear in Azief heart
He looks at the Gate with dread and dread. It was like the Gate wanted to be opened. No, it is not wanted.
It wants to be opened. And for some reason Azief felt that the Gate wanted to be opened by him.
It affected him and affected his emotions.
This time without a doubt he felt a sense of fear now that he realizes that the Gate is affecting his emotions
This kind of emotion is extremely rare for him. Upon feeling his own fear, his eyes revealed a sign of struggle.
He felt like he is being controlled by someone. Now that he thinks about it instead of the feeling of being controlled by someone, he felt like a Will is slowly influencing his emotion and mind.
Now that he thinks about it again why does he push that door instinctively?
He is usually more cautious than that but suddenly when that Gate appears the first thing he did was to push it door?
Azief felt uncomfortable right now.
His Grand Path is always about freedom and he didn't like this fleeing of being controlled by some invisible hands in the dark.
And this fear…. he also didn't like it.
Because this fear is almost instinctive and he simply couldn't erase this fear that is slowly festering in his heart
It was like the aura and energy that is coming out from this gate is on a completely different level from him and it is a gap that he could never cross
He had never felt like this before. He felt shocked but never he felt this hopeless. He didn't experience this trembling in his own soul that made him feel like he couldn't even resist under such might
It was like he was mortal again. At the same time also felt awe that came from the bottom of his heart
Rarely now there is anything in the Universe that awe him. But from the moment he walks that stairway, he had experience so much new thigs and he knows that his decision to venture out was the right decision.
There is so much more to explore. As he become stronger and his experience increased this kind of awe or respect gradually vanished.
But at this moment, floating in front of this titanic door that seems to cover anything, his mind and body is shaking.
His eyes are no longer blue but it is bloodshot like he is struggling with something.
His Defiant Heart that he got from Azul is roaring in defiance in his consciousness to fight with this foreign Will that is trying to influence Azief.
And that Defiant Heart is bolstered by Azief own Will.
He wanted to defy this control of fear and emotions that this Gate has subjected him into even if he has to die.
He could feel that this Gate wants him to jump through that Gate and he knowns the moment that jump inside that Gate he might become even more powerful
It is a fortunate encounter…. yes…. but it is not a fortune he wanted.
Will not be saying anything this chapter. I'm trying not to spoil it for the readers. Ciao. And please voet and leave some comments. I like compliments and it is better to write kind words than hate. Though I would always welcome constructive criticism. Just dont write Go die or something like that.
And I know about the grammar. I am ashamed of it too but I must confess that I usually prioritizes speed over the grammar.
I like to hire someone but as you all know I am penniless. Maybe not that bad anymore but I still didnt ahve enough buck to hire people to help me with the grammar and I dont know how much I have to pay for somoe to edit all 400 chapters of my story and this story is just beginning.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
433 THE GATE 4
Someone in the Universe is plotting against him. Right now he is one hundred percent sure that this gate had nothing to do with Supremacy Stairway.
He could feel that foreign Will is binding him and trying to force his feet to move inside the Gate. He musters all of his strength and then he looks at the Gate with his defiant eyes and roar.
The roar seems to contain his Will as the Gate pillars seems to shake.
'ARGH!!!' He shouted his roar seems to be expressing his defiance. His body is trembling as he clenched his teeth and look at the Gate with no fear in his eyes.
'FUCK YOU!' He curses at the Gate.
The Gate suddenly released a pulling force as it tries to bind Azief body, mind and soul to enter the Gate.
Azief felt the pressure enveloping his entire body and his most prided aspect of his strength, his Undying physique cracked.
But his perseverance did not waver. Blood is coming out from his all of his orifice and it look extremely painful that even his powerful Physique seems to be tested to the limit.
The awe and respect coming from his soul is trying to manipulate him to enter willingly into the Gate, wanting him to give the Gate his freedom.
But if he did that…where would he walk? There is only one path in his heart and that is the only path he wants to walk.
His eyes did not lose his will even as blood is streaming down from his eyeballs.
'I would rather die than submit to you!' He shouted.
He is slowly reaching his limit.
At this time Azief almost wanted to laugh at the unfairness of it all. He knows that if he used all of his energy he would fall unconscious and would ultimately enter the Gate.
He was not lying when he said he would rather die than let his life under the control of others.
He was ready to end his own life.
He wanted to laugh because it is funny that he would die here in the middle of some unknown universe because of someone else plot and he didn't even know who is plotting against him.
He would never give up but he knows when the odds are against him. He would rather die than let his path broken. After all this years, he had long cast off the fear of death in his heart.
He only seeks to walk his Grand Path until the end. If he couldn't even do that, even if he survives, he would never be able to reach higher.
Since that is the case, he would rather die. He did think of encasing his soul into one of the rings but right now it is not only his body is being bind by that blue light.
His body, mind and soul were all bounded by that blue light. The only way he could be free is too truly kill himself, in body, mind and soul.
'I am free!' Although Azief voice was trembling, it had an unyielding aura as he shouted each word!
He was determined to end his life. As the Gate opens wider, Azief could see a finger in that Gate. The Gate was already titanic enough that no space seems to be able to hold its majesty but the finger that seems to be inside the Gate seems to exceed even this Gate.
Azief steel his heart and his eyes is flashing through his mind and all of his regrets.
Meanwhile while Azief is about to end in front of the Gate, Azul has shouted in the Dark Universe after making sure the denizens of the Dark Universe are afraid of him.
He alone stands unmatched, the light radiating from his body seems to shine all over the crevice of darkness that existed here
'Come out! Show yourself in front of me!'
His voice echoes and seems to create resonance with the Laws of the Dark Universe. It did not only create resonance, it seems to alter it, and slowly changing it to accommodate and even welcome him
The Dark Denizens of the Dark Universe seems to be stirred and as soon as they opened their eyes and see that light, they shriek in their language.
Their shriek was a shrieking call to flee.
The light seems to drive all the darkness melding and fusing with the Laws of the Dark Universe, chasing them away, revealing their hideous form
The light is also torturing them with its pressure and holy divine primordial force that seems to be squishing their physique.
Azul look coldly as his light spread to all corners of this Universe. Many eyes are suddenly opens in many dimension.
The Creator sitting on a top of a mountain in some newly born planet open his eyes slowly. When he sees what happens, he only sigh but he did not interfere.
Whoever Azul shouted to come out better come out fast.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Because those Supreme Being that is seeing this happening all know that what Azul is doing is refining,
He is refining the entire abandoned Dark Universe, where only the Dark Things lived and breathe.
He is refining this Universe and like his previous act he would integrate it with his Vast Universe. And the moment he did that, the Dark Universe will be his to command.
The Laws of this Universe will then bend to his Will.
At that time, the person hiding in this Universe would no longer be able to hide.
Azul waited as the intensity of energy that is coming out of him is slowly bringing out this Universe outside the Sealed Dimension and slowly inching closer to the dimensional barrier of his Vast Universe
The moment one of the Laws of the Dark Universe is slowly melding and fusing with the Laws of the Vast Universe, out of the one corner of the Universe that is still not touched by the light seems to ripple.
And out of that darkness something seems to appear. A part of the nebula was suddenly revealed to Azul and he smiles.
Coming out of the ripples is a star. To be more accurate it is a floating broken star.
Azul eyes narrowed, his eyes burning with the power to overturn the heaven and earth as he said.
'Unsummon back the Gate of Eternal Immortality, Wargod or I will evoke the Ancient Covenant and if the Creator and Destroyer both wish to cover for you, then I wouldn't mind fighting with you by myself.'
There is only one person that could hide in the Dark Universe and at the same time possess a floating broken stars that sails through the Omniverse.
He had appeared. Wargod of Interium have apapered. Some of teh readers have guessed who Wargod is but no one seems to deduce why his dominion is a floating broken star but at leats with this chapter you coudl get a hint of why.
Anyway, thats it for today. See you all tomorrow and hope you all enjoy it and leave some comments to let me know.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
434 THE GATE 5
Wargod is sitting at his red throne and he look at Azul with displeasure. But there is also a trace of fear in his eyes.
He clicked his tongue. But it is not only because of Azul that he is clicking his tongue.
He was displeased with Azul coming here to ruins his plans but he is also felt frustrated by the fact that Azief wanted to kill himself in front of the Gate.
And the fear was because he knows how powerful Azul really is
Wargod even though his floating broken star Interium is far from Azul large body, every words that Azul spoke created a ripple that alter Fate, Destiny and affect Time and Space around the Dark universe.
And the fact one of the Laws of the Dark Universe is fusing with the Vast Universe causes Wargod to have no choice but to step up.
There is a reason why Wargod always sails through the Omniverse never to stop at one place for too long.
It isn't until the Destroyer was awakened that Wargod began to become active all of a sudden.
Not many existences in the Universe knows why he never stay in one place and created a base for himself, but there are some people that know why.
Jade Emperor is one and Azul, an existence that is even longer than the Jade Emperor even counting his reincarnation surely knows why.
And out of the existence that still existed today, he is the third person that knows about the Ancient Covenant between him and the two towering forces of all creation and destruction.Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Wargod glare at Azul but at the same time he did not dare fight him of…at least not in this form.
But if he takes that other form…. then it would alert some things in the Universe that he would rather not alert
Azul is not some puny little character in the Universe that he could swat away with one swish of his hand, instead he is one of the Great Supremacy and while his arrival here in this Universe belonging to the Supreme One would limit his power that doesn't meant he doesn't have power to fight him and even imprison him.
His Prison of Six Reincarnation is always something that bring dreads to everyone in the world.
He also has the Wheel of Reincarnation and Rebirth and it was powerful enough to even chain and imprison the Destroyer
And Azul is not some kind of divine saint.
The fact such figure controls the Path of Reincarnation is terrifying and it is also his mastery in the path of reincarnation that enables him he become one of the Great Supremacy.
Wargod did not say anything to Azul. He only glared at him, sighed a bi and then he said
'I admit defeat' the moment he said that a blue light twinkle on his finger and then he waved his finger and as he waved his finger a world shaking aura come out from his finger
It was ancient, primordial and possess the power to end all creation in the Omniverse. But it is not Wargod power but the power that he derived from the Gate.
And it is only its aura and not the real deal.
As he pointed his finger to the empty space of darkness in front of him, that blue light shoots out from the end of his finger.
It pierces through the dimension of the Dark Universe to land on the abandoned universe around where the Supremacy Stairway has stopped.
The moment Wargod did this, many of the eyes that is watching that sweeping sense is finally gone. They believe that Azul would know propriety.
In the stairway, in front of the Gate as Azief have made his decision of ending his life, suddenly that Will hat is about to suppress his Will disappeared.
And something odd happens to him that he could not have expected when he fought that Will.
His unyielding Will caused him to be transformed. While the Gate nearly causes him to lose his life it has also have tempered his Will.
The fact that he would rather die than have his Will bend to any other strengthened his Will even more.
Just moment before he was about to extinguish his soul, body and mind that Gate suddenly slowly becoming more translucent and slowly Azief could feel the binding on him loosened.
and then it the Gate slowly dissipated into blue motes of light that scattered throughout all the Universes and as it scatters it ripples the Laws of Time and Space.
The first second Azief felt he regains back his body he pushes his feet as his body darted backward as far away from the Gate location.
His feet landed on the stairway once again and he stopped.
Azief entire body and Wills urges out as all of his Thirteen Energy roars out like it has found a newfound life.
Azief himself did not know how fortunate he was as he just escapes from the suppression of the Gate.
The Gate that appear in front of him did not want him to die.
Far from it.
The Gate want him to live and jump into that Gate, embrace it and accept it. Azief don't know how he knows but he could just felt it.
It is weird expression to use but the moment the Gate opens and the Will come to him, he could understand what the Gate wanted him to do and what the Gate expected him to do.
As he almost nearly entered the Gate he could feel the concept of power in that Gate. It was something he could not have though possible.
There is that finger. But the apparent of that finger is not as shocking as what he felt when he almost bends down his Will and enter the Gate
The power inside that Gate was something he could not describe or even imagine.
It seems it is a power that contains the extreme concept of creation and destruction and it is a kind of ancient energy that towered above all existence.
Why he said towered above all existence?
Because he met Azul and Azul is one of the strongest existence Azief has ever laid his eyes on but the energy he felt from that Gate seems to exceed Azul
He felt the accumulation of countless of Wills and Sources of Power that all contains trace of the Laws of all Universe that exist, could exist and would exist.
Such power is tempting but also very terrifying.
He himself was tempted. But he also knows the moment he enters that Gate his Will would be the Will of the Gate and not his Will.
And the moment he accepts that Will, his own Grand Path will be destroyed.
He might become even more powerful but he would never realize his Grand Path and if that happens he would have lost his meaning of his entire quest for strength.
The only who could understand such obsession would only be those who have found his Grand Path.
And he had found his and he would rather die than to betray it. He found his Grand Path and he is sticking with it until the end.
It is the very reason he could endure all those torments and why even in the face of his imminent death, he could not let it go,
Maybe other Grand Path would and could have assimilated with the Will inside that Gate but he could not.
Because that Will inside the Gate wanted him to obey and he would only obey if he wanted to and not because someone forced him to.
Thankfully, that Will suddenly have disappeared.
He looks as the blue motes of lights scattered and heaved a relived sigh as he confirmed that the Gate has truly disappeared.
And then as he looked forward in the area where the Gate used to be there is the last step of the stairway.
Azief chuckles. And then he laughs. He felt happy as tears falls down his eyes. He felt happy that he is still alive. What a feeling!
He never felt this way before on Earth. Because on Earth for some reason, he had always believed that no matter how dire it seems, he would find a way to overcome it.
That Gate was the first time since he became the strongest person in his world that he had to face with his own mortality.
Now that he survives, there is only one emotion that is running through his heart and that is pure happiness.
It takes him a few seconds to calm himself down but the moment he calms himself down, a look of determinations flashed in his eyes.
He looks at the end of that stairs and then he lifted his feet.
He walks forward and as he walks forward he retracted back the Thirteen Energies inside his body.
He is still thinking about the appearance of that Gate even as he is walking through the stairway.
He could not help but think who created that Gate and why it appeared before him and invite him to come inside it?
He felt a little more cautious after that. As he walks, he looks around him fearing that the one plotted against him is near him.
He is now at the last step. He waited for something else to happen and then after a few moments passed, Azief finally heaved a sigh of relief.
He then takes a deep breath and straightened his back and then he took that last step.
He finally take his fianl step after all of that debacle. We saw Azul, Meihul, and even Wargod in this chapter. i hope you hae seens all the hints that I am seeting up for the Final Arc.
Anyway, see you tomorrow and leave me some comenst to let me know if you have nay thoughts of how Azief progress through all of these years.
See you all tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
435 SUPREME 1
Somewhere in the Dark Universe, a flaming eyeballs made from the suns look at Azief and he nodded as he senses that the Will coming out from that Gate has disappeared.
Azul is satisfied looking at Azief progress and he smiles a bit.
But then that smiles falters as he turns back his gaze and look at the broken stars floating in this Universe as his divine power is slowly retracting back into his existence
His eyes seem to look at that floating star with many mixed emotions
He sighed and he look at Wargod still sitting at his throne and said sternly at him
'The child is not of your people'
Wargod frowned at Azul words and harrumphed.
Then he spoke
'It is legacy and a Will that forms my people. Bloodline is only one of the criteria and it is not even the most important one. Do you think I want to harm the child? That was never my intention. I want to grant him a power beyond that of Gods and Supreme Being. He could rule all over the firmament with the power I bestow to him. You know of his Fate! Wouldn't it be better if I offer my help?'
Azul just sneered.
'You mean for him to inherit your people baggage? You want to saddle him with the fate of your people? That accumulation of Fate and Destiny would instead doom him. And since you know his Fate you also know it is inevitable. The moment you try to avert that…you might even awaken him once again. And this time, he probably would not be as merciful as the last time'
'Merciful?' And Wargod snorted.
'He let you live didn't he?' Azul sneer at Wargod response. Wargod twitched his eyebrows and shakes his head.
'I have done what you want. Now, be gone'
Azul look coldly at Wargod and then he warned Wargod
'I did not want to see you summoning that Gate again. This is my last warning, Wargod. This is the least modicum of respect that I could afford to you. If you dare to summon it again, I will evoke the Ancient Covenant and I will battle it out with you.'
Wargod close his eyes and then waved his hand as a red aura covers his broken stars and the red light turns into a streak as it passes through the interdimensional barrier of the Dark Universe and teleported itself to the many multiversal passages in the Omniverse.
Wargod had teleported himself and Interium outside of the Dark UniverseFind authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Azul snorted and take a step and all the light that come from him is absorbed inside of him in less than a second as he crosses millions of dimensions and interdimensional barriers and stars system with that one step as he arrived back at his Vast Universe
It was almost like he just took a step before and took a step now. He floated to his throne and sit on top of it.
Sitting beside him, waiting for his return is none other than Meihul.
She saw everything that happened.
She saw the Gate and she saw Wargod.
She did not know much about Wargod then what Azul had told him and since they live a long time they rarely said anything about Wargod and Meihul had never been interested in him before.
It wasn't until she saw that Gate and felt the power inside that Gate that she trembles in fear.
There is something very powerful and very fearsome that exist in that Gate because the fear that she felt, it was ingrained in her like it is part of her existence.
'Still, three more deeds? Or do you want to count this one?' Meihul asked.
Azul ponder for a while and said
'Still' he replied.
Meihul nodded
'I've seen that Gate before' Meihul said as her eyes sharpened.
Azul nodded
'You know what is inside that Gate?'
Azul did not say anything obvious. He just said
'Old things that should not have existed anymore. That is the only thing in that Gate'
'Is it true what he said then? The Gate would bestow that young man with powers beyond imagining?'
Azul nodded
'Then isn't it good to let him enter that gate? After all, you know how this story ends.' Azul laughed drily
Then he looked pitifully at Azief on the stairway, his gaze seems unobstructed by any kind of obstacle.
'The moment he enters that Gate, he will no longer be him. And if you kill the self, then even though his body existed and his mind intact, it will still not be him that would come out from the Gate. It would be someone else. What is the difference between that and killing him?'
Meihul ponder for a moment and nodded her head. Then looking at Azief figure again she sighed
'You owe a favor to someone that is destined for such a terrible fate'
Azul just shake his head and smile
'I would not mind it. He deserves all this protection. Simply because he let me see you again. And you know that the fact I manages to bring you back with souls have granted another boost of power for myself. You know what that means for me. If not for the completion of Karma and the Wheel, I could not have so easily capture and defeated the Destroyer'
Meihul just smiles and her mood brighten the Vast Universe and causes some of the planets behind her head to be filled with life source.
Azul smiles and he nodded as he took her hand and rub it and their eyes gaze back at Azief figure as he was about to take that last step
Meanwhile, as Azief walk that last step he is suddenly teleported somewhere else. The feeling of being teleported without warning is weird
He could feel the Time around him folded and the Space around him experience some distortions.
Then he was somewhere else.
He felt dizzy for a second before he regains back his footing. He looks on his left and his right.
Around him there is harmful gases full of radiation that would kill any normal humans that is exposed to it.
He even felt that the pressure in this abandoned Universe is denser than any places or dimension he has ever been in as he could feel the pressure on his skin like he is gazing a metal sheet
The moment he arrived here he could sense that there is no living thing here. He frowned at this discovery.
Tomorow will be a mass release so store your SS and thank you for supporting my story. You could alos check my youtube channel where I usually post about Idols(J and KR) and other things.
I'm just sharing my passion there and you coudl alos join my discord where I usually tell people about release schdule or any reeason why some chapters are delayed. Anyway, we are stepping into a wider world and for nayone intrested in LS cameo read the chapter of AOA that will come out on the 31st.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
436 SUPREME 2
He looks around and he saw rips of space in the distance not too far away from him.
With his Divine Sense he immediately found out that there are three thousand space rips in this Universe.
His nervousness is apparent
But that is not what makes him nervous. What makes Azief nervous right now is the fact the first thing he saw when he was teleported here is that stairs.
Floating in the epicenter of that universe, is thirteen step of stairs that seems to be made from stars and essence of planets.
But from afar it looks like an illusion. Sometimes Azief could even see another step of stairs interposed with the thirteen steps.
The stairway stands still in the epicenter of the Universe like it is being held in place by some heaven defying power.
It emanated an inviolable area and the steps look ancients and at each steps there is a statue.
'Thirteen statue for thirteen steps.' He said to himself. This is without doubt is the Supremacy Stairway.
He could not make out the detail of the state but looking from the distance he could make out their general look.
Each of the statue depicted a different person and their looks and appearance were all different.
The statues were all covered in star dust and yet even after all these eons, it still stands there without showing signs of rotting of crumbling.
On the other hand, the thirteen steps are replescendent with light and seems to contain all energies that could possibly exist in the whole Omniverse.
He looked below him and he see a brick layered road. It might look like a brick but Azief could sense the energy emanating from this road.
It seems each brick of the path he is standing on is made from some concept of Universal Laws. It startles him.
Who could meld and mend Laws like it is something solid and turn it into a brick? That is really extravagance
This is different than melding Laws into things or imbuing certain Laws on certain objects or being, this is the altering of Laws.
Azief could only sigh as he knows that he is still just insignificant figure in the Universe compared to those Supreme Being.
He is still too weak.
On Earth, humanity keep fighting among themselves when in the Universe they are so many powerful and terrifying being that humanity should instead be prepared and should spend their time strengthening themselves.
But Azief also knows that an existence akin of Supreme Being is hard to find and other than Azul and Alsurt and a few others in the Universe, Azief did not see much being with such power that could be described as towering above all firmaments.
He then looks in front of him and all he could see in front of him is the nothingness of space.
He could see space debris and floating stars and asteroid belts in the distance, slowly orbiting a small pulse of energy in the center.
Azief take a deep breath and as he was about to step out from the road, he knew that the moment he takes that step he would be on the thirteen steps.
That thought made him stop.
The moment he walked all thirteen steps he would become a Divine Comprehension levelers.
And he might even probably could fight in equal with Essence Creation expert with his Divine Comprehension abilities and power because of how he had progress in Perfection Path.
To break through to Divine Comprehension usually one had to crystalize the Disk they have into Laws.
Mostly people would focus on two or three energies that they have and with it they would crystallize the energy, refining it in oneself to make it become part of the Laws of the Universe.
At that time, their physiology would change as they would be based on energy.
When they die, if their attainment in their Laws is high, their bodies would disperse into essence of energy that would then fused with the Will of the Universe.
And anyone who have obtained the Laws could then theoretically charge right through to Essence Creation
Azief had made preparation for this day since a long time ago. He has even researched about Essence Creation a bit.
But now as he is at the edges of breaking through, if he said he is not afraid, that would be a lie. Because the path he is walking right now is not the same.
It is very different and no one could tell him whether it is the right way or not.
But he never thought whether he could walk this Path until the end or not. Because if he started thinking like that he might never have the courage to take even another step right now.
As he looks at that stairway in the distance and the three thousand rips around it, he is sure it would not be as easy as he thought it would be.
He took the step forward and then he arrived at the Thirty-Three Steps of Supremacy. This is the Path of Perfection for a Disk Formation cultivator.
The moment he arrived at the steps, he could hear the sound of a Bell ringing in the Universe like it was announcing something to the entire Universe.
The sound of the Bell sounded like it rings from afar, yet Azief could swear he felt like the Bell is beside his ears, ringing thirteen times
Right now, unknown to him, a golden protection barrier suddenly envelops the Universe he is in.
This kind of protection could not even be broken by a Grand Supremacy.
The protection is understandable when considering that most of the people that walk these stairs also become a Grand Supremacy or other Supreme Being in the Universe.
Azief did not rush to walk the steps.
Because he couldn't. The moment his feet touches the first step of the stairway, he felt something is latching to him.
Instead of taking the next step he looks at the steps in front of him.
He had created Thirteen Disk and he have summons the Supremacy Stairway.
From afar, there is thirteen steps but as he is in front of the steps there is no longer thirteen steps but thirty-three steps.
And he no longer saw any statue.
It was like it was an illusion before.
He thought there would be others that will also walk the Stairway at the same time as him but from the few things Azul hinted at him, it seems that it is not easy to summon the Supremacy Stairway.
But is this really the true Supremacy Stairway? Then what is that Stairway, with thirteen steps and thirteen statues.
What did he saw before? Is that just an illusion?
Azief took a deep breath and then he laughs and in this emptiness of space his laugh echoes and reverberated creating resonance with the Laws of this Universe.
He closes his eyes, the way he always does when he wanted to muster his courage and then he opens it back.
In his eyes there is no longer any hesitation. He looks at the thirty-three steps in front of him that seems to be far and yet at the same time so near.
Azief then lifted his foot and took the second step. He felt something is taken away from him but it is only something small.
He did not know what it is but somehow Azief felt like the mortal part of him is being cleansed and purify.
To climb Ten Steps of the Supremacy Stairway symbolizes Mortal.
*******************************************************************************************Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Next chap[ter would come out in another five minutes. Today is the mass release. Show your love and appreciation by voting for the story.
Hope you enjoy and a lot of subtle hints will be scattered around in this chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
437 SUPREME 3
He was reminded of the fact that the Mortal of Supreme Dimension are capable to lord all over Mortals of other Realm.
He took his third step and his fourth steps each time he took a step there is something mortal about him that is refined and purify.
First his body, every nerve and even his blood is washed clean.
He could feel some qualitative change in his body and the aura he emitted. It was like a mortal shedding its skin to become something divine and holy
It did not give him any pressure or any pain.
Which is bizarre considering Azief experience with tribulation and his process of breaking through which is always accompanied with risk to his life and his soul.
His entire body, mind and soul is being refined, to be clean and pure in energy. And then without even knowing it he reached the Ten Steps.
His entire body is glowing silver white and the light coming out from his body is slowly enveloping the stairway.
When he reached the ten steps he could see an empty gap between the next stairway. Azief also senses a line.
An invisible line.
The moment he crosses that line; he would become more than just mortal. He would be walking on the path of Immortals.
It felt like if he passes through that line the mortal part about himself would be cut apart.
Azief did not felt anything when he walked through the Mortal Steps and Azief had his own interpretation of why.
It is probably because his energy and body have long surpassed what one would categorize a mortal
But as he looks at the stairway in front of him and that empty gap he hesitated. He severs the mortal part of him but what will he sever when he walks the Immortal Steps?
Supreme Mortal. Supreme Immortal. Supreme than the Heavens
But what Mortal? What is Immortal? And whose Heaven?
This is the question running around in his mind right now.
Azief did not hesitate. He did not summon the Stairway, just to become a Supreme Mortal.
He did not realize it but his entire being right now, while glowing in silver white is also emitting the majesty of Fate.
It is like the accumulation of his good luck that enables him to reach here is being solidified and strengthening his own fate.
Someone with a Fate a s string as him is not easily controlled by Fate
The strings of Fate and Destiny around him loosened a bit. It does not yet snap but it has loosened.
And that in itself is terrifying to ponder
Destiny and Fate is inevitable.
But those Beings that become Grand Supremacy or Supreme Beings usually had the power to at least change their Fate because their Fate is their Fate alone and not decided by some three old women spinning yarn or some old bearded guy divining and planning in the background.
The moment he decided, all of his fear dissipated.
Azief jump and landed on the Immortal Steps, the eleventh steps of the Stairway and an energy and some chanting fills his ears.
Then as he lifts his feet to walk the step he felt pain in his entire being like something is being cut from him.
'ARGH' he could not help but let out a moan of pain.
Azief do not know what is used to cut that part of him but he could felt that it was formed by a Great Will that had a sense of purity to it.
He took another step and then he could feel it again. If before it was only a nick, this time it was a cut.
And this time Azief could see it was a dagger that cut him. It was a dagger at least in his eyes. It is translucent but it is full of pressure that could shake this entire Universe
It even seems like an illusion, like a mist covered with Laws.
To some it might be a sword, or a spear or anything else that could be used to cut.
This dagger that Azief saw for a glimpse of a second is the manifestation of that Great Will and the distillation of the entirety of the Great Will that had descended from the Stairways.
It might hurt but Azief also felt something else filling up. Then an enlightenment fills his mind.
'I seek Immortality first because of strength. Second, because I fear what Death has to offer. The pleasure of life has entrapped me like a fish swimming about aimlessly in its pond, constantly searching for bits of food to sustain its life. In its search for food it soon grows old and weak. It wishes to be young again, to regain its vitality and strength'
As he thought of his there is some golden streak passes inside his eyes and the light from his body pierced the interdimensional barrier of this Universe, the light spreading outside the stairway, illuminating this dark abandoned Universe.
Azief right now is experiencing another enlightenment as he takes another step
It was like a creed or Will of the Immortals that is embedding itself into Azief mind and he verbalizes his understanding loudly so that each words are laden with meanings and that by saying it out loud the meaning would enter into his heart.
'It is a mortal condition to struggle with the realization of the quick pace of aging, so people constantly search to regain bits of their youthfulness, or to become an immortal so they can forever be what they are because they dread their present condition. This is what I am searching for'
At least that what he thought before he walks this step.
But as he walks this step, his mind become clear and he found another way to look at his desire
It is not his body that he wishes to immortalize; it is his mind that he wishes to keep forever. The body is just an illusion and is what keeps him from being immortal.
In his ignorance he wants to immortalize his body because he thinks that is him. He needs to immortalize his mind.
Then he may have whatever body he wishes, when he wishes it. It is the mind that creates everything, but the bond to his body limits the illimitable workings of the mind.
A new realization occurred in Azief mind when these enlightenment fills his mind.
There is no life and death in the Immortal Creed.
There is only Mortal and Immortal. Both of them symbolize many things. Mortal is Destruction. Immortal is creation. Mortal is the Beginning and Immortal is the Ending.
As he revels in his enlightenment that dagger cut a part of him and at the same time the dagger cut him, countless amorphous strands of power was absorbed into him.
He was brought back from his enlightenment state as the golden streak in his eyes dissipated and the light that pierced through the interdimensional barriers exploded into fireflies of energy that slowly disappeared like it was never there in the beginning
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
That dagger seems to contain the Will of the Universe and the Grand Path of great many figures.
He took another three steps and the pain around him increased as he could feel like he was being cut in thousand pieces.
His hair is fluttering around him and his aura slowly become holy and divine and seems to contain the Heaven graciousness and might.
Please vote for the tsory and support my story. I also ave a pat r e o n where I usually posted the chapter earlier if you are interested in that. Anyway thanks and hope you enjoy reading thsi chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
438 SUPREME 4
The demonic side of him resisted as dark aura mixed with red aura of bloodlust is trying to resist the Immortal Bestowing.
He was an Ancient Asura as Azul and he gained the Defiant Heart from Azul as well.
And while he had the Celestial energy he also had Demonic energy and if one looks at his personality there is no doubt in anyone mind that he is more suitable to walk the Path of a Demon.
He took another step as he become slower now as he could feel a twinge of pain.
His entire nerves are frayed. He quivered, the pain he was experiencing was indescribable. He almost felt like his body was being ripped apart.
In his flashes of pain, he could see many things yet he remembers none of it. But even through the pain he manages to make sure he is conscious
And his eyes shone with determination.
The Immortal Steps wanted to cut his Defiant heart and Azief could do it if he wanted to. If he did that the energy, he had in his body from now on would be primarily Immortal energy.
Immortal in Azief understanding is not those who live for thousands of years, (though it is their primary trait)
The Immortal Azief is referring to is a race of the Universe that is long lived and used Immortal Spells and Immortal Energy.
They are the ancestors of the Celestials just like the Ancient Asura is the ancestors to the Asura race.
But he did not sever the Defiant Will in his heart. He would not. It is a gift and also an energy he is accustomed to.
This stubbornness of course has a price.
And that price is pain. Each step he taken now would doubles and triple his pain the more he walks.
But at the same time his Defiant Will also become even more powerful because of this resistance from the Immortal Will.
This is how you tempered your Will.
On Earth, there is no Will more paramount and more powerful than his Will. He could even summon his Willform to do battle on Earth and in his recent fight with the Heaven, his Will occupies part of the Heaven Will.
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
The other people that is chasing behind him is still not meeting the threshold to fight him in a Will battle other than Hikigaya or probably Jean.
But now, as he stubbornly wanted to keep his Defiant Will, it had to clash with the Immortal Will.
To be clashing with other Will of opposite nature, that is the only way for someone to strengthen their Will drastically.
And that is exactly what happens now.
His body felt like he is being thrown into a large meat grinder, taking his flesh part by part as second passes like an eternity.
Yet through the pain his eye shone with steely determination and his heart keep being Defiant and it almost seems with each steps his figure grows to be larger and larger
Behind him, his Willform is slowly appearing, a golden silver manifestation of his Will that takes his appearance and is growing larger and larger.
His Willform have long black hair and red glowing eyeballs and the aura of golden and silver is lowly being suppressed by a dark red aura like it is about to seal those golden and silver auras.
Azief then felt the pain is too hard to bear and he shouted to the Universe, his body is sweating now and while there is not physical pain that is observable with the eyes, only Azief knows that he is experiencing extreme pain right now.
He then shouted
'Submit to my Will!' Azief had made his decision as he walk through the steps.
instead of severing his Defiant heart or fusing it which would become more work for him Azief decided to suppress the Will of the Immortal that is trying to kick out the Demonic Presence in his body.
His eyes are shining with decisiveness as he let out a powerful roar and his entire body exploded with energy and his eyes turns red and his hair grows long.
He looks like a Demon as he is trying to suppress the Immortal Will.
The more he resisted the more he felt intense pain and he bite his own lips as blood flows down from him mouth.
His Ancient Demonic Energy roared up and the energy seems to be howling out as it seems Azief entire body turned into a black hole forcefully absorbing the Immortal Will that is coming out from the stairway.
'SUBMIT!' Azief said hoarsely, through gritted teeth as he nearly finished walking all the steps.
And then as he took the last steps the Immortal Will have submitted and Azief suddenly bursted with energy as golden aura mix with the silver white light and fills this dark abandoned Universe.
And while Azief did not realizes it in the beginning, now that he had passed the Immortal Steps, Azief could feel the source of life is beginning to form again in this abandoned Universe.
He stops for a while and spread out his Divine Sense to confirm something.
To his shock and amazement, he felt the Source of Life thrumming and Immortal Energy started filling this Universe like an empty bowl being poured with water.
Now that he had walked twenty steps, his entire body is full of energy that resembles the ancient Immortals.
It was like his entire being emanated an aura of primeval nature. Countless golden rays dazzled brilliantly from him as he looks like he was the Sun of this Universe.
He takes a deep breath and he could feel the many energies that he absorbed with only one breath.
And when he exhales he breathes out Immortal Energy which only added the reconstruction of this abandoned Universe.
Azief believes that each time the Supremacy Stairway appears is also the time of beginning for this Universe.
He had passed the rank to become Supreme Immortal yet he had felt nothing changed to his Disk.
It was only his body, mind and soul slowly being purified. Other than that his Will was also being tempered but other than that, nothing is happening to his Disk.
And there was one other thing that makes him felt that this is not the end of this stairway.
When he takes that last step in the Immortal Steps, for a few seconds there is an image flashing through his mind.
It was the same Thirteen Steps and Thirteen Statues he saw before. But it was only a flash of images that passes through him
This only made him even more curios and more intrigued.
The Supremacy Stairway should have transformed his Disks so that he could break through to Divine Comprehension.
But right now, as he walks the stairway all he could feel was that this part of the Stairway is to prepare him and if he failed to walk until the end then his good fortune will have ended.
He looks in front of him and he chuckles a bit. There are thirteen more steps on these stairways.
Next chapter in a couple of minutes. Stay with me. Still have your SS. COudl you imagien if I posted all of thsic hapter in one big chapter? You all would have complained...Huhuhu. Hope you enjoy it and try to see the hints
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
439 SUPREME 5
If he walks until the thirteenth steps he would be titled Supreme than the Heavens and if he walks the last three steps he would have a chance to become a True Divinity in the future.
But if he walks until the end…. could he see that Thirteen Steps with the Thirteen Statues of Supreme Being?
Right now he no longer hesitate.
The Immortal Will has been suppressed by him and now that it has submitted, the energies quickly repairing his body.
Right now, his entire body is radiating power that could churn the Earth and shakes the Heavens, Even the space around him is breaking down just by walking.
He did not hesitate to jump to the Heaven Steps.
This time the Heaven accepts him because of the Immortal energy that is coursing through his body right now.
He took first step and he felt the might of Heaven entering his body transforming his body turning him into some lofty being.
The moment he takes the first steps, Azief could feel that his energies is the Laws of the Universe, and he as the Heavens takes its Laws from the Will of the Universe, tranquil and quiet, allowing all things to form naturally, as they should be.
The law of the Universe follows its nature; the Laws is being what it is.
The more steps he takes the more he felt that he is being assimilated into the Laws of the Universe a Supreme Will is molding his body to become a Being that could accept and embrace any kinds of energy.
Yet the Disk inside his body did not move or stirred.
The more he walks the larger and wider the steps became and each steps of the stairs are separated by a thousand miles and it increase with each steps Azief taken.
But he could still walk forward and step unto it because even as the steps between the stairs widened Azief himself is slowly getting larger.
He looks like a titanic being that is walking on a larger titanic stair.
A powerful pressure emanated out of him, and it even affect the asteroid belt near the stairs as his pressure squeeze that asteroid into dust.
His eyes are full of red and golden streak as his gaze emitted light that could vaporize any being that dares to set their gaze upon his eyes.
Nothing could stop his momentum as each steps sounded like a Universe is exploding and the shockwave of his step ripples the planets below the stairway.
Right now, the gazes of those Beings in the Universe was blocked as they could not see the person undergoing the trial anymore.
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Laws of the Universe is concentrated on the barrier creating an impenetrable protection, and gazes.
Azul senses the disturbance in the Universe and he heard the ringing of the Bells and the hymn of Song from the many Universes out there
A Monkey sitting cross legged on a cloud laughed joyously as he took his staff and caress it like he was remembering some old war story.
On the Jade Empire, on the Palace of Everlasting Mist, a young man brought out a Temple from his sleeve.
The Temple is the size of a small toy but inside that small temple is full of codex of magical spells but most of all it has the inheritance of the Savi'krian race, the speedster race who worshiped Asargan.
He too casted his gaze away as the Supreme Golden Barrier was erected. Yu Wang is the current Jade Emperor and one of his incarnation did walk the Path of Perfection.
He only sighed.
Then he walks out form the palace, took his conical hat and his fishing rod and once again flew on the back of the Sky Dragon to his secluded fishing spot to fished Destiny and Fate once again after he was interrupted before
On the Mountains of Dread, with the mountains range fills with the bones of the trespassers and trees as sharp as sword, the High King of Asura Vritra was drinking wine with his colleagues when he senses the steps is being walked upon.
When he cast his gaze far from the Demonic Realm he saw the Supreme Golden Barrier was erected and he could only sigh.
He himself walks the Stairway but he never did manage to walk until the end and his statue is not there on the real stairway.
He failed at the Immortal Steps and his path to Perfection was broken. If not for that Indra would never be his match.
His Killing Heart went out of control and he was expelled out from the stairway when the Supreme Will of the Stairway appears.
All around the Universe when the Supreme Golden Barrier was erected those who have once try to walk the Stairway and those who have walked in until the end all sense the disturbance in the energy of the Universe
To many of the powerful beings in the Universe they of course know about the Stairway.
And they did not dare desecrate such place because they all knew that those who created those thirty-three steps and the Thirteen Steps of Laws Formations were all great character in the Universe.
Some of them have become Great Supremacy like Azul or great characters that rule many star systems like the Jade Emperor or the protector of their race like Odin and Zeus.
As all of this happened Azief is still walking the steps that is widening and enlarging at an accelerated speed.
Heaven is far.
And this uphill walk is like surpassing the Heaven. Azief Will right now is at its peak. He had even tempered it with the Gate appearance and now it is once again tested.
As the steps widen itself Azief Willform also become even larger. At this point, vacuum hole formed behind him and the area around him rippled like his body is breaking through the barrier of space that is an obstacle to him.
By now Azief had already walk five of the steps of the Heaven Steps and his body is emanating a heavenly pressure
If that is not enough the spiral that is originating from him created heavenly phenomenon with stars twinkling and the moon and the sun of this Universe moves and turn upside down yet an aura or energy kept them from spreading their gravitational force
It almost like all of the things that is happening right now in this Universe is governed by a completely new set of Laws.
Now, the Immortal Energy in his body become purer and purer as it is pressured by Azief already Perfect Physique it assimilated and fused with every part of his body which enables Azief to felt the energy of the Heaven Steps
Now a new energy enters Azief body.
It is Heavenly Energy of the Supreme Dimension.
These Supreme Dimensions was created by Thirteen Great Supremacy while the thirty-three steps are created by Thirty-Three Supreme Beings.
The accumulation of that energy forms a Heaven that bestow life and energy but at the same time it is immobile and stiff because it was not stirred.
But now that Azief has come to this Universe, devoid of energy and its own Heaven and is walking those steps part of that heaven is gathering, forming, its ancient energy was stimulated and then it enter Azief body.
His body is filling with Heavenly energy of the Supreme Dimension. This elicited a new change in Azief body as he is now surrounded by a boundless, blinding purple light
That purple light seems to spread like a mist enveloping the barrier of this Universe gravity sphere
Behind him, that Willform he had unconsciously summoned was slowly becoming even more solid.
All that energies swirled together to solidified his Willform and the titanic figure of his Willform become even larger that it seems to fills this entire Universe.
His Willform resembles even more like him and he is now unimaginably tall and large.
Its head touched the barrier between this abandoned Universe and the Universe beside it and his Willform feet seems to create cracks on the Heaven Stairway, like it is threatening to stomp down the Heaven with the might of his feet.
Next chapter in a couple of minutes. Hope you all enjoy it and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
440 SUPREME 6
Azief Willform body emanated a shocking pressure that caused the stars and the planet to quake.
For a brief moment the Will of the Heaven Steps is utterly suppressed.
Gradually, all of the natural law in the area began to swirl around the enormous figure behind Azief
Starlight from the starry sky shone down on it, bathing it in brightness, giving it a completely unearthly energy.
The Heavens of this Universe is slowly being suppressed. There is also something different in Azief Willform.
It does not only possess his Will but it also contains Faith energy.
His Willform was seen by many people when he fought Sithulran and some people have researched don that and they found that some people could channel other people Will through their body.
In other words, it is not different like some races in the Universe who use Totem to summon the Wills of their ancestor to strengthen their prowess.
In other words, some people could summon Azief Will by calling upon his name and if Azief allow it his Will would come to aid those people who uses his name but of course Azief is not capable of doing this kind of thing yet.
He at least has to reach Essence Creation to do such thing but one of the requirement is Faith Energy. He already could project his Will outside his body but now with the Heavenly Energy of the Supreme Dimension it is also becoming more solid.
As soon as his Willform becoming solid, everything in these abandoned Universe began to rumble as Azief take another step and the world behind him seems to be crunch like a Big Crunch happened to it.
Like a blip it disappeared without a trace. All of the planets in this Universe is shaking and rumbling.
If those people like Vritra and even the Jade Emperor could see this scene there is no doubt that they would all gasped in disbelief.
He stands on the sixth steps, only four more steps for him to complete climbing all the Heaven Steps.
His face is now calm and his aura is now devoid of anything. It was like he become one with everything.
He is half step to surpassing the Heavens and standing on the sixth step of the Heaven Steps could be counted he is higher than the Heavens but it isn't until he passed the Ten Steps of the Heaven Step will he be counted as surpassing the Heavens
Right now he only could be considered Equal to the Heavens.
And as he stands on the sixth step that is not the only thing he had discovered.
As he took each steps he could see flashes of the Thirteen Steps and the Thirteen statue. It isn't until he reaches the sixth step that he is now confident of his conclusion.
That in front of this stairway, there is another stairway.
The true Supremacy Stairway.
This stairway that he is walking right now is nothing more than a stairway to strengthen him and at the same time tested him whether he is qualified or not on walking the true Supremacy Stairway.
If he failed even in this stairway, his Perfection path will be broken and he had to broke through to Divine Comprehension without the Perfection of his Disk thus ending his desire.
Weirdly, now that he is equal to Heaven he looks like a normal mortal devoid of energy.
Yet, his eyes shone brightly and his Willform behind him radiated a shocking pressure that stifled the Laws and Concept of this Universe.
Right now, his Willform and the blinding purple light coming out from his body is blotting out the Heavens
The natural law of the world is slowly being altered and even Time seemed to come to standstill in this Universe as the space dust did not move and the stars seems to halt its light from shining.
Then he took another step and his he felt his body become translucent.
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
It is the seventh step. He took another step and his Willform dissipated.
It is now the eight step.
Then he takes his ninth step and his body disintegrated into motes of light.
Yet his soul still existed and while he no longer possesses a body or feet to step forward, his soul is bind into this stairway and it is bind on that ninth step
Right now, Azief had no thoughts or memory except that he knew he had to walk the last step.
He looks calm not because he is not afraid. He looks calms because there is nothing else on his mind other than one objective.
Then his soul move forward and broke the binding of the ninth step and his soul reached the tenth step.
The moment he reached that step, his soul dissipated like an ash being blown by the wind.
As his soul dissipated, it merges with the Heavenly Energy and he merge and fuse with all the living things in this abandoned Universe as his Will spread out in this abandoned Universe.
In his Soul form Azief senses thirteen other Wills spread out in this Universe and as he fused his Will become the Fourteenth Will to populate this Universe.
It felt like he was wandering for a thousand years but in fact the moment his soul dissipated, a millisecond later, his soul was put back, his body slowly reforming, translucent at first then becoming solid.
The moment it become solid, Azief Willform appears behind his back and merge with Azief body and when it merges with Azief, his pupils turns cloudy like it contains the Universe inside his pupils and the energy of this world mark itself into his soul and will.
He finally reached the tenth steps and his entire body seems to emit heavenly energy. In front of him is the Three Steps to Perfection of Divinity.
By walking this last three steps, he would have a chance to become a True Divinity in the future.
Right now his body have the Immortal energy and the Heavenly energy. His face now seems to emit majesty and his gaze could break one will.
His eyes not only contain pressure but also the truth of the Grand Path and if one gazes a long time into his eyes they would probably be trapped in the Illusion of Six Lives.
Azief encounter with Azul has proved he had benefited greatly but I dont think many people know how Azief has helped Azul complete his Path. Which is why a Grand Supremacy like Azul would deign to grant six favours.
And this time Azief created his own spell. And some of you might thought why is walking a stairs took that long. Because this is none other than Supremacy Stairway. I would be lying to the readers if I made this part about the stairways a one chapter and this starioway alos woudl open Azief toa new world where he coudl see the powerful being of the Universe and strengthen his WIll to reach higher and further.
And Azief did have been seeking to walk this stairway since he was in the Disk Formation stage and that is about a hundred chapters ago or maybe even more.
Anyway, hope you enjoy it until now and please leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
441 SUPREME 7
When Azief was in his Soul Form he understands a bit about soul attributes and then as his thoughts returned to him he was reminded of Meihul and Azul Six Reincarnation Wheel.
That Wheel that control rebirth and reincarnation and the countless souls that is inside that Wheel, and could imprison anyone even an immortal being that could not be destroyed.
How could he forget it?
He then uses the opportunity to divinate and create a new type of illusion when he is in Soul Form.
In such condition, the body that is usually the limiting factor was removed. He put all of his energy into his mind as his mind seems to deconstruct the concept of Karma, Rebirth, Reincarnation, Life and Death in the Wheel.
When he is thinking of illusion his mind would surely go to Hikigaya.
Hikigaya put illusion in his eyes but he also could activate his illusion as long as one looks at any part of his appearance.
That One Finger Opening the Heavens and Suppressing the Earth is still fresh in Azief mind
Azief decided to put the lives he had experienced in the Six Sabers into his eyes, turning it into a hellish illusion.
Since the illusion had a base, it became stable and it became a legitimate illusion spell.
Azief did not immediately jump through the last three steps instead he look at the rings in his finger.
His face expression was not pleasant at all. Now, that he started venturing to the Vast Universe, Azief felt the premonition of getting closer to the identity of this ring and why so many beings in the Universe wage a war for this ring.
Azief did not forget the war he saw in the Seresian world.
A three hundred feet Demonic King that fought against Demonic Prince with the land cleaved into half, the sky was torn apart by powerful ripping energy, their moon was shattered and a Heavenly Palace was brought down as the battle pit the forces of the Demonkin and the Heavenkin of that world.
Heaven was struck down, and Hell was broken into unleashing terrible fire and coldness into that world
Azief got the ring from the last survivor of that war.
The Demonic Prince of the 78th Level of Fiery Hell was the only one that survives the massacre and manages to kill the Demonic King who was at that time already in their last breath
The war was fought for the ten rings. Azief could not believe it at first.
At that time, he thought what kind of ring that could incite the two strongest race of that planet to give their all to grab that ring.
About a trillion of Demonic Prince and Hell Judges that dies under the Demonic King hands that day and there were even more Heavenkin that died during that day
At that time, Azief was merely an Energy Dispersing Stage. On Earth he was pretty powerful with that level of cultivation but in the Seresian World he could only be a slave.
Azief follow the expedition and hid himself and when he saw the Demonic Prince of the 78th level of Fiery Hell won the ring Azief take the risk.
The Demonic Prince had already cut the Demonic King finger that was big as a hill and grabs the rings.
At that time the Demonic Prince only have a few breaths left in his body yet he still chuckles maniacally as he tries to wear the ring.
Azief took the chance and kill him and grab the rings.
Since then the ring has accompanied his journey and Azief knows that the ring seems to contain powerful spells and energy and it almost seems like there is nothing in the wide Universe that the Ring could not provide.
The energy inside it has made Azief evaluated the ring and the fact that Azul recognize the ring only added to the mystery of this ring. What kind of treasure or artifact is not worn by Time?
But Azul said he had seen this ring before.
When he turns translucent and dissipated into Soul form and the dissipated entirely even under the Suppression of the Stairway and its Laws, these the rings did not change.
This time Azief saw it for himself.
When he dissipated, the ring floats in this Universe around the stairway and in his Soul Form Azief could see many strings of energy trying to suppress the rings and the strings came from the Laws of the Supreme Stairway.
Yet, it could not suppress the rings.
When he returns back to his original form, the rings flew back to him and wear itself into his fingers.
Unless he wished for the rings to turn into a soul form, then the ring would not turn into soul form no matter what kind of Laws is imposed to it.
Azul words still rings in his head about the origin of this ring and he sighed. He also remember how the Ring had resonated when the Gate appeared.
He sighed but then look at the Three Steps in front of him.
He then put all that thought away as he took a step.
Suddenly Azief was surrounded by formation glyphs and other form of writing that seems ancient and grass sprouted from the steps.
It was like the step he is stepping on now turned into a large flat land. He no longer sees the other two steps instead all he could see is a land full of grass stretching to infinity.
The ground was red and brown but as Azief walk forward, countless green grass and blooming flower actually emerged from the ground and slowly turning the empty land into a sea of flowers.
The land is full of life and vitality, and a strong breath of many energies. It was at this time Azief understand something.
This is the World of Life. This is Life. And the step he walks on is none other than the Step of Life.
The formation he sees before while it is not visible anymore Azief could feel it. It is in every blade of grass, every blow of the wind, every scent of the flowers.
That formation turns into Laws and concepts. Azief did not know such thing could be done. A formation to create Life.
It was at this time Azief knows what he needs to do. He needs to absorb the energy inside this illusionary world.
He sits on the patch of green with the scent of the flowers around him. He closes his eyes and the take a breath as his entire body now turns into black hole absorbing the energy inside this world.
The entire land radiated with light and an enormous force overturning the universe suddenly burst forth.
The Space around him distorted and flipped over.
The sky that was formed from the formation and glyphs collapsed and as it came crashing down it turns into formation symbols and glyphs and it was absorbed into him.
Around him, life seems to bloom even harder. Vines slithers and then the grass turns to trees, the gas rises up and the rains fall down, and lakes was formed.
The rain falls again and the lake turns to river and the river produce oceans as the land quake and break.
But while all of this happens, Azief was still sitting there focusing only on absorbing the energy of Life.
The more he absorbed the more the land that is slowly turning into a world riot. Mud and sand rolled up, mountains formed and crumbles, the sky appeared and then collapsed
It was a great apocalyptic change
The ethereal and lofty sky was overturning.
The earth that carried the weight of all was roaring!
Yet, through it all, through the thunders, the sky rising up and crumbling, the land quaking and breaking Azief is quickly absorbing the energy of this Life Step and it is clear that the only way he will be out of this step if he destroys the world.
It was now that he understands the three steps of Divinity. Unlike the others they are all connected.
Life, Death, Creation and Destruction. They are interconnected. Then the last step is none other than Emptiness.
As Azief sit there he could deduce and even divinate all of this. He then opens his eyes and stand up.
Around him the wind goes crazy, the world is crumbling down but there is still so much powerful Life Energy holding down this world
Azief lifted his index finger and the Life energy around him was absorbed and concentrated itself around the tip of his finger.
Now, that he could see through these three steps he no longer had any hesitation. He converts the life energy into a world shaking destruction energy
The moment he lifted his finger, the entire illusory world darkened and trembles.
His finger seems to contain an unlimited destruction energy. Azief understanding of Destruction energy enables him to turn the Life energy into a Destruction energy,
And now with his thirteen energy also imbued in this energy, it creates a powerful pressure that radiated and shakes this entire illusory world created by the Stairway.
The wind stops, the crumbling sky was held in place and everything was motionless like even the Laws governing this world is also being frozen.
The energy in this world suddenly stop. Only that finger with the energy of Life and Destruction seems to be able to move.
He twitches his finger and the Heaven and Earth collapsed, the Sun and Moon in this illusionary world reversed their rotation and he stand supreme alone and unrivalled in this world.
Right now the aura that he emitted is almost reaching the level of those Supreme Being and even the Supremacies.
It is not Azief aura since he borrowed it from the understanding he had derived from the Life Step but it did not change the fact that right now, Azief aura could contend with Great Supremacy that did not yet actualize their Grand Path.
The might emanating out from him right now is suffocating.
Azief right now is producing extreme destruction and cut of all Laws and Concept from the world.
This is how terrifying the energy he had converted from the Life energy in the Life Step.
Just lifting his finger causes everything to lose its luster. The energy on the tip of his finger is about to erupt and Azief is still calm
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Countless green rays dazzled brilliantly as an apocalyptic energy erupted from his index finger and the moment it erupted everything resumes its motion.
But just before they could resume their motion the vast amount of power contained inside that finger erupted and the illusory world started to tremor and breaking at its seams.
The green light now being intermixed with golden, black, red and purple energy was akin to a godly invincible sword as it tore through this world ripping out the land beneath and tearing apart the Heavens above.
Nothing seems to escape this finger strike
The pure destruction power that Azief converted from the Life energy obliterated everything in its path and everything was annihilated
It took long to describe but all of this happened in just a few second.
When he released that power from his fingertips Azief waved his hand back and the finger strike had already obliterated everything and tranquility returned.
And when he blinks his eyes he was back where on the step. But there is something different this time. When he opens his eyes and returned he is already at the last step.
He looks behind him and there is no longer any stairway steps.
Instead, all he could see was the vast expanse of nothingness, churning and churning. And then he looks back in front of him and smiles bitterly as he looks at the last step. He did not have to enter into any other illusory world.
He instinctively knows that.
Nothingness if one thinks of it in complicated manner means to become empty of desire of earthy wants.
But, how could that be possible for these beings that created these stairways.
The many people that fought to become Perfect and walk this Supremacy Stairway will not give it up to become empty.
Then what should be emptied? Should he empty his ambitions and desire?
Azief smiles.
Because he knew that was not the answer. It is the simplest method possible.
As he walks all of those steps he did not only understand the many energies that is present in this dimension, he also slowly understands the thoughts and mind of the people that built all of this places and illusory worlds full of formations and imbuing energy in bricks and altering laws of the Universe.
Then if all of that is still not enough, they even hidden the real Supremacy Stairway behind this Thirty-Three Steps.
The Supremacy Stairway, while it seems grand and mysterious in the end it is just stairs. One just had to climb it.
So is this last step.
Empty just means that.
Empty. He looks behind him and smile as he looks at that emptiness of space and then believing his thought was correct he jump to that nothingness
He jumps from the last step to the emptiness of this abandoned Universe and before he could even have the chance to close his eyes proper, he arrived.
The process doesn't even seem to take even a second. He did not feel pain nor did it take long.
When he jumps he found himself standing on top of another staircase.
This time, it is the true Supremacy Stairway.
He felt the aura of Supreme Being flows through him and as he looks below he saw that he was at the rifts step of the stairway.
The step of the stairway is huge and large each one is the size of a football field. He took a deep breath and he remained motionless as he tries to perceive the energy of this stairway.
There are no illusory spells, formation or some other kind of worlds like he experienced in the Thirty-Three Steps.
All he had to now is climb these thirteen steps.
Then he opens back his eyes and before he takes the next step he took a step to the left and he immediately arrived on the edge of this step.
He saw a statue and the moment he saw it Azief smirk.
He might not recognize other people statue above the first step but the moment he saw the statue on the first step, he immediately knows who that was.
Even if the appearances changes a little, the aura that statue emitted and the familiar energy around the statue factor in Azief certainty of who the Being that is carved into the statue were.
He come closer to the statue and look straight and gaze upon the statue eyes.
'No wonder Azul knows so much about the Supremacy stairway. Turns out, he used to walk these steps himself. Though I wonder which reincarnation these is'
The first statue on the first step is Azul statue which means the first step was created by him. Azief did not feel any pain or pressure this time.
But he does feel something is entering into his Inner World and latching through all of his energies like a string binding them tightly but for some weird reason Azief didn't feel any pain of does he felt any malice.
'I just need to climb the stairs' and then bowing a little to the statue, Azief took his step forward jumping to the second steps as he begins his climb.
End of teh chapter for this month. And there is an announcement here. I might be posting the chapter for the next month on the 7th and not the 6th. I usuualy take a six day break in the begining of the month but my health is getting worse so I would post the chapter for next month a little bit later.
Anyway, hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comments and vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
442 WHILE HE WAS WALKING 1
Earth
While Azief is walking on the steps of the Supremacy Stairway two years have passed on Earth.
Since then a lot of things had happened. The seasons changed and people move on
But that scene of a stairway coming from the Heavens to invite Death Monarch is still vivid in the mind of everyone.
It made many people think and seek for more strength.
Other than that, The Seven Great powers that controlled the world have slowly pacified their region one by one.
Out of the Seven Great Powers, the original Three Great Powers is still undoubtedly the one deciding the rules and rule the world with their might and authority.
They are still regarded as the most stable power in the world.
And war is rare nowadays with mostly only internal war broke out and they are usually did not created mass massacre like before.
Battle still happens between people and secret societies but full scale war between faction rarely happens nowadays after the establishment of the Seven Great Power.
And rarely there is a case of experts in the level of Seed Formation and Disk Forming to enter any battle since their participation would mean thousands of casualties and also the eyes of the Seven Great Power trained on them
And if the other side also deployed their experts then that means they would lose a valuable fighting force for humanity
Unless one had a great debt of vengeance no one would deploy an expert on the level of Disk Forming to fight in a battle or allowed such battle to happen.
Of course they are exception in this case in the matter of sparring or to resolve a debt of life and death.
Instead many of these experts seclude themselves trying to attain higher mastery in their energy control.
Two years have changed the world and some semblance of peace had arrived. There is still killing and there is still death.
Some people grew strong and some people were left behind. Some people broke down and no longer walk their path, and some gritted their teeth, persevere and keep walking on their uncertain path.
Monsters are still rampaging on some parts of the world or swimming under the Deep Sea and there are still people that prey on the weak.
But it is better than before.
There seems to be some order and peace and in such environment, population thrive.
Death Monarch and the other large figures that ruled the world all believe that humanity should increase their population.
And the new people that was born into these new world will live with new rules.
At the same time humanity now, and like always managed to hang on to that hope of a better tomorrow and survive.
There used to be concern of overpopulation before the Fall but now each Great Power wanted their people to procreate and increase their population.
The one that does not need to worry about this is probably is only Pandemonium, The World Government and the Republic.
People flock to go there because they believed in their strength and their ability to protect their people.
The cooperation between the Seven Great Power while it does happen, it happens rarely and when it does happen it usually happens because some people tries to break the rules in the Article of Distribution
However, when all of them put their mind and resources to it, they could accomplish great thing.
Last year, with the joint cooperation between the Seven Great Power, they created a military base station on the moon.
It serves as a lookout facility for extraterrestrial activity near Earth and Milky Way galaxy in particular
The Weronian Invasion and the Sithulran disaster have made humanity open their eyes to the threat beyond the stars.
And the Seven Great Power have all come out from their days of chaos and become the rallying point for humanity.
In two years a lot of efforts were made from the new four rising powers to pacify their continent, to put down the rebellious faction and any other undesirables entities that could threaten their rule.
While Death Monarch did announce those four great powers and gain his approval and the other Two Great Power of that time, this does not mean that all people of that continent would agree with what Death Monarch decree.
And Death Monarch himself knows this and he probably doesn't care.
If the organization or faction that he chooses to ruled that continent is incapable of ruling and get overthrown, then that simply means that organization is not worthy to begin with.
Death Monarch gave the throne away to other people and the throne is heavy. And if you can bear it, then you are a true Monarch.
If you can't, someone else will take that throne from you.
Death Monarch is not a good person. But he is not entirely an evil person either. He is just a person that sometimes makes mistake.
The only thing that separates him from other people is that when he makes mistake the effect of that mistake would affect billions of people.
But if that pressure could bring him down, then he could not even make any decision. He did not want to decide how humanity should go and what path they should walk.
Because even he doesn't know the answer to that question
Is it good if he forced humanity to become strong, deciding the lives of millions just because he think he knows the right answer?
No.
he doesn't know and that is why in the end he gave them a choice.
And now the choice is in their hand s and if they wanted a different choice, the only thing they can do is to rise up and fight for what they believe is right.
It is contradictory.
He did not want to impose his will unto other but yet he still imposes it on others and hoping that maybe he makes the right choice.
Even now, he still doesn't know what the path for humanity to walk on. Should they all be forced to get strong with all the new threats that has opened up since the Fall?
Or should he let them happens naturally and by happening naturally it means to do nothing.
Or should he be the guiding hand of the people, forcing them to listen to him because he thinks he knows better?
He knows what he would choose and that is why it is better for him to not rule.
People think Death Monarch is not interested in power. Loki understand that was not the case. If that was truly the case, then why he keeps searching for strength?
Yes, there is that desire to sue that strength to protect the people he loved. But to protect the people that he loved he need power.
And Death Monarch knows himself better than some people give him credit for.
He knows the temptation of power and he knows how he truly wanted it. He likes power and what it enables him to do.
It is because of that, he never trusted himself with power. The Article he had written has become some kind of Constitution for the Seven Great power.
Some people recognize that the moment someone broke the balance that Article would cease to be effective and as such there are some people that want to keep the world balanced and some people wanted to break that balance.
There is a lot of plans in the Article.
But Death Monarch knows that not all of his plans would become true. There is an element of chaos in his planning and he embrace that part of chaos in his plan.
He had his own set of rules. And he wanted to be virtuous and kind. But weak men can't be virtuous or kind.
That is the simple truth. Some people think they are being kind when the truth is they are just weak and have no claws.
They mistake themselves, thinking that they are kind because they do not kill or hurt other people.
It is not that they did not want to, it is they are not capable to. Some people could kill and hurt people and choose not to.
That is kindness.
Death Monarch did not admire weakling who think themselves good because they have no claws.
I decided to post this earlier since I already finsih this part of the chapter. Anyway this si porbably the last time we will see Earth in this Arc sinc ethsi chapter will focus on Azief journey on the Universe. Now the flute will come into play. If anyone still remember what the flute is.
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
Anyway this chapter will be about the changes that is happening on Earth and alosat the same time the meeting of old friend
See you all tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
443 WHILE HE WAS WALKING 2
And a different world has emerged with the Article enforcement by the Three Giants of the World.
When the Article was announced some people tried to break its rules and Pandemonium, World Government and the Republic executed those that tried to break the rules with no mercy
Since then the Four Great Powers have changed their approach.
The four great powers have tried to exercise both the sticks and carrots to encourage people coming to their continent while implementing laws and orders
The only reason that the laws and order work as intended is because all the Seven Great Powers agree to enforce it together.
But just because the Seven Great Powers are on the road to stability it doesn't mean that they are no chaos whatsoever
In Asia, the Lotus Order just get out a great civil war from the steppes of Mongolia to the lower lands of Indonesia.
The war had almost exhausted their resources and so the Lotus Order call upon a great meeting among the many great leaders that is ruling in many areas all over Asia.
They debated for a week and they reached a compromise with each other
They swore loyalty to the Lotus Order but are free to do whatever they wanted in their dominion as long as the Laws of the Seven Great Power is observed and enforced.
They wanted to protest it at first but the World Government people also arrived with Raymond, Hikigaya and Oreki in presence.
With Death Monarch absent, Katarina in seclusion, it is without doubt that the three figures command the greatest prowess in the world right now.
Even though Japan is considered an Asian country but because of the fact that the Twin Sages of Japan is Oreki and Hikigaya, they remain a separate entity out of Asia and belongs to the World Government.
It is the only way that the World Government would accept Pandemonium arrangement. And Loki agreed to it
With the World Government interfering the meeting was concluded and many people agree to swear fealty.
Find authorized novels in Webnovel,faster updates, better experience,Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.
But around half a year ago, someone seems to incite a rebellion on the edges of Indonesia as they conquer lands and make alliance with other warlords of Asia to overthrow the Lotus Order.
From the Mountains of Tibet, to the steppes of Mongolia, to the desert of Dubai rebel warlord rises up
The entire Asia seems to go into a frenzy.
This time the Six Great Power did not interfere.
In the Article it is written that internal war is allowed but no external war is allowed among the Seven Powers.
Since it is an internal war of the Lotus Order, unless there is some benefit, the other Great Power did not have to interfere unless it became a matter of humanity survival and involve humanity precious fighting force.
It wasn't until a few months later when this rebellion suddenly deployed a Disk Formation levelers to massacre an entire capital of Laos that the World Government, the Republic and Pandemonium responded.
The fact that this matter attract the Three Giants of the World was frightening and everyone was waiting to see the conclusion of this rebellion.
Since the Article and the Laws were introduced, there is nobody that ever broke the rule that was set upon by Death Monarch
For the World Government the matters lie in the fact that the rebellion simply disregards the rules that was set upon in the World Meeting by the Seven Great Powers.
To them it is matter of reputation
For the Republic, there is nothing more important than the laws that was set upon and the fact that to have such a lawless rebellion beside them have never sit right for them
They also fear that the rebellion in Asia would then provoke a rebel sentiment in Europe.
In the initial attack the Republic did not want to interfere but since it is an internal war, they felt compelled to let them sort it out by themselves.
But now that the rebellion deployed a Disk Formation expert and started a wanton massacre of a human population that is innocent and not part of the war, the Senator of the Republic pass a unanimous resolution in the Senate, allowing full military mobilization.
From Moscow, the great figures of The Republic headed to Asia. However, the most frightening things was the fact that Pandemonium also enter this matter
Pandemonium is now ruled by its Regent, Loki. Since that day of Death Monarch ascension to the stars, Loki had been announced to rule in his stead.
Sasha, the leader of the Shadow Guard disappeared with the Dark Blade Division and the remnants of the Shadow Guard is now headed by the Vice leader of the Shadow Guard Shinji.
Pandemonium is the most fortified continent in the world. It is point of pride for its people and of envy for the outsiders.
This owes to Death Monarch gift to his people before he leaves.
The formation he strengthened could not be broken unless one could reach the pinnacle strength of a Divine Comprehension levelers.
Other than Raymond who was rumored to have reached Divine Comprehension levels, nobody could even dream of breaking through that formation.
That formation had not only strengthened Pandemonium security it also created many weird phenomenon across the Pandemonium Sea
Pandemonium is now covered with thick white mist that makes it look like a paradise of celestial immortals from afar.
Other than that, all the island near Pandemonium floated up twenty feet above the sea creating a floating island surrounded by mist.
Many Order of Thinkers members have been researching this matter and they come into the conclusion that the protection formation of Pandemonium affected the energy distribution of the island and landmass around it creating this bizarre phenomenon of island floating around Pandemonium and its seas.
Other than that, every full moon there will be never ending lightning storms across the Pandemonium Seas.
These never ending lightning storms usually begins in the morning leading to the full moon before ending the next morning.
This only makes the travel to Pandemonium even harder.
Even for levelers it is hard to pass through the Pandemonium Sea when the never ending lightning storms begins
When the Order of thinker research this they found out that the lightning coming out from the lightning storms is not normal lightning and thunders.
Instead the lightning has traces of the Extermination Lightning. This fact while it deters the weak to sail the Pandemonium Sea it encourages the strong to come to Pandemonium.
It is even said that some people once saw the Thunder Monarch meditating on the clouds of those never ending lightning storms.
Some people used the weird weather in Pandemonium to prepare themselves for their own tribulations.
There are even rumors that one could see some experts with high level cultivation would come to the area where the never ending lightning storms and use the thunder there to temper their body and to prepare themselves when they have to face the real deal.
Nowadays it is not only people that seek safety would sail the Pandemonium Sea, now even the strong come to Pandemonium to seek more strength.
The land is as popular as ever.
It is because of that Pandemonium is not only hard to break, it is also hard to even travel to it.
More information about the chnages and the dynamic of power between the Seven Great Powers. Anyway, please vote for the chapter and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
444 WHILE HE WAS WALKING 3
And since Death Monarch departed Pandemonium while they do not seclude themselves behind the thick white mist and never-ending lightning storms around the Indian Ocean, they also do not actively participate in many of the World Meeting that have bene convened for at least four times.
It is why when the Three Army of Pandemonium that has been roaming the world seeking the Broker suddenly appeared in Laos and started driving back the rebellion, the whole world stirs.
The rebellion touches Pandemonium sensitive spot.
The law that has been made by Death Monarch, the Sovereign of Pandemonium was ignored and looked down upon by some rabble of rebels.
Loki had ordered the mobilization and the Three Army quickly abandoned their mission and decimated half of the rebel military force in a day.
The Three General all now have a Disk Formation cultivation level. It is with the combined effort of the Great Powers that Asia regained back their peace.
Africa however is still full of conflict.
And these conflict is usually incited by the force of the World Government in terms of resources and the Republic with it silent maneuvering from behind.
Death Monarch did cut off any powers that the World Government had on Africa before he left but now he is not here anymore.
And so, the World Government send their agents and spies there, trying to manipulate the matters of the African continent once again.
And since the Republic also knows the World Government scheme, how could they not participate?
On the other hand, Pandemonium did not interfere.
As long as the Great Powers did not outright attack the other Great Powers then they did not really want to muck up this new peace that is slowly dawning on humanity.
The African Alliance itself is divided on how the continent should be ruled. With fifty-four interest tied together, it would be weird not to see any intrigue and conflict.
The African Alliance while rarely fought in the battlefield, the intrigue and schemes they had against each other had incited riots, small rebellions of villagers and the rise of a few warlords separate from the African Alliance.
The other Great Powers knew that the continent of Africa is a powder keg. One need to only light a spark and chaos would rule.
World Government on the other hand had created a more systemized ways of ruling and in the two years since the ascension of Death Monarch, they too have fade in the background while exercising silent pressure on the world just like Pandemonium.
North America seems to be prosperous with its people have hope for a better tomorrow.
With all of the great figures of World Government still alive and kicking and not disappearing on some space adventure, they might be considered the strongest organization in the world right now.
The Island of Peace that floated a few meters above the sea water in the North Pacific Ocean is the symbol of the World Government ruling from the small administrative island.
The World Government have matured from its past mistake and become more calm and wiser. And more silent in their actions.
This is not exactly a good news for its enemies.
While the true ruler of the World Government is President Hirate, the only other person that shares equal power and probably have even more influence than him in the World Government is Raymond who is the King of the United States.
The title was given by the World Government and all of the states of America had to acknowledge this coronation.
Since the founding of the United States, they never had a king. But times have changed. And the world has also changed.
There is no world like before and while in the past those who have the bigger gun's wins, this is not the case now.
Everyone have had their eyes wide opens. They saw many things that challenged their notions of what power means and what strength is since the years of the Fall.
Death Monarch could change the colors of the Heavens, bring down heavenly calamities, split up mountains and part the sea with the wave of his hands.
The world is now ruled by organization or factions but in essence the only reason that these organization and factions could rule was the fact that they had people who were no different than the Gods they used to read in myths.
And the United Sates after the Fall is no longer like the United States before the Fall. When the Word Government announced the coronation of Raymond, they accepted it.
The strong rules in this world.
Even if they did not accept it, the thought of fighting an unstoppable force like Raymond who could control the Earth, to bring storms and summons tsunamis bring their knees down as they kneel and prostate themselves in fear.
While Raymond and Hirate is solidifying their power in North America, on the South America side the League of Freedom is no longer as small as it is before and now hold great power.
While some people used justice or as their slogans, Narleod, the leader of the League of Freedom rules on his continent with iron fist and employs fear to control its people.
It is cruel but it is also effective.
Yet, at the same time he preached his people of freedom from the powers that be.
It is because of this that the World Government did not make many waves this past two years.
They are being checked by the growing influence of the league of Freedom. The League of Freedom controls the Amazon Forest.
It is one of the most dangerous forest in the world.
But it is also a treasure trove of resources, energy stones, and exotic and rare herbs that could strengthen one body and it is because of that, the improvement of the people that migrated to South America is obvious.
The League of Freedom open the forest for people to hunt and raise their levels. There is hardly Pillar Forming levelers in his continent unless they are kids or babies.
This was not good news to the World Government.
The upper echelons of the World Government knew that the League of Freedom hated the World Government.
And because of that they always had to remain vigilant against their own neighbor.
This problem was actually because of Death Monarch. Raymond and Hirate at that time knew Death Monarch intention but they were powerless to stop it.
He wanted to make sure that the World Government will not have time to focused on Pandemonium and instead had to worry about the enemy beside them
The plans that Azief plan before he went to space is slwoly showing its effect. Anyway it alos depicts LOF expansion and the soldifying of power.
Anyway, I did not hjave many thing to say this chapter so see you tomorrow and dont forget to vote and rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
445 WHILE HE WAS WALKING 4
While the World Government worries about the menace beside then, and the League of Freedom is expanding and increasing its strength, in the coldness of Antarctica, many new discoveries were made each day.
It is a land that have entranced many scientists even before the Fall.
And Death Monarch decision of gifting this land to the Order of Thinkers could not be more appropriate.
Other than the weird tree of crystals that sprouted from the ice, the Order of Thinkers had also discovered the repository of seeds that is present in some frozen ice in Antarctica.
Other than that they also have managed to create different kind of seeds that is easier to adapt to this new world
And a few of those discoveries they found since they founded their headquarters there have changed the opinion of the world about the frozen continent.
After the Fall, humanity have grown more powerful and as such many of the untrekkable places in the Antarctica could now be explored.
The Order of Thinkers send their members to make deep sea exploration beneath the ice continent and the few discoveries that they have made was so shocking that some of them were not revealed to the world.
They also found the remains of the super ancient continent Gondwana. These remains are called Cratons and the Order of Thinker found sign of other sign of other Cratons.
And the fact that it is low with monster populations have also spurred some people to sail the seas and go to that cold continent.
And with the news half a year ago that they have managed to terraforms some of the lands in Antarctica, it only fuels more people to come there.
However, the fact that the Order of Thinker have made their headquarters there have made them unable to hide in the dark anymore.
While the World Government and the other powers is still wary of them, the League of Freedom has great cooperation with them and they are reported to exchange information and resources
Europe however remains stable. There are few insurrections but none that last too long or grow so big like in the Asia.
His is probably because of the presence of the Ice Queen Katarina. She is still in seclusion after that tribulation.
A few months ago, Ice Queen Katarina went out from her seclusion and then faces the Tribulation of Icy Hell.
It shocked the entire world. They saw clouds falls down from the sky being frozen into ice blocks.
The entire Arctic Ocean was frozen and snow keep falling down all over Europe.
The whole world had their temperature dropped by two Celsius that day.
Some people already knew that the path that Katarina is walking right now is the same path that Death Monarch has walked.
It is the Perfection Path.
What they don't understand is that Perfection is different for everyone.
While Azief had to purify his body using the Purifying Fire of the Jade Empire, the Perfection of Katarina Physique created a different tribulation.
Only she knew where that wind and spears of ice came from since she was the one that summons the tribulations.
Even though she had started back from the beginning she seems to gain more than she lost. Even when she is at Energy Disperse Stage she could fight with High Level Seed Formation levelers.
And when she reached the Perfection of her Seeds then she would be to fight people of even Disk Formation and even Divine Comprehension levelers and survive.
And while that doesn't seem impressive considering that others have passed her, her boy have now had a qualitative change.
Other than Death Monarch she has no equal in the toughness of body. And when she reached higher, the difference between her and her peers would be more obvious.
After that tribulation was successfully completed she venture through the land of Europe for a month, executing people and removing any threats for the Republic.
In that one month, Europe was shivering.
No one knows whether they are shivering because of the cold or the fear. In that one month, the sky did not stop from letting snow fall down.
And the white snow was covered with red blood as the blade the Red Queen keep cutting and killing.
When she was finished, she went back to her Palace of Ice and return back to her seclusion in an undisclosed location though some reports witness her in the Antarctica.
While Katarina is focusing her energy in improving her strength, Boris on the other hand had push his hand back to the Middle East and Asia.
Like the World Government they had to let go of their influence in Asia and Middle East when they agreed with the Article but while they no longer have power to directly manipulate things in Asia and the Middle East, they now manipulate it secretly by inciting rebellions and spreading propaganda.
On the other hand, Poland, the autonomous region in Europe is welcoming many people to its borders while at the same time maintaining their relation with Pandemonium.
In the past two years, the Seven Great Powers have changed. But they also did not change that much. Sometimes the more things change, the more it stays the same.
While all of this is happening the Crime Alliance has slowly entered back into society.
But they still did not dare to do their business openly for fearing that the force of Pandemonium would seek them.
And the Crime Alliance which exceeding other extraction managed to thrive.
Which makes it even harder for it to be dismantled.
And while it is not confirmed, many of the Seven Great Powers sometimes used the services of these people who are in the criminal underground to do the things that too dirty for their hands
Their leader, Void have appeared in many terrorist attack on the Seven Great Powers. Bu it is not easy to capture him.
And while all of this is happening, while the Seven Great Powers continue plotting, while Sasha the Nightingale hides somewhere around this world with the most dangerous Division of the Shadow Guard, while the leader of the Crime Alliance Void roamed around the Seven Seas, someone step his foot on England.
He took another step and the area around him distorted and he appeared around a large forest. The man smiles.
This man has green hair, green eyes and wears a suit with a shoes that seems to fit a high society dinner.
This man is now at Wiltshire. He looks in the distance his eyes seem to look past the forest. He looks the forest in front of him and he sighed.
***********************************************
I think you all coudl guess wo this man is and why he is here in England right? If not, you have not been paying attention...hehehe. Anyway, see you tomrrow and dont forget to vote and rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
446 WHILE HE WAS WALKING 5
He waves his sleeve and coming out from his sleeve is ravens. They perched themselves on top of his arm but when he shakes his hand the ravens flew away high into the sky.
He looks at the forest and he could see the dark blob creatures that roamed the forest even from where he is standing
Around it is a forest that emerged out from the grassy terrain and dark creatures that is like a dark blob that guarded the area around the stones.
He came here at night. It had required him to do may preparations to come here. As he looks at the glowing light in the distance he smiles bitterly.
Then he heard the sound of hissing behind him.
But he did not turn back. There is a large serpent behind him and it slowly approach him but the serpent did not attack this man.
Instead it curls around his foot.
This man is none other than the Regent of Pandemonium and also known in the world as the Trickster, Loki.
He is at the area around the Stonehenge. There is only one reason he comes to one of the Forbidden Zone in the world
He had found out that an old friend is here.
The Stonehenge have been a forbidden zone from two years ago. Dark aura rises up from there and no signs of life could be detected.
Since it seems to be so dangerous, the Seven Great Powers and a joint announcement declaring the place around it to be a Forbidden Zone.
He had read the report and at first he found nothing strange in it and agree with the declarations. It wasn't until he tries to calculate the place with Karma that he stumbled.
And with that he knows someone like him is there. This is the accumulation of Fate and Destiny that give him this luck of coincidence.
Azief wanted to slow him down by giving him the position of Regent. And his effort was slowed down but it does not stop.
And because Azief gave him the position of Regent, he stumbled into the fact than his old friend is here.
If not for the massive intelligence that Pandemonium possess, Loki is sure that he would never notice that one of his friend is here after Morgana.
He could see the ring of the Stonehenge that cover a large swath of area. The standing stones stood tall and wide.
He walks into the forest. The dark blob monster rushed to him like he was an animal that fall on a river that is filled with piranhas.
Each of these dark blob had some kind negative aura around them.
Loki only smiles.
The serpent that curl itself on his foot suddenly expanded and grow to thirteen feet tall serpent. It then swallows the dark blob like they were food
Loki only smiles and he walk calmly through the forest with his thirteen feet high serpent behind him.
The blue aura glowing in the distance seems to be closer. Then he saw it. He saw nothing and he smiles.
'This formation…' he said to himself and then he closes his eyes and sighed. This is an illusion. What he sees I an empty area other than the large tree and the stones.
Someone is there.
He whistles and the tall serpent turns back into a smaller size.
The dark blob no longer tries to attack Loki seems any of the have bene swallowed by that serpent.
Instead they roamed on other places ignoring Loki.
The serpent slithers and climb up Loki foot and climb to his sleeve.
The serpent waited as it coils itself around Loki hand.
Loki sighed and patted the serpent head and the serpent hiss. While he could not understand animal language, Loki could feel that the serpent is happy.
They are connected by the soul after all.
This serpent is rarely brought out from his lair. But he knows the only thing that could counter these dark blob is only these serpents.
Because he knew what these dark blob is. And if the person here is his old friend, that person would also know how to pass these army of dark blob.
He looks at the serpent and said
'You are not like Jormungandr which makes you cuter' Loki said and the serpent went into Loki sleeve.
Loki then blows wind from his mouth but what comes out from his mouth is more than just the blowing of wind.
Instead a green smoke comes out from his mouth as it corrodes the space and time in front of him.
Whatever barrier was put around here, it dissipated and suddenly a gust of energy rushed through Loki when the barrier around it disappeared.
He smiles.
'Even the energy around this area was trapped inside this formation' Loki muttered.
It was like color have returned to the world and this area.
He steps into the circular ring of stones and he look at the tree with a complicated expression.
He shakes his head as he walks to that tree
It is a thin tree that reached the clouds, its roots are tangled and on the branches of the lower part of the tree hang many small fruit like cherries, its skin is like the combination of white and gray.
The moment he saw that tree he sighed. He now knows who this old friend of his and why that person is here.
In the end, he did not know everything about Death Monarch and that mysterious lady
This must be where it would happen' he said to himself.
Sitting under that thin but tall tree is none other than the Oracle Erika. Sleeping not far away from her is Antonius.
Loki calmly walk to the tree. Even from afar he could see that the eyes of the Oracle are cloudy white and skies and the heavens is inside her eyes.
When he is close enough Erika said
'You are not him. I am not waiting for you' she said, her voice sounded ancient and authoritative.
Loki stop and then he closes his eyes. There is an expression of sorrow on his face. Then he sighs and slowly opens his eyes
'Is she still there?' He asks.
Erika blink and her eyes turns to normal. Erika look at the man in front of her. She knows who he is. At least the future him.
And with her eye she could see that the Laws of Time around Loki is chaotic.
'A person that doesn't belong' she mused
Lord Loki' Hearing the appellation of Lord Loki laughed bitterly.
She sacrificed a lot. He said after a few moment of silence.
Erika nodded
'It seems I were not able to see my old friend after all. Did she tell you everything?' Loki asked. She did not want to become a ghost and become a baggage to her past self.
Who knows? Maybe that decision is the right one.
Erika nodded
'That is unfortunate. It is not a happy memory'
Erika nodded and answer
'It is not.'
'Still, you are here' Loki said, a kind smile on his face
Erika nodded and answer
'Still, I am here
Loki then look at Erika; his gaze is now different.
He thought he came here to meet his old friend. Though it seems his old friend have leave and probably would never come back.
And that made him sad. After all, they all fought in the same war.
He then asked
'You are waiting for him?'
Erika nodded
'I am afraid to ask but do you think it will still turn out like that?'
'The end has already been written'
'Then, it is futile' Loki said with a calm tone.
'I never said that' Erika retorted. Hearing this Loki chuckles.
'You know; you remind me of her.'
'I am her' She said
'Ah, I can argue that argument if I wanted to.' Loki said, staring at the Erika in front of him.
She did not have that same kind of coldness that the future Erika have but clearly whatever that was shown to her has also changed her a bit since she did not feel like the Oracle he used to know.
A different kind of Erika.
'Will you leave?
Loki look around him. All he saw is the forest and the stones. He could not help but shakes his head
'I guess you also have your own plan' he looks at Antonius. He seems to be asleep blissfully unaware. That is not normal. It seems Erika made him sleep, foreseeing his arrival.
'If she has given you the memory, then I thought you would go back to Will. I think you know what your relationship with him'
'She is her, and I am me'
Loki chuckles and then he said
'You are her' he said and he waved his hand
A scroll floats and arrived in front of Erika.
'What is this?
'I lost the bet'
'What bet?' This time Erika look puzzled
Loki look at Erika and then he smiles
'I guess she didn't give you that memory.' Then Loki explain
'I bet against her. About Time. I guess we old people all have the same desires. It is unfortunate that we all found different ways to make sure that event never happens again. Morgana choose the hardest path and I simply got lucky. While you are using your own ability to come here. I don't know what your plans are but I don't think it is that different from me. Though Yewa Hafar would be shocked to know there is a third player hidden in his chess game'
'You and Yewa Hafar always thought yourself to be the smartest. That was always both of your weakness'
'Hahaha' Loki laughs.
'I guess we forgot about you' Erika smirks and she grabbed the scrolls.
'Thank you.'
'Eat well and see beautiful scenery. I don't think it is long now. He would seek you when he comes back. If it sis till the same as before, that would surely happen.
Erika nodded and she said
'I know. That is why I am making a reservation' They look at each other and Loki once again close his eyes and take a deep breath.
'I will not be coming here again. So does Pandemonium forces. Thought I couldn't guarantee Sasha and her Dark Blade division. That scroll would help you if you were ever in a pinch'
Erika nodded
While she did not fight in the same war as Loki and her future self, she of course has the memory. But it is a different thing to experience a thing and have memory of it.
Memory is distant and sometimes distorted. But experience etched itself into one existence. Which is why the gaze she looks at Loki is complicated.
'I won't be seeing you off.' Loki did not immediately return.
He approached the tree and plucked one of the fruits hanging on the low braches. Erika saw this but she did nothing to stop him. He took it and put it inside his sleeve
Then wlaking back into the forest, he dissapered and grene smokes enecirle the ring ebfore it morphed into a more powerful proetctcion formation.
Erika sighed and lean her back on the tree.
'Loki…. are you really sure that my plan is the same as you?' she asks to no one in particular as she closes his eyes.
While this is happening Sofia is heading to the World Government to meet up with Raymond. Void had attacked the Island of Peace!
Will on the other hand had also roam the Universe, running through dimension after dimension chasing a broken floating stars that hides itself among many multiversal points in the Universe
Season changes, people move on and while the worldly matters distract one from the Grand Path, up there beyond the skies and Heavens of Earth, a person just landed on the true Supremacy Stairway.
Yes, the meeting between Oracle and Loki. There is a lot of subtle conversation between the two. Anyway. Next chapter we will go back yo Azief and he is still walking the stairway. Anwyay like always pelase voyte and rate the chapter and I woudl appreciate a few gifts
See you all tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
447 THE THIRTEEN STEPS OF THE SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 1
Supreme Dimension
The Thirteen Steps of the Supremacy Stairway
The moment he took that step a thunderous rumble echoes inside Azief mind. He felt shaken and as his feet left the first step he felt there is something sheared out of him
Like an invisible blade cut him and cut one part of himself. He felt energy coming out of him like it leaked
His body was a dam of energy and suddenly it broke unleashing terrifying energy
He climbed the second steps and he almost fall unconscious on the large second step.
He is panting and breathing laboriously as he tries to get up. He is sweating buckets and he felt like a part of his energy was cut out of him would never return.
It is a terrifying feeling
And that is not all that happened to him. After he took the first step, there is a diamond like symbol with an eye-like dot in the middle of that diamond on his right palm.
'What the hell!' he thought to himself as he slowly gets up on the second step. He felt like he just survives a life and death crisis.
Then he looks behind him and he was shocked.
Looking at the step behind him a sight that shocked him to the core appeared.
Azul statue on the first step is glowing and worldly energy is emanating out of him and there sitting cross legged on the first step is none other than himself.
Or to be more accurate a clone of himself. He looks closer and then he shakes his head.
Not a clone of himself. He then thinks for a few seconds. Then he opens his status window but all he could see was blurry lines and the words could not be read.
His eyes narrowed. He knows that the status window would disappear sooner or later.
He is slowly approaching the boundary of levels that the World Orb had implemented on humanity.
He then looks back and then as he closes his eyes and seek deep inside himself he then opens his eyes. His eye shines with understanding. He finally understand.
He felt like one of the energies in his body is no longer there. And then he immediately knows what kind of clone this is.
It is not a clone. It is a Law Body.
And the Law Body that is sitting on the first step of the thirteen steps is formed from his First Disk, the Worldly energy.
His Law Body is closing his eyes; his body is swirling with worldly energy.
The steps seem to sprout with life and planets below the steps is slowly breathing like it found a way to breath as the worldly energy in his Law Body exhale.
When he inhales the portion of life around this place responded giving him more energy. But that was not the only thing he could feel. He could feel the Tree fill with Seeds inside his Inner Universe is slowly blooming.
Nine Seeds that could be cultivated into Laws also bloom. The energy turns into Laws and the Seed blooms to create Laws.
All the nine Seed he sow are all ethereal concept while the Laws form from his energy is more solid. It is backed by existing energy.
But for the Tree of Life, with nine seeds that is about to bloom each one of them is the kind of seed formed from Azief own understanding of that concept.
It is not necessary the right interpretation for each seed yet it is true for him. The energy would supplement the Seed. At least that is how it should be.
But the Supremacy Stairway is a stairway used to bring out the whole potential of a person so that they might have a chance to become a Great Supremacy, or True Divinity and others great figure of the Universe.
They refine the Energy, turning it into Laws, they shower the Seeds to turn it into Laws. This is the blessing of the Supreme Stairway.
But whether that blessing could be bestowed, one had to keep walking until the end.
He could the Worldly energy slowly entering the Tree of Life inside his Inner Universe, showering the Nine Seeds.
Death aura rises up from his Inner Universe, tempered with the Life aura. Those that died experience rebirth as Time went crazy and Darkness fills the world.
The Elements were torn into chaos and Destruction reign supreme while the elusive concept of Destiny and Fate lurks in the background.
In that one moment, all Nine Seed that turned into the Tree of Life appears in his Inner Universe, like declaring that it is time now for their turn to become Laws.
All it takes one steps and he could feel a qualitative change in his body. It took him a few moments for him to recollect himself.
Azief then took a deep breath and look beneath his feet. He intent to take the step and then he laughs faintly.
'It acted with my intention., I don't move and this stair won't move' he thought to himself.
The moment he wanted to raise his feet and climb the next step, Azief once again felt that latching force on his feet.
It is like the feeling of being sucked into an endless dark abyss.
There is no doubt in his mind right now that the moment he takes another step, another Disk from him would be shed apart and another Law Body would appear in this step
He is trying to calm himself down but his heart was raging like a storm. He looks at his right palm and notice the mark.
And he frowned even more. It looks like a sealing mark.
'Sealing my energy?' he thought. He looks at the three thousand rips far away from him and for some reason he felt a premonition about them.
And this premonition is not something good.
He then looks at the steps in front of him. Thirteen steps for thirteen Laws. Which means each time he walks the steps one part of himself would be cut from him.
He has thirteen energies which means thirteen law body would appear in this stairs.
But if he walks until the end, shedding a part of himself with each step would he pass the trials? Or will there be more?
But he also notices that the nine Seed that was used to form the Death Source is also separating from the Death Source, to bloom as Laws by itself.
Death Source is rarely used by Death Monarch
That is what most people of Earth thought.
Truth is, he used it at every moment of his battle.
There is a reason why his punch and kick is so powerful and terrifying. There is a reason why not many survive his strike and there is a reason that he rarely got injured in a fight
As he walks forward he would grow weaker.
And then he understood something else as he smirks bitterly. To walk from below with everything, the world could offer but to walk the last step with nothing.
Is it another application of this Emptiness concept that this stairway seems to signal? Or is he thinking too much about it?
He slowly felt that the statue in each of the step is not just mere statue. He saw how Azul statue changed the moment his law Body appeared.
The glowing of the statue and the energy it emitted made Azief think.
Looking behind him he could still see the glowing statue that seems to watch over his Law Body and providing it with energy.
And he could still feel the latching force beneath his feet.
Now that he knows what would happen he pays much more attention to the energy in his body. He could feel like there is a small thread that have wrapped itself up with his Universal Disk
He looks on the other end of this step and he could see another statue.
This statue is siting cross legged and it depicts a bald person of godly appearance, pleasing to the eyes countenance.
One of his finger pointed above and one of his other finger pointed to the ground. His face seems to be handsome and the aura around him is desolate and full of despair.
Behind him there seems to be a halo of black light. It appears like he was the only existence in all of the Universe and that is the reason of why the despair could be felt so vividly
If Azief didn't know any better the statue looks like the statue of monks in his world.
Azief calms himself down and after a few seconds, he took a deep breath and tries to take the third steps.
Now that he takes the second step, suddenly he felt like his entire body is being immersed in an endless abyss.
This feeling of suffocation and fear almost paralyzed him from taking another single step.
A powerful divine Will surge through the door and bombarded his mind. The voice was loud and domineering and could incite fear.
It was at this time a new diamond pattern slowly about to appear in his left palm. And then the screams nearly split his mind into two.
'BEGONE!"
'BEGONE!"
The word shouted itself into his mind. They echoed endlessly in his mind and it felt like a million of people were roaring at him
He felt his body slowly being torn apart like he is being ripped apart by some primeval beast. That Will is domineering and powerful but Azief did not intend to back down at all.
Even though he felt that his body is cracking he push down through all the pressure and climbed the third step.
This time he almost fainted on the third step as he felt that pulling and cutting sensation once again. This time he felt it even more vividly.
He felt the Universal energy leaving him, and the energy leaked out from his body. As he lies down on the third step he turns his face to look at the second step.
And he laughs.
******************************
Next part tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
448 THE THIRTEEN STEPS OF THE SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 2
He saw the law Body made entirely of Universal energy.
His Law Body of Universal Energy is sitting cross legged, his eyes closed and the Universal energy around him spinning creation small vortexes that absorb more of the Universal energy.
It was then that the statue of the monk-like being glow with golden colors that pierced the darkness of space and changes the particles of Death and Destruction all around this Universe.
The aura around the statue changes. If before it was full of desolateness and despair, now it seems to contains infinite life and infinite light.
Hymn song seems to echoes through all of the Universe and the sound of people chanting Sutra-like song could be heard echoing from the deepest darkness as it pushes away the Darkness and bright Light, Life and Love.
A Divine Mountain appeared above the stairway, coming out from the Void of darkness, emanating boundless life and light that brings life and release souls from the suffering of Karma.
Now, the statue no longer look like an unmoving object.
It looks like the statue was imbued life and the statue now move and sit in a cross legged position with the statue fingers making mudras with its fingers.
Azief could see even in his current situation that the black halo behind that statue turns golden and it seems to turn into a holy halo that seems to elevate this statue into a higher existence.
This is Will. The Will of the former people that used to walk these steps. Each step has these statues not to fight the people who walk these steps, but to help him to keep walking.
Any sound seems to be erased as only peacefulness and quietude existed when that light shines itself over the Universe.
That is why Azief could suddenly have this revelation.
Then suddenly the statue burst into fire but the fire could not harm the statue as it did not even leave a scratch.
Instead it refines the statue as it emits Universal energy and seems to fused itself with Azief law Body of Universal Energy.
A wheel of concept appears behind the statue with eight spoke in the large wheel. It seems to contain holiness and divine presence.
It looks like these Wheel created Eight Path that glitters with stars coming from the Divine Mountain above the stairway to the statue in the second step
The fire turns to fireflies that morph into blues hues of motes of light that seems to scatter like flower scattering in the fall.
Azief pay attention to these motes of light since he could feel the energy contains in each motes of light
When he scans it with his divine sense he could sense that the light does not really scatter. instead it fuses with everything
A concept of Oneness
Auspicious signs appeared in the nebula above the stairway. Golden Lotuses floats from the Divine Mountain and reach the second steps and that Lotuses floats around Azief Law body.
Azief sighed. He now could understand what it means to walk all thirteen steps of the real Supremacy Stairway.
To cultivate the Law Body, to bloom Seeds into Laws. He could walk until the end or he could give up now and fuse with only two laws body.
In the end he had to decide that for himself. Bu for him there was never any other choice.
He refuses to believe that this is his limit. His defiant Heart beats furiously and he closes his eyes and he instantly knew what he wants.
He is not giving up
But he let his eyes closed. He is trying to rest. He lay there while both of his Law Body keep sitting cross legged absorbing all the essence necessary to form Laws.
It felt like a year before Azief opens back his eyes. By now that feeling of listlessness and tiredness have disappeared.
He slowly gets up from his lying position.
The moment he stands up he wanted to climb the next stairs. His intention did not escape the Stairway as he could feel that latching force.
Like it could read his heart, it appeared
He now felt it even more clearly that something is wrapping up against his Disk. Slowly the binding on his Disk become even more powerful and painful.
It felt like they will pull the Disk the moment he takes the next step.
He winced but he also smirks. The pain, like always would be unbearable. But this is also a huge opportunity for him.
It is thankful that he has such powerful physique. If not, he would already be dead. He looked up at the stairs with eyes were filled with determination
His eyes shines brightly
If you think this will make me give up, then you give me too little credit'
The moment he lifted his foot to step onto the third step, the entire stairway rumbles and that shout once again echoes in his ear.
But this time Azief was not shaken by those roars anymore.
His Will did not even yield to the Heavens, so how could he just back down because some powerful people roars at him
His eyes seem to be shining with a powerful will.
Thunder seems to crackle in him, the trace of tribulation lightning that has fused with him surged out and a thunderous roars of lightning seems to pierce those roaring Will of the stairway
This time his Will pushed back the Will of those roaring inside his mind. His Willform nearly come out but was pushed back down by the Laws of the Supremacy Stairway.
And he stepped onto the fourth steps.
The planets and stars trembled and the giant stairs trembled even more. This time another diamond mark appeared on him.
This time it is on his right arm and it created a vein like patterns that is slowly spreading all over his arms like it is something alive
He felt that another part of him being cut and something is being taken away from him again but this time he refuses to bow down to his weakness.
He forced himself to stand and while the energy in his body is slowly depleting, now, standing there on the third step of this stairway that was built by many of the greatest and most powerful being in the Universe, he looks like a celestial god, his fluttering hair gave him a sense of elegance.
He looks from the fourth step looking down at the third step and saw his Law Body.
This Law Body is different than the rest.
His entire body seems to be tattooed with ancient rune and the energy he emitted was also different as it darkens the moon and bring an eternal coldness to the stair of the third step.
On the edge of the third step is another statue. This statue does not resemble human being at all.
But this statue must also be the state of some powerful Supreme Being.
This statue is a statue of tentacle like webbed creature.
It had small eyes, the end of the tentacles is filled with spikes and saw-like teeth on the end of its suckers and an antenna-like thing on the middle part of its head.
Azief could not see the statue before because he was unconscious for a while on the third step. But now he is on the fourth steps he could see the statue and he was shocked to see that the statue seems to emanate the same type of energy like of the ancient Runic energy
The more Azief progress on this stairway the more he understands about this stairway. Looking at these statues Azief doubt they possessed the same energy like he did.
Then the only explanation is that the statue adjusts the energy they emanated according to the energy of those who walk these steps.
He just walks until the fourth steps but the more he walks these steps the more he felt tired. He wanted to sleep and he wanted to quickly went out from this stairway.
He knows that this feeling is one of the byproduct of this stairway trying to affect his Will.
But that doesn't mean it is not true. He is tired. Both mentally and physically.
His energy is being ripped out of him with every steps. No one could understand how painful that is until they truly feel it
He sighed.
He knew he only had nine steps more to trek.
And he is determined to walk it until the end.
He wants to know what is waiting for him at the end.
Would he get teleported back to Earth? Or will he know something more about the secrets of the Universe.
He will walk five hundred miles and he will walk five hundred more. Da da da da da da (Do anybody got this reference?)
Anyway, Azief is slwoly walking to the end. But it will not be easy. And you will understand why later
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
449 THE THIRTEEN STEPS OF THE SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 3
When he looks at his Law body he also felt conflicted.
He knew he could fuse all of them into his body but as he is the original body he could feel that the attainment of laws in each of his Law body did not even reach five percent.
If he fuses with his Law Body right now, he would be delaying his own progress since he would need to understand the laws by himself
This time the stairs separated him and his Disk energy allowing his Law Body to cultivate and gaining comprehension on the Laws instead of putting him into the burden.
He felt like an old man trying to fight the wave of the raging sea.
And while his body look even weaker and his body slowly lose that pressure of a mighty being, when one looks at his eyes then one would understand.
The roars of the powerful beings and the constant pain from the shedding of energies had transformed Azief on the inner level.
If one looks at his eyes right now, it was like his eyes contained the heavenly pressure of the Supreme Dimension and could shroud a person existence, crushing it as he wills it.
He then takes another step. It is his fifth steps. On the fourth steps, there is the statue of a one eyed and long bearded being.
It emitted a powerful aura of majesty that seems to made all life bowed upon him
Azief did not even have to look closely because he knows whose statue is that. The statue looks a little bit younger than the real one but Azief could easily recognize the being.
Odin Allfather, the Lord of the Eight Realms and the King of Asgard. On the hand of the statue it wielded his spear Gungnir.
He is wearing a blue robe with Asgardian design. On his shoulders are two ravens, and around his feet is his wolves.
Azief was about to take another step when Fatigue hit him again but this time he ignores it. Blood is seeping out from his ears but he let it flow
The Laws Body of Celestial is formed on the fourth steps. Heavenly phenomenon happened all over the abandoned planets in the Supreme Dimension.
Celestial energy wafted all across this sealed Universe.
Celestial energy flowed from all parts of this Supreme Dimension as it fills the translucent Law Body of Celestial.
Then Azief felt a little burning on his arms.
He looks and see that on his left arms another diamond pattern appears and it became another vein like patterns as it is slowly closing in on the left palm mark.
It was like it is trying to merge with the pattern on his left palm. He took a look at the Law Body on the fourth step
that Law Body look to become even more solid and the aura it emitted is like a Celestial Immortal like he saw in the life of Azul
The energy was astonishing and golden white light illuminate the entire steps and the stairway. This time ignoring the pain he took his sixth step.
On the fifth step, there is another statue.
This statue is tall and large and have human like features.
The statue is a being who looks young but had cold eyes. He sits in an ebony throne and he has three headed dog or perhaps a three headed wolf beside his throne
Azief do not recognize who that is. Instead as he felt the pain in his body is multiplying and feeling that the binding getting even more powerful, he quickly takes another step
The moment his feet reached the six step he felt like his brain is about to be split apart. He felt like all energy was drained out of him and he knows exactly why he felt like that.
'Fuck' he cursed as he could felt the trembling all over his body.
His back is full of cold sweats and blood is dripping from his nose because of the pressure.
Because the Disk that was yanked out of him is none other than the All Source Disk. The pressure come crushing down the moment that Disk is gone.
It is the very Disk that allowed him to use a variety of energy without worrying the lack of the suitable energy.
The All Source Disk enable shim to convert any kind of energy he had to other types of energy. It is a synthesizer for energy.
Sitting cross legged in the fifth steep, is a Law Body hundred feet high as the space around that Law Body is breaking down and created back almost instantly.
There is an infinite cycle of destruction and creation around his Law Body. The energy he absorbed seems to cause the entire Universe to shake and rumble.
The stars on the furthest parts of this Universe exploded and a hundred years away from that stars, like it was also affected and exploded
When the stars exploded, their essences and their destruction turns into energy as the Law Body of All Source absorb it all, refining it inside it.
The Laws of energy around the All Source seems to bend to its will like he was the sovereign of all energy
Azief also felt that the blooming of the Seeds is near.
Like a flower that is about to bloom brilliantly, Azief felt the thrumming of Life in his Inner Universe.
Even after five of his energy has been taken away and his cultivation level is dropping his body is still be able to endure.
Right now there is more than just the feeling of being tied up from a rope. This time Azief felt like there is mud beneath his feet preventing him from moving forward.
Each steps felt like there is a knife on his ankle, slicing a chunk of his flesh every time he made the slightest movement.
It is trying to force him to stop.
The sound of roaring sound more distant, but the latching force become so strong that Azief felt like his thigh is about to be split apart from his lower half if he takes another step
Another diamond pattern appears on his body.
This time it appears on his chest and it was like his body was burned by some mark as Azief winced in pain.
The eye on the middle of the diamond patterns is closed unlike the other symbols which had the eye opened.
From his chest, vein-like tattoos spreads as it yearns to be connected to the pattern on his left arm and right arm.
By now Azief could no longer ignore this pattern. It is clear to him now that this is none other than a sealing mark.
There is uncertainty and a little bit of fear in his heart. Yet he still takes that sixth step. A demonic aura was unleashed the moment he takes the sixth step.
The pressure caused the surrounding planets to collapse on itself, creating a powerful quake in the sea of stars.
A curtain of red aura surrounded the entire stairway making it look like a stairway stained with blood.
This red aura intermingles with the golden white light of the Celestial Light from the Law Body of the Celestial.
This red aura is none other than the Demonic Aura. But it is different from the Demonic Aura of the Asura.
This is an Ancient Demonic Aura.
The aura of bloodlust and slaughter was so thick that it become solid and created this phenomenon.
It turned into a mist that waves around this Universe unhindered by even the most abstruse concept.
It is like a knife as it cuts the Celestial Light around the Stairway. Wherever it passes, the Celestial Light would be dispelled.
Azief felt his eyes go red for a second before it returned back to his original eye color.
He was almost taken by madness for a moment when that Disk was yanked out from him. The sky shook and the stairway trembled.
Some rips on the distance was forcibly close because of the pressure of this Demonic Aura
A person on the Imperial Residence of the Jade Empire frowned as he chanted a spell to stabilize the rips on the Supremacy Dimension.
On the Supremacy Stairway, the Law Body of the Ancient Demonic Energy was formed and inauspicious signs fills the Universe.
The sound of wailing and screaming could be hear coming from the Void of emptiness of this dimension. The appearance of this Law Body elicit such responses from this Universe.
The gaze of this Law Body is cold and indifferent while he is sitting cross legged, red aura swirling around him.
His aura is full of madness and killing intent.
One gaze is enough to break one mind and one wave of his hand could cut anything in this world with his thick killing intent.
There is a saying. If looks could kill. This Law Body formed from the Ancient Demonic Energy is capable of that.
The Demonic energy that is contained in that Law Body is even more superior than the High King of Asura bloodline.
I dont have many thinsg to comemnt other than please vote and leave some comments. And I am depressed for thsi couple fo days. Because of IZONE...Huhuhu. Anyway, hope you enjoy the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
450 THE THIRTEEN STEPS OF THE SUPREMACY STAIRWAY 4
This time Azief could not held back the pain that has been accumulating inside his body. His knees nearly fall on the sixth step but he stomps his other feet and it jolted him awake.
He nearly falls unconscious again
He could not fall right now, he thought to himself.
The statue on the sixth step glow and thunders and lightning fills the sixth step like a parade of tribulation lightning.
Even the steps are full of crawling thunderbolts and above the sixth steps thunder in the forms of many beast appears.
On the hand of the statue is a lightning bolt. Even though Azief never met the being that is depicted by this statue he could guess who this powerful being is.
Lord Zeus Son of Kronos, the King of Olympus.
Azief himself never truly went to Olympus.
He did go to its periphery and he only arrived there by accident
Even though he did stop a few times in the Three Thousand World and even travel through the Eight Realm through a back door dimension, he never went to Olympus.
Like Asgard they are a high level civilization and they used to visit Earth a few thousand years ago and left for some inexplicable reason
Seemingly to fit the energy of the Ancient Demonic energy the thunder is all red and fill with the intent to destroy and annihilate.
The statue of Zeus glow red and the image of a sea of blood appeared around Azief Law Body of the Ancient Demon.
For the first time since Azief walk this step, he saw that his Law Body seems to emit a more powerful pressure than the statue.
The Ancient Demonic energy was made from Azul Demonic energy. Out of all the statue in this stairway, his statue was positioned on the number one spot
Which means he was the first and probably the first one to create the Supremacy Stairway.
Which means he is also the oldest of them all. Azul had given him the Ancient Demonic Energy when he passed the trials of the Six Saber.
This energy could even reign supreme in the Demonic Realm of the Three Thousand World.
Even the energy of the imperial bloodline of the Demonic Realm could not compare to a portion of Ancient Demonic Energy.
It is thick and pure full of defiance against the natural order. It wishes to slay the Celestials and destroy the so called Fate and Destiny.
Azul managed to turn Fate and Destiny around and revive his beloved, thus completing his Grand Path which enables him to even tangle with the Destroyer.
How could the statue made from Zeus younger years could ever compare?
The Law Body of the Ancient Demon is not as big as the All Source Law Body but just because it is smaller does not means it is weaker.
Instead it seems that the smaller the size, the more compressed the energy.
The statue of Zeus is cracking in many places as red thunder surges out from the cracks causing the entire steps to be thrown into chaos and disarray as thunderbolts and lightning went crazy.
Around the cracks, energy seeps out even more than before. It was like the Law Body of Ancient Demon is forcing the statue of Zeus to give it more
It was Demonic energy but it was not pure.
A cloud of red patch appears in the sixth step as his Law Body waved his hand.
This is the first time Azief saw his Law Body making a different move.
usually they would appear and then they would sit cross legged and absorbed the energy into their body to comprehend and turn the energy into a Law.
It is full of demonic energy. It absorbs the demonic energy from Zeus statue and then purify it become it is being absorbed by the Law Body of the Ancient Demon.
This time the diamond mark pattern appears on his belly button and right away it created that vein like patterns reaching out to the pattern on the chest.
Another bout of fatigue and pain assault Azief body.
His body is cracking like a piece of metal that is being hammered continuously and is about to break.
This time his eyes is bleeding. And his entire eyeballs are filled with blood coming from inside his body.
It drips on the steps of the stairway.
But as he could only see a red colored world from his eyeballs, he could feel that the Tree of Life was slowly reformed from the Death Source, the seed is slowly rising up and merge with the Tree of Life.
Nine Branches appears on the lone tree.
These nine branches have a flower each. Each of the flower is closed.
But Azief felt that the moment he finishes walking to the end of the steps he knows the flower would bloom and life will appear in his Inner Universe.
He had this powerful premonition about this matter
His Inner Universe right now is crumbling. With six of his Disk being yanked out from him there is no way to maintain his expansive Inner Universe
It is slowly approaching destruction form the end to end of his Inner Universe.
Even he couldn't stop it when it reached this point.
It is like someone is about to roll the entire Universe and with each rolling, the systems of stars collapsed, planets crushed and all kind of powerful impact fills his Inner Universe.
The destruction is oddly beautiful.
Azief felt that the pressure on his right eyeballs if too painful.
He felt like his eyeballs would explode and burst.
He takes a deep breath and then he clicks his tongue, and lifted his right hand. His right hand is now full of that vein like patterns that is slowly taking over all of his hand.
He then without hesitation gouges out his eyeballs and throws it into the void of space.
That eyeballs are not a normal eyeball. It is an eyeball of a person who have strengthened his Physique to Perfection.
It could be considered a treasure in a cultivation energy world. His eyeballs fall outside the floating stairway and gravity seems to be distorted around it
Instead of floating it falls and it pierce through a slowly moving star, breaking it and inducing an explosion.
The eyeballs keep falling with more speed until it broke the multiversal barrier between this dimension and other dimension neighboring it, falling into some other world.
Azief of course did not know this at the moment.
All he knows that he is feeling pain like never before.
On the hole of his now gone eyeballs, blood is filling up and it falls like a waterfall to the steps. His blood is red which is also weird. He bleeds gold.
Not red blood like normal human.
Yet, for some reason, he is bleeding red. He is becoming mortal. Azief thought to himself. His knees and feet is trembling and the step he is walking on is slowly being filled with the blood from his eyes.
He looks at it, smirks like he was being challenged, gritted his teeth and take the seventh step.
This time a different kind of obstacles come to him as he steps on the seventh step. A powerful wind howled around him, taking a bite of his flesh as one of his finger was cut off.
Red blood spurted out from his hand.
ARGHH! He screams but his eyes are still full of that determination. There is no despair in his eyes. There is no regret.
This is not the eyes of a man that has given up.
Storms gathers in the seven steps and he could feel another mark appearing in his body.
The diamond pattern sealing mark appears on his right thigh and the burn is felt more vividly this time.
The vein like pattern appears next as it tries to connect to the belly button.
'It is a chained sealing formation' Azief mused to himself. This is not the first time he saw such sealing formation.
But this is the first time he himself is being seal by such formation.
Every part of the mark is all connected. The moment he reached the thirteen steps, the formation would be complete.
He had no doubt about it.
The wind howls and storms appears as his body was attacked by squalls of wind and sharp piercing gale.
This brought him back to his current predicament
His clothes are shredded and his body is bleeding in many places.
If one could see his body right now it is full of that diamond pattern mark and vein like patterns that is connecting with each other.
From the right thigh, connecting to the belly button, which connect itself to the diamond mark on his chest and which connect itself to the right arms and reaching to his right palm.
It was like his entire being is full of tattoo.
An extremely powerful force came from these storms trying to blow him away. He gritted his teeth so hard that many of his teeth cracked.
Blood rain down from the gaps of his mouth. He could feel the pain on his exposed white bones.
The pain could not be described. He looks with his bleeding and swollen eyes to the end of this seventh steps and he saw the statue.
There is a statue which is green in color wearing a crown like those of those Egyptian Pharaoh. It is an Atef crown with the addition of two curling ostrich feathers at each side.
And the statue also carries a crook and flail. It emitted energy that correspond to the Law Body that is newly formed.
On the seventh steps Azief formed his Aether Law Body.
It sits there cross legged and Azief could see the energy that flow through nearly all existence is gathering toward his Aether Law Body
The flow of energy of the Supreme Dimension was diverted as it was absorbed by his Law Body of Aether greedily.
Azief look behind him and he could see all the statues glowing in different colors, helping his Law Body to attain Perfection.
See you all tomorrow and dont forget to vote and leave soem comments.Hope you enjoy it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
451 THE LAST STEP 1
He saw the blue aura of Azul, the golden light of the Divine Mountain in the second steps with the Hymns of Song in the background of the Divine Mountain, the Rune word floating on the third steps like some kind of Word Bestowing, the Celestial Golden White light of Odin enveloping his Celestial Law Body
He could that his All Source Disk is being reinforced by the help of that statue of a Supreme Being sitting on an ebony throne and his Law Body of the Ancient Demon is taking all the demonic energy coming out from the cracks of the statue of Zeus.
And this time this green being statue is helping his Aether Law Body to reach perfection.
Aether law Body is formed from his Aether Disk.
It is one of the rarest kind of energy that could be cultivated into Disk. At least on his planet it is.
In some magical world it is easy since it could be considered as Mana. In the Three Thousand World of the Jade Empire where variety of energy existed it is called Qi.
But it still requires the pure amount of that energy for it to be classified as Aether
It is extremely magical and Azief once thought to himself that if it is cultivated into Laws, even he could not fathom how powerful it could be used
Aether is something that seems to exist between both matter and energy. It can partake in the nature of either substance but it is neither of those things.
It seems similar to a life force but it is not.
It could even be considered to be a divine power.
Since it is fundamentally a power to create and if a Law could be formed from his energy, then using the Law of Aether he could create life. Real life.
It is an energy that existed in Elemental, Cosmic, spiritual and many others energies.
Even now the cosmological force around the Supreme Universe and dimension is shaking as the amount of energy that his Law Body is absorbing is not little.
A powerful tearing force take another chunk of Azief flesh. This time he could feel the coldness of the wind seeping deep right into his bones.
'Fuck!' The pain breaks out his musing and thoughts.
He uses his thought process to distract himself form the pain but now another chunk of his flesh was taken away he could no longer be so calm.
Yet, he also couldn't let go.
There are only six steps to go. Yet, the steps look so far like the distance between Heaven and Earth.
His other eyes are swollen because of the clotted blood in the nerves of his left eyeballs.
This time, just like before without hesitating, he gouged his left eyeballs with his left hand and throw it into the emptiness of space.
Blood rushed down from both of his empty eye sockets. Even though he could not see, he could still use his Divine Sense to see.
But the wind that is swirling around him is no normal wind.
And the storms that is formed from that wind is no normal storms. This storm seems to disrupt the sensing abilities.
No one could imagine to see the invincible Death Monarch like this right now.
He is blind on both of his eyes, blood dripping down from empty eye socket like a rushing waterfall, his left ribs and his left arms shows an exposed bone as his flesh fill the steps of the Supremacy Stairway.
He took the next step and just like before another diamond pattern and vein like pattern appears.
The burn is even more painful this time. It is like one brought a heated knife and craved his flesh
This time it appears on his left thigh.
And the moment his feet step up on the eight steps, he could feel the coldness that seems to even freeze laws.
If Azief could see the tribulation of Katarina, he would have known that this coldness is the coldness of the Tribulation of Icy Hell.
Concepts are immobile, Laws are frozen, fate and Destiny unable to be fulfilled. This is the coldness of the Icy hell.
Sever emotions and leave your heart!
The wind of the cold seem stow whisper to Azief ears.
This kind of coldness did not only attack the body, it attacked the Will.
Even though right now Azief could not see, and his Divine Sense is destroyed but yet for some reason his Divine Sense could still sense the statue of the eight steps.
The statue is not only there to help the Law Body, it is also the protector and guide of those who walk these steps.
It is clear from the intention of the creator of these steps that this stairway is created to help people. But they will also only help people that are worthy.
His Divine sense locked on at the statue. Glowing in the darkness with holy light is a ten armed blue statue of a woman.
Now that he is blind, ironically he could see more clearly.
If before the appearance of the statue look just like stones, now that he scans the statue with his Divine Sense he could see them in a different from.
The statue of the blue women has a red colored eyes fill with intoxication and at the same time an absolute rage.
Her hair is disheveled yet it seems to emanate miraculous power and there is a small fang that protrude out of her mouth with her tongue lolling.
There is a sense of terror in her appearance that could strike fear in any being that look upon her face.
She is wearing a skirt made of many arms of many different races. She also had a garland of human head and accompanied by a serpents and a jackal.
Yet even this form of this statue transformed to another form. This time it is a four armed Goddess riding a lion with blue lotuses on each of her hand.
Azief avert his Divine Sense and he sighed. The pulling force yanked his Eight Disk.
The sense of Death pervades the Universe and the Supreme Dimension. An energy that flows through the realms of the living and the dead.
That Law Body of Nether have been formed. A Netherworld Sea formed on the eight steps. The very essence that flows through the realms of the living and dead is now stirring
Souls of this dimension suddenly appears coming out from the Void of Nothingness floating to the Netherworld Sea that is formed on the Eight Step of the Supremacy Stairway
Nether energy is the opposite of the Aether energy. It is similar but unlike it. It is like the Aether energy in that it is from a Plane that exists between the planes of both matter, and energy.
However, although it can partake in the nature of either substance, Nether energy is neither of these things.
He was reminded of this matter. He even felt that trying to turn it into Laws would be very hard.
Who would have thought by walking these steps he would have the opportunity to form the Law Body of the Nether?
While the Nether energy is being extracted from his body, Azief could feel that even his soul is about to be yanked out.
The pain that one could inflict into a soul is a different kind of pain than physical pain.
Whatever the equivalent of physical pain, the pain on the souls is one thousand times more torturous.
The Underworld in his Inner Universe crumbled and dissipated into dust.
'Nether' he muttered.
He muttered only one word but the entire Universe echoes with his voice, like an ancient being spoke a million years ago only now to have his voice heard.
Azief is now at his worst condition since he reached Disk Formation.
Both of his eyes is gone. Many part of his body is bleeding from cuts and a large chunk of his flesh is littering the steps of the Supremacy Stairway.
Yet, even though he looks like a normal pathetic mortal right now, there is some depth in his soul right now.
Like he was passing more than just the pain of tribulation of storms and mortal suffering. It was like he is passing the tribulation of time.
There is depth in his voice like the ancientness of the statue of all the steps he has walked pass by have seeped into his body and soul causing his power not to grow in damage but in depth.
The depth of Time is something that could not be achieved unless one experience Time itself.
*************************
See you all tomorrow. Leave some commenst and I will reply if I can. And please vote for the story.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
452 THE LAST STEP 2
Azief don't know how long he had walked these stairs. To him sometimes it felt like a second, sometimes it felt like hundreds and thousands of years.
Eternity and an instant in a step.
Even now, as he looks like one brush of wind could topple him down, the aura that is emanating from him would not lose out to ancient being.
It was like he himself have walked through the eons and passes the epochs of creation and destruction.
Law Body of Nether sat cross legged on the eight step, becoming the source of destructive aspect of reality.
Eight Laws Body each one seems to contain Laws that could determine the creation of a new Universe and the Destruction of it.
Nether energy is the source and the very concept of entropy and destruction, disasters and all degeneration in matter, energy and concepts.
It is the power that makes possible and ensures severing the soul's connection to their mortal body, so they can pass onto the afterlife.
It is also the power that summons and controls the souls of the deceased.
Creation and destruction, like the steps Azief had walked happens in an instant and probably eternity in a single step.
Nether is an unseen element, which means it cannot be perceived by any physical sense. Yet, now that he is blind, he could feel the Nether energy like it was solid.
He could feel the way it is flowing, the rate at which it flows and he could manipulate it.
When this Law is completed, he could bring down absolute destruction, collapse anything and everything into oblivion.
The concepts around his Law Body dissipated, destroy the moment it made contact with his Law Body.
Around Azief Law Body of Nether, the particles that makes up reality is degenerating
Not only that, the space around his Law Body of Nether is also being warped and distorted like a powerful force wrinkle the very concept of reality
'I'm tired' Azief said.
His voice echoing to this Universe and changing the very vibe of this Universe
The Universe withers and become slow. Then he said
'I will still walk' he said it with a weak voice like he would drop dead any moment now. But there is an unmistakable determination in tat weak voice.
And the Universe inside the Supreme Dimension responded to it. New stars are formed out of nothing, and light expanded all over the darkness of the Void.
He takes another step leaving his Law Body of Nether behind him.
The nine steps have no icy hell or storms. Instead it was fire. The moment he set his feet on the nine steps his entire body is on fire.
His skin that should have been indestructible slowly melted off.
His face is melting off with fat.
Yet Azief did not scream.
Was it not painful? It is painful.
But then why did he not scream.
Because the pain is too severe.
He let the flames burns him. He could not utilize the energy he had. Since each time he takes a steps, the steps take energy away from him.
His body was purified from the Purifying Fire. It should not have ben this easy to melt his skin and burn him alive. Yet, that is what is happening right now.
The cold he felt before is now replaced by extreme heat. One of his bones melted and turns into white liquid than falls and pierces the steps of the Supreme Stairway.
It landed into a small planet below the Supreme Stairway.
The moment it falls into the land of that planet, the entire planet melted and it was destroyed as the drop of the melted bones of Azief pass through a rip among the Three Thousand Rips of space.
Azief knows no way to dispel this fire.
So, he just takes another step, his entire body is being burned and part of his melted skin stuck at the step
At this point of time, his entire body is screaming to him to stop. Stop climbing the stairs and return home
That this is enough. Each time that voice comes to his ears, he would ignore it and take a step forward.
On the ninth step the diamond pattern appears in his right ankle. The vein like pattern also trying to connect with the pattern on his thigh.
The burning sensation now pierce through the bones. From his exposed bones Azief could see that even his bones have that mark like it was carved deep into9 his bones.
He could even feel that the mark symbols and its vein like pattern is now enveloping his blood veins, his life force and all of his being.
In the Step of the Nine Steps there is three statues. These three statues are the statue of elderly old man with long flowing beard, each one of them seated in a throne.
They sit in their throne like some primordial deities, with the energies of Primordial Beginning and Ending swirling around them
The first statue, the one sitting on the center seems to emits a universal and heavenly energy, with a trace of energy of primordial beginning.
The second one seems to contain all energies that could sustain life and the third one possess all the forces inside of a living Universe with the power of elemental forces leaking out of the third statue.
Yet at the same time these three are connected by some kind of Primordial Celestial energy.
Azief could never notice this if he has his eyes. Because it is formless.
The center statue holds a Pearl that seems to contain the power of creation.
The one beside him hold a scepter and it seems to have the power to controls all things in the Universe.
The other one have a fan and this fan seems to possess the power to spread life to even the darkest Universe
In the ninth step his Law Body appears and all the space rips around this Supreme Stairway is distorting itself like it was about to collapse.
In Jade Empire, the Jade Emperor is frowning.
'So, he reached that stage' The Jade Emperor himself once walked the steps so he knows this feeling.
The fact that the space rips is unstable right now is none other the sign that someone is about to walk to the end of the Supreme Stairway.
He ended his meeting with his Heavenly General and flew to his Imperial Residence. He then sits cross legged and close his eyes.
His Soul comes out from his soul and as he takes a step his Soul Form appears in the Supremacy Stairway.
Azief is now blind but even if he still has his eyes he still could not see the Jade Emperor.
Unless he could master releasing his Soul whenever he wanted Azief would never be able to see Jade Emperor.
The Jade Emperor look at the space rips that is about to collapse on itself and he sighed.
Each of the space rips contains a world and if it collapses on itself it would mean that those world will not receive heavenly energy of the Jade Palace.
The worst scenario it would also collapse the Laws of that world.
Sighing the Jade Emperor blow his life force and the space rips slowly stabilized. He then takes a step backward and he was back in Jade Empire and opens his eyes.
'I guess he would walk at my step later' the Jade Emperor thought to himself.
The Jade Emperor statue is at the tenth steps. Or to be more accurate one of his incarnation. He smiles.
He also knows it would not be long now that he would return to his slumber. Like Odin in Asgard he too would have to sleep.
Only Zeus is awake. But the Jade Emperor and Odin both pitied the King of Olympus. Because even when he is awake, he is actually asleep.
Jade Emperor and Odin remembers what happened before. The Time God Jean might have change the Time Laws but there are some beings that could push through that Laws and remembers what happened before.
Jade Emperor, Odin, the Loki in Asgard, Wargod is the few ones that still remembers.
And considering that the Wheel of Reincarnation appears on Earth, Azief might have met Grand Supremacy Azul
He himself has never met that reclusive expert. But Yu Wang think that Grand Supremacy would surely remembers and the matter of this universe would not attract them too much
He sighed again as he looks at his Empire.
****************************************
Yu Wang was actulaly one fo teh cahracters that I used tow rite but I never managed to finish the story. Hmm.
Anyway, hope you like teh chapter. Dont forget to vote and rate the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
453 THE LAST STEP 3
His mind still replays that matter
He awakes from his slumber only to see his Empire nearly falls into ruins, Ghost Army numbering in millions kills and drain life from his Celestial Generals
The gates of the Underworld were opened and the destruction it caused nearly toppled his Universe and his reign.
He had done a lot of thing to help the eventual Death God.
'Karma have been formed' he said before returning back to his bed.
In the ninth step, however the Primordial Law Body was slowly formed containing the power of primordial forces.
Primordial force is the primordial energy that originated everything and the moment Azief Primordial Law Body was formed, it reached an astounding height with Concept-breaking pressure
Laws of Time and Space was the most affected as it bends to the point of breaking around the swirling energies that is forming the Law Body
The Law Body is three hundred meter in height, and while it is translucent in its form, the pressure coming out from the Primordial Law Body seems to force the Supreme Stairway to descend by a few feet below causing space breaking and Time Storms all around the Supreme Stairways
Around Azief Primordial Law Body, reality, time, space, life force, death force, matter, energy and every possible concept and impossible concept, existing and non-existing in the omniverse, from a single particular to the infinite omniverse was all affected as it bends and distorted and being absorbed by Azief law Body
His body connected every energy that is in existence. Mass of primordial energy is swirling on top of the ninth steps.
It is a storm of a mass of primordial energy. Thing were born out of that storms originating new life all over this sealed Universe.
Right now Azief could feel that he would not have long now. He could feel his life is ending and Death aura around him strengthened threatening to take hold of him
It is weird. He felt like he is about to die yet he felt no fear whatsoever. All in his eyes and mind right now is only to walk these steps until the end
Only four more steps.
He did not know what lies at the end whether it is his salvation or his destruction but at least he wanted to know what will happen when he walks until the end.
He wanted to see what it is.
He did not think he would die. At least not in the way humans would die.
Could he endure it and walk to the end? Or should he give up? That thought did not cross his mind because he takes that step again
BOOOM!
Black thunder cracks the multiversal barriers as it struck Azief as he takes a step into the tenth step.
The flames are still melting a lot of his organ yet it could not burn the mark of sealing that is slowly strengthening its hold over Azief entire being
Now, he was struck by a black thunder that is filled with annihilation essence.
This time he could no longer hear anything and the storms of energy around him causes him to be unable to detect anything using his Divine Sense.
Azief right now is blind and deaf.
He laughed. He did not hear the sound of his laughter and he could still feel the pain that his body is experiencing yet he laughs.
Because for some reason he thought it would be easier for him to walk until the last step if he did not know what would await him
One part of his soul comes out from him as the Soul Law Body comes out from him and sit cross legged in that tenth steps.
Countless of soul fly out from the Void of Nothingness and swirls around Azief Law Body. This is all the souls of this Supreme Dimension that could not pass on.
They all have ancient aura that seems to have meddled with Time a long time ago but now with Azief Law Body appearing in the Supreme Dimension, they were summoned from the Void of nothingness of this Universe
Some of them look righteous, while some of them have vicious face with a terrifying expression and some looked fearful while some look relived.
Thousands of emotions and confused memories enter Azief Law Body.
The soul is like the life of a person. It is not the Soul Body absorbed these souls. It is these soul that absorbed themselves into Azief Law Body.
They wanted to be remembered when they themselves do not remember.
Souls are like stories. They yearned to be told. But there are not only souls from the Void of Nothingness that appears.
Latching on the Soul Law Body is none other than the souls of people that Azief had killed. It tries to prevent Azief Soul Law Body from reaching completion.
The souls of the people that Azief killed is full of resentment. There are demons and there are human's souls latching at every part of Azief Soul Law Body
The resentment of these souls created a storm that is preventing the other souls to come near.
Azief Soul Law Body sit cross legged and his eyes is calm as he delves into the lives of every soul that is filled with resentment and understand their lives
It was through this comprehension of souls that Azief Law Body of Soul is trying to decrease the resentment of the dead
And the statue on the edge of the steps is supplying energy and concepts to Azief Law Body and sustaining Azief Law Body.
His aura seems to open up the Void of Nothingness allowing these souls to come out and merge itself with Azief Law Body
If Azief could see right now he would be surprised to see the statue on the tenth steps.
It is as statue of a powerful being he once saw in a broadcast of intergalactic news when he was traveling with Will.
The statue at the tenth step is none other than the Jade Emperor. It has long hair and the face on this statue is that of a young man with a regal bearing.
He is seated on a throne dressed in a full imperial garb with live dragons swirling on the design of his robe and a Divine Crown with thirteen pearl of the Heavenly Sea and on his other hand he has a scepter that signify his rule
This time Azief felt the burning on his left ankle as the diamond pattern and the vein like pattern appears together, burrowing through his flesh as he could smell his own flesh burning right there.
Thunder keep raining down on him. If not for the fact that Azief had the essence of the Extermination thunder he would have collapsed into dust on the tenth step.
Azief did not see and he did not hear the screaming and wailing and the echoes of cheers of the souls. But he could sense it as he bitterly smiles.
He is now only bones in many parts as the fire has melted most of his skins and the thunder crack his bones in many places.
It made it easier for him.
He takes the next step as his Divine Law Body was formed almost instantly. This time a slow gentle wind blows toward him
It slows the burning and then a few second later, the fire stopped burning since Azief could no longer feel the burning.
There are many scorched part in his body. He could smell his own skin. His ears however is still dead
And the effect of the thunder has lessened as the crackling and swirling snakes of electricity around his body slowly dissipated.
On the eleventh steps, another diamond mark and vein like pattern appeared beneath his right foot.
He winced a bit feeling the burning of the mark on the sole of his feet
He uses his Divine Sense to sense the area.
Even though the thunder effects no longer affected him and he is slowly healing because of the gentle wind that does not mean he returned to his original condition.
There will proabbly be a large mass release at the end of the month so I recommend you all to save your SS. Hehehe. I am about to give you all a tribulation.
And liek awlays hope you enjoy the chapter and dont forget to vote, leave soem commenst and every gift would be appreciated
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
454 THE LAST STEP 4
And when he uses his Divine Sense on the tenth step his Divine Sense still could not see anything like it was distorted.
The distortion of energy was so strong on the tenth steps that even with his Divine Sense he could not penetrate through the distortions.
He then changes the target of his Divine Sense.
He spread out his Divine Sense on the eleventh steps and he finally could sense the statue on the edge of the step.
It is a statue of an angel-like being holding a sword riding a dragon with which his left hand holds the dragon golden rein.
The sword was shining with flames and his wing seems so large it could cover an entire planet.
Behind him there is a host of heavenly being just like him having a smaller wings and follow him from behind.
They are all emanating a source that resembles natural laws of the Universe
Azief could see all of this probably because he is using his Divine Sense. If he opens his eyes he would only see that one statue of angel-like being.
This statue is supplying Divine power and faith energy to Azief Divine Law Body.
The energy of the Divine is quite mysterious.
The energy and laws it derives from come from people belief. This power of Faith and belief would enable him to create, shape and manipulate forces of heavenly origin
Azief Divine Body is shining with white light and the Hymn of songs and prayers could be heard
Even though he is deaf right now, he could still hear it because this voice comes right into his mind.
It is the prayers and hope of the people of Pandemonium and the people who believes in him. It left an indelible mark on his soul
Now, he could hear all of their wishes. He could hear his people pray for safety, protection, mercy and kindness.
Others prayed to him for vengeance and protection from evil forces of the world and their belief strengthened his Divine Law Body
The gentle wind has healed him in a bit but it is still painful.
He takes his twelfth steps and the diamond mark and the vein like pattern appears instantly beneath his left feet, burning his left feet sole and carving the mark into his bones as the binding power grew even more powerful
By now his entire body is full of this marking of vein like patterns and there are now twelve diamond mark carved in his body
The veins pattern slowly connected from the below
Azief felt weak like this journey is stripping his godly powers and turning him into normal mortal.
By now, he could ignore the pain of the energy ripping out from him since his throat is so hoarse right now that he did not even have the effort or energy to scream in pain.
His body still trembled and his body is sweating with both sweat and melted skin but he no longer screams
On the twelfth steps there is the Cosmic Law Body. Cosmological forces around this sealed dimension extracted their own energy and flew to Azief Cosmic Law Body
The Law Body quickly become solid as his Law Body sit cross legged on that step closing its eyes, concentrating on gaining a comprehension on how to manipulate the Cosmic energy
Right now the sun and moon of his Inner Universe is dissipating like dust, the stars and moon collapses as nebulas after nebulas seems to be rolled out into nonexistence.
Vortexes of Time tearing and dimension ripping is slowly occurring all over his Inner Universe. Souls are no longer existent inside his Inner Universe.
It all crumbles away, turning into Nothingness but just at the end moment, the progression to nihility stopped as there one energy left in his body
He had brought out twelfth of his Disk, each one containing the energy that sustain his Inner Universe and everything should have crumbled away yet in the darkness of nothingness of his Inner Universe, the Tree of Life had appeared seemingly disconnected itself from the Death Source that Azief had possesses
It glows with a Life Giving power.
The nine flowers on the nine separate branches bloomed beautifully like spring has come after a never-ending winter.
From each flowers Laws comes out and merge into One
Death and Life intermixed creating a shining orb of white and black. It revolves around each other and morphed into a Law Body.
Rebirth and Time Concepts merged together creating another orb this time it is of purple color and green color.
It mixed and then flew into the Law Body
The Concept of Darkness mixed with that of the Elements, turned into an orb of darkness and a five colored orb.
It flew to the Law Body.
Every time the orb flew to that law Body, the Law Body becomes bigger and bigger. It figures seems to be slowly growing to encompass Azief Inner Universe.
Then three Seed blooms appear from the branches in Azief Inner Universe
Destruction Seed in the form of reddish black orb, Destiny Seed in the form of purple mixed with green orb and Fate Seed which is grey mixed with silver orb
It flew to the Law Body and immediately the Law Body expanded infinitely as the last energy of Azief body surges out from the darkness of his Inner Universe
Azief last energy is none other than the Omni energy. It is an energy that could theoretically paved the road to Omnipotence.
Azief Law Body inside his Inner Universe expanded without limits and his body seems to take infinite forms, existing in many timelines and limitless.
For a moment, in him, there is no end, there is no beginning and there is no middle. For one moment…. everything is Him and he is everything.
He once felt this feeling when he formed the Thirteen Disk.
Now he is feeling that feeling again. And then he felt that he once again returns to the real world.
He quickly spread his Divine Sense out. The energy turbulence around the area slowly settled and he could see where he is through the help of his Divine Sense
He is now at the last step. The Thirteen Step. He wonders at this moment. What is at the end?
He expected some kind of blessing and the healing of his body but nothing seems to happen.
He did not see the statue on the twelfth step and he could not sense it because of the powerful energy turbulence in the twelfth steps when he formed the Cosmic Law Body
He focused his Divine Sense and tries to locate the statue on this last step
When he locked on to the statue on this step, the appearance of the statue shocked him.
It is a statue of a monkey holding a black staff that look similar to the Ruyi Jingu Bang of Wang Jian.
Only this staff sees to emit powerful emanations of power that could breaks apart the Void of Nothingness.
The statue of the Monkey is also wearing a golden chain mail shirt with a flowing design of clouds, a phoenix feather cap and a boot that look similar to the Cloud Walking Boot of Wang Jian
Azief though to himself
Could this be possible?
'The Monkey King? Sun Wukong? Or is it Hanuman?'
From what Azief knows of the legend it was constructed from a story during the Song dynasty. And from what he knew, some scholars believe that the character originated from the first disciple of the real Xuanzang and some even said that Sun Wukong is constructed based on the Hindu deity Hanuman from the Ramayana
In other word, he is a fictional character.
Azief knows that a few thousand years ago many powerful being of the Universe descended on Earth before returning back
Could it be there is some kind of a Monkey deity amongst those powerful being?
Considering that there is even powerful being that look like octopus, was it so farfetched that there is some powerful being who look like a Monkey?
See you all tomorrow. I will not address anything in this chapter. Anyway,I am still sad about IZONE matters so I am slocuhing in front fo my bed most of the tiem staring at the ceiling with the feeling of emptiness.
Huhuhu.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
455 THE LAST STEP 5
And Azief knew that Indra exist though he doesn't know where he resides. So is a few of those mythical beings mentioned in the mythology of humanity.
But Azief don't think Indra cares that much about humans since they are of a higher level of existence.
He was shocked of course. But while he was shocked he did not realize that the latching force have managed to yanked out his last Disk out from his body.
The moment it was pulled out the entire Stairway seem to tremble and in many of the steps, crack appears from top to bottom as the last energy in Azief body seems to be formed from a powerful energy
The last energy in Azief body is an essence of Omnipotence. It is an essence of Divinity. That energy strengthened even more when Azief walk the Three Steps to Perfection of Divinity
His Omni Law Body is slowly being formed and the Universe seems to groaning as it expands. The Storms of Concepts is happening around the Omni Law Body
Storm of Concepts is what happens when a powerful energy distorts all kind of Concepts of Universe creating a chaotic merging of concepts
The Storms swirls around the slowly emerging translucent form of the Omni Law Body. It is the largest Law Body Azief had formed.
The entire Universe was shaking and the multiversal barrier around the weak points of this sealed dimension is slowly destabilizing.
Stars flew to the Omni law Body and it was absorbed inside its body. Suns flew towards it forming his eyeballs.
The stars form his hair. The planet flew and merge itself into the Law Body turning itself into the Law Body internal organs.
The entire Stairway expanded to accommodate the growing figure of Azief Omni Law Body
While this is happening Azief is waiting for the pain to come. No sooner he thinks of it, he felt a burning sensation.
This time the burning sensation comes from his forehead. This time it etched itself into Azief skull. He could feel like someone is using a carving machine to carve the mark ono his skull
The diamond mark and the vein like pattern started to spread from the forehead to the arm and stop at the palm.
From below, the vein like pattern started moving upward from the sole of his feet connecting with the one on his ankle then to his thigh and rising upward to his belly button and finally stopped at his chest
Then it connected itself perfectly and Azief glows in a divine light before he was suddenly motionless.
He felt all of his movement were locked. This is the sealing formation perfected. Right now, he could not even felt even one energy and he could not even move anything even one of his finger
It was like he had a full paralysis.
He was petrified. He could not see right now and he could not hear anything and now he couldn't even feel anything.
This takes a different kind of bravery to overcome. To felt like you do not exist.
He could not move right now and one second felt like a thousand years.
He could not even sense whether time is moving or not. Standing there just like all the statue before him, he waited.
He waited for something to happen. For anything to happen. For a moment, Azief even think he no longer exist.
He was in darkness. And in that darkness he doesn't even feel anything.
It is not Emptiness. It is Nothingness
Then he felt his first sensation since he become like this. He felt the energy in his sealing formation was slightly disturbed.
A wave of energy comes from all thirteen of his Law Body and pushed him off from the thirteen step.
On the stairway, all of his Law Body is still gaining energy and trying to gain comprehension. The next level after Disk Formation is Divine Comprehension.
Even on Earth there are some reclusive experts have passed the Divine Comprehension level
But even among the Divine Comprehension levelers there is a rank between them. Theoretically anyone that have reached Disk Formation could charge through to Divine Comprehension.
But like him, there are some people that waited.
Some people like Raymond who only cultivated only one energy waited so that the Disk would form a spiral of terra Force and then he would charge through the Divine Comprehension leveler in the higher ranks.
But everyone has a different way of reaching Divine Comprehension.
Azief have the Shadow Guards.
And as such he met one of the reclusive expert that have passed through the Disk Formation and take that step into the Divine Comprehension level
This reclusive expert does not want to fight and he hated battling other people, he only want the ability to protect himself and secluded himself on Devon Island.
It is why after he got only three Disk he quickly charge through Divine Comprehension.
While this make this reclusive expert in a disadvantage against any other Divine Comprehension with a denser energy of Disk or someone who cultivated a lot more Disk, the truth is there was not many people that have reached Divine Comprehension on Earth.
From the Shadow Guard reports, when he was about to leave, there is only three people with Divine Comprehension level and they all take shortcuts to reach there and they are mostly reclusive experts not wanting to go out on the main stage, preferring to be safe
From what Azief knows about people that already reached Divine Comprehension they could be divided into three.
Earthly Realm. Worldly Realm. And Heavenly Realm.
Comprehending three laws could be considering one a Divine Comprehension leveler in the Earthly Realm.
They usually understand their Law but not its true path and as such could not truly use the Laws in their hand effectively.
Then there is the Divine Comprehension leveler in the Worldly Realm.
Comprehending six or more Laws or have Six Disk when charging through to Divine Comprehension would enable one to be in this category.
These people have more powerful energy and the Laws they could manipulate is more varied and could even affect other Laws if they understand the core of their Laws.
One could even cultivate a useless Law but if one had a dep understanding of their own Law they could reach the Source of that Law and evolve their own Law by their own comprehension.
In battle or the exchange of pointer, one might have the same law but the nature would always be different depending on the user Path.
For example, the Law of Death if trace to the Source one would find the Nether energy where All source of Death Source originated.
Azief was lucky in that his Ten Eternal Rings houses the very source of every energy in the Universe.
And if he fights another person using the Laws of Death, his definition of Death might be different than that other person definition of Death.
In these cases, the energy and the utilization of Laws is very important in battle.
And then there is the ultimate form of a Divine Comprehension levelers. Those that in the Heavenly Realm.
Comprehending around nine Laws would make someone under this category.
Those that have these many Laws comprehension would surely be no different than God. Imagine controlling Nine Laws. The variety of ability such person could use is endless.
Then what about Azief who is cultivating Thirteen laws and not only its Laws but also transforming the Laws into Law Body
As he felt that energy pushing him, he thought to himself…why does his breakthrough is so different than the others and why is it so much harder?
And the moment that question formed in his mind he chuckles internally because he immediately answers it himself
Because he walks a different path.
But now as he is falling from the steps he at least thought there would be a portal opening or like his breakthrough before to be blessed by some energy before he is rejuvenated with full power
But clearly it did not happen like he thought.
He is free falling from the Supremacy Stairway, into the Void passing stars and hitting space debris.
If not for his Physique, he would have already exploded into mist of blood.
He did not see anything and his Divine Sense could not sense anything because of the mass storm of energy that is gathering on the Supremacy Stairway
It was like a force of apocalyptic power is gathering on the Omni Law Body. Omni energy was created by the combination of all thirteen energies in his body.
Now that it is manifested as a Law Body, the effect and the force it exhibited is truly terrifying
It is a power that could unmade and remade creation.
Azief could not see right now but many beings are now looking at Azief from their realms, dimension and their Universe.
There is Azul looking from his throne of light.
The Jade Emperor looking at him in his dreams. There is Wargod sitting on his red throne full of the energy of bloodlust and killing intent while looking at Azief with a complicated expression.
And there are even some hostile gazes from the Demonic Realm of the Jade Empire.
Azief right now is in a state of unrest.
While he could not see it, he is falling into one of the space rips. Like being pushed by some invisible energy Azief body was drawn to that space rips.
The three thousand rips are the Purgatory for those that walk the Supremacy Stairway. The last Monkey did it to help others that would walk the same path he walked
He was the last one that walk this steps eons ago and as such he opens up three thousand space rips, with each one leading to one of the worlds in the Three Thousand Worlds.
It is a place so that those who walked the Thirteen Steps could recognize about their weakness and learn something.
It is not a trial per se in that it is trial of hardship. instead it is a trial of time.
Azief kept falling and it felt like an eternity before suddenly he felt his entire body crashing onto some rocks and stop falling.
The moment he stops falling, the thirteen mark glows and seal all of his energy.
Now Azief understand why everyone who walked the Path of Perfection need to perfect their physique.
If they did not have the Purification of Physique they would already be mashed meat before they landed.
While his energy was constrained, his physical body surges out with revitalizing power like it was being free from its chains.
His eye sockets slowly healed and his body now heal naturally. His ears are no longer deaf as he could hear the sound of the wind
His eyes reformed back and then he opens his eyes.
He saw stones and rocks. He seems to be in a cave and hearing from the wind he is on top of an abandoned mountain.
Then he looks above him and he could see blue skies.
The bird's flies about but as he tries to move he found out none of his body could move
Thus began Azief new journey. See you tomorrow and please vote and rate the chapter.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
456 IN A CAVE 1
The last leaf of fall upon him. He did not feel the leave on his face but he could hear the rustling sound of the wind
He slowly opens his eyes and look around him and that is when he saw the last leaf of fall. He did not sigh. There is this indifference in his eyes.
A centipede crawls around his face before getting eaten by a serpent slithering near his body. The serpent looks at him for a while before hissing and went away.
He is naked. After maintaining its form for a few days in the beginning, his Lord Shadow Attire set dissipated into dust.
Azief don't know whether it is the side effect of walking the Supremacy Stairway or because of this world energy
So, he become naked
The first year was the most arduous. He thought to himself.
For one year he tries to make sense where he is. He has his eyes and he could see with it but he could not move. He had his hearing restored but he could no longer use his Divine Sense.
For one year he lies down on that patch of stones. He was helpless and unmoving like he himself is the rock.
He took his time to get a sense where he is. He knows he is not on Earth. It took him a while but he is sure he is at the top of some mountain. The air is clear and it reminded him of the mountains
Sometimes there are mountain wolf that encounter his body.
But when they tried to bite him they could never even scratch his skin and after a few months they no longer tries to eat him
But he still doesn't know which mountain he falls into and whether this place that he had fallen toward is a place where he could be threatened.
He fears that he falls into a world much like his own.
If he falls into a world much like his own, he only hopes that he would not be found. If not…then he needs to gather information about what kind of world this is.
If he has his Divine Sense, it would be easy for him to recognize where he is. With one sweep of his Divine Sense he could scan this entire area.
And not to mention that now, he couldn't even sense energy. He doesn't know if this world possesses worldly energy or not
His days is full of days of looking at the sky. And if there is one thing he got after one year of staring the sky it would be that, this world does not possess any energy that would make them extremely powerful like him
He had his own speculation of where he falls after taking that last step. He could not verify it but he thinks he is in on one of the worlds in the Three Thousand World.
And he thinks it is in one of the Mortal Realm
The Three Thousand World is separated by Three Realms. The Human Realm. The Immortal Realm. The Heavenly Realm.
The Human Realm is where a race resembling humans live as they try to break the barrier of their world and enter the Immortal realm.
Of course, in some world of the Human Realms, they didn't even know that there is a path to immortality, living their lives blissfully unaware.
The Immortal Realm lies people who have cultivated their strength and become an existence that could move mountain and sea with a wave of their hands.
They are around Seed Formation or Disk Formation levels.
These two Realm lies outside the Source Wall.
And then there is the Heavenly Realm that lies inside the Source Wall.
The Heavenly Realm is where the Jade Emperor, his Heavenly Generals and ministers resides, possessing powers unimaginable, controlling rains, allotting fates and destiny to the two realms below them
And sitting on the Golden Throne of the Jade Palace is the Jade Emperor Yu Wang. Azief once had the opportunity to tour the Jade Empire and as such he knew a few things about the Three Thousand World.
A thousand world for each realm. And the reason why he thinks he is on the Mortal Realm is because he did not see any flying cultivator or magical beast flying on the sky
No matter how remote this place is, if this is a world where Immortals and Demons existed then they should at bleats one appearance of them striding through the sky.
Other than birds Azief saw nothing of the sorts.
Then why is it he thinks he had fallen into one of the Three Thousand World?
There is a reason why he thinks why he has fallen into one of the Three Thousand World of the Jade Empire.
The Monkey.
And that familiar energy. When he was in the Supremacy Stairway, he also uses his Divine Sense on the three thousand rips.
It felt similar to the vibration of energy he felt when he was at the Three Thousand World before.
And it is too coincidental for it to be exactly three thousand rips corresponding for the Three Thousand Worlds of the Jade Empire.
Since one of his Disk is formed from Celestial energy and Celestial energy is abundantly found on the Heavenly realms of the Three Thousand Worlds, Azief made the conclusion that he had fallen into one of those worlds.
In one year, he mostly sleeps and when he does not sleep he look at the blue skies.
Sometimes he sees birds. Sometimes it rains and water will fall upon his body. Sometimes, the heat would shine upon him making it harder for him to fall asleep.
In those moment he wanted to feel the coolness of the water or even the heat of the sun on his skin.
He wanted to feel something
But his body felt nothing. He could only see and hear. He could see the spring came and then summer. He sees the snows that falls in winter and he saw the leaves falling in fall
The spring did not move him, and the summer is a torture for him while in winter snow fills his entire body and when autumn came all look gray and lifeless.
But there he is.
Lying as time passes by him like he is some kind of a watcher that watches the Season and Time walk on by while he is remaining where he is…. doing nothing and feeling nothing
In one year, the rocks and the stones around him is now surrounded by tall grass. Grasshopper come to the grass and insects lowly came
Plants grows and birds came and perched themselves on its branch.
They sometimes peck at him only to have their beak to feel pain. The insect also tries to eat and some of them even tries to enter his ears and nose.
The moment they enter; they were burn into nothingness.
For some reason while Azief body had no heat coming out of him. Inside his body is a different case altogether.
Those little things that tries to enter his body were all turns into motes of energy after being refined by the raging heat inside Azief body
Then they no longer dares comes around him. The birds no longer peck into his skins, and the insect stay far away from him…yet life still blooms all around him
Second part tomorrow. Hope you enjoy it and be ready for the mass release on the end of the month
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
457 IN A CAVE 2
For some reason Azief body have some kind of accelerating properties to the plants near his area.
A tree grows behind him, producing beautiful petal flowers and colorful fruits on its branches. The birds like to perched themselves on the branches of that tree and peck on the fruit
As he lies there, he wonders what is happening on Earth.
He wonders about Sofia and what she is doing right now. He wonders about Katarina whether she had forgotten him or not.
He wonders about Loki and whether his plan work on delaying him or maybe he is still his mischievous self.
He also thinks about Will and hope that he did not entangle himself in any troubles.
He knew that Will was searching for the Temple of Asargan and from what Will told him, all of those Temples are scattered all around the Universe.
He thought about a lot of things, trying to distract himself from this feeling of emptiness that keep creeping into his heart every time the sun set and night descend.
But when one year has passed there is something that changed that made Azief a little happy.
It is the sealing formation.
When the one year from where he had fallen had ended, the diamond mark on his right palm dissipated into motes of light and the vein like patterns on his right palm retreated to the one of his right arm.
It was then that he discovers that he could now move the finger on his right hand. The discovery left him feeling elated.
He could touch things now and he finally could feel sensation.
Before while he knew he could see and he could hear, his senses were no existent. There were many times that he needed to remind himself that he is alive and he does exist.
When he did not feel any sensation at all, it was like he is part of this world. Like he was the soil, the grass, the wind and the snow.
And each time, he had to remind himself…that he is not the soil, the grass, the wind or the snow.
He is Azief. He is Death Monarch. He is from Earth.
Each time he felt like he is going to lose himself, he sleeps and when he wakes up he reminded himself of these fact.
Sensation came and he felt like he was alive again. With each touch it was like he was affirming his own existence
The trials this time doesn't seems like any trial he had ever experience before. For some reason, he felt this trial is even more harder than any of the trials before.
It is trial of the mind
At least even when he felt pain, he knows he still exist. He knows that pain validate his effort
He didn't need to do anything and he doesn't have to. He felt that only Time would be able to unlock all of his sealing mark and all he could do is wait
The Sealing of Time. The locking location is his body and the key is time. With time passing, he would slowly unravel the mark and the seal.
He slightly tries to understand the seal put on him and as such he believes this is one of Sealing of Time.
He waited again underneath the growing tree and the soil around his body that is now full of grass.
Spring once again came. The flowers of spring have come yet he is unable to feel it. He scratches the ground beneath his fingernails.
The sun rises and set. The moon became his companion. Each day that came is like the burden of time.
It is different lying on a ground enjoying freedom and this kind of lying on the ground like he is experiencing. He felt nothing all over his body.
Only the fingers on his right palm could move. The trees that started from a tiny little sprout now grows to become a large tree that shelter him from the rain and the sunlight.
The flowers of that tree fall onto him and once again buried him under a bed of flowers.
The vines slowly unravel itself around Azief body, strengthening its grips as days and months passes.
Summer came and he was brought further down by the tree deep beneath the Earth, the vines pulling his lower body deep into the Earth.
The bed of flowers was swept away by the wind of summer as grass grows around his body.
Azief was reminded that on Earth in summer people would go to the beach
Since he is in Malaysia every day felt like summer and he always romanticize the four season
But he remembers the day he toured with Sofia. They saw all then great wonders in the world, resting on beautiful beaches looking at the sun.
When he felt tired he sleeps. When he questions his own identity he scratched his finger on the ground beneath his hand.
It dug deep and made him remember that he is still alive.
As time pass by Azief slowly felt like he is being buried under the Earth.
Because of his body he could not truly die with this kind of predicament. Even if he is buried under the Earth Core he could still survive the heat.
But no one likes being buried alive even when they could live under the ground
And there is a difference between living under the ground and being buried under the ground. He shuts off his fears by thinking of happy memories.
People might associate Azief the Death Monarch who always look like he is brooding rarely have happy moments but that is not true at all.
In fact, Azief had a lot of happy memories.
He had happy memories with Sofia. He had happy memories with Sina and Loki. And even with Will even through their most life endangering adventures.
But most of all, he had happy memories with Katarina.
And when winter came and the snows fall…he could not help but be reminded of Katarina. The most beautiful woman in the world.
He remembers how she loved spring. He remembers how she like seeing the flower blossom and he remembers his kiss with her.
After he met her, he did not lose any memories about her. Not a single one. And he hates to see her cry. Maybe that is why he did not dare meet her. Even though she is in seclusion, Azief could easily come and brought her out and talk to her.
But he did not. Instead he tours the world. And each time he saw snows falling down, he wonders...
Will it stop?
These snowfalls?
These tears?
He did not hate winter. He did not hate the cold. He just felt sorrow each time he saw snow falls from the sky.
Each memory made him remember who he is and why he is here.
Then fall came gain. Two years has passed. It was a lonely existence. It was a lonely experience. That is the only thing he thought to himself.
He did not talk to himself. He thought of many other things. He thought of those thirteen statues and the one he did not see on the twelfth steps.
He thoughts about their stories and he thought about how they reached there. And then when that didn't work, he would sleep.
He wonders when he would be able to move
It has been two years
There were times that he was asleep. And there is time where he opens his eyes and scratched the soil beneath his fingers.
It is proof that he is still there
In this second year, there was an avalanche of rocks coming down for the top. It buried Azief and the area surrounding him.
It creates a cave inside a cave. The area where he is lying is now blocked from seeing the sky. There is a large stone on top of the opening of the cave.
If Azief could use his arm he could blow away that boulder with one palm smash. Because of the avalanche it created a compartment- like area.
The entrance of the cave is still large but Azief could no longer see it. Like he was in a secret room by himself.
But since it is the second year, the diamond mark on his left palm also disappears.
The vein like pattern that used to restrict him from feeling anything on his left palm retreated to his left arm.
Even though he could not channel energy through his fingers and palm, the prowess of his physical body still remains.
*******************************************
We are nearing the end of the month. STore all your SS. The tribulation is about to descend. Anyway, Azief life in this new world will resolve some of the plot points I used to mention in the many chapters ago. Like the flute tat coudl control the Ten Demonic Beings among other things.
Anyway hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comments
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
458 IN A CAVE 3
The moment that seal was lifted the area around him were pressure as it caves to the pressure and the soil around him were depressed a few meter deep
This time he felt a bit of the energy returning to both of his palm.
Before, while the diamond pattern mark did disappear from his right palm, weirdly only his fingers could be moved.
Now that both of his palm was released from the seal, he could truly use his palm. It felt like he was liberated from something.
He did not know this but at the same time in the Supremacy Steinway two of his Law Body have stand up.
The Worldly Law Body and the Universal Law Body have both stand up. When they stand up they merged into the statue of their steps.
Azief did not know that when he is released from each of his seal it means that his Law Body in the Supremacy Stairway have finished their comprehension.
On the cave, he smiles as he smashes his palm and he shoot out from beneath the soil and exploded out into the surface.
His body landed beside the huge tree as dust rises up from the ground. When it slowly settles, he claws the ground with his finger as his body slowly moved to the tree.
He pushes his palm onto the ground again, this time shaking the entire cave as he catapulted himself onto the tree.
He collided with the tree and sound of cracking could be heard from the large sturdy tree.
Azief sighed this time. Finally, he able to free himself beneath the slowly sinking ground he was in before.
The area around him was dark but there are some sunlight coming in from the gaps of the stones. Azief close his eyes and decided to enter into hibernation.
Three years have passed since he come to this world. It could be considered long and it also could be considered short. Azief knows that he is extremely lucky.
There is probably no one in the Universe that cultivated this path of Perfection as fast as he did.
As the fallen leaves of fall drop from the trees, welcoming spring again with the chirping of the singing birds, the seal on his right arm is finally released.
The vein like pattern on his right arm retreated to his chest.
He tries to move his right arm and he was overjoyed to find that he could at last move his arm. He picked up the fruits on top of the branch of the tree and took his first bite of food.
He could not express how delicious that fruit is.
It is true for people of his level that he did not need to eat. But just because you didn't have to eat doesn't mean you don't want to eat.
For three years, Azief had eaten nothing and now that he has eaten something, he felt like he is a normal human again. The joy of eating that he had forgotten come rushing back.
Like a newborn child he was excited just because he eats some fruits.
He was even craving a little bit of coffee. He would deny if people said he is addicted to coffee, but there is just something about that drink that always made him crave it.
That day was quite an eventful day for him. He closes his eyes when he felt that the sun has come down.
The chirping of birds did not wake him today. He opens his eyes suddenly in the morning and his eyes is full of vigilance.
It was probably just after dawn. He felt the vibration of footsteps of people coming up the mountain. He then heard some conversation though it is not clear what they are talking about.
Like most of his abilities, he could not hear as far as before since he falls from the Supremacy Stairway.
He used to be able to hear even a pin drop falling a hundred kilometer away if he focused.
The he heard the sound of fighting. Metallic sound clashing against each other and he could feel that the vibe of this mountain changed slightly.
Then the sound died down. And he heard laughter and smell a fragrant aroma. Then after a few hours, the sound and the smell is no longer
Azief was curios at this change of event on this mountain but at the same time he is also feeling a little bit nervous.
His life since he falls from the Stairway has always been monotonous and boring.
Since he could not move, the only thing he did is sleep and sometimes when he is bored of sleeping, he would open his eyes and look around.
Right now other than his right arm and both of his palm he could not move anything else. He is like an invalid right now
And while he concluded that this world he falls into is the Mortal Realm of the Three Thousands World, there is always a chance that he made a mistake
And if he makes a mistake and he found that people of this world possess the same kind of power like he did or even surpass him, then he is a sitting duck.
If even one person possesses just slightly lower level of power than him and found him in this situation, they could easily kill him after wearing down his defenses.
And while his Physique is powerful, Azief don't know if his Physique is truly the Undying Physique right now.
After all, when he falls, he did feel something changed about his body.
Of course if he died in this world, he might not probably be dead for sure but for some reason Azief felt that if he died here, then all of his effort of creating the Law Body would be rendered useless.
A broken path of Perfection…is not Perfection. A broken path is just that...broken.
So, he listens intently. At the same time, he felt a little excited. At least today, the things he did will be different. He listens intently to make sure if there is any other noise.
Or maybe someone is approaching this cave
He waited until the night but nothing else seems to happen.
After making sure there is nothing out of the ordinary and bored out of his mind, he closes his eyes and sleep.
The morning came and then he was awakened to the sound of fighting once again. He stretched his ears out but he could not hear much.
But he is sure that this time the sound of fighting is louder and there seems to be more people
He only hears the sound of clanging metallic objects and at times he could feel the gust of wind around the mountain sometimes changes its course.
But nothing ever changes around his caves. Day after day, the sound could be heard near the cave but not to near that they would enter the cave.
Slowly Azief grow accustomed to the sound. Every day, he would hear the sound of people fighting around the cave area and when evening came, the sound would disperse.
Then for a few weeks, the fighting stopped.
There is no longer the sound of people clashing or fighting. In those few weeks, Azief once again settled to his routine of hearing the chirping of the birds to wake up from his sleep.
A new element in the familiar routine of Azief in this new world. DO pay attention because this will matter by the end of the episode.
Anyway, hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comments and please vote for the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
459 IN A CAVE 4
When he felt some craving for food, he would grab the fruit on the low branches of the tree behind his back
Then a few months after, this routine once again were broken. Instead of the sound of fighting, a new sound now comes to the mountain
Azief could hear the sound of people hammering stuff all around the mountain.
'They are building something' Azief thought to himself.
By now, it is almost the fourth year.
Azief sometimes look through the gaps of the stones and see that there is people walking outside the exterior of the cave.
They wear clothes like of the ancient people but at the same time they look elegant wearing it.
Looking at them and looking at their humanlike form Azief was relieved to see he did not fall in some Demonic Realm.
But he is not sure whether those people are just normal people or some Immortal Beings. If they are immortal beings, Azief knows that there are Immortal Beings that could counter him.
At least, the him right now.
If he is released from all of his thirteen seals, then he would probably reign supreme even in the Immortal Realm. After all he is at the peak of Disk Formation and have Undying Physique.
Unless Beings from the Heavenly Realm descend down, then Azief had no equals.
He just found it a problem if this people instead of being from the Immortal Realm, would be from the Heavenly Realm. But that isn't supposed to be possible he thought to himself.
The Heavenly Realm Beings live outside the Source Wall. At least that is what he heard.
Though he himself never seen this Source Wall before but he knows all the top civilization of the Universe live outside of it.
Asgard, Olympus, Amenthes and Sekhet Hetepet, Jade Palace all exist outside the Source Wall.
Though, it might be an overreach, there is three thousand rips of space.
While it sounds farfetched, if he really falls on the Heavenly Realm, then each of the Immortals Beings' around here is all around the level of Essence Creation
Such beings could render his souls and his laws immobile. Though Azief still think he could survive meeting even an Essene Creation level being, he would not be able to defeat such enemy.
It would be easy if he could sense energy right now.
If he could sense the energy of this world, then he would know whether he had fallen into the Mortal Realm or the Immortal realm or even the Heavenly Realm
He looks at the outside nervously but because the gaps of stone around his area is small he could not see clearly.
And because he kept looking through the gaps that Azief also find out why no one enter the cave.
It turns out there is a huge boulder in front of the cave it covered up most of the entrance of the cave leaving only a small gap that only a child could fit through.
And this gap is then covered up by green vines. But for some reason Azief could even see through the gaps of the vines
Even though he lost his ability to manipulate energy, his Physical body is after all still enhanced.
When he first looks from the gaps, he did not notice it. Because he thought that the reason why his range of vision is so small is because of the small gaps but it turns out even the green vines is obstructing his view
So, he always thought that the entrance is still like before, open and inviting. Which is why he always felt strange that no one ever tries to enter his cave.
He kept seeing people from the gaps of his blocked area of the cave, and he kept hearing the sound of hammering all over the mountain even after the sun set and night beckons.
Azief thought to himself that these people must be building something on top of the mountain
He could hear the sound of people hammering every day and felt the vibration of the mountain coursing through its soils.
They are even carving through the mountains.
Azief don't know why but since he could not sense energy like before, he found out that he if he concentrates enough, he could feel the vibration of the mountains.
But there is time when he tries to concentrate but felt nothing. He thought he was mistaken at first. That he was hallucinating the whole thing
But the he found out a different thing
When he closes his eyes and tries to sleep, there are times when he felt like he was the mountain. He felt every movement of wind that passes through its peak, felt its coldness when the snow falls and when people carve its stones and peaks, he felt it like a prick on his skins.
It is different from sensing things. It is like he merged with nature. For some reason, by being still, he seems to merge with this world unconsciously
After a few weeks, he seems to be accustomed to the sound of the hammering.
Whoever built structure on top of this mountain must have been a popular man' he thought to himself in his idle moment.
They are always people coming up and coming down the mountain.
They could not be considered enemies since they come with anticipation and while once in a while there are people that does come down with a dejected expression, they were not hateful
Maybe there is some sages making their abodes in this mountains and they are teaching the masses.
Considering the clothes that these people wear that look like he was transported into some kind of an ancient Chinese world, he would not be surprised if his guesses his right
Sometime he wonders whether the Chinese people influences the Immortal Beings of the Jade Empire or the Jade Empire culture influences the people on the Yellow River.
Maybe the culture that human's thought were theirs was actually the culture of those Gods and we impart their culture to our descendants
Or maybe it is the other way around.
Maybe it is humanity that influence those Godlike beings and they were the ones that borrow the culture of humanity and have distinct colors for their existence
But that was not important anymore. Those who knows is probably those Gold like being themselves.
While he did not mind the people coming up and down the mountain, he sometime felt annoyed with the sound of fighting.
After long enough, Azief had learned to ignore the noises and he himself decided to stop doing anything that might draw attention to himself.
He did not smash his palm to the ground or tries to punch through the stone on top of the cave anymore.
People would be shocked if they see the mountain shakes or if they found the source of that shaking.
Until he is sure of this world, Azief err on the side of caution.
He did not survive his adventure by being flamboyant and domineering all the time.
Unless he is sure of his victory he did not move. Of course, there is always exception to any rules. And that exception is usually his family.
Loki. Sina. Sofia. Katarina
He shakes his head waving the thoughts away as he looks around the area of his part of the cave
Do you realize that while he was annoyed by that musci he is not truly angry. Like alwasy, hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some comments and please vote for the chapter
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
460 IN A CAVE 5
The cave itself because it is not trodden by human presence, slowly created its own ecosystem.
For some weird reason, plans inside this cave grows exceedingly fast and the fruits it produced is very good in helping people to get full.
Azief think it has to do with the energy he brought with him when he is falling from the Supremacy Stairway.
There is even a lake in this cave.
Azief notices that when there is rain outside the water would flow inside this cave but it used to flow back through the hole and disappeared into the ground or some other gaps
He was bored all day living in this empty dark cave.
He wanted to at least make it a little bit beautiful. At times like this he is reminded of Katarina and smiles bitterly. She was always the artistic one.
And she always like things to be beautiful.
Azief uses his palm smash to create a hole and since then a lake was formed inside this cave. It is pleasant to look at.
When it is morning, white mist will fill the entire cave making it look like an immortal abode.
There are a lot of tall trees and flower. When it blooms it creates a beautiful scenery that could rival even the gardens of Pandemonium.
The contrast between the bleakness and dreary mood of the cave was counter act by the beautiful blooming of flowers around the lake.
Even though the sunlight is scarce for some reason the plants here could grow healthy and strong.
Azief hated the first few years in this cave.
And he hated that bugs crawled and insect crawled all over his body. He hated the chirping of the birds in the morning and the hooting of the owl when night came
But now, he felt it is quite relaxing. He even found a source of hot underground water and using only one arm he created a warm pool for him to bathe himself.
In the morning when he is woken up by the chirping of birds or the sound of footsteps coming from the outside of the cave, he would claw his way to the warm pool and soak himself up for hours
He learns to enjoy the little things. It reminded himself of the easier days when the Fall began to happen on Earth.
He remembers all those times huddling near campfire, he sipping his hot coffee, Loki and Sina teasing each other and traded dirty jokes while Sofia would whistle
But for some reason, Azief never heard whistle that much anymore. For some reason he couldn't forget the tune.
As he let the warm water soak his skin, he tries to whistle that tune. Then he stopped. He knows he recognize this tune but the memory won't just come to him
The tune of the whistle sounded like a baby song. He would not know. His mother never the caring type and he had always had to fend off for himself.
He washes his chest and felt the heat on his arms and fingers. He sighed.
Even though his lower body felt nothing, his upper body could still feel some of it.
That is how he spend his third year in this world that he knows nothing about.
When the year almost ended, he felt the weakening of the seal and when spring of the new year came, the mark in his left arm finally dissipated.
Like the vein pattern in his right arm, the vein pattern on his left arm also retreated back to the chest. It is like a tangled web of veins on the diamond pattern on his chest.
He also felt freer in using his arms and fingers. Like something heavy was lifted off from his body
Right now, he felt more relaxed.
His entire arm now retains its original power. Of course it is without any Concept or Law energies.
When he swishes his hand the wind would change courses. Knowing he could defend himself right now made him feel a little bit at ease.
But he still didn't want to alarm anyone on top of the mountains. He is still cautious and he is still uncertain about the level of power of the people of this world
And he is still after all paralyzed from his chest to his lower area.
The fourth years of his life on this world begins.
His fourth year was not as pleasant as the other years before.
The first month of the fourth year of his life since he falls is greeted by constant streams of people coming to the mountain
Azief knows that this is not normal.
They are camping near the entrance of the mountain and Azief could sense a Will that he is familiar with.
His eyes narrowed
Then one day, something happens that awakens him from his slumber. It was night. The mountain wolf has howled and the night owl has hoot.
The wind is cold that night and drizzle of rains falls from the Heavens
He was already asleep at that time but then he heard the sound of people, feel the vibration of the earth, the changing waves of the wind.
He opens his eyes and take a deep breath.
He could hear people scaling the mountains.
He could hear the fighting and his finger twitched.
This time it is no longer on the path of the mountain or the area around the cave. This time the sound of fighting could be heard on top of the mountain.
And it is not as rhythmic sound as before. This time the sound of these clashing is erratic, chaos and messy.
The clouds turn darker, thunder roared and the winds howled.
That night a storm raged around the mountain and the aura of killing intent seems to envelop the entire mountain.
'Hmm' he sighed and shakes his head
Azief might not be able to sense any energy in his current state but he could sense killing intent.
Killing intent is not energy. Not exactly. One could manifest it into a type of energy but killing intent in its source is not some kind of energy.
It is a type of Will.
And he is very proficient in it.
After all, the bloods on his hand is numerous.
In his life as Azul how many people fell under his blade and how many people had he slaughter?
When he was the Emperor in the second life of Azul, how many people had he killed to become emperor.
When he was the Holy Dragon, how many beast and demons was eaten by him? When he was the Sword God how many people tasted his steel and fall under his feet?
All of those life taken, turns into resentment and when one is honed in killing and slaughter, one killing intent could be felt deep in one heart
The Six Life in the Six Sabers was the one that gifted Azief with such high sensitivity to killing intent.
He tries to close his eyes and take a nap but he could not.
He could feel the battle on top of the mountain is intensifying and he could hear more people scaling the mountain.
The storms rages on outside ripping out large trees from the soils and the wind howls outside the cave and battered the stony surface of the boulder in front of the entrance of the cave.
The sound of screaming, and wailing could be heard for the top of the mountain. Azief heard this, his body was leaning on the flower tree and he sighed
'In the end, I do not know these people. And I'm not sure if I can help them in my current state'
Azief could only sigh as he closes his eyes, ignoring the sound of the screams which is now drowned out by the thunderous roars of lightning up on the sky and the drizzling sound of rains that seems to wash away the blood from the top of the mountain as it flows downward.
Azief even though he closes his eyes and even though the sound of those people is drowned by the sound of the wind and storms, he could still smell the blood entering the cave from the gap in the boulder.
A new change is happening. Are we finally going to see some action after all? Hehehe. Anyway, you are all ready right for teh tribulation. It has been building up so be ready to withstand it with your spirit stones.
Hope you enjoy the chapter progress and leave some chapter and vote for the story if you enjoy it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
461 IN A CAVE 6
That night seems awfully long and the storms instead of abating, rages even more.
Thunders fills the sky and lightning illuminated the dark night sky while heavy rain pour down on the mountain.
He was about to once again try to take his nap when his eyes widened. He sighed.
'It seems that even when I am not searching for trouble, trouble looking for me' he said to himself.
But there is an unmistakable trace of excitement in his tone
He never interacted with anyone for the four year of his life in this world. If one could consider trying to talk with the birds as conversation, then Azief could be considered to be talking a lot.
Tonight, while it also seems troublesome for him, he also felt that it is slightly different from his usual routine.
And while he is excited for something different, it did not make him forget that this could prove to be a chance for him to ascertain the level of power of the people of this world.
The reason he sighed is none other than because he could hear and felt that the battle is approaching his cave.
'Hmm. This is not good' he said to himself.
Instead of taking a nap like he planned, he looks through the gaps of the stones that hide his part of the cave from the cave exterior area.
From the gaps he could see a young man with long black hair wearing a flowing white robe is fighting three people dressed in black robe and had their lower half of their faces covered with black cloth.
The young man that is fighting these three people in black robed clothing had his entire robe drenched with red blood and blood and mud mixed to muddy his face.
There are also a few scratches on his arms and his thighs.
His face is full of anguish and he gritted his teeth as he defends himself from the assault of three people.
They all used swords as they deflect, parry, stabbed and hack each other.
The young man while his moves are not exactly lethal, amazingly enough it is able to deflect the huge saber coming toward his neck with a simple thud.
But for some reason Azief felt that there is something wrong with the move of that young man. Like something is not right with the flow of his swordsmanship
'Too rigid' He thought to himself, his eyes seem to be shining with golden light.
Then he saw how evade another attack and Azief clicked his tongue.
He should have use the force of the attack to force his sword to move, removing the excess move and connect it with his previous move which could have injured the other one on his back. Rigid' he said it again, this time shaking his head.
The young man is an accomplished swordsman but his move is too rigid. It was like he is following some manual, moving exactly as the manual wrote
There is no adaptation on his move.
Just because one wields a sword, does not mean one could not use other part of the body. There is no such rule
There is the leg, the hand and even the forehead.
Rigid and unadaptable.
Azief was burned by the Purifying Fire and his body also have the Tribulation Thunder and the essence of the Extermination Thunder
With each purification it helps him to comprehend laws and even seeing sword moves he saw for the first time, he could deduce the kind of swordsmanship and the level of their swordsmanship with a glance
There is also the fact that he used to be Sword God in Azul Trials. It is incredible that he could deduce it only by looking at a glance and through the gaps of the stones.
If they fight I fort of him, there is no doubt that he could analyze all their sword moves and would find a counter to their moves.
Azief then focused on the other three people assaulting the young man
The three people all wear black clothes and they have the symbol of the sun sewn on their attire around their chest area.
They fought like they were the wind, their moves are lethal and design to kill. Azief could even see that three of those people, who wear all black all had red blood dripping from their sword
But if there is something that he could praise those three people, their moves while lethal and cruel, it is adaptable.
It is clear that the young man in the white robe level of swordsmanship is higher than those three but the three people adapt to the situation using the area and terrain to their advantage.
They attack from the bottom, from the top, from the side and used unconventional method to try to kill the young man.
Their slashes are fast and unpredictable, flying freely like the unconstrained wind. Like water that is being pushed by a powerful current their blades and sabers flows naturally.
They knew when to advance and when to retreat, when to defend and when to attack. Azief eyes analyze each movement and their footwork.
Of course it is not easy trying to see from the gaps of the stones but Azief now at least had a little understanding of this world martial arts.
Yes, they are practicing martial arts. Their slashes while is terrifying have no concept of Laws and essences of the Universe.
They fought and attack with the sound of wind being cut apart and the thunders roaring accompanying their dance of swords and sabers.
Azief then notices something. He sighed.
One of three people that attack the young man find an opening when the young man tries to hack the neck of one of those three with a sword move.
Like before Azief could see while the sword attack is refined and elegant, it is just that. What use of flourishing technique if it is not practical?
Azief is surprised that this young man has escaped death for so long.
His sword has intention, and as such, it could be countered.
His feet move and his wrist moves and so it could be countered.
The mind thinks a direction, the feet moves, the hand slashes and as such it could be countered.
His sword flows but like a wind being obstructed by a large boulder it is hindered by unnecessary force.
The force that could be released is even more than this but the sword on that young man hand is as useless as a stick
He felt that such a thing is a pity. A sword reduced to merely useless lump of metal in the hand of such person.
He must be some kind of a newbie in swordsmanship.
Azief knows that the young man swordsmanship is bad and inefficient because he is once a Sword God.
If he even has a branch of stick, he could not only deflect those three people attack, he could even pierce their neck, their chest and their head in three moves.
He could take the branch form the tree where is leaning from and kill all those three people as easily he could kill ants beneath his palm
Action is coming and the first contact of Azief with the inhabitanst of this world. Hope you enjoy the chapter and leave some commensta nd pelase vote for the story if you enjoy it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates.Net
.
462 IN A CAVE 7
He of course did not remember much about his time and his mastery of the sword when he was the Sword God now that he is out of the Six Trials.
He realizes that while he still remembers the outline of thing that happens in the Six Trials he also notices that he does remember the details
It is like the memory about the Six Lives in the Six Sabers is slowly being erased as he grows in power.
He remembers Azul and he remember the trials but he didn't remember the process.
Azief could understand why. After all, that life is not really his life and those memories is not really his memories.
As such, it will naturally fade leaving him only the memory and the result of his act. But just because he didn't remember every details don't mean he doesn't remember anything
Though, he also suspected that this loss of memory is also another gift from Azul. It might seem contradictory. How could him forgetting about his experiences in the Six Trials help him?
Those who do not seek the Grand Path will not understand. The so called Grand Path is none other than your own path.
Each path you trod is your path.
If you walk another path, then that is no longer your path. No matter how you try to convince yourself otherwise.
The moment you walk other path, then you will never see the road where you need to walk. You will stray and then walk other people path.
One could walk the same path but end up in different places. By not remembering about the lives he had in the Six Trials, he could freely be colorless and blank.
Then he could fill the blankness and the colorless path with his own colors and images. If not, he might be tempted to walk the easy path.
He did not want to walk the path of the Ancient Demonic Path. He did want to walk the path of Emperors with its Tyrannical Will
He did not want to follow the way of the Dragons, nor did he want to walk the path of a Sword God
If he does walk any of those path, it should be his path without being burdened by another person experience.
Azief sighed as he shakes his head, as he looks at the fight outside the cave
'Those black robed people while they do look like bad guys the way they use their weapons is more to my liking then that white robed person'
Azief could deduce that person deliberately make himself opens so that the young man in white robe would attack him.
And the young man took the bait.
Too easy to be fooled Azief sneered in his mind.
A battle does not mean one had to stop to use one mind.
Azief might not seem like it but when he had to fight people with the same level of power he would also employ scheme in his attack and if he could not win by brute force, then he would plan first
One of the other black robed person sneak attacked the white robed person and it is clear in Azief eyes if this sneak attack is successful, ten that white robed person would probably be even more disadvantaged and probably even lead to his death
Azief sighed. He could no longer just sit and watch this to happens.
He thought to himself that these people look like they are some kind of low level people of the martials artist and he doesn't think that interfering with this would do much to his current peace.
And with his ability Azief is confident he could help that white robe person without being noticed.
From the first moment he notices those people is coming near the cave he had a small round pebble on his finger.
He took a small stone and molded it into a small round pebble with the force of his fingers
While he did not know the full story of these people and why they fight each other, he could feel the killing intent coming out from those three people.
It is not only killing intent, there is also this feeling of resentment that follows them and attached to them.
While he is not certain one hundred percent he is quite sure those three people are not the kind of person one would associate with righteousness.
When he saw that one of those three people is about to sneak attack the young man, Azief sighed and flick the stone with his fingers
The stone flew with lightning speed as it goes through the gaps of the stone on his area and then pass through the vines that cover the small opening of the cave entrance
The speed did not decrease as it then shot itself to one of the nerve behind the young man knee.
It causes the young man knee to jerk and kick the person doing the sneak attack from the bottom.
That person flew behind.
The young man looks at his own feet in shock when he realizes that his feet shot a kick to one of the black robed person.
Not only that, his kick had made him lose his balance on his upper half body.
But instead of the sudden force of kicking messing up with his swordsmanship, the force that he generated by kicking that person that tries to attack him causes his sword to jerk and deflect one of the black robed person hacking slash.
It was like everything was connected.
The kicking and the slash of the sword were all connected with each other.
With one pebble of stones Azief have managed to help the young man escape from two fatal attack.
With the kick, his body moves in the most natural way, and the pushing force of the kick was distributed to his other part of the body naturally.
With that it then broke from the sword routine and while it is no longer the moves of his sword technique at the same time it did not actually means it is a different swordsmanship
Even the three black robed man was shocked by the sudden change in the young man attack. It is because it was to unpredictable, messing their already stable rhythm of attacking.
It is still the young man sword technique only now, it is freer and more flowy, each move connected perfectly with each other
Azief eyes still scans those people.
Azief while he did not do anything in his time inside the cave, it does not mean he couldn't improve his other strength.
While his lower half of the body could not move and he could do anything too much, he did use his time wisely.
He learned to control the strength he used.
Now he could even accurately use his strength to reduce the impact of his attack or to adjust his strength to shoot out a pebble and only touches a vein before that force is dispersed entirely
Azief look at that white robed young man with disappointment
'Idiot' Azief thought.
Instead of focusing on what is happening in front of him, he had the time to look at his feet.
And just like Azief suspected, the other black robed person that is waiting on the back will not miss such opportunity.
Azief thought that his help would be able to help the young man turned the tide but he is too preoccupied with trying to understand what he did that he forgot that these people would easily regains back their calm and gang up on him again.
The other black robe person seeing he is not free to use his sword, conjure a palm attack. The palm strike causes the area around the man palm to distort
The attack seems like a simple palm strike but Azief could see the nerve around that man palm went tense and his arms seems to be enduring something very heavy.
The concentration of energy on one point and using that one point to pierce through one defenses.
Azief could understand what that black robed man wanted to do
Azief eyes brightened.
***************************************
the battle begins. And Azief is like that old expert in many martial arts stoy that look on with taht feeling of superiority.
Anyway, hope you like the chapter and leave some comments and vote for the chapter fi you enjoy it. And thank you all for reading
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
463 IN A CAVE 8
It seems while the attack of these people did not carried with Laws and Concept, Azief could see that there is a trace of the Worldly Energy around that palm strike
It is not like the sensing of energy using Divine Sense.
It is like the moment he saw the area around that palm distorts, he was sure that this is a manifestation of the worldly energy being used.
Of course if he could use his Divine Sense, he did not even have to guess.
The palm strike was done on the young man blind spot. The moment he turned, the palm strike hit on the young man chest.
BOOM!
Azief could hear the sound of bones breaking as the young man was thrown to the vines that have covered the entrance of these caves for four years.
Those vines are actually very fragile and while the gaps in quite small and hard to notice, the entrance of the cave is now revealed.
Because of the force of the palm strike, the boulder moves a little to the right, opening the caves to the outside world for the first time since four years ago.
Outside, the storms are not getting any weaker, and the thunder and lightning drowns the pattering of the rain hitting the ground.
The young man crash and fall down inside the exterior area of the cave. He immediately turns pale as he coughed out black blood.
The young man looks at his depressed chest area and coughed even more blood.
'The Poison Palm of the Vulture Peak!' He said as he keeps coughing blood and his lips began turning purple.
Azief faintly heard someone talk. These four years while he heard conversation, it was never that clear and he didn't know what they were talking about.
Azief did worry that the World Orb translation service would not work around here but thankfully it still works as he seems to understand what the young man is talking about.
Though he wonders what he meant by Vulture Peak and Poison Palm.
They still could not see Azief in the cave.
This is because he is on the end of the cave and the area in front of him is covered by stones walls that fallen a few years ago and covered up his area creating like a hidden area inside the cave.
It was like a room mistaken for the people like the cave walls.
Considering that it is not day and night, there is a heavy storm outside, one would be forgiven to mistake the stones walls as the cave walls.
There are smalls gaps from the stones that enables him to look at the young man and those three people. Azief could of course crush down the wall with his palm but he did not
He is also interested to know what actually happens in this mountain tonight
Outside the cave, the three people after seeing that the young man disappeared into the cave come to their comrade, hoist him up and then run into the mountain from the opening of the entrance of the cave.
They were drenched in the rain and the moment they enter they pointed their swords to the young man
'Xi Feng, give up now'
The young man gritted his teeth, looking at them with eyes full of anger. His hand is trembling and blood is pouring down from his mouth.
He raises his sword and pointed it to the group of tree. But his hand is trembling and he had difficulty in breathing.
Azief look at this scene coldly.
He now knows that the young man name is Xi Feng. It is no doubt that he falls into the worlds of the Three Thousand Worlds with the inhabits here having Chinese-like name
Hough it might be argued that the Chinese copied the naming culture of the Jade Empire.
Then the young man said
'You demonic sect come to my school to attack us without rhyme or reason. We have no enmity with the Sun Devouring Sect and the Vulture Peak. Why did you come to my martial art school and started massacring everybody?'
There is sorrow in his voice and there is also a trace of anger
The three black robed man then revealed their faces throwing the black cloth that covered their faces to the ground.
The young man looks at the three people faces and he gulped. His face shows disbelief, and there is more than just anger. It is the expression of someone who got betrayed.
'Martial Uncle Yu! Senior Brother Feng! Senior Sister Xu! I could not believe this! How could it be you? Have you colluded with the demonic sect?'
It is clear that Xi Feng was honestly shocked. His hand that is holding his sword trembles and his eyes is shaking.
The three people look at the young man and sneered. The slightly older man standing beside the slightly older woman laughed, looking in derision toward Xi Feng
Azief look at this people and he could instantly recognize who is who.
The oldest one of them must be the Martial Uncle Yu. He has white long beard, had a sturdy and muscly type of body and is wielding a saber.
The glint in his eyes shows that he would not hesitate to kill the young man. Yet, he did not attack him right now.
He scans the young man up and down like he is searching for something.
The younger male that wears the black robe must be the Senior Brother Feng.
His face is pale white and too soft for a man. His body is lean and he holds a sword, his sword pointing at his own Junior Brother did not waver even a bit.
And the woman must be the Senior Sister Xu.
She could not be considered beautiful as there is a burn scar on her face that distorts her facial features.
Her face is terrifying to look at each time the lightning illuminated the background. These three people all looked at Xi Feng with the intent to kill.
But they also seem to be restraining themselves. Azief deduced that they are searching for something which is why they did not immediately killed Xi Feng
There must be another plot here.
Before they were furiously attacking him but now that they had him cornered they did not attack.
While their attacks are lethal and deadly, Azief now believes that only lethal moves could force Xi Feng into such straits
It is clear while Xi Feng is young then all these three people his swordsmanship is more superior than those three.
To Azief Xi Feng looks like a kid holding a wooden stick and waving it badly. On the other hand, while those three people is adaptable, they do not know how to use force properly.
It is why it was so easy to deflect their attack that Azief could change the pattern of the battle with one flick of his finger.
Azief look on as he felt this might be the most interesting night for him since he came to this world.
The young man is fighting for his life whiel Azief is feeling amused. Hehehe. Anyway, hope you like the chapter and leave some comments and please vote if you enjoy the story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
464 IN A CAVE 9
The young man looks at the three people and did not know how to react.
Azief looking at this knows that this must means that this matter is not as simple as this. By now, he had understood a little bit more about this world.
This young man, Xi Feng have a martial arts school.
It would explain all the sound of fighting he heard in the entrance the of the cave every morning.
It is not fighting, it is training.
The people that come up and down the mountains must be the people trying to learn from this young man
And the sound of construction that dragged on for month on the top of mountain must be the construction of this young man martial arts school.
Azief waited. He also wanted to know why these people attack the martial art school on top the mountain.
'Junior Brother Xi! Heh!' His Senior Brother Feng snorted
'Whether we colluded with the demonic sect or not is not your problem. We want to know where is Old Dragon Li'
Hearing this Xi Feng face turns angry. He now understands why his school was attacked. It made him feel dizzy.
'So…in the end it is about the manual of the Flowing Swordsmanship. You could have asked me that on top of the mountain and spare the lives of my disciples. Why do you have to be so cruel and massacre them all. They are all young kids and they do not deserve being killed like that'
He said, tears filling his eyes.
Azief hearing this matter sighs. Hearing this matter, he truly felt that these three people are too excessive. Fighting for treasures is understandable.
He himself fought for treasures before when he was weak.
But he himself tried his best to not involve the innocent. There is a rule, an unspoken rule to not involve those that do not play the game
These three people have no mercy, killing people wantonly and indiscriminately just for their greed. Azief fingers is itching to move.
'Heh' The Senior Sister Xu snorted.
'And reveal ourselves to your disciple? Let ourselves exposed by you and hunted by the Martial Arts Alliance?'
Xi Feng shakes his head.
'I underestimated the greed of humans. I should not have trusted you. Old Dragon Li have saved me during one of my journeys and trusting you as we are all that is left of the Heaven and Earth Gate sect I told you about him and the moves he taught me. I never have thought that my trust in you three now would put me in this situation.'
'Enough talking, Junior Brother. Tell me where is Old Dragon Li'
Xi Feng look at the three people of his former sect and laughs. It was a bitter laugh and a laugh full of despair. Azief nodded as he looks at XI Feng. He could understand what that man is feeling right now.
'I owe Old Dragon Li my life back then. He graces me by teaching me the ten moves of the Flowing Swordsmanship'
Azief saw the expression on the face of Xi Feng. It is like he is reminiscing his memory.
'He never told me not to tell about him to other people but I know that he is an expert figure of martial arts and have the manual of his old friend, the powerful Old Immortal Tian thus I do not talk about him but I thought I could trust my Martial Uncle. I thought I could trust my Senior Brother. I thought I could trust my senior sister. I was too trusting which lead today tragedy upon me and upon my disciples.'
Then laughing even louder his finger is no longer trembling as he raises up his sword, the sword glinting dangerously as the illumination of the thunder reflected the light of his face and his sword.
There is even a trace of madness in his eyes
He pointed it at his former sect member and his eyes is determined.
'You want to meet Old Dragon Li and read the manual of the Old Immortal Tian? I would not tell you even if I died. But even if I died tonight, you all must accompany me!'
He shouted and thunder roars outside.
'Humph! XI Feng you must be confident because you learn a few moves from the Flowing Swordsmanship manual but there is still three of us and one of you. You are already at your last breath. Even if we keep fighting, you would surely die under our blade. Better you compromise with us and tell us his whereabouts and we could even share the manual together'
Xi Feng laugh madly
'I am not like you. I know how to pay gratitude and enmity!'
Then he charges to the three people, his sword pointing straight as his feet glides from the ground.
The thrusting of his sword was determined and blazing with his determination. He truly abandoned any desire to live.
He only wanted these three people to accompany him to the Underworld, so that he would not harm his benefactor and also to avenge the death of all his pupils.
Azief is still leaning on his flower fruit tree and he could sense that will. He still did not make any moves.
But on his finger there is already a few stones pebbles.
The blade of hiss word vibrated and made a buzzing sound as rays of reflection covered his martial uncle upper body.
His martial Uncle was not flustered seeing the attack and he was kind of expecting the attack
While the Flowing Swordsmanship is one of the three most powerful swordsmanship in the martial arts world, Xi Feng did not learn all thirty-three moves of the manual and even after learning ten of the moves of the Flowing Swordsmanship, he still did not master it.
But that itself is terrifying
Xi Feng is the youngest of them all, but with only ten moves and without even mastering it he had have been able to held them at bay. They could be considered Elder level experts
While they could not be considered some peerless experts or great names in the martial arts world, it does not mean any riffraff or martial artist could defeat them.
Which is why his martial uncle desire to know the location of Old Dragon Li intensified.
Azief could sense it. This kind of thing, the desires and emotions of people for some reason is easily detected by Azief now.
He had stay here in these cave, on this mountain unmoving like he was the mountain itself and he felt like he could understand nature even better.
He became sensitive to the changes of the mountains and he could even feel when the wind is about to change or when the mountain is having a slight shake.
His finger is moving around the pebble.
Xi Feng attack is full of power but it is also an erratic move. A move of a man with nothing to lose sometimes is not that terrifying as one would imagine.
His martial uncle took a step back and block it easily as the part of their clash illuminated the dark cave.
Xi Feng followed with another move immediately, trying to do a sweeping slash to distance the other two people from his martial uncle.
His attack then stormed on his martial uncle. Azief shakes his head.
'Still too rigid' he said.
Though now he understands why Xi Feng moves is so rigid. He did not yet master the moves and he only learn ten moves. It is no wonder why his attack lacks many variations
But Xi Feng is still an idiot in Azief eyes.
Just because you learn ten moves doesn't mean you couldn't add your own moves or adapt with the circumstances and swing while following the core of the Flowing Swordsmanship.
Xi Feng Senior sister move away but then push her feet forward and executed a powerful knife move.
Xi Feng dodged to the side in a slide, missing the attack only a few inches from his head. He pushes his foot upwards as he started attacking his martial uncle again
Xi Feng knows that the most powerful of the bunch is his martial uncle and because of that he must be removed first.
Azief could see with each move Xi Feng uses energy unnecessarily and his stamina and energy is being sapped out.
Xi Feng martial uncle either blocked Xi Feng attack or dodged them, as he did not execute any counter attack.
When Xi Feng was thrusting his sword upward, Xi Feng martial uncle suddenly brought his saber swishing down through the air.
Azief sighed and flick one of the pebbles on his finger. Xi Feng Martial Uncle was already smiling. Even the other two people on the side look at the battle and smiles
It is clear that the moment the saber and sword clashed with each other, Xi Feng sword will be knocked down.
Even Xi Feng realizes his mistake. But he could not take the move back as he did not possess the agility or the moves to do so.
It was then as it seems that the decision is decided that the sound of metal clanging could be heard.
The moment the sword and saber about to clash, something hit Xi Feng Martial Uncle saber.
The force of that something, has enough power to numb Xi Feng martial Uncle hand as his saber moved to the side dragging him with it.
His feet were dragged along leaving a clear trial on the muddy and wet soil. The sound of the metal vibrating could be heard echoing inside this cave
At this time, Xi Feng martial uncle is not the only one that is shocked. Everyone inside this cave is shocked.
His eyes widened and his heart are beating so fast like it was about to jump out from his chest
Thunder suddenly exploded outside and the rain become even harder and the sound of water coming from the entrance flowing through the gaps of the boulder fills their ears.
The thunder only added to the creepiness that is slowly encroaching the hearts of the people inside the cave.
They look around and they realize that there is something very wrong about this cave. It is…...too clean.
There doesn't seems to be any poisonous snakes or even any insects on this part of the cave. And as the lightning sometimes illuminated the cave, they also saw mist covering some parts of the cave.
And it was at this moment that their intuition told them this is not just a normal cave
They did not think to much of the cave when they enter it since they accidentally enter the cave. But now that they are inside they realizes that a closed off cave would not be this clean.
It was almost like someone is living inside here and as that thought flashed on their mind, they felt goosebumps rising
Xi Feng Senior Brother and Senior Sister suddenly hold tight their weapon looking around them, their eyes trying to see through the darkness.
Xi Feng Martial Uncle is also looking around, his saber now pointing at the darkness.
Xi Feng on the other hand look toward the ground
He notices that when his sword is about to clash with his martial uncle saber, there is a small object that comes flying to the tip of the saber that changed the trajectory of the saber.
He looks on the ground and as the lightning from the outside roars, the area was momentarily illuminated and he saw it.
He saw a small round pebble on the ground not far from the area where his sword was about to clash with his martial uncle saber.
The moment he saw it, he was reminded of that kick and move he executed on the entrance of the cave.
He too looks around in this cave.
'Who's there!' Xi Feng martial uncle shouted. The other two also look vigilantly while Xi Feng look at that round pebble, his eyes wavering
Leaning on the flower fruit tree, Azief smiles mischievously.
New chapter tomorrow and will also be the prelude to all of your Tribulation. Anyway, enjoy thsi chapter, and like usual, leave some comments and please vote for the story if you like it.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
465 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 1
'Who's there!'
Xi Feng martial Uncle shouted but the only answer that reply him was the silence of the cave and the thunderous roars of the storms that is raging outside
BOOM!
The thunder boomed loudly and Xi Feng Senior Sister and Brother flinched, their hands tightened around their swords.
The wind come inside the cave and the cold now brought fear in their eyes. Could there be Ghost inside this cave?
XI Feng martial Uncle long white beard sways left and right because of the wind. Sweats is slowly appearing on his forehead.
He still felt the numbing sensation on his hand, the vibration of the saber is forcefully calmed by his internal energy.
BOOM!
The sound of thunder cracks the sky and lightning illuminates the entrance behind Xi Feng figure. Right now, his eyes are trained at the entrance of the cave
He is afraid. His eyes might not show it but his heart is honest. Even the way he is wielding his saber is now full of uncertainty.
He almost breaks his wrist trying to counteract that powerful force that deflected his attack.
Xi Feng is not the only one that notice that round pebble.
While his swordsmanship could not be compared to Xi Feng Flowing Swordsmanship, he is after all older than him and have more experience in the martial arts world.
He also notices it and while he did not appear like it, his heart is hammering with nervousness. He swept a glance before trying to see the source of that pebble but he saw no indication of anyone inside the cave.
It also made him even more fearful.
Why?
Because one pebble is enough to force him to move his saber. His saber technique is from the Vulture Peak.
While it is not one of the top saber moves in the martial art worlds, it is not so easily broken.
And at least it would take people on the same level as him to fought him when he is wielding his saber
But whoever uses that round pebble to help XI Feng avoid death must be some peerless expert.
To made his hand numb to this extent, to make his saber vibrate with one pebble of stone…...he never heard of such thing.
However, just because he is afraid did not mean his killing intent dissipated with it. He still has that glint of murderousness in his eyes
Xi Feng Senior Brother, Senior Brother Feng Xiao look cautiously and squint his eyes trying to see in the dark.
While he did not see that round pebble his eyes did caught something flying toward the saber when it was about to hack Xi Feng.
He knew that thing was the one that causes his martial uncle saber to be deflected
His hand is on the arms of Xi Feng Senior Sister Xu.
'Xu Meng, do not worry' he said as he scans the surrounding. His face is pale like always. Like his martial uncle, he too learns the demonic martial arts of the demonic sect
This is the cause of his pale face and soft skins. His sword that never waver is no wavering.
Like his martial Uncle he is afraid because he did not know what causes it and what that thing is. After all, people always fear the unknown.
Xu Meng on the other hand felt her burn scar itches and she wanted to scratch it.
There is no rhyme or reason to this but she always would have an itch on her scar when there is danger.
And right now she is feeling an uncomfortable itch. Which made her even more worried.
One pebble of stone created this situation of people doing nothing.
For a moment they did not do anything, just standing still, looking around them. Actually even Xi Feng is confused. This abandoned cave…. he remembers seeing it two years ago.
At that time, he was instructing his pupils in martial arts around the foo of the mountain as one of their endurance training and when he was about to go back on the evening, he notices the cave
One of the children try to peek through the vines that is hanging near the boulder. He was also excited to see a cave.
Maybe he would make it a place where he could invite some physician to come and give him a cave to research medicine.
But then he saw the huge boulder and the tight opening, and he decided that it would not be worth it to enter the cave.
Could it be…some reclusive experts living here? He mused
'Then…. that kick' he thought to himself.
Back then, when his martial uncle is about to attack him, he did realize that his back of knee was hit by some force that enable him to execute that kick and the subsequent moves but he didn't think it was a stone.
How much control one had to have own their own strength to make a pebble of stone thrown to the back of his knee felt like a pinch of a mosquito bite?
Xi Feng snorted at himself. He even thought that the kick was because of his involuntary reflex. He thought to highly of himself.
It turns out someone is helping him in the dark. But if this expert wanted to truly help him, why not just come out? Why does he only help him secretly?
And why now?
Xi Feng does hear that martial art experts are all eccentric. He himself knows Old Dragon Li who is an eccentric himself.
He shakes his head. Thinking that he has a helper would dull his will to fight and lower his determination.
He focused back.
Azief looking at this from the gaps of the stone smiles
'The kid is idiot in swordsmanship, but he had a great will' Nodding proudly he muttered
'Sometimes that is enough'
He then took one of the jagged rock and shape it with his finger as it turns into a small smooth round pebble.
Then he watched again.
BOOM!
The thunder boomed again and it brought back all the people in the cave into their senses. Xi Feng take a deep breath.
Then his eyes shine again looking at the three former sect member in the past
He then thought to himself that instead of relying on the unreliable help of some expert that might or might not helping him he is better off trying to think of a way to escape from his predicament.
And if he could not escape it, then he would bring those three people to the Underworld with him
Xi Feng Martial Uncle look around but then after seeing nothing happens, he looks back at Xi Feng
His eyes are complicated and there is doubt in his movement. Azief look at this change of stance and manner and he smiles a bit.
'Adaptable, but too cowardly' he muttered under his breath looking at Xi Feng martial Uncle.
On the other hand, XI Feng martial uncle is now trying to convince himself that there is no ghost or some peerless expert in the cave.
He thought to himself that maybe what happened just then was just a freak accident.
Then when he was trying to calm his heart, Xi Feng saw his chance. Azief looking at this click his tongue
'Still too impatient'
His martial Uncle while he was distracted, it did not mean he had put down his guard.
He notices Xi Feng was about to attack him and his eyes turns fierce. For a moment, he need to kill this sole witness of his evil deeds.
He raises his saber and shakes it for a second, dispelling the vibration force of the previous attack. The space around him distorts a bit.
He uses his saber and without hesitation he throws a powerful chopping attack as the wind howl around the energy stream of his saber.
Xi Feng dodged to the side and he just barely missed the attack. It nearly cut his arm with that one chop.
**************************************
This is part one of the chapter. Tomorrow, it will release in a mass release. Maybe aroudn only six chapters. Be ready..Hehehe. Ok see you all tomorrow
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
466 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 2
Azief looking at this from the gaps of his area smiles. Before he could not see it clearly because of how their fight is sometimes covered by the vines
Now that they enter the entrance area of the gate, Azief eyes could now see their every move.
If one could see Azief eyes right now, the moment Xi Feng and his Martial Uncle executed a move, in Azief eyes they are shadow silhouettes simulating the battle and deflecting that moves, and countering the move,
This could not happen unless Azief himself has deep understanding of the technique.
While those two fight Azief is looking at their swordsmanship and moves and he already devise countless of ways to defeat it or even kill the move before it could even be executed.
In the entrance area of the cave, the chopping moves chop the air and the sound of robes swishing is Xi Feng dodging the chopping moves that could split a boulder into two with one chop.
This time amidst the sound of thunder and the roaring wind, the former member of the same sect and school of martial arts is determined to kill each other.
It is a tragedy and something that is sad. Azief did not sigh he only shakes his head.
When was it that people who did good that is guilty and the people that do bad is revered?
The young man is trusting because he is a kind man. The three people betray him because they are bad people
It is because of that he shoots that stone pebble. Because while he couldn't stop what happens on top, he could stop what is happening in front of his eyes.
And since they are something he could do easily, he would do it.
Before if he tries to help Xi Feng without knowing the situation, while it is being kind to him, it would not be kind to himself.
After all, how could he know whether this people that attacking the mountaintop is stronger than him or not when he could not even use his Divine Sense or even his legs?
If those people are stronger than him and he interferes in the matter and he got himself killed, then who is going to protect his people?
There is Pandemonium.
Sasha, Katarina, Sofia, Loki, Sina, Wang Jian, Freya, Athena, Budiman, The Immortal Couple that only paints and play musical instrument and the people that trust him and pray for him
Who is going to save them if one day he did not return and his enemies wanted a payback?
Being kind to people is good. But he also has his own people and sometimes because of that he is to be kind to himself and think a bit before he interferes in matter.
And while it is cruel, he knows no one in the mountaintop and he knows not who attacks and why they were attacking.
If he did not hear the story from Xi Feng mouth, he would not interfere. Justice, right and wrong is not easily decided by whether the weak was oppressed or not.
The oppressed will always be the weak, but it doesn't always mean that the weak is always on the right side or even in justice side
Azief justice is not the same kind of Raymond type of justice.
Sometimes, the weak are oppressed because they are in the wrong side, and the strong oppressed it so it could never rise again
People who based their right and wrong by unconditionally protecting the weak, do not know that sometimes even the weak is capable on being on the wrong side
That is why he did not want to interfere in the beginning. But now that he knows the story, if he still did not help, then that means he is going back on his path
He wanted to be free.
That does not mean flying in the sky and feeling free. It means free from things than binds him. Guilt is one of them.
And he knows his heart could never rest easy if he did not help that young man, not when he is capable of helping him.
He looks at the battle that is ongoing between Xi Feng and atrial Uncle and on his hand there is already a few stone pebble rolling around on his palm.
Inside the cave however, the sound of steel clashing fills the entire caves as it echoes.
Xi Feng and his martial uncle move left and right, one chopping, one dodging and sometimes try to attack but was easily deflected.
Xi Feng Flowing Swordsmanship slowly become even more rigid. The more he tries to follow the moves of the Flowing Swordsmanship, the deep he fell into a quagmire of techniques and skills
Xi Feng martial uncle on the other hand is slowly gaining his rhythm back and slowly his attack become even fiercer and stronger like he was being encouraged by the thunders outside.
His chop swished straight down through the air, and each chop landed heavier than the previous one.
Xi Martial Uncle borrow the power from the momentum of him going down after jumping to execute his chopping attack.
It is why his chopping attack is getting even more faster and powerful.
On the other side of the cave, while Xi Feng and his martial uncle is clashing, their swords and sabers tangled together like a dance of life and death, Feng Xiao and Xu Meng, Xi Feng Senior Brother and Sister did not join their battle
Their eyes were vigilant and their moves are calculated and cautious. They might come together but that does not mean they all like each other.
Feng Xiao and Xu Meng wanted the manual and so they team themselves up with their Martial Uncle. But if things got awry they would not hesitate to run from this cave.
Their attitude tells a lot about themselves as a person. Azief also saw all of this and he smirked.
He could guess why they are being so cautious and why they are so close to the entrance.
But now that they are in the cave, unless Azief wanted to they would not be able to leave if he didn't let them
The moment they enter this cave; their lives is no longer their lives.
It is in his hand.
He might only use a little force to deflect the saber but if he uses his full force, the stone pebble around his finger could turns into a bullet and pierce their head and kill them instantly.
But Azief did not kill them. Because he wanted to observe more. And he wanted the young man to learn a bit.
He continues watching the charades of people from the gaps of his part of the cave, smiling mischievously like a kid that just found a new toy to play with.
next chapter will come in a few minutes. Leave some comments later and please leave some reviews and vote for the story if you like it
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
467 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 3
In the cave, as his saber once again going down trying to hack off any part of Xi Feng body, Xi Feng martial uncle is feeling unease.
It is clear that he is on the advantage right now but it could not make him happy. And Xi Feng notices it and he also knows what his martial uncle is trying to do right now
While Xi Feng Martial Uncle tries to hide it, it is clear in Xi Feng eyes that his Martial Uncle is trying to drive him out from this cave.
Like Xi Feng, everyone that is inside this cave right now all believe that inside this there must be some reclusive martial artist that is meditating or comprehending their martial arts.
Xi Feng did not have time to think who that person might be as he could only dodge and dodge the attack without the possibility of counter attacking.
They traded slashes and blows but it is clear that his martial uncle has the advantages. It does not mean his Martial uncle have the more superior technique.
It is just that Xi Feng himself could not bring out the full potential of his swordsmanship. The Flowing Swordsmanship is one of the top three sword technique in the martial art world.
Xi Feng out of everybody knows how powerful this technique was. Ten moves are enough for him to be on par with his Martial Uncle and even his Senior Brother and Sister.
It would have taken him ten years of training to reach the same level as his Martial Uncle but with the Flowing Swordsmanship, ten moves and one year is enough.
That is how potent and powerful the Flowing Swordsmanship is and why it became such an obsession for martial artist.
The legend of this technique has been passed down in the martial arts world for a long time.
The originator of this sword art technique is from an official during the Yong dynasty. His name was Qu Yuan.
He was recruited by then future Emperor of Yong dynasty, Li Yan and follow him into battle to unite the fragmented lands.
While Qu Yuan was an official, he was also a martial artist. When the Yong dynasty unites the land, he returns to his residence on top of the Yong Mountain to live his life in peace.
He never bothers about the worldly affairs of the matter of the dynasty after Li Yan won the world.
He retired from the court life and went to the Yong Mountain to live his life freely
Even though the Emperor have come to the mountain and persuade him to come back to the Court, he did not want to return.
He was titled the King of Chang and he was given honor and was widely respected in the official and military circle both for his aversion to fame and glory, and his military arts.
But while he lives freely and carefree on top of the Yong Mountain, there he found an inspiration for his sword technique.
There, on top of the Yong Mountain he compiled all the swords technique he saw and comprehended when he follows the Emperor in his conquest.
He did not create a martial arts school or sect but he did come down from his mountain to test the sword technique once.
At that time, his age was fifty years old. He challenged all the sword schools in the martial art world that culminated in the Sword Competition on top of the Yong Mountain.
He fought all the sword schools in the martial art world. None of their sword could break his move.
When they thought they have broken his move, it was actually a precursor to another move. From what the legends say, the variation of the sword moves is endless and those who sees it confused.
Without high attainment in sword technique, those disciple of the sword school that gaze upon the many intricacies of the sword move of the Flowing Swordsmanship all had their head feeling terrible headache.
The more they see, the more their heads hurts and some of them even fainted.
The Flowing Swordsmanship is a curios technique. Any breaking move is an opportunity to execute another sword move.
It is not a swordsmanship that could not be broken, instead it is a sword technique that even when broken, could still flow like water, calm and tranquil.
Just cut into it, and it still flows, endlessly and without disturbance.
Most sword technique in the martial art world is created so that it could not be broken.
Like the Xihu Peak school that created the Xihu Sword technique or the Golden Deer Hills sword school that created the Golden Sword Cutting the World sword technique.
Each of those technique was created with its sole purpose for its sword technique to not be broken.
None of them is like the Flowing Sword Arts technique which its sole purpose is to be broken.
That is why when Xi Feng remember that moves he made outside the cave, he felt that kick and that subsequent move with him moving his sword felt like it was the natural move of the Flowing Swordsmanship.
It was a free movement, a moves like he was not thinking of anything, like he is letting his body to move like the flow of water
CLANG!
His sword clashed again with his Martial uncle and Xi Feng is slowly feeling numb on his hand.
His hand is bleeding because of the friction between him holding his grip and the constant force bombarding his sword
It is fortunate that this sword on his hand is a high quality sword, if not it would have already been broken.
Xi Feng blood drips down from his palm, and his hand is trembling
'Yu Rong!' Xi Feng shouted. He no longer called him Martial Uncle
Yu Rong look at his former martial nephew and shakes his head
'You are to honorable and just. You were lucky that you met the Old Dragon Li and learn the Flowing Swordsmanship. You fought the Elder of Bihu Peak and gain instant fame in the martial arts world. Your name in the Martial Alliance is rising while we were forgotten. Xi Feng, Xi Feng. Do you really think the Martial Alliance is a good force? Who do you think plotted against our Heaven and Earth Gate sect?' Then he laughs bitterly.
'I wanted to spare your life because after all we used to come from the same sect but you are too stubborn for your own good. Since that is the case, then don't blame me' Yu Rong said.
Xi Feng on the other hand was shaken when hearing about what Yu Rong said about his sect.
Xi Feng did feel that there is something suspicious about the massacre of his sect sixteen years ago.
The moment he hesitated, he already makes a mistake.
Xi Feng rhythm slowed for a second, and then his martial uncle sees it. And he would not let go of such advantages.
When he saw that his beat is late for a second, Yu Rong quickly closed his distance with a sudden spurt of speed, arriving almost instantly in front of Xi Feng.
Xi Feng was shocked and he tries to distance himself
He knows that movement technique. It is the One Step Treading the Clouds from his former sect.
Then Yu Rong brought down his saber on him.
Right then and there, suddenly he felt like his entire body had been trapped in the energy stream from the saber slicing down.
He couldn't breathe but he could see form the corner of his eyes of how his Senior Brother and sister look excited at the prospect of him dying.
It was then that they all heard the sound again. First, they hear the wind swooshing
A sound ripping shriek could be heard as something hit Xi Feng blade. It hits the edge of the edges of his blade.
Outside the thunder suddenly booms and lightning exploded making it look like a day for second. This time everyone could see the stone pebble, shooting to the saber.
****************************
Next chapter will come in a few minutes.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
468 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 4
But the force that hit Xi Feng blade causes him to jerk and he brought up his blade and blocked that saber strike.
His eyes widened. He felt that feeling again. Like this is how Flowing Sword Arts technique should be executed.
There is not too much force used, yet it is able to completely nullifies the force of that coming down chopping motions from Yu Rong
There is also the fact that he could now move and no longer restrained by that energy stream of saber
Xi Feng knows it must be because of that pebble stone. It was like the moment that pebble stone entering the range of their battle, it disrupts the energy stream of the saber attack.
Because of that stone pebble the saber technique of the Vulture Peak, Chopping A Condor was broken.
But just because it was broken, did not mean that Yu Rong would give up and Xi Feng is already at his limits.
After all, the move is not yet finished, and the conclusion is not yet reached.
With a loud clank, the saber and the sword smashed into each other.
Xi Feng arm instantly went numb and the sword fell from his hand and landed on the ground.
Azief look at the chopping movement and he nodded. The chopping attack has no special technique.
It is forceful and fought against the current which makes it able to create a stream of energy that trapped the enemy.
Azief is slowly understanding the way the people of this world fights. There doesn't seem to be any magic or spell and no utilizations of the Concepts or Laws.
But there is an energy
And understanding this he smiles. Though Azief not sure what kind of energy that was, he thinks it is the energy of the world.
He clicks his tongue. Who would have thought that not having his Divine Sense would be this hard? It made him feel like he is blind.
Azief then saw how Xi Feng is on the ground. He could see clearly the torn skin of his palms and the blood that keep dripping from his hand that it colored the grip of his sword red.
The sword is not far from him but it still vibrates on the ground. Azief could analyze and understand why Xi Feng lost. It was easy for him to see why
'This young man lost his sword because of the power of the chops is tremendous and forceful in nature and in its attack. But if he really utilizes his sword technique, he could have deflected the force away and gain an initiative instead of always being pushed back' Azief muttered to himself.
He could deduce how the moves should go next with one glance. Which is why he sighed.
On the entrance of the cave area, Yu Rong seeing Xi Feng had let go of his sword knows that his chance has come.
His eyes narrowed and his hand holding his saber tightened. He is ready to end this fight and while he is excited he did not forget that powerful person that have saved Xi Feng.
No matter how powerful that person hiding in the dark, could that person still save Xi Feng without coming out?
At this time, his eyes were focused like never before.
He no longer thinks whether there is really an expert inside this cave or not. He is now only thinking to chop down his finishing moves and end this lose end.
Even Xi Feng have given up. He looks at his former martial uncle and his former senior brother and sister in the distance looking at him with wariness.
He knows the wariness is not for him but for that expert. He could only sigh inwardly.
His will is almost broken. That expert had helped him two times. But that expert still did not want to show himself. Does he see this as just his enjoyment?
However, Xi Feng sighed in his heart.
Why should he blame other people for his own misfortune? Whether that expert help him or not, it is no mistake to say that the event that happen todays arises from his mistake.
His hand is trembling and blood is dipping down from his palm falling onto the cold ground.
It is not that he let go of that sword intentionally but once it left his hand, the pain comes rushing in
Then he heard the sound of wind ripping and he knows that his martial uncle has brought down his saber on him
As the chops comes down upon his head, he closes his eyes.
Outside thunder boomed in the distance and the rain that comes down hard before now is slowly drizzling.
The wind slows down but the lightning still roars up in the sky.
Inside the cave, just as Xi Feng accept his fate, that sound of clanging could be heard again. The sound echoes inside the cave, like the morning bell of the Temple of Xian Peak
This time the chopping motion was disrupted entirely, the force of that driving down motion was interrupted in its full power and forces Yu Rong to take five steps back to nullify the impact of the force.
Yu Rong coughed up blood as he could feel the impact of that pebble stone rocked his internal organs. Blood comes out from his mouth and his nose and his eyes are bloodshot
'ARGHH! Damn it!'
The moment Xi Feng heard that, he opens his eyes.
He then saw that the distance between him and his martial uncle has increased. He knows then that expert in the dark once again use a pebble of stone to save his life
Right now, he did not think why that expert is once again saving his lives.
At that moment when he is at death door, he realizes he did not yet want to die. The desire to survive was awoken inside his heart at that last moment.
Forgetting the pain, he smacks his palm to the ground as his body catapulted to the sword he had let go and then through the slit of his martial uncle foot he managed to escape from his Martial Uncle range of attack.
He then performs a somersault, the Immortal Walking through the Heaven and Earth, one of the moves of the One Step Treading the Clouds technique as he landed gracefully behind his Martial Uncle.
His hand is still bleeding and his body is still tired. But the will to survive burns in his heart right now
Azief look at this nodded
'I do not want to help people who do not want to help. But this person has made me curious. If you could learn something from my teaching, then that is your luck. If not, then that is just your fate' Azief smiles.
On his hands is dozens of pebbles of stone. He then closes his eyes only for second before opening it again.
In his eyes right now is that images of silhouettes breaking the saber technique of Yu Rong. Smiling Azief roll the pebble stone in his hand right now.
Then he moves his finger.
******************************************
Next chapter will come in afew minutes. DO take the time to rate the chapter and leave some comments and if you do not vote yet please vote for my story
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
469 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 5
In the entrance area of the cave, Yu Rong did not even have the chance to get frustrated at his current situation as suddenly the sound of clanging of metals could be heard echoing inside the cave like it was a musical instrument being played.
Only this time the sound of clanging of metals did not come from his saber. Instead the sound comes from Xi Feng swords.
Many pebbles of stone hit towards Xi Feng sword. But instead of throwing Xi Feng out of control, it jerks Xi Feng swords and hand into following a certain set of movement.
The pebble of stones seems to have its own force as it forces Xi Feng to advance with his sword.
Yu Rong was shocked and then try to deflect the attack only to find out under the constant barrage of the stones, Xi Feng swordsmanship seems to have changed.
Xi Feng who is holding the sword also recognize the change in his swordsmanship. It did not seem like the Flowing Swordsmanship, yet at the same time it felt like it was the Flowing Swordsmanship
It felt like he was an Immortal treading on clouds using swords to paints the sky with the wind
This time Feng Xiao and Xu Meng widened their eyes looking at this scene. After all they are the observer.
They could see that while it looks like the pebble of stones is attacking Xi Feng, it was not.
The pebble of stones is guiding the movement of Xi Feng sword.
And suddenly the rigid moves that Xi Feng had perform earlier have changed. His sword move is now profound and magical with endless variations of attack
Even though Xi Feng palm is bleeding, he did not feel much pain. It was now that he realizes that word in the manual of the Flowing Sword Art technique.
To hold the sword loosely like one is grasping the wind.
He thought it was just some philosophy mixed with the martial art manual, since Qu Yuan is knowns as also quite the scholar but now as he no longer could exert too much force on his hand to hold the sword, he realizes what it means.
It did not mean one has to hold the sword loosely literally, it means to be like the wind, flowing freely.
Now instead of letting his hand decides where the sword should move, he is letting the movement of the sword decides where his hand should move.
It was like he was being enlightened on something about sword technique. Yu Rong on the other hand panicked now that he was face with this sudden change of moves.
One pebble moves him back but now a few dozen pebble is moving Xi Feng teaching him how to counter his saber technique.
And he could never believe that one could instruct someone with a pebble of stones
If Yu Rong hadn't seen this with his own eyes, he would never have believed that such carefree and fluctuating moves actually existed in the world.
And that is truly what the moves Xi Feng is employing right now could be called. Fluctuating and carefree.
Each time he tries to chop, the energy and force he had put in his attack would be dispersing like he was chopping through wind.
And not only that. Xi Feng swordsmanship also becomes even more unpredictable.
Xi Feng himself felt more familiar with this new moves and as he follows the direction of where the force of that stone takes his sword, he is slowly memorizing its moves
Right now everyone in the cave is shocked.
Xi Feng is launching a storm of attack with continuous moves. Yet, while the attack looks forceful and overbearing, the one executing it look very carefree.
His sword moves are unpredictable, and flowing like the moves was not planned and yet at the same time managed to counter every single saber technique that Yu Rong executed.
After his Chopping of the Condor saber technique was broken, he switches to the Saber Executing the World technique but each time the saber it about to slice through Xi Feng defenses, its energy was dispersed, creating an odd scene where Yu Rong is seeing trying to push Xi Feng with his saber yet unable too.
It was the oddest thing. He pushes but the force is dispersing with the carefree sword technique that Xi Feng is employing right.
Xi Feng is pale in his face, like his blood was drained out of him, his hand is trembling while holding his sword as the blood from his palm drip down to the edge of his blade yet, he looked very relaxed.
His moves are powerful, yet the hand that grips his sword look like he is about to throw the sword down to the ground or even slid off from his hand if he is not careful.
Yet, such grip is able to perform such powerful and forceful attack.
How could Yu Rong is not shocked? How could Feng Xiao and Xu Meng looking at this scene not feel scared?
Yu Rong had to take one step back after another. The more he attacked, the more he discovers that he is the one at a disadvantages.
It was like every moves that Xi Feng employs draws him even deeper into the swamp of the sword technique. It is full of variations yet it all felt like it is the same moves.
Yu Rong could not understand it at all. The moves are unpredictable yet at the same time it looks so easy. Even after clashing with Xi Feng he still could not understand it yet
Xi Feng realizes that Yu Rong try to lure him out of the cave.
But now, Xi Feng has been saved by that mysterious expert three times now.
This cave is probably the only place where he could survive this. Because of that he forces his Martial Uncle to distance himself from the exit of the cave.
If his martial uncle wanted to lure him out from the cave, then he wanted to make sure his martial uncle stays here inside the cave.
The pebble of stones stopped appearing and no longer guides Xi Feng sword moves but Xi Feng has familiarized himself with the moves. Azief looking at this smiles.
'I guess he is not entirely stupid' The moment the pebble of stones stopped Yu Rong felt slightly relieved.
He still could not see where the pebble of stone is coming from but now that the hail of stones has stopped from instructing Xi Feng he felt slightly relieved.
By now he felt only fear and unease. He no longer wanted to kill Xi Feng. He just wanted to get out from this cave
And he is not the only one. Xu Meng look at Feng Xia and nodded. But while Yu Rong path is blocked by Xi Feng, his Senior Brother and sister is not
*******************************
Last part of the chapter in a few minutes. Ok, see you and please rate teh chapter and vote for the story if you havent yet.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates(dot)Net
.
470 THE GUIDANCE OF PEBBLE STONE 6
'let's go, Xu Meng' Feng Xia said as he holds the hand of his martial Sister and was about to take a step when a pebble of stones shoots down just near his feet.
The entire ground near him shakes. Xu Meng and Feng Xiao widened their eyes and gulped in fear. They could see how deep that pebble of stone inserted itself into the ground.
If that shoot down on their feet, their feet would have a hole.
The message is clear.
Xu Meng and Feng Xiao has long roamed the martial arts world. He of course knew the most popular catchphrases of any experts when their residence is being invaded
'You come when you want to come and leave whenever you want to leave? What does it make me? '
That is what the stone is trying.
If they did not enter the cave, then maybe it is fine. But now that they have enters, don't think about going out whenever they wanted.
Since Xu Meng and Feng Xiao is in the Sun Devouring Sect this is not the first time they met a temperamental expert like this.
All the people inside the cave thought that Azief is a reclusive expert of martial arts.
To some people, such encounter is fortuitous, to some other it is a calamity.
Yu Rong did not realizes what just happened on the entrance of the cave since he is trying to push Xi Feng out of the way.
While Xi Feng moves after not being guided by the stone is no longer that powerful, it still has traces of Azief guidance's and Xi Feng will never let his Martial Uncle get out of this cave.
The more he wanted to get out, the more adamant Xi Feng in making sure he stays.
But, the more Xi Feng executed his move, the more it shows his flaws and Yu Rong also realizes this.
While he was being guided, his sword moves have this domineering presence but now that the expert no longer guides Xi Feng sword moves, while it is still unpredictable and carefree, the unpredictable part started to become predictable, and the carefree part started becoming rigid
Yu Rong did not know the intention of this expert that hides itself in the dark.
But if he really wanted to help Xi Feng than the expert could show himself and deal with him instead of helping Xi Feng from the dark.
Of course Yu Rong once heard stories that there are some experts that vowed to never enter the martial arts world again until they reached a breakthrough in their martial art technique or improving their internal energy strength.
Could it be this expert is those type of people that is bounded by his oath?
Or could it be this expert is just some sadistic martial arts experts that likes battle and found that their battles are entertaining to watch?
If it is the former, then that might be why, that expert did not reveal himself which means he still has a chance of survival. If he could kill Xi Feng, he might still be able to leave
If it is the latter, it is also the same.
As long as his battle is interesting enough and stimulating enough he could still be spared if that expert is the second type.
Yu Rong is not the only one that notices his moves lack that domineering air that he executed a few moments ago.
Xi Feng also realizes it but he could not replicate that feeling no matter how he tried. The moves are the same, but yet how could it be so different between having the guidance and not having the guidance?
Realizing this, Yu Rong smiles as he spotted a blind spot.
Then he roared as he waved his saber and thrust it forward. It is a new move from another different saver technique
And the moment he executed it Yu Rong could see that Xi Feng is panicked because the rhythm of the battle suddenly changes.
He executed many techniques to suddenly having only a few simple moves
It is simple but it had great strength with each strikes which prevented Xi Feng from executing the many variations of his new sword moves.
Azief looking at this just shakes his head.
His hand is now once again full of stones. His eyes are trained on the battle between Xi Feng and his martial uncle
After trading a few more moves, their weapon is about to clash again but this time that clanging sound echoes again in this cave. This time, nobody is surprised.
Because of that stone they both jump a few steps back, eyeing each other.
Both Xi Feng and Yu Rong knows that if their weapons clashed at that time, Xi Feng sword would be knocked out from his grip once again.
Then this time the stones once again comes.
This time it strikes Xi Feng knee forcing him to move forward and then like before the stone come again, tricking just at the right place to move Xi Feng as he desires.
Xi Feng sword was thrust forward and when his sword tip was about only a few feet from his Martial Uncle, a stone come from the other side, forcing the sword to go to the left side as the attack now suddenly turned into a sudden side stab
Yu Rong raised his saber and blocked but the stone come again this time hitting the hilt of Xi Feng sword as Xi Feng unconsciously slashed to Yu Rong thigh.
A spurt of blood flew from his right thigh but the cut was not deep and Yu Rong immediately retreated back
Another stone hit Xi Feng back, forcing him to move forward and three stones was flicked from Azief fingers as it prompted Xi Feng to thrust out three attack, each one heading toward Yu Rong vitals parts
Yu Rong found himself at a disadvantage and had to block left and right with his saber. Another few stones strikes the sword of Xi Feng and a few more slashes hit Yu Rong body.
The more the stone strikes the swords, the farther away Yu Rong is from the cave entrance and the more fear that Xi Feng Senior Bother and Sister felt looking at all this.
Xi Feng felt like this stones that flew to his sword is more effective way of learning than listening to the martial arts experts of the Martial Alliance.
Then a wind gust flew him by as the sword on his right hand was thrown out from his hand.
A stone flew after the wind gust as that flying sword that is about to fall into the ground passed to his left hand.
Another stone flew to his back on his left shoulder and he suddenly thrust the sword on his left hand backward.
It looks like a queer move but to the eyes of the people watching all of this, it is clearly a lethal move designed to pierce someone stomach
Yu Rong was shocked to find that the sword tip is only inches from his lower stomach.
He kicks the ground as he glides backwards in a great hurry as the sword had already nicked his clothes, tearing the fabric away
He was barely able to dodge it. If not for the fact that Xi Feng is already weakened from the loss of blood, he would have bene bale to push the attack a little bit more and Yu Rong stomach would be pierced.
If not for Yu Rong fast reflexes he would be bleeding on the ground of the cave right now with a hole in his stomach.
Yu Rong no longer could stand it. This time he yelled
'You old fart! Hiding in the dark and playing all this game! If you dare come out!'
Yu Rong has mistaken Azief or some experts that hides from the world because of an oath. That is a grave mistake.
Azief hearing this from the compartment of his cave smiles evilly. He looks around him. Even though, it is night and it is dark even in the darkest night Azief eyes could see clearly.
He could see his hot spring bath, his artificial lake and his tree full of small fruit and he smiles
'I guess it is time for me to show myself to this world. These people are weak and that young man could be my eyes and ears. After all, nothing risked, nothing gained. Sitting in this cave all of my life would be too boring' he said
Making the decision, he no longer hesitated. He let go the pebble of stones in his hand and then look at the stone wall in front of him
Smiling he raised his palm and tap the stone wall in front of him lightly. And the stones felt the force rushing through its every molecular beings
And it slowly crumbles as Azief is smiling peacefully.
On the entrance part of the cave, everyone could hear the sound of stones falling. Outside, the storms are slowly receding and the rain has now slowly abated.
They all swerve their head to look at the source of the sound of stones falling and then they saw the wall of the cave crumble.
Dust billowed about.
The wind from outside blows the dust away and when the dust settles they saw a mystical scene.
They all thought that the thing that crumbles before them is the cave walls but it turns out it is not. Instead it is a hidden area of the cave hidden by the stones wall.
In the dark they could not see clearly but they could feel the temperature in the cave changed suddenly.
They all could see a single silhouette of man draped in black robes.
His eyes seem to be shining like the eyes of cat when it is night.
Thunder boomed in the sky and lightning follow suit and as the split second of illumination they could see that person is smiling
Then a cold voice sounded inside the cave, echoing like an ancient being is speaking, sending chills to everyone heart
Last chapter for the month. This is still under the arc of Supreme Dimension. This arc will be primarily happens in this new wolrd Azief had landed himself. Unless otherwise mentioned, it will all happen in this world.
And I think people mistkae that what Sun Wukong had done. It is not really a reward as it is purgatory.
As you can seee, when you walk until the end, your entire body will be immobile.
If he did not opens the rips of space, then one might fall infinitely and might landed in inhospitable dimensions or star system.
It is a resting palce. But it is also a place where the people that would fall could learn something.
Whether one would cosntrued that as a reward or a curse, it depneds on the person.
I woudl not say so much because Azief still did not experience anything yet in this world. This is him finally coming out from his paradise like cave
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
471 NEW REALIZATION 1
Thunder boomed in the distance while the rain is slowly look like it is going to end. Many of the storms have dissipated.
The smell of blood from the top of the mountain have been washed away by water and the wind.
On top of the mountain, corpses of children and innocent people were all sprawled around, their body were either slashed or cut into tow.
Some have green veins and widened bloodied eyes like they were poisoned. They are the victims of Yu Rong, Fen Xiao and Yu Meng.
Yu Rong uses his Saber technique to cut and kill the children and the disciples of Xi Feng while Feng Xiao uses his Poison Palm of the Sun Devouring Sect
But they were also a few dozens of black robed men that is sprawled across the open martial arts hall of this broken school for sword arts.
They all were killed by a deep slice of a blade.
It is clear that those people are the minions of Vulture Peak and the Sun Devouring Sect that Xi Feng and Feng Xiao brought and were killed by Xi Feng.
Today was supposed to be the day that Xi Feng should have died. With such force, he should have surrender. Instead he was stubborn and finally such tragedy visited this mountain.
No one of the evil force doubted their victory until the moment they enter this cave.
Right now, those evil forces are looking at someone as the dust settles and they saw a silhouette of a person
BOOM!
The lightning thundered again and Xu Meng nearly jolted in shock.
'There is quite a disturbance in the mountain tonight' he muttered slowly but his voice echoes in the cave.
Smiling, Azief look in front of him at the dumfounded expression of the four people. Yu Rong gulped in fear while Feng Xiao and Xu Meng widened their eyes is disbelief.
Xi Feng himself was shocked. He expected an old man with long white flowing beard. He did not expect to see a young man.
The four people look at the mysterious expert position. Lightning flashed and they could see that expert face and the area around him
The expert face was handsome and he is leaning against a weird tree that seems to have branches that curves and swirls with fruits in each of its branches.
The expert hair is long, reaching his waist and he has a thick beard yet for some reason it only enhances the young feature of his face
The aura around him seems to be nonexistent yet at the same time there is this feeling like they are in the eye of the storms and the only reason they could not feel anything is because the storms did not yet want to take action.
Around his thigh, on the ground around it, is a few dozens of stone pebbles.
They all recognize it as the same pebble that have guided Xi Feng in his swordsmanship, force Xu Meng and Feng Xiao to stand transfixed near the exit of the cave without even daring to take a step and foil Yu Rong attack at every turn
Behind the tree that the expert is leaning on is an immortal paradise.
They could see something that look like a hot spring bath with the air around it seems to be heated and around that hot spring is an artificial lake.
There was cloudlike mist behind that expert making him look like an immortal being
They could not believe that all this while, when they were fighting that there is such a place inside this cave.
The most surprising fact is that they didn't even notice.
Xi Feng seeing this scene was the most shocked. Especially when he sees the hot spring bath and the artificial lake.
Then he remembers something that he heard a few years ago.
Around the second or third year he was on the mountain he remembers hearing a sound of smashing
It shook the entire mountain and some of his disciple thought there was an avalanche or an earthquake.
It happens twice that year. Then he looks at the artificial lake and the hot spring and he thought to himself
'Could those strikes had something to do with the lake and the hot spring bath?'
He also couldn't believe that there really is an expert here secluding himself in the mountain. There is a reason why Xi Feng chose this mountain
Four years ago after winning renown and fame as one of the powerful swordsman of the younger generation, he decided to open up a martial art school.
He also wanted to pass down the teaching of the Heaven and Earth Gate Sect
When he was searching for a place to construct his martial art school, one of his acquaintance in the martial arts world show him this mountain.
It is called the Five Element Mountain. It is in the state of Wu beside Silhae, the kingdom ruled by the woman ruler.
When he asked his friend why no one built their school or their sect in the mountain he said that some of them believed that it would be inauspicious to do so.
People of Silhae fears the mountain because they said one of their rulers in the past had bad fate with the mountain while other martial artist fears its curse hence they do not dare opening their martial art school and sect here.
When he asks his friend why it is considered inauspicious, his friend said that, from the myth of Silhae and from the lore of the Wu State, during the primordial ages, when demons and immortal roams the land of the mortal world, there was a monkey demon.
The Monkey Demon was extremely powerful and fought the Immortals killing them in Heaven Realm, their divine body falling from the skies like stars falling.
It was a Havoc that affected Heaven and Earth.
From the myths, the Monkey Demon was the most powerful Demon of his time.
He wrecked the Heavenly Realm, fought the Jade Emperor, destroying the stars and destroying all heavenly order
In the myths, it was said that when the Monkey Demon was fighting in Heaven, the entire world of mortal was wrecked with disasters
Finally, the most powerful of Heaven forces imprisoned him under the Five Element Mountain before he was finally set free a few hundred years later.
The Temple in Xi is said to be the Temple where he gained ascension.
There was even a story there about how he left an ancient flute full of Demonic power before he ascended to the Heaven Realm
Hearing the story from his friend, Xi Feng chalked it up to ignorance and superstition.
Immortals and Demons?
Such thing did not exist. Even Immortal Tian is not a true Immortal. The reason why he was so called Immortal is because of his long age and his powerful martial arts.
It is a title the martial arts world gave to him
There is no such thing as Immortal and Monkey Demon. He then looks around the mountain and after a few times surveying the area, he decided to construct his school here.
While it is pretty cold in winter, when spring came it is pretty refreshing as the air of the mountain could even revitalize the most tired of mind.
It is odd really. He also notices that the fruits around here mature early and very juicy.
Even the rare ginseng could easily be found here with each of them have high concentration of their extract
And he likes the fact that no one will want the place or fight with him for it. He wanted to peacefully teach people and as such he did not want to fight for spots.
It is the reason why he did not go to the Central Region of Yong. He ignores such advice calling that the mountain has curse of ancient time
It wasn't until today, when all of his disciple and his pupil were slaughtered that he almost believes that this mountain truly has a curse.
Now, I think you coudl see the connection right now. Right? There is the Five Element Mountains, the Flute ( If anyone still remember. because I will not tell you. Though if you remember where the flute was mentioend, some of the ability of teh flute woudl slowly make sense to you)
Anyway, below is another author note. It is a little bit long but I think this will be the only exception sicne after this I would be burying myself in fornt of my laptop to write. I like to believe effort is rewarded but sometimes the reward is disproportionate the effort. But, hey. I like writing.
AUTHOR NOTE....AGAIN
Hello. This is the first chapter for the month. Hope you enjoy it. Hmm…there is a few announcements here and a few notes.
I know some people commented on the earlier chapter and sometimes when I have time I check it and commented on it.
Most of the time, if people give me a gift I would leave either a thank you or a thumbs up. When they ask question, if the question relates to the future plot I would not answer that much.
But there are also question that I did not see. When any of the readers commented I do get all the comments in the notification.
But sometimes I do miss a few comments. And honestly if I commented to all the comments I will have no time to write.
Though don't let that discourage you all. I do like reading the comments and there are times when I felt lazy writing and look at the comments and it motivates me. (and sometimes an idea for a plot)
There was that one rare case when one of the reader write his theory. I would not say who that person was but he got one third of the ending right.
It teaches me not to give to many hints. I think it is the same person who predicted another big major plot. Though I could not deny or affirm.
Of course there are time when I feel down when someone uses bad words to bring me down but that is the minority. But it is quite peculiar how the minority is the one that always bring you down and stuck with you the most
I don't like criticism. Honestly who really likes being criticized? But I do accept it. Because there is a lot of thing about my work that could be criticized.
I even admire some of the criticsm because I could feel they love the story and wanted it to be better. But there is also the people who just want to make noise and vent.
Though I do hope you look at my work favorably considering I am not really a native speaker. And I am improving. At least I hope I did.
I do hope I have an editor but I also did not expect anyone to help me that much. Maybe when I have a lot of cash, I could hire a few people to PR my works.
It is a huge undertaking to edit my story and that is why I have stopped asking for volunteer for PR my work.
This author note is a bit long. But there is a few other things I need to announce.
I am dropping Lord Shadow.
Psych!
Hehehe.
No. I am announcing that today would also be the new chapter for Age of Adventure. This time, it would be extremely different vibe from the previous Age of Adventure.
Some people might like the new vibe, and some people probably don't. So, for those of you who also read Age of Adventure go check it out now. (though at the beginning do bear with Aero for a while.)
And Age of Heroes also come out today so check that out too. So, here comes the bad news. Because I am writing three stories at the same time right now I am heavily overtaxed.
My fingers are aching and sometimes my eyes hurt.
So, I am asking a vote here. I really hope there is a poll feature in web novel but there still isn't. So, what I am asking you all to vote on is this.
I usually post any new chapter for the month on the sixth day of the month. I might have to extend that to seven for one of the stories.
Though I did not decide which story would have one-day delay than the others.
Of course I might be able to handle the pressure next month. But if there is a delay then don't be shocked since I am announcing it here. I would ask this question on the other two story too.
I guess this is it. I will not be talking too much in the next chapter. This chapter would have many things to expect. New revelations and new mystery.
And now when he thought his life would end here, he found out that there is a powerful expert in the mountain.
When he was guided by the pebble stone he thought whoever is helping him must be an experienced expert and taken all of his life to hone his knowledge in swordsmanship
But looking at the expert face which is undoubtedly young, for a second, there is a ridiculous notion in his mind.
Could there really be Immortal in the world? How could such a young man have such deep comprehension of sword technique?
Azief then said lazily, his eyes itself seems to views all of this without concern and worry.
'You ask this old fart to show himself. Now I have shown myself. What are you going to do?' Hearing this Yu Rong pale in the face
He finally remembers what he shouted before. He was about to kowtow and ask the expert to spare his live and that is when he realizes something.
His almost lowered head rises back up slowly. He should have kowtowed at that time. If he did Azief might have spared his life.
This was his first mistake.
Yu Rong however did not know he had just sealed his own death. He raises his head up and look at Azief again, this time he looked more intently.
The expert could not move. He looks again toward Azief and then coincidentally the lightning outside the cave flashed again this time giving the area of the cave a slight lighting.
It was then that Yu Rong saw it.
He saw that lifeless leg.
There are a few bugs around the expert feet but the feet did move at all.
Then looking back at the expert position of leaning against the tree he understands something. He then almost chuckles as he wipes the sweat on his forehead.
His hand on his sword no longer wavered. Instead, his wrist straightened, his grip on his saber tightened
'I need to close my distance so he could not do that flicking finger thing' he thought
And there is a wicked smile on his face. He looked at Azief like he is a predator and Azief is the one that is prey.
Xi Feng also realizes what his martial uncle is thinking at this time as he sees Azief leg. He then thought to himself
'No wonder the expert didn't help me actively. It is not that he was playing games or anything like that. He could not move. That is why he was trying to instruct me using the stones instead of coming out and helping him'
Xi Feng even felt guilt for forcing the expert to come out.
If Azief could hear what Xi Feng is thinking he would be laughing his ass off. Just because he couldn't move doesn't mean he is easy prey.
Especially not for these people.
The fact he come out from hiding, is because he knows he could win.
He did not always fight a winning battle, but if he knew he could win the battle he would not hesitate to fight the battle.
If he could guide Xi Feng to defeat Yu Rong with only pebble of stone, imagine what he could do if he really uses his fist and punches.
Yu Rong now knowing that the expert is disabled look behind him and look toward Xu Meng and Feng Xiao.
His eyes seem to convey what he is thinking as he raises his sword and pointed it at Azief. Azief looking at this only smirks.
They all nodded as Feng Xia is ready to attack and Xu Meng also tightened her grip on her sword.
BOOM!
The thunder outside thundered again like it was counting the countdown the battle to fight
At that time, the three of them all made the same conclusion.
They all decided to kill the expert.
To them, the only obstacle in this cave is this mysterious expert.
Xi Feng is already at the last leg of his life. If not for the guidance of this expert, Xi Feng would already long be dead.
They were afraid before because they could not see where the stones are coming from and who the expert was.
But now that they could see that the expert is mere flesh and blood, they mistakenly believe that they could defeat him, now, that he had reveal himself.
They forgotten that this very same expert guided Xi Feng who were almost half dead to break very moves of Yu Rong saber technique.
They forget the fact that he controls the flows of battle using only a pebble stone.
Xi Feng also notices that his former sect member is about to attack the expert.
Even though his hand is bloodied and his face is pale because of all the blood loss, Xi Feng raise his word as he went forward Azief, standing there valiantly.
Azief seeing this raised his eyebrows
He was impressed that this young man would try to protect him. The three of them look at Xi Feng with annoyance.
'Get out of the way, Xi Feng!' Xu Meng shouted, her face looks extremely hideous right now
Azief did not say anything. He only raises his hand upward and break one of the branches of the tree. He uses his finger to break the curly offshoots and the leaves and the fruits.
In his hand right now is a straight branch of stick.
He was calm doing all this while Xi Feng former sect member is about to charge to him.
The three of them may not like each other very much and they come from different sect but they all knows that to survive tonight, they need to kill that expert.
'ARGH!' Yu Rong shouted.
And like a signal, they all leap forward, their sword and saber outstretched as they wanted to thrust a charging attack toward Azief.
Azief saw that Xi Feng would not budge so he only sighed and then strike a palm strike. The wind around him change as it compresses the wind around his hand and shoot it out
The target was Xi Feng. His lesson has not yet ended
BOOM!
The sound echoes explosively inside the cave as Xi Feng was thrown to the side. He was rolling around until he crashed to the other side of the cave wall.
The three people that is dashing forward did not care and did not have the concentration to pay attention toward what is happening toward Xi Feng.
In their eyes right now, there is only one target. And that is not Xi Feng.
A short chapter and Azief has begun to move. Anyway, hope you like the chapter and leave some comments and give me some gifts in this season of giving.
See you all tomorrow. There is a lot more mytsery in this new world and there wil be many more shcoking revelation that you would not expect in this arc.
Liek I said before, this Arc is about the Supreme Dimension but it will also involve the many powerhouses of the Omniverse and the secret of the Omniverse itself.
Ok, I need to stop trying to give you all hints.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
473 NEW REALIZATION 3
The first one that arrived in front of Azief was Yu Rong.
Behind him the pair of couples seems to be delaying their moves.
Yu Rong might have not noticed such act by Azief did. Such act could not deceive his eyes
He only chuckles inwardly and then decided to deal with the one that has already come
Y Rong thrust his saber with all of his strength in the saber, his nerve went tense as the stream of wind around him was pierced apart.
Azief look at this attack calmly because Azief knows that thrust attack would turn into a slashing attack.
His eyes are shining as he looks closely at Yu Rong swordsmanship and the way he moves, attack and even defend.
This information all help him to make a preparation to defat him,
Smiling, Azief casually forces that strike to remain a thrusting attack to the horror of Yu Rong.
Stabbing and thrusting is not the saber powerful move.
But yet, every time he is trying to change his thrust motion into a slashing motion, that branch of stick somehow is able to force his move to return to a thrusting motion.
Xi Feng who was thrown to the other side, try to get up but his knees get weak almost instantly and he stumble and had to lean on the cave walls.
Azief even while he is trading strikes with Yu Rong, his eyes could see Xi Feng on the other side of the battle. Gently he said
'Xi Feng, look!' he said and Xi Feng listen and straightened himself up. He looks at Azief strikes and attack and it amazes him.
'This is how you should have executed the Flowing Sword Arts' Azief said, as he calmly fighting Yu Rong.
It was funny that Yu Rong thought he could defeat that expert Xi Feng thought.
After all, just because he is disabled in the feet, he still has his hand.
'And if that expert could guide him to break Yu Rong saber moves before, why are Yu Rong so confident he could take on that expert?'
Humans sometime, to fight off fear turns that fear into aggression. However, channel it unwisely and it would lead to one doom.
Azief was relaxed as he broke every saber moves that Yu Rong employed. He himself was opening himself up to new possibility.
That is because he notices something else as he fights Yu Rong.
With each strike, with each movement of his hand, with each understanding of the energy of this world, Azief could feel his fifth seal on his chest is unraveling.
It was not unraveling quickly but Azief felt movement in his chest.
The vein lines that embedded in his entire body felt like it was unraveling.
Could it be that by stimulating his senses he would quickened the unsealing process? He thought to himself.
He did not think that movement is the only factor for this sudden change in his sealing.
It is contact.
Contact with the energy of this world.
While he notices that the people of this world possess no magical energy or any powerful Laws or Concept embedded in their attacks and strike like of that energy that existed in his world and other realms of the Three Thousand World, there is energy.
It is pure, almost primordial, like it was recently being born, which is why the people of this world is still strong.
Azief could feel that the way they gather energy is different from the way he gathers energy.
Gathering energy and transcend levels is easier on Earth. Azief felt that if he could gather energy, he would devour every energy in this world, voiding this world of its energy.
But doing such thing would create an unbreakable karma between this world and him since he would probably woe every single lifeform of this planet.
Unless he mastered such power that he could ignore or cut Karma he would not do such thing without thinking carefully.
To overcome the levels is easy and so is devouring or gathering energy and every one could easily pass the Pillar Forming Stage if they are an adult.
At least that was true in the beginning of the fall. But Azief also knows the truth.
That energy will someday run out.
It is the reason why he wanted to be the first to break through and why he obsessively seeks power.
He fears that one day, the world won't have enough energy for him to transcend his level. And the more he become stronger, the more he was aware of that reality.
That is why he pursue the Perfection Path and why he did not hesitate to walk the Supremacy Stairway, leaving his world and confining himself inside the cave and this world.
The Supremacy Stairway use external source of energy. That energy comes from the thirteen Supremacy that once walk that very same step.
That is one reason why he could transcend the limitation of the shortage of his world energy.
Right now, the energy of the Earth still seems abundant.
And the World Orb still provides.
It heals the world each time a great battle is waged.
He remembers that mountain that was cut by the power of the world will slowly reformed itself after a few months.
He realizes that trees grow easily and fast while poisoned areas would slowly heal itself after being left alone.
This all comes from the power of the World Orb energy that provides life
But…. that is only because there was nobody yet that requires the full energy of the World Orb to transcend the levels. But what if such existence was born?
Will the energy be enough then?
It was that question that motivated him. If there is anyone that is to tap that energy and knows the answer to that question it will be him.
If there is such existence, then he would rather that existence would be him. That is the only way he knows to protect the people he loves.
To become the strongest of them all is the easiest way to protect all the people dear to him.
The World Government and the Republic talk big, about laws and rules, but Azief knows that nothing could beat ultimate power.
After all he was the prime example of that.
There is a reason why none of the factions of the world dares cross him. It was because he was the strongest.
But the moment he is not, Azief knows what would happen to him and the people he loves.
He had enemies. A lot of them
Some, that he made, some were the byproduct of his rise.
That is the invisible pressure on his shoulder.
And as he moves through lives, he found that the more he walk, and the more people he knows, there is more things he wanted to protect.
Some people could not stand the loneliness of this cave and the boring chore of doing nothing. But he could. Because his mind keep thinking about them.
For some reason as he trading blows with Yu Rong, his mind did not think at all about his opponent. Such thing should be a mistake.
But for some reason, the more he thinks about other things, the freer his movement becomes in deflecting and changing Yu Rong trajectory of attack.
While he is fighting on the mortal world, on the Supremacy Stairway, his Law Body of All Source seems to be reacting to Azief fighting.
We are getting to more mystery. I will not talk to much because I am afraid of spoiling the story. Anyway, see you all tomorrow and leave some comments and please do vote for the story so other may know about it.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
474 NEW REALIZATION 4
Azief in the mortal world of course could not sense it but his Law Body on the fifth step is becoming more solid
Below the fifth step, all of his four law body, the Worldly Law Body, Universal law Body, Runic Law Body and the Celestial Law Body all emitted golden bluish light as they sit cross legged.
The statue on their steps have all lost its luster and were all dim. It looks like a normal stone statue.
The four law body are perfected the moment the seal was released.
The moment all thirteen Law Bodies reached its completion, Azief would merge with it and reached Divine Comprehension possessing the power to control all thirteen laws.
And Azief did not notice one thing and could not have foreseen it the moment he walks until the end of the stairway.
All of his Law Body is now gestating soul in each of their beings
This means that the moment Azief true body merged with all of his Thirteen Law Body, he would not only have the control of the Laws that his Law Body cultivated but he would also have thirteen lives and thirteen souls.
He would probably become the strongest Divine Comprehension leveler of this era. It would not be exaggerated to say that he is infinitely closer to the Sovereign level than ever.
No one could understand the jubilation in Azief heart right now. It even made him more excited to fight these people.
He then looks back and notice that Yu Rong is still trying hard to stab him. It looks like he is thinking all of this for a long time but not even two second had passed.
Azief is no longer so eager to finish this battle so fast. But even as he dragged it on, he could no longer felt that sensation.
He now had something to work with. He thought inwardly. Since he no longer has any effect fighting him, he has to end it.
As Yu Rong settle into this move blocking and wanted to try something new to break the expert attack, Azief suddenly change his moves.
His stick suddenly hit on Yu Rong waist. Then he follows that move with a poke on Yu Rong stomach.
The poke looks smooth and weightless yet only Yu Rong could feel the force coursing through his body right now.
It was a heavy strike.
Yu Rong could no longer hold on to his saber as his heavy saber flew out from his grip as he fell down to the ground facing up.
Azief was about to finish him up when Xi Feng Martial Senior Brother and Martial Senior sister finally arrived on him.
Azief only smiles.
He did not panic. instead he seems to welcome their addition. Xi Feng was about to help him and Azief only said, his voice echoes in the cave that halted Xi Feng feet.
'You only stand there and look carefully. Don't miss it or you will probably regret it.'
Xi Feng who was about to aid Azief, hearing this advice take a moment, nodded and then he use his sword to hold him up.
This time he looks intently at the expert technique.
By now, it would be quite a funny thing if he still didn't believe that expert strength and ability.
Even when he is disabled in his feet, he could still defeat his martial uncle easily.
This must be some powerful sword practitioner that have understood the profundities of sword technique.
Because while he was nervous and anxious of the expert safety when he fought Yu Rong, Xi Feng still could not help but tries to memorize the sword move.
And to his shock, that sword art that the expert performs, while he could not confirm it, look like the perfect version of the Flowing Sword Arts.
The Flowing Swords Art is reputedly only seen by only a few people in the world.
The only one that has seen it and still alive is he, the Immortal Tian who have the manual and the Abbot of the Temple of Xi.
Then how could that expert use the Flowing Sword Arts? He thought. It was then that he reached to a terrifying conclusion.
The only way that the mysterious expert could learn the Flowing Sword Art technique, is by seeing him perform that tea moves.
Then he remembers the guidance using the pebble stone and it was then it finally dawned on him.
This expert saw his move and from that derive the entire sword arts
That kind of ability would make all sword moves ineffective in front of him. That send chills into Xi Feng heart, to know someone is capable of doing that
That is only possible if one is a sword grandmaster reaching to a level that could be considered a Sword God.
It is why now that the expert told him to not worry about him, he no longer hesitates and wanted to see and observe the expert sword art.
Xi Feng looks at every movement that Azief show intently, fearing to miss a single move, his mind memorizing the move.
But the more he looks, the more he felt dizzy. The more he looks the more he couldn't understand. How could such thing happens? He thought to himself
It was like the moves have no relations with each other, disconcerting yet at the same time perfectly continuous.
Xi Feng could not understand why such thing could happen to such a sword art. It should have been impossible.
The moves look a bit different than the Flowing Sword Art yet at the same time it held up the core of Flowing Sword Art technique.
It was flowing, moving like water, never forcing but directing each attack, from dangerous top tame, form hard to soft, from lethal to non-lethal.
Azief right now is engaging Xu Meng and Feng Xiao. Yu Rong on the other hand is still feeling the numbness on his wrist and hand, his butt on the cold wet ground.
He took a step behind but eh found even his knees is trembling in fear
The vibration force did not leave his hand as he could feel even his internal organ is roiling. Blood dripped from his nose and his eyes is bloodshot
He is also extremely fearful right now. He could not have expected that even paralyzed the mysterious expert is still this powerful;
It was like he was a Sword Immortal sitting and lecturing them on the abstruse concept of swordsmanship with his move and that is why he sat like that.
He gulped as he imagine the attack from before.
He felt that if not for Xu Meng and Feng Xiao coming out at that time to attack the mysterious expert, he would have been dead.
And there would be a hole on his stomach right now. His back is full of cold sweat as the thunder outside startled him greatly.
Azief on the other hand like the fact that there is two new person coming to fight him.
Because he found some trace of energy. And he is now immersing himself in understanding this new energy.
He could no absorb energy form the outside but the more he fights these people, the more Azief understanding of this world increased
And he had a new thought.
This thought come to him suddenly like he was being inspired.
Just by moving his body in an active way, sliver of inspiration has now turns a stream of knowledge as he pieces off his new understanding of this world and its energy
He could not access any of the energy he had before but then as he traded blows, his mind become clear and clear.
It wasn't until now, that he clashed with the people of this world could he understand what he had been missing out on.
He did not sense the familiar energy like the Universal energy or the rest. But he did sense another energy
Internal energy. He thought of this even as he is about to engage in battle with Xu Meng and Feng Xiao.
thirteen lives and thirteen souls...Hmm. Anyway, will not say too much this time. Will only say, please vote for the story and do recommend it to the other readers.
I am a shy person in real life ( though I pretend I am not. That is the only way I could walk confidently) so even though there is the discord chat I coud not get in the converstaion with the other author. Though, they are very helpful when I ask a question. My weakness is like Azief in Lord Shadow. Networking.
Ok, see you all tomorrow.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates(dot)Net
.
475 NEW REALIZATION 5
Before he does not know what principle of energy this world follows, hence, he could not understand.
But now, he understands, and a new realization dawned on him.
In his world, while there is an Inner World when one reached a high level, everything from his Concept, Essences and energy it was all taken from the outside to strengthen the inside.
It then affected the Concept and Laws since one merged itself into it.
He himself have many times felt that feeling of merging with the world and he even uses it when he fought in Poland
In other words, they were like a container with a suction function that absorbed everything as long as the container could bear the weight
From there he derives the magical power of the world, the Universal energy of the stars, moon and sun, the celestial energy of immortals, the demonic energy of Asura and many others to his arsenal of attacks and strikes.
Each strikes that he employed could then split the sky apart and broke open mountains.
He even could absorb words and turns it into a world changing energy, or a source of power transformed into all-encompassing source of energy.
They could have absorbed the energy of primordial beginning and the essence of creation and ending
But the difference was that none of it comes from them originally.
They were like a blank paper and the energies, laws and concepts were all the colors of the palette as their Will is the brush that uses the colors to draw on the blank paper
The power always come from the outside.
That is the source of that power
Whether one walk the Heaven Path or not, the energy and power and even their abilities that made him look like a God, it ultimately come from the source of the Universe.
That made him look like he is limitless but also at the same time, if the Universe were to end, if this sources of power were stripped off from the Omniverse, then would the energy in his body would be the last remainder of that energy?
When the source of such power were annihilated without even a single speck of revival then would he turn as weak as mortals?
He thought he was free all this time, but could it be he is still trapped? Could he still be that frog looking down from the well?
Has he not yet leapt out from the well? All this time, is he still constrained?
Is he free?
Even as he was thinking of this, and his mind is comprehending new concepts and trying to digest this sudden enlightenment and understanding of the world, his hand is actually still using the branch to fight off Xu Meng and Feng Xia.
Both of them is sweating on their forehead and their hand is trembling but they still try to at least break the branch stick on the mysterious expert hands.
How could a branch of stick felt like an immortal weapon in the hand of this expert? They thought inwardly
Sun Devouring Sect is not a sword sect but that does not mean they did not have any sword arts technique.
Feng Xiao is one of the most prodigious talent of the Sun Devouring Sect.
With the foundation of the internal energy style of the Heaven and Earth Gate Sect he has managed to snatched a powerful position in his new sect
He laid back and delayed his attack before is because he wanted to see the style of the mysterious expert.
He tries to recognize what kind of style. Whether it is the Sword Stream of Flat Mountain old expert or maybe one of the experts of the Martial Alliance.
But the more he sees the more he believes that this expert does not belong amongst those people
However, when he saw that Yu Rong is only about inches to death, he finally decided to come forward.
After all, if Yu Rong dies, then they too would also undoubtedly die. He gestured to his Martial Sister and they both intercepted that killing move.
IF Azief heard what they were thinking he would laugh.
Because, if he really wanted to kill Yu Rong, just by using his palm it is enough. But the only reason he did not do so is because he wanted to teach Xi Feng
Intercepted? It is more like he spared Yu Rong lives for a few moments.
Feng Xia also notices that the sword art that mysterious expert is flowing and requires it to be broken to flow. So, he used the Sun Stopping Sword Art.
But who would have thought that the moment his sword clashed with the mysterious expert tree branch, the force that should have cut even a thick boulder, should have stopped the move with the internal energy shrouding every part of his blade, could not break that one branch of stick and could not stop its movement even by a bit.
Instead, like being dragged down by a swamp, their sword follows the mysterious expert pace.
However, the most shocked with this occurrence is none other than Xi Feng. He is the observer meaning he sees more clearly than the participant
That is because, the swordsmanship style of the mysterious expert employed is now different the moment, his stick branch connected with Feng Xiao and Xu Meng
Before the sword style the expert employed is carefree and unrestrained, like the movement of the clouds being pushed by the unpredictable changings of the wind but now that it clashed with Feng Xiao blade, it suddenly changed its form and style.
Suddenly the sword style is now distinctively strong in its stableness and steadiness.
And the essence of it was shown in every movement, deflecting and breaking the moves of the Feng Xiao and Xu Meng easily, like the mysterious expert is playing with children.
That is what it looks like to Xi Feng eyes.
Those two people wield powerful and sharp weapons, and even Yu Rong his martial uncle wielded a long heavy saber that weight a lot.
Yet, one of their strikes, none of their slashing could somehow broke that fragile branch of stick, like it was an immortal weapon forged in Heaven
At first Xi Feng did not understand but when he looked more closely he realizes something else
The mysterious expert trick was simple.
It was simple but just because its simple doesn't mean it is easy to do.
Because it is simple in theory but almost impossible to do it in real life. That is why he said it was simple but not easy
Each time any strike comes to him, the mysterious expert would dissipate the force that his enemies have put in their strike.
It was truly like a Flowing Sword as it follows and flows endlessly, with countless variation without ever being broken.
It looks like the moves was being broken, but in the end, it was not broken at all, instead it flows endlessly.
That is the essence of the Flowing Sword Arts. Like the clouds, like the winds, like the water, the sword must flow.
At times it could be free and unrestrained, at times it could display stableness and steadiness.
Of course with Xi Feng understanding it would be impossible for him to truly grasp the essence of such method just by looking and memorizing but this alone have broadened his vision of his path as a swordsman.
Azief moves look like it a rigorous and well discipline sword style yet one could sense that nimble and agile move that is hidden behind his every attack and deflections of his enemy attack.
Xi Feng seeing the expert movement and style and flair could not help but felt something in his heart and then he felt guilty for thinking of it.
The mysterious expert attainment in the sword is immeasurably high and for one moment, he even hoped that the mysterious expert would not end his battle quickly.
Because the more he observes the mysterious expert technique, the more fascinated he became, and soon he was so focused that in his mind, there is only that one sword, deflecting and dissipating the enemy internal energy is in his eyes.
Even his pain and the coldness that is creeping in his bones is forgotten.
But while Xi Feng is entranced with Azief swordsmanship and style, Azief however is entering into a new realization.
Azief is showing off. And we are not even delving on the real mystery yet. Anyway, hope you enjoy the chapter until now and please leave some commenst and vote. I will be doing another polling in a few days or maybe tommororw. I will be asking again the question I used to ask before. And no, it is not about the release date. Hopefully, this time there is a response from you guys.
Dont forget to vote, leave some commenst and if you have the time and did not follow anyone, do follow my youtube channel. I do have an instgaram but I only posted food there.
Ciao
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
476 SWORD IMMORTAL 1
The more he fought the more he understands and sense the energy.
Then the question is how did he sense such energy? He should not have been able to sense any energy.
He had tried for the past five years to sense the energy of this world but he could not. His body was sealed and even his divine sense was sealed.
He had waited thinking that when his entire seal unsealed he could finally sense the energy of this world
But now that he is in contact with the way this people cultivate themselves, Azief realizes…no he understands some things.
First, he understands about his seal.
The seal was the sealing of the Stairway. That he understands.
But then if it is only the sealing of the Stairway, then why is it he felt such repression and suppression on his body and soul even after the seal on his palm and hand were lifted?
He did not think about it too much before. It was like something as obscuring his mind from realizing the truth
It was then he remembers the experience he had accumulated on Earth
The Heavens.
The Heavens of this world is also suppressing him.
Now that he recognizes it, he could now feel it.
The energy he brought and the dimensional energy around him were incongruous with the laws of this world.
It made him felt even more weak, his mind duller and that is why he felt like he had to wait for a long time until his seal were all unsealed.
But when he clashed with Yu Rong before he remembers that he could feel that the seal on his chest unravels. It only unravels slightly, but without a doubt it unravels.
Then he realizes on one thing.
He was about to think more when he suddenly was shocked a bit by the sudden change of Xu Meng and Feng Xiao attack breaking his moment of pondering.
Feng Xiao and Xu Meng suddenly change the way their sword moves as they move their swords in different directions and launched a storm of attacks upon him
The sword moves pique Azief interest suddenly.
Because he did feel the internal energy of the people of this world could be projected outward and even imbued in their strikes and attack.
Before he did not feel it. He knew it was there because he could see a faint outline of it. But he could not feel it. Azief smirks.
It is not laws or concept, but energy that ultimately come from themselves. Azief suddenly was reminded about his Undying Physique and an idea light up in his mind.
His Undying Physique could be considered the most perfect body in the Universe.
Yet, other than fast regeneration and almost an invincible body against physical harm it did not seem to be more than that.
As Azief grew stronger and this understanding of the world and the Universe increased, he felt something else could be done.
He felt like there is stills something else to discover. Like the Path of his refinement of body did not yet end
He thought when the energies from his Disk comes out from his Inner World and form into Law Bodies on the Supremacy Stairway, it had mark the end of the path for his physical body.
With Law Bodies, he would not be afraid of Laws and Concepts to assault his body.
He might still suffer injuries from such attack of Laws but he surely would not be affected by it too much.
He had the idea once to Perfect his Physique but he also recognizes how hard that is for him to achieve.
He need more fortuitous encounter but Azief himself knew he is not that lucky. He might have used all of his luck meeting Alsurt and Azul.
His body could already be considered unrivalled in terms of defense and sturdiness. He should have been satisfied. But if he was satisfied, he would not be the fearsome Death Monarch.
His seeking for his Grand Path is what led him to his current height of power.
Even if he was compared to the many small deities of the Universe, Azief would even trump some of them.
How could he not?
He walks the path that is once trodden by many Grand Supremacy from many epochs ago in search of their Grand Path
That alone tells the Universe something.
Unless he dies before his time, Azief would be someone that have a shot at being a Grand Supremacy and maybe even actualize his own path and cut through the Source Wall and go beyond the constrain of the Omniverse.
And Azief believes that once you are satisfied, then he would have lost his path.
At least that is Azief path. He could not afford to slow down not because he was forced to. Because that is what he chose to do.
There are some that walk the Path of Acceptance.
And for those that walk such Path, they would be weak…at least at first.
But when they actualize such path of Acceptance, their power could make the whole Universe bows to them voluntarily.
Such path would create a paradise where life is eternal and all evil is vanquished by the light of righteousness
But that was not his Path.
And as such, he did not need to meditate under Bodhi tree or hanged himself on the Yggdrasil to gain such Path.
His path is the path he forged using his own blood, sweat and tears. And Azief have never lost his sight of his Path.
Because he believes even his path has value.
But as he ponders on the nature of internal energy he seems to captured with an idea.
He had his own source of energy in the form of Death Source.
It is derived from the people he killed, the death he experienced, the death other people experienced around him.
Each aura of the dead could be converted into a Death Source. Each soul is only a boost to his power and the more dead people around him the more he become powerful
It could do almost anything regarding death and life. To extend one life using Death auras or to accelerate one death.
But since it is called a Death Source, even though the Source is independent from other source in the world, which mean Azief did not have to invoke some ancient names or call upon the Source of the Energy like Will with Asargan and Raymond with his Terra Force, but Azief does have one drawback of using such Source of power.
In a Universe where only Life blooms and no Death, his Source would be cut off.
He learns of The Destroyer and Creator from many tales and myths of the Universe when he was with Will when they were both trying to find a way back home to Earth after being stuck in a dimensional limbo.
(Check Earth two arc for those who have forgotten about this.)
Both of those two mythical, at least they were thought to be mythical before their reappearance in the Universe, being might see his ability as trifling as ants trying to perform in front of a human.
It would be beneath their attention and probably would not hurt them even a bit
While the Destroyer brings Death to any Universe it descends to, it is not the kind of Death that Azief could take advantage off.
Those who saw the Destroyer powers would experience true annihilation.
They would be erased instantly without any hopes of reincarnating or existing in other forms.
Not even the trick of splitting oneself into countless of Avatars and existing in other timelines simultaneously would work against such an almighty destruction powers.
From the story Will told him, that is how the Temple of Asargan comes about. It is the only way for the Savi'krian people to preserve their legacy and hope.
And even that requires the powerful source of the Universe to fought the encroaching power of the Destroyer.
If not for the Creator mercy in pushing back one finger of the Destroyer, even those Temple would not survive destruction in the hand of the Destroyer
Death Source would not be able to be used in such circumstances where there is nothing left of the dead.
After all, even the dead still have souls. And it is that lingering energy that turns into a Death Source.
But the Destroyer power seems to transcend Death as it erases everything without a trace. That is a true annihilation and true destruction
As for the Creator?
In his presence, all life will prevail and worlds would bloom like flowers each time he breathes. For such powerful being endowed with such divine almighty power of Life and Creation, Azief knew his Death Source could not be activated at all.
How could Death come in a paradise of Creation and Life? Death Source ah its limitation.
It was then Azief thought of his Undying Physique. He always felt that there is this hidden energy inside his body. But he never knows how to draw that out.
'Internal energy' he muttered under his breath. Could it be this path? He thought to himself.
Without laws or Concepts but using the power that is nourished inside one body to project it outward to move in accordance with nature and one own wills?
A source that truly come from oneself.
He could absorb the essence of the world and the Universe and trapped it inside his body.
When he is in a dimension or a sealed state, he could use the stored energy in every fiber of his being to extricate himself.
His eyes brightened the moment he thinks of it. His mind is making a simulation in his head right now.
His smile widened. But in this dark and with the sword light criss crossing and sparks of fire of the steel no one notices that smile.
First part of teh chapter. Hope you like it. And after reading many disccusion of other authors and it seesm pirate sites keep taking their stories.
I know some of those who posted in webnovel could be labelled as a sellout and I experienced that too. I used to write in Rr and I don't get anything.
But at that timeI don't mind that much because I was happy writing and I got a job and free time. But to some of you who knows my story you know that I had to stop writing at RR after I had no job but I could not let go of writing because there are still people reading what I wrote. Then webnovel came and it helps me.
I could write and at the same time make some money out of it. And trust me, I am not one of the bigshot writer in this site so I don't get that much of money and when I heard that many of the stories on pirate sites I was disheartened to write.
I understand why you would look the story at pirate site. Even I visited some of those sites. But, if I like the story I would support the author.
I hope if you are reading this right now and at a pirate site and like what you read, do please support me. Just imagine if what you write, the thing you pour your heart and soul into, get done in like that. Nobody would like that. And for my loyal readers, the only thing I could give you all is trying to improve myself to write better.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
EbookUpdates.Net
.
477 SWORD IMMORTAL 2
As he clashes his word with Feng Xiao he could feel that there is this baleful aura of internal energy swirling around his blade.
It felt poisonous and dark, full of resentment and Karma.
If its anyone else, they would feel even more cautious but Azief possess the Undying Physique. No poison could harm him.
New sword moves comes out from Feng Xiao and Xu Meng but Azief only smiles. No matter how they changed their moves, Azief countered all of their moves effortlessly.
They exchanged many moves within a short moment
Azief then closes his eyes as he tries to crystalize the understanding and inspiration he got. For a moment, he felt again that feeling when he was standing still in his cave before.
He felt like he was one with the mountain.
He could feel the wind, the grass, the rivers that flows beneath its rocky exterior, feeling the pull of the storm and felt the shaking of the skies.
It was only a moment, but he felt it.
Seeing this Xi Feng nearly shouted in shock but then he was rendered speechless.
He could see that the expert instead of in a disadvantage could still fought off both the attack of Feng Xiao and Xu Meng with the branch stick from ever reaching him and his feet, even while he is closing his eyes.
Seeing such divine swordsmanship that seems to transcend any sword arts Xi Feng has ever seen in his life, he could not help but think of the expert as a true Sword Immortal.
Azief then opens his eyes and look at Xi Feng in the distance. Xi Feng notices that the expert is looking and him and then Azief smile.
Azief right now felt energy returning to his body. It felt like he was thirsty man in the desert finally found an oasis full of clean water.
But it was not the energy he was used to.
His body is not covered with Concepts and Laws or anything like that. His body seems to be emitting the same energy of this World.
Internal energy.
Azief eyes right now is shining in an invisible golden light. Only if they were the same level as him or surpassed him, they could see the light.
Jade Emperor on his Heavenly realm like always is fishing on the Lake of Destinies and Fates.
He saw the myriads lives of the Three Realms and the Three thousand worlds under him through the projection of the worlds on the calm lake water.
And as such, he saw the four years that Azief had experienced. He kept tabs on the one man that is intricately linked with him in Karmatic cause and effect.
He wanted to obstruct his rise when Azief summon the Purifying fire from the Cauldron of Nirvanic Fire.
But Wargod had advises him to instead form good karma with him. He agreed.
So, he put Celestial energy in the fire. Azief uses that very same Celestial source to create his Disk and enables him to complete his Thirteen Disk and summon the Supreme Stairway.
When he absorbs the Celestial Law Body then the Karma between them would be even more obvious and strengthen.
The Karmatic Cause and Effect between these two people is very complicated and is intertwined in a mess of tangled lines of destiny and fate
There is that other Timeline which was reversed by the Time God Jean and then there is this present karma.
That is why it is so messy. In that other timelines, there were not so many karmas between Azief and other beings.
But in this timeline, Azief had entangled himself with Alsurt, Azul, Wargod and many others.
Probably when he was about to reach Sovereign it will not be as easy as before.
The Jade Emperor also noted that the place Azief crashed toward is none other than the place where that darn monkey was imprisoned a few eons ago.
This in itself is a working of Karma
He did not believe in coincidence so there must be Karma between them. Thinking about it the Monkey and that mortal is same in their temperament.
Very rebellious and moody. He sighed when he saw that mortal crashed there.
In his time, when his incarnation managed to walk until the thirteen stairway he had fallen into a mortal realm where he had to undergoes all tribulation again without remembering who he was.
Thankfully Xi Wangmu remembers him and helps him in his journey.
Even at that time, when his statue, and statue of the monkey did not yet appear, there was already thirteenth steps on that stairway.
Many in the Universe believe that the Thirteen Supremacy built the thirteen steps. They were not entirely correct.
They added their energy and their Will into the stairway but they were not the architect of that stairway that could summon all qualified people to come to that mysterious dimension.
Since he was one of the top existence in the Omniverse, he of course knew some secrets.
From what he gathers, that stairway seems to be built by all source of energy from all of the Omniverse, making it to be adaptable to all kind of existence.
It could not be destroyed, taken away or absorbed and it has the essence of primordial creation of beginning.
And even before Grand Supremacy Azul stepped his feet on the stairway, epoch ago, there were already Thirteen Steps to walk through.
Which means whoever created that is even ancient than Azul and he is already one of the most ancient being that is still roaming around in the Omniverse
There was that Thirty-Three Steps. That was their creation to filter the unworthy. But the true architect of the Supreme Stairway was not them.
They only added some stuff. It is to filter the unworthy but to also help those after them to walk the full set of stairs.
Whoever created that Stairway, divinate that there will only be thirteen people walking that step.
That was his conclusion when he became a true powerhouse of the Universe.
Because he has seen many people after the Monkey that tries to attain Perfection but failed. He himself once tries to help his disciple to reach Perfection.
But he also found the more he helps them, the closer they are to Perfection, the more Destiny and Fate fight back against their attempt to reach Perfection.
The more they pushed forward, the harsher the wind that will strike then. It was then he believes that there will only be thirteen people that would step on that Stairway.
He could see that Destiny seems to block any avenue of reaching that last step to reach Perfection of Disks.
And as such he always sets twelve Disk as the limits of any cultivator in the Heavenly Realm.
That is why it was so shocking to him when he saw that mortal succeeded.
He thought the least that mortal could achieve was Perfection until Disk Formation. Who would have thought he really be able to walk until the end?
Could there be a fourteenth steps? He even sent his Soul Form to check but there doesn't seem to be one.
So, he crosses that deduction apart.
Could the divination of that architect is wrong?
Or is there one other secret that he does not know?
Next chapter there will be more secret about the Omniverse being revealed. Hope you like this chapter and leave some comment. Don't forget to vote too.
You are reading
Lord Shadow
ebook which is a free download at
wWw.EbookUpdates.Net
.
Download more ebooks for free at
Ebook Updates . Net
.
478 SWORD IMMORTAL 3
But Azul did not seems shocked at that time.
When he saw that mortal step on the last step, he looks at Azul and he nodded like he was confirming something.
Azul seems to know something but it was not convenient for him, the Jade Emperor, ruler of the Three Thousand Worlds, Sovereign of the Three Realms to went out from his Universe right now when there is so much chaos in the Universe right now.
There is that Destroyer he had to worry about and there is also the twilight of the Gods happening all over Beyond the Source Wall.
Odin is asleep and Frigga is saying Ragnarok is coming making the Aesir Gods to have disagreement with each other.
Loki the Cosmic trickster stay in the Halls of the Vanir.
The Titans stirred beneath Tartarus as Olympus seems to have their own internal bickering with Hera seizing the throne from Zeus for the third time since their founding.
However, this time it seems a lot of the Gods is on the side of Hera.
In the realm of Amenthes, Set once again revived himself and Osiris has sent a petition to the Time Lords scolding them for allowing Set to revive once again from the Stream of Time.
The Time Lords themselves is busy with the aftermath of the Destroyer awakening.
After all, the Destroyer destroy any chance of timeline diverging or converging and even destroy all Time Pockets of any time travelers in any of the Universe he passes through.
This create a problem with the Time Lords but they couldn't really take it up with the Destroyer considering they would probably turn to nihility the moment they locked eyes with that force of destruction.
With the death of many time travelers who already muck up the timelines of Otherworlds and the sudden burst of Time Pockets and uncontinued timelines, some timelines in other world have become a mess and the Time Lords had no other choice but to mobilize all of their people to contain a Time Catastrophe from erupting
However, it also impressed Yu Wang that the Time Lords did not remember anything about Azief and his deeds in that other timeline.
Time God Jean really did his job well, that he could even hid it from the Time Lords.
The fact he, Odin and a few other beings could remember is either because they are powerful enough or maybe it is also part of The Grand Plan of Loki the Trickster and Time God Jean
Then there is the Merchant of Sarens that keep staying in Jotunheim like they are inciting civil war between Jotunheim and Asgard.
There is also the Orvanian that is trying to mend many of the Multiversal checkpoints that have weakened because of the undulation of the Destroyer power wafting throughout all the Omniverse.
They do not want a Universal Convergence to happen.
There are some being in some other world is trying to become the One Singular Being by using the broken and flawed Multiversal Points, to merge all parts of himself from all parallel Universe and Orvanian would not let such thing to happen.
Then there is the Sorcerer of All Realm that seems to be battling the Elder of the Universe in the outskirts of an exploding back hole.
Their battle happened in only a few seconds but one who could understand concept and Laws know that they fought for eons but Time around them did not move.
The winner of that battle is the Elder of the Universe but he won that battle just barely.
Since then the Sorcerer, The Gray Wanderer could be seen in many parts of the Omniverse pooping in many places and even got an invitation from Asgard to join them in Valhalla.
The Omniverse is at chaos now so he himself is feeling unease of leaving his realm. That is why there were many things he could not do by himself.
And that is why it is very important for him to relax himself so that he could conserve his energy before his own slumber
Every day when he finished with his administrative duties, he would come here to this lake and fishes Fate and Destiny from the realms below.
At the same time, he watches over that mortal Azief.
Azul once take a peek to his realm but after that he return to his Universe. It was because of that Yu Wang is sure that Azul knows something he did not know about the Stairway.
There is also Wargod but he only came to his realm for a few seconds. When he asked, Wargod says with a smile, that there is a Speedster is trying to divinate his position.
So, he could not stay too long in one place.
Considering the true identity of Wargod, it was not surprising that he could not stay too long in one place.
Today, like always he took his fishing rod and started fishing. Sometimes he looks toward the lives of the people, the demons and even the dead.
However, today as he was fishing and enjoying his leisure light a golden light comes out from the mortal realm that pierced through the barrier between the three realms to land into the Heavenly Realm.
The entire realm shakes and trembles and the Jade Emperor saw that light too.
However, he did not see it through the Observatory of Heavenly Signs.
Instead he saw it from the Lake.
Since he was looking at the source, he had to avert his gaze away from the golden light that seems to have a trace of Divinity and Supremacy and even Primordial power.
The source is none other than that light from Azief eyes as he gains new understanding of that world.
The light was there only for one second yet it causes the heavenly Realm to tremble, the pillars of the Sea to shakes causing the Dragon clans to become startled and crack open one of the gates of Hell in the Underworld.
The Jade Emperor then close his eyes and opens it back up. Looking at this, he then sighed
'Just like that Monkey' He said as he waves his hand and the vision of the Mortal Realm vanished from the lake.
He then continues fishing in the lake as he ponders what all this means. The Universe is in chaos and there is a huge mystery in the world.
While all of this is happening all over the Omniverse, on the mortal world, Azief understanding of this world energy is progressing
The energy comes from every muscles converted into energy. And his Undying Physique holds the power to break through stars and suns.
If not for his only basic understanding of internal energy, Azief internal energy would create storm of energy around him that would collapse the cave and shakes the mountain.
Four years in the cave have thought Azief many things and one of such thing is the controlling of his energy.
The fifth year did not yet even come but the diamond mark on his chest dissipated and even the mark on his belly button seems to be slowly unraveling.
His eyes are shining with wisdom and his eyes seem to contain the entirety of the Universe.
In the Supremacy Stairway, many dimension away from the mortal world that Azief have found himself in, his Law Body on the fifth step got up and an energy that encompasses all the source of energy of the Universe was unleashed toward the Universe.
Around the Supreme Dimension, many planets have been nurtured by the power of the law bodies that Azief had formed and life bloomed prosperously
The Thirteen Law Bodies son the steps of the Supremacy Stairway were all comprehending their energies like usual.
But today, something changed.
The statue on the first step crack in all direction and the moment it cracked on its foot it exploded as the Worldly Law Body got up from his cross legged position.
A powerful momentum surged out from the Worldly Law Body
The Worldly Law Body open his eyes and his eyes are full of sword moves. It was like his gaze could cut down stars and planet just by gazing at it.
And then without warning Azief Worldly Law Body waved his fingers as a flowing aura spread throughout the Universe.
That aura flows before turning into a sharp flash of light.
It was incomparably sharp and that flash of light is cutting a star nearby the Stairway like it was as easy as a knife cutting a paper
************************************************
The entire Universe is preparing. I will not say so much since it coudl become a spoiler if I am not careful. Just hope you enjoy the story and leave some comments if you have any thoughts and please vote for the story